Ford Edge Service and Repair Manual

2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 TRANSMISSIONS Four Wheel Drive (4WD) Systems - Edge & MKX
2008 TRANSMISSIONS
Four Wheel Drive (4WD) Systems - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL
Item Specification Fill Capacity
Motorcraft SAE 75W-140 WSL-M2C192-A 530 ml
Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant (18 oz)a
XY-75W140-QL (US); CXY-
75W140-1L (Canada)
Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium WSP-M2C197-A 1.15L
Rear Axle Lubricant (2.43 pt)b
XY-80W90-QL (US); CXY-
80W90-1L (Canada)
a Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
b Rear Drive Unit (RDU)
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
Description N.m lb-in
4X4 control module nut 7 62
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) SYSTEMS
The All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system consists of the following:
 Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

 Rear driveshaft
 4X4 control module (coupling device control module) (located behind the RH side instrument panel)
 Rear axle with coupling device
Torque from the engine is transferred through the transaxle to the PTU. This torque is transferred from the
driveshaft to the rear axle, which drives the rear halfshafts. The AWD system, referred to as an Active Torque
Coupling (ATC) system, is always active and requires no driver input.
The AWD system continuously monitors vehicle conditions and automatically adjusts the torque distribution
between the front and rear wheels. During normal operation, most of the torque is delivered to the front wheels.
If wheel slip between the front and rear wheels is detected, or if the vehicle is under heavy acceleration, the
AWD system increases torque to the rear wheels to prevent or control wheel slip.
Microsoft
Friday, September 25, 2009 10:52:35
10:52:32 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2008 Ford Edge SE
Serviceable components of the PTU are limited to the output shaft seal and flange, intermediate shaft seal and
deflector, and the PTU-transaxle compression seal. No internal components are serviced. There should be no
need to remove the PTU cover. If any of the internal geared components, bearings, case cover or shafts are worn
or damaged, a new PTU must be installed.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) SYSTEMS - ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)
SPECIAL TOOLS
Illustration Tool Name Tool Number
73III Automotive Meter 105-R0057 or equivalent
Flex Probe Kit 105-R025C
Vehicle Communication Module software with appropriate

(VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic hardware, or equivalent scan tool
System (IDS)
Principles of Operation
The vehicle is equipped with a four wheel drive (4WD) system, also referred to as active torque control
coupling (ATCC) or intelligent torque control coupling (ITCC) , that is always active and requires no driver
input. The system has no mode select switch. The system combines transparent all-surface operation with all
wheel drive (AWD), and is capable of handling all road conditions, including street and highway driving as well
as off-road and winter driving.
The system continuously monitors vehicle conditions and automatically adjusts the torque distribution between
the front and rear wheels. During normal operation, most of the torque is sent to the front wheels. If wheel slip
between the front and rear wheels is detected, or if the vehicle is under heavy acceleration (high-throttle
position), the AWD system increases torque to the rear wheels to prevent or control wheel slip.
Microsoft
Friday, September 25, 2009 10:52:32 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2008 Ford Edge SE
The system consists of a power transfer unit (PTU), 4X4 control module, rear axle and a solenoid-actuated
ATCC device. The module varies the torque sent to the rear wheels by controlling the current sent to the clutch
located inside the rear axle.
The 4X4 control module also provides the brake system with its current clutch duty cycle and whether or not
the brake system may take command of the clutch duty cycle.
NOTE: The ATCC solenoid is not repairable. If a new component is required, the ATCC
solenoid and rear axle are installed as an assembly. Refer to REAR DRIVE
AXLE/DIFFERENTIAL article.
The PTU is a gearbox that attaches to the transaxle. The RH intermediate shaft passes through the PTU and
engages the differential side gear as in normal front wheel drive (FWD) applications. The transaxle differential
drives the PTU. The PTU then drives the driveshaft at all times. The driveshaft drives one half of the rear axle
clutch pack. The other half of the rear axle clutch pack drives the rear axle ring and pinion.
The active, on-demand AWD system uses data from other systems as inputs to the 4X4 control module. The
4X4 control module uses the inputs to determine the appropriate amount of current to send to the ATCC
solenoid that delivers the desired torque to the rear wheels. Specific inputs to the 4X4 control module are:
 Accelerator pedal position via the high-speed controller area network (HS-CAN)
 Transaxle range from the PCM via the HS-CAN
 Brake system status from the ABS module via the HS-CAN
 Wheel speed from all 4 wheels from the ABS module via the HS-CAN
4X4 control module outputs are:
 Solid-state clutch (pulse-width modulated signal) to the ATCC solenoid

 Percent of torque transfer commanded signal to the ABS module via the HS-CAN
 Torque request available signal to the ABS module via the HS-CAN
Heat Protection Mode - During very extreme off-road operation, the AWD system utilizes a heat protection
mode to protect the active torque control coupling (ATCC) solenoid (part of rear axle) from damage. If the
system detects an overheat condition, it enters a locked mode. If the heat in the system continues to rise once in
the locked mode, the 4X4 control module disables the ATCC solenoid. Allow the system to cool down at least
10 minutes with the ignition switch in the ON position.
Inspection and Verification
1. Verify the customer concern.

2. Inspect for obvious signs of mechanical or electrical damage.
VISUAL INSPECTION CHART

Mechanical Electrical
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Active torque control  Smart junction box

coupling (ATCC) (SJB) fuse(s):
solenoid (part of rear  11 (10A)
axle)
 35 (10A)
 Power transfer unit
(PTU)  4X4 control module
 Rear drive unit (RDU)  Wiring harness
 Halfshafts and CV  Connector(s)
joints  Circuitry
 Driveshaft and U-joints
 Fluid leaks
 Wheel/tire size and
brand
 Matching tire size and
brand
 Tire pressure
3. If an obvious cause for an observed or reported concern is found, correct the cause (if possible) before
proceeding to the next step.
NOTE: Make sure to use the latest scan tool software release.
4. If the cause is not visually evident, connect the scan tool to the data link connector (DLC).
NOTE: The vehicle communication module (VCM) LED prove out confirms power
and ground from the DLC are provided to the VCM.
5. If the scan tool does not communicate with the VCM:

 check the VCM connection to the vehicle.
 check the scan tool connection to the VCM.
 refer to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article, No Power To The Scan Tool, to

diagnose no communication with the scan tool.
6. If the scan tool does not communicate with the vehicle:
 verify the ignition key is in the ON position.
 refer to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose no response from the

PCM.
7. Carry out the network test.
 If the scan tool responds with no communication for one or more modules, refer to MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article.
 If the network test passes, retrieve and record continuous memory DTCs.
8. Clear the DTCs and carry out the self-test diagnostics for the 4X4 control module.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
9. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to the 4X4 Control Module DTC Chart. For all other
DTCs, refer to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article.
10. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, go to SYMPTOM CHART - FOUR WHEEL DRIVE
(4WD) SYSTEMS table.
DTC Charts
4X4 CONTROL MODULE DTC CHART

DTC Description Possible Causes Source Action
B1317 Battery Voltage  Generator
4X4 Control Go to Pinpoint Test B .
High Module
B1318 Battery Voltage  Blown fuse (B+)
4X4 Control CHECK smart junction box
Low Module (SJB) fuses 11 (10A) and 35
 Intermittent open
(10A). If fuses are OK, go to
on power circuit Pinpoint Test B .
 4X4 control
module connector
B1342 ECU is Faulted  Microprocessor or
4X4 Control CLEAR the DTCs.
internal memory Module REPEAT the self-test. If
fault DTC B1342 is retrieved
again, INSTALL a new 4X4
control module. REFER to
4X4 CONTROL
MODULE.
B2900 VIN Mismatch  Incorrect VIN 4X4 Control CHECK the PCM
codes received Module configuration. REFER to
from PCM MODULE
CONFIGURATION
article.
P1635 Tire/Axle Out of  Incorrect size tire 4X4 Control Go to Pinpoint Test G .
Acceptable Range installed on vehicle Module
 Wheel speed
sensor failure
 Flat or under-
inflated tire
P1824 4-Wheel Drive  Short to ground on 4X4 Control CHECK SJB fuse 11 (10A).
Clutch Relay active torque Module If the fuse is OK, go to
Circuit Failure control coupling Pinpoint Test E .
(ATCC) solenoid
(part of rear axle)
high circuit
 4X4 control
module failure
P1825 4-Wheel Drive  4X4 control 4X4 Control CHECK SJB fuses 11 (10A)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Clutch Relay Open module harness Module and 35 (10A). If the fuses
Circuit connector are OK, go to Pinpoint Test
 Open in ATCC E.
solenoid (part of
rear axle) low
circuit
 Open in ATCC
solenoid high
circuit
 Short to ground on
ATCC solenoid
low circuit
 Short to ground on
ATCC solenoid
high circuit
 Open coil inside
ATCC solenoid
 Short to voltage in
ATCC solenoid
low circuit
 4X4 control
module failure
U0100 Lost  Controller area 4X4 Control Go to Pinpoint Test D .
Communication network (CAN) Module
with ECM/PCM bus fault
 No data received
by 4X4 control
module from PCM
U0121 Lost  CAN bus fault 4X4 Control Go to Pinpoint Test D .
Communication Module
with Anti-lock  No data received
Brake System by 4X4 control
(ABS) Control module from ABS
Module control module
U0155 Lost  High-speed 4X4 Control REFER to MODULE
Communication controller area Module COMMUNICATIONS
with Instrument network (HS-CAN) NETWORK article to
Cluster (IC) fault diagnose the lost
Control Module communication with the IC.
 No data received
from the IC by the
4X4 control
module
U0401 Invalid Data  Invalid data 4X4 Control REFER to
Received From Module INTRODUCTION -
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ECM/PCM A received from GASOLINE ENGINES

PCM article to diagnose the
 Data out of range accelerator position, engine
coolant or keep alive
memory fault.
U0415 Invalid Data  Invalid data 4X4 Control Go to Pinpoint Test C .
Received From received from ABS Module
Anti-lock Brake module
System (ABS)
Control Module  Data out of range
U2050 No Application  Application 4X4 Control CONFIGURE the 4X4
Present software is not Module control module. REFER to
present MODULE
CONFIGURATION article
 Application to CARRY OUT
software update programmable module
failed installation (PMI). CLEAR
 4X4 control the DTCs. RETRIEVE the
module failed DTCs and VERIFY
successful module
configuration. If DTC
U2050 is retrieved again,
INSTALL a new 4X4
4X4 CONTROL
MODULE. REPEAT the
self-test.
U2051 One or More  Calibration 4X4 Control CONFIGURE the 4X4
Calibration Files software not Module control module. REFER to
Missing/Corrupt present MODULE
CONFIGURATION article
 Calibration to CARRY OUT PMI.
software update CLEAR the DTCs.
failed RETRIEVE the DTCs and
 4X4 control VERIFY successful module
module failed configuration. If DTC
U2050 is retrieved again,
INSTALL a new 4X4
4X4 CONTROL
MODULE. REPEAT the
self-test.
Symptom Chart - Four Wheel Drive (4WD) System
SYMPTOM CHART - FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) SYSTEM

Condition Possible Sources Action
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 The concern is  The concern  CARRY OUT the All Wheel Drive (AWD)
unverifiable; no description is System Functional Test. Go to Pinpoint
DTCs present inaccurate Test A .
 The power transfer  Tire inflation  MAKE SURE all tires and wheels are the
unit (PTU) makes pressure same size and brand and the inflation
noise  Tire and wheel pressures are correct.
size
 Fluid level  FILL with the correct type and amount of
lubricant. REFER to TRANSFER CASE -
POWER TRANSFER UNIT (PTU)
article.
 Internal  OPERATE the vehicle in all gears. If there
components is noise in the transaxle in NEUTRAL, or in
some gears and not in others, REMOVE and
REPAIR the transaxle. REFER to
AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50
article. If there is noise in all gears,
INSTALL a new PTU. REFER to
TRANSFER CASE - POWER
TRANSFER UNIT (PTU) article.
 4X4 control module  Concern with  Go to Pinpoint Test B .
battery voltage is voltage regulator
high or low or generator
 Smart junction box
(SJB) fuse 11
(10A)
 SJB fuse 35 (10A)
 Intermittent open
power circuit
 4X4 control
module internal
relay failure
 4X4 control module  Invalid data  REFER to INTRODUCTION -
received no/invalid received from GASOLINE ENGINES article to diagnose
data from PCM PCM the accelerator position, engine coolant or
 Data out of range keep alive memory fault.
 4X4 control module  Invalid data  Go to Pinpoint Test C .
received no/invalid received from the
data from ABS ABS module
module  Data out of range
 High-speed controller  HS-CAN bus fault  Go to Pinpoint Test D .
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
area network (HS-  PCM fault

CAN)
communications bus  ABS fault
fault  Instrument cluster
(IC) fault
 4X4 control
module
 Vehicle has no or  Rear axle  REFER to REAR DRIVE
inadequate torque at AXLE/DIFFERENTIAL article.
rear wheels
 PTU mechanical  REFER to TRANSFER CASE - POWER
failure TRANSFER UNIT (PTU) article.
 Wheels/tires  Go to Pinpoint Test G .
 Active torque
control coupling
(ATCC) solenoid
(part of rear axle)
 SJB fuse(s):
 11 (10A)
 35 (10A)
 4X4 control
module
 Circuitry  Go to Pinpoint Test E .
 Vehicle binds in a  Wheels/tires  REFER to WHEELS AND TIRES article.
turn or resists
turning/pulsates or
shudders in a straight
line
 Brake system  REFER to BRAKE SYSTEM -
GENERAL INFORMATION article.
 Wheel bearings  REFER to SUSPENSION SYSTEM -
 Halfshafts  REFER to DRIVELINE SYSTEM -
 Wheel speed  REFER to VEHICLE DYNAMIC
sensor(s) SYSTEMS article.
 ABS module  REFER to VEHICLE DYNAMIC
SYSTEMS article.
 4X4 control  Go to Pinpoint Test F .
module
 ATCC solenoid
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(part of rear axle)

 Circuitry
 Tire/axle out of  Wheels/tires  Go to Pinpoint Test G .
acceptable operating  Wheel speed
range sensors
 ABS module
 4X4 control
module
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test A: All Wheel Drive (AWD) System Functional Test
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article for All Wheel Drive (AWD) schematic and
connector information.
Normal Operation
The all wheel drive (AWD) system continuously monitors vehicle conditions and automatically adjusts the
torque distribution between the front and rear wheels. During normal operation, most of the torque is delivered
to the front wheels. If wheel slip between the front and rear wheels is detected, or if the vehicle is under heavy
acceleration, the AWD system increases torque to the rear wheels to prevent or control wheel slip.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following:
 An AWD system concern without on-demand or continuous DTCs present.
PINPOINT TEST A: AWD SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST
NOTE: This test must be carried out on a hard surface in an area without traffic.
NOTE: Carry out Inspection and Verification as outlined before carrying out this
pinpoint test.
A1 CHECK FOR WRENCH LIGHT PROVE-OUT

 Turn the ignition to the ON position and observe the wrench light.
 Does the wrench light illuminate for 3 seconds and then turn OFF?
YES : Go to A2.
NO : REFER to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING
CHIMES article for further diagnosis of the instrument cluster (IC).
A2 CHECK FOR ACTIVE TORQUE CONTROL COUPLING (ATCC) SOLENOID (PART OF
REAR AXLE) LOCK
 Drive the vehicle on a dry, hard surface in turns while applying the accelerator pedal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Is driveline wind-up present in turns?


YES : With the ignition switch in ON position, allow the ATCC solenoid to cool down for at least
10 minutes and repeat the test. CHECK for wind-up again. If no wind-up is found, go to A3; if still
present, go to Pinpoint Test F .
NO : Go to A3.
A3 CHECK FOR VALID ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION MONITORING THE
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (AP) PID
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger - 4X4 Control Module
 Monitor the AP PID while pressing the accelerator pedal.
 Does the accelerator pedal position match the AP PID percent value?
YES : Go to A4.
NO : REFER to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article to diagnose the
accelerator pedal position sensor concern.
A4 CHECK 4X4 CONTROL MODULE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR PIDs
 While driving the vehicle at 48 km/h (30 mph), monitor the following wheel speed sensor PIDs:
 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor (LF_WSPD)
 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor (LR_WSPD)
 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor (RF_WSPD)
 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor (RR_WSPD)
 Are all 4 wheel speeds within 3 km/h (1.8 mph) of each other?
YES : Go to A5.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test G .
A5 CHECK VEHICLE ACCELERATION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
 Carry out 3 accelerations from 0-48 km/h (0-30 mph) in a straight line (one each with low, medium
and full accelerator pedal application).
 Does the vehicle pulsate or shudder while accelerating?
YES : Go to Pinpoint Test F .

NO : Go to A6.
A6 CHECK VEHICLE TURNING ABILITY
 Drive the vehicle in a fully locked turn, on dry pavement, at 8 km/h (5 mph).
 Does the vehicle bind in the turn or resist turning?

NO : Go to A7.
A7 CHECK FOR TORQUE AT REAR WHEELS USING PWM OUTPUT CONTROL
COMMAND #1 (CLCH_SOL) ACTIVE COMMAND
 Using the scan tool, command CLCH_SOL to energize the ATCC solenoid to a constant 100%
applied.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Drive the vehicle in a fully locked turn, on dry pavement, at 8 km/h (5 mph).
 Does the vehicle bind in the turn or resist turning?
YES : End the active command. The concern cannot be duplicated at this time. RETURN the
vehicle to the customer.
NO : End the active command. CHECK that the driveshaft rotates when the transaxle is in gear. If
yes, go to Pinpoint Test E . If no, CHECK the PTU. REFER to TRANSFER CASE - POWER
TRANSFER UNIT (PTU) article.
Pinpoint Test B: 4X4 Control Module Battery Voltage is High or Low
Normal Operation
If the 4X4 control module observes an overpower or underpower voltage condition, DTCs are set and the 4X4
control module may not allow 4WD operation.
 DTC B1317 Battery Voltage High - When the 4X4 control module detects battery voltage greater than 16
volts for at least 10 seconds or ignition run/start voltage greater than 16 volts for at least one second, this
DTC is set.
 DTC B1318 Battery Voltage Low - When the 4X4 control module detects battery voltage less than 9
volts for at least 10 seconds or ignition run/start voltage less than 9 volts for at least one second with the
engine running at 1,500 RPM or greater, this DTC is set.
 Fuses
 Charging/battery system
 4X4 control module
 Wiring, terminals or connectors
PINPOINT TEST B: 4X4 CONTROL MODULE BATTERY VOLTAGE IS HIGH OR LOW
pinpoint test.
B1 CHECK FOR HIGH BATTERY VOLTAGE MONITORING THE MODULE SUPPLY

VOLTAGE (VBAT_4X4) PID
 Key in ON position.
 Monitor the battery voltage VBAT_4X4 PID.
 Is the battery voltage greater than 16 volts?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : REFER to CHARGING SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article for diagnosis of

the battery and charging system.
NO : Go to B2.
B2 CHECK FOR LOW VOLTAGE MONITORING THE MODULE SUPPLY VOLTAGE
(VBAT_4X4) PID
 Monitor the battery voltage VBAT_4X4 PID.
 Is the battery voltage less than 9 volts?
YES : Go to B4.
NO : Go to B3.
B3 CHECK FOR A BLOWN FUSE
 Check the following smart junction box (SJB) fuses:
 11 (10A).
 35 (10A).
 Are the fuses open?
YES : INSTALL a new fuse(s). CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : Go to B4.
B4 CHECK FOR CORRECT VOLTAGE AT THE BATTERY
 Measure the voltage between the battery positive terminal and ground.
 Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?
YES : Go to B5.
NO : REFER to CHARGING SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article for diagnosis of
the battery and charging system.
B5 CHECK CIRCUIT GD140 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN
 Key in OFF position.
 Disconnect: 4X4 Control Module C281
 Measure the resistance between 4X4 control module C281-15, circuit GD140 (BK/GN), harness
side and ground.
Fig. 1: Checking Circuit GD126 (BK/WH) For An Open

Courtesy of FORD MOTOR CO.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Repeat this measurement while wiggling the harness.


 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?
YES : Go to B6.
NO : REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
B6 CHECK POWER TO THE 4X4 CONTROL MODULE
Fig. 2: Checking 4X4 Control Module Power Circuits

Measure the voltage between 4X4 control module C281-6, circuit SBP11 (BU/RD), harness side

and ground; and between 4X4 control module C281-5, circuit CBP35 (YE/GY), harness side and
ground.
 Are the voltages greater than 10 volts?
YES : Go to B7.
NO : REPAIR the circuit in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
B7 CHECK FOR CORRECT 4X4 CONTROL MODULE OPERATION
 Disconnect the 4X4 control module.
 Check the harness and component side connectors for:
 corrosion.
 pushed-out/bent pins.
 Connect the 4X4 control module and make sure it seats correctly.
 Operate the system and determine if the concern is still present.
 Is the concern still present?
YES : INSTALL a new 4X4 control module. REFER to 4X4 CONTROL MODULE. CLEAR the
DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : The system is operating correctly at this time. The concern may have been caused by a loose
or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
Pinpoint Test C: 4X4 Control Module Received No/Invalid Data From ABS Module
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Normal Operation
The on-demand four wheel drive (4WD) system uses data from other systems as inputs to the 4X4 control
module. The 4X4 control module uses the inputs to determine the appropriate duty cycle to send to the active
torque control coupling (ATCC) (part of rear axle) solenoid that delivers the desired torque to the rear wheels.
Specific inputs to the 4X4 control module are: accelerator pedal position output from the PCM, transmission
range from the PCM, brake system status and all 4 wheel speeds from the ABS module. Communication
between the 4X4 control module and other modules is obtained through the high-speed controller area network
(HS-CAN). If the 4X4 control module loses communication with, or receives invalid data from any of the
necessary modules, DTCs are set and the 4X4 control module may not allow 4WD operation.
 DTC U0415 Invalid Data Received from Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Control Module - When the 4X4
control module receives invalid HS-CAN bus data or invalid wheel speed(s) from the ABS module for
more than 30 seconds, this DTC is set.
 ABS module
PINPOINT TEST C: 4X4 CONTROL MODULE RECEIVED NO/INVALID DATA FROM ABS
MODULE
pinpoint test.
C1 CHECK FOR ABS MODULE DTCs

 Carry out the ABS module self-test.
 Review the results of the ABS module self-test.
 Are any DTCs present?
YES : REFER to VEHICLE DYNAMIC SYSTEMS article for further diagnosis of the ABS.
NO : Go to C2.
C2 CHECK WHEEL SPEED SENSORS PIDs
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Do the 4 wheel speed sensors match the speedometer and are they within 3 km/h (1.8 mph) of
each other?
YES : The system is operating correctly at this time. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : REFER to VEHICLE DYNAMIC SYSTEMS article for further diagnosis of the ABS.
Pinpoint Test D: High-Speed Controller Area Network (HS-CAN) Communications Bus Fault
Normal Operation
torque control coupling (ATCC) solenoid (part of rear axle) that delivers the desired torque to the rear wheels.
Specific inputs to the 4X4 control module are: accelerator pedal position output from the PCM, transmission
range from the PCM, brake system status and all 4 wheel speeds from the ABS module. Communication
between the 4X4 control module and other modules is obtained through the high-speed controller area network
(HS-CAN). If the 4X4 control module loses communication with, or receives invalid data from any of the
necessary modules, DTCs are set and the 4X4 control module may not allow 4WD operation.
 DTC U0100 Lost Communication with ECM/PCM - When the 4X4 control module detects a missing HS-
CAN bus message from the PCM for at least 5 seconds, this DTC is set.
 DTC U0121 Lost Communication with Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Control Module - When the 4X4
control module detects a missing HS-CAN bus message from the ABS module for at least 5 seconds, this
DTC is set.

 PCM
 ABS module
PINPOINT TEST D: HIGH-SPEED CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (HS-CAN)

COMMUNICATIONS BUS FAULT
pinpoint test.
D1 CHECK HS-CAN CIRCUITS BETWEEN THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) AND THE
4X4 CONTROL MODULE FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Checking High Speed Can Circuits Between DLC And 4X4 Control Module For An
Open
Measure the resistance between 4X4 control module C281-4, circuit VDB04 (WH/BU), harness

side and DLC C251-6, circuit VDB04 (WH/BU), harness side; and between 4X4 control module
C281-12, circuit VDB05 (WH), harness side and DLC C251-14, circuit VDB05 (WH), harness
side.
 Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?
YES : Go to D2.
NO : REPAIR the circuit(s). CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. CARRY OUT the Network
Test.
D2 CHECK HS-CAN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 4: Checking High Speed CAN Circuits For A Short To Ground


side and ground; and between 4X4 control module C281-12, circuit VDB05 (WH), harness side
and ground.
 Are the resistances greater than 5,000 ohms?
YES : Go to D3.
Test.
D3 CHECK RESISTANCE BETWEEN HS-CAN CIRCUITS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 5: Checking Resistance Between High Speed CAN Circuits

NOTE: The PCM and the instrument cluster (IC) must be connected and
operating correctly to obtain the correct resistance between the HS-
CAN circuits.
Measure the resistance between 4X4 control module C281-4, circuit VDB04 (WH/BU) harness

side and 4X4 control module C281-12, circuit VDB05 (WH) harness side.
 Is the resistance 60 ohms (± 5 ohms)?
YES : Go to D4.
Test.
D4 CHECK FOR DTCs U0100 AND U0121 SET TOGETHER
 Carry out the 4X4 control module self-test.
 Review the results of the 4X4 control module self-test.
 Are DTCs U0100 and U0121 set together?
YES : REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to continue diagnosis of

the communications network.
NO : Go to D5.
D5 CHECK FOR DTC U0100
 Refer to the results of the 4X4 control module self-test.
 Is DTC U0100 set?
YES : The PCM is not sending any data to the 4X4 control module. REFER to MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to for additional PCM diagnosis.
NO : Go to D6.
D6 CHECK FOR DTC U0121
 Refer to the results of the 4X4 control module self-test.
 Is DTC U0121 set?
YES : The ABS module is not sending any data to the 4X4 control module. REFER to MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article for additional ABS module diagnosis.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to D7.
D7 CHECK FOR CORRECT 4X4 CONTROL MODULE OPERATION
 corrosion.
Pinpoint Test E: Vehicle Has No or Inadequate Torque at Rear Wheels
Normal Operation
torque control coupling (ATCC) solenoid (part of rear axle) that delivers the desired torque to the rear wheels. If
the 4X4 control module loses communication with, or receives invalid data from any of the necessary modules,
DTCs are set and the 4X4 control module may not allow 4WD operation.
 DTC P1824 4-Wheel Drive Clutch Relay Circuit Failure - When the 4X4 control module detects a short
to ground on the ATCC solenoid feedback circuit, this DTC is set.
 DTC P1825 4-Wheel Drive Clutch Relay Open Circuit - When the 4X4 control module detects an open or
short to ground on the ATCC solenoid command or feedback circuit for more than 2 seconds, this DTC is
set.
 Tire/axle out of range

 ATCC solenoid (part of rear axle)
 Power transfer unit (PTU)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PINPOINT TEST E: VEHICLE HAS NO OR INADEQUATE TORQUE AT REAR WHEELS
pinpoint test.
E1 CHECK FOR 4X4 CONTROL MODULE DTCs

 Carry out the 4X4 control module self-test.
 Are any DTCs received?
YES : For DTC P1824 or P1825, go to E5.
For all other DTCs, REFER to the 4X4 Control Module DTC Chart in this service information.
NO : Go to E2.
E2 CHECK HIGH-SPEED CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (HS-CAN) CIRCUITS
BETWEEN DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC) AND 4X4 CONTROL MODULE FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 6: Checking High Speed Can Circuits Between DLC And 4X4 Control Module For An
Open

side and DLC C251-6, circuit VDB04 (WH/BU), harness side; and between 4X4 control module
C281-12, circuit VDB05 (WH), harness side and DLC C251-14, circuit VDB05 (WH), harness
side.
YES : Go to E3.
Test.
E3 CHECK HS-CAN CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 7: Checking High Speed CAN Circuits For A Short To Ground


side and ground; and between 4X4 control module C281-12, circuit VDB05 (WH), harness side
and ground.
YES : Go to E4.
Test.
E4 CHECK RESISTANCE BETWEEN HS-CAN CIRCUITS
Fig. 8: Checking Resistance Between High Speed CAN Circuits

NOTE: The PCM and the instrument cluster (IC) must be connected and
operating correctly to obtain the correct resistance between the HS-
CAN circuits.
 Measure the resistance between 4X4 control module C281-4, circuit VDB04 (WH/BU) harness
side and 4X4 control module C281-12, circuit VDB05 (WH) harness side.
 Is the resistance 60 ohms (± 5 ohms)?
YES : Go to E5.
Test.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
E5 CHECK CIRCUITS CCF21 (VT/WH) AND RCF21 (WH/VT) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WITH ATCC SOLENOID (PART OF REAR AXLE) CONNECTED
Fig. 9: Checking Circuits CCF21 (VT/WH) & RCF21 (WH/VT) For A Short To Ground
With ATC Solenoid Connected
Measure the resistance between 4X4 control module C281-8, circuit CCF21 (VT/WH), harness side

and ground; and between 4X4 control module C281-16, circuit RCF21 (WH/VT), harness side and
ground.
YES : Go to E8.
NO : Go to E6.
E6 CHECK CIRCUITS CCF21 (VT/WH) AND RCF21 (WH/VT) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
WITH C4004 DISCONNECTED
 Disconnect: ATCC Solenoid Jumper Harness C4004
Fig. 10: Checking Circuits CCF21 (VT/WH) & RCF21 (WH/VT) For A Short To Ground
With ATC Solenoid Connected
 Measure the resistance between 4X4 control module C281-8, circuit CCF21 (VT/WH), harness side
and ground; and between 4X4 control module C281-16, circuit RCF21 (WH/VT), harness side and
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ground.
YES : Go to E7.
NO : REPAIR the circuit(s) in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
E7 CHECKING THE ATCC SOLENOID JUMPER HARNESS WIRES
NOTE: The active torque control coupling (ATCC) solenoid jumper harness must
be secured to prevent damage to the wiring.
Disconnect: ATCC Solenoid C4347


 Inspect the ATCC solenoid jumper harness for damage.
 Is the ATCC solenoid jumper harness damaged?
YES : REPAIR or INSTALL a new ATCC solenoid jumper harness. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT
the self-test.
NO : INSTALL a new rear axle assembly. REFER to REAR DRIVE AXLE/DIFFERENTIAL
article. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
E8 CHECK CIRCUITS CCF21 (VT/WH) AND RCF21 (WH/VT) FOR AN OPEN WITH ATCC
SOLENOID CONNECTED
 Connect: ATCC Solenoid C4347 and ATCC Solenoid Jumper Harness C4004
Fig. 11: Checking Circuits CCF21 (VT/WH) & RCF21 (WH/VT) For An Open With ATC
Solenoid Connected
Measure the resistance between 4X4 control module C281-8, circuit CCF21 (VT/WH), harness side

and 4X4 control module C281-16, circuit RCF21 (WH/VT), harness side.
YES : Go to E11.
NO : Go to E9.
E9 CHECK CIRCUITS CCF21 (VT/WH) AND RCF21 (WH/VT) FOR AN OPEN AT C4004
 Disconnect: ATCC Solenoid Jumper Harness C4004
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 12: Measuring Resistance Between 4X4 Control Module C281-8, Circuit CCF21
(VT/WH) & ATCC solenoid jumper harness C4004-1, circuit CCF21 (VT/WH)
 Measure the resistance between 4X4 control module C281-8, circuit CCF21 (VT/WH), harness side
and ATCC solenoid jumper harness C4004-1, circuit CCF21 (VT/WH).
 Repeat this measurement while wiggling the harness.
Fig. 13: Measuring Resistance Between 4X4 Control Module C281-16, Circuit RCF21
(WH/VT) & ATCC Solenoid Jumper Harness C4004-2, Circuit RCF21 (WH/VT)
Measure the resistance between 4X4 control module C281-16, circuit RCF21 (WH/VT), harness

side and ATCC solenoid jumper harness C4004-2, circuit RCF21 (WH/VT), harness side.
YES : Go to E10.
E10 CHECK THE ATCC SOLENOID CIRCUIT FOR AN INTERNAL OPEN
NOTE: The active torque control coupling (ATCC) solenoid jumper harness must
be secured to prevent damage to the wiring.
 Disconnect: ATCC Solenoid C4347
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 14: Checking ATC Solenoid Circuit For An Internal Open

Measure the resistance between ATCC solenoid C4347-1, circuit CCF21 (VT/WH), component

side and ATCC solenoid C4347-2, circuit RCF21 (WH/VT), component side.
YES : REPAIR or INSTALL a new ATCC solenoid jumper harness. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT
the self-test.
NO : INSTALL a new rear axle assembly. REFER to REAR DRIVE AXLE/DIFFERENTIAL
E11 CHECK CIRCUIT GD140 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 15: Checking Circuit GD126 (BK/WH) For An Open

Measure the resistance between 4X4 control module C281-15, circuit GD140 (BK/GN), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to E12.
E12 CHECK THE 4X4 CONTROL MODULE POWER CIRCUITS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 16: Checking 4X4 Control Module Power Circuits

Measure the voltage between 4X4 control module C281-6, circuit SBP11 (BU/RD), harness side

and ground; and between 4X4 control module C281-5, circuit CBP35 (YE/GY), harness side and
ground.
YES : Go to E13.
E13 CHECK FOR CORRECT 4X4 CONTROL MODULE OPERATION
 corrosion.
 Check the ATCC solenoid jumper harness between the 4X4 control module and the ATCC
solenoid, located on the rear subframe.
Pinpoint Test F: Vehicle Binds in a Turn or Resists Turning/Pulsates or Shudders in a Straight Line
Normal Operation
torque distribution between the front and rear wheels. During normal operation, most of the torque is sent to the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
front wheels. If wheel slip between the front and rear wheels is detected or the vehicle is under heavy
acceleration, the AWD system increases torque to the rear wheels.
 Rear axle
 Wheels/tires
 PCM
 ABS module
 Circuitry
PINPOINT TEST F: VEHICLE BINDS IN A TURN OR RESISTS TURNING/PULSATES OR

SHUDDERS IN A STRAIGHT LINE
pinpoint test.
F1 CHECK FOR TORQUE AT THE REAR WHEELS

 Disconnect: Active Torque Control Coupling (ATCC) Solenoid (Part of Rear Axle) C4347
 Drive the vehicle in a straight line on dry pavement.
 Is a pulsation or shudder still present?
YES : REFER to DRIVELINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article for additional

axle diagnosis.
NO : Go to F2.
F2 CHECK TO SEE IF THE ATCC SOLENOID IS BEING COMMANDED ON MONITORING
4WD CLUTCH PWM STATUS (4WDCPWMST) PID
 Connect: ATCC Solenoid C4347
 Monitor the 4WDCPWMST PID.
 Drive the vehicle no faster than 8 km/h (5 mph) in tight turns on dry pavement while monitoring
the ATCC solenoid duty cycle.
 Is the duty cycle greater than 20%?
YES : Go to F3.
F3 CHECK FOR THE CORRECT WHEEL SPEEDS USING THE WHEEL SPEED SENSORS
PIDs
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
While driving the vehicle at 48 km/h (30 mph), monitor the following wheel speed sensor PIDs:

YES : Go to F4.
F4 CHECK FOR VALID ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION MONITORING
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (AP) PID
 Key ON, engine OFF (KOEO).
 Monitor AP PID while pressing/releasing the accelerator pedal.
 Does the accelerator position match the PID percent value?
YES : Go to F5.
NO : REFER to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article to diagnose the engine
control system.
F5 CHECK FOR CORRECT 4X4 CONTROL MODULE OPERATION
 corrosion.
 Check the ATCC solenoid jumper harness between the 4X4 control module and the ATCC
solenoid, located on the rear subframe.
Pinpoint Test G: Tire/Axle Out of Acceptable Operating Range
Normal Operation
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
torque distribution between the front and rear wheels. During normal operation, most of the torque is sent to the
front wheels. If wheel slip between the front and rear wheels is detected or the vehicle is under heavy
acceleration, the AWD system increases torque to the rear wheels.
 DTC P1635 Tire/Axle Out of Acceptable Range - When the 4X4 control module detects inappropriate
mini spare or road wheels/tires (greater than 5% at one wheel) installed, this DTC is set.
 Wheels/tires
 Wheel speed sensors
 ABS module
PINPOINT TEST G: TIRE/AXLE OUT OF ACCEPTABLE OPERATING RANGE
pinpoint test.
G1 CHECK THE RECENT TIRE USAGE

 Check with customer about recent tire usage or installation.
 Has a tire been installed on the vehicle recently that was not originally supplied with the
vehicle?
YES : INFORM the customer to only use tires of the type supplied with the vehicle. CLEAR the
NO : Go to G2.
G2 CHECK TIRE SIZE AND BRAND
 Check the tire size and the brand of tire.
 Are all 4 tires the same size and brand?
YES : Go to G3.
NO : INSTALL tires that are the same size and brand. INFORM the customer to only use the same
size tires and brand. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
G3 CHECK TIRE AIR PRESSURES
 Check the air pressure in all 4 tires.
 Are all 4 tires at the recommended air pressure?
YES : Go to G4.
NO : ADJUST the tire air pressures. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. INFORM the
customer to maintain the correct tire air pressure.
G4 CHECK FOR CORRECT WHEEL SPEEDS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connect the diagnostic tool.


YES : Go to G5.
NO : The ABS module is sending invalid wheel speed data to the 4X4 control module. REFER to
VEHICLE DYNAMIC SYSTEMS article for additional ABS module diagnosis.
G5 CHECK FOR CORRECT 4X4 CONTROL MODULE OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion.
 pushed-out pins.
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

4X4 CONTROL MODULE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 17: Exploded View Of 4X4 Control Module With Torque Specification
Item Part Number Description

1 N621906-S424 4X4 control module nut
2 7E453 4X4 control module and bracket
3 - Electrical connector (part of 14A005)
1. From below the RH side instrument panel, remove the hush panel.
2. Disconnect the 4X4 control module harness connector.
3. Remove the 4X4 control module nut.
 To install, tighten to 7 N.m (62 lb-in).
4. Remove the 4X4 control module and bracket.

5. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 BRAKES Vehicle Dynamic Systems - Edge & MKX
2008 BRAKES
Vehicle Dynamic Systems - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
High Performance DOT 3 Motor
WSS-M6C62-A or WSS-M6C65-
Vehicle Brake Fluid 803-821 ml (1.69-1.73 pt)
A1
PM-1-C (US); CPM-1-C (Canada)
Description Nm lb-ft lb-in
ABS module screws 5 - 44
Brake caliper brake tube-to-hydraulic control unit (HCU) fittings 22 16 -
HCU bracket-to-frame bolts 25 18 -
HCU bracket-to-HCU bolt 15 11 -
Master cylinder brake tube-to-HCU fittings 27 20 -
Stability control sensor cluster nuts 9 - 80
Steering wheel rotation sensor bolts 1 - 9
Wheel speed sensor bolts 7 - 62

ANTI-LOCK CONTROL
ABS With Roll Stability Control (RSC) And Traction Control
The ABS with roll stability control (RSC) and traction control consists of the following components:
 Hydraulic control unit (HCU)

 ABS module (also controls the RSC system and traction control system)
 Stability/traction control switch
 Steering angle sensor module (SASM)
 Stability control sensor cluster (contains the accelerometer[s], roll rate sensor and yaw rate sensor)
 Front wheel speed sensors
 Front wheel speed sensor tone rings (integral to the halfshafts)
 Rear wheel speed sensors
 Rear wheel speed sensor tone rings are:
 integral to the halfshaft on all wheel drive [AWD] vehicles.
 integral to the wheel hub and bearing assembly on front wheel drive [FWD] vehicles.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Brake pressure transducer (integral to the HCU)

 Brake fluid level switch
The ABS prevents wheel lock-up by monitoring the wheel speed sensors and actuating the valves in the HCU
which modulates the brake pressure to the brake calipers. By preventing the wheels from locking up, the driver
is able to maintain steering control and stop in the shortest possible distance under most conditions. The traction
control system utilizes the same components as the ABS to prevent wheel spin and help maintain vehicle
control during acceleration. The RSC system utilizes the same components as the ABS and the traction control
systems and also monitors the steering wheel rotation sensor and the stability control sensor cluster to assist in
stabilizing the vehicle during abrupt maneuvers.
The front wheel speed sensor tone rings are integral to the front halfshafts. Refer to FRONT DRIVE
HALFSHAFTS article.
On AWD vehicles, the rear wheel speed sensor tone rings are integral to the rear halfshafts. Refer to REAR
DRIVE HALFSHAFTS article.
On FWD vehicles, the rear wheel speed sensor tone rings are integral to the wheel hub and bearing assembly.
Refer to REAR SUSPENSION article.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
ANTI-LOCK CONTROL
Special Tools
Flex Probe Kit 105-R025B or equivalent
Rotunda Active Wheel Speed

105-R0110
Sensor Tester
Vehicle Communication Module

(VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
System (IDS) software with

appropriate hardware, or equivalent
scan tool
Standard ABS
The standard ABS module manages anti-lock braking to maintain vehicle control during deceleration.
When the ignition switch is in the RUN position, the ABS module does a preliminary electrical check and, at
approximately 20 km/h (12 mph), the hydraulic pump motor is turned on for approximately 1/2 second. During
this time a buzzing or humming noise may be heard and a vibration maybe felt in the brake pedal. This is a
normal condition. Any malfunction of the ABS disables the stability assist and the ABS warning indicator
illuminates. However, the power-assist braking system functions normally.
The ABS module monitors and compares the rotational speed of each wheel. Wheel speeds are measured by the
wheel speed sensor, which electrically senses each tooth of the sensor ring as it passes through the magnetic
field of the sensor. When the ABS module detects an impending wheel lock, the ABS module commands the
hydraulic pump motor on and commands the hydraulic control unit (HCU) to open and close the appropriate
solenoid valves to modulate the brake pressure to the individual brake caliper(s). Once the affected wheel(s)
return to the desired speed, the ABS module commands the HCU to return the solenoid valves to their normal
position and normal base brake operation is restored.
In extreme cold conditions (temperature less than -25°C [-13°F]), the ABS module will briefly operate the
hydraulic pump motor when the accelerator is pressed. This is done to warm the brake fluid.
Electronic Brake Distribution (EBD)
On initial application of the brake pedal, full pressure is applied to the rear brakes. The ABS module then uses
wheel speed input to calculate an estimated rate of deceleration. Once vehicle deceleration exceeds a
predetermined threshold, the ABS module closes the appropriate isolation valves in the Hydraulic Control Unit
(HCU) to hold the rear brake pressure constant while allowing the front brake pressure to build. This creates a
balanced braking condition between the front and rear wheels and minimizes the chance of rear wheel lockup
during hard braking. As the vehicle decelerates, the valves are opened to increase the rear brake pressure in
proportion to the front brake pressure.
A slight bump sensation may be felt in the brake pedal when Electronic Brake Distribution (EBD) is active.
If ABS is disabled due to DTCs being present in the ABS module, EBD will continue to function unless the
DTCs are for wheel speed sensors or the HCU. When EBD is disabled, the ABS warning indicator and (if
equipped) the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) warning indicator will be illuminated.
ABS with Traction Control, Electronic Stability Control (ESC) and Roll Stability Control (RSC)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The ABS module with traction control and roll stability control (RSC) performs the same functions as the
standard ABS module. It also performs additional functions specific to traction control and RSC.
Traction Control
When the drive wheels lose traction and begin to spin, with vehicle speed under 100 km/h (62 mph), the ABS
module commands the hydraulic pump motor on and commands the HCU to open and close the appropriate
solenoid valves to modulate the brake pressure to the brake caliper(s) while simultaneously sending a request to
the PCM over the high-speed controller area network (HS-CAN) bus to reduce engine torque to maintain
vehicle traction. The PCM accomplishes this by minor incremental timing changes and fewer fuel injector
pulses until the ABS module ends the request. The request ends when the driven wheel speed returns to the
desired speed. After the vehicle speed exceeds 100 km/h (62 mph), the traction control is accomplished only
through the PCM torque control.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
The electronic stability control (ESC) system constantly monitors the vehicle motion relative to the intended
course. This is done by using sensors to compare the steering input and the yaw rate sensor with that of the
actual vehicle motion. The ESC system monitors information from the throttle position (TP) sensor, the steering
angle sensor module (SASM) (steering wheel angle and rate of change) and a yaw rate sensor (integral to the
stability control sensor cluster) that measures changes in vehicle direction. If the ESC system determines from
all these inputs that the vehicle is unable to travel in the intended direction, the system adjusts the brake torque
at specific wheels in response to direct measurement of the vehicle motion and reduces engine torque to allow
the vehicle to follow the intended course.
When the ESC system activates, any of the following can occur:
 A rumble or grinding sound much like ABS or traction control

 A small deceleration or a reduction in the acceleration of the vehicle
 The ESC indicator flashes
 If the driver's foot is on the brake pedal, a vibration will be felt in the pedal much like ABS
Roll Stability Control (RSC)
The roll stability control (RSC) system constantly monitors the vehicle motion relative to the intended course.
This is done by using sensors to compare the steering input and brake application with that of the actual vehicle
motion. The system does not activate when the vehicle is traveling in reverse; however, the standard ABS and
traction control continue to function as usual. The RSC system monitors information from the wheel speed
sensors, the TP sensor, the steering angle sensor module (SASM) (steering wheel angle and rate of change) and
a roll-rate sensor (integral to the stability control sensor cluster) that measures changes in vehicle motion. If the
RSC system determines from all these inputs that conditions exist for a potential roll-over event, the system
adjusts the brake torque at specific wheels in response to direct measurement of the vehicle roll motion and
reduces engine torque to make the vehicle more stable. By adjusting brake torque, the system can reduce the
cornering forces and, therefore, the total roll moment acting on the vehicle.
When the RSC system activates, any of the following can occur:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 A rumble or grinding sound much like ABS or traction control

 A small deceleration or a reduction in the acceleration of the vehicle
 The RSC indicator flashes
 If the driver's foot is on the brake pedal, a vibration will be felt in the pedal much like ABS
 If the event is severe enough and the driver's foot is not on the brake, the brake pedal will move to apply
higher brake forces. A whooshing sound can also be heard from under the instrument panel in an event
this severe
Some drivers may notice a slight movement of the brake pedal when the system checks itself. The brake pedal
moves when an active test of the brake booster is run. During this test a small amount of pressure is generated at
the master cylinder, but no pressure is generated in the brake calipers.
Stability/Traction Control Switch
The stability/traction control switch is hard wired to the instrument cluster module. The instrument cluster
module communicates the stability/traction control switch status to the ABS module via the HS-CAN bus.
The stability/traction control switch allows the driver to control use of the stability control/traction assist
system. This is independent of the ABS function, which cannot be switched OFF by the driver. The stability
control/traction assist system status is indicated by a light in the stability/traction control switch. When the
stability/traction control switch is set to OFF, the system is disabled below 60 km/h (37 mph). The system will
automatically restore to full functionality every time the vehicle speed exceeds 70 km/h (43 mph) or when the
ignition switch is turned to the OFF position and back to the ON position. However, the stability/traction
control switch OFF indicator remains illuminated until the switch is pressed. The ABS function continues to
work as designed unless the yellow ABS warning indicator is also illuminated. Normal braking function always
occurs, unless the red brake warning indicator is illuminated.
Stability Control Sensor Cluster
The stability control sensor cluster consists of the yaw rate sensor, roll-rate sensor, lateral accelerometer and
longitudinal accelerometer. The lateral accelerometer measures the acceleration which corresponds to the force
involved when the vehicle slides sideways. This acceleration has 2 forms. The first is the centrifugal
acceleration which is generated when the vehicle travels around in a circle. The second is the acceleration due to
gravity. On level ground there is no contribution from this acceleration. However, if the vehicle is parked
sideways on a bank or incline, the sensor measures some lateral acceleration due to gravity even though the
vehicle is not moving.
The longitudinal accelerometer measures the acceleration corresponding to the force involved when the vehicle
moves forward and rearward in the horizontal plane, along the centerline of the front and rear wheels.
The yaw rate sensor measures the relative vehicle motion about the vertical axis through its center of gravity.
The roll-rate sensor measures the rate of rotation along the front to rear horizontal axis.
Steering Angle Sensor Module (SASM)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The steering angle sensor module (SASM) measures the rate of rotation of the steering wheel by monitoring the
steering wheel rotation ring as it passes through the sensor gap. The SASM uses the HS-CAN bus to transmit
information to the ABS module about whether the steering wheel is being turned left or right and how far it is
being turned.
ABS Module Configuration
A new ABS module must be configured after installation. Refer to Programmable Module Installation in
MODULE CONFIGURATION article. If installing a new ABS module with RSC, the module must also be
calibrated.
ABS Module Calibration
NOTE: The installation of a new stability control sensor cluster does not require ABS
module calibration.
The ABS module must be calibrated if any of the following is occurring or have occurred:
 A new ABS module has been installed.

 A new HCU has been installed.
 A new steering wheel rotation sensor has been installed.
 The ABS warning indicator in the instrument cluster flashes once every 2 seconds.
Follow the scan tool directions for ABS module calibration. The ABS module should be configured before it is
calibrated. Calibration is required for the ABS module to learn the "at rest" or "zero" position of the stability
control components. If a DTC is set for any stability control component, the DTC must be cleared before
carrying out the calibration procedure. The ESC warning indicator will flash after clearing the DTCs that are
associated with the stability control system. If a DTC is retrieved after calibration, refer to the ABS MODULE
DTC CHART .
Stability Control Sensor Cluster Calibration
When a new stability control sensor cluster is installed, the cluster must be calibrated. Follow the scan tool
instructions for the calibration procedure. When carrying out the cluster calibration, the vehicle must be on a
level surface, must not be moving and the ignition switch must be in the RUN position.
Inspection And Verification
1. Verify the customer concern by applying the brakes under different conditions.
2. Verify the base brake system operates correctly by pressing and releasing the brake pedal with the
ignition switch in the OFF position. If the stoplamps do not operate correctly, refer to EXTERIOR
LIGHTING article. If the stoplamps operate correctly, proceed to the next step.
3. Verify the base brake system operates correctly. If any concerns are present, address them before
continuing with any ABS concerns. Refer to BRAKE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
If the base brake system operates correctly, proceed to the next step.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical or electrical damage.

 ABS module
 Battery junction box
(BJB) fuse(s):
 15 (40A)
 Base brake system
 50 (10A)
 Brake booster vacuum
hose  57 (40A)
 Brake fluid level  71 (10A)
 Hydraulic control unit  Brake fluid level switch

(HCU)  Brake on/off (BOO)
 Steering components, switch
suspension components  Smart junction box
and tire size (SJB) fuse(s):
 Steering angle sensor  34 (5A)
module (SASM)
 35 (10A)
 Tire pressure
 Wiring, terminals or
 Tire size or mismatched connectors
tires
 Stability control sensor
 Wheel and tire sizes cluster
 Stability/traction control
switch
 Wheel speed sensor


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 verify the scan tool operation with a known good vehicle.

PCM.
10. Clear the continuous DTCs and carry out the self-test diagnostics for the ABS module, the instrument
cluster and the steering angle sensor module.
11. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to the ABS MODULE DTC CHART , the Steering
Angle Sensor Module DTC Chart and/or the Instrument Cluster Module DTC Chart. For all other DTCs,
refer to the Master DTC Chart in MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article.
12. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, go to Symptom Chart.
ABS MODULE DTC CHART

DTC Description Source Action
NOTE:
Battery voltage above 16 volts will cause
DTC B1317 to set. Verify battery and
B1317 Battery Voltage High ABS Module charging system condition prior to
diagnosing this DTC.
Go to Pinpoint Test A .
NOTE:
Battery voltage below 10 volts will cause
B1318 Battery Voltage Low ABS Module charging system condition prior to
Go to Pinpoint Test A .
NOTE:
If other DTCs are present, REPAIR them
before installing a new component.
CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the ABS

B1342 ECU is Faulted ABS Module module self-test. RETRIEVE the DTCs. If
DTC B1342 is retrieved again, INSTALL a
new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS) Module.
CALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW
the scan tool directions for the calibration
procedure. CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
the self-test with the brake pedal not applied.

CHECK for water intrusion into stability
control sensor cluster connector C3037.
REPAIR as necessary. If OK, INSTALL a
B211B Satellite ECU is Faulted ABS Module new sensor cluster. REFER to Stability
Control Sensor Cluster. CLEAR the DTCs.
CARRY OUT the self-test with the brake
pedal not applied.
CONFIGURE the ABS module. REFER to
MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If
B2477 Module Configuration Failure ABS Module DTC B2477 is retrieved again, INSTALL a
Brake System (ABS) Module. REPEAT the
self-test.
ABS Hydraulic Pump Motor
C1095 ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test B .
Circuit Failure
ABS Hydraulic Pump Motor
C1096 ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test B .
Circuit Open
NOTE:
CLEAR all DTCs. TEST DRIVE the vehicle

above 32 km/h (20 mph) and CARRY OUT
ABS Power Relay Output
C1115 ABS Module at least one ABS stop. RETRIEVE the
Short Circuit to Battery DTCs.If DTC C1115 is retrieved again,
INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module.
The ABS module receives brake fluid level
information from the instrument cluster over
the high-speed controller area network (HS-
CAN) bus. The instrument cluster receives
the brake fluid information from the smart
junction box (SJB) over the medium-speed
C1140 Hydraulic Base Brake Failure ABS Module controller area network (MS-CAN) bus. This
DTC indicates that a low fluid level
condition exists or there is an issue with the
brake fluid level switch, wiring, instrument
cluster or HS-CAN bus.
If there are other HS-CAN bus DTCs
present, REFER to MODULE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article

to diagnose the HS-CAN bus.
If there are no HS-CAN bus DTCs present,
VERIFY that the brake fluid is at the correct
level and ADJUST as necessary.
If the brake fluid level is OK, REFER to
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC),
MESSAGE CENTER & WARNING
CHIMES article to diagnose the red brake
warning indicator and the brake fluid level
switch.
Speed Wheel Sensor RF Input
C1145 ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test C .
Circuit Failure
Speed Wheel Sensor LF Input
Circuit Failure
Speed Wheel Sensor RR
Input Circuit Failure
Speed Wheel Sensor LR
Input Circuit Failure
NOTE:
CLEAR all DTCs. RETRIEVE DTCs. If

ABS Power Relay Output
C1185 ABS Module DTC C1185 is retrieve again, INSTALL a
Circuit Failure new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock
at least one ABS stop. RETRIEVE the DTCs.
If C1194 is retrieved again along with one or
more other ABS valve coil DTCs, go to
Pinpoint Test A .
ABS Outlet Valve Coil LF
C1194 ABS Module If only DTC C1194 is retrieved again,
Circuit Failure
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Pinpoint Test A .
If only DTC C1198 is retrieved again,
ABS Inlet Valve Coil LF
C1198 ABS Module INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to
Circuit Failure
Pinpoint Test A .
ABS Outlet Valve Coil RF
Circuit Failure
Pinpoint Test A .
ABS Inlet Valve Coil RF
Circuit Failure
C1222 Speed Wheel Mismatch ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test D .
Speed Wheel LF Input Signal
C1233 ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test D .
Missing
Speed Wheel RF Input Signal
Missing
Speed Wheel RR Input Signal
Missing
Speed Wheel LR Input Signal
Missing
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Pinpoint Test A .
ABS Outlet Valve Coil LR
Circuit Failure
Pinpoint Test A .
ABS Outlet Valve Coil RR
Circuit Failure
Pinpoint Test A .
ABS Inlet Valve Coil LR
Circuit Failure
ABS Inlet Valve Coil RR
C1254 ABS Module If C1254 is retrieved again along with one or
Circuit Failure more other ABS valve coil DTCs, go to
Pinpoint Test A .
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Steering Wheel Angle 1 and 2
C1278 ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test E .
Signal Faulted
Yaw Rate Sensor Circuit
C1279 ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Failure
C1280 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Lateral Accelerometer Circuit
Failure
Lateral Accelerometer Signal
Fault
Brake Pressure Transducer
C1288 Main/Primary Input Circuit ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test G .
Failure
If the DTC is retrieved again, INSTALL a
ABS Outlet Valve Coil RF
new HCU. REFER to Hydraulic Control
C1329 Circuit Excessive ABS Module
Unit (HCU). CALIBRATE the ABS module.
Temperature
FOLLOW the scan tool directions for the
calibration procedure. CLEAR the DTCs.
CARRY OUT the self-test with the brake
pedal not applied.
ABS Outlet Valve Coil LR
Temperature
ABS Outlet Valve Coil RR If the DTC is retrieved again, INSTALL a
C1331 Circuit Excessive ABS Module new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock
Temperature Brake System (ABS) Module.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

ABS Outlet Valve Coil LF
Temperature
ABS Inlet Valve Coil LR
Temperature
ABS Inlet Valve Coil LF
Temperature
ABS Inlet Valve Coil RF
Temperature
C1336 ABS Module
ABS Inlet Valve Coil RR new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock
Circuit Excessive Brake System (ABS) Module.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Temperature CALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW

Pinpoint Test A .
Traction Control Valve Rear
Circuit Failure
Pinpoint Test A .
Traction Control Valve LF
Circuit Failure
C1446 Brake Switch Circuit Failure ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test H .
C1516 Roll Rate Sensor Signal Fault ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test F .
C1517 Roll Rate Sensor Circuit Fault ABS Module Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Traction Control Rear Valve
Temperature

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Traction Control LF Valve Brake System (ABS) Module.
C1528 Circuit Excessive ABS Module CALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW
Temperature the scan tool directions for the calibration
Dynamic Stability Control RF
C1530 Valve Circuit Excessive ABS Module
Temperature
Dynamic Stability Control LF
C1531 Valve Circuit Excessive ABS Module
Temperature
If any other DTCs are present, REPAIR
those DTCs first. CLEAR all DTCs. TEST
DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph)
and CARRY OUT at least one ABS stop.
RETRIEVE DTCs.
Reference Voltage Out of If the DTC is retrieved again, INSTALL a
C1730 ABS Module
Range (+5 V) new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock
Dynamic Stability Control
C1957 ABS Module If C1957 is retrieved again along with one or
Valve RF Circuit Failure more other ABS valve coil DTCs, go to
Pinpoint Test A .
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Pinpoint Test A .
Stability Assist Control Valve
LF Circuit Failure
NOTE:
REPAIR all other DTCs prior to diagnosing
this DTC.
Stability Control Inhibit This DTC is for information only. CLEAR

C1963 ABS Module all DTCs. INSPECT the stability control
Warning
sensor cluster mounting surface for damage
and foreign material. REPAIR or CLEAN as
necessary. INSPECT the stability control
sensor cluster for correct installation. REFER
to Stability Control Sensor Cluster.
NOTE:
C1991 Module Calibration Failure ABS Module before diagnosing DTC C1991.
Go to Pinpoint Test I .
Longitudinal Acceleration
Sensor Electrical Failure
Longitudinal Acceleration
Sensor Plausibility Failure
REFER to MODULE
Control Module
U0073 ABS Module COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article
Communication Bus Off
REPAIR all other DTCs first. If DTC U0115
Lost Communication with is still present, REFER to MODULE
U0115 ABS Module
ECM/PCM - Secondary COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

U0126 Steering Angle Sensor ABS Module COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article
Module to diagnose the HS-CAN bus.
U0155 ABS Module
Instrument Panel Cluster COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article
NOTE:
CAN Network #2 Comm Bus
U1901 ABS Module before diagnosing DTC U1901.
Fault - Receive Error
Go to Pinpoint Test J .
CONFIGURE the ABS module. REFER to
CLEAR the DTCs. RETRIEVE the DTCs
and VERIFY successful module
U2050 No Application Present ABS Module configuration. If DTC U2050 is retrieved
again, INSTALL a new ABS module.
REFER to Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
Module. CLEAR the DTC. REPEAT the
self-test.
CALIBRATE the ABS module, follow the
directions on the scan tool. CLEAR the
DTCs. CARRY OUT the ABS module self-
One or More Calibration Files test. RETRIEVE and RECORD any DTCs. If
U2051 ABS Module
Missing or Corrupt DTC U2051 is retrieved again, INSTALL a
Brake System (ABS) Module. CLEAR the
DTC. REPEAT the self-test.
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR MODULE (SASM) DTC CHART

NOTE:
Battery voltage above 16 volts will cause
Steering Angle DTC B1317 to set. Verify battery and
B1317 Battery Voltage High Sensor Module charging system condition prior to
(SASM) diagnosing this DTC.
Go to Pinpoint Test L .
NOTE:
Battery voltage below 10 volts will cause
B1318 Battery Voltage Low SASM charging system condition prior to
Go to Pinpoint Test L .
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE:
B1342 ECU is Faulted SASM CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the SASM
self-test. RETRIEVE the DTCs. If DTC
B1342 is retrieved again, INSTALL a new
SASM. REFER to Steering Angle Sensor
Module (SASM). CLEAR the DTCs.
REPEAT the self-test.
U0155 SASM
Instrument Panel Cluster COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article
CONFIGURE the SASM. REFER to
Programmable Module Installation in
CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the SASM
U2050 No Application Present SASM
self-test. If DTC U2050 is retrieved again,
INSTALL a new SASM. REFER to Steering
Angle Sensor Module (SASM). CLEAR the
DTC. REPEAT the self-test.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTC CHART

Traction Control Disable
C1093 Instrument Cluster Go to Pinpoint Test K .
Switch Circuit Failure
REFER to INSTRUMENT
All Other Instrument CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE
- Instrument Cluster
Cluster Module DTCs CENTER & WARNING CHIMES
article.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 Fuse  REFER to MODULE
 No communication with  Wiring, terminals or CONFIGURATION article to
the ABS module connectors diagnose the no communication
 ABS module concern.
 RETRIEVE all DTCs and REFER to

 Wiring, terminals or the ABS MODULE DTC CHART .
 The red brake warning connectors If no DTCs are present, REFER to
indicator is always/never  Brake fluid level Diagnosis and Testing in
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
on  Instrument cluster INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC),

MESSAGE CENTER &
 ABS module WARNING CHIMES article.
 Instrument cluster the ABS MODULE DTC CHART .
 The yellow ABS warning  Brake fluid level If no DTCs are present, REFER to
indicator is always/never  Wiring, terminals or Diagnosis and Testing in
on connectors INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC),
 ABS module MESSAGE CENTER &
WARNING CHIMES article.
 Instrument cluster the ABS MODULE DTC CHART .
 Wiring, terminals or If no DTCs are present, REFER to
 The traction assist indicator
connectors Diagnosis and Testing in
is never/always on
 Traction control INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC),
switch MESSAGE CENTER &
 ABS false activation, ABS  INSPECT both front wheel speed
 Front wheel speed
too sensitive, ABS sensor tone rings for damaged teeth.
sensor tone rings
activates on normal stop INSTALL new as necessary.
 INSPECT the wiring harness from
 Chafed wire the front wheel speed sensor knuckle
insulation or to the frame and from the rear axle to
pinched wire the frame. REPAIR or INSTALL
new as necessary.
 Rear wheel speed
sensor, excessive
 INSPECT both rear wheel speed
variance in air gap
sensor tone rings for damaged teeth.
between wheel
INSTALL new as necessary.
speed sensor and
sensor tone ring
 Open or shorted
wheel speed sensor  Go to Pinpoint Test C .
circuit
 INSPECT the rear wheel speed
 Rear wheel speed
sensor tone rings. INSTALL new as
sensor tone rings
necessary.
 Wheel speed sensor  Go to Pinpoint Test D .
 Instrument cluster
 The traction control system  Circuitry
 Go to Pinpoint Test K .
cannot be disabled  Traction control
switch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test A: DTCs B1317 and B1318 - Battery Voltage High/Low
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Vehicle Dynamic Systems for schematic and
Normal Operation
The operating voltage required to operate the ABS module, hydraulic valves and pump motor is between 10 and
16 volts.
Fused ignition voltage is supplied to the ABS module from battery junction box (BJB) fuse 50 (10A) along
circuit CBB50 (YE/OG). Fused battery voltage is supplied to the ABS module from BJB fuse 57 (40A) along
circuit SBB57 (RD) and BJB fuse 15 (40A) along circuit SBB15 (WH/RD). Ground is provided for the ABS
module along circuit GD121 (BK/YE).
 DTC B1317 Battery Voltage High - If the voltage supplied to the ABS module exceeds 16 volts during
the ABS module self-test or normal operation, with vehicle speed greater than 5 km/h (3 mph), DTC
B1317 will be set.
 DTC B1318 Battery Voltage Low - If the voltage supplied to the ABS module falls below 10 volts during
the ABS module self-test or normal operation, with vehicle speed greater than 5 km/h (3 mph), DTC
B1318 will be set.

 Charging system
 ABS module
PINPOINT TEST A: DTCs B1317 AND B1318 - BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH/LOW
NOTE: Use the Flex Probe Kit for all test connections to prevent damage to the wiring
terminals. Do not use standard multi-meter probes.
A1 CHECK FOR RETURNING DTCs

 Connect the diagnostic tool.
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Clear ABS Module DTCs
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Self-Test ABS Module
 Carry out the ABS module self-test. Retrieve and record all ABS module DTCs.
 Are DTCs B1317 or 1318 present?
YES : Go to A2.
NO : REFER to CHARGING SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article to continue
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
diagnosis of the charging system.

A2 CHECK THE BATTERY VOLTAGE
 Measure the voltage between the positive and negative battery terminals with key ON engine OFF
(KOEO) and with the engine running.
 Is the battery voltage between 10 and 13 volts with KOEO and between 13 and 17 volts with
the engine running?
YES : Go to A3.
A3 CHECK THE ABS HARNESS AND MODULE FOR WATER INTRUSION
NOTE: The battery and battery tray need to be removed to access the ABS
module connector.
Key in OFF position.


 Disconnect: ABS Module C135
 Inspect the ABS module connector and module for water intrusion.
 Is there any evidence of water entry?
YES : CLEAN the connector and dry it with low pressure compressed air. INSPECT for evidence
of water entry and REPAIR as necessary. CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the
brake pedal not applied.
NO : Go to A4.
A4 CHECK THE ABS MODULE POWER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: BJB Fuse 15 (40A)
Fig. 1: Measuring Resistance

 Measure the resistance between:

 ABS module C135-1, circuit SBB15 (WH/RD), harness side and BJB fuse 15 (40A), circuit
SBB15 (WH/RD), output side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ABS module C135-25, circuit SBB57 (RD), harness side and BJB fuse 57 (40A), circuit

SBB57 (RD), output side.
 ABS module C135-30, circuit CBB50 (YE/OG), harness side and BJB fuse 50 (10A), circuit
CBB50 (YE/OG), output side.
YES : Go to A5.
NO : VERIFY BJB fuses 50 (10A), 57 (40A) and 15 (40A) are OK. If OK, REPAIR the affected
circuit(s). CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the brake pedal not applied.
A5 CHECK THE ABS MODULE GROUND CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 2: Measuring Resistance Between Ground & ABS Module C135-13 & C135-38, Circuit
GD121 (BK/YE)
Measure the resistance between ground and:


 ABS module C135-13, circuit GD121 (BK/YE), harness side.
 ABS module C135-38, circuit GD121 (BK/YE), harness side.
YES : Go to A6.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD121 (BK/YE). CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the
A6 CHECK FOR CORRECT ABS MODULE OPERATION
 Check ABS module C135 for:
 corrosion.
 pushed-out pins.
 spread terminals.
 Connect: ABS C135
 Make sure the ABS connector seats correctly.
 Operate the system and verify the concern is still present.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module.
CALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW the scan tool directions for the calibration procedure.
CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the brake pedal not applied.
or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the brake pedal not
applied.
Pinpoint Test B: DTCs C1095 and C1096 - ABS Hydraulic Pump Motor Circuit Failure/Open
Normal Operation
Fused battery voltage for hydraulic pump motor operation is supplied to the ABS module from battery junction
box (BJB) fuse 15 (40A) along circuit SBB15 (WH/RD). Ground is provided for the ABS module along circuit
GD121 (BK/YE).
When the ignition key is turned to the ON position, the ABS module commands the HCU pump on for 100 ms
(±6 ms) and is then commanded off. After 6 ms, the ABS module will read the voltage that is being generated
by the HCU pump. If the voltage indicates the motor is spinning at less than 500 RPM, there may be a locked
motor. If this condition is detected 4 times, DTC C1095 is set. The pump motor is checked for an open circuit 2
seconds after the most recent successful pump motor off command. If the pump motor feedback remains greater
than 0.75 volt for more than 50 ms (±6 ms) after these conditions have been met, DTC C1096 is set.
 DTC C1095 ABS Hydraulic Pump Motor Circuit Failure - If a short to voltage or ground is detected, if a
locked up pump motor is detected or if there is an internal failure of the ABS module, DTC C1095 will be
set.
 DTC C1096 ABS Hydraulic Pump Motor Circuit Open - If a short to voltage, a short to ground or an
open is detected or if there is an internal failure of the ABS module, DTC C1095 will be set.
 Fuse
 HCU
 ABS module
PINPOINT TEST B: DTCs C1095 AND C1096 - ABS HYDRAULIC PUMP MOTOR CIRCUIT
FAILURE/OPEN
B1 CHECK THE ABS PUMP MOTOR

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Key in ON position.

 Is the ABS pump motor running all the time?
YES : INSTALL a new ABS module and hydraulic control unit (HCU). REFER to Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS) Module and Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU). CALIBRATE the ABS
module. FOLLOW the scan tool directions for the calibration procedure. CLEAR the DTCs.
CARRY OUT the self-test with the brake pedal not applied.
NO : Go to B2.
B2 CHECK ABS MODULE PUMP MOTOR OUTPUT COMMAND (PUMP_MTR)
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger ABS Module
 Toggle the PUMP_MTR output command ON.
 Does the ABS pump motor run for approximately 2 seconds?
YES : TOGGLE the output command OFF. CLEAR the DTCs. CHECK the yellow ABS warning
indicator while driving the vehicle (brakes must not be applied) above 32 km/h (20 mph).
If the yellow ABS warning indicator does not illuminate, the system is operating correctly at this
time. The concern may have been caused by a loose or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs.
If the yellow ABS warning indicator illuminates, RETRIEVE the DTCs.
If DTC C1096 is retrieved, go to B6.
If DTC C1095 is retrieved, INSTALL a new HCU. REFER to Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU).
NO : TOGGLE the output command OFF. Go to B3.

B3 CHECK THE ABS HARNESS AND MODULE FOR WATER INTRUSION
module connector.


of water entry and REPAIR as necessary. CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the
NO : Go to B4.
B4 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB15 (WH/RD) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between ABS module C135-1, circuit SBB15 (WH/RD), harness side and

BJB fuse 15 (40A), circuit SBB15 (WH/RD), output side.
YES : Go to B5.
NO : VERIFY BJB fuse 15 (40A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR circuit SBB15 (WH/RD). CLEAR the
DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the brake pedal not applied.
B5 CHECK CIRCUIT GD121 (BK/YE) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 4: Measuring Resistance Between ABS Module C135-13, Circuit GD121 (BK/YE),
Harness Side & Ground
Measure the resistance between ABS module C135-13, circuit GD121 (BK/YE), harness side and

ground.
YES : INSTALL a new HCU. REFER to Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU). CLEAR the DTCs.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD121 (BK/YE). CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the
B6 CHECK FOR CORRECT ABS MODULE OPERATION
 Check ABS module C135 for:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 corrosion.

 Clear the DTCs.
applied.
Pinpoint Test C: DTCs C1145, C1155, C1165 and C1175 - Wheel Speed Sensor Input Circuit Failure
Normal Operation
The wheel speed sensors generate a square wave signal that is sent to the ABS module. The wheel speed sensor
circuitry connects to the ABS module through 2 wires and a connector at each wheel speed sensor. When the
ignition is turned to the RUN position, the ABS module carries out a self-test to determine if the sensors are
functional. Voltage is supplied to the active wheel speed sensors from the ABS module. The wheel speed sensor
ground is supplied by the ABS module.
Wheel speed sensor DTCs will automatically clear when a successful test drive is carried out. A successful test
drive should include speeds above 32 km/h (20 mph) and at least one ABS stop.
DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition

 DTC C1145 RF Wheel Speed Sensor Input
Circuit Failure
If during the ABS module on-demand self test
 DTC C1155 LF Wheel Speed Sensor Input
or during normal operation, if the ABS module
Circuit Failure
detects an open, short to ground or voltage or a
 DTC C1165 RR Wheel Speed Sensor Input defective wheel speed sensor input circuit, the
Circuit Failure appropriate DTC will be set. These DTCs are
 DTC C1175 LR Wheel Speed Sensor Input usually set by a damaged sensor or a circuit
Circuit Failure fault.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Connector water intrusion

 Wheel speed sensor tone ring
 Wheel speed sensors
 ABS module
PINPOINT TEST C: DTCs C1145, C1155, C1165 AND C1175 - WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INPUT
CIRCUIT FAILURE
C1 CHECK THE ABS HARNESS AND MODULE FOR WATER INTRUSION
module connector.


of water entry and REPAIR as necessary. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph) and
CARRY OUT at least one ABS stop.
NO : If the active wheel speed sensor tool is available, go to C2. If the active wheel speed sensor
tool is not available, go to C4.
C2 CHECK THE ABS MODULE OUTPUT USING THE SPECIAL TOOL
NOTE: The front wheel speed sensor connectors are located behind the fender
splash shields.
 Connect: ABS Module C135

 Disconnect: Suspect Wheel Speed Sensor
 Connect the special tool to the wheel speed sensor connectors.
 Select the correct system polarity on the special tool and turn the special tool power switch to the
ON position.
 Is the module output LED illuminated?
YES : Go to C3.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to C6.
C3 CHECK THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT WITH THE SPECIAL TOOL
 Raise the suspect wheel until it can spin freely. Refer to JACKING AND LIFTING article.
 While monitoring the special tool, slowly spin the suspect wheel.
 Is the current level LED illuminated green and do the sensor output LEDs illuminate and
flash?
YES : The system is operating correctly at this time. The concern may have been caused by a loose
or corroded connector. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph) and CARRY OUT at
least one ABS stop.
NO : If the current level LED is illuminated green and the sensor output LEDs do not illuminate or
if the current level LED is illuminated red, INSTALL a new wheel speed sensor. REFER to Wheel
Speed Sensor - Front or Wheel Speed Sensor - Rear. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h
(20 mph) and CARRY OUT at least one ABS stop.
If the current level LED is illuminated green and the sensor output LEDs illuminate green but do
not flash, INSPECT the wheel speed sensor tone ring and INSTALL new if necessary. If the tone
ring is OK, INSTALL a new wheel speed sensor. REFER to Wheel Speed Sensor - Front or
Wheel Speed Sensor - Rear. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph) and CARRY
OUT at least one ABS stop.
C4 CHECK THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
NOTE: Both circuits must be checked for each DTC.
NOTE: The battery must be connected to carry out this test.
splash shields.

 For DTC C1145 , measure the voltage between ground and:
 ABS module C135-3, circuit VCA05 (GY/VT), harness side.
 ABS module C135-4, circuit RCA19 (VT), harness side.

 ABS module C135-27, circuit VCA03 (VT/WH), harness side.
 ABS module C135-28, circuit RCA17 (YE), harness side.

 ABS module C135-10, circuit RCA20 (BN), harness side.
 ABS module C135-11, circuit VCA06 (WH/OG), harness side.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ABS module C135-35, circuit RCA18 (BN/GN), harness side.


 ABS module C135-36, circuit VCA04 (BU/OG), harness side.
 Is any voltage present?
YES : REPAIR the affected circuit(s). TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph) and
NO : Go to C5.
C5 CHECK THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND


 For DTC C1145 , measure the resistance between ground and:
 ABS module C135-3, circuit VCA05 (GY/VT), harness side.
 ABS module C135-4, circuit RCA19 (VT), harness side.
 ABS module C135-27, circuit VCA03 (VT/WH), harness side.
 ABS module C135-28, circuit RCA17 (YE), harness side.
 ABS module C135-10, circuit RCA20 (BN), harness side.
 ABS module C135-11, circuit VCA06 (WH/OG), harness side.
 ABS module C135-35, circuit RCA18 (BN/GN), harness side.
 ABS module C135-36, circuit VCA04 (BU/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to C6.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuit(s). TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph) and
C6 CHECK THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN

 For DTC C1145 , measure the resistance between:
 ABS module C135-3, circuit VCA05 (GY/VT), harness side and RF wheel speed sensor
C160-1, circuit VCA05 (GY/VT), harness side.
 ABS module C135-4, circuit RCA19 (VT), harness side and RF wheel speed sensor C160-2,
circuit RCA19 (VT), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ABS module C135-27, circuit VCA03 (VT/WH), harness side LF wheel speed sensor C150-

2, circuit VCA03 (VT/WH), harness side.
 ABS module C135-28, circuit RCA17 (YE), harness side LF wheel speed sensor C150-1,
circuit RCA17 (YE), harness side.
 ABS module C135-10, circuit RCA20 (BN), harness side and RR wheel speed sensor C426-
2, circuit RCA20 (BN), harness side.
 ABS module C135-11, circuit VCA06 (WH/OG), harness side and RR wheel speed sensor
C426-1, circuit VCA06 (WH/OG), harness side.
 ABS module C135-35, circuit RCA18 (BN/GN), harness side and LR wheel speed sensor
C440-1, circuit RCA18 (BN/GN), harness side.
 ABS module C135-36, circuit VCA04 (BU/OG), harness side and LR wheel speed sensor
C440-2, circuit VCA04 (BU/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to C7.
C7 CHECK FOR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
Fig. 5: Checking Circuits For Short

Measure the resistance between the suspect wheel speed sensor pins, harness side, with the meter in

the 10 megaohm range.
 Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
YES : Go to C8.
C8 CHECK THE ABS MODULE OUTPUT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the voltage between the suspect wheel speed sensor pins, harness side.

YES : INSTALL a new wheel speed sensor. REFER to Wheel Speed Sensor - Front or Wheel
Speed Sensor - Rear. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph) and CARRY OUT at
least one ABS stop.
NO : Go to C9.
C9 CHECK FOR CORRECT ABS MODULE OPERATION
 Disconnect: ABS C135
 Check the connector for:
 corrosion.
 Test drive the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph), carry out at least one ABS stop and verify the
concern is still present.
TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph) and CARRY OUT at least one ABS stop.
least one ABS stop.
Pinpoint Test D: DTCs C1222, C1233, C1234, C1235 and C1236 - Wheel Speed Sensor Input Signal
Missing/Mismatch
Normal Operation
The wheel speed sensors generate a square wave signal that is sent to the ABS module. The wheel speed sensor
circuitry connects to the ABS module through 2 wires and a connector at each wheel speed sensor. When the
ignition is turned to the RUN position, the ABS module carries out a self-test to determine if the sensors are
functional. Voltage is supplied to the active wheel speed sensors from the ABS module. The wheel speed sensor
ground is supplied by the ABS module.
Wheel speed sensor DTCs will automatically clear when a successful test drive is carried out. A successful test
drive should include speeds above 32 km/h (20 mph) and at least one ABS stop.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DTC Description Fault Trigger Condition

When the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h
(12 mph), if the ABS module detects a
difference between wheel speed sensor
signals, DTC C1222 will be set. DTC C1222
 DTC C1222 Wheel Speed Mismatch can also be set by damaged tone rings,
mismatched wheel and/or tire sizes or
driving the vehicle on one or more deflated
tires
 DTC C1233 LF Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Fault When the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h
(12 mph), if the ABS module does not
 DTC C1234 RF Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Fault
receive a signal from the wheel speed
 DTC C1235 RR Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Fault sensor, the appropriate DTC will be set.
 DTC C1236 LR Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Fault These DTCs can also be set by an excessive
wheel speed sensor-to-tone ring air gap or a
damaged tone ring
 Mismatched tire sizes

 Wheel speed sensor tone ring
 Wheel speed sensor
 ABS module
PINPOINT TEST D: DTCs C1222, C1233, C1234, C1235 AND C1236 - WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
INPUT SIGNAL MISSING/MISMATCH
D1 RETRIEVE ABS MODULE DTCs

 Retrieve and record all ABS module DTCs.
 Are DTCs C1145, C1155, C1165 or C1175 present?
YES : Go to Pinpoint Test C .

NO : Go to D2.
D2 CHECK THE ABS HARNESS AND MODULE FOR WATER INTRUSION
module connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

YES : CLEAN the connector and dry it out with low pressure compressed air. INSPECT for
evidence of water entry and repair as necessary. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph)
and CARRY OUT at least one ABS stop.
NO : Use the DTCs recorded in the previous step.
For DTC C1222 Go to D7. For DTCs C1233, C1234, C1235 and C1236, if the active wheel speed
sensor tool is available, go to D3. If the active wheel speed sensor tool is not available, go to D6.
For all other DTCs, Go to the ABS MODULE DTC CHART .
D3 CHECK THE ABS MODULE OUTPUT USING THE SPECIAL TOOL
splash shields.
Connect: ABS Module C135


 Connect the special tool to the wheel speed sensor connectors.
 Select the correct system polarity on the special tool and turn the special tool power switch to the
ON position.
 Is the module output LED illuminated?
YES : Go to D5.
NO : Go to D4.
D4 CHECK THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN

 For DTC C1233 : measure the resistance between:
 ABS module C135-27, circuit VCA03 (VT/WH), harness side and LF wheel speed sensor
C150-2, circuit VCA03 (VT/WH), harness side.
 ABS module C135-28, circuit RCA17 (YE), harness side and LF wheel speed sensor C150-1,
circuit RCA17 (YE), harness side.
 ABS module C135-3, circuit VCA05 (GY/VT), harness side and RF wheel speed sensor
C160-1, circuit VCA05 (GY/VT), harness side.
 ABS module C135-4, circuit RCA19 (VT), harness side and RF wheel speed sensor C160-2,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
circuit RCA19 (VT), harness side.

 ABS module C135-10, circuit RCA20 (BN), harness side and RR wheel speed sensor C426-
2, circuit RCA20 (BN), harness side.
 ABS module C135-11, circuit VCA06 (WH/OG), harness side and RR wheel speed sensor
C426-1, circuit VCA06 (WH/OG), harness side.
 ABS module C135-35, circuit RCA18 (BN/GN), harness side and LR wheel speed sensor
C440-1, circuit RCA18 (BN/GN), harness side.
 ABS module C135-36, circuit VCA04 (BU/OG), harness side and LR wheel speed sensor
C440-2, circuit VCA04 (BU/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to D8.
D5 CHECK THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT WITH THE SPECIAL TOOL
 Raise the suspect wheel until it can spin freely. Refer to JACKING AND LIFTING article.
 While monitoring the special tool, slowly spin the suspect wheel.
 Is the current level LED illuminated green and do the sensor output LEDs illuminate and
flash?
least one ABS stop.
NO : If the current level LED is illuminated green and the sensor output LEDs do not illuminate or
if the current level LED is illuminated red, INSTALL a new wheel speed sensor. REFER to Wheel
Speed Sensor - Front or Wheel Speed Sensor - Rear. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h
(20 mph) and CARRY OUT at least one ABS stop.
If the current level LED is illuminated green and the sensor output LEDs illuminate green but do
not flash, INSPECT the wheel speed sensor tone ring and INSTALL new if necessary. If the tone
ring is OK, INSTALL a new wheel speed sensor. REFER to Wheel Speed Sensor - Front or
Wheel Speed Sensor - Rear. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph) and CARRY
OUT at least one ABS stop.
D6 CHECK THE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT
splash shields.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 6: Checking Wheel Speed Sensor Output

 For DTC C1233 :

 connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between LF wheel speed sensor C150-2, circuit VCA03
(VT/WH), harness side and LF wheel speed sensor C150 pin-1, component side.
 connect the automotive meter between LF wheel speed sensor C150-1, circuit RCA17 (YE),
harness side and LF wheel speed sensor C150 pin-2, component side.
 For DTC C1234 :
 connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between RF wheel speed sensor C160-1, circuit VCA05
(GN/VT), harness side and RF wheel speed sensor C160 pin-1, component side.
 connect the automotive meter between RF wheel speed sensor C160-2, circuit RCA19 (VT),
harness side and RF wheel speed sensor C160 pin-2, component side.
 For DTC C1235 :
 connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between RR wheel speed sensor C426-1, circuit VCA06
(WH/OG), harness side and RR wheel speed sensor C420 pin-1, component side.
 connect the automotive meter between RR wheel speed sensor C426-2, circuit RCA20 (BN),
harness side and RR wheel speed sensor C420 pin-2, component side.
 For DTC C1236 :
 connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between LF wheel speed sensor C440-2, circuit VCA04
(BU/OG), harness side and LF wheel speed sensor C440 pin-1, component side.
 connect the automotive meter between LF wheel speed sensor C440-1, circuit RCA18
(BN/GN), harness side and LF wheel speed sensor C440 pin-2, component side.
 Measure the current while slightly rotating the wheel, using incremental turns.
 Does the wheel speed sensor output switch between the low state (4 to 8 mA) and the high
state (12 to 16 mA)?
YES : Go to D7.
NO : INSTALL a new wheel speed sensor. REFER to Wheel Speed Sensor - Front or Wheel
Speed Sensor - Rear. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph) and CARRY OUT at
least one ABS stop.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
D7 CHECK FOR CORRECT TIRE SIZE AND AIR PRESSURE

 Make sure all tire sizes are correct and matching.
 Make sure all tire pressures are correct.
 Clear the DTCs, drive the vehicle and carry out the self-test.
 Is DTC C1222 still present?
YES : Go to D8.
NO : The system is operating correctly at this time. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20
mph) and CARRY OUT at least one ABS stop.
D8 CHECK THE ABS MODULE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
 Disconnect: ABS C135
 Check the connector for:
 corrosion.
 Test drive the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph), carry out at least one ABS stop and verify the
concern is still present.
TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph) and CARRY OUT at least one ABS stop.
least one ABS stop.
Pinpoint Test E: DTC C1278 - Steering Wheel Angle 1 and 2 Circuit Faulted
Normal Operation
The steering angle sensor module (SASM) (also known as the steering angle sensor module) monitors the
steering wheel position when the slotted-wheel in the sensor passes through the optical field of the sensor.
Fused ignition voltage is supplied to the SASM from smart junction box (SJB) fuse 34 (5A) along circuit
CBP34 (VT/BN). Ground for the sensor is provided along circuit GD115 (BK/GY). The steering wheel angle
(in degrees) is sent to the ABS module along the high-speed controller area network (HS-CAN) bus, circuits
VDB04 (WH/BU) and VDB05 (WH).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 DTC C1278 Steering Wheel Angle 1 and 2 Circuit Faulted - If during normal operation or the ABS
module on-demand self test, the ABS module does not receive the steering wheel rotation sensor input or
if the input received does not agree with the input from other sensors, DTC C1278 will be set. Also, a loss
of sensor power or ground will cause DTC C1278 to set.
 Fuse(s)
 SASM
PINPOINT TEST E: DTCs C1277 AND C1278 - STEERING WHEEL ANGLE 1 AND 2 CIRCUIT
FAILURE/FAULTED
NOTE: Overtightening of the steering angle sensor module (SASM) fasteners may
deform or damage the sensor housing, possibly resulting in faulty operation.
NOTE: Make sure that the SASM is mounted securely to the column with 2 fasteners. A
loose sensor or missing fastener may result in incorrect sensor operation. Make
sure that the sensor connector is mated securely to the harness connector.
Before proceeding with electrical testing, make sure that the vehicle battery is
fully charged.
E1 CARRY OUT THE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: ABS Module Calibration
 Carry out the ABS module calibration procedure following the scan tool directions.
 Test drive the vehicle.
 Retrieve and record any ABS module DTCs.
 Are any DTCs retrieved or does the calibration procedure indicate a fault?
YES : If DTC C1277 or C1278 is retrieved or the calibration procedure indicates a fault, go to E2.
If any other DTCs are retrieved, go to the ABS MODULE DTC CHART .
applied.
E2 MONITOR THE SASM PID (SWA POS)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger ABS Module

 Monitor the SWA POS PID while rotating the steering wheel clockwise and counterclockwise very
slowly.
 Does the PID move in intervals of 1 degree?
applied.
NO : Go to E3.
E3 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE SASM
 Disconnect: SASM C226
Fig. 7: Measuring Voltage Between Steering Angle Sensor C222-1, CBP34 (VT/BN), Harness
Side & Ground
 Measure the voltage between SASM C226-1, circuit CBP34 (VT/BN), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to E4.
NO : VERIFY SJB fuse 34 (5A) are OK. If OK, REPAIR circuit CBP34 (VT/BN).
E4 CHECK CIRCUIT GD115 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 8: Measuring Resistance Between Steering Angle Sensor C222-4, GD115 (BK/GY),
Measure the resistance between SASM C226-4, circuit GD115 (BK/GY), harness side and ground.

YES : Go to E5.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD115 (BK/GY). CALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW the scan tool
directions for the calibration procedure. CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the
E5 CHECK CIRCUITS VDB04 (WH/BU) AND VDB05 (WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Fig. 9: Measuring Voltage

 Measure the voltage between ground and:

 SASM C226-3, circuit VDB04 (WH/BU), harness side.
 SASM C226-2, circuit VDB05 (WH), harness side.

YES : REPAIR the affected circuit(s). CALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW the scan tool
NO : Go to E6.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
E6 CHECK CIRCUITS VDB04 (WH/BU) AND VDB05 (WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND



 SASM C226-3, circuit VDB04 (WH/BU), harness side.
 SASM C226-2, circuit VDB05 (WH), harness side.
YES : Go to E7.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuit(s). CALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW the scan tool
E7 CHECK CIRCUITS VDB04 (WH/BU) AND VDB05 (WH) FOR AN OPEN
module connector.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ABS module C135-5, circuit VDB04 (WH/BU), harness side and SASM C226-3, circuit

VDB04 (WH/BU), harness side.
 ABS module C135-6, circuit VDB05 (WH), harness side and SASM C226-2, circuit VDB05
(WH), harness side.
YES : Go to E8.
E8 CHECK CIRCUITS VDB04 (WH/BU) AND VDB05 (WH) FOR A SHORT TOGETHER

 Measure the resistance between SASM C226-3, circuit VDB04 (WH/BU), harness side and SASM
C226-2, circuit VDB05 (WH), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new SASM. REFER to Steering Angle Sensor Module (SASM).
Pinpoint Test F: DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1516, C1517, C2769, C2770 - Stability Control
Sensor Cluster Fault
Normal Operation
The accelerometer (lateral and longitudinal) and the yaw rate sensor are contained in the stability control sensor
cluster. The sensor cluster measures the vehicle acceleration and yaw rate, then sends the signal along a
secondary high-speed controller area network (HS-CAN2) bus to the ABS module, circuits VCA23 (BU/WH)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
and VCA24 (GN/OG). Fused ignition voltage is supplied to the sensor cluster by smart junction box (SJB) fuse
35 (10A) along circuit CBP35 (YE/GY). Ground for the sensor cluster is provided along circuit GD151
(BK/GN).
DTC Description Fault Trigger Conditions

If, during normal operation or the
 DTC C1279 Yaw Rate Sensor Circuit Failure ABS module on-demand self test the
 DTC C1281 Lateral Accelerometer Circuit Failure ABS module detects an open circuit,
 DTC C1517 Roll Rate Sensor Circuit Failure a short to voltage or a short to ground
on one or both of the HS-CAN2 bus
 DTC C2769 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Electrical
circuits, the appropriate DTC will be
Failure
set. Also, a failure of the sensor
cluster will cause the appropriate
DTC to set.
 DTC C1280 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault
If, during normal operation the ABS
 DTC C1282 Lateral Accelerometer Signal Fault
module does not receive the sensor
 DTC C1516 Roll Rate Sensor Signal Fault cluster input, or if the input received
 DTC C2770 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Plausibility does not agree with the input from
Failure other sensors, the appropriate DTC
will be set.

 Stability control sensor cluster
PINPOINT TEST F: DTC C1279, C1280, C1281, C1282, C1516, C1517, C2769, C2770 - STABILITY
CONTROL SENSOR CLUSTER FAULT
NOTE: The yaw rate sensor, roll-rate sensor, lateral accelerometer and longitudinal
accelerometer are integral to the stability control sensor cluster.
NOTE: Make sure the vehicle is sitting on level ground, at a complete standstill and is
not on a hoist before calibrating the stability control sensor cluster.
NOTE: Make sure the vehicle is sitting on level ground, at a complete standstill and is
not on a hoist before carrying out this pinpoint test. Any vehicle movement will
result in false values for this test.
F1 CARRY OUT THE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Key in ON position.

 Carry out the ABS module calibration procedure following the scan tool directions.
 Test drive the vehicle.
 Are any DTCs retrieved or does the calibration procedure indicate a fault?
YES : Go to F2.
NO : The system is operating correctly. The condition may have been caused by an incomplete or
inaccurate stability control sensor cluster calibration.
F2 CHECK THE SENSOR CLUSTER MOUNTING AND MOUNTING SURFACE
NOTE: The sensor cluster is located on the RH side of the vehicle, under the rear
seat.


 Inspect the sensor cluster mounting and make sure that the nuts are fully seated and tightened
correctly. Inspect the mounting surface for damage, corrosion or dirt.
 Were the sensor cluster nuts tightened incorrectly or a significant amount of corrosion or dirt
found or the mounting surface damaged?
YES : CLEAN and TIGHTEN the nuts to correct specification. CLEAN or REPAIR the mounting
surface as necessary. CLEAR the DTCs. RECALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW the scan
tool directions for the calibration procedure. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : Go to F3.
F3 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE SENSOR CLUSTER
 Disconnect: Stability Control Sensor Cluster C3037

 Measure the voltage between the sensor cluster C3037-2, circuit CBP35 (YE/GY), harness side and
ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?


YES : Go to F4.
NO : VERIFY SJB fuse 35 (10A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR circuit CBP35 (YE/GY). CLEAR the
DTCs. RECALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW the scan tool directions for the calibration
procedure. REPEAT the self-test.
F4 CHECK CIRCUIT GD151 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between the sensor cluster C3037-5, circuit GD151 (BK/GN), harness side

and ground.
YES : Go to F5.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD151 (BK/GN). CLEAR the DTCs. RECALIBRATE the ABS module.
FOLLOW the scan tool directions for the calibration procedure. REPEAT the self-test.
F5 CHECK CIRCUITS VCA23 (BU/WH) AND VCA24 (GN/OG) FOR AN OPEN
module connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between:


 ABS module C135-8, circuit VCA23 (BU/WH), harness side and stability control sensor
cluster C3037-3, circuit VCA23 (BU/WH), harness side.
 ABS module C135-9, circuit VCA24 (GN/OG), harness side and stability control sensor
cluster C3037-4, circuit VCA24 (GN/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to F6.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuit(s). CLEAR the DTCs. RECALIBRATE the ABS module.
F6 CHECK CIRCUITS VCA23 (BU/WH) AND VCA24 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 16: Measuring Resistance Between Ground & Stability Control Sensor Cluster C3037-3
& C3037-4


 stability control sensor cluster C3037-3, circuit VCA23 (BU/WH), harness side.
 stability control sensor cluster C3037-4, circuit VCA24 (GN/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to F7.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuit(s). CLEAR the DTCs. RECALIBRATE the ABS module.
F7 CHECK CIRCUITS VCA23 (BU/WH) AND VCA24 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 17: Measuring Voltage Between Ground & Stability Control Sensor Cluster C3037-3 &
C3037-4


YES : REPAIR the affected circuit(s). CLEAR the DTCs. RECALIBRATE the ABS module.
NO : INSTALL a new sensor cluster. REFER to Stability Control Sensor Cluster. CLEAR the
DTCs. RECALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW the scan tool directions for the calibration
procedure. REPEAT the self-test.
Pinpoint Test G: DTC C1288 - Pressure Transducer Main/Primary Input Circuit Failure
Normal Operation
The ABS module monitors the brake pressure transducer in combination with other brake inputs; wheel speed
sensors, stoplamp switch from the PCM over the High Speed Controller Area Network (HS-CAN) bus, lateral
accelerometer from the sensor cluster. The pressure transducer signal is used by the ABS module for various
diagnostic routines as well as to determine system functionality. The pressure transducer is located inside the
Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) and can be monitored via the master cylinder pressure (MC_PRESS) PID. The
PID should correlate closely with system hydraulic pressure. When the vehicle is at rest without input from the
brake pedal, this PID value should be at or close to 0 kPa (0 psi). However, due to factors such as vehicle age or
minor discrepancies in manufacturing, PID readings may have some variability. If the transducer signal reads
above 620 kPa (90 psi) when other inputs indicate the system should not be pressurized, DTC C1288 will be
set. If the transducer requires service, a new HCU must be installed.
 DTC C1288 Pressure Transducer Main/Primary Input Circuit Failure - If during the ABS module self-test
or normal operation the ABS module detects an open, a short to voltage or a short to ground in the
transducer, DTC C1288 will be set. Also, if the transducer input does not match the information received
from other sources, DTC C1288 will be set.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Brake pedal binding

 Air in the brake hydraulic system
 Fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system
 High-speed controller area network (HS-CAN) bus
 Brake on/off (BOO) switch
 HCU
PINPOINT TEST G: DTC C1288 - PRESSURE TRANSDUCER MAIN/PRIMARY INPUT CIRCUIT

FAILURE
G1 CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTCs

 Using the scan tool, clear the ABS module DTCs.
 Is DTC C1288 present?
YES : Go to G2.
For all other ABS module DTCs, go to the ABS MODULE DTC CHART .
NO : The system is operating correctly at this time. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20
mph) and CARRY OUT at least one ABS stop. RETRIEVE and RECORD any DTCs.
G2 CHECK THE MASTER CYLINDER AND PEDAL FOR CORRECT OPERATION
 Press and release the brake pedal.
 Does the brake pedal smoothly travel to the stop and then return automatically when
released?
YES : Go to G3.
NO : INSPECT the brake pedal and master cylinder for obstructions and foreign material that may
cause a binding condition. REPAIR or INSTALL new as necessary. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT
the self-test.
G3 CHECK FOR AIR IN THE BRAKE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
 Select PARK.
 Start the engine.
 Press and release the brake pedal several times.
 Does the brake pedal move smoothly and evenly through the length of it's travel?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to G4.
NO : REFER to BRAKE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article to continue diagnosis
of the brake hydraulic system.
G4 CHECK FOR FLUID LEAKS IN THE BRAKE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
 Visually inspect the brake hydraulic system for brake fluid leaks.
 Are any leaks found?
YES : REPAIR as necessary. BLEED the brake system, REFER to BRAKE SYSTEM -
GENERAL INFORMATION article. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : Go to G5.
G5 MONITOR THE ABS MODULE BRAKE ON/OFF (BOO_ABS) PID
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger PCM
 Monitor the BOO_ABS PID while pressing and releasing the brake pedal.
 Does the PID agree with the brake pedal position?
YES : Go to G7.
NO : Go to G6.
G6 MONITOR THE PCM BRAKE ON/OFF (BOO) PID
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger PCM
 Monitor the BOO PID while pressing and releasing the brake pedal.
YES : REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose the HS-

CAN bus.
NO : REFER to EXTERIOR LIGHTING article to continue diagnosis of the BOO switch.
G7 MONITOR THE ABS MODULE MASTER CYLINDER (MC_PRESS) PRESSURE PID
 Firmly press and release the brake pedal while monitoring the ABS module MC_PRESS PID.
 Does the PID increase with increased brake pedal pressure and decrease with decreased
brake pedal pressure?
YES : The system is operating correctly at this time. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20
NO : INSTALL a new HCU. REFER to Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU). CALIBRATE the ABS
module. FOLLOW the scan tool directions for the calibration procedure. CLEAR the DTCs.
Pinpoint Test H: DTC C1446 - Brake Switch Circuit Failure
connector information. Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Instrument Cluster for
schematic and connector information.
Normal Operation
The ABS module monitors brake pedal position in combination with other brake inputs; wheel speed sensors,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
brake pressure transducer, lateral accelerometer from the sensor cluster. The pedal position signal is used by the
ABS module for various diagnostic routines as well as to determine system functionality. The Brake Pedal
Position (BPP) switch is located inside the stoplamp switch and can be monitored via the brake on/off
(BOO_ABS) PID and should match the actual brake pedal position. The ABS module receives the BPP switch
information from the PCM over the High Speed Controller Area Network (HS-CAN) bus.
 DTC C1446 Brake Switch Circuit Failure - If the brake pedal switch status from the PCM is not received
by the ABS module due to a failure of the BPP switch or the HS-CAN bus, the ABS module will set DTC
C1446. The ABS module uses a pressure transducer inside the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) to verify
the brake pedal switch status message from the PCM. When the vehicle is at rest without input from the
brake pedal, the pressure transducer value should be at or close to 0 kPa (0 psi). However, due to factors
such as vehicle age or minor discrepancies in manufacturing, readings may have some variability.
Possible Causes

 BPP switch
 HCU
 ABS module
PINPOINT TEST H: DTC C1446 - BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT FAILURE
H1 CHECK THE RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR

 Observe the red brake warning indicator while turning the ignition switch from OFF to RUN.
 Does the indicator illuminate for a short time and then go out?
YES : Go to H2.
NO : If the red brake warning indicator remains illuminated or does not illuminate at all, go to
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER & WARNING CHIMES article to
diagnose the red brake warning indicator.
H2 CHECK THE ABS MODULE MASTER CYLINDER PRESSURE (MC_PRES) PID
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger - ABS Module
 Monitor the MC_PRESS PID without pressing the brake pedal.
 Does the PID display 0 kPa (0 psi)?
YES : Go to H3.
H3 CHECK FOR COMMUNICATION DTCs
 Review the DTCs retrieved and recorded during Inspection and Verification.
 Are DTCs U0073 or U0115 present?
YES : REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose the HS-

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAN bus.
NO : Go to H4.
H4 MONITOR THE ABS MODULE BRAKE ON/OFF (BOO) PID
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger - ABS Module
 Monitor the BOO PID, while pressing and releasing the brake pedal.
YES : The system is operating correctly at this time. TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20
NO : Go to H5.
H5 MONITOR THE PCM BRAKE PEDAL POSITION (BOO) PID
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger - PCM
 Monitor the BOO PID, while pressing and releasing the brake pedal.
YES : REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to continue diagnosis of

the HS-CAN bus.
NO : REFER to EXTERIOR LIGHTING article to continue diagnosis of the stoplamps.
Pinpoint Test I: DTC C1991 - Module Calibration Failure
Normal Operation
The ABS module must be calibrated whenever a component specific to the roll stability control (RSC) system is
disconnected or a new component is installed.
 DTC C1991 Module Calibration Failure - If the calibration procedure does not finish or if the ABS
module looses the calibration information, DTC C1991 will be set.
 ABS module
 Steering angle sensor module (SASM)
PINPOINT TEST I: DTC C1991 - MODULE CALIBRATION FAILURE
NOTE: The RSC indicator flashes when a system calibration is required. Calibration is
required after certain DTCs are cleared.
NOTE: Make sure the vehicle is not on a hoist and is sitting on level ground before
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
carrying out ABS module calibration.
I1 CHECK FOR DTCs

 Are other DTCs retrieved along with C1991?
YES : Go to the ABS MODULE DTC CHART .
Some of the pinpoint tests recommend ABS module calibration prior to any further diagnostics. In
this case, go to I2.
NO : Go to I2.
I2 CALIBRATE THE ABS MODULE
 Carry out the ABS module calibration per the scan tool instructions.
 Does the calibration complete for all of the RSC sensors, and does the RSC indicator stop
flashing and turn off?
YES : Go to I3.
NO : Go to I4.
Some concerns cause the calibration not to complete. If sent here from another pinpoint test, return
to that pinpoint test for further diagnostics.
I3 CLEAR DTC C1991

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Clear ABS Module DTCs
 Using the scan tool, clear the DTC.
 Does the DTC clear?
YES : TEST DRIVE the vehicle above 32 km/h (20 mph) and CARRY OUT at least one ABS stop.
If sent here from another pinpoint test, return to that pinpoint test for further diagnostics.
NO : Go to I4.
I4 MONITOR THE ABS MODULE SASM (SWA POS) PID
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger ABS Module
 Monitor the SWA POS PID while rotating the steering wheel clockwise and counterclockwise very
slowly.
 Does the PID move in intervals of 1 degree?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

NO : Go to Pinpoint Test E .
Pinpoint Test J: DTC U1901 - CAN Network #2 Communication Bus Fault - Receive Error
Normal Operation
The ABS module communicates with the stability control sensor cluster along the secondary high-speed
controller area network (HS-CAN2) bus, circuits VCA23 (BU/WH) and VCA24 (GN/OG).
 DTC U1901 CAN Network #2 Communication Bus Fault - Receive Error - If the ABS module does not
receive an expected message from the stability control sensor cluster or the message received does not
agree with other sensor inputs, DTC U1901 will be set.

 ABS module
PINPOINT TEST J: DTC U1901 - CAN NETWORK #2 COMMUNICATION BUS FAULT- RECEIVE
ERROR
J1 CHECK CIRCUITS VCA23 (BU/WH) AND VCA24 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
module connector.

 Disconnect: Stability Control Sensor Cluster C3037
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 18: Checking Circuits For Voltage

Measure the voltage between ground and:


YES : Go to J2.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuit(s). CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the brake
pedal not applied.
J2 CHECK CIRCUITS VCA23 (BU/WH) AND VCA24 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND



 Is the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
YES : Go to J3.
pedal not applied.
J3 CHECK CIRCUITS VCA23 (BU/WH) AND VCA24 (GN/OG) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



 stability control sensor cluster C3037-3, circuit VCA23 (BU/WH), harness side and ABS
module C135-8, circuit VCA23 (BU/WH), harness side.
 stability control sensor cluster C3037-4, circuit VCA24 (GN/OG), harness side and ABS
module C135-9, circuit VCA24 (GN/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to J4.
pedal not applied.
J4 CHECK CIRCUITS VCA23 (BU/WH) AND VCA24 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TOGETHER

Measure the resistance between stability control sensor cluster C3037-3, circuit VCA23 (BU/WH),

harness side and stability control sensor cluster C3037-4, circuit VCA24 (GN/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to J5.
pedal not applied.
J5 CHECK THE SENSOR CLUSTER MODULE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Install a known good sensor cluster. Refer to Stability Control Sensor Cluster.
 Carry out the ABS module self-test. Retrieve and record any ABS module DTCs.
 Was DTC U1901 retrieved?
YES : INSTALL the original sensor cluster. INSTALL a new ABS module. REFER to Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS) Module. CALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW the scan tool directions
for the calibration procedure. CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the brake pedal
not applied
NO : Fault corrected. CLEAR the DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the brake pedal not
applied.
Pinpoint Test K: The Traction Control System Cannot Be Disabled
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Instrument Cluster for schematic and connector
information.
Normal Operation
The traction control switch is hard wired to the instrument cluster, traction control system status is indicated by
an indicator in the instrument cluster. When the driver deactivates the traction assist system, the instrument
cluster sends a message to the PCM and the ABS module over the high-speed controller area network (HS-
CAN) bus. The traction assist system will remain deactivated until the driver pushes the switch again or until
the ignition switch is cycled.
The instrument cluster sends a reference voltage to the stability/traction control switch along circuit CCA15
(YE/GY). When the switch is pressed, the reference voltage is momentarily grounded through the switch along
circuit GD116 (BK/VT).
 DTC C1093 Traction Control Disable Switch Circuit Failure - DTC C1093 will be set if the
stability/traction control switch is pressed for more than 2 minutes during normal operation, is pressed at
all during the instrument cluster on-demand self test or if there is an open circuit, a short to voltage or a
short.

 Traction control switch
PINPOINT TEST K: THE TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM CANNOT BE DISABLED
K1 CHECK CIRCUIT CCA15 (YE/GY) FOR VOLTAGE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Disconnect: Traction Control Switch C2355

Fig. 22: Measuring Voltage Between Stability/Traction Control Switch C202-7, Circuit
CCA15 (YE/GY)
Measure the voltage between stability/traction control switch C2355-7, circuit CCA15 (YE/GY),

harness side.
 Is the voltage greater than 9.5 volts?
YES : Go to K2.
NO : Go to K4.
K2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 23: Measuring Resistance Between Stability/Traction Control Switch C202-1, Circuit
GD116 (BK/VT)
 Measure the resistance between stability/traction control switch C2355-1, circuit GD116 (BK/VT),
harness side and ground.
YES : Go to K3.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD116 (BK/VT). CLEAR the DTCs. TEST the system for normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
K3 ISOLATE THE STABILITY/TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH

 Measure the resistance between stability/traction control switch C2355 pin-7, component side and
pin-1, component side while pressing and releasing the switch.
 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms with the switch pressed and greater than 10,000 ohms with
the switch released?
YES : Go to K6.
NO : INSTALL a new stability/traction control switch. REFER to Stability/Traction Control
Switch. CLEAR the DTCs. TEST the system for normal operation.
K4 CHECK CIRCUIT CCA15 (YE/GY) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: Instrument Cluster C220
Fig. 24: Measuring Resistance Between Stability/Traction Control Switch C202-7, CCA15
(YE/GY) & Instrument Cluster C220-22
Measure the resistance between stability/traction control switch C2355-7, CCA15 (YE/GY),

harness side and instrument cluster C220-22, circuit CCA15 (YE/GY), harness side.
YES : Go to K5.
NO : REPAIR circuit CCA15 (YE/GY). CLEAR the DTCs. TEST the system for normal operation.
K5 CHECK CIRCUIT CCA15 (YE/GY) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 25: Measuring Voltage Between Stability/Traction Control Switch C202-7, CCA15
(YE/GY) & Ground
Measure the voltage between stability/traction control switch C2355-7, CCA15 (YE/GY), harness

side and ground.
YES : REPAIR circuit CCA15 (YE/GY). CLEAR the DTCs. TEST the system for normal
operation.
NO : Go to K6.
K6 CHECK THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
 Check instrument cluster C220 for:
 corrosion.
 Connect: Instrument Cluster C220
 Make sure the instrument cluster connector seats correctly.
YES : INSTALL a new instrument cluster. REFER to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC),

MESSAGE CENTER & WARNING CHIMES article. CLEAR the DTCs. TEST the system for
normal operation.
applied.
Pinpoint Test L: DTCs B1317 and B1318 - Battery Voltage High/Low
Normal Operation
The voltage range required to operate the steering angle sensor module (SASM) is 8-16 volts.
Fused ignition voltage is supplied to the SASM from smart junction box (SJB) fuse 34 (5A) along circuit
CBP34 (VT/BN), ground is provided along circuit GD115 (BK/GY). The module communicates with other
modules along the high-speed controller area network (HS-CAN) bus, circuits VDB05 (WH) and VDB04
(WH/BU).
 DTC B1317 Battery Voltage High - If the battery voltage is higher than 16 volts for more than 100 ms,
DTC B1317 will be set.
 DTC B1318 Battery Voltage Low - If the battery voltage is lower than 8 volts for more than 100 ms,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DTC B1317 will be set.

 SASM
 Charging system
PINPOINT TEST L: DTCs B1317 AND B1318 - BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH/LOW
L1 CHECK FOR RETURNING DTCs

 Carry out the SASM self-test. Retrieve and record all SASM DTCs.
 Are DTCs B1317 or 1318 present?
YES : Go to L2.
L2 CHECK THE BATTERY VOLTAGE
 Measure the voltage between the positive and negative battery terminals with the key ON and the
engine OFF (KOEO) and with the engine running.
 Is the battery voltage between 10 and 13 volts with KOEO and between 13 and 17 volts with
the engine running?
YES : Go to L3.
L3 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE SASM
 Disconnect: SASM C222
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 26: Measuring Voltage Between Steering Angle Sensor C222-1, CBP34 (VT/BN), Harness
Side & Ground
Measure the voltage between SASM C222-1, CBP34 (VT/BN), harness side and ground.

 Is the voltage greater 10 volts?
YES : Go to L4.
NO : VERIFY SJB fuses 34 (5A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR circuit CBP34 (VT/BN). CALIBRATE
the ABS module. FOLLOW the scan tool directions for the calibration procedure. CLEAR the
DTCs. CARRY OUT the self-test with the brake pedal not applied.
L4 CHECK THE CIRCUIT GD115 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 27: Measuring Resistance Between Steering Angle Sensor C222-4, GD115 (BK/GY),
Measure the resistance between SASM C222-4, GD115 (BK/GY), harness side and ground.

YES : Go to L5.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD115 (BK/GY). CALIBRATE the ABS module. FOLLOW the scan tool
L5 CHECK THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR SASM
 Check SASM C222 for:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 corrosion.
 Connect: SASM C222

YES : INSTALL a new SASM. REFER to Steering Angle Sensor Module (SASM).

HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU)
Material
Item Specification
High Performance DOT 3 Motor Vehicle Brake
Fluid WSS-M6C62-A or WSS-M6C65-A1
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 28: Exploded View Of Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) With Torque Specifications

Hydraulic control unit (HCU) bracket-to-
1 W707402
frame bolts (3 required)
HCU bracket-to-HCU bolts (3 required)
2 -
(part of 2C286)
3 2286 Master cylinder rear brake tube
4 2C286 HCU
5 2A335 Master cylinder front brake tube
6 2C304 HCU bracket
7 2263 RF brake caliper brake tube
8 2C293 RR brake caliper brake tube
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
9 2C294 LR brake caliper brake tube

10 2264 LF brake caliper brake tube
ABS module electrical connector (part of
11 -
14290)
WARNING: Do not use any fluid other than clean brake fluid meeting manufacturer's
specification. Additionally, do not use brake fluid that has been
previously drained. Following these instructions will help prevent system
contamination, brake component damage and the risk of serious personal
injury.
WARNING: Carefully read cautionary information on product label. For EMERGENCY

MEDICAL INFORMATION seek medical advice. In the USA or Canada on
Ford/Motorcraft products call: 1-800-959-3673. For additional information,
consult the product Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) if available. Failure
to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury.
NOTE: Brake fluid is harmful to painted and plastic surfaces. If brake fluid is spilled
onto a painted or plastic surface, immediately wash it with water.
1. Remove the air cleaner outlet tube and the air cleaner assembly. For additional information, refer to
INTAKE AIR DISTRIBUTION AND FILTERING article.
2. Remove the battery and battery tray. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING &
CABLES article.
3. Disconnect the ABS module electrical connector.
4. Disconnect the 6 brake tube fittings.
 To install, tighten the brake master cylinder tubes to 27 Nm (20 lb-ft).
 To install, tighten the remaining tubes to 22 Nm (16 lb-ft).
5. Remove the 3 hydraulic control unit (HCU) bracket-to-frame bolts and the HCU.
 To install, tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
6. Remove the 3 HCU bracket-to-HCU bolts and separate the HCU from the bracket.
NOTE: Make sure the HCU and ABS module are clean and free of any brake fluid
or foreign material before separating the components.

 Bleed the brake system. For additional information, refer to BRAKE SYSTEM - GENERAL
INFORMATION article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) MODULE
Fig. 29: Exploded View Of Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Module With Torque Specification

1 2C219 ABS module
ABS module screw (4 required) (part of
2 -
2C219)
NOTE: Electronic modules are sensitive to electrical charges. The anti-lock brake
system (ABS) module can be damaged if exposed to these charges.
NOTE: Do not allow any brake fluid or foreign material to enter the mating side of the
anti-lock brake system (ABS) module or damage to the solenoids can occur.
1. Remove the hydraulic control unit (HCU). For additional information, refer to Hydraulic Control Unit
(HCU).
2. Remove the 4 ABS module screws and the ABS module.
 To install, tighten to 5 Nm (44 lb-in).
NOTE: Visually inspect the ABS module terminals for damage before installation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - FRONT
Fig. 30: Exploded View Of Front Wheel Speed Sensor With Torque Specifications

1 W500010 Wheel speed sensor bolt
2 2C204 RH/2C205 LH Wheel speed sensor
Wheel speed sensor electrical connector
3 -
(part of 14290)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the wheel and tire. For additional information, refer to WHEELS & TIRES article.
2. Remove the retainers and position the fender splash shield aside.
3. Disconnect the wheel speed sensor electrical connector.
4. Disconnect the 6 pushpin fasteners.
5. Remove the front wheel speed sensor bolt and the wheel speed sensor.
NOTE: The wheel speed sensor harness must be routed as shown or damage to
the harness during vehicle jounce and rebound can occur.
Fig. 31: Identifying Wheel Speed Sensor Harness

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - REAR
NOTE: All wheel drive (AWD) shown, front wheel drive (FWD) similar.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 32: Exploded View Of Rear Wheel Speed Sensor With Torque Specifications

1 2C190 Wheel speed sensor
Wheel speed sensor electrical connector
3 -
(part of 14A005)
1. Remove the wheel and tire. For additional information, refer to WHEELS & TIRES article.
2. Disconnect the wheel speed sensor electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the harness routing brackets.
3. Disconnect the wheel speed sensor harness from the brackets.

4. Disconnect the pushpin fasteners.
5. Remove the wheel speed sensor bolt and the wheel speed sensor.
STABILITY CONTROL SENSOR CLUSTER
Fig. 33: Exploded View Of Stability Control Sensor Cluster With Torque Specification

Stability control sensor cluster nuts (2
1 W707142
required)
2 3C187 Stability control sensor cluster
Stability control sensor cluster electrical
3 -
connector (part of 14A005)
NOTE: When installing a new stability control sensor cluster, the sensor cluster must
be calibrated. Follow the scan tool directions for the calibration procedures.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: The sensor is located on the RH side of the vehicle, under the rear seat.
1. Remove the rear seat. For additional information, refer to SEATING article.
2. Remove the right rear scuff plate. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM &
ORNAMENTATION article.
 Position the carpet aside.
3. Disconnect the stability control sensor cluster electrical connector.

4. Remove the 2 stability control sensor cluster nuts and the stability control sensor cluster.
STABILITY/TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
NOTE: Edge shown, MKX similar.
Fig. 34: Identifying Stability/Traction Control Switch


1 13D730 Stability/traction control switch
2 7804302 Instrument panel center finish panel
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: The ignition switch must be in the OFF position if disconnecting the
Passenger Air Bag Deactivation (PAD) indicator electrical connector.
Otherwise, a DTC will be set in the Restraints Control Module (RCM)
memory and must be cleared before releasing the vehicle.
1. Turn the ignition OFF and wait at least one minute.

2. Remove the instrument panel center finish panel. For additional information, refer to INSTRUMENT
PANEL & CONSOLE article.
3. Depress the 4 tabs and remove the stability/traction control switch from the instrument panel center finish
panel.
Fig. 35: Depressing Tabs & Removing Stability/Traction Control Switch From Instrument Panel
Center Finish Panel
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR MODULE (SASM)
Special Tools
scan tool
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 36: Exploded View Of Steering Wheel Rotation Sensor With Torque Specification

Steering angle sensor module (SASM)
1 -
bolts (2 required) (part of 13D774)
2 3F818 SASM
SASM electrical connector (part of
3 -
14401)
REMOVAL
1. Remove the clockspring. For additional information, refer to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT

SYSTEM article.
2. Remove the 2 steering angle sensor module (SASM) bolts.
3. Disconnect the SASM electrical connector and remove the steering wheel rotation sensor.
INSTALLATION
1. If the arrow on the SASM ring and the arrow on the sensor housing are misaligned and/or the straight
ahead position of the sensor is not known, follow these steps to align the sensor prior to installing the
sensor:
1. Orient the front wheels in the straight-ahead position.
2. Connect the SASM electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Connect the battery negative cable. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING
& CABLES article.
4. Carefully rotate the sensor clockwise until it stops.
5. Rotate the sensor counter-clockwise 2-1/2 turns.
6. Using the scan tool, read the SASM position PID (SWA POS). The PID should read approximately
0 degrees. If not, repeat the procedure.
7. Disconnect the battery negative cable. For additional information, refer to BATTERY,
MOUNTING & CABLES article.
8. Disconnect the SASM electrical connector.
NOTE: Slight rotation of the SASM ring is allowed to align the 2 arrows.
2. Make sure the sensor ring arrow is lined up with the SASM housing arrow as shown and position the
sensor into the multi-function switch housing.
Fig. 37: Making Sure Sensor Ring Arrow Is Lined Up With Absolute Steering Angle Sensor
Housing Arrow
3. Connect the SASM electrical connector.

4. Remove the 2 SASM bolts.
 Tighten to 1 Nm (9 lb-in).
5. Install the clockspring. For additional information, refer to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
article.
 If the SASM was aligned using the scan tool, DTCs will be present in the restrains control module
(RCM). Using the scan tool, clear the DTCs in the RCM.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Acceleration Control - Edge & MKX
2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE
Acceleration Control - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Description Nm lb-in
Accelerator pedal and sensor assembly mounting nuts 7 62

ACCELERATION CONTROL
The acceleration controls consist of an accelerator pedal and sensor assembly.
The engine management system electronically operates the accelerator of the engine in response to accelerator
pedal movements initiated by the driver. In the event of a system failure, the engine management system
provides a "limp home" mode which allows the vehicle to be driven with limited performance.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
ACCELERATION CONTROL
Refer to the Introduction - Gasoline Engines article.

ACCELERATOR PEDAL AND BRACKET
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Accelerator Pedal & Bracket With Torque Specification

Accelerator pedal sensor electrical
1 14A464
connector (part of 14290)
2 90907 Accelerator pedal nut (3 required)
3 9F836 Accelerator pedal and sensor assembly
NOTE: Release the safety lock tab mechanism on the accelerator pedal sensor
electrical connector prior to disconnecting.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Disconnect the accelerator pedal sensor electrical connector.

2. Remove the 3 nuts and the accelerator pedal and sensor assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 RESTRAINTS Supplemental Restraint System - Edge & MKX
2008 RESTRAINTS
Supplemental Restraint System - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Front impact severity sensor bolt 11 8 -
Inner floor console support bolts 12 9 -
Manual seat track front cross brace screws 5 - 44
Manual seat track rear cross brace screws 5 - 44
Occupant classification sensor (OCS) weight sensor bolt nuts 33 24 -
Passenger air bag module bolts (Edge) 8 - 71
Passenger air bag module nuts (MKX) 7 - 62
Passenger air bag module support bracket-to-passenger air bag module
8 - 71
bolts (MKX)
Passenger air bag module support bracket-to-cross vehicle beam bolts
8 - 71
(MKX)
Power seat track front cross brace nuts 20 15 -
Restraints control module (RCM) bolts 12 9 -
Safety belt buckle pretensioner nut 40 30 -
Safety canopy module bolts (all) 9 - 80
Side air bag module bolts 23 17 -
Side impact sensor (B-pillar) bolt 11 8 -
Side impact sensor (C-pillar) bolt 11 8 -

AIR BAG AND SAFETY BELT PRETENSIONER SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
The air bag supplemental restraint system (SRS) is designed to provide increased collision protection for front
seat and second row outboard occupants in addition to that provided by the 3-point safety belt system. Safety
belt use is necessary to obtain the best occupant protection and to receive the full advantage of the SRS.
This vehicle contains dual-stage deployment (advanced restraint system) driver and front passenger air bag
modules. These vehicles are also equipped with driver and front passenger safety belt retractor pretensioners as
well as safety canopies. These canopies deploy from the A-pillar to the C-pillar during a side impact or if a
rollover condition is detected. Vehicles with safety canopies are also equipped with seat side air bag modules in
the front seats. Seat side air bag modules deploy from the outboard front seat backrest during a side impact. A
unique restraints control module (RCM) that detects a potential rollover condition is another standard feature.
In addition, there are 2 front impact severity sensors mounted to the hood latch bracket, 2 first row side impact
sensors mounted near the base of the B-pillar and 2 second row impact sensors mounted near the base of the C-
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
pillar. A seat position sensor mounted to the driver seat and a usage detection switch is added to the front driver
and passenger outboard buckles.
Vehicles are also equipped with an occupant classification sensor (OCS) system mounted to the front passenger
seat track assembly. The weight of any occupant or object on the front passenger seat is electronically
communicated to the occupant classification system module (OCSM). The RCM uses this information in
determining if the passenger air bag module or passenger seat side air bag module is to be deployed in the event
of a deployable collision.
The OCS system includes 4 OCS weight sensor bolts, OCSM and a passenger air bag deactivation (PAD)
indicator lamp.
Air Bag and Safety Belt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Components
This vehicle is equipped with following SRS components:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Identifying Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Components


1 04338 Passenger air bag cover
Passenger air bag deactivation (PAD)
2 14B418
indicator
3 14B345 First row, passenger, side impact sensor
4 611D10 Passenger side air bag module
5 042D94 Passenger side safety canopy module
Second row, passenger, C-pillar side
6 14B345
impact sensor
7 043B13 Driver air bag module
8 042D95 Driver side safety canopy module
Second row, driver, C-pillar side impact
9 14B345
sensor
10 611D10 Driver side air bag module
11 14B345 First row, driver, side impact sensor
12 14B416 Driver seat track position sensor
Driver safety belt buckle (includes safety
13 61203
belt buckle switch)
14 14A664 Clockspring
15 14B321 Restraints control module (RCM)
16 14B006 Driver/center front impact severity sensor
17 14B006 Passenger front impact severity sensor
Passenger safety belt buckle (includes
18 61202
safety belt buckle switch)
Occupant classification system module
19 14B422
(OCSM)
Occupant classification weight sensor
20 - bolts (2 shown in illustration) (4
required)
21 044A74 Passenger air bag module assembly
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
AIR BAG AND SAFETY BELT PRETENSIONER SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
Special Tools
Flex Probe Kit 105-R025C or equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
FLUKE 73III Automotive Meter 105-R0057 or equivalent

software with appropriate
hardware, or equivalent scan tool
System (IDS)
The supplemental restraint system (SRS) consists of a driver and passenger air bag module, safety belt retractor
pretensioners and safety canopies (containing an inflator/squib or gas generator and an air bag), impact sensors,
a restraints control module (RCM), a clockspring, an air bag warning indicator, occupant classification sensor
(OCS) system and a passenger air bag deactivation (PAD) indicator lamp. These components are all
interconnected by a wiring harness and powered by the vehicle's battery. The RCM includes a backup power
supply. This feature provides sufficient backup power to deploy the SRS in the event that the ignition circuit is
lost or damaged during impact. The backup power supply will deplete its stored energy approximately one
minute after the battery ground cable is disconnected. If a SRS fault exists, the air bag warning indicator will
illuminate and remain illuminated for the rest of the key cycle. In addition to the self-test at start up, the RCM
continuously monitors all of its external and internal circuitry for faults.
In a frontal collision, the impact sensors located in the front of the vehicle detect the sudden deceleration and
send an electrical signal to the RCM. The RCM uses the information from the impact sensors and the OCS
system in the deployment determination. If the RCM determines that deployment is required, the RCM sends
voltage and current to the squib(s) causing the solid chemical propellant to undergo a rapid chemical reaction.
This controlled reaction produces harmless nitrogen gas that fills the air bag(s)/safety canopies and/or activates
the safety belt pretensioners to remove slack from the safety belt(s).
The RCM communicates through the data link connector (DLC) the current and historical DTCs on the high-
speed controller area network (HS-CAN). The RCM also communicates over the HS-CAN to the instrument
cluster (IC) module, PCM and the occupant classification system module (OCSM).
Air Bag Warning Indicator
The air bag warning indicator:
 is located in the instrument cluster (IC) module.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 lamp and circuitry prove out is a function of the IC module. The IC module will prove out the air bag
warning indicator by lighting the air bag warning indicator for 6 seconds and then turn off.
 will flash and/or illuminate based on the message the IC module receives from the RCM.
 will illuminate if the IC module does not receive a message from the RCM.
Air Bag Module Second Stage Deployment Check
Because the driver and passenger front air bags each have 2 deployment stages, it is possible that Stage 1 has
deployed and Stage 2 has not.
If a front air bag module has deployed, it is mandatory that the front air bag module be remotely deployed
using the appropriate air bag disposal procedure.
 For information on driver air bag module and/or passenger air bag module remote deployment, refer to
Pyrotechnic Device Disposal.
Clockspring
The clockspring:
 is mounted on the steering column, behind the steering wheel.

 allows for continuous electrical connections between the driver air bag module and the restraints control
module (RCM) when the steering wheel is turned.
Driver Air Bag Module
The driver air bag module:
 is installed as an assembly.
 is mounted in the center of the steering wheel.
 cannot be interchanged between Edge and MKX vehicles.
High-Speed Controller Area Network (HS-CAN)
This vehicle utilizes a communication system called a high-speed controller area network (HS-CAN). The HS-
CAN consists of a twisted pair of wires connected to the following:
 ABS module
 Instrument cluster (IC) module
 PCM
 Transmission control module (TCM)
 Restraints control module (RCM)
 Occupant classification system module (OCSM)
 Air suspension (vehicle dynamics module [VDM]) (if equipped)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Data link connector (DLC)
The HS-CAN circuits use a bias voltage of approximately 2.5 volts, one is a positive 2.5 volts while the other is
a negative 2.5 volts. The HS-CAN also uses 2 terminating resistors, one contained within the PCM, the other in
the IC module. The terminating resistors are not serviced separately. The terminating resistors have a value of
120 ohms each, for a normal operating system total of 60 ohms. The HS-CAN may operate with only one
terminating resistor and may communicate some messages to some of the control modules with only one circuit
functioning. Refer to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article.
Impact Sensors
WARNING: If a vehicle has been in a crash, inspect the restraints control module
(RCM) and the impact sensor (if equipped) mounting areas for
deformation. If damaged, restore the mounting areas to the original
production configuration. A new RCM and sensors must be installed
whether or not the air bags have deployed. Failure to follow these
instructions may result in serious personal injury or death in a crash.
For this vehicle line, the supplemental restraint system (SRS) uses 6 satellite sensors in addition to the restraints
control module (RCM). The RCM is mounted to the center tunnel beneath the console. All vehicles have 2 front
impact severity sensors located in the front-center area of the vehicle, behind the grille mounted on the hood
latch bracket. The first row impact sensors are mounted behind the trim panel near the floor on the B-pillar, the
second row sensors are located on each C-pillar. Mounting orientation is critical for correct operation of all
impact sensors.
Loops/Squibs
All deployable devices contain an initiating device called a squib. The squib is part of the deployment loop. Air
bag/safety canopy modules can contain more than one squib, some vehicles may have up to 4 squibs in one air
bag module. Squibs are often referred to as loops during the diagnostic process.
Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System
The occupant classification sensor (OCS) system is found only on the front passenger seat. The front passenger
OCS system is comprised of the following: 4 OCS weight sensor bolts that are mounted to each corner of the
seat track and an occupant classification system module (OCSM) which is mounted to the electrical bracket
underneath the seat cushion pan. All the components that make up the OCS system are all serviced separately.
The weight of any occupant or object on the front passenger seat is electronically communicated to the OCSM.
The RCM uses this information in determining if the passenger air bag module or passenger seat side air bag
module is to be deployed in the event of a deployable collision.
The OCSM will inform the restraints control module (RCM), via a high-speed controller area network (HS-
CAN), of the weight of any occupant or object on the front passenger seat.
The OCSM monitors the OCS system for faults and communicates on-demand and continuous DTCs via the
data link connector (DLC) with the use of a scan tool.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The OCS system is also used for operation of the passenger Belt-Minder®. For information on the passenger
Belt-Minder® feature, refer to SAFETY BELT SYSTEM article. To deactivate or reactivate the passenger
Belt-Minder® feature, refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER & WARNING
CHIMES article or the Owner's Literature.
When the front passenger seat is removed for service, the Zero Seat Weight Test must be carried out after the
installation of the front passenger seat. When an OCS system component is installed new, the System Reset
must be carried out after the installation of the front passenger seat. The Zero Seat Weight Test and/or System
Reset must be carried out only as instructed to do so in the appropriate service information. For information on
the Zero Seat Weight Test and/or System Reset, refer to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Zero
Seat Weight Test or Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset.
In the event of a deployable crash, a new passenger seat track with OCS weight sensor bolts must be installed.
DTC B1231 must be cleared before carrying out Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset.
Refer to Occupant Classification Sensor - Manual Seat Track or Occupant Classification Sensor - Power
Seat Track.
Passenger Air Bag Deactivation (PAD) Indicator
The passenger air bag deactivation (PAD) indicator is a visual indicator used to inform the front seat occupants
of the passenger air bag deactivation state. The PAD indicator is a stand-alone lamp installed into the vehicle
instrument panel in a position visible to each front seat occupant.
The restraints control module (RCM) controls the state of the PAD indicator through a direct hardwire
connection, based on information provided by the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system. The PAD
indicator illuminates to indicate the passenger air bag module is disabled. An exemption to this is when the
front passenger seat is determined to be empty and the passenger safety belt is unbuckled, therefore indication
of a deactivated passenger air bag module is not necessary. In all other cases, the PAD indicator is unlit when
the passenger air bag module is enabled.
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the PAD indicator prove-out period is initiated by the RCM.
The RCM briefly activates the PAD indicator to prove-out the indicator function and verify to the front
occupants correct functional operation of the PAD indicator.
When the OCSM detects a fault that causes DTC B2290 and/or B1013 to set on-demand in the OCS system, the
OCSM sends a message to the RCM. Upon receiving the fault message from the OCSM, the RCM disables the
passenger air bag module, illuminates the PAD indicator indicating the passenger air bag module is disabled
and sends a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag warning indicator. The
passenger air bag module will remain disabled until the cause for the on-demand DTC has been corrected.
The following table indicates the passenger air bag status and the PAD indicator status based the size of the
front outboard passenger occupant.
PASSENGER AIR BAG AND PAD INDICATOR STATUS

Pass. Air Bag PAD Ind.
Occupant Size Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Status
Status Status
None Unbuckled Disabled Unlit
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
None Buckled Disabled Lit

Infant or Small Child Buckled/Unbuckled Disabled Lit
Adult Sized Buckled/Unbuckled Enabled Unlit
Passenger Air Bag Module
The passenger air bag module:
 is mounted in the passenger side of the instrument panel.
 cannot be interchanged between Edge and MKX vehicles.
Restraints Control Module (RCM)
WARNING: Do not handle, move or change the original horizontal mounting position
of the restraints control module (RCM) while the RCM is connected and
the ignition switch is ON. Failure to follow this instruction may result in
the accidental deployment of the safety canopy and cause serious
personal injury or death.
NOTE: Prior to removal of the restraints control module (RCM) module, it is necessary
to upload module configuration information to the scan tool. This information
needs to be downloaded into the new RCM module once installed. Refer to
MODULE CONFIGURATION article. Failure to follow these instructions may
result in incorrect operation of the supplemental restraint system (SRS) and
may cause system failure.
NOTE: When installing a new restraints control module (RCM), always make sure the
correct RCM is being installed. If an incorrect RCM is installed, erroneous DTCs
will result.
The RCM carries out the following functions:
 deploys the air bag(s)/safety canopies in the event of a deployable collision.

 activates the safety belt retractor pretensioners to remove slack from the safety belt in the event of a
deployable collision.
 monitors the supplemental restraint system (SRS) for faults.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 sends a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag warning indicator if a fault
is detected.
 communicates through the data link connector (DLC) the current or historical DTCs.
The RCM monitors the SRS for possible faults. If a fault is detected, the RCM will request illumination of the
air bag warning indicator.
When the ignition is cycled (turned OFF and then ON), the IC module will prove out the air bag warning
indicator by lighting for 6 seconds and then turn off. If a current SRS fault exists, the RCM requests
illumination of the air bag warning indicator and will remain illuminated for the rest of the key cycle. During
that same key cycle, some faults that recover (Loss of Communication with the PCM), the RCM will send a
request to the IC module to turn the air bag warning indicator off IF no other fault is present. The RCM will
also communicate the on-demand (current) and continuous (historical) DTCs through the DLC, to the scan tool.
If the RCM requests illumination of the air bag warning indicator and the air bag warning indicator does not
function, the IC module will automatically activate an audible chime. The chime is a series of 5 sets of 5 tone
bursts. If the chime is heard, the SRS and the air bag warning indicator require repair.
The RCM includes a backup power supply. This feature provides sufficient backup power to deploy the air bags
in the event that the ignition circuit is lost or damaged during impact. The backup power supply will deplete its
stored energy approximately one minute after power and/or ground has been removed from the RCM.
Safety Belt Buckle Switches
As part of the supplemental restraint system (SRS), the driver and front passenger safety belt buckles are
equipped with safety belt buckle switches. The safety belt buckle switches indicate to the restraints control
module (RCM) whether the safety belts are connected or disconnected. The RCM uses this information in
determining the deployment of the dual-stage driver and passenger air bag modules.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
As part of the supplemental restraint system (SRS), the driver and front passenger safety belt retractors are
equipped with pretensioners. The safety belt retractor pretensioners remove excess slack from the safety belt
webbing. The pretensioners are activated by the restraints control module (RCM) when the module detects a
collision exceeding a programmed limit.
Safety Canopy Module
Vehicles are equipped with safety canopies for protection during side impacts or rollovers.
Safety canopies require a specific headliner. The word AIRBAG will appear on the headliner where it meets
each B-pillar trim panel.
The safety canopy module:
 is mounted above the headliner.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 attaches from the A-pillar frame to the C-pillar frame.

 is standard equipment.
 cannot be interchanged from side-to-side.
Seat Track Position Sensor
The seat track position sensor is mounted to a bracket attached to the inboard side of the driver seat track. The
seat track position sensor informs the restraints control module (RCM) of the driver seat position. The RCM
uses this information in determining the deployment of the dual-stage driver air bag module.
Side Air Bag Module
NOTE: References to side air bag modules refer to the seat side air bag module, not to
the steering wheel or instrument panel mounted air bag components of the
supplemental restraint system (SRS).
A side air bag module provides protection of the thorax area (between the neck and abdomen) of the body,
working in conjunction with the head protection provided by a safety canopy module.
The side air bag module:
 will deploy upon receiving a flow of current from the restraints control module (RCM), initiated by the
side impact sensor and internal RCM circuitry.
 is mounted in the driver or passenger seat backrest.
 is used in conjunction with a safety canopy module.
Secondary Air Bag Warning (Chime)
The secondary air bag warning, is an audible tone controlled by the instrument cluster (IC) module. If a fault is
detected with the air bag warning indicator a DTC will be stored in memory of the IC module. Upon receiving
the message from the restraints control module (RCM) that a supplemental restraint system (SRS) fault has been
detected, the IC module will sound the secondary air bag warning chime in a pattern of 5 sets of 5 beeps.
Diagnostic Instructions
The symptom chart can be used to help locate supplemental restraint system (SRS) concerns if no DTCs are
retrieved and the listed symptoms are observed. Whether or not the listed symptoms are observed, always carry
out the following:
1. Run the Self Test to determine what on-demand and continuous memory DTCs are being sensed by the
restraints control module (RCM) and occupant classification system module (OCSM).
2. Retrieve all SRS DTCs and fault PIDs stored in the RCM and OCSM memory.
3. If on-demand DTCs are different than continuous memory DTCs, always diagnose the on-demand DTCs
first.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
A DTC can indicate several concerns. The DTCs are to assist in system diagnosis and are not to be
considered definitive. Always refer to the pinpoint test corresponding to the DTC to determine where the
concern lies and to repair the concern correctly.
Diagnostic Test Options
Scan tool options:
 Self Test/On-Demand
 Self Test/Continuous Memory and Clear DTCs
Refer to the manufacturer's literature for the scan tool being used for correct scan tool test options.
Self Test/On-Demand
The on-demand Self Test option is used to verify that no electrical concerns exist with the air bag supplemental
restraint system (SRS). Upon entering the self-test, the restraints control module (RCM) and the occupant
classification system module (OCSM) will make an electrical check of each electrical component in the system.
If a concern is detected, a DTC is displayed on the scan tool with a brief description of the DTC. The self-test
should always be carried out after any repair to verify that the repair was successful.
To run the on-demand Self Test, follow these steps:
1. Connect the scan tool to the data link connector (DLC).

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
3. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the scan tool being used.
4. Select Self-Test.
5. Select RCM or OCSM.
6. The module will run the self-test and display on-demand (reflecting hard system concerns) and
continuous memory (historic) DTCs on the scan tool.
Self Test/Continuous Memory and Clear DTCs
During vehicle operation, the restraints control module (RCM) and the occupant classification system module
(OCSM) will detect and store on-demand (reflecting hard system concerns) and continuous memory (historic)
DTCs. The DTC strategy employed by the RCM incorporates a time-out scheme for determining when a
concern exists in the system. This requires a concern may exist for up to one minute in the system before the
RCM will detect it. For the RCM to determine that a concern no longer exists, the concern must be absent for
up to one minute. The actual detection time-outs vary with each DTC. DTCs can be retrieved with a scan tool
using the Self Test option. All DTCs stored in the RCM and OCSM will be displayed on the scan tool along
with a brief description of the DTC. If no DTCs are present, the scan tool will display a SYSTEM PASSED
message. This option can also be used to clear DTCs from the RCM and OCSM memory, as long as the concern
no longer exists.
Once 75 hours of operation have been recorded by the RCM/OCSM since the concern was last detected, all
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
continuous memory DTCs will automatically be removed from memory.
To retrieve or clear DTCs, follow these steps:

4. Select Self Test.
5. Select RCM or OCSM (selecting Restraints retrieves DTCs from both modules).
NOTE: Before proceeding with the clearing operation, make note of the DTCs
displayed. Once cleared, continuous DTCs cannot be retrieved.
6. All DTCs will be displayed on the screen.

7. Clear the DTCs. After clearing the DTCs, cycle the ignition OFF, then ON.
 Continuous memory DTCs that have been cleared will not reoccur as "continuous memory" in the
same key cycle. Only new DTCs which were not present before clearing can occur as "continuous
memory" after clearing.
Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Zero Seat Weight Test
The Zero Seat Weight Test verifies the occupant classification sensor (OCS) measures zero weight for an empty
seat. It is necessary to carry out the Zero Seat Weight Test any time the front passenger seat is serviced or
removed from the vehicle or as directed in the service information procedures. Refer to Occupant
Classification Sensor (OCS) System Zero Seat Weight Test.
Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset
The System Reset active command resets the zero point of the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system.
The System Reset active command should only be carried out if a new OCS component is installed or as
directed by service information .
DataLogger PID/Data
The DataLogger PID/Data option allows the scan tool operator to read the state of several PIDs to aid in
diagnosing the system. PIDs are real time measurements of parameters, such as voltages and resistances,
calculated by the restraints control module (RCM) or the occupant classification system module (OCSM) and
sent to the scan tool for display. Many of the PIDs supported by the modules are calculated periodically and are,
therefore, not true real time readings.
To retrieve PIDs, follow these steps:

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Select DataLogger.
5. Select RCM or OCSM.
Active Commands
System Reset
System Reset active command sets the zero set point or rezeros the occupant classification sensor (OCS). Refer
to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset.
Zero Seat Weight Test
The Zero Seat Weight Test verifies the OCS measures zero weight for an empty seat. Refer to Occupant
Classification Sensor (OCS) System Zero Seat Weight Test.
Instrument Cluster (IC) Module
These commands allow the technician to verify the operation of instrument cluster (IC) module components and
subsystems.
Lamp Fault Codes (LFCs)
This vehicle supports lamp fault codes (LFCs) only when the restraints control module (RCM) is in plant mode.
A new RCM installed to a vehicle will be in plant mode until:
 programmable module installation (PMI) has been carried out.

 the RCM sees a fault-free supplemental restraint system (SRS) (no DTCs present).
If a LFC is present after completing PMI, a fault is present in the SRS and on-demand DTCs must be retrieved
and diagnosed.
Diagnosing Customer Concerns With On-Demand DTCs
NOTE: Most supplemental restraint system (SRS) diagnostic procedures will require
depowering and repowering of the SRS. Depowering and repowering requires
disconnecting of the battery and removal of the restraints control module (RCM)
fuse. This reduces the risk of accidental deployment of SRS components while
diagnostic procedures are being carried out.
If the air bag warning indicator is reported ON by the customer when the vehicle comes in for service, connect
the scan tool and follow the Diagnostic Instruction procedures in this service information to identify the
concern.
Once the DTC is known, read the Normal Operation of the pinpoint test for the DTC involved.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Using the scan tool with the use of PIDs and active command(s) may be of assistance in diagnosing the concern.
 Follow the depowering procedure as directed in Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering
and Repowering.
 Determine the location of components involved in creating the DTC.
 Carry out a thorough visual inspection of:
 components.
 connectors.
 splices and wiring harnesses.
 insulation on conductors.
Diagnosing Customer Concerns With Continuous Memory DTCs
If the air bag warning indicator was reported ON by the customer but is not present when the vehicle comes in
for service, follow the Diagnostic Instruction procedures in this service information to identify the intermittent
DTC.
Once the DTC is known, read the Normal Operation of the pinpoint test for the DTC involved.
 Follow the depowering procedure as directed in Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering
and Repowering.
 Determine the location of components involved in creating the DTC.
 Carry out a thorough visual inspection of:
 components.
 connectors.
 splices and wiring harnesses.
 insulation on conductors.
Refer to the Possible Causes section of the pinpoint test for the DTC involved, which lists the common concerns
that relate to the DTC. Concerns are listed according to priority.
Fault PIDs
There are 2 types of fault PIDs that can be reported by the restraints control module (RCM). The first type,
considered conventional, has only one level of fault reporting and identifies a specific concern for a given
component and points to a particular diagnostic path, example: DTC B1317 (Battery Voltage High).
The second type uses a process within the software of the controller that maps the byte and bit to name a
specific device and fault condition. This process is called Bit-mapping and referred to as fault PIDs in the
diagnosis of the vehicle. This type does not identify the specific concern or component on the first level of fault
reporting, Example: DTC B2293 (Restraint System - Airbag Fault). DTC B2293 can have up to 28 specific on-
demand fault PIDs (areas of concern) associated with this DTC.
Those associated fault PIDs are an extension of the information provided by the DTC and are identified by the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
same DTC number. A scan tool must be used to view DTCs and their fault PIDs. Once a scan tool has retrieved
a DTC, use the scan tool to view the fault PIDs. In the diagnostic path, other types of PIDs are sometimes used
to determine the root cause (example: resistance or voltage PIDs).
When viewing of fault PIDs has been carried out, the scan tool can display the PIDs associated with that DTC,
including the status or state that exists (on-demand [active] DTC) or existed (continuous memory [historic])
DTC. Refer to the manufacturer instructions for the scan tool being used on how to view fault PIDs.
Prove Out Procedure
Turn the ignition switch from the OFF to the ON position and visually monitor the air bag warning indicator
with all supplemental restraint system (SRS) components connected. The air bag warning indicator will light
continuously for approximately 6 seconds and then turn off. If an SRS fault is present, the air bag warning
indicator will:
 fail to light.
 remain lit continuously.
 flash.
The air bag warning indicator may not illuminate until approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch has
been turned from the OFF to the ON position. This is the time required for the restraints control module (RCM)
to complete the testing of the SRS. If the air bag warning indicator is inoperative and an SRS fault exists, a
chime will sound in a pattern of 5 sets of 5 beeps. If this occurs, the air bag warning indicator will need to be
repaired before diagnosis can continue.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Reconnect Checklist
The checklist below should be completed following diagnosis or repair of any air bag system concern:
 All in-seat harness connectors connected?

 All air bag modules connected?
 Occupant classification system module (OCSM) connected?
 All OCS weight sensor bolts connected?
 Safety canopy modules connected?
 Safety belt pretensioner connectors connected?
 All sensors (front and side impact sensors) connected?
 Restraints control module (RCM) connected?
 RCM fuse installed?
 Battery connected?
Air Bag Module Second Stage Deployment Check
Because the driver and passenger front air bags each have 2 deployment stages, it is possible that Stage 1 has
deployed and Stage 2 has not.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
If a front air bag module has deployed, it is mandatory that the front air bag module be remotely deployed
using the appropriate air bag disposal procedure to make sure the second stage has been deployed.
 For information on driver or passenger air bag module remote deployment, refer to Pyrotechnic Device
Disposal.
Glossary
Disconnect the Component
Disconnect the component means to disconnect the component vehicle harness connector, not to remove the
component. Do not reconnect a disconnected component unless instructed to do so.
Deactivate the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
Deactivate the SRS means to carry out a deactivation procedure. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) Deactivation and Reactivation.
Depower the SRS
Depower the SRS means to disconnect the battery and remove the restraints control module (RCM) fuse. Refer
to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering.
Deployment Loop
The deployment loop is made up of the RCM, deployable device, air bag(s), safety belt pretensioners (safety
canopies, deployable steering columns, load limiting retractor, adaptive tether, adaptive vent, if equipped) and
associated circuits.
Install a New Component
Install a new component means to remove the existing component and install a new authorized part obtained
from Ford Customer Service Division.
Prove Out the SRS
Prove out the SRS means to turn the ignition switch from the OFF to the ON position and visually monitor the
air bag warning indicator with all SRS components connected. The air bag warning indicator will light
continuously for approximately 6 seconds and then turn off. If an SRS fault is present, the air bag warning
indicator will either fail to light or remain lit continuously. The air bag warning indicator may not illuminate
until approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned from the OFF to the ON position. This
is the time required for the RCM to complete the testing of the SRS. If the air bag warning indicator is
inoperative and an SRS fault exists, a chime will sound in a pattern of 5 sets of 5 beeps. If this occurs, the air
bag warning indicator will need to be repaired before diagnosis can continue.
Reactivate the SRS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Reactivate the SRS means to carry out the reactivation procedure. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) Deactivation and Reactivation.
Reconnect the SRS
Reconnect the SRS means to reconnect all system components. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) Reconnect Checklist.
Repower the SRS
Repower the SRS means, turn the ignition ON, install the RCM fuse and connect the battery ground cable.
Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering.
Secondary Air Bag Warning
The secondary air bag warning is an audible fault format that consists of 5 sets of 5 tone bursts, with each set of
5 tone bursts separated by a 5-second quiet period. One tone burst cycle will consist of one-second ON and one-
second OFF. The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and warning light are repaired.
Squib
A squib (igniter) is a device designed to convert electrical energy to the heat energy necessary to deploy a
pyrotechnic restraints system device.
Verify the System
Verify the system means to prove out the SRS with all restraint system components in place.
1. Verify the customer concern by checking the air bag warning indicator in the instrument cluster. Prove
Out the System. Refer to step 4 under Repowering Procedure.
2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical or electrical damage. Do not disconnect electrical
connectors until directed to do so within the pinpoint test.

 Damaged restraints
control module (RCM)
or loose mounting
 Damaged front impact
severity sensor(s) or
loose mounting
 Damaged side impact  Open smart junction box
sensor(s) or loose (SJB) fuse 46 (7.5A)
mounting  Damaged wiring harness
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Damaged or  Loose, damaged or

disconnected passenger corroded connectors
air bag deactivation  Circuitry open/shorted
(PAD) indicator
 Damaged shorting bars
 Damaged front
passenger seat track  Loose, damaged or
assembly pinched passenger seat
wire harness
 Damaged occupant
classification sensor
(OCS) weight sensor
bolt(s) or loose
mounting
NOTE: The smart junction box (SJB) may also be identified as the generic
electronic module (GEM).



PCM.
 If the network test passes, retrieve and record on-demand and continuous memory DTCs from the
RCM and OCSM.
8. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) DTC Chart.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
For all other DTCs, refer to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article.

DTC Charts
The DTCs can be retrieved from the restraints control module (RCM) and the occupant classification system
module (OCSM) with a scan tool via the data link connector (DLC).
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE (RCM) DTC CHART

DTCa Description Retrieved From Action To Take
The Air Bag Warning Restraints
Continuous lamp Indicator is Illuminated control module Go to Pinpoint Test A .
Continuously (RCM)
INSTALL a new RCM and impact
sensors. REFER to Inspection and
B1231 Event Threshold Exceeded RCM
Repair After a Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS) Deployment.
CHECK battery voltage; to be below 18
volts. REFER to CHARGING
B1317 Battery Voltage High RCM
SYSTEM - GENERAL
CHECK battery voltage; to be above 8
B1318 Battery Voltage Low RCM
SYSTEM - GENERAL
INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to
B1342 ECU (RCM) Is Faulted RCM
Restraints Control Module (RCM).
Lamp Air Bag Warning
B1868 RCM Go to Pinpoint Test C .
Indicator Circuit Failure
PAD Warning Lamp
B1884 RCM Go to Pinpoint Test D .
Circuit Failure
PAD Warning Lamp
B1890 RCM Go to Pinpoint Test E .
Circuit Short to Battery
NOTE:
If no on-demand or continuous DTC
is present in the OCSM and DTC
B2290 is only present in the RCM as a
Occupant Classification continuous DTC, CLEAR all RCM
B2290 RCM
System Fault DTCs and PROVE OUT the system.
NOTE:
On-Demand DTC B2290 is reported
by the RCM indicating the presence
of a fault in the OCS system.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Restraint System - Seatbelt
B2292 RCM Go to Pinpoint Test G .
Pretensioner Fault
Restraint System - Air Bag
B2293 RCM Go to Pinpoint Test H .
Fault
Restraint System - Curtain
B2294 RCM Go to Pinpoint Test I .
Fault
Restraint System - Side
B2295 RCM Go to Pinpoint Test J .
Air Bag Fault
Restraint System - Impact
B2296 RCM Go to Pinpoint Test K .
Sensor Fault
Drivers Seat Belt Buckle
B2432 RCM Go to Pinpoint Test L .
Switch Circuit Open
B2433 Switch Circuit Short to RCM Go to Pinpoint Test M .
Battery
B2434 Switch Circuit Short to RCM Go to Pinpoint Test N .
Ground
B2435 Switch Resistance Out of RCM Go to Pinpoint Test O .
Range
Passengers Seat Belt
B2436 Buckle Switch Circuit RCM Go to Pinpoint Test P .
Open
B2437 Buckle Switch Circuit RCM Go to Pinpoint Test Q .
Short to Battery
B2438 Buckle Switch Short to RCM Go to Pinpoint Test R .
Ground
B2439 Buckle Switch Resistance RCM Go to Pinpoint Test S .
Out of Range
NOTE:
When installing a new RCM, always
make sure the correct RCM is being
Module Configuration installed. If an incorrect RCM is
B2477 RCM installed, erroneous DTCs will result.
Failure

Cross Link Between Firing
B2792 RCM Go to Pinpoint Test T .
Loops
Incorrect Module Design INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
C1414 Level RCM Restraints Control Module (RCM).

Front Driver's Seat Track
C1946 Position Switch Circuit RCM Go to Pinpoint Test V .
Open
C1947 Position Switch Circuit RCM Go to Pinpoint Test W .
Short to Ground
C1948 Position Switch Circuit RCM Go to Pinpoint Test X .
Resistance Out of Range
C1982 Position Switch Circuit RCM Go to Pinpoint Test Y .
Short to Battery
REFER to MODULE
Lost Communication With COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
U0100 RCM
ECM/PCM article to diagnose the communication
concern.
Lost Communication With REFER to MODULE
Restraints Occupant COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
U0154 RCM
Classification System article to diagnose the communication
Module concern.
RETRIEVE PCM DTCs. If DTCs are
present in the PCM, REFER to
Introduction - Gasoline Engines
article to diagnose the concern. If DTCs
Invalid Data received
U0401 RCM are not present in the PCM and DTC
From ECM/PCM A
U0401 is present in the RCM as a on-
demand DTC, INSTALL a new RCM.
REFER to Restraints Control Module
(RCM).
REPAIR all on-demand OCS DTCs,
CLEAR all RCM DTCs and PROVE
OUT the system.
If no on-demand or continuous DTCs
are present in the OCSM and DTC
U0455 is only present in the RCM
Invalid Data Received continuous, CLEAR all RCM DTCs
From Restraints Occupant and PROVE OUT the system.
U0455 RCM
Classification System If no on-demand or continuous DTCs
Module are present in the OCSM and DTC
U0455 is present on-demand in the
RCM, INSTALL a new OCSM.
REFER to Occupant Classification
System Module (OCSM) - Manual
Seat Track or Occupant
Classification System Module
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(OCSM) - Power Seat Track.

U2050 No Application Present RCM
One or More Calibration INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to
U2051 RCM
Files Missing/Corrupt Restraints Control Module (RCM).
a DTC: Retrieved using scan tool.
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR (OCS) SYSTEM DTC CHART

DTCa Description Retrieved From Action To Take
NOTE:
If no on-demand or continuous DTC is
Occupant present in the RCM and DTC B229B is
Occupant Classification only present in the OCSM as
B229B classification system continuous, RESOLVE and CLEAR all
System Obstruction
module (OCSM) OCSM DTCs and PROVE OUT the SRS.
Go to Pinpoint Test U .
Occupant Classification
B1013 OCSM Go to Pinpoint Test Z .
System Calibration Fault
INSTALL a new passenger seat track
assembly with OCS weight sensor bolts.
REFER to SEATING article and
B1231 Event Threshold Exceeded OCSM
Inspection and Repair After a
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
Deployment.
NOTE:
present in the RCM and DTC B1317 is
only present in the OCSM continuous,
CLEAR all OCSM DTCs and PROVE
B1317 Battery Voltage High OCSM OUT the system.
CHECK battery voltage; to be below 18

SYSTEM - GENERAL
NOTE:
present in the RCM and DTC B1318 is
only present in the OCSM continuous,
B1318 Battery Voltage Low OCSM CLEAR all OCSM DTCs and PROVE
OUT the system.
CHECK battery voltage; to be above 8

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SYSTEM - GENERAL
B1342 ECU (OCSM) is Faulted OCSM Go to Pinpoint Test B .
Occupant Classification
B2290 OCSM Go to Pinpoint Test F .
System Fault
REFER to Occupant Classification
Zero Seat Weight Test
C1941 OCSM Sensor (OCS) System Zero Seat
Failure
Weight Test.
REFER to MODULE
U0100 OCSM
ECM/PCM article to diagnose the communication
concern.
REFER to MODULE
U0151 OCSM
Restraints Control Module article to diagnose the communication
concern.
DTC is set when a module receives
invalid network data from another
module with a faulted input. RETRIEVE
Fault Received From and REPAIR all non-network DTCs in
U2023 OCSM
External Node the other modules on the network.
REFER to MULTIFUNCTION
ELECTRONIC MODULES article for
a list of all DTCs.
U2050 No Application Present OCSM INSTALL a new OCSM.
a DTC: Retrieved using scan tool.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 Fuse
 DTC
 Wiring, terminals
 Air bag warning indicator
or connectors
is illuminated  Go to Pinpoint Test A .
continuously  Faulty data link
connector (DLC)
 Restraint control
module (RCM)
 CARRY OUT programmable module
installation (PMI). REFER to
MODULE CONFIGURATION
 Air bag warning indicator  RCM not article. If the air bag warning indicator
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
flashing at 5 Hz rate configured is flashing or has a continuous light

after carrying out PMI, REFER to DTC
Charts to diagnose the concern.
 SRS fault and air
 Audible tone - DTCs
bag warning  REFER to DTC Charts .
retrieved
indicator fault
 No communication with Circuitry
 COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
the restraints control
 Scan tool article to diagnose the no
module (RCM)
 RCM communication concern.

 No communication with Circuitry
 COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
the occupant classification
 Scan tool article to diagnose the no
system module (OCSM)
 OCSM communication concern.
Pinpoint Test - Air Bag and Safety Belt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
Pinpoint Test A: The Air Bag Warning Indicator is Illuminated Continuously
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Supplemental Restraint System for schematic and
Normal Operation
During normal operation, the instrument cluster (IC) module will illuminate the air bag indicator continuously
for 6 seconds after the ignition switch is placed to the RUN or ON position. If the supplemental restraint system
(SRS) is fault free, the air bag warning indicator will turn off and remain off. If a fault is detected in the SRS,
the air bag warning indicator will illuminate and remain illuminated for the rest of the key cycle. The restraints
control module (RCM) will communicate to the IC module via the high-speed controller area network (HS-
CAN). The IC module will illuminate the air bag indicator based on messaging from the RCM or if there is no
communication between the RCM and IC module.

 IC module
 RCM
PINPOINT TEST A: THE AIR BAG WARNING INDICATOR IS ILLUMINATED CONTINUOUSLY
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

WARNING: Always tighten the fasteners of the restraints control module (RCM) and
impact sensor (if equipped) to the specified torque. Failure to do so may
result in incorrect restraint system operation, which increases the risk of
personal injury or death in a crash.
NOTE: Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough
inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed

to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result
in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
NOTE: The SRS must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle
to the customer.
A1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Self Test - RCM - Retrieve and Record
On-Demand and Continuous Memory DTCs
 Were any continuous memory or on-demand DTCs retrieved?
YES : If on-demand or continuous memory DTCs were retrieved, go to the DTC Charts for
diagnostic direction.
Do not clear any DTCs until all DTCs have been resolved.
NO : If the RCM does communicate with the scan tool, REFER to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(IC), MESSAGE CENTER & WARNING CHIMES article to diagnose the IC module concern.
If the RCM does not communicate with the scan tool, REFER to MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose the no communication concern.
Do not clear any DTCs until all DTCs have been resolved.
Pinpoint Test B: DTC B1342 - ECU (OCSM) is Faulted
Normal Operation
The occupant classification sensor (OCS) system is used to classify the front passenger seat occupant in the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
event of a deployable impact. Refer to Air Bag and Safety Belt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS).
The occupant classification system module (OCSM) monitors internal circuity, hardware and the 4 OCS weight
sensor bolts and external circuitry for faults. If the OCSM detects a fault with the internal circuitry, internal
hardware, sensor(s) or external circuitry, it will store DTC B1342 in memory and send a message to the
restraints control module (RCM). A short to ground on any one of the sensor reference voltage circuits or an
open on 3 or more of the sensor reference voltage circuits may set this DTC. The RCM will store DTC B2290
in memory and send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag warning indicator.
Fault PIDsa Description Fault Trigger Condition

When the OCSM senses a
1342_27_OD and 1342_27_CM Memory Fault internal hardware failure, a
fault will be indicated.
1342_28_OD and 1342_28_CM Microcontroller Internal Fault internal failure, a fault will
be indicated.
1342_29_OD and 1342_29_CM Satellite ASIC Fault internal hardware failure, a
failure with the internal
1342_30_OD and 1342_30_CM Power Supply Internal Fault
power supply, a fault will
be indicated.
a Fault PIDs that end in OD indicate an on-demand status and are associated with on-demand DTC B1342. Fault
PIDs that end in CM indicate continuous memory status and are associated with continuous DTC B1342.

 Incorrectly wired OCS weight sensors
 OCS system component
PINPOINT TEST B: DTC B1342 - ECU IS FAULTED (OCS)
WARNING: Never probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air
curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the
accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Never probe the electrical connectors on safety belt buckle/retractor

pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety belt
pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors, which increases the
risk of serious personal injury or death.
NOTE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) from the Flex Probe Kit when making
measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may damage the
connector.
NOTE: Supplemental restraint system (SRS) components should only be disconnected

or reconnected when instructed to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to
follow this instruction may result in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
to the customer.
B1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Self Test - OCSM - Retrieve and
Record On-Demand and Continuous Memory DTCs
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger - OCSM - View and
Record All B1342 Fault PIDs
 Do any OCSM on-demand B1342 fault PIDs indicate a fault?
YES : This is a hard fault. The fault condition is still present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to B2.
NO : This is an intermittent fault when present as a continuous memory DTC only (DTC not
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to B8.
B2 CHECK THE SEAT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
 Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and
Repowering.
 Carry out a thorough visual inspection of the OCS system wiring, terminals and connectors and the
related seat wiring harness and body wiring harness terminals and connectors.
 Were any wire problems noted?
YES : REPAIR the seat connectors and wiring as necessary. Refer to appropriate SYSTEM
WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Connector Repair Procedures for schematic and connector
information. Go to B9.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Using the fault PIDs recorded in step B1, go to the appropriate pinpoint test step.
For 1342_30_OD (Power Supply Internal Fault), go to B3.
For 1342_28_OD (Microcontroller Internal Fault), 1342_29_OD (Satellite ASIC Fault) or

1342_27_OD (Memory Fault), INSTALL a new OCSM. REFER to Occupant Classification
System Module (OCSM) - Manual Seat Track or Occupant Classification System Module
(OCSM) - Power Seat Track. Go to B9.
B3 CHECK THE OCS WEIGHT SENSOR BOLT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Disconnect: OCS Weight Sensor Bolt C3324, C3325, C3330 and C3331
 Disconnect: OCSM C3159
Fig. 2: Measuring Resistance Between OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 C3324-1 & Bolt 2 C3325-1,
CR140 (YE/GN) & CR141 (BN/YE)
Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 1 C3324-1, circuit CR140 (YE/GN),

harness side and ground; between OCS weight sensor bolt 2 C3325-1, circuit CR141 (BN/YE),
harness side and ground; between OCS weight sensor bolt 3 C3330-1, circuit CR153 (GN/WH),
harness side and ground; and between OCS weight sensor bolt 4 C3331-1, circuit CR154 (VT/OG),
YES : Go to B4.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR140 (YE/GN), circuit CR141 (BN/YE), circuit CR153 (GN/WH) or
circuit CR154 (VT/OG). Go to B9.
B4 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN THE OCS WEIGHT SENSOR BOLT CIRCUITS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor:


 bolt 1 C3324-1, circuit CR140 (YE/GN), harness side and C3324-2, circuit RR140 (GN/OG),
harness side; and
 bolt 2 C3325-1, circuit CR141 (BN/YE), harness side and C3325-2, circuit RR141 (VT/BN),
harness side; and
 bolt 3 C3330-1, circuit CR153 (GN/WH), harness side and C3330-2, circuit RR153
(GY/BU), harness side; and
 bolt 4 C3331-1, circuit CR154 (VT/OG), harness side and C3331-2, circuit RR154
(VT/WH), harness side.
YES : Go to B5.
NO : REPAIR circuits CR140 (YE/GN) and RR140 (GN/OG), CR141 (BN/YE) and RR141
(VT/BN), CR153 (GN/WH) and RR153 (GY/BU) or CR154 (VT/OG) and RR154 (VT/WH). Go to
B9.
B5 CHECK THE OCS WEIGHT SENSOR BOLT CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
 Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor:

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
bolt 1 C3324-1, circuit CR140 (YE/GN), harness side and OCSM C3159-2, circuit CR140

(YE/GN), harness side; and
 bolt 2 C3325-1, circuit CR141 (BN/YE), harness side and OCSM C3159-10, circuit CR141
(BN/YE), harness side; and
 bolt 3 C3330-1, circuit CR153 (GN/WH), harness side and OCSM C3159-8, circuit CR153
(GN/WH), harness side; and
 bolt 4 C3331-1, circuit CR154 (VT/OG), harness side and OCSM C3159-17, circuit CR154
(VT/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to B6.
B6 CHECK CIRCUITS CR140 (YE/GN), CR141 (BN/YE), CR153 (GN/WH) AND CR154
(VT/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time. Refer to Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering.
Fig. 5: Measuring Voltage Between OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 C3324-1 & Bolt 2 C3325-1,
Measure the voltage between OCS weight sensor:


 bolt 1 C3324-1, circuit CR140 (YE/GN), harness side and ground; and
 bolt 2 C3325-1, circuit CR141 (BN/YE), harness side and ground; and
 bolt 3 C3330-1, circuit CR153 (GN/WH), harness side and ground; and
 bolt 4 C3331-1, circuit CR154 (VT/OG), harness side and ground.
 Are the voltages less than 0.2 volt?
YES : Go to B7.
B7 CONFIRM THE OCS MODULE FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Make sure all restraint system sensor electrical connectors and the RCM
electrical connector are connected before carrying out the on-demand self
test. If not, erroneous DTCs will be recorded.


Repowering.
 Connect: OCSM C3159
 Connect: OCS Weight Sensor Bolt Electrical Connectors
 Refer to PID list in Normal Operation to view B1342 fault PIDs.
 Do any OCSM on-demand B1342 fault PIDs indicate a fault?
YES : INSTALL a new OCSM. REFER to Occupant Classification System Module (OCSM) -
Manual Seat Track or Occupant Classification System Module (OCSM) - Power Seat Track.
Go to B9.
NO : In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. CHECK
for causes of the intermittent fault in the areas previously worked in, particularly the pins and
terminals of any electrical connector that were disconnected. Do not install any new SRS
components at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in
the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to
B8.
B8 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
 Does the original OCSM on-demand DTC B1342 fault PID indicate a fault?
YES : This is a hard fault. The fault condition is now present. This fault cannot be cleared until it is
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to B2.
NO : CHECK for causes of intermittent open or short to ground on circuit CR140 (YE/GN), circuit
CR141 (BN/YE), circuit CR153 (GN/WH) or circuit CR154 (VT/OG). ATTEMPT to recreate the
hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition key frequently. ACTIVATE other
systems in the same wire harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any
intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to B9.
B9 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs
WARNING: Turn the ignition OFF and wait one minute to deplete the
backup power supply. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in serious personal injury or death in the event of an
accidental deployment.
 Reconnect all SRS components (if previously disconnected).

 If previously directed to depower the SRS, repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at
this time. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering.
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Self Test - Restraints
 Are any RCM and/or OCSM DTCs retrieved indicating a fault?
YES : Do not clear any DTCs until all DTCs have been resolved. Go to DTC Charts for pinpoint
test direction.
NO : CLEAR all RCM and OCSM continuous memory DTCs. PROVE OUT the SRS. REPAIR is
complete. RETURN the vehicle to the customer.
Pinpoint Test C: DTC B1868 - Lamp Air Bag Warning Indicator Circuit Failure
Normal Operation
During normal operation, the air bag warning indicator will illuminate continuously for approximately 6
seconds and then go out after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position and no air bag fault exists. Control
of the air bag warning indicator is a function of the instrument cluster (IC) module based on information it
receives from the restraints control module (RCM) over the high-speed controller area network (HS-CAN). The
default mode for the air bag warning indicator is on. The RCM sends a message to the IC module to turn the
indicator off if no air bag fault exists. If the RCM detects a problem with the supplemental restraints system
(SRS) it will send a message to the IC module to turn the air bag warning indicator on.
If the IC module detects a problem with the air bag warning indicator, it will send a fault message to the RCM
and the RCM will store DTC B1868 in memory.
 DTC B1868 Lamp Air Bag Warning Indicator Circuit Failure - If the RCM receives a message from the
IC module of an air bag warning indicator failure, it will set this DTC.
 IC module
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 RCM
PINPOINT TEST C: DTC B1868 - LAMP AIR BAG WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT FAILURE

connector.
NOTE: SRS components should only be disconnected or reconnected when instructed

to do so within a pinpoint test step. Failure to follow this instruction may result
in incorrect diagnosis of the SRS.
to the customer.
C1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

 Was on-demand DTC B1868 retrieved?
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to C2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. CHECK the IC module for
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DTCs and REPAIR as needed. REFER to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE

CENTER & WARNING CHIMES article. Go to C4.
C2 CHECK FOR IC MODULE ON-DEMAND DTCs
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Self Test - IC Module - Retrieve and
 Were any continuous memory or on-demand self test DTCs retrieved?
YES : REFER to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER & WARNING

CHIMES article to diagnosis IC module concerns. Go to C4.
NO : If the IC module does communicate with the scan tool, go to C3.
If the IC module does not communicate with the scan tool, REFER to MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose the HS-CAN concern. Go to C4.
C3 CHECK THE IC MODULE

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger - IC Module - Active
Command - All_Lamp
 Does the air bag warning indicator turn on and off when using the active command?
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to C4.
NO : INSTALL a new IC module. REFER to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE
CENTER & WARNING CHIMES article. Go to C4.
C4 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test D: DTC B1884 - PAD Warning Lamp Circuit Failure
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Normal Operation
When the ignition is in the ON position, the passenger air bag deactivation (PAD) indicator prove-out period is
initiated by the restraints control module (RCM). The RCM briefly activates the PAD indicator to verify to the
occupants correct functional operation of the PAD indicator. Refer to Air Bag and Safety Belt Pretensioner
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
If the RCM detects an open or short to ground on the PAD indicator circuit, it will store DTC B1884 in memory
and send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag warning indicator.
 DTC B1884 PAD Warning Lamp Circuit Failure - If the RCM detects an open circuit or short to ground
on the PAD indicator circuit, it will set this DTC.

 PAD indicator
 RCM
PINPOINT TEST D: DTC B1884 - PAD WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT FAILURE

connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

to the customer.
D1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

YES : If the PAD indicator does illuminate, go to D2.

If the PAD indicator does not illuminate, go to D4.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to D8.
D2 CHECK CIRCUIT CR116 (GN/WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Repowering.
 Disconnect: PAD Indicator C2355
Fig. 6: Measuring Resistance Between PAD Indicator C2355-2, Circuit CR116 (GN/WH) &
Ground
Measure the resistance between PAD indicator C2355-2, circuit CR116 (GN/WH), harness side and

ground.
 Is resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
YES : Go to D7.
NO : Go to D3.
D3 CHECK THE RCM FOR LOW RESISTANCE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Disconnect: RCM C310a and C310b
Fig. 7: Checking RCM For Low Resistance

Measure the resistance between RCM C310a pin 19, component side and ground.

YES : REPAIR circuit CR116 (GN/WH). Go to D9.

NO : Go to D7.
D4 CHECK CIRCUIT CR116 (GN/WH) FOR AN OPEN
Repowering.
Fig. 8: Measuring Resistance Between PAD Indicator C2355-2, Circuit CR116 (GN/WH) &
RCM C310A-19
 Measure the resistance between PAD indicator C2355-2, circuit CR116 (GN/WH), harness side and
RCM C310a-19, circuit CR116 (GN/WH), harness side.
 Is the resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
YES : Go to D5.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : REPAIR circuit CR116 (GN/WH). Go to D9.

D5 CHECK CIRCUIT CBP46 (WH/BU) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 9: Measuring Voltage Between PAD Indicator C2355-3, Circuit CBP46 (WH/BU) &
Ground
Measure the voltage between PAD indicator C2355-3, circuit CBP46 (WH/BU), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to D6.
NO : REPAIR circuit CBP46 (WH/BU). Go to D9.
D6 CHECK THE PAD INDICATOR LAMP
 Deactivate the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Deactivation and
Reactivation.
 Connect: PAD Indicator C2355
Fig. 10: Checking PAD Indicator Lamp

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connect a fused jumper wire between RCM C310a-19, circuit CR116 (GN/WH), harness side and

ground.
 Does the PAD indicator illuminate?
YES : Go to D7.
NO : INSTALL a new PAD indicator. REFER to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation (PAD)
Indicator. Go to D9.
D7 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT


Repowering.
 Connect: PAD Indicator C2355 (if previously disconnected)
 Connect: RCM C310a and C310b (if previously disconnected)
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to D9.
D8.
D8 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to D2.
NO : CHECK for causes of intermittent open or short to ground on circuit CR116 (GN/WH).
ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition key
frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same wire harness. Do not install any new SRS
D9.
D9 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 If previously directed to deactivate the SRS, reactivate the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at
this time. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Deactivation and Reactivation.
test direction.
Pinpoint Test E: DTC B1890 - PAD Warning Lamp Circuit Short to Battery
Normal Operation
When the ignition is in the ON position, the passenger air bag deactivation (PAD) indicator prove-out period is
initiated by the restraints control module (RCM). The RCM briefly activates the PAD indicator to verify to the
occupants correct functional operation of the PAD indicator. Refer to Air Bag and Safety Belt Pretensioner
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
If the RCM detects a short to battery on the PAD indicator circuit, it will store DTC B1890 in memory and send
a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag warning indicator.
 DTC B1890 PAD Warning Lamp Circuit Short to Battery - If the RCM detects a short to battery on the
PAD indicator circuit, it will set this DTC.

 PAD indicator
 RCM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PINPOINT TEST E: DTC B1890 - PAD WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY

connector.

to the customer.
E1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

YES : Go to E2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to E4.
E2 CHECK CIRCUIT CR116 (GN/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Repowering.
Fig. 11: Measuring Voltage Between PAD Indicator C2355-2, Circuit CR116 (GN/WH) &
Ground
Measure the voltage between PAD indicator C2355-2, circuit CR116 (GN/WH), harness side and

ground.
 Is the voltage less than 0.2 volt?
YES : Go to E3.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR116 (GN/WH). Go to E5.
E3 CHECK THE RCM
NOTE: This pinpoint test step will attempt to change the fault reported by the
RCM by inducing a different fault condition. If the fault reported changes,
this indicates the RCM is functioning correctly and is not the source of the
fault.

Repowering.
 Connect: RCM C310a and C310b
NOTE: DTC B1884 should be retrieved when carrying out the on-demand self
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
test due to an open on circuit CR116 (GN/WH). DTC B1890 should not
be retrieved at this time.
DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing on-demand DTCs with the PAD indicator disconnected, a

circuit failure fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the PAD warning lamp on-demand DTC change from indicating B1890 to B1884?
YES : INSTALL a new PAD indicator. Go to E5.

NO : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to E5.
E4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to E2.
NO : CHECK for causes of intermittent short to battery on circuit CR116 (GN/WH). ATTEMPT to
recreate the hard fault by flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition key frequently.
ACTIVATE other systems in the same wire harness. Do not install any new SRS components at
this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test.
REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to E5.
E5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test F: DTC B2290 - Occupant Classification System Fault
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: DTC B2290 reported by the restraint control module (RCM) is informational only
and indicates the presence of a fault in the occupant classification system
module (OCSM). Refer to DTC Charts when DTC B2290 is reported by the RCM
for diagnostic instructions.
NOTE: The following pinpoint test must only be used to diagnose DTC B2290 when
reported by the OCSM.
Normal Operation
System (SRS).
The OCSM monitors the 4 OCS weight sensor bolts and circuity for faults. If the OCSM detects a fault with the
sensor(s) or circuitry, it will store DTC B2290 in memory and send a message to the RCM. The RCM will store
DTC B2290 in memory and send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag
warning indicator.

When the OCSM senses a short to
Passenger Seat OCS Sensor voltage on the OCS weight sensor bolt
2290_0_OD and 2290_0_CM
No. 4 Circuit Short to Battery No. 4 circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
Passenger Seat OCS Sensor ground on the OCS weight sensor bolt
2290_1_OD and 2290_1_CM
No. 4 Circuit Short to Ground No. 4 circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
Passenger Seat OCS Sensor communication fault or open circuits
2290_2_OD and 2290_2_CM
No. 4 Comm. Fault/Open on the OCS weight sensor bolt No. 4,
a fault will be indicated.
When the OCSM senses a internal
Passenger Seat OCS Sensor
2290_3_OD and 2290_3_CM fault with the OCS weight sensor bolt
No. 4 Internal Fault
No. 4, a fault will be indicated.
2290_4_OD and 2290_4_CM
No. 3 Circuit Short to Battery No. 3 circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
2290_5_OD and 2290_5_CM
No. 3 Circuit Short to Ground No. 3 circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
No. 3 Comm. Fault/Openon the OCS weight sensor bolt No. 3,

2290_6_OD and 2290_6_CM
No. 3 Internal Fault
2290_8_OD and 2290_8_CM
No.2 Circuit Short to Battery No. 2 circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
2290_9_OD and 2290_9_CM
No.2 Circuit Short to Ground No. 2 circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
2290_10_OD and 2290_10_CM
No.2 Comm. Fault/Open on the OCS weight sensor bolt No. 2,
No.2 Internal Fault
2290_12_OD and 2290_12_CM
No.1 Circuit Short to Battery No. 1 circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
2290_13_OD and 2290_13_CM
No.1 Circuit Short to Ground No. 1 circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
2290_14_OD and 2290_14_CM
No.1 Comm. Fault/Open on the OCS weight sensor bolt No. 1
circuits, a fault will be indicated.
Passenger Seat OCS Sensor fault with the OCS weight sensor bolt
2290_15_OD and 2290_15_CM
No.1 Internal Fault No. 1 circuits, a fault will be
indicated.

 OCS system component
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PINPOINT TEST F: DTC B2290 - OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM FAULT
WARNING: Always wear eye protection when servicing a vehicle. Failure to follow
this instruction may result in serious personal injury.

connector.

to the customer.
F1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

 Do any OCSM on-demand DTC B2290 fault PIDs indicate a fault?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to F2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to F36.
F2 CHECK THE SEAT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
Repowering.
 Were any problems noted?
YES : REPAIR the seat connectors and wiring as needed. Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING
DIAGRAMS article, Connector Repair Procedures for schematic and connector information. Go to
F37.
NO : Using the fault PIDs recorded in step F1, go to the appropriate pinpoint test step.
For 2290_3_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No. 4 Internal Fault), 2290_7_OD (Passenger Seat
OCS Sensor No. 3 Internal Fault), 2290_11_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No.2 Internal Fault)
or 2290_15_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No.1 Internal Fault), INSTALL a new OCS weight
sensor bolt. REFER to Occupant Classification Sensor - Manual Seat Track or Occupant
Classification Sensor - Power Seat Track.
For 2290_14_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No.1 Comm. Fault/Open), go to F3.
For 2290_13_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No.1 Circuit Short to Ground), go to F7.
For 2290_12_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No.1 Circuit Short to Battery), go to F9.
For 2290_6_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No. 3 Comm. Fault/Open), go to F19.
For 2290_5_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No. 3 Circuit Short to Ground), go to F23.
For 2290_4_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No. 3 Circuit Short to Battery), go to F25.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
F3 CHECK CIRCUITS CR140 (YE/GN), VR211 (WH/BN) AND RR140 (GN/OG) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 C3324
Fig. 12: Measuring Resistance Between OCSM C3159-5, Circuit VR211 (WH/BN) & OCS
Weight Sensor Bolt 1 C3324-3
Measure the resistance between OCSM C3159-5, circuit VR211 (WH/BN), harness side and OCS

weight sensor bolt 1 C3324-3, circuit VR211 (WH/BN), harness side; between OCSM C3159-2,
circuit CR140 (YE/GN), harness side and OCS weight sensor bolt 1 C3324-1, circuit CR140
(YE/GN), harness side; and between OCSM C3159-5, circuit RR140 (GN/OG), harness side and
OCS weight sensor bolt 1 C3324-2, circuit RR140 (GN/OG), harness side.
 Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
YES : Go to F4.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR140 (YE/GN), circuit VR211 (WH/BN) or circuit RR140 (GN/OG). Refer
to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Connector Repair Procedures for
schematic and connector information. Go to F37.
F4 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN CIRCUITS CR140 (YE/GN), VR211 (WH/BN) AND
RR140 (GN/OG)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 1:


 C3324-1, circuit CR140 (YE/GN), harness side and C3324-3, circuit VR211 (WH/BN),
harness side.
 C3324-1, circuit CR140 (YE/GN), harness side and C3324-2, circuit RR140 (GN/OG),
harness side.
 C3324-3, circuit VR211 (WH/BN), harness side and C3324-2, circuit RR140 (GN/OG),
harness side.
YES : Go to F5.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuits, circuits CR140 (YE/GN), VR211 (WH/BN) and/or RR140
(GN/OG). Go to F37.
F5 CHECK CIRCUIT VR211 (WH/BN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag Module C327

Measure the voltage between OCS weight sensor bolt 1 C3324-3, circuit VR211 (WH/BN), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to F6.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR211 (WH/BN). Go to F37.
F6 CHECK CIRCUIT VR211 (WH/BN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 1 C3324-3, circuit VR211 (WH/BN),

YES : INSTALL a new OCS weight sensor bolt 1. REFER to Occupant Classification Sensor -
Manual Seat Track or Occupant Classification Sensor - Power Seat Track. Go to F37.
F7 CHECK CIRCUIT VR211 (WH/BN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND A SHORT TO
CIRCUIT RR140 (GN/OG)

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 1 C3324-3, circuit VR211 (WH/BN),

harness side and ground; and between OCS weight sensor bolt 1 C3324-3, circuit VR211
(WH/BN), harness side and C3324-2, circuit RR140 (GN/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to F8.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR211 (WH/BN) and/or circuit RR140 (GN/OG). Go to F37.
F8 CHECK CIRCUIT CR140 (YE/GN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 17: Measuring Resistance Between OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 C3324-1, Circuit CR140
(YE/GN) & OCSM C3159-2
Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 1 C3324-1, circuit CR140 (YE/GN),

harness side and OCSM C3159-2, circuit CR140 (YE/GN), harness side.
 Is the resistances less than 5 ohms?
YES : Go to F35.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR140 (YE/GN). Go to F37.
F9 CHECK CIRCUIT RR140 (GN/OG) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 1 C3324-2, circuit RR140 (GN/OG),

YES : Go to F10.
NO : REPAIR circuit RR140 (GN/OG). Go to F37.
F10 CHECK CIRCUIT VR211 (WH/BN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Measure the voltage between OCS weight sensor bolt 1 C3324-3, circuit VR211 (WH/BN), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to F35.
F11 CHECK CIRCUITS CR141 (BN/YE), VR212 (YE/GN) AND RR141 (VT/BN) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 20: Measuring Resistance Between OCSM C3159-4, Circuit VR212 (YE/GN) & OCS
Sensor 2 C3325-3
 Measure the resistance between OCSM C3159-4, circuit VR212 (YE/GN), harness side and OCS
sensor 2 C3325-3, circuit VR212 (YE/GN), harness side; between OCSM C3159-10, circuit CR141
(BN/YE), harness side and OCS sensor 2 C3325-1, circuit CR141 (BN/YE), harness side; and
between OCSM C3159-13, circuit RR141 (VT/BN), harness side and OCS sensor 2 C3325-2,
circuit RR141 (VT/BN), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to F12.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR141 (BN/YE), circuit VR212 (YE/GN) or circuit RR141 (VT/BN). Go to
F37.
F12 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN CIRCUITS CR141 (BN/YE), VR212 (YE/GN) AND
RR141 (VT/BN)



 C3325-1, circuit CR141 (BN/YE), harness side and C3325-3, circuit VR212 (YE/GN),
harness side.
 C3325-1, circuit CR141 (BN/YE), harness side and C3325-2, circuit RR141 (VT/BN),
harness side.
 C3325-3, circuit VR212 (YE/GN), harness side and C3325-2, circuit RR141 (VT/BN),
harness side.
YES : Go to F13.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuits, circuits CR141 (BN/YE), VR212 (YE/GN) and/or RR141
(VT/BN). Go to F37.
F13 CHECK CIRCUIT VR212 (YE/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between OCS weight sensor bolt 2 C3325-3, circuit VR212 (YE/GN), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to F14.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR212 (YE/GN). Go to F37.
F14 CHECK CIRCUIT VR212 (YE/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 2 C3325-3, circuit VR212 (YE/GN),

F15 CHECK CIRCUIT VR212 (YE/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND A SHORT TO
CIRCUIT RR141 (VT/BN)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 2 C3325-3, circuit VR212 (YE/GN),

harness side and ground; and between OCS weight sensor bolt 2 C3325-3, circuit VR212 (YE/GN),
harness side and C3325-2, circuit RR141 (VT/BN), harness side.
YES : Go to F16.
NO : REPAIR circuits VR212 (YE/GN) and RR141 (VT/BN). Go to F37.
F16 CHECK CIRCUIT CR141 (BN/YE) FOR AN OPEN
(BN/YE) & OCSM C3159-10
Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 2 C3325-1, circuit CR141 (BN/YE), and

OCSM C3159-10, circuit CR141 (BN/YE), harness side.
YES : Go to F35.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR141 (BN/YE). Go to F37.
F17 CHECK CIRCUIT RR141 (VT/BN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 2 C3325-2, circuit RR141 (VT/BN),

YES : Go to F18.
NO : REPAIR circuit RR141 (VT/BN). Go to F37.
F18 CHECK CIRCUIT VR212 (YE/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage between OCS weight sensor bolt 2 C3325-3, circuit VR212 (YE/GN), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to F35.
F19 CHECK CIRCUITS CR153 (GN/WH), VR226 (YE/GY) AND RR153 (GY/BU) FOR AN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
OPEN
Fig. 28: Measuring Resistance Between OCSM C3159-7, Circuit VR226 (YE/GY) & OCS
Measure the resistance between OCSM C3159-7, circuit VR226 (YE/GY), harness side and OCS

weight sensor bolt 3 C3330-3, circuit VR226 (YE/GY), harness side; between OCSM C3159-8,
circuit CR153 (GN/WH), harness side and OCS sensor 3 C3330-1, circuit CR153 (GN/WH),
harness side; and between OCSM C3159-6, circuit RR153 (GY/BU), harness side and OCS sensor
3 C3330-2, circuit RR153 (GY/BU), harness side.
YES : Go to F20.
NO : REPAIR circuits CR153 (GN/WH), VR226 (YE/GY) or RR153 (GY/BU). Go to F37.
F20 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN CIRCUITS CR153 (GN/WH), VR226 (YE/GY) AND
RR153 (GY/BU)

 Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 3:

 C3330-1, circuit CR153 (GN/WH), harness side and C3330-3, circuit VR226 (YE/GY),
harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
C3330-1, circuit CR153 (GN/WH), harness side and C3330-2, circuit RR153 (GY/BU),

harness side.
 C3330-3, circuit VR226 (YE/GY), harness side and C3330-2, circuit RR153 (GY/BU),
harness side.
YES : Go to F21.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuits, circuits CR153 (GN/WH), VR226 (YE/GY) and/or RR153
(GY/BU). Go to F37.
F21 CHECK CIRCUIT VR226 (YE/GY) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage between OCS weight sensor bolt 3 C3330-3, circuit VR226 (YE/GY), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to F22.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR226 (YE/GY). Go to F37.
F22 CHECK CIRCUIT VR226 (YE/GY) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 3 C3330-3, circuit VR226 (YE/GY),

F23 CHECK CIRCUIT VR226 (YE/GY) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND A SHORT TO
CIRCUIT RR153 (GY/BU)

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 3 C3330-3, circuit VR226 (YE/GY),

harness side and ground; and between OCS weight sensor bolt 3 C3330-3, circuit VR226 (YE/GY),
harness side and C3291-2, circuit RR153 (GY/BU), harness side.
YES : Go to F24.
NO : REPAIR circuits VR226 (YE/GY) and/or RR153 (GY/BU). Go to F37.
F24 CHECK CIRCUIT CR153 (GN/WH) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(GN/WH) & OCSM C3159-8
Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 3 C3330-1, circuit CR153 (GN/WH),

harness side and OCSM C3159-8, circuit CR153 (GN/WH), harness side.
YES : Go to F35.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR153 (GN/WH). Go to F37.
F25 CHECK CIRCUIT RR153 (GY/BU) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 3 C3330-2, circuit RR153 (GY/BU),

YES : Go to F26.
NO : REPAIR circuit RR153 (GY/BU). Go to F37.
F26 CHECK CIRCUIT VR226 (YE/GY) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Measure the voltage between OCS weight sensor bolt 3 C3330-3, circuit VR226 (YE/GY), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to F35.
F27 CHECK CIRCUITS CR154 (VT/OG), VR227 (VT/GN) AND RR154 (VT/WH) FOR AN
OPEN
Fig. 36: Measuring Resistance Between OCSM C3159-16, Circuit VR227 (VT/GN) & OCS
 Measure the resistance between OCSM C3159-16, circuit VR227 (VT/GN), harness side and OCS
weight sensor bolt 4 C3331-3, circuit VR227 (VT/GN), harness side; between OCSM C3159-17,
circuit CR154 (VT/OG), harness side and OCS sensor 4 C3331-1, circuit CR154 (VT/OG), harness
side; and between OCSM C3159-15, circuit RR154 (VT/WH), harness side and OCS sensor 4
C3331-2, circuit RR154 (VT/WH), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Are the resistances less than 0.5 ohm?


YES : Go to F28.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR154 (VT/OG), circuit VR227 (VT/GN) or circuit RR154 (VT/WH). Go to
F37.
F28 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN CIRCUITS CR154 (VT/OG), VR227 (VT/GN) AND
RR154 (VT/WH)



 C3331-1, circuit CR154 (VT/OG), harness side and C3331-3, circuit VR227 (VT/GN),
harness side.
 C3331-1, circuit CR154 (VT/OG), harness side and C3331-2, circuit RR154 (VT/WH),
harness side.
 C3331-3, circuit VR227 (VT/GN), harness side and C3331-2, circuit RR154 (VT/WH),
harness side.
YES : Go to F29.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuits, circuits CR154 (VT/OG), VR227 (VT/GN) and/or RR154
(VT/WH). Go to F37.
F29 CHECK CIRCUIT VR227 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between OCS weight sensor bolt 4 C3331-3, circuit VR227 (VT/GN), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to F30.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR227 (VT/GN). Go to F37.
F30 CHECK CIRCUIT VR227 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 4 C3331-3, circuit VR227 (VT/GN),

F31 CHECK CIRCUIT VR227 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND AND A SHORT TO
CIRCUIT RR154 (VT/WH)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 4 C3331-3, circuit VR227 (VT/GN),

harness side and ground; and between C3331-3, circuit VR227 (VT/GN), harness side and C3331-
2, circuit RR154 (VT/WH), harness side.
YES : Go to F32.
NO : REPAIR circuits VR227 (VT/GN) and/or RR154 (VT/WH). Go to F37.
F32 CHECK CIRCUIT CR154 (VT/OG) FOR AN OPEN
(VT/OG) & OCSM C3159-17
Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 4 C3331-1, circuit CR154 (VT/OG),

harness side and OCSM C3159-17, circuit CR154 (VT/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to F35.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR154 (VT/OG). Go to F37.
F33 CHECK CIRCUIT RR154 (VT/WH) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between OCS weight sensor bolt 4 C3331-2, circuit RR154 (VT/WH),

YES : Go to F34.
NO : REPAIR circuit RR154 (VT/WH). Go to F37.
F34 CHECK CIRCUIT VR227 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage between OCS weight sensor bolt 4 C3331-3, circuit VR227 (VT/GN), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to F35.
F35 CONFIRM THE OCS MODULE FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Repowering.
 Connect: OCSM C3159 (if previously disconnected)
 Connect: Affected OCS Weight Sensor Bolt Electrical Connector(s)
 Does the original OCSM on-demand DTC B2290 fault PID indicate a fault?
Go to F37.
F36.
F36 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
 Do any OCSM on-demand DTC B2290 fault PIDs indicate a fault?
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test.
Using the fault PIDs recorded, go to the appropriate pinpoint test step.
For 2290_3_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No. 4 Internal Fault), 2290_7_OD (Passenger Seat
OCS Sensor No. 3 Internal Fault), 2290_11_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No.2 Internal Fault)
or 2290_15_OD (Passenger Seat OCS Sensor No.1 Internal Fault), INSTALL a new OCS weight
sensor bolt. REFER to Occupant Classification Sensor - Manual Seat Track or Occupant
Classification Sensor - Power Seat Track.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing
the wire harness and cycling the ignition key frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same
wire harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should
only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring,
terminal or connector concerns found. Go to F37.
F37 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pinpoint Test G: DTC B2292 - Restraint System - Seatbelt Pretensioner Fault
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) continuously monitors the safety belt retractor pretensioner circuits for an
acceptable resistance range, unacceptable voltage and shorts to ground. The RCM will set on-demand and store
DTC B2292 in memory if any of these conditions are detected to be outside of their respectful range. If the
RCM detects a fault, it will send a message to the Instrument Cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag
warning indicator.
As the RCM continuously monitors safety belt retractor pretensioner circuits for resistance, it expects a normal
resistance between 1.4 and 3.5 ohms.
If a loop resistance is between 0.9 and 1.4 or between 3.5 and 5 ohms, there exists a strong potential for an
intermittent fault, a DTC may or may not set. The RCM will also set an on-demand DTC if the loop resistance
is less than 0.9 ohm or greater than 5 ohms.

When the RCM senses a short to
Pretensioner Circuit Short to ground on either of the passenger
2292_24_OD and 2292_24_CM
Ground, Front Passenger Side pretensioner circuits, a fault will
be indicated.
Pretensioner Circuit Short to voltage on either of the
2292_25_OD and 2292_25_CM
Battery, Front Passenger Side passenger pretensioner circuits, a
When the RCM measures
resistance greater than 5 ohms
Pretensioner Circuit Open, Front
2292_26_OD and 2292_26_CM between the passenger
Passenger Side
pretensioner circuits, a fault will
be indicated.
resistance less than 0.9 ohm
Pretensioner Circuit Resistance
2292_27_OD and 2292_27_CM between the passenger
Low, Front Passenger Side
pretensioner circuits, a fault will
be indicated.
Pretensioner Circuit Short to ground on either of the driver
2292_28_OD and 2292_28_CM
Ground, Front Driver Side pretensioner circuits, a fault will
be indicated.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Pretensioner Circuit Short to voltage on either of the driver
2292_29_OD and 2292_29_CM
Battery, Front Driver Side pretensioner circuits, a fault will
be indicated.
Pretensioner Circuit Open, Front resistance greater than 5 ohms
2292_30_OD and 2292_30_CM
Driver Side between the driver pretensioner
Pretensioner Circuit Resistance resistance less than 0.9 ohm
2292_31_OD and 2292_31_CM
Low, Front Driver Side between the driver pretensioner
NOTE: When monitoring fault and/or resistance PIDs with the scan tool, it may take up
to 2 seconds for the scan tool display to update.

 Safety belt retractor pretensioner
 RCM
PINPOINT TEST G: DTC B2292 - RESTRAINT SYSTEM - SEATBELT PRETENSIONER FAULT

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

connector.

to the customer.
G1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger - RCM - View and Record
All B2292 Fault PIDs
For 2292_31_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Low, Front Driver Side), go to G2.
For 2292_30_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Open, Front Driver Side), go to G2.
For 2292_28_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground, Front Driver Side), go to G8.
For 2292_29_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Battery, Front Driver Side), go to G10.
For 2292_27_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Low, Front Passenger Side), go to G11.
For 2292_26_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Open, Front Passenger Side), go to G11.
For 2292_24_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground, Front Passenger Side), go to G17.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
For 2292_25_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Battery, Front Passenger Side), go to G19.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time.
For 2292_31_CM (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Low, Front Driver Side), 2292_30_CM
(Pretensioner Circuit Open, Front Driver Side), 2292_27_CM (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance
Low, Front Passenger Side) or 2292_26_CM (Pretensioner Circuit Open, Front Passenger Side), go
to G22.
For 2292_28_CM (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground, Front Driver Side) or 2292_24_CM
(Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground, Front Passenger Side), go to G24.
For 2292_29_CM (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Battery, Front Driver Side) or 2292_25_CM
(Pretensioner Circuit Short to Battery, Front Passenger Side), go to G25.
G2 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER RESISTANCE PID

(DR_PTENS)
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger - RCM
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DR_PTENS (Pretensioner Circuit
Resistance, Driver Side) Resistance PID
 Is the resistance PID value between 1.4 and 3.5 ohms
YES : Go to G21.
NO : Go to G3.
G3 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER RESISTANCE PID
(DR_PTENS) WHILE CARRYING OUT A HARNESS TEST
 Continue monitoring the DR_PTENS (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance, Driver Side) resistance PID
while carrying out a harness test of the driver safety belt retractor pretensioner circuits and
accessible connectors (including any inline connectors), by wiggling connectors and flexing the
wire harness.
 Does the resistance PID value read between 1.4 and 3.5 ohms while carrying out a harness
test?
YES : DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness as needed. Refer
schematic and connector information. Go to G26.
NO : If the driver safety belt retractor pretensioner resistance PID is less than 1.4 ohms, go to G4.
If the driver safety belt retractor pretensioner resistance PID is greater than 3.5 ohms, go to G6.
G4 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FOR LOW

RESISTANCE FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
fault.


Repowering.
 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner C323
the Following Fault PIDs
 2292_30_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Open, Front Driver Side)
 2292_31_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Low, Front Driver Side)
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing DTC B2292 on-demand fault PIDs with the driver
pretensioner disconnected, an open circuit fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the driver safety belt retractor pretensioner on-demand fault PIDs change from
indicating a low resistance to an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to G20.
NO : Go to G5.
G5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR
PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS CR120 (BU/OG) AND RR120 (BN/GN)
Repowering.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between driver safety belt retractor pretensioner C323-1, circuit CR120

(BU/OG), harness side and C323-2, circuit RR120 (GN/RD), harness side.
YES : Go to G21.
NO : REPAIR circuits CR120 (BU/OG) and RR120 (BN/GN). Go to G26.
G6 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FOR AN OPEN
fault.


Repowering.
 Connect a fused jumper wire between driver safety belt retractor pretensioner C3201-1, circuit
CR120 (BU/OG), harness side and C3201-2, circuit RR120 (BN/GN), harness side.
 2292_31_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Low, Front Driver Side)
pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the driver safety belt retractor pretensioner on-demand fault PIDs change from
indicating an open circuit to a low resistance fault?
YES : Go to G20.
NO : Go to G7.
G7 CHECK CIRCUITS CR120 (BU/OG) AND RR120 (BN/GN) FOR AN OPEN
Repowering.
 Remove the fused jumper wire from the driver safety belt retractor pretensioner C323.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-31, circuit CR120 (BU/OG), harness side and driver

safety belt retractor pretensioner C323-2, circuit CR120 (BU/OG), harness side; and between RCM
C310b-32, circuit RR120 (BN/GN), harness side and driver safety belt retractor pretensioner C323-
1, circuit RR120 (GN/RD), harness side.
 Are resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
YES : Go to G21.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR120 (BU/OG) or circuit RR120 (GN/RD). Go to G26.
G8 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
fault.

Repowering.
 2292_28_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground, Front Driver Side)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Did the driver safety belt retractor pretensioner on-demand fault PIDs change from

indicating a short to ground to an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to G20.
NO : Go to G9.
G9 CHECK CIRCUITS CR120 (BU/OG) AND RR120 (GN/RD) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Repowering.

Measure the resistance between driver safety belt retractor pretensioner C323-2, circuit CR120

(BU/OG), harness side and ground; and between driver safety belt retractor pretensioner C323-1,
circuit RR120 (GN/RD), and ground.
 Are resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?
YES : Go to G21.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR120 (BU/OG) or circuit RR120 (GN/RD). Go to G26.
G10 CHECK CIRCUITS CR120 (BU/OG) AND RR120 (BN/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between driver safety belt retractor pretensioner C323-2, circuit CR120

(BU/OG), harness side and ground; and between driver safety belt retractor pretensioner C323-1,
circuit RR120 (GN/RD), harness side and ground.
 Are voltages less than 0.2 volt?
YES : Go to G21.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR120 (BU/OG) or circuit RR120 (BN/GN). Go to G26.
G11 CHECK THE PASSENGER RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER RESISTANCE PID
(PS_PTENS)
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: PS_TENS (Pretensioner Circuit
Resistance, Passenger Side) Resistance PID
 Is the resistance PID value between 1.4 and 3.5 ohms?
YES : Go to G21.
NO : Go to G12.
G12 CHECK THE PASSENGER SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER
RESISTANCE PID (PS_PTENS) WHILE CARRYING OUT A HARNESS TEST
 Continue monitoring the PS_TENS (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance, Passenger Side) resistance
PID while carrying out a harness test of the passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner circuits and
accessible connectors (including any inline connectors), by wiggling connectors and flexing the
wire harness.
 Does the resistance PID value read between 1.4 and 3.5 ohms while carrying out the harness
test?
schematic and connector information. Go to G26.
NO : If the passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner resistance PID is less than 1.4 ohms, go to
G13.
If the passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner resistance PID is greater than 3.5 ohms, go to
G15.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
G13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FOR LOW
RESISTANCE FAULT
fault.


Repowering.
 Disconnect: Passenger Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner C303
 2292_26_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Open, Front Passenger Side)
 2292_27_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Low, Front Passenger Side)
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing DTC B2292 on-demand fault PIDs with the passenger
 Did the passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner on-demand fault PIDs change from
indicating a low resistance to an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to G21.
NO : Go to G14.
G14 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN PASSENGER SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR
PRETENSIONER CIRCUITS RR122 (BN) AND CR122 (WH/OG)
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between passenger safety belt pretensioner C303-2, circuit CR122

(WH/OG), harness side and C303-1, circuit RR122 (BN), harness side.
YES : Go to G21.
NO : REPAIR circuits CR122 (WH/OG) and RR122 (BN). Go to G26.
G15 CHECK THE PASSENGER SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FOR AN
OPEN
fault.

Repowering.
 Connect a fused jumper wire between passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner C303-1, circuit
CR122 (WH/OG), harness side and C303-2, circuit RR122 (BN), harness side.
 2292_27_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Low, Front Passenger Side)
pretensioner circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault would normally be retrieved.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Did the passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner on-demand fault PIDs change from

indicating an open circuit to a low resistance fault?
YES : Go to G20.
NO : Go to G16.
G16 CHECK CIRCUITS CR122 (WH/OG) AND RR122 (BN) FOR AN OPEN
Repowering.
 Remove the passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner fused jumper wire.

Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-34, circuit RR122 (BN), harness side and passenger

safety belt retractor pretensioner C303-1, circuit RR122 (BU/RD), harness side; and between RCM
C310b-33, circuit CR122 (WH/OG), harness side and passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner
C303-2, circuit CR122 (WH/OG), harness side.
 Is resistances less than 0.5 ohm?
YES : Go to G21.
NO : REPAIR circuit RR122 (BN) or circuit CR122 (WH/OG). Go to G26.
G17 CHECK THE PASSENGER SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FOR A
SHORT TO GROUND
fault.

Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time. Refer to Supplemental Restraint

 2292_24_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground, Front Passenger Side)
 Did the passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner on-demand fault PIDs change from
indicating a short to ground to an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to G20.
NO : Go to G18.
G18 CHECK CIRCUITS CR122 (WH/OG) AND RR122 (BN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Repowering.

Measure the resistance between passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner C303-2, circuit CR122

(WH/OG), harness side and ground; and between passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner C303-
1, circuit RR122 (BN), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to G21.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR122 (WH/OG) or circuit RR122 (BN). Go to G26.
G19 CHECK CIRCUITS RR122 (BN) AND CR122 (WH/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Repowering.

Measure the voltage between passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner C303-1, circuit RR122

(BN), harness side and ground; and between passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner C303-2,
circuit CR122 (WH/OG), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to G21.
NO : REPAIR circuit RR122 (BN) or circuit CR122 (WH/OG). Go to G26.
G20 CONFIRM THE SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER FAULT
NOTE: Make sure all restraint system components, sensor electrical connectors
and the RCM electrical connectors are connected before carrying out the
on-demand self test. If not, erroneous DTCs will be recorded.

Repowering.
 Connect: Affected Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner C323 (Driver) C303 (Passenger)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Does the original RCM on-demand DTC B2292 fault PID indicate a fault?
YES : INSTALL a new driver or passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner. REFER to SAFETY
BELT SYSTEM article. Go to G26.
NO : In the process of diagnosing the fault, the fault condition has become intermittent. Using the
fault PIDs recorded, go to the appropriate pinpoint test step and CHECK for causes of the
intermittent fault in the areas previously worked in, particularly the pins and terminals of any
electrical connector that were disconnected.
to G22.
G21 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT

Repowering.
 Connect: All Restraint System Components (if previously disconnected)
YES : INSTALL a new RCM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to Restraints Control Module
(RCM). Go to G26.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
terminals of any electrical connector that were disconnected.
to G22.
G22 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT PRETENSIONER LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN

CIRCUIT FAULT
 If the fault PID was reported for the driver safety belt retractor pretensioner, monitor the following
on the scan tool:
 DR_PTENS (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance, Driver Side) resistance PID.
 2292_30_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Open, Front Driver Side) and 2292_31_OD (Pretensioner
Circuit Resistance Low, Front Driver Side) on-demand fault PIDs.
 If the fault PID was reported for the passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner, monitor the
following on the scan tool:
 PS_PTENS (Pretensioner Circuit Resistance, Passenger Side) resistance PID.
 2292_26_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Open, Front Passenger Side) and 2292_27_OD

(Pretensioner Circuit Resistance Low, Front Passenger Side) on-demand fault PIDs.
NOTE: A resistance PID that reads between 0.9 and 1.4 ohms or between 3.5
and 5 ohms may or may not set an on-demand DTC, yet indicates a
strong potential of an intermittent fault condition. Make sure to
thoroughly check wire harness(es), connectors and terminals as they
are the likely source of the fault condition.
Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling the connectors (including any inline connectors) and

flexing the wire harness.
 Does any safety belt retractor pretensioner on-demand fault PID indicate a fault is present or
is the pretensioner resistance PID less than 1.4 ohms or greater than 3.5 ohms?
YES : DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR as necessary. Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING
G26.
NO : Go to G23.
G23 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and

Repowering.
 Disconnect the affected safety belt retractor pretensioner C323 (driver) or C303 (passenger):
 inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread
terminals and loose or frayed wire connections at terminals.
 inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
 Were any concerns found?
YES : REPAIR as necessary. Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article,

Connector Repair Procedures for schematic and connector information. Go to G26.
NO : The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. Do not install any new SRS
the pinpoint test. Go to G26.
G24 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER
CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
 If the fault PID was reported for the driver safety belt retractor pretensioner, monitor the
2292_28_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground, Front Driver Side) on-demand fault PID on
the scan tool.
2292_24_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Ground, Front Passenger Side) on-demand fault PID
on the scan tool.
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When monitoring fault PIDs with the scan tool, it may take up to 2 seconds
for the scan tool display to update.
 Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing
the wire harness.
 Does any safety belt retractor pretensioner on-demand fault PID indicate a fault is present?
G26.
G25 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT SAFETY BELT RETRACTOR PRETENSIONER
CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
If the fault PID was reported for the driver safety belt retractor pretensioner, monitor the

2292_29_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Battery, Front Driver Side) on-demand fault PID.
2292_25_OD (Pretensioner Circuit Short to Battery, Front Passenger Side) on-demand fault PID.
 Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling the connectors (including any inline connectors) and
flexing the wire harness.
 Does the safety belt retractor pretensioner short to battery on-demand fault PID indicate a
fault?
G26.
G26 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test H: DTC B2293 - Restraint System - Air Bag Fault
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) continuously monitors all front air bag module circuits (loop) for an
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
acceptable resistance range, unacceptable voltage and shorts to ground. The RCM will set on-demand and store
DTC B2293 in memory if any of these conditions are detected to be outside of their respectful range. If the
RCM detects a fault, it will send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag
warning indicator.
As the RCM continuously monitors all front air bag module circuits for resistance, it expects a normal
resistance for the driver air bag module loop 1 and 2, between 1.7 and 4.4 ohms.
The normal expected resistance for the passenger air bag module loop 1 and 2 is between 1.4 and 3.5 ohms.
If a loop resistance for the driver air bag loop 1 or 2 is between 0.9 and 1.7 or between 4.4 and 5 ohms, there
exists a strong potential for an intermittent fault, a DTC may or may not set. The RCM will also set an on-
demand DTC if the loop resistance is less than 0.9 ohm or greater than 5 ohms.
If a loop resistance for the passenger air bag loop 1 & 2 is between 0.9 and 1.4 or between 3.5 and 5 ohms, there
exists a strong potential for an intermittent fault, a DTC may or may not set. The RCM will also set an on-
demand DTC if the loop resistance is less than 0.9 ohm or greater than 5 ohms.

Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance resistance less than 0.9 ohm
2293_16_OD and 2293_16_CM Low - Loop No. 2, Front between the passenger air bag
Passenger Side loop circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No.
2293_17_OD and 2293_17_CM between the passenger air bag
2, Front Passenger Side
loop circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
When the RCM senses a short
to voltage on either on the
Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery -
2293_18_OD and 2293_18_CM passenger air bag loop
Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side
circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
to ground on either on the
Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground -
indicated.
2293_20_OD and 2293_20_CM Low - Loop No. 2, Front Driver between the driver air bag
Side loop circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
between the driver air bag

2293_21_OD and 2293_21_CM loop circuits, a fault will be
2, Front Driver Side
indicated.
Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - to voltage on either on the
2293_22_OD and 2293_22_CM
Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side driver air bag loop circuits, a
Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - to ground on either on the
2293_23_OD and 2293_23_CM
2293_24_OD and 2293_24_CM Low - Loop No. 1, Front between the passenger air bag
Passenger Side loop circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
2293_25_OD and 2293_25_CM between the passenger air bag
1, Front Passenger Side
indicated.
Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery -
indicated.
indicated.
2293_28_OD and 2293_28_CM Low - Loop No. 1, Front Driver between the driver air bag
Side loop circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
2293_29_OD and 2293_29_CM between the driver air bag
1, Front Driver Side
indicated.
Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - to voltage on either on the
2293_30_OD and 2293_30_CM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

2293_31_OD and 2293_31_CM driver air bag loop circuits, a
Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side

 Clockspring
 Driver air bag module
 Passenger air bag module
 RCM
PINPOINT TEST H: DTC B2293 - RESTRAINT SYSTEM - AIR BAG FAULT
connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
to the customer.
H1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

 Do any RCM on-demand DTC B2293 fault PIDs indicate a fault?
For 2293_28_OD (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side), go to
H2.
For 2293_29_OD (Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side), go to H2.
For 2293_31_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side), go to H10.
For 2293_30_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side), go to H13.
For 2293_20_OD (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side), go to
H15.
For 2293_21_OD (Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side), go to H15.
For 2293_23_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side), go to H23.
For 2293_22_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side), go to H26.
For 2293_24_OD (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side), go
to H28.
For 2293_25_OD (Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side), go to H28.
For 2293_27_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side), go to
H34.
For 2293_26_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side), go to H36.
For 2293_16_OD (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side), go
to H37.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
For 2293_17_OD (Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side), go to H37.
For 2293_19_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side), go to
H43.
For 2293_18_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side), go to H45.
For 2293_28_CM (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side) or
2293_20_CM (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side), go to
H50.
For 2293_29_CM (Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side) or 2293_21_CM (Air
Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side), go to H50.
For 2293_31_CM (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side) or
2293_23_CM (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side), go to H51.
For 2293_30_CM (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side) or
2293_22_CM (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side), go to H53.
For 2293_24_CM (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side) or
2293_16_CM (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side), go to
H50.
For 2293_25_CM (Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side) or 2293_17_CM (Air
Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side), go to H50.
For 2293_27_CM (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side) or
2293_19_CM (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side), go to H52.
For 2293_26_CM (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side) or
2293_18_CM (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side), go to H54.
H2 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 RESISTANCE PID (D_ABAGR)
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: D_ABAGR (Driver Air Bag)
Resistance PID
YES : Go to H49.
NO : Go to H3.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
H3 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 RESISTANCE PID (D_ABAGR)
WHILE CARRYING OUT A HARNESS TEST
NOTE: Do not remove the driver air bag module from its mounted position at
this time.
 Continue monitoring the D_ABAGR (driver air bag) resistance PID while carrying out a harness
test of the driver air bag circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors) by
wiggling and flexing the wire harness, connectors and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
test?
YES : DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness or INSTALL a
new clockspring as needed. REFER to Clockspring. Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING
H56.
NO : If the driver air bag module loop 1 resistance PID is less than 1.7 ohms, go to H4.
If the driver air bag module loop 1 resistance PID is greater than 4.4 ohms, go to H7.
H4 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 LOW RESISTANCE FAULT
fault.

Repowering.
 Remove the driver air bag module. Refer to Driver Air Bag Module.
 2293_28_OD (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side)
 2293_29_OD (Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side)
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing DTC B2293 on-demand fault PIDs with the driver air bag
module disconnected, open circuit faults would normally be retrieved on loop 1 and loop 2.
 Did the driver air bag module loop 1 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a low
resistance to an open circuit fault?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to H46.
NO : Go to H5.
H5 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 CIRCUITS FOR LOW RESISTANCE
BETWEEN THE CLOCKSPRING AND RCM
fault.


 Disconnect: Clockspring C218
module/clockspring disconnected, open circuit faults would normally be retrieved on loop 1 and
loop 2.
YES : Go to H48.
NO : Go to H6.
H6 CHECK THE RCM FOR LOW RESISTANCE
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 52: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310A Pin 1 & C310A Pin 2, Component Side
Measure the resistance between RCM C310a pin 1 and C310a pin 2, component side.

YES : REPAIR circuits CR101 (VT/BN) and RR101 (YE/GN). Go to H56.

NO : Go to H49.
H7 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 FOR AN OPEN
fault.


Repowering.
 Connect a fused jumper wire between driver air bag module loop 1 electrical connector pin-1,
harness side and pin-2, harness side.
module loop 1 circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault would normally be retrieved on loop
1. Loop 2 will show an open circuit fault due to the driver air bag being disconnected.
 Did the driver air bag module loop 1 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a open
circuit to a low resistance fault?
YES : Go to H46.
NO : Go to H8.
H8 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN
THE CLOCKSPRING AND RCM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
fault.


 Remove the fused jumper wire from driver air bag module loop 1 electrical connector.
 Connect a fused jumper wire between clockspring C218-1, circuit CR101 (VT/BN), harness side
and clockspring C218-9, circuit RR101 (YE/GN), harness side.
 Did the driver air bag module loop 1 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a open
YES : Go to H48.
NO : Go to H9.
H9 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 CIRCUITS CR101 (VT/BN) AND
RR101 (YE/GN) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE CLOCKSPRING AND RCM
Repowering.
 Remove the fused jumper wire from the clockspring connector.
Fig. 53: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310A-1, Circuit CR101 (VT/BN) &
Clockspring C218-1
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between RCM C310a-1, circuit CR101 (VT/BN), harness side and

clockspring C218-1, circuit CR101 (VT/BN), harness side; and between RCM C310a-2, circuit
RR101 (YE/GN), harness side and clockspring C218-9, circuit RR101 (YE/GN), harness side.
YES : Go to H49.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR101 (VT/BN) or circuit RR101 (YE/GN). Go to H56.
H10 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
fault.


Repowering.
 2293_31_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side)
 Did the driver air bag module loop 1 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a short to
ground to an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to H46.
NO : Go to H11.
H11 CHECK DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE RCM AND CLOCKSPRING
fault.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Disconnect: Clockspring C218


 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing DTC B2293 on-demand fault PIDs with the clockspring
disconnected, open circuit faults would normally be retrieved on loop 1 and loop 2.
YES : Go to H48.
NO : Go to H12.
H12 CHECK CIRCUITS CR101 (VT/BN) AND RR101 (YE/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Repowering.

 Measure the resistance between clockspring C218-1, circuit CR101 (VT/BN), harness side and
ground; and between clockspring C218-9, circuit RR101 (YE/GN), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to H49.
NO : Due to the shorting bar feature in the RCM electrical connector, the fault can exist in either
circuit. Do not remove or defeat the shorting bar.
REPAIR circuit CR101 (VT/BN) or circuit RR101 (YE/GN). Go to H56.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
H13 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE BETWEEN THE RCM AND CLOCKSPRING
fault.


Repowering.
 2293_30_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side)
loop 2.
battery to an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to H48.
NO : Go to H14.
H14 CHECK CIRCUITS CR101 (VT/BN) AND RR101 (YE/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 55: Checking Circuit For Voltage

 Measure the voltage between clockspring C218-1, circuit CR101 (VT/BN), harness side and
ground; and between clockspring C218-9, circuit RR101 (YE/GN), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to H49.
REPAIR circuit CR101 (VT/BN) or circuit RR101 (YE/GN). Go to H56.
H15 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 RESISTANCE PID (D_ABAGR2)
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: D_ABAGR2 (Driver Air Bag #2
Resistance) Resistance PID
YES : Go to H49.
NO : Go to H16.
H16 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 RESISTANCE PID (D_ABAGR2)
this time.
 With the driver air bag in its mounted position, continue monitoring the D_ABAGR2 (Driver Air
Bag #2 Resistance) resistance PID while carrying out a harness test of the driver air bag circuits
and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors), by wiggling and flexing the wire
harness, connectors, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
test?
YES : DEPOWER the SRS and REPAIR the connector, terminals or wire harness or INSTALL a
new clockspring as needed. Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connector Repair Procedures for schematic and connector information. Go to H56.

NO : If the driver air bag module loop 2 resistance PID is less than 1.7 ohms, go to H17.
If the driver air bag module loop 2 resistance PID is greater than 4.4 ohms, go to H20.
H17 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 LOW RESISTANCE FAULT
fault.


Repowering.
YES : Go to H46.
NO : Go to H18.
H18 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 CIRCUITS FOR LOW RESISTANCE
fault.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Self Test - RCM - Retrieve and Record

loop 2.
YES : Go to H48.
NO : Go to H19.
Repowering.

 Measure the resistance between RCM C310a pin 5 and C310a pin 6, component side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Is resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?


YES : REPAIR circuits CR102 (BU) and RR102 (WH). Go to H56.

NO : Go to H49.
H20 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 FOR AN OPEN
fault.


Repowering.
 Connect a fused jumper wire between driver air bag module loop 2 electrical connector, pin-1,
harness side and pin-2, harness side.
 Did the driver air bag module loop 2 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating an open
YES : Go to H46.
NO : Go to H21.
H21 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
fault.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Remove the fused jumper wire from driver air bag module loop 2 electrical connector.

 Connect a fused jumper wire between clockspring C218-2, circuit CR102 (BU), harness side and
clockspring C218-10, circuit RR102 (WH), harness side.
 Did the driver air bag module loop 2 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating an open
YES : Go to H48.
NO : Go to H22.
H22 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 CIRCUITS CR102 (BU) AND RR102
(WH) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE CLOCKSPRING AND RCM
Repowering.
 Remove the fused jumper wire from the clockspring connector.
Fig. 57: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310A-5, Circuit CR102 (BU) & Clockspring
C218-2
 Measure the resistance between RCM C310a-5, circuit CR102 (BU), harness side and clockspring
C218-2, circuit CR102 (BU), harness side; and between RCM C310a-6, circuit RR102 (WH),
harness side and clockspring C218-10, circuit RR102 (WH), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Are resistances less than 0.5 ohm?


YES : Go to H49.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR102 (BU) or circuit RR102 (WH). Go to H56.
GROUND
fault.


Repowering.
YES : Go to H46.
NO : Go to H24.
GROUND BETWEEN THE RCM AND CLOCKSPRING
fault.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

YES : Go to H48.
NO : Go to H25.
H25 CHECK CIRCUITS CR102 (BU) AND RR102 (WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Repowering.

 Measure the resistance between clockspring C218-2, circuit CR102 (BU), harness side and ground;
and between clockspring C218-10, circuit RR102 (WH), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to H49.
REPAIR circuit CR102 (BU) or circuit RR102 (WH). Go to H56.
VOLTAGE BETWEEN THE RCM AND CLOCKSPRING
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
fault.


Repowering.
 2293_22_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side)
loop 2.
battery to an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to H48.
NO : Go to H27.
H27 CHECK CIRCUITS CR102 (BU) AND RR102 (WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Measure the voltage between clockspring C218-2, circuit CR102 (BU), harness side and ground;
and between clockspring C218-10, circuit RR102 (WH), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to H49.
REPAIR circuit CR102 (BU) or circuit RR102 (WH). Go to H56.
H28 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 RESISTANCE PID (P_ABAGR)
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: P_ABAGR (Passenger Air Bag)
Resistance PID
YES : Go to H49.
NO : Go to H29.
H29 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 RESISTANCE PID (P_ABAGR)
NOTE: Do not remove the passenger air bag module from its mounted position at
this time.
 With the passenger air bag in its mounted position, continue monitoring the P_ABAGR (Passenger
Air Bag) resistance PID while carrying out a harness test of the passenger air bag module circuits
and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors), by wiggling connectors and flexing the
wire harness.
test?
schematic and connector information. Go to H56.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : If the passenger air bag module loop 1 resistance PID is less than 1.4 ohms, go to H30.
If the passenger air bag module loop 1 resistance PID is greater than 3.5 ohms, go to H32.
H30 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 FOR LOW RESISTANCE
FAULT
fault.


Repowering.
 Disconnect: Passenger Air Bag Module C256a
 2293_24_OD (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side)
 2293_25_OD (Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side)
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing DTC B2293 on-demand fault PIDs with the passenger air bag
 Did the passenger air bag module loop 1 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a low
YES : Go to H47.
NO : Go to H31.
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 60: Checking RCM


YES : REPAIR circuits CR103 (GY/BU) and RR103 (VT/GN). Go to H56.

NO : Go to H49.
H32 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 FOR AN OPEN
fault.

Repowering.
 Connect a fused jumper wire between passenger air bag module C256a-1, circuit CR103 (GY/BU),
harness side and C256a-2, circuit RR103 (VT/GN), harness side.
1. Loop 2 will show an open circuit fault due to the passenger air bag being disconnected.
 Did the passenger air bag module loop 1 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating an
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
open circuit to a low resistance fault?

YES : Go to H47.
NO : Go to H33.
H33 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
BETWEEN THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE AND RCM
Repowering.
Fig. 61: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310A-1, Circuit CR103 (GY/BU) & Passenger
Air Bag Module C256A-1
Measure the resistance between RCM C310a-1, circuit CR103 (GY/BU), harness side and

passenger air bag module C256a-1, circuit CR103 (GY/BU), harness side; and between RCM
C310a-2, circuit RR103 (VT/GN), harness side and passenger air bag module C256a-2, circuit
RR103 (VT/GN), harness side.
YES : Go to H49.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR103 (GY/BU) or circuit RR103 (VT/GN). Go to H56.
H34 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 1 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
fault.

Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 2293_27_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side)
 Did the passenger air bag module loop 1 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a
short to ground to an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to H47.
NO : Go to H35.
H35 CHECK CIRCUITS CR103 (GY/BU) AND RR103 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE RCM AND PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE
Repowering.

 Measure the resistance between passenger air bag module C256a-1, circuit CR103 (GY/BU),
harness side and ground; and between passenger air bag module C256a-2, circuit RR103 (VT/GN),
YES : Go to H49.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
REPAIR circuit CR103 (GY/BU) or circuit RR103 (VT/GN). Go to H56.
H36 CHECK CIRCUITS CR103 (GY/BU) AND RR103 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Repowering.

 Measure the voltage between passenger air bag module C256a-1, circuit CR103 (GY/BU), harness
side and ground; and between passenger air bag module C256a-2, circuit RR103 (VT/GN), harness
side and ground.
YES : Go to H49.
REPAIR circuit CR103 (GY/BU) or circuit RR103 (VT/GN). Go to H56.
H37 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 RESISTANCE PID (P_ABAGR2)
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: P_ABAGR2 (Passenger Side Air Bag
#2 Resistance) Resistance PID
YES : Go to H49.
NO : Go to H38.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
H38 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 RESISTANCE PID (P_ABAGR2)
NOTE: Do not remove the passenger air bag module from its mounted
position at this time.
 With the passenger air bag in its mounted position, continue monitoring the P_ABAGR2
(Passenger Side Air Bag #2 Resistance) resistance PID while carrying out a harness test of the
passenger air bag module circuits and accessible connectors (including any inline connectors), by
wiggling connectors and flexing the wire harness.
test?
schematic and connector information. Go to H56.
NO : If the passenger air bag module loop 2 resistance PID is less than 1.4 ohms, go to H39.
If the passenger air bag module loop 2 resistance PID is greater than 3.5 ohms, go to H41.
H39 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 FOR LOW RESISTANCE
FAULT
fault.

Repowering.
 Disconnect: Passenger Air Bag Module C256b
 Did the passenger air bag module loop 2 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a low
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

YES : Go to H47.
NO : Go to H40.
Repowering.


YES : REPAIR circuits CR104 (YE/GY) and RR104 (WH/BU). Go to H56.

NO : Go to H49.
H41 CHECK PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 FOR AN OPEN
fault.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Repowering.
 Connect a fused jumper wire between passenger air bag module C256b-1, circuit CR104 (YE/GY),
harness side and C256b-2, circuit RR104 (WH/BU), harness side.
2. Loop 1 will show an open circuit fault due to the passenger air bag module being disconnected.
 Did the passenger air bag module loop 2 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating an
open circuit to a low resistance fault?
YES : Go to H47.
NO : Go to H42.
H42 CHECK PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
BETWEEN THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE AND RCM
Repowering.
 Remove the fused jumper wire from passenger air bag module C256b.
Fig. 65: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310A-13, Circuit CR104 (YE/GY) &
Passenger Air Bag Module C256B-1
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between RCM C310a-13, circuit CR104 (YE/GY), harness side and

passenger air bag module C256b-1, circuit CR104 (YE/GY), harness side; and between RCM
C310a-14, circuit RR104 (WH/BU), harness side and passenger air bag module C256b-2, circuit
RR104 (WH/BU), harness side.
YES : Go to H49.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR104 (YE/GY) or circuit RR104 (WH/BU). Go to H56.
H43 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE LOOP 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND
fault.


Repowering.
 2293_19_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side)
 Did the passenger air bag module loop 2 on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a
short to ground to an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to H47.
NO : Go to H44.
H44 CHECK CIRCUITS CR104 (YE/GY) AND RR104 (WH/BU) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Measure the resistance between passenger air bag module C256b-1, circuit CR104 (YE/GY),
harness side and ground; and between passenger air bag module C256b-2, circuit RR104
(WH/BU), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to H49.
REPAIR circuit CR104 (YE/GY) or circuit RR104 (WH/BU). Go to H56.
H45 CHECK CIRCUITS CR104 (YE/GY) AND RR104 (WH/BU) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Repowering.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Measure the voltage between passenger air bag module C256b-1, circuit CR104 (YE/GY), harness
side and ground; and between passenger air bag module C256b-2, circuit RR104 (WH/BU),
YES : Go to H49.
REPAIR circuit CR104 (YE/GY) or circuit RR104 (WH/BU). Go to H56.
H46 CONFIRM THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE FAULT
NOTE: Make sure all restraint system components and the RCM electrical
connectors are connected before carrying out the on-demand self test. If
not, erroneous DTCs will be recorded.

Repowering.
 Install the driver air bag module. Refer to Driver Air Bag Module.
YES : INSTALL a new driver air bag module. REFER to Driver Air Bag Module. Go to H56.
H50.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
H47 CONFIRM THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE FAULT

Repowering.
 Connect: Passenger Air Bag Module C256a and C256b (if previously disconnected)
YES : INSTALL a new passenger air bag module. REFER to Passenger Air Bag Module - Edge
or Passenger Air Bag Module - MKX. Go to H56.
H50.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
H48 CONFIRM THE CLOCKSPRING FAULT

Repowering.
 Connect: Clockspring C218
 Install the driver air bag module. Refer to Driver Air Bag Module.
YES : INSTALL a new clockspring. REFER to Clockspring. Go to H56.
H50.
H49 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Repowering.
 If previously removed, install the driver air bag module. Refer to Driver Air Bag Module.
 Connect: Clockspring C218 (if previously disconnected)
 Connect: Passenger Air Bag Module C256a and C256b (if previously disconnected)
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to H56.
H50.
H50.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
H50 CHECK THE DRIVER OR PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE FOR AN INTERMITTENT
LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
 If the fault PID was reported for the driver air bag module loop 1 or loop 2, monitor the following
on the scan tool:
 D_ABAGR (Driver Air Bag) resistance PID.
 D_ABAGR2 (Driver Air Bag #2 Resistance) resistance PID.
 2293_28_OD (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side) and
2293_20_OD (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side) on-
demand fault PID.
 2293_29_OD (Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side) and 2293_21_OD (Air
Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side) on-demand fault PID.
 If the fault PID was reported for the passenger air bag module loop 1 or loop 2, monitor the
following on the scan tool:
 P_ABAGR (Passenger Air Bag) resistance PID.
 P_ABAGR2 (Passenger Side Air Bag #2 Resistance) resistance PID.
 2293_24_OD (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side)
and 2293_16_OD (Air Bag Inflator Circuit Resistance Low - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger
Side) on-demand fault PID.
 2293_25_OD (Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side) and 2293_17_OD
(Air Bag Circuit Open - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side) on-demand fault PID.
NOTE: A resistance PID that reads between 0.9 and 1.7 ohms for driver air
bag and between 0.9 and 1.4 ohms for passenger air bag or between
4.4 and 5 ohms for driver air bag or between 3.5 and 5 ohms for the
passenger air bag may or may not set an on-demand DTC yet
indicates a strong potential of an intermittent fault condition. Make
sure to thoroughly check wire harness(es), connectors and terminals
as they are the likely source of the fault condition.
NOTE: Do not remove the driver or passenger air bag module from its
mounted position at this time.
 With the driver or passenger air bag in its mounted position, attempt to recreate the fault by
wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors), and flexing the wire harness, tilting and
rotating the steering wheel frequently.
 Does any driver or passenger air bag on-demand fault PID indicate a fault or is any air bag
resistance PID less than 1.7 ohms for driver air bag and less than 1.4 ohms for passenger air
bag or greater than 4.4 ohms for driver air bag and greater than 3.5 ohms for passenger air
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
bag?
H56.
NO : Go to H55.
H51 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT
SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
 Monitor the 2293_23_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side) and
2293_31_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side) on-demand fault
PIDs.
this time.
With the driver air bag in its mounted position, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors

(including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness, tilting and rotating the steering
wheel frequently.
 Does any RCM on-demand B2293 fault PID indicate a fault is present?
H56.
NO : Go to H55.
H52 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT
SHORT TO GROUND FAULT
NOTE: When monitoring fault and/or resistance PIDs with the scan tool, it may
take up to 2 seconds for the scan tool display to update.
 Monitor the 2293_27_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side)
and 2293_19_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side) on-
demand fault PIDs.
 With the passenger air bag in its mounted position, attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling
connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing the wire harness.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
H56.
NO : Go to H55.
H53 CHECK THE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT
SHORT TO BATTERY FAULT
Repowering.
 Monitor the 2293_30_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 1, Front Driver Side) and
2293_22_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 2, Front Driver Side) on-demand fault
PIDs.
the wire harness, tilting and rotating the steering wheel frequently.
 Does any driver air bag module short to battery fault PID indicate a fault?
H56.
NO : Go to H55.
H54 CHECK THE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE CIRCUITS FOR AN INTERMITTENT
SHORT TO VOLTAGE FAULT
Repowering.
 Disconnect: Passenger Air Bag Module C256
 Monitor the 2293_26_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 1, Front Passenger Side)
and 2293_18_OD (Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery - Loop No. 2, Front Passenger Side) on-
demand fault PIDs.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Attempt to recreate the fault by wiggling connectors (including any inline connectors) and flexing

the wire harness.
 Does any passenger air bag module short to battery fault PID indicate a fault?
H56.
NO : Go to H55.
H55 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
Repowering.
 If the fault PID was reported for the driver air bag:
 remove the driver air bag module.
 If the fault PID was reported for the passenger air bag:
 disconnect the passenger air bag module C256.
H56.
H56.
H56 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
test direction.
Pinpoint Test I: DTC B2294 - Restraint System - Curtain Fault
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) continuously monitors the driver and passenger safety canopy module
circuits (loop) for an acceptable resistance range, unacceptable voltage and shorts to ground. The RCM will set
on-demand and store DTC B2294 in memory if any of these conditions are detected to be outside of their
respectful range. If the RCM detects a fault, it will send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to
illuminate the air bag warning indicator.
As the RCM continuously monitors safety canopy module circuits for resistance, it expects a normal resistance
between 1.4 and 3.5 ohms.

When the RCM measures less
A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain than 0.9 ohm between the
2294_24_OD and 2294_24_CM Circuit Resistance Low, Passenger passenger safety canopy
Side circuits, a fault will be
indicated.
greater than 5 ohms between
A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain
2294_25_OD and 2294_25_CM the passenger safety canopy
Circuit Open, Passenger Side
indicated.
A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain to ground on either on the
2294_26_OD and 2294_26_CM Circuit Short to Ground, Passenger passenger safety canopy
indicated.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain to voltage on either on the
2294_27_OD and 2294_27_CM Circuit Short to Battery, Passenger passenger safety canopy
indicated.
than 0.9 ohm between the
2294_28_OD and 2294_28_CM Circuit Resistance Low, Driver
driver safety canopy circuits,
Side
2294_29_OD and 2294_29_CM the driver safety canopy
Circuit Open, Driver Side
indicated.
2294_30_OD and 2294_30_CM Circuit Short to Ground, Driver
Side
2294_31_OD and 2294_31_CM Circuit Short to Battery, Driver
Side

 Safety canopy module
 RCM
PINPOINT TEST I: DTC B2294 - RESTRAINT SYSTEM - CURTAIN FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

connector.

to the customer.
I1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

For 2294_28_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Resistance Low, Driver Side), go to I2.
For 2294_29_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Open, Driver Side), go to I2.
For 2294_30_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Ground, Driver Side), go to I9.
For 2294_31_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Battery, Driver Side), go to I11.
For 2294_24_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Resistance Low, Passenger Side), go to I12.
For 2294_25_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Open, Passenger Side), go to I12.
For 2294_26_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Ground, Passenger Side), go to

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
I19.
For 2294_27_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Battery, Passenger Side), go to I21.
For 2294_28_CM (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Resistance Low, Driver Side),

2294_24_CM (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Resistance Low, Passenger Side),
2294_29_CM (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Open, Driver Side) or 2294_25_CM (A - B or
A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Open, Passenger Side), go to I24.
For 2294_30_CM (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Ground, Driver Side) or

2294_26_CM (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Ground, Passenger Side), go to I26.
For 2294_31_CM (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Battery, Driver Side) or

2294_27_CM (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Battery, Passenger Side), go to I27.
I2 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE RESISTANCE PID (DCURTL1)

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DCURTL1 (Curtain Airbag Driver
Loop No.1 Resistance) Resistance PID
YES : Go to I23.
NO : Go to I3.
I3 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE RESISTANCE PID (DCURTL1)
 Continue monitoring the DCURTL1 (Curtain Airbag Driver Loop No.1 Resistance) resistance PID
while carrying out a harness test of the driver safety canopy circuits and accessible connectors
(including any inline connectors) by wiggling connectors and flexing the wire harness.
test?
schematic and connector information. Go to I28.
NO : If the driver safety canopy resistance PID is less than 1.4 ohm, go to I4.
If the driver safety canopy resistance PID is greater than 3.5 ohms, go to I7.
I4 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY CANOPY FOR LOW RESISTANCE FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

fault.


Repowering.
 Disconnect: Driver Safety Canopy C9018
 2294_28_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Resistance Low, Driver Side)
 2294_29_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Open, Driver Side)
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing DTC B2294 on-demand fault PIDs with the driver safety
canopy disconnected, an open circuit fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the driver safety canopy on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a low resistance to
an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to I22.
NO : Go to I5.
I5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE CIRCUITS
CR109 (BN/BU) AND RR109 (BU/GN)
Repowering.

 Measure the resistance between driver safety canopy C9018-1, circuit CR109 (BN/BU), harness
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
side and C9018-2, circuit RR109 (BU/GN), harness side.

YES : Go to I23.
NO : Go to I6.
I6 CHECK THE RCM FOR LOW RESISTANCE
Fig. 69: Checking RCM For Low Resistance

Measure the resistance between RCM C310b pin 1, component side, and C310b pin 2, component

side.
YES : REPAIR circuits CR109 (BN/BU) and RR109 (BU/GN). Go to I28.

NO : Go to I23.
I7 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE FOR AN OPEN
fault.

Repowering.
 Connect a fused jumper wire between driver safety canopy C9018-1, circuit CR109 (BN/BU),
harness side and C9018-2, circuit RR109 (BU/GN), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger - RCM - View and Record

 2294_28_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Resistance Low, Driver Side)
canopy circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the driver safety canopy on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating an open circuit to
a low resistance fault?
YES : Go to I22.
NO : Go to I8.
I8 CHECK CIRCUITS CR109 (BN/BU) AND RR109 (BU/GN) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE
RCM AND DRIVER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE
Repowering.
 Remove the fused jumper wire from the driver safety canopy C9018.
Fig. 70: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310B-1, Circuit CR109 (BN/BU) & Driver
Safety Canopy C9018-1
 Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-1, circuit CR109 (BN/BU), harness side and driver
safety canopy C9018-1, circuit CR109 (BN/BU), harness side; and between RCM C310b-2, circuit
RR109 (BU/GN), harness side and driver safety canopy C9018-2, circuit RR109 (BU/GN), harness
side.
YES : Go to I23.
REPAIR circuit CR109 (BN/BU) or circuit RR109 (BU/GN). Go to I28.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
I9 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
fault.


Repowering.
 2294_30_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Ground, Driver Side)
 Did the driver safety canopy on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a short to ground
to an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to I22.
NO : Go to I10.
I10 CHECK CIRCUITS CR109 (BN/BU) AND RR109 (BU/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE RCM AND DRIVER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Measure the resistance between driver safety canopy C9018-1, circuit CR109 (BN/BU), harness
side and ground; and between driver safety canopy C9018-2, circuit RR109 (BU/GN), harness side
and ground.
YES : Go to I23.
I11 CHECK CIRCUITS CR109 (BN/BU) AND RR109 (BU/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BETWEEN THE RCM AND DRIVER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE
Repowering.

 Measure the voltage between driver safety canopy C9018-1, circuit CR109 (BN/BU), harness side
and ground; and between driver safety canopy C9018-2, circuit RR109 (BU/GN), harness side and
ground.
YES : Go to I23.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
I12 CHECK THE PASSENGER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE RESISTANCE PID

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: PCURTL1 (Curtain Airbag Passenger
Loop No.1 Resistance) Resistance PID
YES : Go to I23.
NO : Go to I13.
I13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE RESISTANCE PID (PCURTL1)
 Continue monitoring the PCURTL1 (Curtain Airbag Passenger Loop No.1 Resistance) resistance
PID while carrying out a harness test of the passenger safety canopy circuits and accessible
connectors (including any inline connectors), by wiggling connectors and flexing the wire harness.
test?
schematic and connector information. Go to I28.
NO : If the passenger safety canopy resistance PID is less than 1.4 ohm, go to I14.
If the passenger safety canopy resistance PID is greater than 3.5 ohms, go to I17.
I14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE FOR LOW RESISTANCE
FAULT
fault.

Repowering.
 Disconnect: Passenger Safety Canopy C9019
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2294_24_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Resistance Low, Passenger Side)


 2294_25_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Open, Passenger Side)
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing DTC B2294 on-demand fault PIDs with the passenger safety
 Did the passenger safety canopy on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a low
YES : Go to I22.
NO : Go to I15.
I15 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN PASSENGER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE
CIRCUITS CR111 (BN/WH) AND RR111 (YE/VT)
Repowering.

Measure the resistance between passenger safety canopy module C9019-1, circuit CR111

(BN/WH), harness side and C9019-2, circuit RR111 (YE/VT), harness side.
YES : Go to I23.
NO : Go to I16.
I16 CHECK THE RCM FOR LOW RESISTANCE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 74: Checking RCM

Measure the resistance between RCM C310b pin 21, component side, and C310b pin 22,

component side.
YES : REPAIR circuits CR111 (BN/WH) and RR111 (YE/VT). Go to I28.

NO : Go to I23.
I17 CHECK THE PASSENGER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE FOR AN OPEN
fault.

Repowering.
 Connect a fused jumper wire between passenger safety canopy C9019-1, circuit CR111 (BN/WH),
harness side and C9019-3, circuit RR111 (YE/VT), harness side.
 2294_24_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Resistance Low, Passenger Side)
canopy circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the passenger safety canopy on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating an open
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

YES : Go to I22.
NO : Go to I18.
I18 CHECK CIRCUITS CR111 (BN/WH) AND RR111 (YE/VT) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE
RCM AND PASSENGER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE
Repowering.
 Remove the fused jumper wire from the passenger safety canopy C9019.
Fig. 75: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310B-21, Circuit CR111 (BN/WH) &
Passenger Safety Canopy Module C9019-1
 Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-21, circuit CR111 (BN/WH), harness side and
passenger safety canopy module C9019-1, circuit CR111 (BN/WH), harness side; and between
RCM C310b-22, circuit RR111 (YE/VT), harness side and passenger safety canopy module C9019-
2, circuit RR111 (YE/VT), harness side.
YES : Go to I23.
REPAIR circuit CR111 (BN/WH) or circuit RR111 (YE/VT). Go to I28.
I19 CHECK THE PASSENGER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
fault.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Repowering.
 2294_26_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Ground, Passenger Side)
 Did the passenger safety canopy on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a short to
YES : Go to I22.
NO : Go to I20.
I20 CHECK CIRCUITS CR111 (BN/WH) AND RR111 (YE/VT) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE RCM AND PASSENGER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE
Repowering.

 Measure the resistance between passenger safety canopy C9019-1, circuit CR111 (BN/WH),
harness side and ground; and between passenger safety canopy C9019-2, circuit RR111 (YE/VT),
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to I23.
REPAIR circuit CR111 (BN/WH) or circuit RR111 (YE/VT). Go to I28.
I21 CHECK CIRCUITS CR111 (BN/WH) AND RR111 (YE/VT) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BETWEEN THE RCM AND PASSENGER SAFETY CANOPY MODULE
Repowering.

 Measure the voltage between passenger safety canopy C9019-1, circuit CR111 (BN/WH), harness
side and ground; and between passenger safety canopy C9019-2, circuit RR111 (YE/VT), harness
side and ground.
YES : Go to I23.
REPAIR circuit CR111 (BN/WH) or circuit RR111 (YE/VT). Refer to appropriate SYSTEM
WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Connector Repair Procedures for schematic and connector
information. Go to I28.
I22 CONFIRM THE SAFETY CANOPY MODULE FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Repowering.
 Connect: Affected Safety Canopy C9018 (Driver) C9019 (Passenger)
YES : INSTALL a new driver or passenger safety canopy. REFER to Safety Canopy Module. Go
to I28.



I23 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 If previously directed to disconnect any SRS component(s):

Repowering.
 Connect all previously disconnected restraint system component(s), including RCM C310a
and C310b.
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to I28.



I24 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT SAFETY CANOPY LOW RESISTANCE OR OPEN

CIRCUIT FAULT
 If the fault PID was reported for the driver safety canopy, monitor the DCURTL1 (Curtain Airbag
Driver Loop No.1 Resistance) resistance PID on the scan tool.
 If the fault PID was reported for the passenger safety canopy, monitor the PCURTL1 (Curtain
Airbag Passenger Loop No.1 Resistance) resistance PID on the scan tool.
and 5 ohms may or may not set an on-demand DTC yet indicates a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


the wire harness.
 Does any RCM on-demand B2294 fault PID indicate a fault is present or is any safety canopy
resistance PID less than 1.4 ohms or greater than 3.5 ohms?
I28.
NO : Go to I25.
I25 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
Repowering.
 Disconnect the affected safety canopy module C9006 (driver) or C9007 (passenger):

Connector Repair Procedures for schematic and connector information. Go to I28.
I28.
I26 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT SAFETY CANOPY MODULE SHORT TO GROUND
FAULT
NOTE: When monitoring fault and/or resistance PIDs with the scan tool, up to a 2-
second delay for the scan tool display to update should be expected.
 If the fault PID was reported for the driver safety canopy, monitor the 2294_30_OD (A - B or A - C
Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Ground, Driver Side) fault PID on the scan tool.
 If the fault PID was reported for the passenger safety canopy, monitor the 2294_26_OD (A - B or
A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Ground, Passenger Side) fault PID on the scan tool.
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When monitoring fault PIDs with the scan tool, it may take up to a 2-second
delay for the scan tool display to update.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
the wire harness.

 Does any safety canopy on-demand fault PID indicate a fault?
I28.
I28.
I27 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT SAFETY CANOPY MODULE SHORT TO BATTERY
FAULT
Repowering.
 If the fault PID was reported for the driver safety canopy, disconnect the driver safety canopy
module C9018.
 If the fault PID was reported for the passenger safety canopy, disconnect the passenger safety
canopy module C9019.
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When monitoring fault PIDs with the scan tool, it may take up to a 2-second
delay for the scan tool display to update.
 Monitor the 2294_31_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Battery, Driver Side) or
2294_27_OD (A - B or A - C Pillar Curtain Circuit Short to Battery, Passenger Side) fault PIDs on
the scan tool.
the wire harness.
 Does any safety canopy on-demand fault PID indicate a fault?
I28.
I28.
I28 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

test direction.
Pinpoint Test J: DTC B2295 - Restraint System - Side Air Bag Fault
Normal Operation
A seat side air bag module provides protection of the thorax area (between the neck and abdomen) of the body,
working in conjunction with the head protection provided by a safety canopy module. Refer to Air Bag and
Safety Belt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
The restraints control module (RCM) continuously monitors the driver and passenger side air bag module
circuits (loop) for an acceptable resistance range, unacceptable voltage and shorts to ground. The RCM will set
on-demand and store DTC B2295 in memory if any of these conditions are detected to be outside of their
respectful range. If the RCM detects a fault, it will send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to
illuminate the air bag warning indicator.
As the RCM continuously monitors side air bag module circuits for resistance, it expects a normal resistance
between 1.4 and 3.5 ohms.

Side Air Bag Circuit Resistance
2295_24_OD and 2295_24_CM passenger side air bag module
Low, Front Passenger Side
indicated.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Side Air Bag Circuit Open, Front the passenger side air bag
2295_25_OD and 2295_25_CM
Passenger Side module circuits, a fault will
be indicated.
to ground on either of the
Side Air Bag Circuit Short to
Ground, Front Passenger Side
indicated.
to voltage on either of the
Battery, Front Passenger Side
indicated.
Side Air Bag Circuit Resistance
2295_28_OD and 2295_28_CM driver side air bag module
Low, Front Driver Side
indicated.
Side Air Bag Circuit Open, Front
2295_29_OD and 2295_29_CM the driver side air bag module
Driver Side
indicated.
Ground, Front Driver Side
indicated.
Battery, Front Driver Side
indicated.

 Side air bag module
 RCM
PINPOINT TEST J: DTC B2295 - RESTRAINT SYSTEM - SIDE AIR BAG FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
connector.

to the customer.
J1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

Using the on-demand fault PIDs recorded, go to the appropriate pinpoint test step.
For 2295_28_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Resistance Low, Front Driver Side), go to J2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
For 2295_29_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Open, Front Driver Side), go to J2.
For 2295_30_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground, Front Driver Side), go to J9.
For 2295_31_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery, Front Driver Side), go to J11.
For 2295_24_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Resistance Low, Front Passenger Side), go to J12.
For 2295_25_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Open, Front Passenger Side), go to J12.
For 2295_26_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground, Front Passenger Side), go to J19.
For 2295_27_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery, Front Passenger Side), go to J21.
For 2295_28_CM (Side Air Bag Circuit Resistance Low, Front Driver Side), 2295_24_CM (Side
Air Bag Circuit Resistance Low, Front Passenger Side), 2295_29_CM (Side Air Bag Circuit Open,
Front Driver Side) or 2295_25_CM (Side Air Bag Circuit Open, Front Passenger Side), go to J24.
For 2295_30_CM (Side Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground, Front Driver Side) or 2295_26_CM (Side
Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground, Front Passenger Side), go to J26.
For 2295_31_CM (Side Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery, Front Driver Side) or 2295_27_CM (Side
Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery, Front Passenger Side), go to J27.
J2 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RESISTANCE PID (DS_AB)
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DS_AB (Driver Side Impact Air Bag
Resistance) Resistance PID
YES : Go to J23.
NO : Go to J3.
J3 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG RESISTANCE PID (DS_AB) WHILE CARRYING
OUT A HARNESS TEST
 Continue monitoring the DS_AB (Driver Side Impact Air Bag Resistance) resistance PID while
carrying out a harness test of the driver side air bag circuits and accessible connectors (including
any inline connectors) by wiggling connectors and flexing the wire harness.
test?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
schematic and connector information. Go to J28.
NO : If the driver side air bag resistance PID is less than 1.4 ohms, go to J4.
If the driver side air bag resistance PID is greater than 3.5 ohms, go to J7.
J4 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE FOR LOW RESISTANCE FAULT
fault.


Repowering.
 Disconnect: Driver Side Air Bag C328
 2295_28_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Resistance Low, Front Driver Side)
 2295_29_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Open, Front Driver Side)
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing DTC B2295 on-demand fault PIDs with the driver side air
bag disconnected, an open circuit fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the driver side air bag on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a low resistance to
YES : Go to J22.
NO : Go to J5.
J5 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE CIRCUITS CR105
(GN/BU) AND RR105 (GY/YE)
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between driver side air bag C328-1, circuit CR105 (GN/BU), harness side

and C328-2, circuit RR105 (GY/YE), harness side.
YES : Go to J22.
NO : Go to J6.
J6 CHECK THE RCM FOR LOW RESISTANCE
Fig. 79: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310B Pin 3, Component Side, & C310B Pin 4

side.
YES : REPAIR circuits CR105 (GN/BU) and RR105 (GY/YE). Go to J25.

NO : Go to J23.
J7 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE FOR AN OPEN
fault.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Repowering.
 Disconnect: Driver Side Air Bag Module C328
 Connect a fused jumper wire between driver side air bag C328-1, circuit CR110 (GN/BN), harness
side and C328-2, circuit RR110 (GY/OG), harness side.
 2295_28_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Resistance Low, Front Driver Side)
bag module circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the driver side air bag on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating an open circuit to a
low resistance fault?
YES : Go to J22.
NO : Go to J8.
J8 CHECK CIRCUITS CR105 (GN/BU) AND RR105 (GY/YE) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE
RCM AND DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Repowering.
 Remove the fused jumper wire from the driver side air bag C328.
Fig. 80: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310B-3 & C328-1, Circuit CR110 (GN/BN) &
CR105 (GN/BU)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-3, circuit CR110 (GN/BN), harness side and driver

side air bag C328-1, circuit CR105 (GN/BU), harness side; and between RCM C310b-4, circuit
RR105 (GY/YE), harness side and driver side air bag C328-2, circuit RR105 (GY/YE), harness
side.
YES : Go to J23.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR105 (GN/BU) or circuit RR105 (GY/YE). Go to J28.
J9 CHECK THE DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
fault.


Repowering.
 2295_30_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground, Front Driver Side)
bag module disconnected, an open circuit fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the driver side air bag on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a short to ground to
YES : Go to J22.
NO : Go to J10.
J10 CHECK CIRCUITS CR105 (GN/BU) AND RR105 (GY/YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE RCM AND DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Measure the resistance between driver side air bag C328-1, circuit CR105 (GN/BU), harness side
and ground; and between driver side air bag C328-2, circuit RR105 (GY/YE), harness side and
ground.
YES : Go to J23.
REPAIR circuit CR105 (GN/BU) or circuit RR105 (GY/YE). Go to J28.
J11 CHECK CIRCUITS CR105 (GN/BU) AND RR105 (GY/YE) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BETWEEN THE RCM AND DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Repowering.
 Disconnect: Driver Side Air Bag C328

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Measure the voltage between driver side air bag C328-1, circuit CR105 (GN/BU), harness side and
ground; and between driver side air bag C328-2, circuit RR105 (GY/YE), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to J23.
REPAIR circuit CR105 (GN/BU) or circuit RR105 (GY/YE). Go to J28.
J12 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RESISTANCE PID (PS_AB)
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: PS_AB (Passenger Side Impact Air
Bag Resistance) Resistance PID
YES : Go to J23.
NO : Go to J13.
J13 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG RESISTANCE PID (PS_AB) WHILE
CARRYING OUT A HARNESS TEST
 Continue monitoring the PS_AB (Passenger Side Impact Air Bag Resistance) resistance PID while
carrying out a harness test of the passenger side air bag circuits and accessible connectors
(including any inline connectors), by wiggling connectors and flexing the wire harness.
test?
schematic and connector information. Go to J28.
NO : If the passenger side air bag resistance PID is less than 1.4 ohms, go to J14.
If the passenger side air bag resistance PID is greater than 3.5 ohms, go to J17.
J14 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE FOR LOW RESISTANCE FAULT
fault.

Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Disconnect: Passenger Side Air Bag C327


 2295_24_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Resistance Low, Front Passenger Side)
 2295_25_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Open, Front Passenger Side)
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing DTC B2295 on-demand fault PIDs with the passenger side air
bag module disconnected, an open circuit faults would normally be retrieved.
 Did the passenger side air bag on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a low resistance
to an open circuit fault?
YES : Go to J22.
NO : Go to J15.
J15 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE CIRCUITS
CR106 (VT/GY) AND RR106 (YE/OG)
Repowering.

Measure the resistance between passenger side air bag C327-1, circuit CR106 (VT/GY), harness

side and C327-2, circuit RR106 (YE/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to J23.
NO : Go to J16.
J16 CHECK THE RCM FOR LOW RESISTANCE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 84: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310B Pin 5, Component Side, & C310B Pin 6

side.
YES : REPAIR circuits CR106 (VT/GY) and RR106 (YE/OG). Go to J28.

NO : Go to J23.
J17 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE FOR AN OPEN
fault.

Repowering.
 Disconnect: Passenger Side Air Bag C327
 Connect a fused jumper wire between passenger side air bag C327-1, circuit CR106 (VT/GY),
harness side and C327-2, circuit RR106 (YE/OG), harness side.
 2295_24_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Resistance Low, Front Passenger Side)
bag circuits shorted together, a low resistance fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the passenger side air bag on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating an open circuit
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
to a low resistance fault?

YES : Go to J22.
NO : Go to J18.
J18 CHECK CIRCUITS CR106 (VT/GY) AND RR106 (YE/OG) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE
RCM AND PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Repowering.
 Remove the fused jumper wire from the passenger side air bag C327.
Fig. 85: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310B-5, Circuit CR106 (VT/GY) & Passenger
Side Air Bag Module C327-1
Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-5, circuit CR106 (VT/GY), harness side and

passenger side air bag module C327-1, circuit CR106 (VT/GY), harness side; and between RCM
C310b-6, circuit RR106 (YE/OG), harness side and passenger side air bag module C327-2, circuit
RR106 (YE/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to J23.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR106 (VT/GY) or circuit RR106 (YE/OG). Go to J28.
J19 CHECK THE PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
fault.

Repowering.
 Disconnect: Passenger Side Air Bag Module C327
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 2295_26_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Short to Ground, Front Passenger Side)
bag module disconnected, an open circuit fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the passenger side air bag on-demand fault PIDs change from indicating a short to
YES : Go to J22.
NO : Go to J20.
J20 CHECK CIRCUITS CR106 (VT/GY) AND RR106 (YE/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE RCM AND PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Repowering.

 Measure the resistance between passenger side air bag C327-1, circuit CR106 (VT/GY), harness
side and ground; and between passenger side air bag C327-2, circuit RR106 (YE/OG), harness side
and ground.
YES : Go to J23.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
REPAIR circuit CR106 (VT/GY) or circuit RR106 (YE/OG). Go to J28.
J21 CHECK CIRCUITS CR106 (VT/GY) AND RR106 (YE/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BETWEEN THE RCM AND PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Repowering.
 Disconnect: Passenger Side Air Bag C327

 Measure the voltage between passenger side air bag C327-1, circuit CR106 (VT/GY), harness side
and ground; and between passenger side air bag C327-2, circuit RR106 (YE/OG), harness side and
ground.
YES : Go to J23.
REPAIR circuit CR106 (VT/GY) or circuit RR106 (YE/OG). Go to J28.
J22 CONFIRM THE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE FAULT

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Repowering.
 Connect: Affected Side Air Bag C328 (Driver) C3327 (Passenger)
YES : REMOVE and INSPECT the seat side air bag module jumper harness, connector terminals
for damage. REFER to Side Air Bag Module. If a concern is found, REPAIR or INSTALL a new
seat jumper harness. Go to J28.
If a concern was not found, INSTALL a new driver or passenger side air bag module. Go to J28.
J23 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT

 If previously directed to disconnect any SRS component(s):
Repowering.
 Connect all previously disconnected restraint system component(s), including RCM C310a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
and C310b.
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to J28.
J24 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LOW RESISTANCE OR
OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
 If the fault PID was reported for the driver side air bag module, monitor the DS_AB (Driver Side
Impact Air Bag Resistance) resistance PID on the scan tool.
 If the fault PID was reported for the passenger side air bag, monitor the PS_AB (Passenger Side
Impact Air Bag Resistance) resistance PID on the scan tool.
and 5 ohms may or may not set an on-demand DTC yet indicates a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

the wire harness.
 Does any side air bag on-demand fault PID indicate a fault is present or is the side air bag
resistance PID less than 1.4 ohms or greater than 3.5 ohms?
J28.
NO : Go to J25.
J25 CHECK THE HARNESS AND CONNECTORS
Repowering.
 Disconnect the affected side air bag C328 (driver) C327 (passenger):

Connector Repair Procedures for schematic and connector information. Go to J28.
J28.
J26 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT SIDE AIR BAG MODULE SHORT TO GROUND
FAULT
 If the fault PID was reported for the driver side air bag module, monitor the driver side air bag short
to ground on-demand fault PID 2295_30_OD on the scan tool.
 If the fault PID was reported for the passenger side air bag, monitor the passenger side air bag short
to ground on-demand fault PID 2295_26_OD on the scan tool.
the wire harness.

Connector Repair Procedures for schematic and connector information. Go to J28.
J28.
J27 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT SIDE AIR BAG SHORT TO VOLTAGE FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Repowering.
 Disconnect: Affected Safety Canopy Module C328 (Driver) C327 (Passenger)
 Monitor the 2295_31_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery, Front Driver Side) or
2295_27_OD (Side Air Bag Circuit Short to Battery, Front Passenger Side) fault PIDs on the scan
tool.
the wire harness.
J28.
J28.
J28 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test K: DTC B2296 - Restraint System - Impact Sensor Fault

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) monitors all of the impact sensor circuits for faults. If the RCM detects
one of the following faults on any of the impact sensor circuits, it will store DTC B2296 in memory and send a
message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag warning indicator.

When the RCM senses a
short to battery on the
2296_3_OD and Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor Circuit Short
driver/center front impact
2296_3_CM to Battery
sensor circuits, a fault will
be indicated.
When the RCM is unable
to communicate (circuit
open, short to ground or
2296_5_OD and Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor
battery on sensor) with the
2296_5_CM Communication Fault
sensor, a fault will be
indicated.
2296_6_OD and Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery,
passenger second row side
2296_6_CM Row No.2 Passenger Side
impact sensor, a fault will
be indicated.
short to ground on the
2296_7_OD and Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground,
2296_7_CM Row No.2 Passenger Side
be indicated.
2296_8_OD and Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Row
2296_8_CM No.2 Passenger Side
be indicated.
driver second row side
2296_9_CM Row No.2 Driver Side
impact sensor circuits, a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

2296_10_CM Row No.2 Driver Side
2296_11_OD and Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Row
2296_11_CM No.2 Driver Side
be indicated.
passenger first row side
2296_12_CM Front Passenger Side
2296_13_CM Front Passenger Side
2296_14_OD and Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Front
2296_14_CM Passenger Side
be indicated.
driver first row side impact
2296_15_CM Front Driver Side
be indicated.
2296_16_CM Front Driver Side
be indicated.
2296_17_OD and Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Front
2296_17_CM Driver Side
indicated.
2296_18_OD and internal failure with the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2296_18_CM driver/center front impact

Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor Internal Fault sensor, a fault will be
indicated.
2296_19_OD and Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor
2296_19_CM Mount/Communication Fault
indicated.
internal failure with the
2296_24_OD and Side Crash Sensor 2 Internal Fault, Passenger
2296_24_CM Side
be indicated.
2296_25_OD and Side Crash Sensor Mount or Communication
2296_25_CM Fault, Row No. 2 Passenger Side
be indicated.
2296_26_OD and
Side Crash Sensor 2 Internal Fault, Driver Side driver second row side
2296_26_CM
be indicated.
2296_27_CM Fault, Row No. 2 Driver Side
be indicated.
2296_28_OD and Side Crash Sensor Internal Fault, Front
2296_28_CM Passenger Side
be indicated.
2296_29_CM Fault, Front Passenger Side
be indicated.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

2296_30_OD and Side Crash Sensor Internal Fault, Front Driver
2296_30_CM Side
indicated.
2296_31_CM Fault, Front Driver Side
driver side first row side
be indicated.
2296_55_OD and Passenger Front Crash Sensor Circuit Short to
2296_55_CM Battery
passenger front impact
indicated.
2296_56_OD and Passenger Front Crash Sensor Circuit Short to
2296_56_CM Ground
indicated.
2296_57_OD and Passenger Front Crash Sensor Communication
2296_57_CM Fault
indicated.
2296_58_OD and
Passenger Front Crash Sensor Internal Fault with the passenger front
2296_58_CM
be indicated.
2296_59_OD and Passenger Front Crash Sensor
2296_59_CM Mount/Communication Fault
indicated.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Impact sensor
 Incorrect sensor mounting
 RCM
PINPOINT TEST K: DTC B2296 - RESTRAINT SYSTEM - IMPACT SENSOR FAULT
connector.
NOTE: Do not probe any impact sensor. The impact sensor cannot be tested using a
multi-meter.

to the customer.
K1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
For 2296_30_OD (Side Crash Sensor Internal Fault, Front Driver Side), INSTALL a new first row
driver side impact sensor. REFER to Side Impact Sensor - B-Pillar. Go to K34.
For 2296_28_OD (Side Crash Sensor Internal Fault, Front Passenger Side), INSTALL a new first
row passenger side impact sensor. REFER to Side Impact Sensor - B-Pillar. Go to K34.
For 2296_26_OD (Side Crash Sensor 2 Internal Fault, Driver side), INSTALL a new second row
driver side impact sensor. REFER to Side Impact Sensor - C-Pillar. Go to K34.
For second row passenger side impact sensor with an internal fault (2296_24_OD (Side Crash
Sensor 2 Internal Fault, Passenger side), INSTALL a new second row passenger side impact
sensor. REFER to Side Impact Sensor - C-Pillar. Go to K34.
For 2296_18_OD (Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor Internal Fault), INSTALL a new driver/center
front impact severity sensor. REFER to Front Impact Severity Sensor. Go to K34.
For 2296_58_OD (Passenger Front Crash Sensor Internal Fault), INSTALL a new passenger front
impact severity sensor. REFER to Front Impact Severity Sensor. Go to K34.
For 2296_17_OD (Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Front Driver Side)/2296_31_OD (Side
Crash Sensor Mount or Communication Fault, Front Driver Side), go to K2.
For 2296_16_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground, Front Driver Side), go to K4.
For 2296_15_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery, Front Driver Side), go to K6.
For 2296_14_OD (Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Front Passenger Side), go to K7.
For 2296_13_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground, Front Passenger Side), go to K9.
For 2296_12_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery, Front Passenger Side), go to K11.
For 2296_11_OD (Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Row No.2 Driver Side), go to K12.
For 2296_10_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground, Row No.2 Driver Side), go to K14.
For 2296_9_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery, Row No.2 Driver Side), go to K16.
For 2296_8_OD (Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Row No.2 Passenger Side), go to K17.
For 2296_7_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground, Row No.2 Passenger Side), go to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
K19.
For 2296_6_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery, Row No.2 Passenger Side), go to
K21.
For 2296_5_OD (Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor Communication Fault), go to K22.
For 2296_4_OD (Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground), go to K24.
For 2296_3_OD (Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery), go to K26.
For 2296_59_OD (Passenger Front Crash Sensor Mount/Communication Fault), go to K27.
For 2296_56_OD (Passenger Front Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground), go to K29.
For 2296_55_OD (Passenger Front Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery), go to K31.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to K33.
K2 CHECK CIRCUITS VR217 (GY/YE) AND RR131 (VT/GY) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE
RCM AND FIRST ROW DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
Repowering.
 Disconnect: First Row Driver Side Impact Sensor C3209
Fig. 88: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310B-27 & C310B-28, Circuit VR217
(GY/YE) & RR131 (VT/GY)
 Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-27, circuit VR217 (GY/YE), harness side and first
row driver side impact sensor C3209-1, circuit VR217 (GY/YE), harness side; and between RCM
C310b-28, circuit RR131 (VT/GY), harness side and first row driver side impact sensor C3209-2,
circuit RR131 (VT/GY), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Are resistances less than 0.5 ohm?


YES : Go to K3.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR217 (GY/YE) or circuit RR131 (VT/GY). Go to K34.
K3 CHECK THE FIRST ROW DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
 Install a known good first row driver side impact sensor.
 Were any on-demand B2296 fault PIDs for the first row driver side impact sensor indicating
a fault?
YES : Go to K32.
NO : Fault corrected. Go to K34.
K4 CHECK CIRCUITS VR217 (GY/YE) AND RR131 (VT/GY) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE FIRST ROW DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM
Repowering.

 Measure the resistance between first row driver side impact sensor C3209-2, circuit RR131
(VT/GY), harness side and ground; and between C3209-1, circuit VR217 (GY/YE), harness side
and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Are resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?


YES : Go to K5.
K5 CHECK CIRCUIT VR217 (GY/YE) FOR A SHORT TO CIRCUIT RR131 (VT/GY)
BETWEEN THE RCM AND FIRST ROW DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR

Measure the resistance between first row driver side impact sensor C3209-1, circuit VR217

(GY/YE), harness side and C3209-2, circuit RR131 (VT/GY), harness side.
YES : Go to K32.
NO : REPAIR circuits VR217 (GY/YE) and RR131 (VT/GY). Go to K34.
K6 CHECK CIRCUITS VR217 (GY/YE) AND RR131 (VT/GY) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BETWEEN THE FIRST ROW DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between first row driver side impact sensor C3209-2, circuit RR131 (VT/GY),

harness side and ground; and between C3209-1, circuit VR217 (GY/YE), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to K32.
K7 CHECK CIRCUITS VR218 (YE/OG) AND RR132 (BU/WH) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE
RCM AND FIRST ROW PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
Repowering.
 Disconnect: First Row Passenger Side Impact Sensor C3211
(YE/OG) & RR132 (BU/WH)
 Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-29, circuit VR218 (YE/OG), harness side and first
row passenger side impact sensor C3211-1, circuit VR218 (YE/OG), harness side; and between
RCM C310b-30, circuit RR132 (BU/WH), harness side and first row passenger side impact sensor
C3211-2, circuit RR132 (BU/WH), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to K8.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR218 (YE/OG) or circuit RR132 (BU/WH). Go to K34.
K8 CHECK THE FIRST ROW PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
 Install a known good first row passenger side impact sensor.
 Were any on-demand B2296 fault PIDs for the first row passenger side impact sensor
indicating a fault?
YES : Go to K32.
K9 CHECK CIRCUITS VR218 (YE/OG) AND RR132 (BU/WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE FIRST ROW PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM
Repowering.

 Measure the resistance between first row passenger side impact sensor C3211-1, circuit VR218
(YE/OG), harness side and ground; and between C3211-2, circuit RR132 (BU/WH), harness side
and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to K10.
K10 CHECK CIRCUIT VR218 (YE/OG) FOR A SHORT TO CIRCUIT RR132 (BU/WH)
BETWEEN THE RCM AND FIRST ROW PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR

Measure the resistance between first row passenger side impact sensor C3211-1, circuit VR218

(YE/OG), harness side and C3211-2, circuit RR132 (BU/WH), harness side.
YES : Go to K32.
NO : REPAIR short between circuits VR218 (YE/OG) and RR132 (BU/WH). Go to K34.
K11 CHECK CIRCUITS VR218 (YE/OG) AND RR132 (BU/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BETWEEN THE FIRST ROW PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between first row passenger side impact sensor C3211-1, circuit VR218

(YE/OG), harness side and ground; and between C3211-2, circuit RR132 (BU/WH), harness side
and ground.
YES : Go to K32.
K12 CHECK CIRCUITS VR219 (GN/WH) AND RR133 (GY/BN) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN
THE RCM AND SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
Repowering.
 Disconnect: Second Row Driver Side Impact Sensor C3248
(GN/WH) & RR135 (GY/BN)
Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-13, circuit VR219 (GN/WH), harness side and second

row driver side impact sensor C3248-1, circuit VR219 (GN/WH), harness side; and between RCM
C310b-14, circuit RR135 (GY/BN), harness side and second row driver side impact sensor C3248-
2, circuit RR133 (GY/BN), harness side.
YES : Go to K13.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR219 (GN/WH) or circuit RR133 (GY/BN). Go to K34.
K13 CHECK THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
 Install a known good second row driver side impact sensor.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Key in ON position.

 Were any on-demand B2296 fault PIDs for the second row driver side impact sensor
indicating a fault?
YES : Go to K32.
K14 CHECK CIRCUITS VR219 (GN/WH) AND RR133 (GY/BN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM
Repowering.

Measure the resistance between second row driver side impact sensor C3248-1, circuit VR219

(GN/WH), harness side and ground; and between C3248-2, circuit RR133 (GY/BN), harness side
and ground.
YES : Go to K15.
K15 CHECK CIRCUIT VR219 (GN/WH) FOR A SHORT TO CIRCUIT RR133 (GY/BN)
BETWEEN THE RCM AND SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between second row driver side impact sensor C3248-1, circuit VR219

(GN/WH), harness side and C3248-2, circuit RR135 (GY/BN), harness side.
YES : Go to K32.
NO : REPAIR circuits VR219 (GN/WH) and RR133 (GY/BN). Go to K34.
K16 CHECK CIRCUITS VR219 (GN/WH) AND RR133 (GY/BN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BETWEEN THE SECOND ROW DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM
Repowering.

 Measure the voltage between second row driver side impact sensor C3248-1, circuit VR219
(GN/WH), harness side and ground; and between C3248-2, circuit RR133 (GY/BN), harness side
and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Are voltages less than 0.2 volt?


YES : Go to K32.
K17 CHECK CIRCUITS VR220 (VT/OG) AND RR134 (BN/BU) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE
RCM AND SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
Repowering.
 Disconnect: Second Row Passenger Side Impact Sensor C3249
(VT/OG) & RR134 (BN/BU)
Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-15, circuit VR220 (VT/OG), harness side and second

row passenger side impact sensor C3249-1, circuit VR220 (VT/OG), harness side and between
RCM C310b-16, circuit RR134 (BN/BU), harness side and second row passenger side impact
sensor C3249-2, circuit RR134 (BN/BU), harness side.
YES : Go to K18.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR220 (VT/OG) or circuit RR134 (BN/BU). Go to K34.
K18 CHECK THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
 Install a known good second row passenger side impact sensor.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Refer to PID list in Normal Operation to view B2296 fault PIDs.


 Were any on-demand B2296 fault PIDs for the second row passenger side impact sensor
indicating a fault?
YES : Go to K32.
K19 CHECK CIRCUITS VR220 (VT/OG) AND RR134 (BN/BU) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM
Repowering.

Measure the resistance between second row passenger side impact sensor C3249-1, circuit VR220

(VT/OG), harness side and ground; and between C3249-2, circuit RR134 (BN/BU), harness side
and ground.
YES : Go to K20.
K20 CHECK CIRCUIT VR220 (VT/OG) FOR A SHORT TO CIRCUIT RR134 (BN/BU)
BETWEEN THE RCM AND SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between second row passenger side impact sensor C3249-1, circuit VR220

(VT/OG), harness side and C3249-2, circuit RR134 (BN/BU), harness side.
YES : Go to K32.
NO : REPAIR circuits VR220 (VT/OG) and RR130 (GN/BU). Go to K34.
K21 CHECK CIRCUITS VR220 (VT/OG) AND RR134 (BN/BU) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BETWEEN THE SECOND ROW PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR AND RCM
Repowering.

 Measure the voltage between second row passenger side impact sensor C3249-1, circuit VR220
(VT/OG), harness side and ground; and between C3249-2, circuit RR134 (BN/BU), harness side
and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


YES : Go to K32.
K22 CHECK CIRCUITS VR213 (VT/GN) AND RR129 (YE/GY) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN
THE RCM AND DRIVER/CENTER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR
Repowering.
 Disconnect: Driver/Center Front Impact Severity Sensor C1465
(VT/GN) & RR129 (YE/GY)
Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-19, circuit VR213 (VT/GN), harness side and

driver/center front impact severity sensor C1465-1, circuit VR213 (VT/GN), harness side; and
between RCM C310b-20, circuit RR129 (YE/GY), harness side and driver/center front impact
severity sensor C1465-2, circuit RR129 (YE/GY), harness side.
YES : Go to K23.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR213 (VT/GN) or circuit RR129 (YE/GY). Go to K34.
K23 CHECK THE DRIVER/CENTER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR
 Install a known good driver/center front impact severity sensor.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


 Were any on-demand B2296 fault PIDs for the driver/center front impact severity sensor
indicating a fault?
YES : Go to K32.
K24 CHECK CIRCUITS VR213 (VT/GN) AND RR129 (YE/GY) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE RCM AND DRIVER/CENTER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR
Repowering.

Measure the resistance between driver/center front impact severity sensor C1465-1, circuit VR213

(VT/GN), harness side and ground; and between driver/center front impact severity sensor C1465-
2, circuit RR129 (YE/GY), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to K25.
K25 CHECK CIRCUIT VR213 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO CIRCUIT RR129 (YE/GY)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between driver/center front impact severity sensor C1465-1, circuit VR213

(VT/GN), harness side and C1465-2, circuit RR129 (YE/GY), harness side.
YES : Go to K32.
NO : REPAIR circuits VR213 (VT/GN) and RR129 (YE/GY). Go to K34.
K26 CHECK CIRCUITS VR213 (VT/GN) AND RR129 (YE/GY) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Repowering.

 Measure the voltage between driver/center front impact severity sensor C1465-1, circuit VR213
(VT/GN), harness side and ground; and between driver/center front impact severity sensor C1465-
2, circuit RR129 (YE/GY), harness side and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


YES : Go to K32.
K27 CHECK CIRCUITS VR214 (WH/BU) AND RR130 (GN/BU) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN
THE RCM AND PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR
Repowering.
 Disconnect: Passenger Front Impact Severity Sensor C1466
(WH/BU) & RR130 (GN/BU)
Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-39, circuit VR214 (WH/BU), harness side and

driver/center front impact severity sensor C1466-1, circuit VR214 (WH/BU), harness side; and
between RCM C310b-40, circuit RR130 (GN/BU), harness side and passenger front impact
severity sensor C1466-2, circuit RR130 (GN/BU), harness side.
YES : Go to K28.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR214 (WH/BU) or circuit RR130 (GN/BU). Go to K34.
K28 CHECK THE PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR
 Install a known good passenger front impact severity sensor.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


 Were any on-demand B2296 fault PIDs for the passenger front impact severity sensor
indicating a fault?
YES : Go to K32.
K29 CHECK CIRCUITS VR214 (WH/BU) AND RR130 (GN/BU) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
BETWEEN THE RCM AND PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR
Repowering.

Measure the resistance between passenger front impact severity sensor C1466-1, circuit VR214

(WH/BU), harness side and ground; and between passenger front impact severity sensor C1466-2,
circuit RR130 (GN/BU), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to K30.
K30 CHECK CIRCUIT VR214 (WH/BU) FOR A SHORT TO CIRCUIT RR130 (GN/BU)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between passenger front impact severity sensor C1466-1, circuit VR214

(WH/BU), harness side and C1466-2, circuit RR130 (GN/BU), harness side.
YES : Go to K32.
NO : REPAIR circuits VR214 (WH/BU) and RR130 (GN/BU). Go to K34.
K31 CHECK CIRCUITS VR214 (WH/BU) AND RR130 (GN/BU) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Repowering.

 Measure the voltage between passenger front impact severity sensor C1466-1, circuit VR214
(WH/BU), harness side and ground; and between passenger front impact severity sensor C1466-2,
circuit RR130 (GN/BU), harness side and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


YES : Go to K32.
K32 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT


Repowering.
 Install the original sensor (if known good sensor was installed in a previous step).
 Connect: All Previously Disconnected SRS Components
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to K34.
terminals of electrical connectors that were disconnected. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by
flexing the wire harness and cycling the ignition key frequently. Do not install any new SRS
K33.
K33 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
 Do any on-demand fault DTC B2296 PIDs indicate a fault?
YES : This is a hard fault. The fault condition is now present. The fault cannot be cleared until it is
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
For 2296_30_OD (Side Crash Sensor Internal Fault, Front Driver Side), INSTALL a new first row
driver side impact sensor. REFER to Side Impact Sensor - B-Pillar. Go to K34.
For 2296_28_OD (Side Crash Sensor Internal Fault, Front Passenger Side), INSTALL a new first
row passenger side impact sensor. REFER to Side Impact Sensor - B-Pillar. Go to K34.
For 2296_26_OD (Side Crash Sensor 2 Internal Fault, Driver side), INSTALL a new second row
driver side impact sensor. REFER to Side Impact Sensor - C-Pillar. Go to K34.
For second row passenger side impact sensor with an internal fault (2296_24_OD (Side Crash
Sensor 2 Internal Fault, Passenger side), INSTALL a new second row passenger side impact
sensor. REFER to Side Impact Sensor - C-Pillar. Go to K34.
For 2296_18_OD (Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor Internal Fault), INSTALL a new driver/center
front impact severity sensor. REFER to Front Impact Severity Sensor. Go to K34.
For 2296_58_OD (Passenger Front Crash Sensor Internal Fault), INSTALL a new passenger front
impact severity sensor. REFER to Front Impact Severity Sensor. Go to K34.
For 2296_17_OD (Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Front Driver Side)/2296_31_OD (Side
Crash Sensor Mount or Communication Fault, Front Driver Side), go to K2.
For 2296_16_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground, Front Driver Side), go to K4.
For 2296_15_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery, Front Driver Side), go to K6.
For 2296_14_OD (Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Front Passenger Side), go to K7.
For 2296_13_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground, Front Passenger Side), go to K9.
For 2296_12_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery, Front Passenger Side), go to K11.
For 2296_11_OD (Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Row No.2 Driver Side), go to K12.
For 2296_10_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground, Row No.2 Driver Side), go to K14.
For 2296_9_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery, Row No.2 Driver Side), go to K16.
For 2296_8_OD (Side Crash Sensor Communication Fault, Row No.2 Passenger Side), go to K17.
For 2296_7_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground, Row No.2 Passenger Side), go to
K19.
For 2296_6_OD (Side Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery, Row No.2 Passenger Side), go to
K21.
For 2296_5_OD (Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor Communication Fault), go to K22.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
For 2296_4_OD (Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground), go to K24.
For 2296_3_OD (Driver/Center Front Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery), go to K26.
For 2296_59_OD (Passenger Front Crash Sensor Mount/Communication Fault), go to K27.
For 2296_56_OD (Passenger Front Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Ground), go to K29.
For 2296_55_OD (Passenger Front Crash Sensor Circuit Short to Battery), go to K31.
NO : VISUALLY INSPECT the affected impact sensor and mounting surface for damage,
corrosion or dirt. INSPECT the wiring, terminals and connectors for damage, corrosion or dirt.
CHECK for causes of the intermittent fault. ATTEMPT to recreate the hard fault by flexing the
wire harness and cycling the ignition key frequently. ACTIVATE other systems in the same wire
harness. Do not install any new SRS components at this time. SRS components should only be
installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal
or connector concerns found. Go to K34.
K34 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test L: DTC B2432 - Drivers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Open
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) checks the safety belt buckle switch circuits for faults. If the RCM detects
an open circuit fault, it will store DTC B2432 in memory and send a message to the instrument cluster (IC)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
module to illuminate the air bag warning indicator.
 DTC B2432 Drivers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Open - If the RCM detects an open on the driver
safety belt buckle circuit, it will set this DTC.

 Driver safety belt buckle switch
 RCM
PINPOINT TEST L: DTC B2432 - DRIVERS SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN

connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
to the customer.
L1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

 Was RCM on-demand DTC B2432 retrieved?
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to L2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to L6.
L2 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
fault.


Repowering.
 Disconnect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Switch C3065
 Connect a fused jumper wire between driver safety belt buckle switch C3065-1, circuit GD143
(BK/VT), harness side and C3065-2, circuit CR201 (BU/OG).
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing on-demand DTCs with the driver safety belt buckle switch
circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the driver safety belt buckle switch on-demand DTC change from indicating B2432 to
B2434?
YES : INSTALL a new driver safety belt buckle. REFER to SAFETY BELT SYSTEM article.
Go to L7.
NO : Go to L3.
L3 CHECK CIRCUIT CR201 (BU/OG) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE RCM AND DRIVER
SAFETY BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Remove the fused jumper wire from the driver safety belt buckle switch connector.
Fig. 112: Checking Circuit For Open

Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-25, circuit CR201 (BU/OG), harness side and driver

safety belt buckle switch C3065-2, circuit CR201 (BU/OG), harness side.
 Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
YES : Go to L4.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR201 (BU/OG). Go to L7.
L4 CHECK CIRCUIT GD143 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 113: Measuring Resistance Between Connector And Ground

Measure the resistance between driver safety belt buckle switch C3065-1, circuit GD143 (BK/VT),

YES : Go to L5.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD143 (BK/VT). Go to L7.
L5 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Repowering.
 Connect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Switch C3065
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to L7.
L6.
L6 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to L2.
the wire harness and cycling the ignition key frequently. Do not install any new SRS components
at this time. SRS components should only be installed when directed to do so in the pinpoint
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to L7.
L7 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

test direction.
Pinpoint Test M: DTC B2433 - Drivers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Short to Battery
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) checks the safety belt buckle switch circuits for faults. If the RCM detects
a short to voltage fault, it will store DTC B2433 in memory and send a message to the instrument cluster (IC)
module to illuminate the air bag warning indicator.
 DTC B2433 Drivers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Short to Battery - If the RCM detects a short to
battery on the driver safety belt buckle circuit, it will set this DTC.

 RCM
PINPOINT TEST M: DTC B2433 - DRIVERS SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORT TO
BATTERY

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

connector.

to the customer.
M1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to M2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to M4.
M2 CHECK CIRCUIT CR201 (BU/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Repowering.
 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag Module C3628
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 114: Measuring Voltage Between connector And Ground

Measure the voltage between driver safety belt buckle switch C3065-2, circuit CR201 (BU/OG),

 Is voltage less than 0.2 volt?
YES : Go to M3.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR201 (BU/OG). Go to M5.
M3 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT


Repowering.
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to M5.
M4.
M4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Repowering.
 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag Module C328
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to M2.
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to M5.
M5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test N: DTC B2434 - Drivers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Short to Ground
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) monitors the driver safety belt buckle switch circuits for faults. If the
RCM detects a short to ground fault, it will store DTC B2434 in memory and send a message to the instrument
cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag warning indicator.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 DTC B2434 Drivers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Short to Ground - If the RCM detects a short to
ground on the driver safety belt buckle circuit, it will set this DTC.

 RCM
PINPOINT TEST N: DTC B2434 - DRIVERS SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND

connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
to the customer.
N1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to N2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to N5.
N2 CHECK THE DRIVER SAFETY BELT BUCKLE SWITCH FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
fault.


Repowering.
disconnected, a open circuit fault would normally be retrieved.
B2432?
YES : INSTALL a new driver safety belt buckle assembly. REFER to SAFETY BELT SYSTEM
article. Go to N6.
NO : Go to N3.
N3 CHECK CIRCUIT CR201 (BU/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN THE RCM
AND DRIVER SAFETY BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between driver safety belt buckle switch C3065-2, circuit CR201 (BU/OG),

YES : Go to N4.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR201 (BU/OG). Go to N6.
N4 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT
Connect: Driver Safety Belt Buckle Switch C3065


YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to N6.
N5.
N5 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Was RCM on-demand DTC B2434 retrieved?


corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to N2.
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to N6.
N6 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test O: DTC B2435 - Drivers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Resistance Out of Range
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) monitors the driver safety belt buckle switch circuits for faults. If the
RCM detects a current out of range fault, it will store DTC B2435 in memory and send a message to the
instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag warning indicator.
 DTC B2435 Drivers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Resistance Out of Range - If the RCM detects a current out
of range between buckled and unbuckled on the driver safety belt buckle switch, it will set this DTC.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner assembly

 RCM
PINPOINT TEST O: DTC B2435 - DRIVERS SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH RESISTANCE OUT OF
RANGE

connector.

to the customer.
O1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Was RCM on-demand DTC B2435 retrieved?


corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to O2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to O4.
O2 CHECK THE SAFETY BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
fault.


Repowering.
disconnected, a open circuit fault would normally be retrieved.
B2432?
YES : INSTALL a new driver safety belt buckle assembly. REFER to SAFETY BELT SYSTEM
article. Go to O3.
NO : Go to O5.
O3 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT

Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to O5.
O4.
O4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
Repowering.
 Disconnect the driver safety belt buckle switch C3065:
 Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread
 Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
 Repair any concerns found. Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article,
Connector Repair Procedures for schematic and connector information.
 Connect: All Previously Disconnected Component(s)/Connector(s)
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to O2.
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to O5.
O5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
test direction.
Pinpoint Test P: DTC B2436 - Passengers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Open
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) checks the passenger safety belt buckle switch circuits for faults. If the
RCM detects an open circuit fault, it will store DTC B2436 in memory and send a message to the instrument
 DTC B2436 Passengers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Open - If the RCM detects an open on the
passenger safety belt buckle circuit, it will set this DTC.

 Passenger safety belt buckle switch
 RCM
PINPOINT TEST P: DTC B2436 - PASSENGERS SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

connector.

to the customer.
P1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to P2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to P6.
P2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SAFETY BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
fault.

Repowering.
 Disconnect: Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Switch C3066
 Connect a fused jumper wire between passenger safety belt buckle switch C3066-2, circuit CR203
(GY/VT), harness side and C3066-1, circuit GD143 (BK/VT), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing on-demand DTCs with the passenger safety belt buckle
switch circuits shorted together, a short to ground fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the passenger safety belt buckle switch on-demand DTC change from indicating B2436 to
B2438?
YES : INSTALL a new passenger safety belt buckle assembly. REFER to SAFETY BELT
SYSTEM article. Go to P7.
NO : Go to P3.
P3 CHECK CIRCUIT CR203 (GY/VT) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE RCM AND
PASSENGER SAFETY BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
Repowering.
 Remove the fused jumper wire from the passenger safety belt buckle switch C3066.

Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-26, circuit CR203 (GY/VT), harness side and the

passenger safety belt buckle switch C3066-2, circuit CR203 (GY/VT), harness side.
YES : Go to P4.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR203 (GY/VT). Go to P7.
P4 CHECK CIRCUIT GD143 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 117: Measuring Resistance Between Connector And Ground

Measure the resistance between passenger safety belt buckle switch C3066-2, circuit GD143

(BK/VT), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to P5.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD143 (BK/VT). Go to P7.
P5 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT


Repowering.
 Connect: Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Switch C3066
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to P7.
P6.
P6 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to P2.
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to P7.
P7 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test Q: DTC B2437 - Passengers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Short to Battery
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) checks the passenger safety belt buckle switch circuits for faults. If the
RCM detects a short to voltage fault, it will store DTC B2437 in memory and send a message to the instrument
 DTC B2437 Passengers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Short to Battery - If the RCM detects a short to
battery on the passenger safety belt buckle circuit, it will set this DTC.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 RCM
PINPOINT TEST Q: DTC B2437 - PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORT
TO BATTERY

connector.

to the customer.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Q1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to Q2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to Q4.
Q2 CHECK CIRCUIT CR203 (GY/VT) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Repowering.
Fig. 118: Measuring Voltage Between connector And Ground

Measure the voltage between passenger seat belt buckle switch C3066-2, circuit CR203 (GY/VT),

YES : Go to Q3.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR203 (GY/VT). Go to Q5.
Q3 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Repowering.
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to Q5.
Q4.
Q4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
Repowering.
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to Q2.
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to Q5.
Q5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


test direction.
Pinpoint Test R: DTC B2438 - Passengers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Short to Ground
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) monitors the passenger safety belt buckle switch circuits for faults. If the
RCM detects a short to ground fault, it will store DTC B2438 in memory and send a message to the instrument
 DTC B2438 Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Switch Circuit Short to Ground - If the RCM detects a short to
ground on the passenger safety belt buckle circuit, it will set this DTC.

 RCM
PINPOINT TEST R: DTC B2438 - PASSENGERS SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SHORT TO
GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

connector.

to the customer.
R1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to R2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to R5.
R2 CHECK THE PASSENGER SAFETY BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
fault.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Repowering.
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing on-demand DTCs with the passenger safety belt buckle
switch disconnected, a open circuit fault would normally be retrieved.
B2436?
SYSTEM article. Go to R6.
NO : Go to R3.
R3 CHECK CIRCUIT CR203 (GY/VT) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN THE RCM
AND PASSENGER SAFETY BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
Repowering.

Measure the resistance between passenger seat belt buckle switch C3066-2, circuit CR203

(GY/VT), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to R4.
NO : REPAIR circuit CR203 (GY/VT). Go to R6.
R4 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connect: Passenger Safety Belt Buckle Switch C3066


YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to R6.
R5.
R5 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to R2.
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to R6.
R6 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
test direction.
Pinpoint Test S: DTC B2439 - Passengers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Resistance Out of Range
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) monitors the passenger safety belt buckle switch circuits for faults. If the
RCM detects a current out of range fault, it will store DTC B2439 in memory and send a message to the
instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag warning indicator.
 DTC B2439 Passengers Seat Belt Buckle Switch Resistance Out of Range - If the RCM detects a current
out of range between buckled and unbuckled on the passenger safety belt buckle switch, it will set this
DTC.

 RCM
PINPOINT TEST S: DTC B2439 - PASSENGERS SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH RESISTANCE
OUT OF RANGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

connector.

to the customer.
S1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to S2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to S4.
S2 CHECK THE SAFETY BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
fault.

Repowering.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing on-demand DTCs with the passenger safety belt buckle

switch disconnected, a open circuit fault would normally be retrieved.
B2436?
SYSTEM article. Go to S5.
NO : Go to S3.
S3 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT


Repowering.
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to S5.
S4.
S4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
Repowering.
 Disconnect the passenger safety belt buckle switch C3066:
 Inspect connector(s) (including any inline connectors) for corrosion, loose or spread
 Inspect wire harness for any damage, pinched, cut or pierced wires.
 Repair any concerns found. Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article,
Connector Repair Procedures for schematic and connector information.
 Connect: All Previously Disconnected Component(s)/Connector(s)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to S2.
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to S5.
S5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test T: DTC B2792 - Cross Link Between Firing Loops
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) monitors all the deployable devices for a cross link between the circuits of
another deployable device. If the RCM detects a short between the circuits of the deployable devices, it will
store DTC B2792 in memory and send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag
warning indicator.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

When the RCM detects a short
A-B or A-C pillar Curtain, between the circuits of 2
2792_8_OD and 2792_8_CM
Passenger Side deployable devices, a fault
will be indicated.
A-B or A-C pillar Curtain, Driver between the circuits of 2
2792_9_OD and 2792_9_CM
Side deployable devices, a fault
will be indicated.
between the circuits of 2
2792_12_OD and 2792_12_CM Side Airbag Passenger
deployable devices, a fault
will be indicated.
2792_13_OD and 2792_13_CM Side Airbag Driver
will be indicated.
2792_26_OD and 2792_26_CM Pretensioner Passenger
will be indicated.
2792_27_OD and 2792_27_CM Pretensioner Driver
will be indicated.
2792_28_OD and 2792_28_CM Airbag Passenger Front Loop #2
will be indicated.
2792_29_OD and 2792_29_CM Airbag Passenger Front Loop #1
will be indicated.
2792_30_OD and 2792_30_CM Airbag Driver Front Loop #2
will be indicated.
2792_31_OD and 2792_31_CM Airbag Driver Front Loop #1
will be indicated.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 RCM
PINPOINT TEST T: DTC B2792 - CROSS LINK BETWEEN FIRING LOOPS

connector.

to the customer.
T1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Datalogger - RCM - View and Record
 Do any RCM on-demand B2792 fault PIDs indicate a fault?
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to T2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to T4.
T2 CHECK DEPLOYABLE CIRCUITS FOR A CROSS LINK FAULT
Repowering.
 Disconnect ALL of the affected deployable devices.
 Using the following chart, measure the resistance between the circuits of the affected deployable
devices.
DEPLOYABLE DEVICES
Connector -
Squib/Loop Circuit
Pin
 Driver air
bag
module
loop 1
electrical  CR101
Driver air
connector (VT/BN)
bag module
loop 1  Driver air  RR101
bag (YE/GN)
module
loop 1
electrical
connector
 Driver air
bag
module
loop 2  CR102
Driver air electrical (BU)
bag module connector
loop 2  RR102
 Driver air (WH)
bag
module
loop 2
electrical
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
connector
Passenger  CR103
air bag  C256a-1 (GY/BU)
module  C256a-2  RR103
loop 1 (VT/GN)
Passenger  CR104
air bag  C256b-1 (YE/GY)
module  C256b-2  RR104
loop 2 (WH/BU)
Driver side
air bag  CR105
module  C328-1 (GN/BN)
(seat  C328-2  RR105
harness (GY/YE)
connector)
Passenger
side air bag  CR106
module  C327-1 (VT/GY)
(seat  C327-2  RR106
harness (YE/OG)
connector)
Driver  CR109
safety  C9018-1 (BN/BU)
canopy  C9018-2  RR109
module (BU/GN)
Passenger  CR111
safety  C9019-1 (BN/WH)
canopy  C9019-2  RR111
module (YE/VT)
Driver  CR120
safety belt  C3201-2 (BU/OG)
retractor  C3201-1  RR120
pretensioner (BN/GN)
Passenger  CR122
safety belt  C3202-2 (WH/OG)
retractor  C3202-1  RR122
pretensioner (BN)
Are resistances greater than 10,000 ohms between the affected circuits?

YES : Go to T3.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuits. Go to T5.
T3 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connect: All Previously Disconnected Restraint System Component(s)


YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to T5.
T4.
T4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
Repowering.
 If a cross link fault for driver air bag loop 1 or loop 2 is present continuous, remove the driver air
bag module. Refer to Driver Air Bag Module.
 If a cross link fault for passenger air bag module loop 1 or loop 2 is present continuous, disconnect
the passenger air bag module C256a and C256b.
 If a cross link fault for driver side air bag is present continuous, disconnect the driver side air bag
module C328.
 If a cross link fault for passenger side air bag is present continuous, disconnect the passenger side
air bag module C327.
 If a cross link fault for driver safety canopy module is present continuous, disconnect the driver
safety canopy module C9018.
 If a cross link fault for passenger safety canopy module is present continuous, disconnect the
passenger safety canopy module C9019.
 If a cross link fault for driver safety belt retractor pretensioner is present continuous, disconnect the
driver safety belt retractor pretensioner C323.
 If a cross link fault for passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner is present continuous, disconnect
the passenger safety belt retractor pretensioner C303.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to T2.
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to T5.
T5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test U: DTC B229B - Occupant Classification System Obstruction
Normal Operation
System (SRS).
The occupant classification system module (OCSM) monitors the 4 OCS weight sensors bolts and circuity for
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
faults. If the OCSM detects an obstruction, an upward force on the passenger seat for 60 seconds, it will store
DTC B229B in memory and send a message to the restraints control module (RCM). The RCM will store DTC
B2290 in memory and send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag warning
indicator.
 DTC B229B Occupant Classification System Obstruction - If the OCSM detects a negative force on one
or more OCS weight sensor bolt(s) (weight sensors), it will set this DTC.
 Foreign object placed under or contacting the passenger seat
PINPOINT TEST U: DTC B229B - OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM OBSTRUCTION

connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
to the customer.
U1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

Record Continuous Memory DTCs
 Was OCSM on-demand DTC B229B retrieved?
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to U2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to U4.
U2 INSPECT UNDER THE PASSENGER SEAT FOR FOREIGN OBJECTS AND WIRE
HARNESS
 Position the seat and inspect under and on the sides of the seat for the presence of any foreign
objects contacting the under side and side of the passenger seat. Carry out a thorough visual
inspection of the passenger seat wire harness at or near the OCS weight sensor bolts and the related
seat wiring harness and body wiring harness for correct harness routing.
 Were any problems noted?
YES : REMOVE obstruction and/or REPAIR as necessary. Go to U5.

NO : Go to U3.
U3 CONFIRM THE OCS MODULE FAULT
Go to U5.
U5.
U4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to U2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to U5.
U5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test V: DTC C1946 - Front Driver's Seat Track Position Switch Circuit Open
Normal Operation
The restraints control module (RCM) monitors the driver seat track position sensor circuits. If the RCM detects
an open circuit, it will store DTC C1946 in memory and send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module
to illuminate the air bag warning indicator.
 DTC C1946 Front Driver's Seat Track Position Switch Circuit Open - If the RCM detects a open on the
driver seat track position sensor circuit, it will set this DTC.

 Driver seat track position sensor
 RCM
PINPOINT TEST V: DTC C1946 - FRONT DRIVER'S SEAT TRACK POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
OPEN

connector.

to the customer.
V1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

 Was RCM on-demand DTC C1946 retrieved?
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to V2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to V6.
V2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
fault.


Repowering.
 Disconnect: Driver Seat Track Position Sensor C356
 Connect a fused jumper wire between driver seat track position sensor C356-2, circuit VR215
(YE/VT), harness side and C356-1, circuit GD143 (BK/VT), harness side.
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing on-demand DTCs with the driver seat track position sensor
 Did the driver seat track position switch on-demand DTC change from indicating C1946 to
C1947?
YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track position sensor. REFER to Seat Position Sensor. Go to
V7.
NO : Go to V3.
V3 CHECK CIRCUIT VR215 (YE/VT) FOR AN OPEN BETWEEN THE RCM AND DRIVER
SEAT
Repowering.
 Remover the fused jumper wire from the driver seat track position sensor C356.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 120: Measuring Resistance Between RCM C310B-23, Circuit VR215 (YE/VT) & Driver
Seat Track Position Sensor C356-2
Measure the resistance between RCM C310b-23, circuit VR215 (YE/VT), harness side and driver

seat track position sensor C356-2, circuit VR215 (YE/VT).
YES : Go to V4.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR215 (YE/VT). Go to V7.
V4 CHECK CIRCUIT GD143 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN TO GROUND
Fig. 121: Measuring Resistance Between Driver Seat Track Position Sensor C356-1, Circuit
GD143 (BK/VT) & Ground
Measure the resistance between driver seat track position sensor C356-1, circuit GD143 (BK/VT)

and ground.
YES : Go to V5.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD143 (BK/VT). Go to V7.
V5 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT

Repowering.
 Connect: Driver Seat Track Position Sensor C356
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to V7.
V6.
V6 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
Repowering.
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to V2.
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to V7.
V7 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

test direction.
Pinpoint Test W: DTC C1947 - Front Driver's Seat Track Position Switch Circuit Short to Ground
Normal Operation
a short to ground, it will store DTC C1947 in memory and send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module
 DTC C1947 Front Driver's Seat Track Position Switch Circuit Short to Ground - If the RCM detects a
short to ground on the driver seat track position sensor circuit, it will set this DTC.

 RCM
PINPOINT TEST W: DTC C1947 - FRONT DRIVER'S SEAT TRACK POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
SHORT TO GROUND

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

connector.

to the customer.
W1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to W2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to W5.
W2 CHECK THE SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
fault.

Repowering.
 Disconnect: Seat Track Position Sensor C356
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing on-demand DTCs with the driver seat track position sensor

disconnected, an open circuit fault would normally be retrieved.
 Did the driver seat track position switch on-demand DTC change from indicating C1947 to
C1946?
W6.
NO : Go to W3.
W3 CHECK CIRCUIT VR215 (YE/VT) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN THE RCM
AND SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
Repowering.
Fig. 122: Measuring Resistance Between Driver Seat Track Position Sensor C356-2, Circuit
VR215 (YE/VT) & Ground
Measure the resistance between driver seat track position sensor C356-2, circuit VR215 (YE/VT)

and ground.
YES : Go to W4.
NO : REPAIR circuit VR215 (YE/VT). Go to W6.
W4 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT

Repowering.
 Connect: Seat Track Position Sensor C356
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connect: RCM C310a and C310b


YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to W6.
W5.
W5 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
Repowering.
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to W2.
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to W6.
W6 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
test direction.
Pinpoint Test X: DTC C1948 - Front Driver's Seat Track Position Switch Circuit Resistance Out of
Range
NOTE: Due to the seat track position sensor being a Hall-effect type sensor, this
pinpoint test will be diagnosing a current out of range fault instead of the
current DTC definition for a resistance out of range fault.
Normal Operation
a current out of range condition, it will store DTC C1948 in memory and send a message to the instrument
 DTC C1948 Front Driver's Seat Track Position Switch Circuit Resistance Out of Range - If the RCM
detects a current out of range between forward and rearward on the driver seat track position switch, it
will set this DTC.

 RCM
PINPOINT TEST X: DTC C1948 - FRONT DRIVER'S SEAT TRACK POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
RESISTANCE OUT OF RANGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


connector.

to the customer.
X1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to X2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to X4.
X2 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
fault.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Repowering.
 Connect a fused jumper wire between driver seat track position sensor C356-2, circuit VR215
(YE/VT), harness side and C356-1, circuit GD143 (BK/VT), harness side.
 DIAGNOSTIC TIP: When viewing on-demand DTCs with the driver seat track position sensor
 Did the driver seat track position sensor on-demand DTC change from indicating C1948 to
C1947?
X5.
NO : Go to X3.
X3 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT


Repowering.
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to X5.
X4.
X4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Repowering.
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to X2.
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to X5.
X5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

YES : Do not clear any DTCs until all DTCs have been resolved. Go toDTC Charts for pinpoint
test direction.
Pinpoint Test Y: DTC C1982 - Front Driver's Seat Track Position Switch Circuit Short to Battery
Normal Operation
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
a short to battery, it will store DTC C1982 in memory and send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module
 DTC C1982 Front Driver's Seat Track Position Switch Circuit Short to Battery - If the RCM detects a
short to battery on the driver seat track position sensor circuit, it will set this DTC.

 RCM
PINPOINT TEST Y: C1982 - FRONT DRIVER'S SEAT TRACK POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
SHORT TO BATTERY

connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
to the customer.
Y1 CHECK FOR CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND DTCs

corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to Y2.
retrieved on demand). The fault condition is not present at this time. Go to Y4.
Y2 CHECK CIRCUITS VR215 (YE/VT) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Repowering.
Fig. 123: Measuring Voltage Between Driver Seat Track Position Sensor C356-2, Circuit
VR215 (YE/VT) & Ground
 Measure the voltage between driver seat track position sensor C356-2, circuit VR215 (YE/VT),
YES : Go to Y3.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : REPAIR circuit VR215 (YE/VT). Go to Y5.

Y3 CONFIRM THE RCM FAULT


Repowering.
YES : INSTALL a new RCM. REFER to Restraints Control Module (RCM). Go to Y5.
Y4.
Y4 CHECK FOR AN INTERMITTENT FAULT
Repowering.
corrected and the DTC is no longer retrieved during the on-demand self test. Go to Y2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
test. REPAIR any intermittent wiring, terminal or connector concerns found. Go to Y5.
Y5 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

test direction.
Pinpoint Test Z: DTC B1013 - Occupant Classification Calibration Fault
Normal Operation
System (SRS).
The occupant classification system module (OCSM) monitors the OCS weight sensor bolts for a correct
calibration/weight and ID from each sensor. If the OCSM detects an incorrect weight or ID from any of the 4
seat weight sensors, a seat track that is mis-aligned/bent, wire harness connected to the incorrect OCS weight
sensor bolt, an unsuccessful system reset or if an OCS system component has been installed new, it will store
DTC B1013 in memory and send a message to the restraints control module (RCM) which stores DTC B2290 in
memory. The RCM will then send a message to the instrument cluster (IC) module to illuminate the air bag
warning indicator.
 Wiring of OCS weight sensor bolts

 OCS system component installed new
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Passenger seat track

 Misrouted harness
 Seat track mounting and alignment
 Seat track fastener torque
PINPOINT TEST Z: DTC B1013 - OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION CALIBRATION FAULT
NOTE: Do not install any new OCS system components until directed to do so during
the pinpoint test.
NOTE: The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of
faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
NOTE: If a new OCS system component has been installed, the OCSM will store DTC
B1013, causing the air bag warning indicator to illuminate during the prove out.
This DTC will clear after a successful system reset.
Z1 CHECK THE SEAT HARNESS WIRING AND CONNECTORS

 Carry out a thorough visual inspection of the OCS system harness wiring, terminals and connectors
and the related seat wiring harness and body wiring harness terminals and connectors for any
damage, misrouting or pulling on any OCS weight sensor bolt.
Fig. 124: Identifying OCS System Harness Connector

NOTE: The OCS weight sensor bolts do not have differently keyed
connectors. Connecting the incorrect connector to a sensor will
cause DTC B1013 to set and may cause other erroneous DTCs to set.
 Using the illustration, identify that the sensors are connected correctly. Refer to appropriate
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article for schematic and connector information.
OCS Weight Sensor Bolt Location
OCS weight sensor bolt 1, located at the front outboard


 OCS weight sensor bolt 2, located at the rear outboard
 OCS weight sensor bolt 3, located at the rear inboard
 OCS weight sensor bolt 4, located at the front inboard
 Were any wiring or connector concerns noted?
YES : REPAIR the seat connectors and wiring as needed. CARRY OUT the OCS system reset.
REFER to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset. Go to Z3.
NO : Go to Z2.
Z2 CHECK THE SEAT TRACK
NOTE: Correct seat track alignment on a passenger front manual seat (if
equipped) is critical before removing the seat from the vehicle.
During seat installation, the inboard and outboard tracks must be in
alignment with each other. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in an unsuccessful system reset and incorrect operation of the
OCS system.
NOTE: Check for a bent or binding power seat track assembly (if equipped).
Position the seat in all positions and check for correct operation after
installation of the seat into the vehicle. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in an unsuccessful system reset and incorrect
operation of the OCS system.
NOTE: The passenger seat bolts must be tightened to the correct

specifications and in the correct sequence. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in an unsuccessful system reset and incorrect
operation of the OCS system. Refer to SEATING article Seat Removal
and Installation.
 Loosen the 4 seat track to floor mounting bolts.

 Tighten the seat track-to-floor bolts in the following sequence.
A. Tighten the front inboard seat track-to-floor bolt to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
B. Tighten the front outboard seat track-to-floor bolt to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
C. Tighten the rear inboard seat track-to-floor bolt to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
D. Tighten the rear outboard seat track-to-floor bolt to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
 Carry out the OCS system reset. Refer to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset.
 Did the system reset pass?
YES : Fault corrected. Go to Z3.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : INSTALL a new seat track with OCS weight sensor bolts. REFER to SEATING article. Go
to Z3.
Z3 CHECK FOR ADDITIONAL SRS DTCs

YES : Do not clear any DTCs until all DTCs have been resolved. Go to the Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) DTC Chart for pinpoint test direction.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) DEPOWERING AND REPOWERING
Depowering Procedure
WARNING: To reduce the risk of accidental deployment, do not use any memory
saver devices. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious
NOTE: The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control
module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Turn all vehicle accessories OFF.

2. Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
3. At the smart junction box (SJB), located in the LH lower kick panel, remove the lower kick panel fuse
cover and the RCM fuse 46 (7.5A) from the SJB. For additional information, refer to the appropriate
Wiring service information.
4. Turn the ignition ON and visually monitor the air bag warning indicator for at least 30 seconds. The air
bag warning indicator will remain lit continuously (no flashing) if the correct RCM fuse has been
removed. If the air bag warning indicator does not remain lit continuously, remove the correct RCM fuse
before proceeding.
WARNING: Always deplete the backup power supply before repairing or

installing any new front or side air bag supplemental restraint
system (SRS) component and before servicing, removing, installing,
adjusting or striking components near the front or side impact
sensors or the restraints control module (RCM). Nearby components
include doors, instrument panel, console, door latches, strikers,
seats and hood latches.
See DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION for location of the RCM and

impact sensor(s).
To deplete the backup power supply energy, disconnect the battery

ground cable and wait at least 1 minute. Be sure to disconnect
auxiliary batteries and power supplies (if equipped).
Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal

injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.
6. Disconnect the battery ground cable and wait at least one minute. For additional information, refer to
BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article.
Repowering Procedure
1. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON.

2. Install RCM fuse 46 (7.5A) to the SJB and install the lower kick panel fuse cover.
WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or
placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected.
injury in the event of an accidental deployment.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Connect the battery ground cable.

4. Prove out the SRS as follows:
Turn the ignition switch from ON to OFF. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition switch back to ON and
visually monitor the air bag warning indicator with the air bag modules installed. The air bag warning
indicator will light continuously for approximately 6 seconds and then turn OFF. If an air bag SRS fault is
present, the air bag warning indicator will:
- fail to light.
- remain lit continuously.
- flash at a 5 Hz rate (RCM not configured).
The air bag warning indicator might not light until approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch has
been turned from the OFF to the ON position. This is the time required for the RCM to complete the
testing of the SRS. If the air bag warning indicator is inoperative and a SRS fault exists, a chime will
sound in a pattern of 5 sets of 5 beeps. If this occurs, the air bag warning indicator and any SRS fault
discovered must be diagnosed and repaired.
Clear all continuous DTCs from the RCM and occupant classification system module (OCSM) using a
scan tool.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) DEACTIVATION AND REACTIVATION
Special Tools

System (IDS)
Deactivation
WARNING: Always carry or place a live air bag module with the air bag and
deployment door/trim cover/tear seam pointed away from the body. Do
not set a live air bag module down with the deployment door/trim
cover/tear seam face down. Failure to follow these instructions may result
in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

WARNING: To reduce the risk of accidental deployment, do not use any memory
saver devices. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious
NOTE: The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the restraints control module
(RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
All vehicles
1. Turn all vehicle accessories OFF.

3. At the smart junction box (SJB), located in the LH lower kick panel, remove the lower kick panel fuse
cover and the RCM fuse 46 (7.5A) from the SJB. For additional information, refer to the appropriate
Wiring service information.
4. Turn the ignition ON and visually monitor the air bag warning indicator for at least 30 seconds. The air
bag warning indicator will remain lit continuously (no flashing) if the correct RCM fuse has been
removed. If the air bag warning indicator does not remain lit continuously, remove the correct RCM fuse
before proceeding.
5. Turn the ignition OFF.
WARNING: Always deplete the backup power supply before repairing or

installing any new front or side air bag supplemental restraint
system (SRS) component and before servicing, removing, installing,
adjusting or striking components near the front or side impact
sensors or the restraints control module (RCM). Nearby components
include doors, instrument panel, console, door latches, strikers,
seats and hood latches.
See DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION for location of the RCM and

impact sensor(s).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
To deplete the backup power supply energy, disconnect the battery

ground cable and wait at least 1 minute. Be sure to disconnect
auxiliary batteries and power supplies (if equipped).

injury or death in the event of an accidental deployment.
6. Disconnect the battery ground cable and wait at least one minute. For additional information, refer to
BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both locking pins.
7. Using a 3-mm Allen wrench or a suitable tool through the access hole on the backside of the steering
wheel, position the tool against the spring clip and push in, disengaging the clip from the locking pin.
With the spring clip disengaged from the locking pin, gently pull back on that side of the driver air bag
module to release it from the steering wheel.
Fig. 125: Locating Allen Wrench

NOTE: Do not pull the driver air bag module electrical connectors out by the
locking buttons. Damage to the locking buttons may occur.
8. Using a small screwdriver as shown in illustration, lift up and release the locking buttons on the driver air
bag module electrical connectors. With the locking buttons released, remove the electrical connectors and
the driver air bag module.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 126: Releasing Locking Buttons On Driver Air Bag Module Electrical Connectors
9. Open and lower the glove compartment door. Then unhook the glove compartment door from the
instrument panel.
 If equipped, detach the glove compartment door dampener.
Edge
10. Remove the 2 passenger air bag module bolts from the cross vehicle beam bracket.
Fig. 127: Locating Passenger Air Bag Module Bolts From Cross Vehicle Beam Bracket
NOTE: Do not handle the passenger air bag module by grabbing the edges of the
deployment doors. Damage to the air bag module may occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
11. Through the glove compartment opening, release the 4 LH side deployment door clips. Then release the
foreward-most 5 clips and separate the deployment door and passenger air bag module from the
instrument panel.
Fig. 128: Locating LH Side Deployment Door Clip

12. Using a small screwdriver as shown in illustration, lift up and release the locking button on the RH
passenger air bag module electrical connector.
Fig. 129: Releasing Locking Button On RH Passenger Air Bag Module Electrical Connector Using
A Small Screwdriver
NOTE: Do not pull the passenger air bag module electrical connector out by the
locking button. Damage to the locking button may occur.
13. With the RH locking button released, remove the RH electrical connector.
14. Using a small screwdriver as shown in illustration, lift up and release the locking button on the LH
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 130: Releasing Locking Button On LH Passenger Air Bag Module Electrical Connector Using
A Small Screwdriver
15. With the LH locking button released, remove the LH electrical connector and remove the passenger air
bag module.
MKX
16. Pull straight out to release the 5 retaining clips and remove the RH instrument panel finish panel.
Fig. 131: Locating Retaining Clips On RH I/P Finish Panel

17. Remove the screw for the LH duct assembly bracket from the front of the instrument panel.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 132: Locating Screw On LH Duct Assembly Bracket

18. Through the glove compartment opening, remove the screw and the LH duct assembly.
Fig. 133: Locating Screw On LH Duct Assembly

19. Through the glove compartment opening, remove the screw and the RH duct assembly.
Fig. 134: Locating Screw On RH Duct Assembly

20. Remove the 4 bolts and the passenger air bag module support bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 135: Locating Bolts On Passenger Air Bag Module Support Bracket
21. Remove the 3 nuts from the passenger air bag module.
Fig. 136: Locating Nuts On Passenger Air Bag Module

NOTE: Do not allow the passenger air bag module to hang from the wiring
harness. Damage to the wiring harness and connectors may occur.
22. Lower the rear of the passenger air bag module off the 3 mounting studs. Move the passenger air bag
module rearward to release the 7 hooks from the instrument panel and rest the module on the cross
vehicle beam.
Fig. 137: Identifying Hooks On I/P

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
A Small Screwdriver
24. With the LH locking button released, remove the LH electrical connector from the passenger air bag
module.
A Small Screwdriver
26. With the RH locking button released, remove the RH electrical connector. Remove the passenger air bag
module from the glove compartment opening.
All vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
27. From under the rear of the front passenger seat, slide and disengage the passenger seat side air bag
module electrical connector locking clip, and then release the tab and disconnect the passenger seat side
air bag module electrical connector.
Fig. 140: Identifying Passenger Seat Side Air Bag Module Electrical Connector
28. Remove the passenger side D-pillar trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM &
NOTE: Do not pull the passenger safety canopy module electrical connector out
by the locking button. Damage to the locking button may occur.
29. With the locking button released, remove the electrical connector from the passenger safety canopy
module.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 141: Locating Electrical Connector From Passenger Safety Canopy Module
30. Remove the driver side D-pillar trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM &
NOTE: Do not pull the driver safety canopy module electrical connector out by the
31. With the locking button released, remove the electrical connector from the driver safety canopy module.
Fig. 142: Locating Electrical Connector From Driver Safety Canopy Module
32. From under the rear of the driver seat, detach the driver seat side air bag module electrical connector from
the seat cushion frame. Then slide and disengage the driver seat side air bag module electrical connector
locking clip, and then release the tab and disconnect the driver seat side air bag module electrical
connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 143: Identifying Driver Seat Side Air Bag Module Electrical Connector Locking Clip
33. Install RCM fuse 46 (7.5A) to the SJB.

34. Connect the battery ground cable. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING &
CABLES article.
Reactivation
All vehicles
1. Remove RCM fuse 46 (7.5A) from the SJB.

2. Disconnect the battery ground cable and wait at least one minute.
3. Connect the driver seat side air bag module electrical connector and then slide and engage the seat side air
bag electrical connector locking clip. Then attach the driver seat side air bag module electrical connector
to the seat cushion frame.
Fig. 144: Identifying Driver Seat Side Air Bag Module Electrical Connector Locking Clip
NOTE: Do not install the safety canopy module electrical connector by the locking
button. Damage to the locking button may occur.
NOTE: The safety canopy module electrical connector locking button must be in
the released position when the connector is being installed or connector
damage may occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: The safety canopy module electrical connector is unique and cannot be
reversed when connected to the safety canopy module. Match the
electrical connector key to the keyway in the safety canopy module. Do
not force the electrical connector into the safety canopy module. Damage
to the connector or component may occur.
4. With the locking button released, install the driver safety canopy module electrical connector fully into
the driver safety canopy module and seat the locking button.
Fig. 145: Identifying Driver Safety Canopy Module Electrical Connector

5. Install the driver side D-pillar trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM &
damage may occur.
6. With the locking button released, install the passenger safety canopy module electrical connector fully
into the passenger safety canopy module and seat the locking button.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 146: Identifying Passenger Safety Canopy Module Electrical Connector

7. Install the passenger side D-pillar trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM &
8. Connect the passenger seat side air bag module electrical connector and then slide and engage the seat
side air bag electrical connector locking clip.
Fig. 147: Identifying Passenger Seat Side Air Bag Module Electrical Connector
MKX
NOTE: Do not install the passenger air bag module electrical connectors by the
NOTE: The passenger air bag module electrical connector locking buttons must
be in the released position when the connector is being installed or
connector damage may occur.
NOTE: The passenger air bag module electrical connectors are unique and
cannot be reversed when connected to the passenger air bag module.
Match the electrical connector key to the keyway in the passenger air bag
module. Do not force the electrical connectors into the passenger air bag
module. Damage to the connector or component may occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: RH side shown in illustration, LH side similar.
9. Position the passenger air bag module on the cross vehicle beam. With the locking buttons released,
install the 2 passenger air bag module electrical connectors fully into the passenger air bag module and
seat the locking buttons.
Fig. 148: Locating Passenger Air Bag Module Electrical Connectors

NOTE: During the passenger air bag module installation, make sure all 7 of the
hooks are fully seated in the instrument panel.
10. Install the passenger air bag module 7 hooks into the instrument panel. Raise the rear of the passenger air
bag module onto the 3 mounting studs.

11. Install the 3 passenger air bag module nuts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 150: Locating Nuts On Passenger Air Bag Module

NOTE: To avoid a squeak or rattle condition, install the passenger air bag module
bracket and passenger air bag module bolts in this order.
12. Install the passenger air bag module support bracket and the 4 bolts.
1. Install the passenger air bag module support bracket and 2 bolts to the cross vehicle beam.
2. Install the inboard passenger air bag module support bracket-to-passenger air bag module bolt.
3. Install the outboard passenger air bag module support bracket-to-passenger air bag module bolt.
Fig. 151: Installing Passenger Air Bag Module Support Bracket Bolts In Sequence
13. Install the screw and the RH duct assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

14. Install the screw and the LH duct assembly.

15. Install the screw for the LH duct assembly bracket in the front of the instrument panel.

NOTE: Make sure the RH instrument panel finish panel 5 retaining clips are fully
seated in the instrument panel.
16. Install the RH instrument panel finish panel.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 155: Locating Retaining Clips On RH I/P Finish Panel

Edge
NOTE: RH side shown in illustration, LH side similar.
17. With the locking buttons released, install the 2 passenger air bag module electrical connectors fully into
the passenger air bag module and seat the locking buttons.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: During air bag module installation, make sure all the deployment door
clips are fully seated in the instrument panel.
18. Install the passenger air bag module deployment door rear-most clips into the instrument panel first. Then
install the side deployment door clips working around to the forward-most clips seating each of them
fully into the instrument panel.
NOTE: To avoid a squeak or rattle condition, install the 2 passenger air bag
module bolts in this order.
19. Install the passenger air bag module 2 bolts.

1. Install the inboard passenger air bag module bolt.
2. Install the outboard passenger air bag module bolt.

Fig. 157: Installing Passenger Air Bag Module Bolts In Sequence

All vehicles
20. Hook the glove compartment door to the instrument panel. Close the glove compartment door.
 If equipped, attach the glove compartment door dampener.
NOTE: Do not install the driver air bag module electrical connectors by the
NOTE: The driver air bag module electrical connector locking buttons must be in
damage may occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
21. With the locking buttons released, install the driver air bag module electrical connectors fully into the
driver air bag module and seat the locking buttons.
Fig. 158: Locating Driver Air Bag Module Electrical Connectors

NOTE: Audible clicks will be heard when both wire clips are seated in the driver
air bag module.
22. Align the driver air bag module locking pins to the steering wheel and, while pushing inward, seat the 2
driver air bag module locking pins to the steering wheel wire clips.
 When the 2 locking pins are seated in place, there should be an even gap between the driver air bag
module trim cover and the steering wheel.
23. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON.
24. Install RCM fuse 46 (7.5A) to the SJB and install the lower kick panel fuse cover.
WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or
placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected.
injury in the event of an accidental deployment.
25. Connect the battery ground cable.

Turn the ignition key from ON to OFF. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the key back to ON and visually
monitor the air bag warning indicator with the air bag modules installed. The air bag warning indicator
will light continuously for approximately 6 seconds and then turn off. If an air bag SRS fault is present,
the air bag warning indicator will:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
- fail to light.
- flash at a 5Hz rate (RCM not configured).
The air bag warning indicator may not illuminate until approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch
has been turned from the OFF to the ON position. This is the time required for the RCM to complete the
testing of the SRS. If the air bag warning indicator is inoperative and an SRS fault exists, a chime will
sound in a pattern of 5 sets of 5 beeps. If this occurs, the air bag warning indicator will need to be
repaired before diagnosis can continue.
scan tool.
INSPECTION AND REPAIR AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

DEPLOYMENT
WARNING: Remove restraint system diagnostic tools from the vehicle prior to road
testing. If tools are not removed, the supplemental restraint system (SRS)
device may not deploy in a crash. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in serious personal injury or death in a crash and possibly violate
vehicle safety standards.
NOTE: After diagnosing or repairing a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), the

restraint system diagnostic tools (if required) must be removed before
operating the vehicle over the road.
NOTE: Deployable devices (such as air bag modules, pretensioners) may deploy alone
or in various combinations depending on the impact event.
NOTE: Always refer to the appropriate service information procedures prior to carrying
out vehicle repairs affecting the SRS and safety belt system.
to the customer.
All vehicles
NOTE: Refer to the correct removal and installation procedure for all SRS
components being installed.
1. When any deployable device or combination of devices are deployed and/or the Restraints Control
Module (RCM) has the DTC B1231 (Event Threshold Exceeded) in memory, the repair of the vehicle
SRS is to include the removal of all deployed devices and the installation of new deployable devices, the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
removal and installation of new impact sensors, and the removal and installation of a new RCM. DTCs
must be cleared from all required modules after repairs are carried out.
Vehicles with Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) system
NOTE: After installation of new Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) system

components, carry out the Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System
Reset procedure as instructed in the service information. Refer to the
appropriate service information for OCS system removal and installation
procedure.
2. When a vehicle has been involved in a collision and the Occupant Classification System Module (OCSM)
has DTC B1231 stored in memory, the repair of the OCS system is to include the following procedures
for the specified system:
 For rail-type OCS system, inspect the passenger side floorpan for damage and repair as necessary.
Install new OCS system rails.
 For weight sensor bolt-type OCS system, inspect the passenger side floorpan for damage and repair
as necessary. Install a new seat track with OCS system weight sensor bolts. DTC must be cleared
from the OCSM before carrying out Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset. Do not
install a new OCSM unless DTC B1231 cannot be cleared.
NOTE: Most bladder-type OCSM do not store a DTC B1231 in memory after
deployment. The DTC B1231 is stored only by the RCM.
 For bladder-type OCS system, inspect for damage and repair as necessary. If installation of an OCS
system component is required, an OCS system service kit must be installed.
All vehicles
3. When any damage to the impact sensor mounting points or mounting hardware has occurred, repair or
install new mounting points and mounting hardware as needed.
4. When the driver air bag module has deployed, a new clockspring must be installed.
5. New driver and/or front passenger safety belt systems (including retractors, buckles and height adjusters)
must be installed if the vehicle is involved in a collision that results in deployment of the driver and/or
front passenger safety belt pretensioners. For additional information, refer to SAFETY BELT SYSTEM
article.
6. Inspect the entire vehicle for damage, including the following components:
 Steering column (deployable column if equipped)
 Instrument panel knee bolsters and mounting points
 Instrument panel braces and brackets
 Instrument panel and mounting points
 Seats and seat mounting points
 Safety belts, safety belt buckles and safety belt retractors. For additional information, refer to
SAFETY BELT SYSTEM article
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SRS wiring, wiring harnesses and connectors


7. After carrying out the review and inspection of the entire vehicle for damage, repair or install new
components as needed.
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR (OCS) SYSTEM RESET
Special Tools

System (IDS)
NOTE: If DTC B2290 is retrieved on-demand from the occupant classification system
module (OCSM) and restraints control module (RCM):
 There is a fault with the occupant classification sensor (OCS) weight

sensor bolt(s) and/or wiring.
 The cause for the DTC must be corrected before carrying out the OCS
system reset.
 Refer to DTC Charts for diagnostic direction.
 The RCM stores DTC B2290 in memory ONLY to identify a problem with
the OCS system.
If DTC B2290 is only present in the RCM and no on-demand or continuous DTC
are present in the OCSM, CLEAR all DTCs from the RCM.
1. Diagnostic Instruction: The Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset procedure should only
be carried out if instructed to do so by the service information.
If the concern is with the passenger air bag deactivation (PAD) indicator operation, refer to Passenger Air
Bag Deactivation (PAD) Indicator and Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System in
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION .
WARNING: The following precautions must be taken before carrying out the
following procedure on the front passenger seat:
 Park the vehicle on level ground.

 Make sure the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system is
stabilized at a temperature in the range of 5°C to 48°C (41°F to
118°F) and is not exposed to temperatures outside that range.
 Make sure the front passenger seat is empty and dry.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Make sure the front passenger seat repair is complete and all
attached components (head restraint, seat side shield) are
correctly installed.
 Make sure nothing is placed in the map pockets (if equipped) of
the front passenger seat.
 Make sure nothing is underneath the front passenger seat.
 Make sure no non-factory installed items (seat covers, DVD
screens) are on or contacting the front passenger seat. If any
non-factory items were installed to the seat, remove the item(s)
and communicate to the customer that any
alteration/modification to the front passenger seat may affect
performance of the OCS system. Refer to the Owner's
Literature.
 Make sure the seat is correctly installed in the vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in incorrect operation

of the OCS system and increases the risk of serious personal injury
or death in a crash.
NOTE: Correct seat track alignment of the inboard and outboard seat tracks on a
manual seat is critical for a successful system reset. Before removing a
front passenger seat equipped with a manual seat track, mark both tracks
to indicate correct alignment between the inboard and outboard tracks.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in an unsuccessful system
reset and incorrect operation of the occupant classification sensor (OCS)
system.
NOTE: Make sure the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system weight sensor
bolt protection brackets are correctly installed to the seat track and that
they not contact the cushion side shield, wire harness or any other
surrounding parts. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the
incorrect operation of the OCS system.
NOTE: In the event of a deployable crash and OCSM DTC B1231 is retrieved on-
demand, the DTC must be cleared before carrying out the Occupant
Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset.
NOTE: If a new OCS system component has been installed, the RCM and OCSM
will:
 store DTC B1013 and B2290 in memory.

 cause the air bag warning indicator to illuminate.
 clear after a successful system reset.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 the RCM stores DTC B2290 in memory.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the off position. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition switch back to ON and
visually monitor the air bag warning indicator. The air bag warning indicator will light continuously for
approximately 6 seconds and then turn OFF. If no SRS DTCs are present and no new OCS system
components were installed , the air bag warning indicator will remain off. If the SRS indicator
illuminates, indicating a fault is present, use a scan tool to retrieve DTCs and refer to DTC Charts for
diagnostic direction before carrying out the system reset procedure.
3. Cycle the ignition to the OFF position.
NOTE: The following seat checks must be made before attempting to carry out an
occupant classification sensor (OCS) system reset after the seat has been
removed and re-installed for any reason:

 Make sure the seat has been tightened to specification as identified
in the appropriate service information.
 Make sure the seat track is correctly aligned (manual seat track).
 Make sure the OCS weight sensor bolt harness connections are
correct for each sensor at their correct location. Refer to appropriate
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article for schematic and connector
information. Refer to the illustration for correct sensor location on
the seat.
OCS Weight Sensor Bolt Location
 OCS weight sensor bolt 1, front outboard

 OCS weight sensor bolt 2, rear outboard
 OCS weight sensor bolt 3, rear inboard
 OCS weight sensor bolt 4, front inboard
4. Position the front passenger seat.

 Position the seat backrest in the upright (vertical) position.
 Position the seat in the middle position of seat track travel.
 Position the seat height to its middle position (power seat only).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 159: Identifying OCS System Harness Connector

5. Remove the hysteresis from the front passenger seat by firmly hitting the back of the seat head restraint 3
times.
NOTE: Make sure a minimum 8-second time period has passed after cycling the
ignition switch ON before carrying out the System Reset active command.
6. Turn the ignition switch ON, wait 8 seconds and carry out the System Reset using the scan tool.
 If the system passed, go to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Zero Seat Weight
Test.
NOTE: Do not install any new OCS system components at this time. OCS
system components should only be installed when directed to do so.
If the system did not pass, proceed to Step 7.


7. Carry out the OCSM self-test.

 If DTCs B2290 and B1013 are retrieved on-demand in the OCSM, refer to DTC Charts for
diagnostic direction. Carry out diagnostics for DTC B2290 before any other DTCs.
 If any other DTC is retrieved on-demand in the OCSM, refer to DTC Charts for diagnostic
direction.
 If only DTC B1013 is retrieved on-demand in the OCSM, refer to DTC Charts for diagnostic
direction.
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR (OCS) SYSTEM ZERO SEAT WEIGHT TEST
Special Tools

System (IDS)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
WARNING: The following precautions must be taken before carrying out the following
procedure on the front passenger seat:

stabilized at a temperature in the range of 5°C to 48°C (41°F to 118°F)
and is not exposed to temperatures outside that range.
attached components (head restraint, seat side shield) are correctly
installed.
 Make sure nothing is placed in the map pockets (if equipped) of the
front passenger seat.
 Make sure no non-factory installed items (seat covers, DVD screens)
are on or contacting the front passenger seat. If any non-factory
items were installed to the seat, remove the item(s) and
communicate to the customer that any alteration/modification to the
front passenger seat may affect performance of the OCS system.
Refer to the Owner's Literature.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in incorrect operation of

the OCS system and increases the risk of serious personal injury or death
in a crash.
NOTE: Make sure the occupant classification sensor (OCS) weight sensor bolt
protection brackets are correctly installed to the seat track and that it does not
contact the cushion side shield, wire harness or any other surrounding parts.
Failure to follow this instruction may result in the incorrect operation of the
OCS system.
NOTE: The Zero Seat Weight Test is done with the passenger seat positioned in 2
different positions to make sure that there is nothing to affect the performance
and operation of the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system.
NOTE: The Zero Seat Weight Test verifies the OCS system measures zero weight for an
empty seat. It is necessary to carry out the Zero Seat Weight Test procedure
after a successful System Reset or as directed to do so in the appropriate
service information procedures.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: If the occupant classification system module (OCSM) has any on-demand DTCs
except C1941 present, the fault condition(s) must be repaired and the DTCs
cleared before carrying out the Zero Seat Weight Test on the front passenger
seat. Failure to follow this instruction will result in an unsuccessful Zero Seat
Weight Test and the incorrect operation of the OCS system.
WARNING: The following precautions must be taken before carrying out the
following procedure on the front passenger seat:

stabilized at a temperature in the range of 5°C to 48°C (41°F to
118°F) and is not exposed to temperatures outside that range.
attached components (head restraint, seat side shield) are
correctly installed.
 Make sure nothing is placed in the map pockets (if equipped) of
the front passenger seat.
 Make sure no non-factory installed items (seat covers, DVD
screens) are on or contacting the front passenger seat. If any
non-factory items were installed to the seat, remove the item(s)
and communicate to the customer that any
alteration/modification to the front passenger seat may affect
performance of the OCS system. Refer to the Owner's
Literature.

of the OCS system and increases the risk of serious personal injury
1. Make sure the front passenger seat is empty and there is nothing underneath the seat. Remove any items
from the seat that were not factory installed and make sure that the seat is correctly installed in the
vehicle. For additional information, refer to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System in Air Bag
and Safety Belt Pretensioner Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
2. Position the front passenger seat in the first position.
 Position the seat backrest in the upright position.
 Position the seat in the full forward position of seat track travel.
 Position the seat height to its highest position (power seat only).
WARNING: Remove binding or resistance between all components of the front

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
passenger seat as directed in the following procedure. Failure to

follow this instruction may result in incorrect operation of the
occupant classification sensor (OCS) system and increases the risk
of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
3. Remove hysteresis from the front passenger seat by firmly hitting the back of the seat head restraint 3
times.
4. Turn the ignition to the OFF position.
WARNING: Make sure nothing is placed on the front passenger seat during the
following procedure. Do not press, touch or lay anything on the front
passenger seat until the following procedure has been completed.
of the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system and increase the
risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
5. Turn the ignition to the ON position.
NOTE: Make sure a minimum 8-second time period has passed after cycling the
ignition switch ON before carrying out the Zero Seat Weight Test active
command.
6. Carry out the Zero Seat Weight Test using the scan tool.
 If the system passed, proceed to Step 7.
 If the system did not pass (DTC C1941 Zero Seat Weight Test Failure reported), proceed to Step
9.
7. Position the front passenger seat to the second position.
 Position the seat in the full rearward position of seat track travel.
 Position the seat height to its lowest position (power seat only).
8. Carry out the Zero Seat Weight Test using the scan tool.
 If the system passed, repair is complete, Proceed to Step 10.
 If the system did not pass (DTC C1941 Zero Seat Weight Test Failure reported), proceed to Step
9.
NOTE: Check the repair history of the vehicle for any previous repair that required
the removal or service of the passenger seat. The repair history may lead
to an area of concern.
9. Inspect the following for causes of a unsuccessful Zero Seat Weight Test.
 Make sure the front passenger seat is empty and there is nothing underneath the seat. Remove any
items from the seat that were not factory installed and make sure that the seat is correctly installed
in the vehicle.
 Make sure the seat wiring harnesses are routed and secured correctly and are not twisted, pinched,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
pulling down or pushing up on any seat component. Refer to Seat Cushion Wire Harness Routing -
Front Passenger Cushion in the General Procedures portion of SEATING article.
 Make sure the OCS weight sensor bolt protection brackets are correctly installed to the seat track
and are not contacting the cushion side shield, wire harness or any other surrounding parts.
 Make sure the seat track and backrest frame are not bent, twisted or damaged.
 Move the seat and backrest to all seating positions. Make sure the seat track does not bind or have
any resistance when moved to all seating positions. Make sure that there are no obstructions
contacting any seat component when the seat is moved to all seating positions.
 Make sure the seat is assembled correctly and all fasteners are tightened to specifications.
 If a concern was found, repair as necessary, proceed to Step 1.
 If no concern was found, install a new passenger seat track assembly with OCS weight sensor
bolts. Refer to SEATING article.
visually monitor the air bag warning indicator with the air bag modules installed. The air bag warning
indicator will light continuously for approximately 6 seconds and then turn off. If an air bag SRS fault is
present, the air bag warning indicator will:
- fail to light.
Repair any unresolved DTCs.
Clear all continuous DTCs from the RCM and OCSM using a scan tool.
PYROTECHNIC DEVICE DISPOSAL
Disposal of Deployable Devices and Pyrotechnic Devices That are Undeployed/Inoperative
NOTE: All inoperative air bag modules and safety belt pretensioners have been placed
on the Mandatory Return List. All discolored or damaged air bag modules must
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
be treated the same as any inoperative live air bag being returned.
1. Depower the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). For additional information, refer to Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering.
2. Remove the undeployed/inoperative device. For additional information, refer to the appropriate procedure
in this service information or SAFETY BELT SYSTEM article.
NOTE: When installing a new air bag module, a prepaid return postcard is
provided with the replacement air bag module. The serial number for the
new part and the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) must be recorded and
sent to Ford Motor Company.
3. If installing a new air bag module, record the necessary information and return the inoperative air bag
module to Ford Motor Company.
Disposal of Deployable Devices and Pyrotechnic Devices That Are Deployed
1. Depower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
Depowering and Repowering.
2. Remove the deployed device. For additional information, refer to the appropriate procedure in this service
information or SAFETY BELT SYSTEM article.
NOTE: If a dual stage driver or passenger air bag module has deployed due to a
crash event, the air bag module requires manual deployment to make sure
both stages have deployed before scrapping the vehicle or disposing of
the air bag module. To determine if a vehicle is equipped with dual stage
driver or passenger air bag modules, refer to DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION .
3. Dispose of the deployed device in the same manner as any other part to be scrapped.
Disposal of Deployable Devices and Pyrotechnic Devices That Require Manual Deployment
1. Safety and environmental concerns require consideration and treatment of restraints system deployable
and pyrotechnic devices when disposing of vehicles, deployable devices or pyrotechnic devices.
Deploying deployable and pyrotechnic devices before scrapping a vehicle or the device eliminates the
potential for hazardous exposures or reactions during processing. If special handling procedures are
followed, deployable and pyrotechnic devices can be deployed safely and recycled with the vehicle,
shipped separately to a recycling facility or disposed of safely.
NOTE: To determine the deployable devices a vehicle is equipped with, refer to

A vehicle equipped with any of the following deployable devices requires manual deployment of the
devices before scrapping the vehicle or component. For additional information, refer to the appropriate
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
portion of this procedure.
 Driver air bag module

 Passenger air bag module
 Seat side air bag modules
 Safety canopy modules
 Side air curtain modules
NOTE: To determine the pyrotechnic devices a vehicle is equipped with, refer to

2. A vehicle equipped with any of the following pyrotechnic devices requires manual deployment of the
devices before scrapping the vehicle or component. For additional information, refer to the appropriate
portion of this procedure.
 Safety belt buckle pretensioners
 Safety belt retractor pretensioners
 Adaptive load limiting retractors
 Deployable steering column
NOTE: To determine if a vehicle is equipped with dual stage driver or passenger

air bag modules, refer toDESCRIPTION AND OPERATION .
3. If a dual stage driver or passenger air bag module has deployed due to a crash event, the air bag module
requires manual deployment to make sure both stages have deployed before scrapping the vehicle or
disposing of the air bag module. For additional information, refer to Driver Air Bag Module, Passenger
Air Bag Module and Seat Side Air Bag Modules - Remote Deployment in this procedure.
Driver Air Bag Module, Passenger Air Bag Module and Seat Side Air Bag Modules - Remote Deployment
WARNING: Always carry or place a live safety canopy, or side air curtain module,
with the module and tear seam pointed away from your body. Failure to
follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
event of an accidental deployment.
WARNING: Deploy all supplemental restraint system (SRS) devices (air bags,
pretensioners, load limiters, etc.) outdoors with all personnel at least 9.14
meters (30 feet) away to make sure of personal safety. Due to the loud
report which occurs when an SRS device is deployed, hearing protection
is required. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious
personal injury.
NOTE: For air bag modules with multiple loops, all the loops on the air bag module
must be deployed.
NOTE: Some driver and passenger front air bags have 2 deployment stages. After a
collision it is possible that Stage 1 has deployed and Stage 2 has not.
If a front air bag module has deployed, it is mandatory that the front air bag
module be remotely deployed using the appropriate air bag disposal procedure.
NOTE: A typical air bag disposal is shown in illustration that is similar for all vehicles.
All driver, passenger and seat side air bag modules
1. Make a container to house the air bag module for deployment.
NOTE: The tires must be of sufficient size to accommodate the air bag
module.
 Obtain a tire and wheel assembly and an additional 4 tires (without wheels) of the same size.
 With the tire and wheel assembly on the bottom, stack the tires.
 Securely tie all of the tires together.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 160: Placing Air Bag Modules Inside Tire For Deployment
3. Remove the air bag module. For additional information, refer to the appropriate procedure.
NOTE: If the air bag module does not have a hardwired pigtail, it will be necessary
to cut the wires and connector(s) from the vehicle wire harness and
reconnect to the air bag module.
4. Cut each of the air bag module wires near the electrical connector that connects to the vehicle wire
harness.
5. Remove any sheathing (if present) and strip the insulation from the ends of the cut wires.
NOTE: Typical driver air bag module with 2 loops shown in illustration, other air
bag modules with multiple loops similar.
6. For air bag modules with multiple loops, twist together a wire from each loop then repeat for the
remaining wires from each loop.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 161: Locating Air Bag Module Wire Squibs

7. Make a jumper harness to deploy the air bag module.

 Obtain 2 wires (20 gauge minimum) at least 9.14 m (30 ft) long and strip both ends of each wire.
 At one end of the jumper harness, connect the wires together.
8. Using the end of the jumper harness that the wires are not connected together, attach each wire of the
jumper harness to each wire of the air bag module or to the twisted-together wires if multiple loops. Use
tape or other insulating material to make sure that the leads do not make contact with each other.
Fig. 162: Connecting Jumper Wires To Squibs

Driver air bag modules
NOTE: Make sure to maintain the connections to the air bag module.
9. With the stack of tires upright and the wheel on the bottom, carefully place the driver air bag module,
with the trim cover facing up, on the wheel.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 163: Placing Driver Air Bag Modules Inside Tires For Deployment
Passenger and seat side air bag modules
NOTE: Make sure to maintain the connections to the air bag module.
10. Tip the stack of tires on its side and place the air bag module inside the center tire, making sure that there
are 2 tires beneath the tire containing the air bag module and 2 tires (including the tire and wheel
assembly) above the tire containing the air bag module.
11. Place the tire stack upright, with the wheel on top.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 164: Identifying Passenger Or Seat Side Air Bag Modules Inside Center Tire
All driver, passenger and seat side air bag modules
12. Remain at least 9.14 m (30 ft) away from the air bag module.
13. From the end of the jumper harness that is not connected to the air bag module, disconnect the 2 wires of
the jumper harness from each other.
14. Deploy the air bag module by touching the ends of the 2 wires of the jumper harness to the terminals of a
12-volt battery.
15. To allow for cooling, wait at least 10 minutes before approaching the deployed air bag module.
16. Dispose of the deployed air bag module in the same manner as any other part to be scrapped.
Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioners, Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioners and Adaptive Load Limiting Safety Belt
Retractors - Remote Deployment

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

personal injury.
NOTE: A typical safety belt buckle and retractor disposal is shown in illustration that is
similar for all vehicles.
1. Make a container to house the safety belt buckle or retractor for deployment.
NOTE: The tires must be of sufficient size to accommodate the safety belt
buckle or retractor.
 Obtain a tire and wheel assembly and an additional 4 tires (without wheels) of the same size.
 With the tire and wheel assembly on the bottom, stack the tires.
 Securely tie all of the tires together.
Fig. 165: Placing Air Bag Modules Inside Tire For Deployment
3. Remove the safety belt buckle or retractor. For additional information, refer to the appropriate procedure
in SAFETY BELT SYSTEM article.
 When deploying a safety belt buckle pretensioner, install a nut and bolt of sufficient length and of
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
the same diameter as was used to retain it to the seat.
NOTE: If the safety belt buckle or retractor does not have a hardwired pigtail, it
will be necessary to cut the wires and connector(s) from the vehicle wire
harness and reconnect to the safety belt buckle or retractor.
4. Cut each of the safety belt buckle or retractor wires near the electrical connector that connects to the
vehicle wire harness.
6. Make a jumper harness to deploy the safety belt buckle or retractor.
NOTE: Typical safety belt retractor pretensioner shown in illustration, other safety
belt buckle pretensioners and load limiting retractors similar.
jumper harness to each wire of the safety belt buckle or retractor. Use tape or other insulating material to
make sure that the leads do not make contact with each other.
Fig. 166: Attaching Jumper Wires To Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner

NOTE: Make sure to maintain the connections to the safety belt buckle or
retractor.
8. Tip the stack of tires on its side and place the safety belt buckle or retractor inside the center tire, making
sure that there are 2 tires beneath the tire containing the safety belt buckle or retractor and 2 tires
(including the tire and wheel assembly) above the tire containing the safety belt buckle or retractor.
9. Place the tire stack upright, with the wheel on top.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 167: Identifying Passenger Or Seat Side Air Bag Modules Inside Center Tire
10. Remain at least 9.14 m (30 ft) away from the safety belt buckle or retractor.
11. From the end of the jumper harness that is not connected to the safety belt buckle or retractor, disconnect
the 2 wires of the jumper harness from each other.
12. Deploy the safety belt buckle or retractor by touching the ends of the 2 wires of the jumper harness to the
terminals of a 12-volt battery.
13. To allow for cooling, wait at least 10 minutes before approaching the deployed safety belt buckle or
retractor.
14. Dispose of the deployed safety belt buckle or retractor in the same manner as any other part to be
scrapped.
Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioners, Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioners and Load Limiting Safety Belt Retractors - In-
Vehicle Deployment

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

personal injury.
NOTE: A typical safety belt buckle and retractor disposal is shown in illustration that is
similar for all vehicles.
2. Access the safety belt buckle or retractor electrical connectors. For additional information, refer to
SAFETY BELT SYSTEM article.
3. Cut each of the safety belt buckle or retractor wires, leaving at least 101.6 mm (4 in) to work with.
5. Make a jumper harness to deploy the safety belt buckle or retractor.
NOTE: Typical safety belt retractor pretensioner shown in illustration, other safety
belt buckle pretensioners and load limiting retractors are similar.
jumper harness to each wire of the safety belt buckle or retractor. Use tape or other insulating material to
Fig. 168: Attaching Jumper Wires To Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner

7. Remain at least 9.14 m (30 ft) away from the safety belt buckle or retractor.
8. From the end of the jumper harness that is not connected to the safety belt buckle or retractor, disconnect
9. Deploy the safety belt buckle or retractor by touching the ends of the 2 wires of the jumper harness to the
10. To allow for cooling, wait at least 10 minutes before approaching the deployed safety belt buckle or
retractor.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
11. Dispose of the deployed safety belt buckle or retractor in the same manner as any other part to be
scrapped.
Safety Canopy Modules and Side Air Curtain Modules - In-Vehicle Deployment
personal injury.
NOTE: The safety canopy module deployment for a scrapped vehicle will occur in its
installed position in the vehicle.
NOTE: A typical safety canopy module disposal is shown in illustration that is similar
for all vehicles.
2. Access the safety canopy/side air curtain module electrical connectors. For additional information, refer
to the appropriate procedure.
3. Cut each of the safety canopy/side air curtain module wires leaving at least 101.6 mm (4 in) to work with.
NOTE: Typical safety canopy/side air curtain module with 2 loops shown in
illustration, other safety canopy/side air curtain modules with 2 loops are
similar.
5. For safety canopy/side air curtain modules with multiple loops, twist together a wire from each loop then
repeat for the remaining wires from each loop.
Fig. 169: Identifying Safety Canopy/Side Air Curtain Module Wire Squibs
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
6. Make a jumper harness to deploy the safety canopy/side air curtain module.
jumper harness to each wire of the safety canopy/side air curtain module or to the twisted-together wires
if multiple loops. Use tape or other insulating material to make sure that the leads do not make contact
with each other.
Fig. 170: Connecting Jumper Harness To Twisted Wires

8. From the end of the jumper harness that is not connected to the safety canopy/side air curtain module,
disconnect the 2 wires of the jumper harness from each other.
9. Deploy the safety canopy/side air curtain module by touching the ends of the 2 wires of the jumper
harness to the terminals of a 12-volt battery.
10. To allow for cooling, wait at least 10 minutes before approaching the deployed safety canopy/side air
curtain module.
11. Dispose of the deployed safety canopy/side air curtain module in the same manner as any other part to be
scrapped.
Deployable Steering Column - In-Vehicle Deployment
personal injury.
NOTE: It may be necessary to lower or remove the deployable steering column

from the instrument panel to access the deployable steering column
electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Access the deployable steering column electrical connector.
NOTE: If the deployable steering column does not have a hardwired pigtail, it will
be necessary to cut the wires and connector(s) from the vehicle wire
harness and reconnect to the deployable steering column.
3. Cut each of the deployable steering column wires, leaving at least 101.6 mm (4 in) to work with.
5. Make a jumper harness to deploy the deployable steering column.
jumper harness to each wire of the deployable steering column. Use tape or other insulating material to
Fig. 171: Connecting Jumper Harness To Wires Of Deployable Steering Column

7. Remain at least 9.14 m (30 ft) away from the deployable steering column.
8. From the end of the jumper harness that is not connected to the deployable steering column, disconnect
9. Deploy the deployable steering column by touching the ends of the 2 wires of the jumper harness to the
10. To allow for cooling, wait at least 10 minutes before approaching the deployed steering column.
11. Dispose of the deployed steering column in the same manner as any other part to be scrapped.

AIR BAG TRIM COVER - PASSENGER, EDGE
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Upholstery Clip Remover SGT87810 (or equivalent)
Fig. 172: Identifying Air Bag Trim Cover - Passenger, Edge


Passenger air bag cover window (part of
2 -
passenger air bag cover)
Passenger air bag canister hook (part of
3 -
canister)
Passenger air bag canister (part of
4 -
044A74)
Passenger air bag soft pack (part of
5 -
044A74)
REMOVAL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
WARNING: Do not use any sharp tools to separate the passenger air bag module trim
cover from the passenger air bag module canister. Sharp tools may
damage the passenger air bag module. Failure to follow this instruction
may result in the passenger air bag module deploying incorrectly and
increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
WARNING: Do not unpack or unroll the passenger air bag module soft pack. If the
soft pack becomes unpacked or unrolled, install a new passenger air bag
module assembly. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the
passenger air bag module deploying incorrectly and increases the risk of
serious personal injury or death in a crash.
WARNING: Do not manipulate or compromise the passenger air bag module hooks
during the removal or installation procedure. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in the passenger air bag module deploying
incorrectly and increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a
crash.
1. Remove the passenger air bag module. Refer to Passenger Air Bag Module - Edge or Passenger Air
Bag Module - MKX.
2. Place a mark on top of the passenger air bag module canister for correct installation.
WARNING: Use a non-marring tool to separate the passenger air bag module
cover from the passenger air bag module assembly. Sharp tools may
damage the passenger air bag module. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in the passenger air bag module deploying
incorrectly and increases the risk of serious personal injury or death
in a crash.
3. Using an Upholstery Clip Remover or equivalent tool, carefully lift the passenger air bag module cover
from the bottom of the air bag module canister, separating the windows from the canister hooks.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 173: View Of Passenger Air Bag Module

NOTE: Place an X mark on the old air bag cover to avoid reinstalling.
4. Remove the passenger air bag cover from the canister, separating the top windows from the canister
hooks.
Fig. 174: Identifying Passenger Air Bag Cover

INSTALLATION
1. Place the passenger air bag cover on a clean work surface once it is removed from the shipping package.
WARNING: Carefully inspect the passenger air bag trim cover, canister and soft
pack before assembly. If any foreign objects are found, remove them
before attaching the passenger air bag trim cover to the canister. If
the canister or soft pack is damaged, install a new passenger air bag
module assembly. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the
passenger air bag module deploying incorrectly, which increases
the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
2. Match the number of cover windows to the number of canister hooks before attaching the passenger air
bag cover to the canister.
3. Match the top of the passenger air bag cover with the canister mark from the removal procedure.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Position the canister onto the passenger air bag cover and engage the bottom hooks into the air bag cover
windows.
5. Push the top of the passenger air bag cover to engage the top canister hooks.
Fig. 175: Pushing Top Of Passenger Air Bag Cover To Engage Top Canister Hooks
6. Inspect the passenger air bag cover windows-to-canister hooks to verify that every window has a hook
installed and the sides are not tucked or folded against the air bag canister.
Fig. 176: Inspecting Passenger Air Bag Cover Windows-To-Canister Hooks To Verify Every
Window Has A Hook Installed
7. Install the passenger air bag module. Refer toPassenger Air Bag Module - Edge or Passenger Air Bag
Module - MKX.
8.
CLOCKSPRING
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 177: Exploded View Of Clockspring


1 3530A Upper steering column shroud
Upper steering column shroud tabs (2
2 -
required) (part of 3530)
Steering wheel rotation sensor (if
3 3F818
equipped)
Steering wheel rotation sensor ring (part
4 -
of 3F818) (if equipped)
Clockspring screws (2 required) (part of
5 -
13K359)
6 14A644 Clockspring
Clockspring electrical connector (part of
7 -
14401)
Lower steering column shroud screws (3
8 -
required) (part of 3530B)
9 3530B Lower steering column shroud
10 - Steering column tilt lock/unlock handle
11 - Multi-function switch housing
REMOVAL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the driver air bag module. For additional information, refer to Driver Air Bag Module.
NOTE: Vehicles equipped with a steering wheel rotation sensor and/or adaptive
headlamps, do not allow the clockspring rotor to turn from the straight-
ahead position after the steering wheel is removed. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in component damage and/or system failure.
NOTE: Make sure the road wheels are in the straight-ahead position.
2. Remove the steering wheel. For additional information, refer to STEERING COLUMN article.
3. Tape the clockspring rotor to the steering column shaft to prevent the clockspring rotor from moving out
of center.
4. Release the 2 tabs and position the upper steering column shroud upward.
5. Remove the 3 screws and the lower steering column shroud.
6. Disconnect the clockspring electrical connector.
7. Remove the tape from the clockspring rotor to the steering column shaft. Do not allow the clockspring
rotor to move from center after tape is removed.
NOTE: For vehicles equipped a with steering wheel rotation sensor and/or
adaptive headlamps, do not allow the clockspring rotor to turn from the
straight-ahead position after the steering wheel is removed. Failure to
follow this instruction may result in component damage and/or system
failure.
NOTE: For vehicles equipped a with steering wheel rotation sensor and/or
adaptive headlamps, after the clockspring has been removed, make sure
the arrow on the steering wheel rotation sensor ring is lined up with the
arrow on the steering wheel rotation sensor housing as shown in
illustration.
8. Remove the 2 clockspring screws and remove the clockspring.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 178: Locating Clockspring Screws & Clockspring

INSTALLATION
Vehicle repairs reusing the same clockspring
WARNING: If the clockspring is not correctly centralized, it may fail prematurely.

If in doubt, repeat the centralizing procedure. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of serious personal injury or
death in a crash.
NOTE: Make sure the road wheels are in the straight-ahead position. Failure to
follow this instruction may result in component damage and/or system
failure.
1. If the vehicle's clockspring has rotated out of center, follow these steps to center the clockspring.
1. Hold the clockspring outer housing stationary.
NOTE: Overturning will destroy the clockspring. The internal ribbon wire
acts as the stop and can be broken from its internal connection.
2. While turning the rotor counterclockwise, carefully feel for the ribbon wire to run out of length and
for a slight resistance. Stop turning at this point.
3. Turn the clockspring clockwise (approximately 2.25 turns) until the clockspring rotor wiring and
connector are in the 12 o'clock position. Clockspring is now centered.
 Do not allow the rotor to turn from this position.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 179: Centering Clockspring

All vehicles
NOTE: Slight rotation of the steering wheel rotation sensor ring is allowed to align
the 2 arrows.
2. Make sure the steering wheel rotation sensor ring arrow is lined up with the steering wheel rotation sensor
housing arrow as shown in illustration.
Fig. 180: Making Sure Sensor Ring Arrow Is Lined Up With Absolute Steering Angle Sensor
Housing Arrow
NOTE: If the clockspring is left unattended by the technician between centralizing

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
the clockspring and installing it to the multi-function switch housing, the

centralizing procedure must be repeated. Failure to follow this instruction
may result in component damage and/or system failure.
NOTE: For vehicles equipped with a steering wheel rotation sensor and/or
adaptive headlamps, slight rotation of the clockspring rotor might be
needed to seat the clockspring 3 locator pins into the steering wheel
rotation sensor and or adaptive headlamps sensor ring. Very slight
rotation is possible on a new clockspring with the sealing key installed.
NOTE: Make sure the clockspring is fully seated into the multi-function switch
housing before installing the clockspring screws.
3. Install the clockspring and the 2 screws.
Fig. 181: Installing Clockspring & Screws

4. Connect the clockspring electrical connector.

5. Install the lower steering column shroud and the 3 screws.
6. Attach the upper steering column shroud to the lower steering column shroud.
NOTE: If not installing a new clockspring, and the vehicle is left unattended by the
technician between the installation of the clockspring to the multi-function
switch housing and installing the steering wheel, the centralizing
procedure can be repeated at this time with the clockspring being installed
in the multi-function switch housing. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in component damage and/or system failure.
7. Install the steering wheel. For additional information, refer to STEERING SYSTEM - GENERAL
 If a new clockspring is being installed, and after the steering wheel installation, remove the
clockspring sealing key.
8. Install the driver air bag module. For additional information, refer to Driver Air Bag Module.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE
Fig. 182: Exploded View Of Driver Air Bag Module


Driver air bag module electrical
1 -
connectors (part of 14A664)
2 3600 Steering wheel
Driver air bag module locking pins (part
3 -
of 43B13)
4 43B13 Driver air bag module
REMOVAL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
WARNING: Do not repaint air bag modules with discolored or damaged trim covers or
deployment doors; new air bag modules must be installed. Failure to
follow this instruction may result in the air bag deploying incorrectly,
which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both locking pins.
2. Using a 3 mm (0.11 in) Allen wrench or a suitable tool through the access hole on the backside of the
steering wheel, position the tool against the spring clip and push in, disengaging the clip from the locking
pin. With the spring clip disengaged from the locking pin, gently pull back on that side of the driver air
bag module to release it from the steering wheel.
Fig. 183: Locating Allen Wrench

NOTE: Do not pull the driver air bag module electrical connectors out by the
locking buttons. Damage to the locking buttons can occur.
3. Using a small screwdriver as shown in illustration, lift up and release the locking buttons on the driver air
bag module electrical connectors. With the locking buttons released, remove the electrical connectors and
the driver air bag module.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 184: Releasing Locking Buttons On Driver Air Bag Module Electrical Connectors
INSTALLATION
NOTE: Do not install the driver air bag module electrical connectors by the
locking buttons. Damage to the locking buttons can occur.
NOTE: The driver air bag module electrical connector locking buttons must be in
damage may occur.
NOTE: The driver air bag module electrical connectors are unique and cannot be
reversed when connected to the driver air bag module. Match the electrical
connector key to the keyway in the driver air bag module. Do not force the
electrical connectors into the driver air bag module. Damage to the
connector or component may occur.
1. With the locking buttons released, install the driver air bag module electrical connectors fully into the
driver air bag module and seat the locking buttons.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 185: Locating Driver Air Bag Module Electrical Connectors

NOTE: Audible clicks will be heard when both wire clips are seated in the driver
air bag module.
2. Align the driver air bag module locking pins to the steering wheel and, while pushing inward, seat the 2
driver air bag module locking pins to the steering wheel wire clips.
 When the 2 locking pins are seated in place, there should be an even gap between the driver air bag
module trim cover and the steering wheel.
3. Repower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
FRONT IMPACT SEVERITY SENSOR
Fig. 186: Exploded View Of Front Impact Severity Sensor With Torque Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

LH and RH front impact severity sensor
1 W712191
bolts
2 14B006 LH and RH front impact severity sensors
LH and RH front impact severity sensor
3 -
electrical connectors (part of 14290)
2. Remove the front bumper cover. For additional information, refer to BUMPERS article.
3. Disconnect the front impact severity sensor electrical connector.
WARNING: Always tighten the fasteners of the restraints control module (RCM)
and impact sensor (if equipped) to the specified torque. Failure to do
so may result in incorrect restraint system operation, which
increases the risk of personal injury or death in a crash.
NOTE: Make sure the hood latch bracket and front impact severity sensor mating
surfaces are clean and free of foreign material.
NOTE: Note position of the 2 locator tabs on the front impact severity sensor for
installation.
4. Remove the bolt and the front impact severity sensor.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE (OCSM) - MANUAL SEAT TRACK
Fig. 187: Exploded View Of Occupant Classification Module - Manual Seat Track

Occupant classification system module
1 - (OCSM) electrical connector (part of
14A698)
2 14B422 OCSM
3 - OCSM screws
REMOVAL
WARNING: Use care when handling the front passenger seat and track assembly.
Dropping the assembly, placing excessive weight on or sitting on a front
passenger seat that is not secured in the vehicle may result in damaged
seat components. Failure to follow these instructions may result in
incorrect operation of the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system
and increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Disconnect the occupant classification system module (OCSM) electrical connector.
3. Remove the 2 screws and OCSM.
5. Install the passenger seat and repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time. For additional
information, refer to SEATING article.
6. Carry out the appropriate procedure after installation of an OCSM.
 If installing the original OCSM, carry out the Zero Seat Weight Test and prove out the SRS. For
additional information, refer to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Zero Seat Weight
Test.
 If installing a new OCSM, carry out the System Reset procedure and prove out the SRS. For
additional information, refer to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset.
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MODULE (OCSM) - POWER SEAT TRACK
Fig. 188: Exploded View Of Occupant Classification Module - Power Seat Track

1 - Occupant classification system module
(OCSM) electrical connector (part of
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
14A698)
2 14B422 OCSM
3 - OCSM screws
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front passenger seat. For additional information, refer to SEATING article.
2. Disconnect the occupant classification system module (OCSM) electrical connector.
3. Remove the 2 screws and OCSM.
5. Install the front passenger seat. Do not prove out the SRS at this time. For additional information, refer
to SEATING article.
6. Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time. For additional information, refer to
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering.
7. Carry out the appropriate procedure after installation of an OCSM.
 If installing the original OCSM, carry out the Zero Seat Weight Test. For additional information,
refer to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Zero Seat Weight Test.
 If installing a new OCSM, carry out the System Reset procedure. For additional information, refer
to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset.
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR - MANUAL SEAT TRACK
REMOVAL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Repair is made by installing a new part only. If the new part does not correct the
condition, install the original part and carry out the diagnostic procedure again.
All occupant classification sensor (OCS) weight sensor bolt(s)
1. Remove the manual seat track. For additional information, refer to SEATING article.
NOTE: After marking the seat track rails, do not change the position of the seat
track.
2. Mark the position of both seat track rails.
Fig. 189: Marking Position Of Both Seat Track Rails

Inboard OCS weight sensor bolt(s)
3. Remove the nut and safety belt buckle.
Fig. 190: Identifying Nut And Safety Belt Buckle

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
All OCS weight sensor bolt(s)
NOTE: Outboard front cross brace screws shown in illustration, inboard similar.
4. On the side with the affected OCS I-bolt(s), remove the 2 front cross brace screws.
Fig. 191: Identifying Front Cross Brace Screws

5. On the side with the affected OCS weight sensor bolt(s), disengage the seat adjuster handle spring and
position it aside.
Fig. 192: Identifying Seat Adjuster Handle Spring

6. Separate the seat adjuster handle from the affected side of the seat track rail with the OCS weight sensor
bolt(s).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 193: Identifying Seat Track Rail & OCS Weight Sensor Bolt
NOTE: Outboard rear cross brace screws shown in illustration, inboard similar.
7. On the side with the affected OCS weight sensor bolt(s), remove the 2 rear cross brace screws.
Fig. 194: Identifying Rear Cross Brace Screws

NOTE: If any occupant classification sensor (OCS) weight sensor bolt nuts are
removed, new OCS weight sensor bolt nuts must be installed.
8. Remove and discard the 2 OCS weight sensor bolt nuts from the affected side of the seat track rail with
the OCS weight sensor bolt(s).
Fig. 195: Identifying OCS Weight Sensor Bolt Nuts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
9. Remove the side plate with the OCS weight sensor bolt(s) from the seat track rail.
Fig. 196: Identifying Side Plate

NOTE: Do not overtighten the side plate with the occupant classification sensor
(OCS) weight sensor bolts to the bench or table. Tighten only enough to
compress the spring washer. Overtightening may damage the side plate or
OCS weight sensor bolts.
10. Using a suitable tool, clamp the side plate to a bench or table to compress the spring washer on the
affected OCS weight sensor bolt as shown in illustration.
Fig. 197: Clamping Side Plate To A Bench Or Table Using A Suitable Tool
NOTE: Note the position of the OCS weight sensor bolt, spring washer and
retaining clip for installation.
11. Remove and discard the retaining clip from the affected OCS weight sensor bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 198: Identifying Retaining Clip From Affected OCS Weight Sensor Bolt
12. Release the clamp and remove the OCS weight sensor bolt and spring washer from the side plate.
INSTALLATION
1. Position the spring washer and OCS weight sensor bolt in the side plate. Then clamp the side plate to a
bench or table to compress the OCS weight sensor bolt spring washer.
NOTE: Make sure the OCS weight sensor bolt retaining clip is seated fully in the
OCS weight sensor bolt groove underneath the OCS weight sensor O-ring
seal.
2. Install the 2 new OCS weight sensor bolt retaining clips in the OCS weight sensor groove underneath the
O-ring seal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Unclamp the side plate with the installed OCS weight sensor bolt from the bench or table.
NOTE: Slight rotational adjustment of the OCS weight sensors bolts may be
necessary to install the OCS weight sensor bolts and side plate to the seat
track rail.
4. Install the side plate and OCS weight sensor bolts to the seat track rail.
Fig. 202: Identifying Side Plate

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: When installing the side plate to the seat track rail, 2 new OCS weight
sensor nuts must be installed.
5. Install the 2 new OCS weight sensor bolt nuts to the seat track rail.
 Tighten to 33 Nm (24 lb-ft).
Fig. 203: Identifying OCS Weight Sensor Bolt Nuts

6. Install the seat adjuster handle to the seat track rail.
Fig. 204: Identifying Seat Track Rail & OCS Weight Sensor Bolt
7. Engage the seat adjuster handle spring.
Fig. 205: Identifying Seat Adjuster Handle Spring

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
8. Install the 2 rear cross brace screws.

Fig. 206: Identifying Rear Cross Brace Screws

9. Install the 2 front cross brace screws.

Fig. 207: Identifying Front Cross Brace Screws

10. Install the nut and safety belt buckle.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 208: Identifying Safety Belt Buckle Bolt

11. Install the manual seat track. For additional information, refer to SEATING article.
13. Carry out the appropriate procedure after installation of an OCS system component.
 If installing the original OCS system component, carry out the Zero Seat Weight Test and prove out
the SRS. For additional information, refer to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Zero
Seat Weight Test.
 If installing a new OCS system component, carry out the System Reset procedure and prove out the
SRS. For additional information, refer to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Reset.
OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR - POWER SEAT TRACK
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 209: Identifying Power Seat Track With Torque Specifications


1 61710 Power seat track assembly
2 61202 Safety belt buckle
3 - Safety belt buckle nut (part of 61202)
Seat track front cross brace nuts (2
4 -
required) (part of 61710)
Occupant classification sensor (OCS)
5 - weight sensor bolt protection bracket
screws (2 required) (part of 61710)
OCS weight sensor bolt nuts (4 required)
6 -
(part of 61710)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
OCS weight sensor bolt protection

7 -
bracket (part of 61710)
Outboard seat track rail OCS weight
8 - sensor bolt retaining clips (2 required)
(part of 61710)
Inboard seat track rail OCS weight sensor
9 - bolt spring washers (2 required) (part of
61710)
10 - bolt retaining clips (2 required) (part of
61710)
Seat track front cross brace (part of
11 -
61710)
12 -
sensor bolts (2 required) (part of 61710)
13 - sensor bolt spring washers (2 required)
(part of 61710)
14 -
bolts (2 required) (part of 61710)
Outboard seat track riser cover shield
15 -
(part of 61710)
Outboard seat track riser cover shield
16 -
retainer (part of 61710)
17 - Outboard seat track rail (part of 61710)
18 - Inboard seat track rail (part of 61710)
REMOVAL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
All occupant classification sensor (OCS) weight sensor bolt(s)
1. Remove the power seat track. For additional information, refer to SEATING article.
NOTE: Inboard seat track rail shown in illustration, outboard similar.
NOTE: After marking the seat track rails, do not change the position of the seat
track.
2. Mark the position of both seat track rails.
Fig. 210: Marking Position Of Both Seat Track Rails

3. Remove the nut and safety belt buckle.
Outboard OCS weight sensor bolt(s)
4. Remove the front retainer and outboard seat track riser cover shield.
5. Remove the 2 retainers and occupant classification sensor (OCS) weight sensor bolt protection bracket.
6. On the side with the affected OCS weight sensor bolt(s), remove the nut from the seat track front cross
brace.
NOTE: If any OCS weight sensor bolt nuts are removed, new OCS weight sensor
bolt nuts must be installed.
7. Remove and discard the 2 OCS weight sensor bolt nuts from the affected side of the seat track rail with
the OCS weight sensor(s).
NOTE: Outboard side shown in illustration, inboard similar.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
8. Separate the front seat track motor cable from the affected seat track rail. Then remove the side plate with
the OCS weight sensor bolts from the seat track rail.
Fig. 211: Identifying Front Seat Track Motor Cable

9. Using a suitable tool, clamp the side plate to a bench or table to compress the spring washer on the
affected OCS weight sensor bolt as shown in illustration.
Fig. 212: Clamping Side Plate To A Bench Or Table To Compress Spring Washer On Affected
OCS Weight Sensor Bolt
NOTE: Note the position of the OCS weight sensor bolt, spring washer and
retaining clip for installation.
10. Remove and discard the retaining clip from the affected OCS weight sensor bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
11. Release the clamp and remove the OCS weight sensor bolt and spring washer from the side plate.
INSTALLATION
1. Position the spring washer and OCS weight sensor bolt in the side plate. Then clamp the side plate to a
bench or table to compress the OCS weight sensor bolt spring washer.
NOTE: Make sure the OCS weight sensor bolt retaining clip is seated fully in the
OCS weight sensor bolt groove underneath the OCS weight sensor O-ring
seal.
2. Install the OCS weight sensor bolt retaining clip.
3. Remove the clamp and side plate from the bench or table.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 215: Clamping Side Plate To A Bench Or Table To Compress Spring Washer On Affected
OCS Weight Sensor Bolt
NOTE: Slight rotational adjustment of the front seat track motor cable and OCS
weight sensor bolts may be necessary to install the OCS weight sensor
bolts and side plate to the seat track rail.
4. Install the front seat track motor cable to the seat track rail. Then install the side plate with the OCS
weight sensor bolts to the seat track rail.
Fig. 216: Identifying Front Seat Track Motor Cable

NOTE: When installing the side plate to the seat track rail, 2 new OCS weight
sensor nuts must be installed.
5. Install the 2 new OCS weight sensor bolt nuts to the seat track rail.
NOTE: Outboard side shown in illustration, inboard similar.
6. Install the nut to the seat track front cross brace.

Outboard OCS weight sensor bolt(s)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
7. Install the 2 retainers and OCS weight sensor bolt protection bracket.
8. Install the front retainer and outboard seat track riser cover shield.
9. Install the nut and safety belt buckle.

10. Install the power seat track. For additional information, refer to SEATING article.
12. Carry out the appropriate procedure after installation of an OCS system component.
 If installing the original OCS system component, carry out the Zero Seat Weight Test and prove out
the SRS. For additional information, refer to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Zero
Seat Weight Test.
 If installing a new OCS system component, carry out the System Reset procedure and prove out the
SRS. For additional information, refer to Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System Resetn.
PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATION (PAD) INDICATOR
Fig. 217: Exploded View Of Passenger Air Bag Deactivation (PAD) Indicator - Edge
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Passenger airbag deactivation (PAD)
1 13D730
indicator
2 04302 Instrument panel (I/P) center finish panel
Passenger airbag deactivation indicator
3 -
electrical connector (part of 14401)
Fig. 218: Exploded View Of Passenger Air Bag Deactivation (PAD) Indicator - MKX

1 04302 Instrument panel center finish panel
Passenger air bag deactivation (PAD)
2 13D730
indicator
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PAD indicator electrical connector (part

3 -
of 14401)
4 7E391 Console shifter bezel
5 045A76 Center finish console panel
Instrument panel power point/storage bin
6 W706092
retainers
7 047A04 Instrument panel power point/storage bin
NOTE: The passenger air bag deactivation (PAD) indicator is part of the hazard
switch/traction control switch assembly.
2. Remove the console shifter bezel (MKX only).
3. Remove the center finish console panel (MKX only).
4. Remove the 2 retainers from the power point/storage bin (MKX only).
5. Pull and release the instrument panel center finish panel.
6. Disconnect the PAD indicator electrical connector.
7. Release the 4 tabs (2 upper and 2 lower) on the PAD indicator and remove it from the instrument panel
center finish panel.
Fig. 219: Locating Tabs On Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Indicator


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE - EDGE
Fig. 220: Identifying Passenger Air Bag Module - Edge With Torque Specifications

1 044A74 Passenger air bag module assembly
Passenger air bag module electrical
2 -
connectors (part of 14401)
Passenger air bag cover clips (part of
3 -
04338)
5 W505422 Passenger air bag module inboard bolt
6 W505422 Passenger air bag module outboard bolt
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
REMOVAL
NOTE: Do no install a new passenger air bag module assembly due to a damaged or
discolored passenger air bag cover. The passenger air bag cover can be
serviced separately from the passenger air bag module assembly. For
additional information, refer to Air Bag Trim Cover - Passenger, Edge.
2. Open and lower the glove compartment door.
3. Remove the 2 passenger air bag module bolts from the cross-car beam bracket.
4. Through the glove compartment opening, release the LH side passenger air bag cover clips. Then release
the foreward-most passenger air bag cover clips and separate the passenger air bag cover and passenger
air bag module from the instrument panel.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
A Small Screwdriver
6. With the RH locking button released, remove the RH electrical connector.

A Small Screwdriver
8. With the LH locking button released, remove the LH electrical connector and remove the passenger air
bag module.
INSTALLATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: RH shown in illustration, LH similar.
1. With the locking buttons released, install the 2 passenger air bag module electrical connectors fully into
the passenger air bag module and seat the locking buttons.

passenger air bag cover. Damage to the air bag module may occur.
NOTE: During passenger air bag module installation, make sure all the passenger
air bag cover clips are fully seated in the instrument panel.
2. Install the passenger air bag module passenger air bag cover rear-most clips into the instrument panel
first. Then install the side passenger air bag cover clips working around to the forward-most clips seating
each of them fully into the instrument panel.
NOTE: To avoid a squeak or rattle condition, install the 2 passenger air bag
module bolts in this order.
3. Install the passenger air bag module bolts.

1. Install the inboard passenger air bag module bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Install the outboard passenger air bag module bolt.

Fig. 224: Installing Passenger Air Bag Module Bolts In Sequence

4. Close the glove compartment door.

PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE - MKX
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 225: Exploded View Of Passenger Air Bag Module With Torque Specifications - MKX

1 04338 RH instrument panel finish panel
2 W707628 LH duct assembly bracket screw
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3 19B680 LH duct assembly

4 19B680 RH duct assembly
5 W707628 LH duct assembly screw
6 W707628 RH duct assembly screw
7 W701014 Passenger air bag module nuts
Passenger air bag module electrical
8 -
connectors part of 14401)
9 044A74 Passenger air bag module
10 - Passenger air bag module support bracket
Inboard passenger air bag module-to-
11 W505422
support bracket bolt
Outboard passenger air bag module-to-
12 W505422
support bracket bolt
Passenger air bag module bracket-to-
13 W503922
cross vehicle beam bolts
REMOVAL
2. Open and lower the glove compartment door. Then unhook the glove compartment door from the
instrument panel.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Pull straight out to release the 5 retaining clips and remove the RH instrument panel finish panel.
4. Remove the screw from the LH duct assembly bracket from the front of the instrument panel.

5. Through the glove compartment opening, remove the screw and the LH duct assembly.

6. Through the glove compartment opening, remove the screw and the RH duct assembly.

7. Remove the 4 bolts and the passenger air bag module support bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
8. Remove the 3 nuts from the passenger air bag module.
NOTE: Do not allow the passenger air bag module to hang from the wiring
harness. Damage to the wiring harness and connectors may occur.
9. Lower the rear of the passenger air bag module off the 3 mounting studs. Move the passenger air bag
module rearward to release the 7 hooks from the instrument panel and rest the module on the cross
vehicle beam.

A Small Screwdriver
11. With the LH locking button released, remove the LH electrical connector from the passenger air bag
module.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
A Small Screwdriver
13. With the RH locking button released, remove the RH electrical connector. Remove the passenger air bag
module from the glove compartment opening.
INSTALLATION
1. Position the passenger air bag module on the cross vehicle beam. With the locking buttons released,
install the 2 passenger air bag module electrical connectors fully into the passenger air bag module and
seat the locking buttons.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

NOTE: During the passenger air bag module installation, make sure all 7 of the
module hooks are fully seated in the instrument panel.
2. Install the passenger air bag module 7 hooks into the instrument panel. Raise the rear of the passenger air
bag module onto the 3 mounting studs.

3. Install the 3 passenger air bag module nuts.

NOTE: To avoid a squeak or rattle condition, install the passenger air bag module
bracket and passenger air bag module bolts in this order.
4. Install the passenger air bag module support bracket.

1. Install the passenger air bag module support bracket and 2 bolts to the cross vehicle beam.
2. Install the inboard passenger air bag module support bracket-to-passenger air bag module bolt.
3. Install the outboard passenger air bag module support bracket-to-passenger air bag module bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 234: Installing Passenger Air Bag Module Support Bracket Bolts In Sequence
5. Install the screw and the RH duct assembly.

6. Install the screw and the LH duct assembly.
7. Install the screw for the LH duct assembly bracket in the front of the instrument panel.
NOTE: Make sure the RH instrument panel finish panel 5 retaining clips are fully
seated in the instrument panel.
8. Install the RH instrument panel finish panel.

9. Install and close the glove compartment door.
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE (RCM)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 235: Exploded View Of Restraints Control Module (RCM) With Torque Specifications

1 W707935 Restraints control module (RCM) bolts
2 14B321 RCM
3 - RCM small connector (part of 14401)
4 - RCM large connector (part of 14A005)
Inner floor console support-to-instrument
5 W707935
panel bolts (2 required)
Inner floor console support bolts (4
6 W505157
required)
7 45B34 Inner floor console support
8 7E395 Selector lever cable
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
REMOVAL
NOTE: When installing a new restraints control module (RCM), it is necessary to carry
out programmable module installation (PMI). For additional information, refer to
MODULE CONFIGURATION article. Failure to follow this instruction may result
in system failure.
NOTE: When installing a new restraints control module (RCM), always make sure the
correct RCM is being installed. If an incorrect RCM is installed, erroneous DTCs
will result.
NOTE: The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct RCM fuse is
removed and the ignition switch is ON.
1. If installing a new RCM, carry out the steps necessary to prepare for programmable module installation
(PMI). For additional information, refer to MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
3. Remove the floor console. For additional information, refer to INSTRUMENT PANEL AND
CONSOLE article.
4. Disconnect the selector lever cable from the ball stud located on the shifter and remove the cable from the
retaining clips.
Fig. 236: Locating Shift Cable From Ball Stud On Shifter

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5. Remove the 4 bolts (2 each side) from the inner floor console support.
6. Remove the bolts from the inner floor console support-to-instrument panel.
7. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the front inner floor console support.
8. Remove the inner floor console support.
9. Press to release the locking tab and disconnect the small RCM electrical connector.
Fig. 237: Locating Locking Tab On Small RCM Electrical Connector

10. Disconnect the large RCM electrical connector.

1. Pinch the thumb tab and pivot the connector position assurance lever all the way back until it stops.
2. Pull out and disconnect the RCM electrical connector.
Fig. 238: Disconnecting RCM Electrical Connector

11. Remove the 3 bolts and RCM.
INSTALLATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Install the RCM and the 3 bolts.

2. Make sure the large RCM connector position assurance lever is in the full release position before
attempting to connect the connector.
Fig. 239: View Of Connector Position Assurance Lever

NOTE: Placing the large restraints control module (RCM) electrical wiring
connector into the RCM on an angle, may cause bad electrical connections
and damaged components.
3. Position the large RCM electrical connector into the RCM.
NOTE: Do not push the connector to the point where the lever pivots and
seats itself. Light pressure is needed to get the connector into
position on the restraints control module (RCM), before using the
lever to fully seat the connector. Failure to follow these instructions
may cause component or connector damage.
 With the large RCM electrical connector uniformly aligned to the RCM, lightly push in until a
subtle audible click is heard and slight resistance is felt.
Fig. 240: Large RCM Electrical Wiring Connector

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Connect the large RCM electrical connector.

 Using the connector position assurance lever, pivot it toward the RCM, drawing the connector into
the RCM.
 Make sure the thumb tab is engaged to the retainer on the RCM and locked in place.
Fig. 241: Locating RCM Electrical Connector

5. Connect the small RCM electrical connector.

6. Install the inner floor console support.
7. Install the 4 bolts (2 each side) to the inner floor console support.
8. Install the screws to the inner floor console support bracket-to-floor instrument panel.
9. Install the selector lever cable in the selector lever housing.
NOTE: When installing the selector lever cable, make sure that the selector lever
cable locking tabs are locked in place and the cable end is snapped onto
the ball stud. Press the selector lever cable into the bracket and listen for
the cable to click in place. Pull back on the selector lever cable to make
sure that it is locked into the bracket. Also make sure that the selector
lever cable end is correctly installed onto the ball stud. Pull back on the
selector lever cable end to make sure that the cable end is correctly
installed.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
10. Connect the selector lever cable end to the floor shifter.
11. Attach the electrical connectors to the front inner floor console support bracket.
12. Install the floor console. For additional information, refer to INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE
article.
13. Repower the SRS. Do not prove out the SRS at this time. For additional information, refer to
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering.
14. When installing a new RCM, carry out the steps necessary to complete PMI. For additional information,
refer to MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
visually monitor the air bag indicator with the air bag modules installed. The air bag warning indicator
will light continuously for approximately 6 seconds and then turn OFF. If an air bag SRS fault is present,
the air bag indicator will:
- fail to light.
scan tool.
SAFETY CANOPY MODULE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 242: Identifying Safety Canopy Module With Torque Specifications


1 042D94 RH/042D95 LH Safety canopy module
Safety canopy module front tether cord
2 W713437
anchor bolt
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

3 -
anchor pin-type retainer (part of 042D94)
4 - A-pillar routing pin-type retainer (part of
042D94)
5 - A-pillar trim bracket routing pin-type
retainers (2 required) (part of 042D94)
6 - A-pillar trim bracket
Safety canopy module A-pillar trim
7 W713437
bracket bolt
Safety canopy module C-pillar bolts (2
8 W713437
required)
Safety canopy module rear tether cord
9 W713437
anchor bracket bolt
10 - routing clip pin-type retainer (part of
042D94)
11 - anchor bracket pin-type retainer (part of
042D94)
12 W713437 Safety canopy module D-pillar bolt
Safety canopy module front door opening
13 W713437
bolt
14 W713437 Safety canopy module B-pillar bolt
Safety canopy module B-pillar pin-type
15 -
retainer (part of 042D94)
Safety canopy module rear door opening
16 W713437
bolt
Safety canopy module rear bolts (2
17 W713437
required)
Safety canopy module electrical
18 -
REMOVAL
WARNING: Always carry or place a live safety canopy, or side air curtain module,
with the module and tear seam pointed away from your body. Failure to
follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury or death in the
event of an accidental deployment.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
WARNING: Anytime the safety canopy or side air curtain module has deployed, a new
headliner and new A-, B-, C- and D-pillar upper trim panels and attaching
hardware must be installed. Remove any other damaged components and
hardware and install new components and hardware as needed. Failure to
follow these instructions may result in the safety canopy or side air
curtain module deploying incorrectly and increases the risk of serious
personal injury or death in a crash.
WARNING: When installing a new headliner on a vehicle equipped with safety canopy
or side air curtain modules, make sure the headliner has the word
AIRBAG on the headliner where it meets each B-pillar trim panel.
Otherwise, you have the wrong headliner. Failure to follow this instruction
may result in the safety canopy or side air curtain module not deploying
or deploying incorrectly, increasing the risk of personal injury or death in
a crash.
WARNING: Before installing a safety canopy or side air curtain module, inspect the
roofline for any damage. If necessary, the sheet metal must be reworked
to its original condition and structural integrity. Install new fasteners if
damaged and remove foreign material. Failure to follow these instructions
may result in the safety canopy or side air curtain deploying incorrectly,
WARNING: Inspect a safety canopy or side air curtain module before installation. If
the module is damaged, the cover has separated or the safety
canopy/side air curtain material has been exposed, install a new module.
Do not attempt to repair the module. Failure to follow these instructions
WARNING: Do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the safety
canopy or side air curtain module. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in the safety canopy or side air curtain module deploying
incorrectly and increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a
crash.
WARNING: Never put any type of fastener or tie strap around any part of a safety
canopy module, side air curtain module or interior trim panel. This will
prevent the safety canopy or side air curtain module from deploying
correctly. Failure to follow this instruction may increase the risk of
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
WARNING: Always use new torque-prevailing type J-nuts when installing the safety
canopy in the vehicle. Use of these J-nuts is mandatory to reduce the risk
of loss of fastener effectiveness. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in the safety canopy module deploying incorrectly and increases
NOTE: The air bag warning indictor illuminates when the restraints control module
NOTE: The supplemental restraints system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of
2. Remove the headliner. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM & ORNAMENTATION
article.
NOTE: Do not pull the safety canopy module electrical connector out by the
locking button. Damage to the locking button can occur.
3. Using a small screwdriver as shown in illustration, lift up and release the locking button on the safety
canopy module electrical connector. With the locking button released, remove the electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 243: Releasing Locking Button On Safety Canopy Module Electrical Connector Using A Small
Screwdriver
NOTE: Note the pin-type retainer on the safety canopy module front tether cord to
the A-pillar sheet metal for installation.
4. Remove the anchor bolt, then detach the pin-type retainer and the front tether cord anchor from the A-
pillar.
5. Remove the safety canopy module front tether cord routing pin-type retainer from the A-pillar sheet
metal.
6. Detach the 2 safety canopy module front tether cord A-pillar trim bracket routing pin-type retainers from
the A-pillar trim bracket.
7. Remove the safety canopy module A-pillar trim bracket bolt.
8. Remove the safety canopy module front door opening bolt.
NOTE: Note the position and the routing of the safety canopy module rear tether
cord and routing clip pin-type retainer for installation.
9. Detach the safety canopy module rear tether cord routing clip pin-type retainer from the upper D-pillar
sheet metal.
NOTE: Note the position of the safety canopy module rear tether anchor bracket
hook and pin-type retainer in the D-pillar sheet metal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
10. Remove the bolt, then detach the pin-type retainer and remove the safety canopy module rear tether
anchor bracket from the D-pillar sheet metal.
11. Remove the safety canopy module rear door opening bolt.
12. Remove the 2 safety canopy module bolts near the C-pillar.
13. Remove the safety canopy module D-pillar bolt.
14. Remove the 2 safety canopy module rear bolts.
15. Remove the safety canopy module bolt near the B-pillar.
16. Remove the safety canopy module B-pillar pin-type retainer.
17. Move the safety canopy module forward to release the rear bracket hook from the sheet metal and remove
the safety canopy module.
Fig. 244: Moving Safety Canopy Module Forward To Release Rear Bracket Hook From Sheet
Metal
INSTALLATION
WARNING: Before installing a safety canopy or side air curtain module, inspect the
roofline for any damage. If necessary, the sheet metal must be reworked
to its original condition and structural integrity. Install new fasteners if
damaged and remove foreign material. Failure to follow these instructions
WARNING: Inspect a safety canopy or side air curtain module before installation. If
the module is damaged, the cover has separated or the safety
canopy/side air curtain material has been exposed, install a new module.
Do not attempt to repair the module. Failure to follow these instructions
WARNING: Never put any type of fastener or tie strap around any part of a safety
canopy module, side air curtain module or interior trim panel. This will
prevent the safety canopy or side air curtain module from deploying
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
correctly. Failure to follow this instruction may increase the risk of

WARNING: Always use new torque-prevailing type J-nuts when installing the safety
canopy in the vehicle. Use of these J-nuts is mandatory to reduce the risk
of loss of fastener effectiveness. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in the safety canopy module deploying incorrectly and increases
1. Discard the 2 front J-nuts and install new.
Fig. 245: Identifying 2 Front J-nuts

2. Discard the 2 rear J-nuts and install new.
Fig. 246: Identifying 2 Rear J-nuts

3. Position the safety canopy module by moving it rearward, installing the rear bracket hook in the sheet
metal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 247: Moving Safety Canopy Module Forward To Release Rear Bracket Hook From Sheet
Metal
4. Install the safety canopy module B-pillar pin-type retainer.

5. Install the front tether cord anchor pin-type retainer.
6. Install the safety canopy module front tether cord routing pin-type retainer to the A-pillar sheet metal.
7. Attach the 2 safety canopy module front tether cord A-pillar trim bracket routing pin-type retainers to the
A-pillar trim bracket.
8. Install the safety canopy module rear tether anchor bracket to the D-pillar sheet metal and attach the pin-
type retainer.
9. Attach the safety canopy module rear tether cord routing clip pin-type retainer to the upper D-pillar sheet
metal.
NOTE: Make sure that all safety canopy module bolt holes line up with all J-nuts.
10. Install the safety canopy module D-pillar bolt.

11. Install the safety canopy module A-pillar trim bracket bolt.
12. Install the safety canopy module bolt near the B-pillar.
13. Install the 2 safety canopy module rear bolts.

14. Install the 2 safety canopy module bolts near the C-pillar.
15. Install the safety canopy module rear door opening bolt.
16. Install the safety canopy module rear tether cord anchor bracket bolt.
17. Install the safety canopy module front door opening bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
18. Install the safety canopy module front tether cord anchor bolt.
damage may occur.
19. With the locking button released, install the safety canopy module electrical connector fully into the
safety canopy module and seat the locking button.
Fig. 248: Identifying Passenger Safety Canopy Module Electrical Connector

20. Install the headliner. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM & ORNAMENTATION
article.
21. Repower the SRS For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
SEAT POSITION SENSOR
NOTE: Power seat shown in illustration, manual similar.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 249: Exploded View Of Seat Position Sensor


Seat position sensor electrical connector
1 -
(part of 14A699)
2 14B416 Seat position sensor
Seat position sensor retaining clip (part
3 -
of 14B416)
All seats
1. Remove the driver seat. For additional information, refer to SEATING article.
2. Disconnect the seat position sensor electrical connector.
Power seats
3. Detach the wire harness routing pin-type retainer from the seat position sensor bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 250: Locating Wire Harness Routing Pin-Type Retainer From Seat Position Sensor Bracket
All seats
4. Push apart then inward to release the seat position sensor locking clip.
Fig. 251: Pushing Apart Then Inward To Release Seat Position Sensor Locking Clip
5. Slide the seat position sensor rearward to release the 2 hooks from the bracket. Then remove the seat
position sensor.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
NOTE: Passenger shown in illustration, driver similar.
Fig. 252: Identifying Side Air Bag Module With Torque Specifications

Seat backrest trim cover rear panel
1 60508
reinforcement board
Seat backrest trim cover rear panel
2 -
reinforcement board pin-type retainers
3 64416/64810 Seat backrest trim cover and foam pad
Side air bag module electrical connector
4 -
(part of 14K155)
5 611D10 RH/611D11 LH Side air bag module
6 W506021 Side air bag module bolts (2 required)
REMOVAL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

WARNING: If the seat side air bag cover has been damaged or separated from its
mounting, or if the air bag material has been exposed, install a new seat
side air bag module. Never try to repair the seat side air bag module.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag
deploying incorrectly, which increases the risk of serious personal injury
NOTE: If a side air bag deployment took place, a new side air bag module and bolts
must be installed. The side air bag module bracket on the seat back frame
should be inspected and installed new if necessary.
NOTE: When installing a new side air bag after deployment, refer to SEATING article
for additional information.
1. Position the affected seat and backrest fully up and forward.

3. Release the seat backrest trim cover rear panel lower J-clip. Then, release the 2 seat backrest trim cover
rear panel side J-clips.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 253: Identifying Backrest Trim Cover J-Clips

NOTE: The reinforcement board and seat backrest trim cover rear panel can be
positioned aside with the reinforcement board still inside the seat backrest
trim cover rear panel.
4. Detach the 2 pin-type retainers and position aside the seat backrest trim cover rear panel and
reinforcement board.
5. Through the rear of the seat remove and discard the 2 side air bag module bolts. Then, separate the side
air bag module from the seat backrest.
NOTE: Do not pull the side air bag module electrical connector out by the locking
6. Using a small screwdriver as shown in illustration, lift up and release the locking button on the side air
bag module electrical connector. With the locking button released, remove the electrical connector and
the side air bag module.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 254: Lifting Up & Releasing Locking Button On Side Air Bag Module Electrical Connector
Using A Small Screwdriver
INSTALLATION
NOTE: Do not install the side air bag module electrical connector by the locking
NOTE: The side air bag module electrical connector locking button must be in the
released position when the connector is being installed or connector
damage may occur.
NOTE: The side air bag module electrical connector is unique and cannot be
reversed when connected to the side air bag module. Match the electrical
connector key to the keyway in the side air bag module. Do not force the
electrical connector into the side air bag module. Damage to the connector
or component may occur.
1. With the locking button released, install the side air bag module electrical connector fully into the side air
bag module and seat the locking button.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 255: Identifying Side Air Bag Module Electrical Connector

NOTE: Make sure the side air bag module wiring harness is not pinched between
the side air bag module and the backrest frame. Damage to wire harness
may occur.
NOTE: When installing the side air bag module, new bolts must be installed.
2. Position the side air bag module in the seat backrest and install the 2 new bolts.
3. Position the seat backrest trim cover rear panel and attach the 2 pin-type retainers.
4. Attach the 2 seat backrest cover rear side J-clips. Then attach the seat backrest cover rear lower J-clip.
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR - B-PILLAR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 256: Exploded View Of Side Impact Sensor - B-Pillar With Torque Specification

1 13208 Front door scuff plate
2 13228 Rear door scuff plate
3 W712191 Side impact sensor retaining bolt
4 14B345 Side impact sensor
Side impact sensor electrical connector
5 -
(part of 14A005)
6 24356 Lower B-pillar trim panel
Lower B-pillar trim panel retainers (part
7 -
of 24356)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Position the front seat forward.

3. Remove the front door scuff plate.
 Pull up to release the 5 retaining clips.
4. Remove the rear door scuff plate.

 Pull up to release the 2 retaining clips.
5. Detach the 2 retainers and remove the lower B-pillar trim panel.
Fig. 257: Identifying Clips & Lower B-Pillar Trim Panel

6. Disconnect the side impact sensor electrical connector.
NOTE: Make sure the B-pillar and side impact sensor mating surfaces are clean
and free of foreign material.
NOTE: Note the position of the side impact sensor locating tabs for installation.
7. Remove the bolt and the side impact sensor.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR - C-PILLAR
Fig. 258: Exploded View Of Side Impact Sensor - C-Pillar With Torque Specification

1 W712191 Side impact sensor bolt
2 14B345 Side impact sensor
Side impact sensor electrical connector
3 -
(part of 14A005)
4 31012 Quarter trim panel
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Fold down the rear seat backrest.

3. Position aside the quarter trim panel.
 Pull out on the quarter trim panel at the C-pillar to release the retaining clip to access the C-pillar
side impact sensor.
Fig. 259: Pulling Out On Quarter Trim Panel At C-Pillar

4. Disconnect the side impact sensor electrical connector.
NOTE: Note the position of the 2 side impact sensor locating tabs for installation.
NOTE: Make sure the C-pillar and side impact sensor mating surfaces are clean
and free of foreign material.
5. Remove the bolt and the side impact sensor.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 TRANSMISSIONS Automatic Transaxle/Transmission External Controls - Edge & MKX
2008 TRANSMISSIONS
Automatic Transaxle/Transmission External Controls - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Description N.m lb-ft lb-in
Air cleaner assembly bolt 11 8 -
Air cleaner assembly outlet hose clamp 5 - 44
Manual control lever nut 18 13 -
Selector lever bolts 12 9 -
Selector lever cable bracket bolts 12 9 -
Selector lever cable grommet nuts 10 - 89
Selector lever knob screws 2 - 18

EXTERNAL CONTROLS
Fig. 1: Identifying External Controls


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1 7A257 Manual control lever

2 - Adjuster locking tab (part of 7E395)
4 7B229 Selector lever cable bracket
5 - Selector lever cable grommet (part of
7E395)
6 7K004 Selector lever assembly
7 7L010 Selector lever knob
8 - Transmission control (TC)/overdrive
(O/D) cancel switch (part of 7L010)
The transaxle selector lever linkage consists of:
 a selector lever cable that connects the transaxle manual control lever to the selector lever assembly.
 a brake shift interlock actuator (BSIA) that is integral to the selector lever assembly.
 a transmission control (TC) switch that turns off the operation of 6th gear.
The selector lever assembly:
 locks the transaxle selector lever in the PARK position when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position.
 requires the transaxle selector lever to be in the PARK position to turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
Range Selection
This transaxle has 5 range positions: P, R, N, D and L.
Fig. 2: Identifying 5 Range Positions

Park
In the PARK position:
 there is no powerflow through the transaxle.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 the parking pawl locks the final drive.

 the engine may be started.
 the ignition key may be removed.
Reverse
In the REVERSE position:
 the vehicle may be operated in a rearward direction, at a reduced gear ratio.

 engine braking will occur.
Neutral
In the NEUTRAL position:
 there is no powerflow through the transaxle.

 the output shaft is not held and is free to turn.
 the engine may be started.
Drive Position With Overdrive (O/D)
DRIVE is the normal position for most forward driving.
DRIVE provides:
 automatic shifts - 1st through 6th gears.

 apply and release of the torque converter clutch (TCC).
 maximum fuel economy during normal operation.
Manual L Position
This position provides:
 maximum engine braking.

 downshifts to the lowest available gear for the current vehicle speed.
Manual L position allows for 1st gear when the vehicle reaches slower speeds.
Drive with Grade Assist - Transmission Control (TC) Switch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Identifying Overdrive Switch

Drive with overdrive (O/D) cancel and grade assist is activated when the TC switch is pressed. The TC switch is
located on the selector lever knob. When the TC switch is pressed, the 6th gear or O/D upshift is prevented or
the transaxle shifts down to 5th gear. The TC switch is meant to be used when driving conditions cause
excessive shifting from 6th to other gears such as hilly terrain, mountainous areas or when engine braking is
required.
O/D Cancel
 O/D is cancelled.
 The transaxle operates in gears 1 through 5.
 The O/D OFF lamp illuminates on the instrument cluster.
Grade Assist
 Improves vehicle handling in hilly terrain or mountainous areas by providing engine braking and
extending lower gear operation on uphill climbs.
 Additional engine braking is provided through the automatic transaxle shift strategy which reacts to
vehicle inputs (vehicle acceleration, accelerator pedal, brake pedal and vehicle speed).
 The transaxle will select gears that will provide the engine braking desired, based on the vehicle inputs,
this will increase engine RPM during engine braking.
It is recommended to return to DRIVE mode on flat terrain to provide the best fuel economy and transaxle
function. The transaxle returns to O/D when the TC switch is pressed again or anytime the key is turned OFF.
Gear Availability
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Identifying Gear Availability

Brake Shift Interlock
The brake shift interlock system consist of the:
 BSIA.
 ignition switch.
 brake pedal position (BPP) switch powered by fuse 71 (10A).
 transmission range (TR) sensor.
 instrument cluster (IC).
 fuse 5 (10A).
 smart junction box (SJB).
When the ignition switch is in RUN/START, the solenoid inhibits the selector lever movement (from the PARK
position) if the brake pedal is not depressed.
Inputs to SJB Output from SJB

 Fuse(s): Brake shift interlock actuator (BSIA)
 5 (10A)
 71 (10A)
 Brake pedal position (BPP) switch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Ignition switch position (RUN/START)

 Transmission range (TR) sensor (PARK)
 Instrument cluster (IC)
Brake Shift Interlock Operation
The BSIA inhibits the selector lever movement from the PARK position by mechanically blocking the detent
pawl of the selector lever mechanism. When the brake pedal is depressed (BPP switch closed) with the ignition
key in the RUN/START position and the transmission in PARK, the BSIA is energized by the SJB, this allows
the selector lever to be moved out of the PARK position.
Fig. 5: Identifying Brake Shift Interlock Operation

Proper Operation Requirements
Three requirements for the selector lever to be moved from the PARK position are:
 Ignition switch in the RUN/START position

 TR sensor in the PARK position
 BPP switch closed (brakes applied - brake lamps on)
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
SPECIAL TOOLS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
73 III Digital Multimeter 105-R0057 or equivalent
Vehicle Communication Module -

appropriate hardware, or
equivalent scan tool
1. Verify the customer concern by operating the system.

3. If an obvious cause for an observed or reported concern is found, correct the cause before proceeding to
the next step.
4. If the concern is not visually evident, verify the symptom. Go to SYMPTOM CHART - EXTERNAL
CONTROLS table or Go to SYMPTOM CHART - NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) table.

 Transmission selector lever cable  Fuse
 Manual control lever  Smart junction box (SJB) fuse(s):
 Selector lever or selector lever knob  5 (10A)
 Selector lever slider bunching or binding  71 (10A)
 Connections
 Wiring harness
 Brake pedal position (BPP) switch
 Brake shift interlock actuator (BSIA)
 Transmission control (TC) switch
DTC CHART
DTC Component Description Condition Symptom Action
B2572 Brake Shift Brake Shift The associated Brake shift Go to
Interlock Interlock Output circuitry connected to interlock is Pinpoint
Circuit Failure the smart junction box inoperative or Test A .
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(SJB) or fuse, or the does not operate

SJB itself may have an correctly.
issue causing a brake
shift interlock concern.
B2573 Brake Shift Brake Shift The associated Brake shift Go to
Interlock Interlock Output circuitry connected to interlock is Pinpoint
Circuit Short to the SJB or fuse, or the inoperative or Test A .
Ground SJB itself may have an does not operate
issue causing a brake correctly.
shift interlock concern.
Symptom Chart - External Controls
SYMPTOM CHART - EXTERNAL CONTROLS

 Brake shift interlock  Circuitry  Go to Pinpoint Test A .
system does not open/shorted
release/lock  Fuse(s)
correctly
 Brake pedal
position (BPP)
switch
 Brake shift interlock  Brake shift  INSTALL a new selector lever assembly.
system does not interlock actuator REFER to SELECTOR LEVER.
release/lock (BSIA) damaged
correctly
-  Transmission range  DIAGNOSE and REPAIR all TR sensor
(TR) sensor DTCs. REFER to AUTOMATIC
article.
 Transmission  Instrument cluster  Go to Pinpoint Test B .
control (IC)
(TC)/overdrive  Circuitry
(O/D) cancel switch open/shorted
does not operate
correctly  PCM
 TC switch
 Selector lever  Selector lever  REFER to SELECTOR LEVER CABLE
linkage is out of linkage out of ADJUSTMENT.
correct gear adjustment
relationship
-  Manual control  REMOVE the manual control lever nut and
lever not aligned CHECK the alignment of the manual control
correctly on the lever.
sensor (flat
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
surfaces do not line

up)
-  Loose selector  CHECK the selector lever cable bracket.
lever cable bracket TIGHTEN as necessary.
Symptom Chart - Noise, Vibration and Harshness (NVH)
NOTE: Noise, vibration and harshness (NVH) symptoms should be identified using the
diagnostic tools that are available. For a list of these tools, an explanation of
their uses and a glossary of common terms, refer to NOISE, VIBRATION AND
HARSHNESS article. Since it is possible any one of multiple systems may be
the cause of a symptom, it may be necessary to use a process of elimination
type of diagnostic approach to pinpoint the responsible system. If this is not the
causal system for the symptom, refer back to NOISE, VIBRATION AND
HARSHNESS article for the next likely system and continue diagnosis.
SYMPTOM CHART - NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH)

 Vibration - a high frequency  Selector lever cable  CHECK the selector lever
(20-80 Hz) that is felt incorrectly routed, grounded cable. REPAIR as
through the seat or selector out or loose necessary.
lever. Changes with engine
speed
Electrical Connectors
Fig. 6: Selector Lever Harness Connector C3245 (vehicle harness side)

Pin Number Circuit Circuit Function

1 CET53 (BU/OG) Brake shift interlock actuator (BSIA)
solenoid power circuit
2 CDC41 (WH/BN) Park position signal to ignition switch
3 VLN37 (BU/WH) Power to PRNDL bulb
4 GD140 (BK/GN) Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5 CET34 (BN/GN) Transmission control (TC) switch signal

6 CBP30 (YE/BU) TC switch power circuit
Fig. 7: Selector Lever Harness Connector C3245 (component side)

Pin Number Circuit Circuit Function

1 CET53 (OG) Brake shift interlock actuator (BSIA) solenoid
power circuit
2 CDC41 (RD) Park position signal to ignition switch
3 VLN37 (BU) Power to PRNDL bulb
4 GD140 (BK) Ground
5 CET34 (WH) Transmission control (TC) switch signal
6 CBP30 (BN) TC switch power circuit
Pinpoint Tests
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM article for Transmission Controls schematic and connector
information.
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM article for Shift Interlock schematic and connector
information.
PINPOINT TEST A: THE BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK SYSTEM DOES NOT RELEASE/LOCK
CORRECTLY
A1 TEST THE BRAKE LIGHTS

 Apply the brake pedal and view the brake lights.
 Do the brake lights illuminate?
YES : Go to A2.
NO : REFER to EXTERIOR LIGHTING article.
A2 TEST SMART JUNCTION BOX (SJB) FUSE 5 (10A)
 Check fuse: SJB 5 (10A)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?


YES : Go to A3.
NO : INSTALL a new fuse. Go to A3.
A3 TEST BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK ACTUATOR (BSIA) POWER CIRCUIT
 Disconnect: Selector Lever Harness C3245
Fig. 8: Measuring Voltage Between Selector Lever Harness Connector C3245-1, Circuit
CET53 (BU/OG) & Ground
Measure the voltage between selector lever harness C3245-1, circuit CET53 (BU/OG) and ground,

while applying the brake pedal.
YES : Go to A6.
NO : Go to A4.
A4 TEST THE BSIA POWER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Disconnect: SJB C2280C
Fig. 9: Measuring Resistance Between Selector Lever Harness C3245-1, Circuit CET53
(BU/OG) & Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between selector lever harness C3245-1, circuit CET53 (BU/OG) and

ground.
YES : Go to A5.
NO : REPAIR circuit CET53 (BU/OG) for a short to ground. TEST the system for normal
operation.
A5 TEST THE BSIA POWER CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 10: Measuring Resistance Between Selector Lever Harness C3245-1, CET53 (BU/OG) &
SJB C2280C-23
Measure the resistance between selector lever harness C3245-1, circuit CET53 (BU/OG) and SJB

C2280C-23, circuit CET53 (BU/OG).
YES : INSTALL a new SJB. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : REPAIR circuit CET53 (BU/OG) for an open.
A6 TEST BSIA GROUND CIRCUIT
Fig. 11: Measuring Resistance Between Floor Selector Lever Harness Connector C3245-4,
GD112 (BK/GN) & Ground
 Measure the resistance between floor selector lever harness connector C3245-4, circuit GD112
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(BK/GN) and ground.

YES : INSTALL a new selector lever. REFER to SELECTOR LEVER.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD112 (BK/GN). TEST the system for normal operation.
PINPOINT TEST B: TRANSMISSION CONTROL (TC)/OVERDRIVE (O/D) CANCEL SWITCH

DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY
B1 TEST THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC)

 Using the scan tool, monitor the TCS PID while cycling the transmission control (TC) (O/D cancel)
switch.
 Does the TCS PID cycle from depressed to not depressed?
YES : REFER to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING

CHIMES article.
NO : Go to B2.
B2 CHECK SMART JUNCTION BOX (SJB) FUSE 71 (10A)
 Check fuse: SJB 71 (10A)
YES : Go to B3.
NO : Go to B4.
B3 TEST THE TC (O/D CANCEL) SWITCH POWER CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: SJB Fuse 71 (10A)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 12: Measuring Resistance Between Selector Lever Harness Connector C3245-6, Circuit
CBP30 (YE/BU)
Measure the resistance between selector lever harness C3245-6, circuit CBP30 (YE/BU) and the

output side of SJB fuse 71 (10A).
YES : Go to B5.
NO : REPAIR the circuit CBP30 (YE/BU) for an open. RECONNECT all components. TEST the
system for normal operation.
B4 TEST THE TC (O/D CANCEL) SWITCH POWER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Disconnect: SJB Fuse 71 (10A)
Fig. 13: Measuring Resistance Between Selector Lever Harness Connector C3245-6, CBP30
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(YE/BU) & Ground

Measure the resistance between selector lever harness C3245-6, circuit CBP30 (YE/BU) and

ground.
YES : Go to B6.
NO : REPAIR circuit CBP30 (YE/BU) for a short to ground. RECONNECT all components. TEST
the system for normal operation.
B5 TEST THE TC (O/D CANCEL) SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: PCM C175b
Fig. 14: Measuring Resistance Between Selector Lever Harness Connector C3245-5, Circuit
CET34 (BN/GN)
Measure the resistance between selector lever harness C3245-5, circuit CET34 (BN/GN) and PCM

C175b-16, circuit CET34 (BN/GN).
YES : Go to B7.
NO : REPAIR circuit CET34 (BN/GN) for an open. RECONNECT all components. TEST the
B6 TEST THE TC (O/D CANCEL) SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 15: Measuring Resistance Between Selector Lever Harness Connector C3245-5, CET34
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(BN/GN) & Ground

Measure the resistance between selector lever harness C3245-5, circuit CET34 (BN/GN) and

ground.
YES : Go to B7.
NO : REPAIR circuit CET34 (BN/GN) for a short to ground. TEST the system for normal
operation.
B7 TEST THE TC (O/D CANCEL) SWITCH
Fig. 16: Measuring Resistance Between Selector Lever Connector C3245-5 & C3245-6,
Component Side
 Measure the resistance between selector lever C3245-5 and C3245-6, component side, while
cycling the TC (O/D cancel) switch.
 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms when pressed and greater than 10,000 ohms when released?
YES : INSTALL a new PCM. REFER to ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS article. TEST
NO : INSPECT the selector lever wiring harness for damage and repair as necessary. If the selector
lever wiring harness is not damaged, INSTALL a new selector lever knob. REFER to SELECTOR
LEVER KNOB. TEST the system for normal operation.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK OVERRIDE
NOTE: If it is necessary to use the override procedure to move the selector lever out of
the PARK position, it is possible that a fuse has blown and the brake lights are
not operational. Before driving the vehicle, verify that the brake lights are
working.
This vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents the
selector lever from being moved out of PARK when the ignition is in the ON
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
position unless the brake pedal is depressed.
If the selector lever cannot be moved out of the PARK position when the
ignition is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed:
1. Apply the parking brake and remove the ignition key.
NOTE: Relief located at the front of the access panel.
2. Remove the override cap.
Fig. 17: Identifying Override Cap

3. Using a suitable tool, depress the brake shift interlock override mechanism on the selector lever, apply the
brake, depress the button on the selector lever and move the selector lever into NEUTRAL.
Fig. 18: Depressing The Brake Shift Interlock Override Mechanism

4. Start the vehicle.

5. To install, reverse the procedure.
SELECTOR LEVER CABLE ADJUSTMENT
1. Disconnect the selector lever cable end from the manual control lever.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 19: Locating Selector Lever Cable End

2. Place the manual control lever in DRIVE.

1. Rotate the manual control lever clockwise until it stops.
2. Rotate the manual control lever counterclockwise one detent.
Fig. 20: Rotating Manual Control Lever Clockwise & Counterclockwise

3. Place the selector lever in DRIVE.
Fig. 21: Placing Selector Lever In Drive

4. Unlock the adjuster.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Pry the latch up.

2. Push the lock tab to slide it over.
Fig. 22: Pushing Lock Tab To Slide It Over

5. Slide the selector lever cable end forward or backward to align it with the manual control lever.
Fig. 23: Sliding Cable End Forward Or Backward To Align It With Manual Control Lever
6. With the adjuster locking tab released, connect the selector lever cable end to the manual control lever.
Fig. 24: Connecting Selector Lever Cable End To Manual Lever

7. Slide the release tab back to lock the adjuster.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 25: Sliding Release Tab Back To Lock Adjuster

8. Verify that the vehicle starts in PARK and NEUTRAL only and that the reverse lamps illuminate in
REVERSE.

SELECTOR LEVER CABLE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 26: Identifying Selector Lever Cable With Torque Specifications


1 14A464 Mass air flow (MAF) sensor electrical
connector
2 6758 Engine vent tube
3 N606678 Air cleaner assembly bolt
4 9C632 Air cleaner outlet tube clamp
5 9C662 Air cleaner assembly
7 W500213 Selector lever cable bracket bolts
8 7B229 Selector lever cable bracket
9 78061A16 Selector lever trim ring (MKX only)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
10 78045A76 Center console trim cover

11 78045A06 Center console side cover
12 W706092 Power outlet trim cover fasteners
13 78047A04 Power outlet trim cover
14 7K004 Selector lever assembly
15 W707142 Selector lever cable floor grommet nuts
16 57809 Selector lever cable floor grommet
REMOVAL
All vehicles
1. Disconnect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor electrical connector and the wiring harness fastener from the
air cleaner assembly.
Fig. 27: Locating Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Electrical Connector & Wiring Harness Fastener
2. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose from the air cleaner outlet pipe.
Fig. 28: Locating Brake Booster Vacuum Hose

3. Disconnect the engine breather from the air cleaner assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 29: Locating Engine Breather

4. Remove the air cleaner assembly bracket bolt.
Fig. 30: Locating Air Cleaner Assembly Bracket Bolt

5. Loosen the air cleaner outlet pipe clamp at the throttle body and remove the air cleaner and air cleaner
outlet pipe assembly.
Fig. 31: Locating Air Cleaner Outlet Pipe Clamp

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

7. Release the 2 tabs, remove the selector lever cable from the selector lever cable bracket and position the
cable aside.
Fig. 33: Locating Selector Lever Cable Bracket & Tabs

8. Remove the 3 bolts and the selector lever cable bracket.
Fig. 34: Identifying Selector Lever Cable Bracket

MKX only
9. Using a suitable tool, remove the selector lever trim ring.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 35: Locating Selector Lever Trim Ring

All vehicles
10. Lift the armrest. Using a suitable tool, remove the center console trim cover.
Fig. 36: Identifying Center Console Trim Cover

11. Remove the 2 fasteners and position aside the power outlet trim cover.
Fig. 37: Identifying Fasteners On Power Outlet Trim Cover

12. Remove the selector lever cable end from the selector lever.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 38: Identifying Selector Lever Cable End From Selector Lever
13. Release the 2 tabs and remove the selector lever cable from the selector lever housing.
Fig. 39: Locating Selector Lever Cable On Selector Lever Housing

14. Remove the center console side cover.
Fig. 40: Identifying Center Console Side Cover

15. Remove the 2 nuts from the grommet, route the selector lever cable from the engine compartment through
the floor and remove the selector lever cable from the passenger compartment.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 41: Identifying Grommet Nuts

INSTALLATION
All vehicles
1. Install the selector lever cable, position the grommet in place and install the 2 nuts.
 Tighten to 10 N.m (89 lb-in).
Fig. 42: Identifying Grommet Nuts

2. Install the center console side cover.
Fig. 43: Identifying Center Console Side Cover

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
cable locking tabs are locked in place and the selector lever cable end is
snapped onto the ball stud. Press the selector lever cable into the selector
lever cable bracket and listen for the cable to click in place. Pull back on
the selector lever cable to make sure that it is locked into the selector
lever cable bracket. Also make sure that the selector lever cable end is
correctly installed onto the ball stud. Pull back on the selector lever cable
end to make sure that the selector lever cable end is correctly installed.

4. Place the selector lever in REVERSE.
Fig. 45: Identifying REVERSE

5. Install the selector lever cable end on the selector lever.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

7. Position the power outlet trim cover in place and install the 2 fasteners.

8. Install the center console trim cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

MKX only
9. Install the selector lever trim ring.

All vehicles
10. Position the selector lever cable bracket in place and install the 3 bolts.
 Tighten to 12 N.m (9 lb-ft).
Fig. 51: Identifying Selector Lever Cable Bracket

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
11. Install the selector lever cable in the selector lever cable bracket.
Fig. 52: Locating Selector Lever Cable Bracket & Tabs




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
17. Connect the selector lever cable on the manual control lever.

18. Position the air cleaner assembly in place and install the bolt.

19. Tighten the air cleaner outlet pipe clamp at the throttle body.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
20. Connect the engine breather to the air cleaner assembly.

21. Connect the brake booster vacuum hose to the air cleaner assembly.

22. Connect the MAF sensor electrical connector and connect the electrical harness fastener.
REVERSE.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SELECTOR LEVER
Fig. 64: Exploded View Of Selector Lever Components With Torque Specification

3 W706092 Power outlet trim cover fasteners
4 78047A04 Power outlet trim cover
6 14A459 Selector lever electrical connector
7 N606678 Selector lever bolts
8 7K004 Selector lever
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
REMOVAL
MKX only

All vehicles

3. Remove the 2 fasteners and position aside the power outlet trim cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

4. Remove the selector lever cable end from the selector lever.
5. Release the 2 tabs and remove the selector lever cable from the selector lever housing.

6. Disconnect the selector lever electrical connector.
Fig. 70: Locating Selector Lever Electrical Connector

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
7. Remove the bolts and the selector lever.
Fig. 71: Locating Selector Lever Bolts

INSTALLATION
All vehicles
1. Install the selector lever and the bolts.

Fig. 72: Locating Selector Lever Bolts

2. Connect the selector lever electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 73: Locating Selector Lever Electrical Connector

cable locking tabs are locked in place and the selector lever cable end is
snapped onto the ball stud. Press the selector lever cable into the selector
lever cable bracket and listen for the cable to click in place. Pull back on
the selector lever cable to make sure that it is locked into the selector
lever cable bracket. Also make sure that the selector lever cable end is
correctly installed onto the ball stud. Pull back on the selector lever cable
end to make sure that the selector lever cable end is correctly installed.

4. Place the selector lever in REVERSE.
Fig. 75: Identifying REVERSE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

6. Install the selector lever cable end on the selector lever.

8. Position the power outlet trim cover in place and install the 2 fasteners.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


MKX only

All vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


REVERSE.
SELECTOR LEVER KNOB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 87: Exploded View Of Selector Lever Knob & Center Console Trim Cover

3 7C453 Transmission control (TC) switch
electrical connector
4 - Selector lever knob trim covers (part of
7L010)
5 W790088 Selector lever knob screw (2 required)
6 7L010 Selector lever knob
REMOVAL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
MKX only

All vehicles

NOTE: Center console side trim cover removed for clarity.
3. Disconnect the transmission control (TC) switch electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 90: Locating Transmission Control (TC) Switch Electrical Connector

4. Remove and discard the selector lever knob trim covers by carefully prying out on the bottom front
corners, and then pry out on the top front corner and remove the covers.
Fig. 91: Removing Selector Lever Knob Trim Covers By Carefully Prying Out On Bottom Front
Corners
NOTE: Inspect the knob body for damage. Install a new knob body if necessary.
5. Remove and discard the 2 selector lever knob screws. Remove the selector lever knob while routing the
TC switch electrical connector harness out of the selector lever.
Fig. 92: Removing Selector Lever Knob While Routing TC Switch Electrical Connector Harness
Out Of Selector Lever
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
INSTALLATION
All vehicles
1. Route the TC switch electrical connector harness through the selector lever and install the shift knob and
2 new screws. Loosely install both screws before tightening.
Fig. 93: Routing TC Switch Electrical Connector Harness Through Selector Lever
NOTE: Be sure that the selector lever knob bezel is correctly installed on the
selector lever knob.
2. Install new selector lever knob trim covers.
Fig. 94: Identifying Selector Lever Knob Trim Covers

EDGE only
3. Route the TC switch electrical connector wires behind the selector lever bezel light bulb wires.
1. TC switch electrical connector wires
2. Selector lever light bulb wires
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 95: Identifying Selector Lever Light Bulb Wires

All vehicles
NOTE: Center console side trim cover removed for clarity.
4. Connect the TC switch electrical connector.
Fig. 96: Locating Transmission Control (TC) Switch Electrical Connector


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
MKX only

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 TRANSMISSIONS Transaxle/Transmission Cooling - Edge & MKX
2008 TRANSMISSIONS
Transaxle/Transmission Cooling - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Fluid
MERCON® V, MERCON® SP, Motorcraft Premium Automatic Transmission Fluid, Motorcraft
Continuously Variable Chain Type Transmission Fluid and FNR5 transmission fluid are not
interchangeable transmission fluids. The use of any transmission fluid other than what is recommended
for the transaxle will cause transaxle damage. Refer to the material specification for the correct
transmission fluid. The transmission fluid should be changed every 96,560 km (60,000 mi) regardless of
normal or special operating conditions.
CAUTION: Do not use water-based cleaners to clean or flush the transmission fluid cooler tubes or
transaxle damage will occur. Mineral spirits can be used to clean the transmission fluid cooler
tubes, providing the transmission fluid cooler tubes are flushed with clean transmission fluid and
blown dry with shop air. Use only clean transmission fluid designated for this transaxle and torque
converter being serviced.
MERCON® V Automatic
Transmission Fluid
MERCON® V 9.5L (10 qt)
XT-5-QM (or XT-5-QMC) (US);
CXT-5-LM12 (Canada)
Air cleaner bolt 11 8 -
Air cleaner outlet pipe clamp 5 - 44
Battery tray bolts 10 - 89
Transmission fluid cooler bracket bolts 10 - 89
Transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve 9 - 80
Transmission fluid cooler tube bolts 9 - 80
Transmission fluid cooler tube fittings 25 18 -

TRANSAXLE COOLING
The transmission fluid cooling system consists of the following:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Oil-to-air transmission fluid cooler

 Transmission fluid cooler tube assembly
 Transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve
 Transmission fluid cooler outlet tube
 Transmission fluid cooler return tube
These vehicles are equipped with an external transmission fluid cooler. The transmission fluid cooler is
mounted in front of the engine radiator. The transmission fluid cooling system also consists of a transmission
fluid cooler thermal bypass valve which is mounted on the transaxle main control cover. When the transmission
fluid is below normal operating temperature, transmission fluid travels from the transaxle to the transmission
fluid cooler thermal bypass valve then back to the transaxle. When the transmission fluid is at or above normal
operating temperature, the transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve opens allowing transmission fluid to
travel from the transaxle through the transmission fluid cooler then back to the transaxle. The transmission fluid
cooler transfers heat from the transmission fluid to the outside air.
Fig. 1: Identifying Transaxle Cooling System


1 - Transmission fluid cooler
2 - Transmission fluid cooler tube assembly
Transmission fluid cooler tube secondary
3 -
latches
4 - Transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
valve
5 - Transmission fluid cooler outlet tube
6 - Transmission fluid cooler return tube
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
TRANSAXLE COOLING
SPECIAL TOOLS
scan tool
MATERIAL
Item Specification
MERCON® V Automatic Transmission Fluid
XT-5-QM (or XT-5-QMC) (US); CXT-5-LM12 MERCON® V
(Canada)
1. Verify the customer concern by operating the vehicle to duplicate the condition.
2. If the inspection reveals obvious concern(s) that can be readily identified, repair as necessary.
3. Install new components if a transmission fluid leak is found in any of the transaxle cooling components.
4. If the concern(s) remains after the inspection, determine the symptom(s). Go to Symptom Chart -
Transaxle Cooling or Go to Symptom Chart - Noise, Vibration and Harshness (NVH).
Symptom Chart - Transaxle Cooling
Symptom Chart - Transaxle Cooling

 Clogged
transmission fluid
cooler or  INSPECT the transmission fluid cooler,
transmission fluid transmission fluid cooler tubes and transmission
 Transaxle cooler tubes fluid cooler thermal bypass valve for damage or
overheating
 Bent or crushed plugging. INSTALL new components as
transmission fluid necessary.
cooler tubes
 Transmission fluid
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
cooler thermal
bypass valve stuck
closed
 INSPECT transmission fluid cooler and
 System leaks transmission fluid cooler tubes for leaks.
SERVICE as required.
 REFER to AUTOMATIC
 Internal transaxle
concerns
article.

 Vibration - a high
frequency (20-80 Hz)
 CHECK the transmission
that is felt through the  Transmission fluid cooler
fluid cooler tubes. REPAIR
seat or gear shifter. tubes grounded
as necessary.
Changes with engine
speed
Check Transmission Fluid Level and Condition (All Vehicles)
CAUTION: The vehicle should not be driven if the transmission fluid level indicator
shows the transmission fluid below the minimum transmission fluid level
mark or internal failure could result.
If the vehicle has been operated for an extended period of time, at highway speeds, in city traffic, in hot weather
or while pulling a trailer, the transmission fluid needs to cool down to obtain an accurate reading.
The transmission fluid level reading on the transmission fluid level indicator will differ depending on operating
and ambient temperatures. The correct reading should be within the normal operating temperature range.
Transmission Fluid Level Check
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: The transmission fluid should be checked at normal operating temperature 80°
C-93°C (175°F-200°F) on a level surface. Normal operating temperature can be
reached after approximately 32 km (20 mi) of driving and can be checked using
the scan tool.
Under normal circumstances the transmission fluid level should be checked during normal maintenance. If the
transaxle starts to slip, shifts slowly or shows signs of transmission fluid leaking, the transmission fluid level
should be checked.
1. With the transaxle in PARK, the engine at idle, foot pressed on the brake, move the selector lever through
each gear and allow engagement of each gear. Place the selector lever in the PARK position.
2. Wipe the transmission fluid level indicator cap and remove the transmission fluid level indicator.
3. Wipe the transmission fluid level indicator with a clean cloth.
4. Install the transmission fluid level indicator back in the transmission fluid filler tube until it is fully
seated, then remove the indicator. The transmission fluid level should be within the normal operating
range.
Fig. 2: Identifying Transmission Fluid Indicator


Correct
transmission
fluid level at
1 - operating
temperature
80°C-93°C
(175°F-200°F)
Low
2 - transmission
fluid level
High
3 - transmission
fluid level
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
High Transmission Fluid Level
A transmission fluid level that is too high may cause the transmission fluid to become aerated due to the
churning action of the rotating internal parts. This will cause erratic control pressure, foaming, loss of
transmission fluid from the vent tube and possible transaxle malfunction and/or damage. If an overfill reading is
indicated, refer to AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50 article.
Low Transmission Fluid Level
A low transmission fluid level could result in poor transaxle engagement, slipping, malfunction and/or damage.
This could also indicate a leak in one of the transaxle seals or gaskets.
Adding Transmission Fluid
CAUTION: MERCON® V, MERCON® SP, Motorcraft Premium Automatic Transmission

Fluid, Motorcraft Continuously Variable Chain Type Transmission Fluid
and FNR5 Transmission Fluid are not interchangeable transmission fluids.
The use of any fluid other than what is recommended for this transaxle will
cause transaxle damage.
If transmission fluid needs to be added, add transmission fluid in 0.25L (1/2 pt) increments through the
transmission fluid level indicator tube. Do not overfill the transmission fluid. For transmission fluid type, refer
to the MATERIAL specification chart.
Transmission Fluid Condition Check
1. Check the transmission fluid level.

2. Observe the color and the odor. The color under normal circumstances should be a dark red color, not
brown or black or have a burnt odor.
3. Hold the transmission fluid level indicator over a white facial tissue and allow the transmission fluid to
drip onto the facial tissue and examine the stain.
4. If evidence of solid material is found, the transmission fluid pan should be removed for further inspection.
5. If transmission fluid contamination or transaxle failure is confirmed by the sediment in the bottom of the
transmission fluid pan, repair the transaxle and clean the transmission fluid cooler tubes and the
transmission fluid cooler.
6. If the transaxle is to be overhauled or if installing a new transaxle, the transmission fluid cooler must be
backflushed. Refer to AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50 article.

TRANSMISSION FLUID COOLER
SPECIAL TOOLS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Disconnect Tool, Transmission

307-569
Cooler Line
MATERIAL
Item Specification
(Canada)
Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Transmission Fluid Cooler With Torque Specifications


1 - Transmission fluid cooler tube fasteners
2 - Radiator support
Transmission fluid cooler mounting
4 -
bracket bolts
Transmission fluid cooler mounting
5 -
brackets
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
REMOVAL

The use of any transmission fluid other than what is recommended for this
transaxle will cause transaxle damage.
1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to JACKING
AND LIFTING article.
3. Disconnect the 2 transmission fluid cooler tube fasteners from the radiator support.
Fig. 4: Locating Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Fasteners On Radiator Support

4. Remove the secondary latches from the transmission fluid cooler.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 5: Locating Secondary Latches On Transmission Fluid Cooler

5. Using the special tool, disconnect the transmission fluid cooler tubes from the transmission fluid cooler.
Fig. 6: Disconnecting Transmission Fluid Cooler Tubes From Transmission Fluid Cooler Using
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Special Tool (307-569)

6. Remove the 2 bolts and the 2 transmission fluid cooler support brackets.
Fig. 7: Locating Transmission Fluid Cooler Support Brackets & Bolts

7. Remove the transmission fluid cooler.
INSTALLATION
1. Position the transmission fluid cooler in place.

2. Install the 2 transmission fluid cooler support brackets and the 2 bolts.
Fig. 8: Locating Transmission Fluid Cooler Support Brackets & Bolts

3. Connect the transmission fluid cooler tubes to the transmission fluid cooler.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Locating Transmission Fluid Cooler Tubes On Transmission Fluid Cooler

4. Install the secondary latches on the transmission fluid cooler.

5. Connect the transmission fluid cooler tube fasteners to the radiator support.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
6. Install the front bumper cover. For additional information, refer to BUMPERS article.
7. Check the transmission fluid level and add transmission fluid as necessary.
TRANSMISSION FLUID COOLER TUBES
SPECIAL TOOLS

307-569
Cooler Line
MATERIAL
Item Specification
(Canada)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 12: Exploded View Of Transmission Fluid Cooler Tubes With Torque Specifications

Electrical connector - mass air flow
1 -
(MAF) sensor
2 - Tube assembly - crankcase vent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3 - Bolt - air cleaner bracket

4 - Clamp - air cleaner outlet pipe
5 - Air cleaner assembly
6 - Fastener - wiring harness
7 - Fastener - wiring harness
8 - Bolts - battery tray
9 - Battery tray
10 - Transmission fluid cooler tube fasteners
11 - Radiator support
Transmission fluid cooler tube secondary
14 -
latches
Transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass
15 -
valve
16 - Transmission fluid cooler tube bolts
17 - Transmission fluid cooler tube fittings
18 - Transmission fluid cooler outlet tube
19 - Transmission fluid cooler return tube
Transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass
20 -
valve nuts
REMOVAL

The use of any transmission fluid other than what is recommended for this
transaxle will cause transaxle damage.
3. Disconnect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor electrical connector and the wiring harness fastener from the
air cleaner assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose from the air cleaner outlet pipe.

5. Disconnect the engine breather from the air cleaner assembly.

6. Remove the air cleaner assembly bracket bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

7. Loosen the air cleaner outlet pipe clamp at the throttle body and remove the air cleaner and air cleaner
outlet pipe assembly.

8. Remove the battery. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article.
9. Remove the battery tray.
1. Disconnect the wiring harness fasteners.
2. Remove the 3 bolts and the battery tray.
Fig. 18: Identifying Wiring Harness Fasteners, Battery Tray & Bolts
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
10. Disconnect the transmission fluid cooler tube fasteners from the radiator support.
11. Remove the secondary latches from the transmission fluid cooler.

12. Using the special tool, disconnect the transmission fluid cooler tubes from the transmission fluid cooler.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 21: Disconnecting Transmission Fluid Cooler Tubes From Transmission Fluid Cooler Using
Special Tool (307-569)
13. Remove the 2 secondary latches from the transmission fluid cooler tubes at the transmission fluid cooler
thermal bypass valve.
Fig. 22: Locating Secondary Latches On Transmission Fluid Cooler Tubes

14. Using the special tool, disconnect the transmission fluid cooler tubes from the transmission fluid cooler
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 23: Disconnecting Transmission Cooling Tubes Using Special Tool (307-569)
NOTE: RH side shown, LH side similar.
15. Pull up on the tabs on both sides of the radiator support, position the radiator back and remove the
transmission fluid cooler tubes from the cooling module.
Fig. 24: Locating Tabs On Both Sides Of Radiator Support

16. Remove and discard the 2 transmission fluid cooler tube bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 25: Identifying Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Bolts

17. Inspect the transaxle case to be sure that the transmission fluid cooler tube seals and backing rings were
removed with the transmission fluid cooler tubes and are not stuck in the transaxle case. If the
transmission fluid cooler tube seals or backing rings are stuck in the transaxle case, remove the seals and
backing rings.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 26: Locating Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Seals & Backing Rings
18. Loosen the 2 fluid cooler tube fittings and remove the 2 fluid cooler tubes from the transmission fluid
cooler thermal bypass valve and the transaxle.
Fig. 27: Locating Fluid Cooler Tube Fittings

19. Remove the 2 nuts and the transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 28: Locating Thermal Bypass Valve & Nuts

INSTALLATION
1. Position the transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve in place and install the 2 nuts.
Fig. 29: Locating Thermal Bypass Valve & Nuts

2. Inspect the transmission fluid cooler tube backing rings and seals for damage and install new backing
rings or seals if necessary. Lubricate the transmission fluid cooler tube seals with clean transmission fluid
and install the backing rings and seals on the transmission fluid cooler tubes.

1 7D285 Seal
2 7J324 Backing ring
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 30: Identifying Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Backing Ring & Seal
3. Position the 2 transmission fluid cooler tubes on the transaxle and tighten the 2 transmission fluid cooler
tube fittings.
Fig. 31: Locating Fluid Cooler Tube Fittings

4. Install 2 new transmission fluid cooler tube bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 32: Identifying Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Bolts

5. Route the transmission fluid cooler tubes through the cooling module and fasten the upper radiator
brackets to the radiator support through the cooling module.
Fig. 33: Locating Tabs On Both Sides Of Radiator Support

6. Install the transmission fluid cooler tubes in the transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 34: Locating Transmission Fluid Cooler Tubes

7. Install the 2 secondary latches on the transmission fluid cooler tubes at the transmission fluid cooler

8. Connect the transmission fluid cooler tubes to the transmission fluid cooler.
Fig. 36: Locating Transmission Fluid Cooler Tubes On Transmission Fluid Cooler
9. Install the secondary latches on the transmission fluid cooler.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

10. Connect the transmission fluid cooler tube fasteners to the radiator support.
11. Install the battery tray.

1. Install the 3 bolts.
2. Connect the wiring harness fasteners to the battery tray.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
12. Install the battery. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES article.
13. Position the air cleaner assembly in place and install the bolt.

14. Tighten the air cleaner outlet pipe clamp at the throttle body.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
15. Connect the engine breather to the air cleaner assembly.

16. Connect the brake booster vacuum hose to the air cleaner assembly.

18. Install the front bumper cover. For additional information, refer to BUMPERS article.
19. Check the transmission fluid level and add transmission fluid as necessary.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 TRANSMISSIONS Automatic Transaxle/Transmission - Diagnostics, Servicing, & Removal & Installation - 6F50 -
Edge & MKX
2008 TRANSMISSIONS
Automatic Transaxle/Transmission - Diagnostics, Servicing, & Removal & Installation - 6F50 -

Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Dye-Lite® ATF/Power Steering - -
Fluid Leak Detection Dye
164-R3701 (Rotunda)
MERCON® V Automatic MERCON® V 9.5L (10 qt)
Transmission Fluid
XT-5-QM (or XT-5-QMC) (US);
CXT-5-LM12 (Canada)
Multi-Purpose Grease ESB-M1C93-B -
XG-4 and/or XL-5
SOLENOID OPERATION CHART

Shift Solenoid
SSD
SSA SSB SSC (VFS)
(VFS) (VFS) (VFS) NH (CB SSE TCC
Base Selector PCM Commanded NL (CB NH (3, 5, NL (CB L, R/4, 5, (On/Off) (VFS)
Lever Position Gear 1, 2, 3, 4) R) 2, 6) 6) NC NL
P P Off On Off Off On Off
R R Off Off Off Off On Off
N N1 Off On Off On On Off
N2 Off On Off Off Off Off
N3 Off On Off Off On Off
D 1 On On Off Off a Onb Off
2 On On On On Off Off
3 On Off Off On Off Off
4 On On Off Off Off On/Off
5 Off Off Off Off Off On/Off
6 Off On On Off Off On/Off
L L On On Off Offa Onb Off
CB = Clutch brake
NC = Normally closed
NH = Normally high
NL = Normally low
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
a Turns on above 10 km/h (6 mph).
b Turns off above 10 km/h (6 mph).
CLUTCH APPLICATION CHART

Inter-
Direct (C 3, Overdrive (C Forward (CB Low/ Reverse mediate (CB
Gear 5, R) 4, 5, 6) 1, 2, 3, 4) (CB L, R) 2, 6) One-Way
1st X X X
2nd X X O/R
3rd X X O/R
4th X X O/R
5th X X O/R
6th X X O/R
Reverse X X
CB = Clutch brake
O/R = Overrunning
LINE PRESSURE CHART

Gear Line
Pressures at Idlea
P 372-413 kPa (54-60 psi)
R 689-724 kPa (100-105 psi)
N 372-413 kPa (54-60 psi)
D 579-600 kPa (84-87 psi)
L 579-600 kPa (84-87 psi)
Pressure at Wide Open Throttle (WOT) Stalla
P 372-413 kPa (54-60 psi)
R 1,724-2,068 kPa
(250-300 psi)
N 372-413 kPa
(54-60 psi)
D 1,655-1,724 kPa
(240-250 psi)
L 1,655-1,724 kPa
(240-250 psi)
a All pressures are approximate.
STALL SPEED CHART

Engine Stall Speed
3.5L 2,350-2,650
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
GEAR RATIO CHART

Gear Ratio
1st/low 4.484:1
2nd 2.872:1
3rd 1.842:1
4th 1.414:1
5th 1:1
6th 0.742:1
Reverse 2.882:1
SHIFT SPEEDS
Throttle Position Range Shift KM/H MPH
Light Throttle D 1-2 14-19 9-12
D 2-3 24-31 15-19
D 3-4 32-40 20-25
D 4-5 45-56 28-35
D 5-6 63-80 39-50
Medium Throttle D 1-2 37-47 23-29
D 2-3 58-71 36-44
D 3-4 74-93 46-58
D 4-5 108-135 67-84
D 5-6 169-211 105-131
Heavy Throttle D 1-2 55-69 34-43
D 2-3 84-105 52-65
D 3-4 127-158 79-98
D 4-5 167-208 104-129
D 5-6 179-222 111-138
Air Cleaner (ACL) assembly bracket bolt 11 - 97
ACL outlet pipe clamp 5 - 44
Battery tray bolts 10 - 89
Catalytic converter nuts 40 30 -
Catalytic converter support bracket bolts 20 - 177
Catalytic converter support bracket nut 40 30 -
Driveshaft bolts 70 52 -
Exhaust Y-pipe assembly clamp 40 30 -
Exhaust Y-pipe assembly nuts 40 30 -
Line pressure tap plug 9 - 80
Lower bumper-to-subframe support nuts 10 - 89
Main control cover boltsa 12 - 106
12 - 106
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Main control valve body boltsa

Manual control lever nut 18 - 159
Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor bolt 12 - 106
Power steering rack bolts 107 79 -
Power steering rack heat shield bolts 6 - 53
Power Transfer Unit (PTU)-to-transaxle bolts 90 66 -
PTU support bracket bolts 70 52 -
Roll restrictor bolts 90 66 -
Roll restrictor bracket bolts 90 66 -
Roll restrictor heat shield nut 11 - 97
Roll restrictor-to-subframe through bolt 103 76 -
Selector lever cable bracket bolts 12 - 106
Solenoid body boltsa 12 - 106
Stabilizer bar bracket bolts 48 35 -
Starter battery terminal 12 - 106
Starter bolts 26 19 -
Starter solenoid terminal 6 - 53
Subframe nuts 150 111 -
Subframe support bracket bolts 103 76 -
Torque converter bolts 55 41 -
Torque converter housing bolts 48 35 -
Transaxle support insulator bolt 55 41 -
Transaxle support insulator bracket nuts 63 46 -
Transaxle support insulator nuts 55 41 -
Transaxle support insulator through bolt 175 129 -
Transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve bracket nuts 9 - 80
Transmission fluid cooler tube-to-thermal bypass valve fittings 25 18 -
Transmission fluid cooler tube-to-transaxle case bolts 9 - 80
Transmission fluid drain plug 9 - 80
Transmission fluid filler tube nut 11 - 97
Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor bolt 12 - 106
a Refer to the appropriate procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
DIAGNOSTIC STRATEGY
NOTE: Do not take shortcuts or assume that critical checks or adjustments have
already been made.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Troubleshooting an electronically controlled automatic transaxle is simplified by using the proven method of
diagnosis. One of the most important things to remember is that there is a definite procedure to follow.
Follow the procedures as written to avoid missing critical components or steps.
To correctly diagnose a concern, have the following publications available:
 Appropriate Transaxle articles

 Introduction - Gasoline Engines article
 TSBs
 Appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article
These publications provide the information required when diagnosing transaxle concerns.
Use the Diagnostic Flow Chart as a guide and follow the steps as indicated.
Preliminary Inspection
 Know and understand the customer's concern.

 Verify the concern by operating the vehicle.
 Check the fluid levels and condition.
 Check for non-factory add-on items.
 Check selector lever linkage for correct adjustment.
 Check TSB messages regarding the concern.
Diagnostics
 Carry out On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) procedures Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO) and Key ON Engine
Running (KOER).
 Record all DTCs.
 Repair all non-transaxle codes first.
 Repair all transaxle codes second.
 Erase all continuous codes and attempt to repeat them.
 Repair all continuous codes.
 If only pass codes are obtained, refer to Diagnosis By Symptom for further information and diagnosis.
Follow the diagnostic sequence to diagnose and repair the concern the first time.
DIAGNOSTIC FLOW CHART
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

equivalent scan tool.
Prior to carrying out the flow test, the following items should be checked:
 Know and understand the customer concerns.

 Verify the concern by operating the vehicle.
 Check the transmission fluid level and condition.
 Check for non-factory-installed items and verify correct installation.
 Check the selector lever linkage adjustments.
 Check TSB messages for vehicle concerns.
 Carry out both Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO) and Key ON Engine Running (KOER) Self Test.
 Record all DTCs.
DIAGNOSTIC FLOW CHART

Test Result Action
1) Were any DTCs recorded? Yes REPAIR all hard
DTCs. FOLLOW the
pinpoint tests.
REFER to the
Introduction -
Gasoline Engines
article first, then this
service information,
then Go to Step 2.
No REFER to Diagnosis
By Symptom, then
Go to Step 5.
2) Are any continuous test memory codes present? Yes CLEAR codes and
CARRY OUT drive
cycle test, then Go to
Step 3.
No Go to Step 4.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
3) Did the continuous test memory codes reappear? Yes REPAIR all
continuous test
memory codes.
FOLLOW the
pinpoint tests.
REFER to the
Introduction -
Gasoline Engines
article then the
appropriate
transmission
articles , then this
service information,
then Go to Step 4.
No Go to Step 4.
4) Is the concern repaired? Yes CARRY OUT the
Key ON Engine OFF
(KOEO) and Key
ON Engine Running
(KOER) self test to
verify that no DTCs
are present. CLEAR
memory codes.
No REFER to Diagnosis
By Symptom, then
Go to Step 5.
5) Are there any electrical concerns? Yes INSTALL the scan
tool. CARRY OUT
KOEO and KOER
tests and drive cycle
test with the scan
tool, then Go to Step
6.
No REFER to the
hydraulic and
mechanical routine to
diagnose and repair
the concern, then Go
to Step 7.
6) Was the transmission concern corrected when the scan tool Yes REFER to the
was installed? Introduction -
Gasoline Engines
article, intermittent
fault diagnosis and
use the scan tool to
diagnose cause of
concern in the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
processor, vehicle
harness or external
inputs (sensors or
switches).
No REFER to the
hydraulic and
mechanical routine to
diagnose the
concern, then Go to
Step 7.
7) Is the concern repaired? Yes CARRY OUT the
final quick test to
verify that no DTCs
are present. CLEAR
memory codes.
No Concern should have
been repaired. GO
back through the
Diagnostic Flow
Chart and review
other components
that may have
contributed to the
concern. CHECK
and DIAGNOSE
those components.
Get assistance from
other sources.
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
Material
Item Specification
MERCON® V Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON® V
XT-5-QM (or XT-5-QMC) (US); CXT-5-LM12
(Canada)
The following items must be checked prior to beginning the diagnostic procedures.
Know and Understand the Concern
In order to correctly diagnose a concern, first understand the customer complaint or condition. Customer contact
may be required in order to begin to verify the concern. Understand the conditions as to when the concern
occurs. For example:
 Hot or cold vehicle temperature

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Hot or cold ambient temperature

 Vehicle driving conditions
 Vehicle loaded/unloaded
After understanding when and how the concern occurs, proceed to verifying the concern.
Verification of Condition
This article provides information which must be used in both determining the actual cause of customer concerns
and carrying out the appropriate procedures.
The following procedures must be used when verifying customer concerns for the transmission.
Determine Customer Concern
NOTE: Some transaxle conditions may cause engine concerns. An electronic pressure
control short circuit can cause engine misfiring. The
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) not disengaging will stall the engine.
Determine customer concerns relative to vehicle use and dependent driving conditions, paying attention to the
following items:
 Hot or cold vehicle operating temperature

 Hot or cold ambient temperatures
 Type of terrain
 Vehicle loaded/unloaded
 City/highway driving
 Upshift
 Downshift
 Coasting
 Engagement
 Noise/vibration - check for dependencies, either RPM dependent, vehicle speed dependent, shift
dependent, gear dependent, range dependent or temperature dependent.
Check Transmission Fluid Level and Condition
If the vehicle has been operated for an extended period of time at highway speeds, in city traffic, in hot weather
or while pulling a trailer, the transmission fluid needs to cool down to obtain an accurate reading.
The transmission fluid level reading on the transmission fluid level indicator will differ depending on operating
and ambient temperatures. The correct reading should be within the normal operating temperature range.
Transmission Fluid Level Check

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Under normal circumstances, the transmission fluid level should be checked during normal maintenance. If the
transaxle starts to slip, shifts slowly or shows signs of transmission fluid leaking, the transmission fluid level
should be checked.
1. With the selector lever in PARK, the engine at idle and foot pressed on the brake, move the selector lever
through each gear and allow engagement of each gear. Place the selector lever in the PARK position.
2. Wipe the transmission fluid level indicator cap and remove the transmission fluid level indicator.
3. Wipe the transmission fluid level indicator with a clean cloth.
4. Install the transmission fluid level indicator back in the transmission fluid filler tube until it is fully
seated, then remove the transmission fluid level indicator. The transmission fluid level should be within
the normal operating range.
Fig. 1: Identifying Transmission Fluid Indicator


1 - Correct transmission fluid level at normal
operating temperature 80°C-93°C (175°
F-200°F)
2 - Low transmission fluid level
3 - High transmission fluid level
High Transmission Fluid Level
A transmission fluid level that is too high may cause the transmission fluid to become aerated due to the
churning action of the rotating internal parts. This will cause erratic control pressure, foaming, loss of
transmission fluid from the vent tube and possible transaxle malfunction and/or damage. If an overfill reading is
indicated, refer to Transmission Fluid Drain and Refill.
Low Transmission Fluid Level
A low transmission fluid level could result in poor transaxle engagement, slipping, malfunction and/or damage.
This could also indicate a leak in one of the transaxle seals or gaskets.
Adding Transmission Fluid
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
NOTE: The use of any other type of transmission fluid than specified could result in
transaxle malfunction and/or damage.
If transmission fluid needs to be added, add transmission fluid in 0.25L (1/2 pt) increments through the
transmission fluid filler tube. Do not overfill the transmission fluid.
Transmission Fluid Condition Check
1. Check the transmission fluid level.

2. Observe the color and the odor. The color under normal circumstances should be dark reddish, not brown
or black or have a burnt odor.
3. Hold the transmission fluid level indicator over a white facial tissue and allow the transmission fluid to
drip onto the facial tissue and examine the stain.
4. If evidence of solid material is found, the transmission fluid pan should be removed for further inspection.
5. If the stain is a foamy pink color, this may indicate coolant in the transaxle. The engine cooling system
should also be inspected at this time.
6. If transmission fluid contamination or transaxle failure is confirmed by the sediment in the transmission
fluid, the transaxle must be disassembled and completely cleaned. This includes the torque converter,
cooler bypass valve, coolers and cooler tubes.
7. Carry out diagnostic checks and adjustments, refer to Diagnosis By Symptom.
Water in Transmission Fluid
To correctly repair a transmission or transaxle that has had water or coolant introduced into the system,
completely disassemble, clean and replace the following parts:
 All internal and external seals

 All friction material; clutches and bands
 Torque converter
 All parts with bonded seals
 All solenoids
 All transmission fluid filters
Prior to installing the transmission or transaxle, the transmission fluid cooler(s), transmission fluid cooler tubes
and transmission fluid cooler hoses need to be flushed and cleaned.
ROAD TESTING VEHICLE
NOTE: Always drive the vehicle in a safe manner according to driving conditions and
obey all traffic laws.
NOTE: If a new or remanufactured transaxle assembly is being installed or a new

solenoid body is installed, the PCM will have to be reflashed with a new
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
solenoid body strategy and identification data file. The solenoid body strategy
drive cycle should also be carried out. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy.
The Shift Point Road Test and Torque Converter Operation Test provide diagnostic information on shift
controls and torque converter operation.
SOLENOID BODY STRATEGY
Special Tools
Solenoid Body Identification Procedure
1. Using the scan tool, select Powertrain, Transmission and Transmission Solenoid Body Identification from
the toolbox icon and follow the instructions displayed on the scan tool.
The solenoid body identification screen displays solenoid body identification information:
 Solenoid body identification - 7-digit

 Solenoid body strategy - 13-digit
The next screen displays the current solenoid body identification and strategy data file stored in the
PCM. If the solenoid body strategy field is blank, the module contains a partial transmission
solenoid body strategy. This is due to a corrupt or missing file at the time the programmable
parameters were completed.
2. Compare the solenoid body identification and strategy (if available) to the solenoid body service tag or
the replacement solenoid body tag located on top of the transaxle case.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 2: Original Solenoid Body Service Tag


1 - Thirteen-digit solenoid body strategy
2 - Seven-digit solenoid body identification
Fig. 3: Replacement Solenoid Body Service Tag


3. If the solenoid body identification and strategy on the scan tool match the solenoid body service tag or
replacement tag, then the solenoid body identification and strategy are correct for this transaxle and a
solenoid body strategy download is not required. If the solenoid body service tag or replacement tag is
missing or damaged so that it is not readable or does not match the identification or strategy on the scan
tool, remove the main control cover, refer to Main Control Cover.
The 7-digit identification number and the 13-digit strategy number are stamped on the solenoid body.
NOTE: If the solenoid body information does not match the module information,
transaxle damage or driveability concerns can occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 4: Solenoid Body Identification Tag

4. Inspect the solenoid body identification and strategy stamped on the solenoid body and compare this to
the solenoid body service tag on the transaxle case. If the solenoid body identification and strategy
stamped on the solenoid body does not match the solenoid body service tag or if the solenoid body
identification and strategy stamped on the solenoid body match the solenoid body service tag on the
transaxle case but do not match the solenoid body identification and strategy numbers displayed on the
scan tool, a solenoid body strategy data download is required.

Solenoid Body Strategy Data Download
1. Using the scan tool, select module programming and programmable parameters under the toolbox icon
and select transmission. Follow the instructions displayed on the scan tool.
There are fields to enter the solenoid body 7-digit identification and 13-digit strategy recorded from the
solenoid body.
NOTE: If the solenoid body information is not correct, transaxle damage or

driveability concerns can occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
2. Enter the solenoid body identification and strategy.
The scan tool will verify that the numbers entered are valid and display a message if the information is
not valid.
The scan tool checks to see if the file is present on the scan tool. If the file is present, the technician may
proceed with downloading the file to the PCM. If the file is not present, the scan tool will need to be
connected to the Professional Technician Society (PTS) server to download the file onto the scan tool.
3. Verify that the file is present on the scan tool. If the file is present, go to Step 8. If the file is not present,
continue with this procedure.
4. Connect the scan tool to the PTS server.
The screen will display a progress bar when connecting to the network.
5. Follow the instructions on the network to download the strategy file to the scan tool.
The screen will display a progress bar when downloading the strategy file to the scan tool and display a
message if it is downloaded successfully.
6. If the scan tool cannot connect to the PTS server, download the file from www.motorcraft.com.
If the scan tool cannot download a strategy from the web site, a partial strategy will automatically be
downloaded.
7. Reconnect the scan tool to the vehicle.

8. Follow the instructions displayed on the scan tool.
9. If a new solenoid body was installed, compare the 7-digit identification and the 13-digit strategy fields
from the solenoid body to the replacement solenoid body tag provided with the solenoid body service kit
and place it over the existing identification tag.
The scan tool will automatically download the strategy file or partial strategy file to the PCM and will
display a progress bar while downloading. The scan tool will display a message when it is finished
downloading the data that states that the file was downloaded successfully.
Fig. 5: Replacement Solenoid Body Service Tag

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

NOTE: If a drive cycle is not completed, the customer may feel erratic shifts and
driveability concerns.
10. Test drive the vehicle. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy Drive Cycle.
Solenoid Body Strategy Drive Cycle
Carry out the drive cycle after downloading the solenoid body strategy data file to the PCM.
NOTE: The engine and transaxle must be at normal operating temperature.
1. Bring the transaxle to normal operating temperature.

2. With the engine running and the brake applied, move the selector lever through the gears in the following
order, pausing in each gear for 4 seconds: N, R, N, D, R, D, N. Repeat this pattern 2 times. If any
engagements feel soft or harsh, repeat this procedure.
3. Drive the vehicle and accelerate at a moderate throttle so that the upshifts occur at 2,000 RPM up to 80
km/h (50 mph) and brake moderately to a stop. Repeat this pattern 2 times.
4. Drive the vehicle and accelerate at a moderate throttle so that the upshifts occur at 3,000 RPM up to 80
km/h (50 mph) and brake moderately to a stop. Repeat this pattern 2 times.
5. With the engine running and the brake applied, move the selector lever through the gears in the following
order, pausing in each gear for 4 seconds: N, R, N, D, R, D, N. Repeat this pattern 2 times.
SHIFT POINT ROAD TEST
This test verifies that the shift control system is operating correctly.
1. Bring engine and transaxle up to normal operating temperature.

2. Operate vehicle with selector lever in D range.
NOTE: Shift speed ranges are approximate for all applications. For specific
applications (engine, axle ratio and application) refer to the Automatic
Transmission Specification Issue available from Ford Customer Service
Division.
3. Apply minimum throttle and observe speeds at which upshift occurs and torque converter engages using
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
the shift speeds chart.
SHIFT SPEEDS
Throttle Position Range Shift KM/H MPH
Light Throttle D 1-2 14-19 9-12
D 2-3 24-31 15-19
D 3-4 32-40 20-25
D 4-5 45-56 28-35
D 5-6 63-80 39-50
Medium Throttle D 1-2 37-47 23-29
D 2-3 58-71 36-44
D 3-4 74-93 46-58
D 4-5 108-135 67-84
D 5-6 169-211 105-131
Heavy Throttle D 1-2 55-69 34-43
D 2-3 84-105 52-65
D 3-4 127-158 79-98
D 4-5 167-208 104-129
D 5-6 179-222 111-138
4. With vehicle speed above 43 km/h (27 mph), press accelerator pedal to floor, Wide Open Throttle
(WOT). The transaxle should shift from 4th to 3rd, or 4th to 2nd, depending on the vehicle speed. The
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) should release.
5. With vehicle speed above 56 km/h (35 mph), move the selector lever from D (DRIVE) range to L (LOW)
range and remove foot from accelerator pedal. The transaxle should immediately downshift to 2nd gear.
When vehicle speed drops below 32 km/h (20 mph), the transaxle should downshift into 4th gear.
6. If the transaxle fails to upshift/downshift or TCC does not apply and release, refer to Diagnosis By
Symptom for possible causes.
TORQUE CONVERTER DIAGNOSIS
Prior to torque converter installation, all diagnostic procedures must be followed. This is to prevent the
unnecessary installation of new or remanufactured torque converters. Only after a complete diagnostic
evaluation can the decision be made to install a new or remanufactured torque converter.
Begin with the normal diagnostic procedures as follows:
1. Preliminary Inspection
2. Know and Understand the Customer's Concern
3. Verify the Concern - carry out the Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Operation Test.
4. Carry out Diagnostic Procedures:
 Run OBDs. Refer to Diagnostics.
 Repair all non-transmission related DTCs first.
 Repair all transmission DTCs.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Rerun OBD to verify repair.

 Carry out Line Pressure Test. Refer to Special Testing Procedures.
 Carry out Stall Speed Test. Refer to Special Testing Procedures.
 Carry out diagnostic routines. Refer to Diagnosis By Symptom.
 Use the index to locate the appropriate routine that best describes the symptom(s). The
routine will list all possible components that may cause or contribute to the symptom. Check
each component listed, diagnose and repair as required, before installing a new torque
converter.
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Operation Test
This test verifies that the TCC control system and the torque converter are operating correctly.
1. Carry out Self Test, refer to the tester manual. Check for DTCs.
2. Connect a tachometer to the engine.
3. Bring the engine to normal operating temperature by driving the vehicle at highway speeds for
approximately 15 minutes in Overdrive (Circle D) position.
4. If the vehicle stalls in Overdrive (Circle D) at idle with vehicle at a stop, move the selector lever to
manual L position. If the vehicle stalls, see torque converter operation concerns, refer to Diagnosis By
Symptom. Repair as required. If the vehicle does not stall in Overdrive (Circle D), refer to Diagnosis By
Symptom.
VISUAL INSPECTION
This inspection will identify modifications or additions to the vehicle operating system that may affect
diagnosis. Inspect the vehicle for non-Ford factory add-on devices such as:
 Electronic add-on items:

 A/C
 generator (alternators)
 engine turbo
 cellular telephone
 cruise control
 CB radio
 linear amplifiers
 backup alarm signal
 computer
 Vehicle modification:
 These items, if not installed correctly, will affect the PCM or transmission function. Pay particular
attention to add-on wiring splices in the PCM harness or transmission wiring harness, abnormal tire size
or axle ratio changes.
 Leaks, refer to Leakage Inspection.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Correct linkage adjustments, refer to AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION EXTERNAL

CONTROLS article.
Selector Lever Linkage Check
If the selector lever linkage is not correctly adjusted, hydraulic leakage can occur at the manual control valve
and can cause a delay in engagements and/or slipping while operating. Refer to AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION EXTERNAL CONTROLS article for selector lever linkage adjustment.
Check TSBs
Refer to all TSBs which pertain to the concern and follow the procedure.
Carry Out On-Board Diagnostic (OBD)s Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO) and Key ON Engine Running (KOER) Self Test.
After a road test, with the vehicle warm and before disconnecting any connectors, carry out the Self Test using
the scan tool. Refer to the Introduction - Gasoline Engines article for diagnosis and testing of the powertrain
control system.
DIAGNOSTICS
Special Tools
73III Digital Multimeter 105-R0057 or equivalent

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) With Scan Tool
NOTE: For detailed instruction and other diagnostic methods using the scan tool or
equivalent, refer to the scan tool tester manual and the Introduction - Gasoline
Engines article.
These Self-Tests should be used to diagnose the PCM and should be carried out in order.
 Self Test - Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO)

 Self Test - Continuous Memory Codes
 Self Test - Key ON Engine Running (KOER)
 Special Test Modes:
 Wiggle Test Mode
 Output Test Mode
 PCM Reset Mode

 Clearing DTCs P1000
 On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) II Drive Cycle
 Other Diagnostic Tool Features
For further information on other diagnostic testing features using the scan tool, refer to the Introduction -
Gasoline Engines article. Other diagnostic methods include the following.
 PID Access Mode

 Freeze Frame Data Access Mode
 Oxygen Sensor Monitor Mode
OUTPUT STATE CONTROL (OSC) MODE
Description
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Output state control allows an off-board diagnostic scan tool direct control of specific transaxle components or
functions. Output state control allows the technician to control the main functions or components of the
transaxle to help the technician more quickly and easily diagnose the transaxle. For example, output state
control may be used to change gears or remain in a specific gear. Output state control may be used to control the
operation of the Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) to engage or disengage, or to keep the converter clutch from
engaging at all. Output state control may also be used to help carry out solenoid electrical pinpoint tests by
turning a solenoid off or on by controlling the actual current to the Variable Force Solenoid (VFS) solenoid.
Procedure
NOTE: Retrieve Continuous Codes and carry out a Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO) and
Key ON Engine Running (KOER) Self Test before using any output state control.
Any DTCs related to the Transmission Range (TR) sensor, the Output Shaft
Speed (OSS) sensor or the Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor must be fixed or
the PCM will not allow the output state control to operate.
Output state control is used to test various transaxle components and functions when the vehicle is either in the
service bay or being driven on the road. Specific vehicle conditions are required for output state control to
control each specific function or component. The following will describe which transaxle functions and
components output state control may control and the specific vehicle conditions necessary for its operation.
Service Bay - Vehicle State No. 1
Vehicle state No. 1 is functional ONLY when the key is in the ON position and the vehicle gear selector is in
PARK or NEUTRAL with the engine OFF. Vehicle state No. 1 is required when using output state control to
carry out electrical pinpoint tests. The following transaxle components may be controlled using output state
control in vehicle state No. 1.
 SSA/SS1 - Directs PCM to command Shift Solenoid E (SSE) OFF or ON

 SSD_AMP - Controls the current to Shift Solenoid D (SSD), VFS
 SSC_AMP - Controls the current to Shift Solenoid C (SSC), VFS
 SSB_AMP - Controls the current to Shift Solenoid B (SSB), VFS
 SSA_AMP - Controls the current to Shift Solenoid A (SSA), VFS
 TCC AMP - Controls the current to the TCC VFS
 PCA AMP - Controls the current to the Line Pressure Control (LPC) VFS
The vehicle requirements must be met when sending an output state control value to control each specific
component such as the solenoids stated above. If the vehicle requirements are not met when sending the output
state control value, an error message may appear. When the error message appears, output state control is
cancelled and should be restarted.
After sending the output state control value, if the vehicle requirements are no longer met, the error message
will not appear but the output state control value will be cancelled by the PCM. Use the scan tool to monitor the
PID that corresponds to each output state control function or component to determine if the PCM is using the
output state control value or normal control.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Output state control may be cancelled at any time, using the scan tool, to return the PCM to normal control for a
specific output state control function or component. See instructions for specific scan tool.
Service Bay - Vehicle State No. 2
Vehicle state No. 2 is functional ONLY when the engine is running and the vehicle gear selector is in PARK or
NEUTRAL with engine speed greater than 1,100 RPM. Vehicle state No. 2 is required when using output state
control to carry out a line pressure check. Most, but not all, of the solenoids may be controlled during this
vehicle state. It is recommended to use vehicle state No. 1 when using output state control to control the
solenoids. The following transaxle function and components may be controlled using output state control in
vehicle state No. 2.
 LINEDSD - Output state control function to command line pressure to a desired pressure
 SSD_AMP - Controls the current to SSD, VFS
 SSC_AMP - Controls the current to SSC, VFS
 SSB_AMP - Controls the current to SSB, VFS
 SSA_AMP - Controls the current to SSA, VFS
The vehicle requirements must be met when sending an output state control value to control each specific
component such as the solenoids stated above. If the vehicle requirements are not met when sending the output
state control value, an error message may appear. When the error message appears, output state control is
cancelled and should be restarted.
Output state control values for SSA_AMP, SSB_AMP, SSC_AMP, SSD_AMP, PCA AMP and TCC AMP to
control the current on the VFS are between zero (0) and one (1) amp. The following are examples.
 0 - Commands PCM to control current to zero amps

 0.25 - Commands PCM to control current to 1/4 amp or 250 milli-amps
 1 - Commands PCM to control current to 1 amp or 1,000 milli-amps
Output state control will aid in testing the electronic functions of the PCM, VFS and associated circuitry.
Output state control allows the technician to control the PCM commanded current of the VFS and the
commanded state of the on/off solenoid. This allows the technician to accurately test the electronic circuitry by
comparing the commanded current with the actual current or the on/off state with the actual voltage. Shifting
the transmission through the various gears tests the mechanical operation of the VFS. When using output state
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
control to control the VFS current, the technician may measure the circuit current using an inductive pickup or
measure the circuit voltage drop to help verify the proper electrical operation of each VFS solenoid.
The output state control values for LINEDSD to command a desired line pressure are between 414 kPa (60 psi)
and 1,931 kPa (280 psi). The following are examples.
 60 psi - Commands PCM to control line pressure to 414 kPa (60 psi)
 200 psi - Commands PCM to control line pressure to 1,517 kPa (200 psi)
NOTE: Do NOT command line pressure LOWER than 414 kPa (60 psi) or HIGHER than
1,931 kPa (280 psi) or damage to the transaxle can occur.
Output state control allows the technician to control the PCM commanded Line Pressure. This allows the
technician to accurately test the electronic pressure control system by comparing the output state control
commanded line pressure to the actual line pressure indicated on the pressure gauge. The pressure gauge should
be connected to the line pressure tap on the transmission. The PID corresponding to the commanded Line
Pressure must be monitored to make sure the PCM is using the output state control value for the commanded
Line Pressure. This test will help verify the correct operation of the transmission pump assembly, pump
regulator valve and the operation of the LPC solenoid.
Drive Test
Output state control allows control of 3 transmission functions while driving on the road. Each transmission
function has a unique set of vehicle operating requirements that the technician is required to meet before the
PCM will allow output state control to operate.
 TCC_OSC - Commands the PCM to engage or disengage the TCC

 GEAR_OSC - Commands the PCM to change gears (upshift or down-shift) or remain in a gear
 HRSH_SFT - Commands a slightly higher hydraulic pressure during engagements and upshifts
The vehicle requirements must be met when sending an output state control value to control the specific
functions stated above. If the vehicle requirements are not met when sending the output state control value, an
error message may appear. When the error message appears, output state control is cancelled and should be
restarted.
Drive Test - Torque Converter Clutch Control

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
The output state control values for TCC_OSC to engage or disengage the TCC are as follows:
 0 - PCM in normal control of TCC and output state control is cancelled

 1 or OFF - Commands PCM to keep the TCC from engaging
 2 or ON - Commands PCM to engage the TCC using a normal ramp rate
 3 or ON - Commands PCM to engage the TCC using a fast ramp rate
Controlling the TCC will assist the technician in testing the operation of the torque converter for engagements
and disengagements. Also, the technician may find it easier to evaluate upshifts and downshifts by first using
output state control to keep the TCC from engaging.
Vehicle requirements when using TCC_OSC Controlling the TCC.
When sending the TCC_OSC value [1 or OFF], the engine must be running with the transaxle in the DRIVE
position and the vehicle speed must be greater than 5 km/h (3 mph).
When sending the TCC_OSC value [2 or 3 or ON], the engine must be running with the selector lever in the
DRIVE position, transaxle in 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th gear, transaxle temperature between 4°C (40°F) and 121°C
(250°F), the vehicle speed must be below 24 km/h (15 mph) and engine speed greater than 1,100 RPM with
minimal engine load.
Drive Test - Upshift and Downshift Control
NOTE: Once output state control has successfully commanded the transmission to
shift to the desired output state control gear, the transmission will remain in
that gear until output state control commands a different gear or the vehicle
conditions are no longer correct.
The output state control values for GEAR_OSC to control the transaxle gear changes are as follows:
 0 - PCM in normal shift control and output state control is cancelled

 1 - Commands PCM to shift to 1st gear - no engine braking
 2 - Commands PCM to shift to 2nd gear - with engine braking
 3 - Commands PCM to shift to 3rd gear - with engine braking
 5 - Commands PCM to shift to 5th gear - with engine braking
 6 - Commands PCM to shift to 6th gear - with engine braking
Controlling the gear changes will assist the technician in testing the various clutches and bands and whether the
transmission is slipping in any particular gear. Output state control will command the PCM to upshift or
downshift depending on the output state control gear value the technician selects. The transmission will remain
in the output state control gear selected until another output state control gear value is sent or until output state
control is cancelled and/or the vehicle conditions for using output state control are no longer met.
Vehicle requirements when using GEAR_OSC Controlling Gear Changes
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
When sending a GEAR_OSC value, the engine must be running with the selector lever in the DRIVE position,
and the vehicle speed must be greater than 5 km/h (3 mph).
Additional vehicle conditions required for upshifts:
 Vehicle speed must be greater then 32 km/h (20 mph) when commanding an upshift to 5th or 6th gear
Additional vehicle conditions required for downshifts:
 Vehicle speed must be less then 32 km/h (20 mph) when commanding a downshift to 1st gear
 Vehicle speed must be less then 64 km/h (40 mph) when commanding a downshift to 2nd gear
 Vehicle speed must be less then 97 km/h (60 mph) when commanding a downshift to 3rd gear
 Vehicle speed must be less then 129 km/h (80 mph) when commanding a downshift to 4th gear
 Vehicle speed must be less then 161 km/h (100 mph) when commanding a downshift to 5th gear
Drive Test - Pressure Added for Engagements and Upshifts
The output state control values for HRSH_SHFT to command a slight or moderate increase in hydraulic
pressure to test for firmer engagements and upshifts are as follows:
 0 or OFF - PCM in normal pressure control for shifts and engagements and output state control is
cancelled
 1 or ON - Commands PCM to moderately increase hydraulic pressure during engagements and upshifts
Setting HRSH_SFT to 1 or ON allows the technician to moderately increase the pressure when performing
engagements such as P-R, P-D, N-R, N-D, R-D and when performing automatic upshifts. This can provide
additional diagnostic information to help the technician determine whether the electronic pressure control
system is providing at least limited control (a normal shift would become firmer). Using output state control to
control HRSH_SHFT to 1 or ON should make a softer engagement or shift more normal and an already normal
shift or engagement firmer by slightly increasing the pressure. This test should only be used to provide
additional diagnostic information and should not be the only scan tool or test to determine a faulty electronic or
hydraulic component.
Using Output State Control and Monitoring PIDs
To confirm that the output state control value was sent by the scan tool and the PCM has accepted the output
state control command, a corresponding PID for each output state control parameter must be monitored. After
SENDING the output state control value, the corresponding PID value should be the same as the output state
control value that was sent. Additional PIDs are listed that may be monitored to help the technician accurately
diagnose the transaxle.
The following is a list of output state control parameters and their corresponding PIDs:
Output State Control Parameter Corresponding PID Additional PIDs

HRSH_SHFT HRSH_SHFT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
LINEDSD LINEDSD PCA, PCA AMP, PCA_F

TCC_OSC TCC_OSC TCCRAT, TCCMCMD, TSLIP
GEAR_OSC GEAR_OSC SHFT_TYP, GEAR, TRANRAT
SSA_AMP SSA_AMP SSPCA, SSPCA_F
SSB_AMP SSB_AMP SSPCB, SSPCB_F
SSC_AMP SSC_AMP SSPCC, SSPCC_F
SSD_AMP SSD_AMP SSPCD, SSPCD_F
PCA AMP PCA AMP PCA_F
TCC AMP TCC AMP TCCPC, TCCPC_F
SSA/SS1 SSA/SS1 SSA/SS1_F
DIAGNOSTIC PARAMETERS IDENTIFICATION (PID) CHART
Special Tools
PID Name PID Description Units

TCCPC Commanded pressure for the Torque Converter Clutch Pressure
(TCC) Variable Force Solenoid (VFS)
TCC AMP Commanded current for the TCC VFS Amperes
TCCPC_F Fault status for the TCC VFS Fault/No Fault
GEAR Commanded transaxle gear P, R, N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
and 6
GEAR_RAT Theoretical transaxle gear ratio Ratio
TRAN_RAT Actual transaxle gear ratio Ratio
LINEDSD Commanded line pressure Pressure
PCA Commanded pressure for the Line Pressure Control (LPC) Pressure
VFS
PCA AMP Commanded current for the LPC VFS Amperes
PCA_F Fault status for the LPC VFS Fault/No Fault
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
SSPCA Commanded pressure for the Shift Solenoid A Pressure

(SSA)/CB1234 VFS
SSA_AMP Commanded current for the SSA/CB1234 VFS Amperes
SSPCA_F Fault status for the SSA/CB1234 VFS Fault/No Fault
SSPCB Commanded pressure for the Shift Solenoid B (SSB)/C35R Pressure
VFS
SSB_AMP Commanded current for the SSB/C35R VFS Amperes
SSPCB_F Fault status for the SSB/C35R VFS Fault/No Fault
SSPCC Commanded pressure for the Shift Solenoid C (SSC)/CB26 Pressure
VFS
SSC_AMP Commanded current for the SSC/CB26 VFS Amperes
SSPCC_F Fault status for the SSC/CB26 VFS Fault/No Fault
SSPCD Commanded pressure for the Shift Solenoid D (SSD)/CBLR, Pressure
C456 VFS
SSD_AMP Commanded current for the SSD/CBLR, C456 VFS Amperes
SSPCD_F Fault status for the SSD/CBLR, C456 VFS Fault/No Fault
SSA/SS1 Commanded state for Shift Solenoid E (SSE) ON/OFF
SSA/SS1_F Fault status for SSE Fault/No Fault
TCC_RAT Actual speed ratio of torque converter (1.0 = fully engaged) Ratio
TCC Commanded torque converter slip (0 = engaged desired) Ratio
TCC_SLIPACT Actual difference between engine speed and turbine speed, RPM
measured in RPM.
TSS_SRC Actual speed of the Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor RPM
(RPM)
OSS_SRC Actual speed of the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor (RPM) RPM
TR1 Transmission Range (TR) - Switch 1 actual position Open/Closed
TR2 TR - Switch 2 actual position Open/Closed
TCS Transmission Control Switch (TCS) Position Depressed/Not
Depressed
TFT Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Degrees
TRANSAXLE DRIVE CYCLE TEST
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
After carrying out the Self Test, use the following Transaxle Drive Cycle Test for checking continuous codes.
NOTE: The Transaxle Drive Cycle Test must be followed exactly. Malfunctions must
occur 4 times consecutively for shift error DTC to be set and 5 times
consecutively for continuous Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) code to set.
NOTE: When carrying out the Transaxle Drive Cycle Test, see the solenoid operation
chart for correct solenoid operation. Refer to Pinpoint Tests - OSC Equipped
Vehicle.
1. Record and then erase Self Test codes.

2. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
3. Make sure transmission fluid level is correct.
4. With transaxle in DRIVE, moderately accelerate from stop to 80 km/h (50 mph). This allows the
transaxle to shift into 6th gear. Hold speed and throttle opening steady for minimum of 15 seconds.
5. With transaxle in 6th gear and maintaining steady speed and throttle opening, lightly apply and release
brake (to operate stoplamps). Then hold speed and throttle steady for additional 5 seconds minimum.
6. Brake to a stop and remain stopped for minimum of 20 seconds.
7. Repeat Steps 4 through 6 at least 5 times.
8. Carry out Self Test and record continuous codes.
 If DTCs are present, refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Charts. Service all non-transaxle
DTCs first as they can directly affect the operation of the transaxle. Repeat the Self Test and Road
Test to verify the correction. Erase DTCs, carry out drive cycle, and repeat the Self Test after
completing service on the DTCs.
 If the continuous test passes (system pass) and a concern is still present, refer to Diagnosis By
Symptom in this article check TSBs for diagnostic concern.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
After On-Board Diagnostic (OBD)
NOTE: The vehicle wiring harness, PCM and non-transaxle sensors may affect
transaxle operations. Service these concerns first.
After the OBD procedures are completed, service all DTCs.
Begin with non-transaxle related DTCs, then service any transaxle related DTCs. Refer to the Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC) Charts for information on Condition and Symptoms. This chart will be helpful in
referring to the correct articles(s) and to aid in diagnosing internal transaxle concerns and external non-transaxle
inputs. The pinpoint tests are used in diagnosing electrical concerns of the transaxle. Make sure that the vehicle
wiring harness and the PCM are diagnosed as well. Refer to the Introduction - Gasoline Engines article for
diagnosing non-transaxle electronic components. The diagnostic routine hydraulic/mechanical charts will help
in diagnosing internal transaxle concerns and external non-transaxle inputs.
Before Pinpoint Tests
NOTE: Prior to entering pinpoint tests, check the PCM wiring harness for correct
connections, bent or broken pins, corrosion, loose wires, correct routing,
correct seals and their condition. Check the PCM, sensors and actuators for
damage. Refer to the Introduction - Gasoline Engines article.
NOTE: If a concern still exists after electrical diagnosis has been carried out, refer to
Diagnosis By Symptom.
If DTCs appear while carrying out the OBDs, refer to the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Charts for the
appropriate repair procedure. Prior to entering pinpoint tests, refer to any TSBs for transaxle concerns.
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CHARTS
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
DTC CHART
DTC Grouping Component Description Condition Symptom
P0657 - Transaxle Transaxle Transaxle solenoid  No voltage to Go to Pin
Solenoid Power solenoid power power control provides solenoids.
Control control power to all the
electrical solenoids. This DTC  Defaults to 5th
circuit failure. sets if the transaxle gear.
solenoid power control  Only REVERSE
circuit is open. and NEUTRAL
available.
 Will turn on
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
(MIL).
P0705 P0705, Transmission TR sensor PCM is received an  Possible no crank. Go to Pin
P1702 Range (TR) circuit failure. invalid combination of
the 4-bit signal from the  Only PARK,
TR sensor. REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear available.
 Harsh
engagements.
 Extremely delayed
engagements (until
a DTC is set).
 After a DTC is set
and the high side
opened.
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor
performance
(due to a 5th
gear drive
away).
 No shifts.
 Will turn on MIL.

P0706 P0706, TR Sensor TR sensor TR sensor A circuit  Possible no crank. Go to Pin
P0709 range failure. range/performance. TR
sensor stuck in  Only PARK,
transition zone REVERSE,
(possible wiring, NEUTRAL and 5th
connector or TR sensor gear available.
issue).  Harsh
engagements.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
engagements (until
a DTC is set).
and the high side
opened.
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor
performance
(due to a 5th
gear drive
away).
 No shifts.

P0708 P0708, TR Sensor TR sensor PCM is received all 4  Possible no crank. Go to Pin
P1702 circuit failure. TR sensor bits open
(potential sensor  Only PARK,
disconnected, wiring, REVERSE,
connector or TR sensor NEUTRAL and 5th
issue). gear available.
 Harsh
engagements.
engagements (until
a DTC is set).
and the high side
opened.
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor
performance
(due to a 5th
gear drive
away).
 No shifts.

P0709 P0709 TR Sensor TR sensor TR sensor A circuit  Possible no crank. Go to Pin
or range failure. range/performance. TR
P0706, sensor stuck in  Only PARK,
P0709 transition zone REVERSE,
(possible wiring, NEUTRAL and 5th
connector or TR sensor gear available.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
issue).  Harsh
engagements.
engagements (until
a DTC is set).
and the high side
opened.
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor
performance
(due to a 5th
gear drive
away).
 No shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0710 - Transmission TFT sensor  TFT sensor input  Torque Converter Go to Pin
Fluid circuit voltage indicates a short Clutch (TCC) and
Temperature input too low to ground or an stabilized shift
(TFT) or too high. open circuit schedule may be
(could be a enabled sooner
wiring, connector after cold start.
or sensor issue).  Harsh or soft shifts.
 Also see P0712  Will turn on
and P0713. wrench lamp.
P0710 P0710, TFT TFT sensor TFT sensor input  TCC and stabilized Go to Pin
P0712 circuit voltage indicates a short to shift schedule may
input too low. ground or an open be enabled sooner
circuit (could be a after cold start.
wiring, connector or
sensor issue).  Harsh or soft shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
too high. ground or an open be enabled sooner
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0711 - TFT No change in PCM has detected no  TCC and stabilized Go to Pin
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
TFT sensor TFT change at low- shift schedule may

input. range or high-range be enabled sooner
during operation. after a cold start.
 Harsh or soft shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
input too low. ground or an open be enabled sooner
too high. ground or an open be enabled sooner
P0715 P0715, Turbine Shaft Insufficient  PCM has  Failure Mode Go to Pin
P0717 Speed (TSS) input from TSS detected TSS Effects
Sensor sensor. sensor signal Management action
failed to 0 speed opens transaxle
when vehicle solenoid power
conditions control (removes
(mainly output power from all
speed) indicate solenoids).
TSS sensor  Provides
output should be PARK,
present. REVERSE,
 Electrical failures NEUTRAL
(open, short) of and 5th gear
the TSS sensor with
wiring, connector maximum
or a failure of the line pressure
sensor itself will and open
cause this failure. TCC
available
(controlled
by the
manual
lever).
 Harsh engagements
(due to maximum
line pressure).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
P0717 P0717 TSS Insufficient  PCM has  Failure Mode Go to Pin
or input from TSS detected TSS Effects
P0715, sensor. sensor signal Management action
P0717 failed to 0 speed opens transaxle
(mainly output power from all
TSS sensor  Provides
present. REVERSE,
the TSS sensor with
TSS sensor itself and open
will cause this TCC
failure. available
(controlled
by the
manual
lever).
(due to maximum
line pressure).
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0718 - TSS TSS signal PCM has detected an Will turn on wrench Go to Pin
intermittent. erratic or no TSS lamp.
signal.
P0720 P0720, Output Shaft Insufficient  PCM has  Failure Mode Go to Pin
P0722 Speed (OSS) input from detected OSS Effects
Sensor OSS sensor. sensor signal Management action
failed to 0 speed opens transaxle
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

(mainly turbine power from all
OSS sensor  provides
present. REVERSE,
the OSS sensor with
OSS sensor itself and open
will cause this TCC
failure. available
(controlled
by the
manual
lever).
(due to maximum
line pressure).
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th drive away).
P0721 - OSS OSS sensor PCM has detected an Will turn on wrench Go to Pin
signal noisy. erratic or no OSS lamp.
sensor signal.
P0722 P0722 OSS Insufficient  PCM has  Failure Mode Go to Pin
or input from detected OSS Effects
P0720, OSS sensor. sensor signal Management action
P0722 failed to 0 speed opens transaxle
(mainly turbine power from all
OSS output  Provides
should be PARK,
present. REVERSE,
the OSS sensor with
sensor itself will and open
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
cause this failure. TCC

available
(controlled
by the
manual
lever).
(due to maximum
line pressure).
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0729 P0729, Overdrive SSD stuck off Sixth gear ratio error.  Customer may Refer to D
P0734, Clutch System (SSD or main SSD stuck off, both notice flares or
P0735 Faults (includes control valve low/reverse clutch and neutral conditions
or non-electrical body). overdrive clutch failed on shifts into 4th,
P0729, Shift Solenoid off. This code sets for: 5th or 6th gears.
P0734, D (SSD) faults,
 Customer might
P0735, main control  Low/reverse
P0766 valve body and notice erratic
clutch/overdrive
clutch) shifting, flares,
clutch Variable
neutral conditions
Force Solenoid
while the code is
(VFS) non-
being set.
electrical fault.
 First gear with
 Low/reverse
engine braking.
clutch/overdrive
clutch regulator  Fourth, 5th and 6th
valve stuck in gears are disabled.

default position.  Also might get
 Low/reverse delayed or no
clutch/overdrive reverse engagement
clutch boost (need low/reverse
valve stuck in clutch on to
default position. achieve reverse).
 Customer might
notice high engine
speeds (since 3rd
gear is the highest
available gear).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P072C - Low/Reverse Low/reverse  Low/reverse Customer might notice: Refer to D
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Clutch and clutch or OWC clutch or OWC  Decelerations on

One-Way failed on. failed on attempted upshifts
Clutch (OWC) (transmits torque (since tie-ups
Faults (covers both directions). occur).
just the  1st gear is the
clutches)  Stuck in 1st gear.
only available
gear with this  High engine RPM.
failure.  Low maximum
vehicle speed.
 No TCC apply.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P072E P072E, Direct Clutch Shift Solenoid The codes:  Customer may Refer to D
P073A System Faults B (SSB) failed notice a vehicle
or on.  P072E Stuck in deceleration on a
P072E, 3rd gear. shift into 2nd, 4th
P073A,  P073A Stuck in or 6th gears (direct
P0757 5th gear. clutch failing to
release will cause a
tie-up in these
These codes set gears).
together mean SSB is  Customer might
failed on, causing the notice a harsh 1-3
direct clutch to be stuck shift.
on, 3rd and 5th gear are
 Customer might
the only available gears.
notice erratic
Since the hydraulic
shifting while the
controls prevent direct
test is confirming
clutch and low/reverse
direct clutch is
clutch on together in the
failed on.
forward ranges, the
solenoid can be isolated  After a code is
from the clutch. stored, all gears but
These codes set if: 3rd and 5th gear
are disabled.
 Non-electrical  Since only 3rd and
failures where 5th gears are
SSB (direct allowed, the
clutch VFS) is customer might
stuck on notice poor launch
(pressure). performance, lack
 Direct clutch of shifts and harsh
regulator valve engagements.
stuck in spring  Will turn on
compress wrench lamp.
position.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
P072F P072F, Overdrive Overdrive The codes:  Customer may Refer to D

P073A, Clutch System clutch failed on notice a vehicle
P073B Faults (includes (clutch, SSD or  P072F stuck in deceleration on a
or non-electrical main control 4th gear. shift into 2nd or
P072F, SSD faults, valve body).  P073A stuck in 3rd gear (overdrive
P073A, main control 5th gear. clutch failing to
P073B, valve body and release will cause a
 P073B stuck in
P0767 clutch) tie-up in 2nd or 3rd
6th gear.
gears).
 Customer might
Set together to indicate notice harsh
the overdrive clutch is engagements,
failed on. erratic shifting.
Overdrive clutch failed  First gear with
on, could be due to: engine braking, 1st
gear without engine
 Low/reverse braking, 2nd and
clutch/overdrive 3rd gears are
clutch VFS disabled.
(SSD) non-  Poor launch due to
electrical failed 4th gear drive
stuck on away.
(pressure).
 Harsh
 Overdrive clutch
engagements.
stuck on due to
mechanical  Will turn on
failure. wrench lamp.
 Low/reverse
clutch, overdrive
clutch regulator
valve stuck in the
spring
compressed
position.
P0733 P0733, Direct Clutch Direct clutch The codes:  Customer may Refer to D
P0735 System Faults failed off. notice flares or
or (includes non-  P0733 - 3rd gear neutral conditions
P0733, electrical SSB ratio error. on shifts into 3rd or
P0735, faults, valve  P0735 - 5th gear 5th gears.
P0756 body and ratio error.
clutch)  PCM will
command 3 shifts
into 3rd or 5th gear
Set together if direct and if the direct
clutch is detected failed clutch is failed off
off. the customer will
Direct clutch failed off,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
could be due to: notice flares or

neutral conditions
 Non-electrical that last one second
failures where or so.
SSB (direct  Third and 5th gear
clutch VFS) is are disabled,
stuck off (no customer might
pressure). notice transmission
 Direct clutch hangs in 2nd gear
regulator valve on acceleration
stuck in default until customer tips
position. out to closed pedal
 Direct clutch (done to protect
mechanical overdrive clutch).
failure.  Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0734 P0729, Overdrive SSD stuck off The codes:  Customer may Refer to D
P0734, Clutch System (SSD or valve notice flares or
P0735 Faults (includes body).  P0734 - 4th gear neutral conditions
or non-electrical ratio error. on shifts into 4th,
P0729, SSD faults,  P0735 - 5th gear 5th or 6th gears.
P0734, valve body and ratio error.
P0735, clutch)  Customer might
P0766  P0729 - 6th gear notice erratic
ratio error. shifting, flares,
neutral conditions
while the code is
Set together mean SSD being set.
is stuck off (see P0766  First gear with
for details). engine braking,
4th, 5th and 6th
gears are disabled.
 Customer might
notice high engine
speeds (since 3rd
gear is highest
available gear).
 Also might get
delayed or no
REVERSE
engagement (need
low/reverse clutch
on to achieve
reverse).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
P0735 P0729, Overdrive SSD stuck off SSD stuck off, both  Customer may Refer to D
P0734, Clutch System (SSD or valve low/reverse clutch and notice flares or
P0735 Faults (includes body). overdrive clutch failed neutral conditions
or non-electrical off. This code sets for: on shifts into 4th,
P0729, SSD faults, 5th or 6th gears.
P0734, valve body and  Low/reverse
P0735, clutch)  Customer might
clutch/overdrive
P0766 notice erratic
clutch VFS non-
shifting, flares,
electrical fault.
neutral conditions
 Low/reverse while the code is
clutch/overdrive being set.
clutch regulator
 1st gear with
valve stuck in
engine braking,
default position.
4th, 5th and 6th
 Low/reverse gears are disabled.
clutch/overdrive
 Customer might
clutch boost
notice high engine
valve stuck in
speeds (since 3rd
default position.
gear is highest
available gear).
Set together mean SSD  Also might get
is stuck off (see P0766 delayed or no
for details). reverse engagement
(need low/reverse
clutch on to
achieve reverse).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0735 P0733, Direct Clutch Direct clutch The codes:  Customer may Refer to D
P0735 System Fault failed off. notice flares or
or (includes non-  P0733 - 3rd gear neutral conditions
P0733, electrical SSB ratio error. on shifts into 3rd or
P0735, faults, valve  P0735 - 5th gear 5th gears.
P0756 body and ratio error.
command 3 shifts
into 3rd or 5th gear
Set together if direct and if the direct
clutch is detected failed clutch is failed off
off. the customer will
Direct clutch failed off, notice flares or
could be due to: neutral conditions
that last
 Non-electrical approximately one
failures where second.
SSB (direct  Third and 5th gears
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
clutch VFS) is are disabled.

stuck off (no  Customer might
pressure). notice transmission
 Direct clutch hangs in 2nd gear
regulator valve on acceleration
stuck in default until customer tips
position. out to closed pedal
 Direct clutch (done to protect the
mechanical overdrive clutch).
failure.  Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P073A P072F, Overdrive Overdrive Overdrive clutch failed  Customer may Refer to D
P073A, Clutch System clutch failed on on, could be due to: notice a vehicle
P073B Faults (includes (clutch, SSD or deceleration on a
or non-electrical main control  P072F - stuck in shift into 2nd or
P072F, SSD faults, valve body). 4th gear. 3rd gear (overdrive
P073A, main control  P073A - stuck in clutch failing to
P073B, valve body and 5th gear. release will cause a
P0767 clutch) tie-up in 2nd or 3rd
 P073B - stuck in
6th gear. gear).
 Customer might
notice harsh
Set together to indicate engagements,
the overdrive clutch is erratic shifting).
failed on.  1st gear with
Overdrive clutch failed engine braking, 1st
on, could be due to: gear without engine
braking, 2nd and
 Low/reverse 3rd gears are
clutch, overdrive disabled.
clutch, VFS  Poor launch due to
(SSD) non- 4th gear drive
electrical failed away.
stuck on
(pressure).  Harsh
engagements.
stuck on due to  Will turn on
mechanical wrench lamp.
failure.
 Low/reverse
clutch, overdrive
clutch regulator
valve stuck in the
spring
compressed
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
position.
P073A P072E, Direct Clutch SSB failed on. The codes:  Customer may Refer to D
P073A System Faults notice a vehicle
or  P072E - stuck in deceleration on a
P072E, 3rd gear. shift into 2nd, 4th
P073A,  P073A - stuck in or 6th gears (direct
P0757 5th gear. clutch failing to
release will cause a
tie-up in these
These codes set gears).
together mean SSB is  Customer might
failed on, causing the notice a harsh 1-3
direct clutch to be stuck shift.
on, 3rd and 5th gear are
 Customer might
the only available gears.
notice erratic
Since the hydraulic
shifting while the
controls prevent direct
test is confirming
clutch and low/reverse
direct clutch is
clutch on together in the
failed on.
forward ranges, the
solenoid can be isolated  After a code is
from the clutch. stored, all gears but
These codes set if: 3rd and 5th are
disabled.
 non-electrical  Since only 3rd and
failures where 5th gears are
SSB (direct allowed, the
clutch VFS) is customer might
stuck on notice poor launch
(pressure). performance, lack
 Direct clutch
of shifts and harsh
regulator valve engagements.
stuck in spring  Will turn on
compress wrench lamp.
position.
P073B P072F, Overdrive Overdrive Overdrive clutch failed  Customer may Refer to D
P073B Faults (includes (clutch, SSD or deceleration on a
or non-electrical valve body).  P072F - stuck in shift into 2nd or
P072F, SSD faults, 4th gear. 3rd gears
P073A, valve body and  P073A - stuck in (overdrive clutch
P073B, clutch) 5th gear. failing to release
P0767 will cause a tie-up
 P073B - stuck in
6th gear. in 2nd or 3rd
gears).
 Customer might
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Set together to indicate notice harsh

overdrive clutch is engagements,
failed on. erratic shifting.
Overdrive clutch failed  1st gear with
on, could be due to: engine braking, 1st
gear without engine
Low/reverse
 braking, 2nd and
clutch, overdrive 3rd gears are
clutch, VFS disabled.
(SSD) non-
 Poor launch due to
electrical failed
4th gear drive
stuck on
away.
(pressure).
 Harsh
engagements.
stuck on due to
mechanical  Will turn on
failure. wrench lamp.
 Low/reverse
clutch/overdrive
clutch regulator
valve stuck in the
spring
compressed
position.
P0740 P0740, TCC Solenoid TCC circuit is Open circuit in solenoid  TCC failed off - Go to Pin
P0743 Electrical open. or wiring. vehicle might run
Faults hotter, lose fuel
economy.
P0741 P0741, TCC System TCC failed off. TCC is mechanically P0741 and P1744 mean Refer to D
P1744 Faults (includes stuck off. the same thing: a non-
TCC, main electrical failure that
control valve caused the TCC to fail to
body and non- apply. This code sets for:
electrical
solenoid faults)  Non-electrical TCC
solenoid stuck off.
 TCC mechanical
failure.
 TCC regulator
apply valve stuck
in TCC release
position.
 TCC control valve
stuck in TCC
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
release position.
 TCC functional
failure MIL code.
 TCC failed to apply
(less than 80 RPM
slip error lasting at
least 3 seconds
when TCC is
commanded on) 3
consecutive times.
P0742 P0742, TCC Solenoid TCC circuit is Short to ground in the  Failure Mode Go to Pin
P0743 Electrical shorted to solenoid or wiring. Effects
Faults ground. Management action
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control, removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
P0743 - TCC Solenoid TCC is open, Open, short to ground  See P0740, P0742 Go to Pin
Electrical shorted to or short to power in or P0744.
Faults ground or solenoid or wiring.
shorted to  Will turn on
voltage. wrench lamp.
P0743 P0740, TCC Solenoid TCC circuit is Open circuit in solenoid  TCC failed off - Go to Pin
P0743 Electrical open. or wiring. vehicle might run
economy.
 Will turn on
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
wrench lamp.
P0743 P0742, TCC Solenoid TCC circuit is Short to ground in the  Failure Mode Go to Pin
P0743 Electrical shorted to solenoid or wiring. Effects
Faults ground. Management action
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control, removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0743 P0743, TCC Solenoid TCC is shorted Short to power in the  TCC failed off - Go to Pin
P0744 Electrical to voltage. wiring or solenoid. vehicle might run
economy.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0744 P0743, TCC Solenoid TCC is shorted Short to power in the  TCC failed off - Go to Pin
P0744 Electrical to voltage. wiring or solenoid. vehicle might run
economy.
P0748 - Line Pressure LPC is open Open, short to ground  See P0960, P0962 Go to Pin
Control (LPC) circuit, shorted or short to power in and P0963.
Solenoid to ground or solenoid or wiring.
Electrical shorted to  Will turn on
Faults voltage. wrench lamp.
P0748 P0748, LPC Solenoid LPC circuit is Open circuit in solenoid  Failed to maximum Go to Pin
P0960 Electrical open. or wiring. line pressure -
Faults harsh engagements.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0748 P0748, LPC Solenoid LPC circuit is Short to ground in the  Failed to minimum Go to Pin
P0962 Electrical shorted to solenoid or wiring. line pressure.
Faults ground.
 Failure Mode
Effects
Management action
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control, removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
as the only forward
gear with TCC
open).
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0748 P0748, LPC Solenoid LPC is shorted Short to power in the  Failed to maximum Go to Pin
P0963 Electrical to voltage. wiring or solenoid. line pressure -
Faults harsh engagements.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0750 P0750, Shift Solenoid SSA circuit is Open circuit in solenoid  Forward clutch is Go to Pin
P0753 A (SSA) open. or wiring. failed off - 5th and
Electrical 6th gears only
Faults available forward
gears.
 Neutral condition
or flare when fault
occurs.
5th gear drive
away.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

P0751 P0751, Forward Clutch Forward clutch Forward clutch failed  Customer may Refer to D
P2700 System Faults failed off. off, could be due to: notice neutral
(includes non- conditions or flares
electrical SSA  Forward clutch on downshifts from
faults, valve VFS (SSA) non- 5th or 6th gears as
body and electrical failed the test is
clutch) stuck off (no determining
pressure). forward is failed
 Forward clutch off.
stuck off due to  Once a code is
mechanical stored, all gears
failure. with forward on are
 Forward clutch disabled - leaving
regulator valve 5th and 6th gears as
stuck in the the only forward
default position. gears.
 Forward clutch  Customer might
boost valve stuck notice erratic
in the default shifting, harsh
position. engagements,
neutral conditions,
flares, poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away), harsh
reverse
engagements.
P2700 System Faults failed on. on, could be due to: notice a vehicle
(includes non- deceleration on a
electrical SSA  Forward clutch shift into 5th or 6th
faults, valve VFS (SSA) non- (forward clutch
body and electrical failed failing to release
clutch) stuck on will cause a tie-up
(pressure). in 5th or 6th).
 Forward clutch  Customer might
stuck on due to notice erratic
mechanical shifting or being
failure. stuck in 4th gear
 Forward clutch while the test is
regulator valve confirming forward
stuck in the clutch is failed on.
default position.  After a code is
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Forward clutch stored 5th and 6th

regulator valve are disabled.
stuck in the  Customer might
spring notice higher than
compressed normal engine
position. speeds and loss of
fuel economy.
P0753 - SSA Electrical SSA is open, Open, short to ground  See P0750, P0973, Go to Pin
Faults shorted to or short to power in P0974.
ground or solenoid or wiring.
P0753 P0750, SSA Electrical SSA circuit is Open circuit in solenoid  Forward clutch is Go to Pin
P0753 Faults open. or wiring. failed off - 5th and
6th only available
forward gears.
or flare when fault
occurs.
5th gear drive
away.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0753 P0750, SSA Electrical SSA circuit is Short to ground in the  Failure Mode Go to Pin
P0973 Faults shorted to solenoid or wiring. Effects
ground. Management action
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control, removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0753 P0750, SSA Electrical SSA is shorted Short to power in the  Forward clutch is Go to Pin
P0974 Faults to voltage. wiring or solenoid. failed off - 5th and
6th gear only
available forward
gears.
or flare when fault
occurs.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0755 P0755, SSB Electrical Open circuit in SSB circuit is open.  Direct clutch failed Go to Pin
P0758 Faults solenoid or on - only 3rd and
wiring. 5th gear available.
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
P0756 P0733, Direct Clutch Direct clutch Direct clutch failed off,  Customer may Refer to D
P0735, System Fault failed off. could be due to: notice flares or
P0756 (includes non- neutral conditions
electrical SSB  Non-electrical on shifts into 3rd or
faults, valve failures where 5th gear.
body and SSB (direct
clutch VFS) is
command 3 shifts
stuck off (no
into 3rd or 5th gear,
pressure).
and if direct clutch
 Direct clutch is failed off the
regulator valve customer will
stuck in default notice flares or
position. neutral conditions
 Direct clutch that last one second
mechanical or so.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
failure.  3rd and 5th gear

are disabled,
customer might
notice transmission
hangs in 2nd on
accelerate until
customer tips out to
closed pedal (done
to protect overdrive
clutch).
P0757 P072E, Direct Clutch SSB failed on. SSB (direct clutch  Customer may Refer to D
P073A, System Fault VFS) failed on, causing notice a vehicle
P0757 (includes non- direct clutch failed on. deceleration on a
electrical SSB Since the hydraulic shift into 2nd, 4th
faults, main controls prevent direct or 6th gears (direct
control valve clutch and low/reverse clutch failing to
body and clutch on together in the release will cause a
clutch) forward ranges we can tie-up in these
isolate the solenoid gears).
from the clutch.
This code sets if:  Customer might
notice a harsh 1-3
shift.
 Non-electrical
failures where  Since only 3rd and
SSB (direct 5th gears are
clutch VFS) is allowed customer
stuck on might notice poor
(pressure). launch performance
lack of shifts, harsh
 Direct clutch
engagements.
regulator valve
stuck in spring  Will turn on MIL.
compress
position.
P0758 - SSB Electrical SSB is open, Open, short to ground  See P0755, P0976, Go to Pin
P0758 P0755, SSB Electrical Open circuit in SSB circuit is open.  Direct clutch failed Go to Pin
P0758 Faults solenoid or on - only 3rd and
wiring. 5th gears available.
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
performance (due
to 3rd gear drive
away).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0758 P0758, SSB Electrical SSB circuit is Short to ground in the Failure Mode

Go to Pin
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control, removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0758 P0758, SSB Electrical SSB is shorted Short to power in the  Direct clutch failed
Go to Pin
P0977 Faults to voltage. wiring or solenoid. on - only 3rd and
5th gear available.
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 3rd gear drive
away).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0760 P0760, Shift Solenoid SSC circuit is Open circuit in solenoid Incorrect gear selection Go to Pin
P0763 C (SSC) open. or wiring. depending on condition
Electrical mode and manual lever
Faults position. See solenoid
operation chart.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Intermediate clutch
is failed off - if
fault occurs while
in 2nd or 6th gear
customer might
notice a neutral
condition before
diagnostics disables
2nd and 6th gear.
 Customer might
notice erratic,
delayed or harsh
shifts.
P0761 P0761, Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate clutch  Customer may Refer to D
P2702 Clutch System clutch failed failed off, could be due notice neutral
Faults (includes off. to: conditions or flares
clutch, valve on shifts to 2nd or
body and non-  Intermediate 6th gear as the test
electrical SSC clutch VFS SSC is determining
faults) non-electrical intermediate clutch
failed stuck off is failed off.
(no pressure).
 Once a code is
 Intermediate stored, all gears
clutch stuck off with intermediate
due to clutch on are
mechanical disabled (2nd and
failure. 6th gear) leaving
 Intermediate 1st gear without
clutch regulator engine braking, 1st
valve stuck in the gear with engine
default position. braking, 3rd, 4th
and 5th gears.
 Customer might
notice erratic
shifting, neutral
conditions, flares,
higher engine
speeds on highway
(due to 6th gear
being disabled).
P2702 Clutch System clutch failed failed on, could be due notice a vehicle
Faults (includes on. to:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
clutch, valve  Intermediate deceleration on a

body and non- clutch VFS SSC shift into 3rd or 5th
electrical SSC non-electrical gears (intermediate
faults) failed stuck on clutch failing to
(pressure). release will cause a
tie-up in 3rd or 5th
 Intermediate gears).
clutch stuck on
due to  Customer might
mechanical notice erratic
failure. shifting or being
stuck in 6th gear
 Intermediate while the test is
clutch regulator confirming C26 is
valve stuck in the failed on.
spring
compressed  After a code is
position. stored 1st gear with
engine braking, 1st
gear without engine
braking, 3rd, 4th
and 5th gears are
disabled.
 Customer might
notice hanging in
2nd on acceleration
since 2nd-6th
upshifts only occur
at closed pedal (due
to energy
limitations of
overdrive clutch),
harsh reverse
engagements (since
low/reverse clutch
is not on in 2nd
gear).
P0763 - SSC Electrical SSC is open, Open, short to ground  See P0760, P0979, Go to Pin
P0763 P0760, SSC Electrical SSC circuit is Open circuit in solenoid  Intermediate clutch Go to Pin
P0763 Faults open. or wiring. is failed off - if
fault occurs while
in 2nd or 6th gears,
customer might
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
notice a neutral
condition before
2nd and 6th gears.
 Customer might
notice erratic,
delayed or harsh
shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0763 P0760, SSC Electrical SSC circuit is Short to ground in the  Failure Mode Go to Pin
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control, removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0763 P0760, SSC Electrical SSC is shorted Short to power in the  Intermediate clutch Go to Pin
P0980 Faults to voltage. wiring or solenoid. is failed off - if
fault occurs while
in 2nd or 6th gear,
customer might
notice a neutral
condition before
2nd and 6th gear.
 Customer might
notice erratic,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
delayed or harsh
shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0765 P0765, SSD Electrical SSD circuit is Open circuit in solenoid  Overdrive clutch Go to Pin
P0768 Faults open. or wiring. failed on, only 4th,
5th and 6th gears
available.
 Harsh
engagements.
4th gear drive
away.
P0766 P0729, Overdrive SSD stuck off SSD stuck off, both  Customer may Refer to D
P0734, Clutch System (SSD or main low/reverse clutch and notice flares or
P0735, Faults (includes control valve overdrive clutch failed neutral conditions
P0766 non-electrical body). off. This code sets for: on shifts into 4th,
SSD faults, 5th or 6th gears.
main control  Low/reverse
valve body and  Customer might
clutch/overdrive
clutch) notice erratic
clutch VFS non-
shifting, flares,
electrical fault.
neutral conditions
 Low/reverse while the code is
clutch/overdrive being set.
clutch regulator
 1st gear with
valve stuck in
engine braking,
default position.
4th, 5th and 6th
 Low/reverse gears are disabled -
clutch/overdrive customer might
clutch boost notice high engine
valve stuck in speeds (since 3rd is
default position. highest available
gear).
 Also might get
delayed or no
reverse engagement
(need low/reverse
clutch on to
achieve reverse).
P0767 P072F, Overdrive Overdrive Overdrive clutch failed  Customer may Go to Pin
P073B, Faults (includes (clutch, SSD or deceleration on a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
P0767 non-electrical valve body).  Low/reverse shift into 2nd or

SSD faults, clutch/overdrive 3rd gears
valve body and clutch, VFS SSD (overdrive clutch
clutch) non-electrical failing to release
failed stuck on will cause a tie-up
(pressure). in 2nd or 3rd
gears).
stuck on due to  First gear with
mechanical engine braking, 1st
failure. gear without engine
braking, 2nd and
 Low/reverse 3rd gears are
clutch/overdrive disabled.
clutch regulator
valve stuck in the  Poor launch due to
spring 4th gear drive
compressed away.
position.  Harsh
engagements.
P0768 - SSD Electrical SSD is open, Open, short to ground  See P0765, P0982, Go to Pin
P0768 P0765, SSD Electrical SSD circuit is Open circuit in solenoid  Overdrive clutch Go to Pin
P0768 Faults open. or wiring. failed on, only 4th,
5th and 6th gear
available.
 Harsh
engagements.
4th gear drive
away.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0768 P0765, SSD Electrical SSD circuit is Short to ground in the  Failure Mode Go to Pin
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control, removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
NEUTRAL and 5th

gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0768 P0765, SSD Electrical SSD is shorted Short to power in the  Overdrive clutch Go to Pin
P0983 Faults to voltage. wiring or solenoid. failed on, only 4th,
5th and 6th gears
available.
 Harsh
engagements, poor
launch due to 4th
gear drive away.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0770 P0770, Shift Solenoid SSE circuit Open, short to ground SSE controls routing SSD Go to Pin
P0773 E (SSE) failure. or short to power in pressure to low/reverse
Electrical solenoid or wiring. clutch or overdrive
Faults clutch.
For SSE failed off (no
pressure):
 Customer might
notice 4th gear
drive away (when
1st gear is
commanded).
 After it is
determined on/off
is failed to no
pressure then 1st
gear with engine
braking is disabled.
 Customer may
notice nothing or
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
may notice 2nd

gear provided when
1st gear selected in
low manual lever
range.
 Harsh reverse
engagements since
low/reverse clutch
does not apply in
neutral or drive in
this failure mode.
For SSE failed on

(pressure):
 High side is turned

off.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 Harsh
engagements.
 No TCC apply.
P0771 P0771, SSE Non- SSE stuck off.  The on/off  If the on/off Refer to D
P0774 Electrical solenoid (SSE) solenoid (SSE) is
Faults (SSE controls the failed off or valve 2
and main multiplexing of is stuck in default
control valve SSD (low/reverse position, then the
body) clutch/overdrive customer will get
clutch VFS). If 4th gear when 1st
this solenoid fails gear with engine
off (no pressure), braking is selected.
then 1st gear with  Customer might
engine braking is notice 4th gear
failed to 4th gear. drive way in
 Also, if clutch automatic range
select valve 2 since the control
sticks in the system commands
default position, 1st gear with
then 1st gear with engine braking at a
engine braking is stop (turns
failed to 4th gear low/reverse clutch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
and reverse is on) in case the

failed to neutral. customer moves
 It is not necessary the manual lever to
to distinguish reverse. Also, for
SSE stuck off valve 2 failures, the
from valve 2 customer might get
stuck default. a no engagements
This code means when selecting
either: reverse.
 Non-
electrical
SSE
(on/off
solenoid)
failed off
(no
pressure).
 Valve 2
stuck in
default
position.
P0772 P0772, SSE Non- SSE stuck on.  The on/off  If the on/off Refer to D
Faults (SSE controls the failed on or valve 2
and valve multiplexing of is stuck in spring
body) SSD (low/reverse compressed
clutch/overdrive position, then 1st
clutch VFS). If and 2nd gears are
this solenoid fails the only available
on (pressure) then gears.
1st gear without  Customer might
engine braking, notice flares (on
1st gear with shifts into 3rd
engine braking gear), deceleration
and 2nd gear are (on shifts into 4th
the only available gear) or neutral
gears. Third gear conditions (on
is failed to 1st shifts into 5th
gear without gear). High engine
engine braking, RPM (since 2nd
4th gear is failed gear is top
to 1st gear with available gear).
engine braking,
5th gear is failed  Will turn on MIL.
to neutral and 6th
gear is a tie-up.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Also, if clutch
select valve 2
sticks in the
spring
compressed
position the same
ratio pattern will
occur. This code
means either:
 Non-
electrical
SSE
(on/off
solenoid)
failed on
(pressure).
 Valve 2
stuck in
spring
compressed
position.
P0773 P0770, SSE Electrical SSE circuit Open, short to ground SSE controls routing SSD Go to Pin
P0773 Faults failure. or short to power in pressure to low/reverse
solenoid or wiring. clutch or overdrive
clutch.
For SSE failed off (no
pressure):
 Customer might
notice 4th gear
drive away (when
1st gear
commanded).
 After it is
determined on/off
is failed to no
pressure then 1st
gear with engine
braking is disabled.
 Customer may
notice nothing or
may notice 2nd
gear provided when
1st gear selected in
low manual lever
range.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Harsh reverse
engagements since
low/reverse clutch
does not apply in
neutral or drive in
this failure mode.
For SSE failed on

(pressure):
 High side is turned

off.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 Harsh
engagements.
 No TCC apply.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0774 - SSE Electrical SSE stuck on See P0771 and P0772.  See P0771 and Go to Pin
Faults or off. P0772.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0774 P0771, SSE Non- SSE stuck off.  The on/off  If the on/off Refer to D
Faults (SSE controls the failed off or valve 2
and valve multiplexing of is stuck in default
body) SSD (low/reverse position, then the
clutch/overdrive customer will get
clutch VFS). If 4th gear when 1st
this solenoid fails gear with engine
off (no pressure) braking is selected.
then 1st gear with  Customer might
engine braking is notice 4th gear
failed to 4th. drive way in
 Also, if clutch automatic range
select valve 2 since the control
sticks in the system commands
default position, 1st gear with
then 1st gear with engine braking at a
engine braking is stop (turns
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
failed to 4th gear low/reverse clutch

and reverse is on) in case the
failed to neutral. customer moves
 Do not the manual lever to
distinguish SSE REVERSE. Also,
stuck off from for valve 2 failures
valve 2 stuck the customer might
default. This code get a no
means either: engagements when
selecting reverse.
 Non-
electrical  Will turn on
SSE wrench lamp.
(on/off
solenoid)
failed off
(no
pressure).
 Valve 2
stuck in
default
position.
P0774 P0772, SSE Non- SSE stuck on.  The on/off  If the on/off Refer to D
Faults (SSE controls the failed on or valve 2
and valve multiplexing of is stuck in spring
body) SSD (low/reverse compressed
clutch/overdrive position then 1st
clutch VFS). If and 2nd are the
this solenoid fails only available
on (pressure) then gears.
1st gear without  Customer might
engine braking, notice flares (on
1st gear with shifts into 3rd
engine braking gear), deceleration
and 2nd gear are (on shifts into 4th
the only available gear) or neutral
gears. 3rd gear is conditions (shifts
failed to 1st gear into 5th gear). High
without engine engine RPM (since
braking, 4th gear 2nd gear is top
is failed to 1st available gear).
gear with engine
braking, 5th gear
is failed to
neutral and 6th
gear is a tie-up.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Also, if clutch

select valve 2
sticks in the
spring
compressed
position the same
ratio pattern will
occur. This code
means either:
 Non-
electrical
SSE
(on/off
solenoid)
failed on
(pressure).
 Valve 2
stuck in
spring
compressed
position.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P0960 P0960, LPC Solenoid LPC circuit is Open circuit in solenoid  Failed to maximum Go to Pin
P0748 Electrical open. or wiring. line pressure.
Faults
 Harsh
engagements.
P0962 P0962, LPC Solenoid LPC circuit is Short to ground in the Failed to minimum line Go to Pin
P0748 Electrical shorted to solenoid or wiring. pressure:
Faults ground.
 Failure Mode
Effects
Management action
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).
 Harsh
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
P0963 P0963, LPC Solenoid LPC is shorted Short to power in the  Failed to maximum Go to Pin
P0748 Electrical to voltage. wiring or solenoid. line pressure.
Faults
 Harsh
engagements.
P0973 P0973, SSA Electrical SSA circuit is Short to ground in the  Failure Mode Go to Pin
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control, removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
P0974 P0974, SSA Electrical SSA is shorted Short to power in the  Forward clutch is Go to Pin
P0753 Faults to voltage. wiring or solenoid. failed off - 5th and
6th gears only
available forward
gears.
or flare when fault
occurs.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

5th gear drive away
P0976 P0976, SSB Electrical SSB circuit is Short to ground in the  Failure Mode Go to Pin
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control, removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
P0977 P0977, SSB Electrical SSB is shorted Short to power in the  Direct clutch failed Go to Pin
P0758 Faults to voltage. wiring or solenoid. on - only 3rd and
5th gear available.
 Harsh
engagements.
3rd gear drive
away.
P0979 P0979, SSC Electrical SSC circuit is Short to ground in the  Failure Mode Go to Pin
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control, removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
NEUTRAL and 5th

gear as the only
forward gear with
TCC open).
 Harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
P0980 P0980, SSC Electrical SSC is shorted Short to power in the Intermediate clutch is Go to Pin
P0763 Faults to voltage. wiring or solenoid. failed off:
 If fault occurs
while in 2nd or 6th
gear, customer
might notice a
neutral condition
before diagnostics
disables 2nd and
6th gears.
 Customer might
notice erratic,
delayed or harsh
shifts.
P0982 P0982, SSD Electrical SSD circuit is Short to ground in the  Failure Mode Go to Pin
opens the transaxle
solenoid power
control removing
power from all
solenoids (get
PARK, REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
as the only forward
gear with TCC
open), harsh
engagements.
 Poor launch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
performance (due
to 5th gear drive
away).
 No TCC apply.
 No shifts.
P0983 P0983, SSD Electrical SSD is shorted Short to power in the  Overdrive clutch Go to Pin
P0768 Faults to voltage. wiring or solenoid. failed on, only 4th,
5th and 6th gears
available.
 Harsh
engagements.
4th gear drive
away.
P1636 - ADLR Faults ADLR chip  Lost  Transaxle solenoid Install a n
communication communication power control ELECTR
error. with ADLR turned off, CONTRO
solenoid driver. providing PARK,
 ADLR is an REVERSE,
internal PCM NEUTRAL and 5th
chip that controls gear with TCC
the solenoids. open and maximum
The main micro line pressure.
communicates  Harsh
with the ADLR engagements.
over a serial  Poor performance
interface, sending launch (due to 5th
out the desired drive away).
solenoid state and
receiving back a  No TCC apply.
circuit fault  No shifts.
status.  Will turn on MIL.
 If communication
is lost with the
ADLR, the
solenoid states
become
unknown, so the
control system
forces the
transaxle
solenoid power
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
control off.
P163E - Transmission Transmission  Transmission  Failure Mode Refer to S
Identification identification identification Effects
Block (solenoid version. version incorrect Management action
strategy data (transmission of limits function to
programmed identification 1st gear without
into the PCM) version does not engine braking and
match version in 3rd could cause
PCM calibration). high engine RPM,
 7-digit service lack of shifts
banding code complaints.
checksum or total  No TCC apply.
transmission  Will turn on MIL.
identification
block checksum
invalid.
 Solenoid and
Clutch
characterization
data unavailable.
 Failure Mode
Effects
Management will
increase pressure
and allow only
PARK,
REVERSE,
NEUTRAL, 1st
gear without
engine braking
and 3rd.
P163F - Transmission Transmission  Transmission  Failure Mode Refer to S
Identification identification identification Effects
Block (solenoid block data not Management action
characterization corrupted, not programmed. of limits function to
data programmed. 1st gear without
programmed  Solenoid and
Clutch strategy engine braking and
into the PCM) 3rd could cause
data unavailable.
high engine RPM,
 Failure Mode lack of shifts
Effects complaints.
Management will
increase pressure  No TCC apply.
and allow only  Will turn on MIL.
PARK,
REVERSE,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
NEUTRAL, 1st
gear without
engine braking
and 3rd.
P1700 - Other Main Multiplex This DTC is set if the  Customer might Refer to D
Control Valve manual valve multiplex manual valve notice neutral
Body Faults (valve 3). sticks in the default conditions when
(stuck valves) position for reverse 1st gear with
while the manual valve engine braking, 1st
is in the drive or low gear without engine
position. Neutral will be braking or 2nd are
the default condition in commanded.
all forward gear ranges
with SSE on. Once the  Erratic shifting as
PCM sees this fault, the the OBD isolate the
PCM turns off SSE cause of the neutral
(SSE off) and allows condition to
the transaxle to achieve multiplex manual
1st, 2nd, and 3rd gears valve (valve 3).
only.  High engine speeds
since 3rd is top
available gear,
harsh reverse
engagements (since
low/reverse clutch
is not on in drive at
low speed with this
failure).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P1702 - TR Sensor TR sensor P1702 - see P0705 and  Possible no crank, Go to Pin
Electrical circuit failure. P0708. only PARK,
Faults REVERSE,
NEUTRAL and 5th
gear available,
harsh engagements.
engagements (until
a DTC is set).
and the high side
opened - harsh
engagements, poor
performance (due
to a 5th gear drive
away), no shifts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P1702 P0705, TR Sensor TR sensor PCM is received an Possible no crank, Go to Pin

P1702 circuit failure. invalid combination of only PARK,
the 4-bit signal from the REVERSE,
TR sensor (wiring, NEUTRAL and 5th
connector or TR sensor gear available,
issue). harsh engagements.
engagements (until
a DTC is set).
and the high side
opened - harsh
engagements, poor
performance (due
to a 5th gear drive
away), no shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P1702 P0708, TR Sensor TR sensor PCM is received all 4  Possible no crank,
Go to Pin
P1702 circuit failure. TR sensor bits open only PARK,
(potential sensor REVERSE,
disconnected, wiring, NEUTRAL and 5th
connector or TR sensor gear available,
issue). harsh engagements.
engagements (until
a DTC is set).
and the high side
opened - harsh
engagements, poor
performance (due
to a 5th gear drive
away), no shifts.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P1705 - TR Sensor TR sensor. TR sensor not Carry out KOEO or Go to Pin
indicating Park or KOER only.
Neutral during Key ON
Engine OFF (KOEO) or
Key ON Engine
Running (KOER) self-
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
test.
P1711 - TFT TFT sensor.
TFT out of self-test Carry out KOEO or Go to Pin
range (less than -1°C KOER only.
[30°F] or greater than
105°C [220°F]).
P1744 P0741, TCC System TCC failed off. TCC is mechanically P0741 and P1744 mean Refer to D
P1744 Faults (includes stuck off. the same thing non-
TCC, main electrical failure that
control valve caused the TCC to fail to
body and non- apply. This code sets for:
electrical
solenoid faults)  Non-electrical TCC
solenoid stuck off.
 TCC mechanical
failure.
 TCC regulator
apply valve stuck
in TCC release
position.
 TCC control valve
stuck in TCC
release position.
 TCC functional
failure MIL code.
 TCC failed to apply
(less than 80 RPM
slip error lasting at
least 3 seconds
when TCC is
commanded on) 3
consecutive times.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P1780 - Transmission TCS. TCS did not change Customer cannot cancel Refer to A
Control Switch states during KOER overdrive. TRANSA
(TCS) Self Test. EXTERN
article.
P1783 - Transmission Transmission Transmission over  Torque converter
Refer to D
Over over temperature condition lockup happens
Temperature temperature. (greater than 135°C earlier than
[275°F] for at least 5 expected.
seconds).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P1910 - Reverse Lamp Reverse lamp Reverse lamp control  Reverse lamps do
Refer to E
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Control control. circuit fault. not function LIGHTIN

correctly.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P2700 -Forward Clutch Forward clutch See P0751 and P0752.  See P0751 and Refer to D
System Fault failed on or P0752.
(includes non- off.
electrical SSA  Will turn on
faults, main wrench lamp.
control valve
body and
forward clutch)
P2700 System Faults failed off. off, could be due to: notice neutral
(includes non- conditions or flares
electrical SSA  Forward clutch on downshifts from
faults, valve VFS (SSA) non- 5th or 6th as the
body and electrical failed test is determining
clutch) stuck off (no Forward is failed
pressure). off.
 Forward clutch  Once a code is
stuck off due to stored, all gears
mechanical with Forward on
failure. are disabled -
 Forward clutch leaving 5th and 6th
regulator valve as the only Forward
stuck in the gears.
default position.  Customer might
 Forward clutch notice erratic
boost valve stuck shifting, harsh
in the default engagements,
position. neutral conditions,
flares, poor launch
performance (due
to 5th drive away),
harsh reverse
engagements.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P2700 System Faults failed on. on, could be due to: notice a vehicle
(includes non- deceleration on a
electrical SSA  Forward clutch shift into 5th or 6th
faults, valve VFS (SSA) non- gears (forward
body and electrical failed clutch failing to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
clutch) stuck on release will cause a

(pressure). tie-up in 5th or 6th
 Forward clutch gears).
stuck on due to  Customer might
mechanical notice erratic
failure. shifting or being
 Forward clutch stuck in 4th gear
regulator valve while the test is
stuck in the confirming forward
default position. clutch is failed on.
 Forward clutch  After a code is
regulator valve stored 5th and 6th
stuck in the are disabled.
spring Customer might
compressed notice higher than
position. normal engine
speeds and loss of
fuel economy.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P2701 - Direct Clutch Direct clutch  Direct clutch  Customer may Refer to D
System Fault failed on. failed on due to a notice a vehicle
(includes non- mechanical fault. deceleration on a
electrical SSB shift into 2nd, 4th
faults, valve  Due to the
hydraulic or 6th gear (direct
body and clutch failing to
clutch) controls the
clutch can be release will cause a
isolated from the tie-up in these
solenoid - this gears).
failure code  Customer might
means direct notice erratic
clutch is on in 1st shifting while the
gear under test is confirming
conditions where direct clutch is
the SSB (direct failed on.
clutch VFS)  After a code is
cannot cause it to stored all gears but
apply. 3rd and 5th are
disabled.
 Since only 3rd and
5th gears are
allowed the
customer might
notice:
 poor launch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
performance.
 lack of shifts.
 harsh
engagements.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P2702 - Intermediate Intermediate See P0761 and P0762.  See P0761 and Refer to D
Clutch System clutch failed on P0762.
Faults (includes or off.
clutch, valve  Will turn on
body and non- wrench lamp.
electrical SSC
faults)
P2702 Clutch System clutch failed failed off, could be due notice neutral
Faults (includes off. to: conditions or flares
clutch, valve on shifts to 2nd or
body and non-  Intermediate 6th as the test is
electrical SSC clutch VFS determining
faults) (SSC) non- intermediate clutch
electrical failed is failed off.
stuck off (no
 Once a code is
pressure).
stored, all gears
 Intermediate with intermediate
clutch stuck off clutch on are
due to disabled (2nd and
mechanical 6th gears) leaving
failure. 1st gear without
 Intermediate engine braking, 1st
clutch regulator gear with engine
valve stuck in the braking, 3rd, 4th
default position. and 5th gears.
 Customer might
notice erratic
shifting, neutral
conditions, flares,
higher engine
speeds on highway
(due to 6th gear
being disabled).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P2702 Clutch System clutch failed failed on, could be due notice a vehicle
Faults (includes on. to: deceleration on a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
clutch, valve  Intermediate shift into 3rd or 5th

body and non- clutch VFS gears (intermediate
electrical SSC (SSC) non- clutch failing to
faults) electrical failed release will cause a
stuck on tie-up in 3rd or 5th
(pressure). gears).
 Intermediate  Customer might
clutch stuck on notice erratic
due to shifting or being
mechanical stuck in 6th gear
failure. while the test is
confirming C26 is
 Intermediate failed on.
clutch regulator
valve stuck in the  After a code is
spring stored 1st gear with
compressed engine braking, 1st
position. gear without engine
braking, 3rd, 4th
and 5th gears are
disabled.
 Customer might
notice hanging in
2nd gear on
acceleration since
2nd gear - 6th gear
upshifts only occur
at closed pedal (due
to energy
limitations of
overdrive clutch),
harsh reverse
engagements (since
low/reverse clutch
is not on in 2nd
gear).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P2703 - Low/Reverse Low/reverse Low/reverse clutch  Low/reverse clutch Refer to D
Clutch and clutch failed provides engine braking is only tested for
OWC Faults off. in 1st gear and is failed off in the low
(covers just the required to achieve manual lever
clutches) reverse. position.
 The customer
might notice not
getting engine
braking in 1st gear
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
with engine
braking, and erratic
shifting as the
OBDs isolates the
fault to low/reverse
clutch failed off.
 Once a code is
stored 2nd gear will
be provided in
place of 1st in the
Low manual lever
range.
 Customer might
also experience
delayed or no
reverse
engagement.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P2704 - Overdrive Overdrive  Overdrive clutch  Customer may Refer to D
Clutch System clutch failed failed off. notice neutral
Faults (includes off (clutch conditions or flares
non-electrical fault only).  Since SSD
(low/reverse on shifts into 4th,
SSD faults, 5th, or 6th gear.
valve body and clutch/overdrive
clutch) clutch VFS) is  4th, 5th and 6th
multiplexed we gears are disabled.
can isolate  Customer might
overdrive clutch notice erratic
failed off shifting, neutral
mechanical faults conditions, flares,
(set P2704) from high engine RPM
SSD failed to no (since 3rd gear is
pressure (sets top available gear).
P0766).
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P2705 - OWC Faults OWC failed  OWC holds in 1st  Customer might Refer to D
(covers just the off. gear without notice neutral
clutches) engine braking. If conditions when
the OWC fails 1st gear without
off, 1st gear engine braking is
without engine commanded.
braking is failed  Erratic shifting as
to neutral. the OBD isolates
 First gear with the cause of the
engine braking is neutral condition to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
disabled for this the OWC being

failure since failed.
low/reverse  Might also notice
clutch is not poor launch
intended to hold performance (due
power on torque to 2nd gear drive
in 1st gear. away).
 Harsh
engagements.
 Will turn on
wrench lamp.
P2783 - Other Main TCC control  TCC control  Erratic shifts, Refer to D
Control Valve valve. valve stuck in the vehicle disengages
Body Faults apply position. at a stop while in
(stuck valves) When the TCC is drive or low, early
commanded open TCC apply.
there will be no  Will turn on
flow through the wrench lamp.
TCC (both apply
and release
circuits will be
exhausted).
 Test will run in
3rd or higher
(when valve 2 is
in the latched
position, pointing
SSD at overdrive
clutch) when the
TCC is
commanded
open. SSE is
turned on, if the
control valve is
stuck this will
cause the TCC to
apply even
though the TCC
VFS is off.
TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR LAYOUTS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 6: PCM Transaxle Connector - C175T

Pin Number Circuit Function

14 Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Signal
15 Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor Signal
16 Transmission Control Switch (TCS)
17 Transmission Range (TR)1
18 TR2
19 TR3
20 Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Supply
27 Shift Solenoid B (SSB)
28 Shift Solenoid D (SSD)
29 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
32 TR4
35 Line Pressure Control (LPC)
38 Shift Solenoid E (SSE)
39 Shift Solenoid A (SSA)
40 Shift Solenoid C (SSC)
41 TSS/OSS Power
43 TFT Signal Return
45 TR/TSS/OSS Ground
47 Transaxle Solenoid Power Control Voltage
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 7: Transaxle Vehicle Harness Connector - C168


1 Shift Solenoid E (SSE)
2 Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Supply
3 TFT Signal Return
4 Transmission Range (TR)1
5 TR2
6 TR3
7 TR4
8 TR Sensor Ground
9 Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS)/Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Ground
10 OSS Sensor Signal
11 Not Used
12 Shift Solenoid D (SSD)
13 Shift Solenoid A (SSA)
14 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
15 Transaxle Solenoid Power Control Voltage
16 Shift Solenoid B (SSB)
17 Shift Solenoid C (SSC)
18 Line Pressure Control (LPC)
19 TSS Sensor Signal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
20 TSS/OSS Sensor Power Supply
Fig. 8: Solenoid Body-to-Transmission Range (TR) Sensor Internal Circuit Diagram

Solenoid Body Main Connector

Pin Number TR Sensor Pin Number Circuit Function
4 5 Transmission Range (TR)1
5 4 TR2
6 3 TR3
7 2 TR4
8 1 TR Ground
- 6 Empty
NOTE: The Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor connector is on top of the 20-pin
solenoid body connector (next to the Transmission Range (TR) sensor
connector).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 9: Solenoid Body-to-Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Internal Circuit Diagram

Pin Number OSS Sensor Pin Number Circuit Function
9 3 Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS)/Output
Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Ground
Circuit
10 1 OSS Sensor Signal
20 2 TSS/OSS Sensor Power Supply
NOTE: The Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) sensor connector is below the 20-pin solenoid
body connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 10: Solenoid Body-to-Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor Internal Circuit Diagram

Pin Number TSS Sensor Pin Number Circuit Function
9 1 Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS)/Output
Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Ground
Circuit
19 3 TSS Sensor Signal
20 2 TSS/OSS Sensor Power Supply
Fig. 11: Digital Transmission Range (TR) Sensor Connector

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
1 Transmission Range (TR) Ground

2 TR4
3 TR3
4 TR2
5 TR1
6 Empty
Fig. 12: Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor/Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor

1 Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor Ground
2 TSS Power
3 TSS Sensor Signal
Fig. 13: Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor/Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor

1 Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Signal
2 OSS Power
3 OSS Sensor Ground
PINPOINT TESTS - OSC EQUIPPED VEHICLE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Special Tools
73III Digital Multimeter 105-R0057 or equivalent

Anytime an electrical connector or solenoid body is disconnected, inspect the connector for terminal condition,
corrosion and contamination. Also inspect the connector seal for damage. Clean, repair or install new
components as required.
TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SENSOR DIAGNOSIS CHART

PID: TR_D
Selector Position PID: TR TR1 TR2 TR3 TR4
PARK P/N 0 1 1 0
In Between REV 0 0 1 0
REVERSE REV 0 0 1 1
In Between REV 1 0 1 1
NEUTRAL NTRL 1 0 1 0
In Between NTRL 1 0 0 0
Drive Drive 1 0 0 1
In Between Drive 0 0 0 1
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Low Low 0 0 0 0
A "In Between" reading could be caused by a selector lever cable or Transmission Range (TR)
sensor misaligned or a TR sensor circuit failure of TR1, TR2, TR3 or TR4.
B TR PIDs: 1= Open TR switch, 0 = Closed TR switch.
C VCM Readings: Taken from PCM signal pins for TR1, TR2, TR3 and TR4 to signal return.
Wiggle Test Information for Open/Shorts
A Check TR1, TR2, TR3 and TR4 circuits for an intermittent open with the TR sensor positioned
so that suspect circuit is in the closed position and monitor the TR PIDs with the scan tool.
B Check TR1, TR2, TR3 and TR4 circuits for an intermittent short with the TR sensor positioned
so that suspect circuit is in the open position and monitor the TR PIDs with the scan tool. To
determine the shorted components while observing TR PIDs, unplug the TR and see if the short
goes away. If the short is still present, unplug the transaxle harness and see if the short goes away.
If the short is still present, then the short is in the PCM or vehicle harness. Remove the suspect
circuit(s) wire terminal from the PCM connector. If the short is still present, then the PCM has an
internal failure. Otherwise, the failure is in the vehicle harness.
Shift Solenoid Pre-Diagnosis
Use the following shift solenoid operation information when carrying out Pinpoint Test A.
SOLENOID OPERATION CHART

Shift Solenoid
SSA SSB SSC SSD
(VFS) (VFS) (VFS) (VFS) NH SSE TCC
Base Selector PCM Commanded NL (CB NH (C NL (CB (CB (On/Off) (VFS)
Lever Position Gear 1,2,3,4) 3,5,R) 2,6) L,R/4,5,6) NC NL
P P Off On Off Off On Off
R R Off Off Off Off On Off
N N Off On Off Offa Ona Off
D 1 On On Off Offb Onc Off
2 On On On On Off Off
3 On Off Off On Off Off
4 On On Off Off Off On/Off
5 Off Off Off Off Off On/Off
6 Off On On Off Off On/Off
L L On On Off Offb Onc Off
CB = Clutch brake
NC = Normally closed
NH = Normally high
NL = Normally low
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
a Solenoid state will change if vehicle is moving forward with the selector lever in the NEUTRAL position.
b Turns on above 10 km/h (6 mph).
c Turns off above 10 km/h (6 mph).
Shift Solenoid Failure Mode Chart Failed ON or Failed OFF
Failed ON/OFF due to PCM and/or vehicle wiring concerns and/or solenoid electrically, mechanically or
hydraulically stuck ON/OFF.
SHIFT SOLENOID A (SSA)

Actual Gears Obtained
Gear Commanded Failed ON (High Pressure) Failed OFF (Low Pressure)
R R R
D 1, 2, 3, 4 5, 6
SHIFT SOLENOID B (SSB)

Gear Commanded Failed ON (Low Pressure) Failed OFF (High Pressure)
R N a R
D 1, 2, 4, 6 3, 5
a Reverse is available if the solenoid circuit failed causing transaxle solenoid power control solenoid to remove
voltage to all solenoids.
SHIFT SOLENOID C (SSC)

R R R
D 2, 6 1, 3, 4, 5
SHIFT SOLENOID D (SSD)

Gear Commanded Failed ON (Low Pressure) Failed OFF (High Pressure)
R Na R
D 1, 2, 3b 4, 5, 6
a Reverse is available if the solenoid circuit failed causing transaxle solenoid power control solenoid to remove
voltage to all solenoids.
b No engine braking.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
SHIFT SOLENOID E (SSE)

R R R
D 1, 2 a
1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
a No engine braking.
Pinpoint Tests
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Transmission Controls - 6 Speed for schematic
and connector information.
PINPOINT TEST A: TRANSAXLE CONTROL SOLENOIDS
NOTE: Refer to the Transaxle Internal Harness Diagram illustration Transaxle

Connector Layouts.
NOTE: Refer to the Transaxle Vehicle Harness Connector illustration Transaxle

Connector Layouts.
A1 ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSTICS
 Check to make sure the transaxle harness connector is fully seated, terminals are engaged in
connector and in good condition before proceeding.
 Carry out the Key ON Engine OFF (KOEO) Self Test until continuous DTCs have been displayed.
 Enter the Output Test Mode.
 Select the mode ALL ON. Push START to turn outputs ON. Push STOP to turn outputs OFF.
 Does vehicle enter Output Test Mode?
YES : Go to A2.
NO : PRESS START. If vehicle does not enter Output Test Mode, REFER to the Introduction -
Gasoline Engines article.
A2 CHECK THE SOLENOID CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168
 Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connector for damage or pushed-out pins, corrosion, loose
wires and missing or damaged seals.
 Disconnect: PCM Transaxle Electrical C175T
 Measure the resistance of the suspect solenoid circuit between PCM transaxle electrical C175T and
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
transaxle harness C168 using the following chart.
Transaxle Vehicle PCM Transaxle

Shift Solenoid Harness C168 C175T
Shift Solenoid A (SSA) CET05 (BU/GN) C168-13 C175T-39
Shift Solenoid B (SSB) CET06 (GN/BN) C168-16 C175T-27
Shift Solenoid C (SSC) CET07 (GY/OG) C168-17 C175T-40
Shift Solenoid D (SSD) CET08 (BN/WH) C168-12 C175T-28
Shift Solenoid E (SSE) CET18 (GY/YE) C168-1 C175T-38
Line Pressure Control (LPC) CET09 (YE/VT) C168-18 C175T-35
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) CET10 (BU/GY) C168-14 C175T-29


YES : Go to A3.
NO : REPAIR the circuit(s) for an open. RECONNECT all components. TEST the system for
normal operation.
A3 CHECK THE SOLENOID CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between transaxle vehicle harness C168 and ground.
Transaxle Vehicle
Shift Solenoid Harness C168 Ground
SSA CET05 (BU/GN) C168-13 Ground
SSB CET06 (GN/BN) C168-16 Ground
SSC CET07 (GY/OG) C168-17 Ground
SSD CET08 (BN/WH) C168-12 Ground
SSE CET18 (GY/YE) C168-1 Ground
LPC CET09 (YE/VT) C168-18 Ground
TCC CET10 (BU/GY) C168-14 Ground
Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?


YES : Go to A4.
NO : REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to ground. RECONNECT all components. TEST the system
for normal operation.
A4 CHECK THE SOLENOID CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO POWER
 Measure the voltage between transaxle vehicle harness C168 and ground.
Transaxle Vehicle
Shift Solenoid Harness C168 Ground
SSA CET05 (BU/GN) C168-13 Ground
SSB CET06 (GN/BN) C168-16 Ground
SSC CET07 (GY/OG) C168-17 Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
SSD CET08 (BN/WH) C168-12 Ground

SSE CET18 (GY/YE) C168-1 Ground
LPC CET09 (YE/VT) C168-18 Ground
TCC CET10 (BU/GY) C168-14 Ground
Is any voltage present?


YES : REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to power. RECONNECT all components. TEST the system
NO : Go to A5.
A5 CHECK THE RESISTANCE OF THE SOLENOID FIELD CIRCUIT
 Measure the resistance between transaxle solenoid body C168-15, component side and the suspect
solenoid pin, component side and compare the value to the specifications in the table below.
Transaxle C168 Transaxle C168-15

Shift Solenoid Component Side Component Side
SSA CET05 (BU/GN) C168-13 C168-15
SSB CET06 (GN/BN) C168-16 C168-15
SSC CET07 (GY/OG) C168-17 C168-15
SSD CET08 (BN/WH) C168-12 C168-15
SSE CET18 (GY/YE) C168-1 C168-15
LPC CET09 (YE/VT) C168-18 C168-15
TCC CET10 (BU/GY) C168-14 C168-15
SOLENOID RESISTANCE VALUES: SSA, SSB, SSC, SSD, TCC AND LPC
Temperature
°C °F Resistance (ohms)
-20 to -10 -4 to 14 3.24-5.13
-10 to 0 14-32 3.43-5.32
0-10 32-50 3.62-5.51
10-20 50-68 3.81-5.70
20-30 68-86 4.00-5.89
30-40 86-104 4.19-6.08
40-50 104-122 4.38-6.27
50-60 122-140 4.57-6.46
60-70 140-158 4.76-6.65
70-80 158-176 4.95-6.83
80-90 176-194 5.13-7.02
90-100 194-212 5.32-7.21
SOLENOID RESISTANCE VALUES: SSE (ON/OFF)

Temperature
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
°C °F Resistance (ohms)
-20 to -10 -4 to 14 15.45-24.35
-10 to 0 14-32 16.35-25.25
0-10 32-50 17.25-26.15
10-20 50-68 18.15-27.05
20-30 68-86 19.05-27.95
30-40 86-104 19.95-28.85
40-50 104-122 20.85-29.75
50-60 122-140 21.75-30.65
60-70 140-158 22.65-31.54
70-80 158-176 23.54-32.44
80-90 176-194 24.44-33.34
90-100 194-212 25.34-34.24
 Is the resistance within specifications?

YES : INSTALL a new PCM. REFER to ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS article.
RECONNECT all components. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : REMOVE the main control cover. REFER to Main Control Cover. INSPECT the solenoid
body for foreign material such as metal shavings on the exposed metal contacts or other
components. CLEAR the solenoid body and RECHECK the resistance values. If the resistance
values are still out of specification, INSTALL a new solenoid body assembly. REFER to Solenoid
Body Assembly. RECONNECT all components. TEST the system for normal operation.
PINPOINT TEST B: TFT SENSOR

Connector Layouts.

Connector Layouts.
B1 ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSTICS
 Check to make sure transaxle vehicle harness connector C168 is fully seated, terminals are fully
engaged in connector and in good condition before proceeding.
 Have the above items been checked?
YES : Go to B2.
NO : CARRY OUT checks. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the Self Test.
B2 CHECK THE TFT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: PCM Transaxle C175T
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

 Measure the resistance between PCM transaxle C175T-20, circuit VET27 (BN/YE) and transaxle
vehicle harness C168-2, circuit VET27 (BN/YE).

Measure the resistance between PCM transaxle C175T-43, circuit RE406 (GY/VT) and transaxle

vehicle harness C168-3, circuit RE406 (GY/VT).
YES : Go to B3.
NO : REPAIR the circuit(s) for an open. CONNECT all components. TEST the system for normal
operation.
B3 CHECK THE TFT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

 Measure the resistance between transaxle vehicle harness C168-2, circuit VET27 (BN/YE) and
ground.

Measure the resistance between transaxle vehicle harness C168-3, circuit RE406 (GY/VT) and

ground.
YES : Go to B4.
NO : REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to ground. CONNECT all components. TEST the system for
normal operation.
B4 CHECK THE TFT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VPWR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

 Measure the voltage between transaxle vehicle harness C168-2, circuit VET27 (BN/YE) and
ground.

Measure the voltage between transaxle vehicle harness C168-3, circuit RE406 (GY/VT) and

ground.
YES : REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to voltage. CONNECT all components. TEST the system
NO : Go to B5.
B5 CHECK THE RESISTANCE OF THE TFT SENSORS/HARNESS
 Connect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168
 TEST 1.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 20: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Transaxle Electrical Connector C175T Pins 20
& 43, Circuit VET27 (BN/YE) & RE406 (GY/VT)
 Measure and record the resistance between PCM transaxle C175T-20, circuit VET27 (BN/YE) and
C175T-43, circuit RE406 (GY/VT).
 Compare the resistance value to the following table ranges:
TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE

°C °F Resistance (Ohms)
-40 to -20 -40 to -4 1076K-269K
-19 to -1 -3 to 31 309K-91K
0-20 32-68 104K-35K
21-40 69-104 40K-15K
41-70 105-158 17K-4.9K
71-90 159-194 5.6K-2.5K
91-110 195-230 3.0K-1.4K
111-130 231-266 1.7K-0.8K
131-150 267-302 0.97K-0.56K
 TEST 2.
 Check for intermittent short or open.
 If the resistance was between 0.8k and 100k ohms, carry out the following test. If the transaxle is
warm, allow it to cool. Check the TFT sensor resistance again. Compare the resistance with the
initial resistance. The resistance should decrease if the transaxle was heated and should increase if
the transaxle was allowed to cool. If correct, then change in the resistance occurs, repeat OBD.
 Is the resistance in the range?
YES : INSTALL a new PCM. CONNECT all components. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : INSTALL a new solenoid body. REFER to Solenoid Body Assembly. RECONNECT all
components. TEST the system for normal operation.
PINPOINT TEST C: TSS AND OSS SENSORS

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Connector Layouts.

Connector Layouts.
C1 ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSTICS
 Check to make sure transaxle vehicle harness C168 is fully seated, terminals are engaged in
connector and in good condition before proceeding.
 Have the items above been checked?
YES : Go to C2.
NO : CARRY OUT the checks. CLEAR the DTCs. RERUN the OBD Tests.
C2 ELECTRONIC DIAGNOSTICS
 Monitor the speed sensor PIDs while test driving the vehicle.
 Are the Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) and Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor signals present and
consistent?
YES : The condition that set the DTC is intermittent and is not currently present. ERASE the
codes. RERUN the OBD Tests.
NO : Go to C3.
C3 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR AN OPEN CIRCUIT
 Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connectors for damage or pushed-out pins, corrosion, loose
 Measure the resistance for the speed sensor circuits between the transaxle vehicle harness C168 and
the PCM transaxle C175T.

Speed Sensor Circuit Harness C168 C175T
TSS/OSS power supply LE111 (VT/GN) C168-20 C175T-41
TSS/OSS ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168-9 C175T-45
TSS sensor signal VET33 (WH/OG) C168-19 C175T-15
OSS sensor signal VET26 (BN/GN) C168-10 C175T-14


YES : Go to C4.
NO : REPAIR the circuit(s) for an open. CONNECT all components. TEST the system for normal
operation.
C4 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance for the speed sensor circuits between transaxle vehicle harness C168 and
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
ground.
Transaxle Vehicle
Speed Sensor Circuit Harness C168 Ground
TSS/OSS power supply LE111 (VT/GN) C168-20 Ground
TSS/OSS ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168-9 Ground
TSS sensor signal VET33 (WH/OG) C168-19 Ground
OSS sensor signal VET26 (BN/GN) C168-10 Ground


YES : Go to C5.
NO : REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to ground. CONNECT all components. TEST the system for
normal operation.
C5 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR A SHORT TO VPWR
 Check for voltage from the speed sensor circuits at transaxle vehicle harness C168.
Transaxle Vehicle
Speed Sensor Circuit Harness C168 Ground
TSS/OSS power supply LE111 (VT/GN) C168-20 Ground
TSS/OSS ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168-9 Ground
TSS sensor signal VET33 (WH/OG) C168-19 Ground
OSS sensor signal VET26 (BN/GN) C168-10 Ground


YES : REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to voltage. CONNECT all components. TEST the system
NO : Go to C6.
C6 CHECK THE SOLENOID BODY FOR AN INTERNAL OPEN CIRCUIT
 Remove the main control cover. Refer to Main Control Cover.
 Disconnect: TSS Sensor
 Disconnect: OSS Sensor
 Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connectors for damage or pushed-out pins, corrosion, loose
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 21: Measuring Resistance Of Solenoid Body Internal Speed Sensor Power Circuit
Between Main Solenoid Body Connector Pin 20 & OSS Sensor Connectors Pin 2
NOTE: The OSS sensor is above the main solenoid body connector next to
the Transmission Range (TR) sensor, the TSS sensor connector is
below the main solenoid body connector.
 Measure the resistance of the solenoid body internal speed sensor power circuit between the main
solenoid body connector pin 20, solenoid body side and the TSS or OSS sensor connectors pin 2,
solenoid body side.
the TR sensor.
 Measure the resistance of the solenoid body internal speed sensor ground circuit between the main
solenoid body connector pin 9, solenoid body side and OSS sensor connector pin 3, solenoid body
side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Between Main Solenoid Body Connector Pin 9 & TSS Sensor Connectors Pin 1
NOTE: The TSS sensor connector is below the main solenoid body
connector.
 Measure the resistance of the solenoid body internal speed sensor ground circuit between the main
solenoid body connector pin 9, solenoid body side and TSS sensor connector pin 1, solenoid body
side.
Between Main Solenoid Body Connector Pin 19 & TSS Sensor Connectors Pin 1
connector.
 Measure the resistance of the solenoid body internal circuit for the TSS sensor signal between the
main solenoid body connector pin 19, solenoid body side and TSS sensor connector pin 3, solenoid
body side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
the TR sensor.
Measure the resistance of the solenoid body internal circuit for the OSS sensor signal between the

main solenoid body connector pin 10, solenoid body side and OSS sensor connector pin 1, solenoid
body side.
YES : Go to C7.
NO : INSTALL a new solenoid body. REFER to Solenoid Body Assembly. CONNECT all
C7 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE AT THE SPEED SENSOR CONNECTORS
 Connect: PCM Transaxle C175T
 Connect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness Connector C168
Fig. 26: Measuring Voltage At TSS Sensor Connector Pin 2, Solenoid Body Side Or OSS
Sensor Connector Pin 2
 Measure the voltage at TSS sensor connector pin 2, solenoid body side or OSS sensor connector
pin 2, solenoid body side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


YES : Go to C8.
NO : INSTALL a new PCM. REFER to ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS article.
CONNECT all components. TEST the system for normal operation.
C8 CHECK FOR REFERENCE SIGNAL VOLTAGE AT THE SPEED SENSOR CONNECTORS
Fig. 27: Measuring Voltage At TSS Sensor Connector Pin 3, Solenoid Body Side
connector.
 Measure the voltage at TSS sensor connector pin 3, solenoid body side.
Fig. 28: Measuring Voltage At OSS Sensor Connector Pin 1, Solenoid Body Side
the TR sensor.
 Measure the voltage at OSS sensor connector pin 1, solenoid body side.
 Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.5 volts?
YES : Go to C9.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
C9 CHECK FOR GROUND AT THE SPEED SENSOR CONNECTORS
Fig. 29: Measuring Resistance Between TSS Sensor Connector Pin 1, Solenoid Body Side &
Ground
connector.
 Measure the resistance between TSS sensor connector pin 1, solenoid body side and ground.
Fig. 30: Measuring Resistance Between OSS Sensor Connector Pin 3, Solenoid Body Side &
Ground
the TR sensor.
 Measure the resistance between OSS sensor connector pin 3, solenoid body side and ground.
YES : INSTALL a new speed sensor. REFER to Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) Sensor or Output
Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor. TEST the system for normal operation. If the condition is still present,
INSTALL a new PCM. REFER to ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
PINPOINT TEST D: TR SENSOR
NOTE: Refer to the Transmission Range (TR) Sensor Connector illustration Transaxle
Connector Layouts.
NOTE: Refer to the Transmission Range (TR) Sensor Diagnosis Chart preceding these
pinpoint tests.
D1 VERIFY DTCs
 Select PARK.
 Carry out the On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Test. DTCs P0705 and P0708 cannot be set by an
incorrectly adjusted selector lever cable.
 Are only DTCs P0705, P0708 present?
YES : Go to D3.
NO : Go to D2.
D2 VERIFY SELECTOR LEVER CABLE/LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
 Disconnect the selector lever cable end from the manual control lever.
 Place the transaxle manual control lever in the DRIVE position.
 Select DRIVE.
 Reconnect the selector lever cable/linkage.
 Verify that the selector lever cable/linkage is correctly adjusted. Refer to AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION EXTERNAL CONTROLS article.
 Is the selector lever cable/linkage correctly adjusted?
YES : Go to D3.
NO : ADJUST the selector lever cable/linkage. REFER to AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION EXTERNAL CONTROLS article. Go to D4.
D3 CHECK THE ELECTRICAL SIGNAL OPERATION
 Select PARK.
 Use a mirror to inspect both ends of the connectors for damaged or pushed-out pins, corrosion,
loose wires and missing or damaged seals.
 Is there damage to the connectors, pins or harness?
YES : REPAIR as required. CLEAR DTCs and RERUN On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Tests.
NO : Go to D4.
D4 CHECK ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OPERATION TR AND PCM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Connect: PCM Transaxle C175T


 Connect: Transaxle Vehicle Harness C168
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: TR PIDs: TR, TR1, TR2, TR3, and
TR4
 Move the TR selector lever into each gear and stop.
 Observe any of the following PIDs (vehicle-dependent), TR, TR1, TR2, TR3, and TR4 while
wiggling harness, tapping on sensor or driving the vehicle.
 Compare the PIDs to the Transmission Range (TR) Sensor Diagnosis Chart.
 Do the PIDs TR, TR1, TR2, TR3, TR4 match the Transmission Range (TR) Sensor Diagnosis
Chart, and do they remain steady when the harness is wiggled, the sensor is tapped on or the
vehicle driven?
YES : The problem is not in the digital TR sensor system. REFER to Diagnosis By Symptom for
further diagnosis.
NO : If the PIDs change when wiggling the harness, tapping on the sensor or driving the vehicle,
the problem may be intermittent. Go to D5.
D5 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE TRANSAXLE HARNESS FOR AN OPEN
 Measure the resistance for the TR sensor circuits between the transaxle vehicle harness C168 and
the PCM transaxle C175T.

TR Sensor Circuit Harness C168 C175T
TR-1 VET29 (VT/WH) C168-4 C175T-17
TR-2 VET30 (YE) C168-5 C175T-18
TR-3 VET31 (BU/OG) C168-6 C175T-19
TR-4 VET32 (VT) C168-7 C175T-32
TR Ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168-8 C175T-45


YES : Go to D6.
NO : REPAIR the circuit. CONNECT all components. TEST the system for normal operation.
D6 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance for the TR sensor circuits between the transaxle vehicle harness C168 and
ground.
Transaxle Vehicle
TR Sensor Circuit Harness C168 Ground
TR-1 VET29 (VT/WH) C168-4 Ground
TR-2 VET30 (YE) C168-5 Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
TR-3 VET31 (BU/OG) C168-6 Ground

TR-4 VET32 (VT) C168-7 Ground
TR Ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168-8 Ground
Are all resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?


YES : Go to D7.
NO : REPAIR shorted circuit(s). RECONNECT all components. TEST the system for normal
operation.
D7 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS FOR A SHORT TO POWER
 Measure the voltage for the TR sensor circuits between the transaxle vehicle harness C168 and
ground.
Transaxle Vehicle
TR Sensor Circuit Harness C168 Ground
TR-1 VET29 (VT/WH) C168-4 Ground
TR-2 VET30 (YE) C168-5 Ground
TR-3 VET31 (BU/OG) C168-6 Ground
TR-4 VET32 (VT) C168-7 Ground
TR Ground RET24 (BN/BU) C168-8 Ground


YES : REPAIR shorted circuit(s). RECONNECT all components. TEST the system for normal
operation.
NO : Go to D8.
D8 CHECK FOR A SHORT BETWEEN TR/PCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUITS
 Measure the resistance between TR sensor and PCM Transaxle C175T.
PCM Transaxle
TR Sensor Circuit C175T Ground
TR-1 VET29 (VT/WH) C175T-17 Ground
TR-2 VET30 (YE) C175T-18 Ground
TR-3 VET31 (BU/OG) C175T-19 Ground
TR-4 VET32 (VT) C175T-32 Ground
TR Ground RET24 (BN/BU) C175T-45 Ground
Are all resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?


YES : Go to D9.
NO : REPAIR shorts on circuits having less than 10,000 ohms between other TR/PCM input signal
circuits. RECONNECT all components. TEST the system for normal operation.
D9 CHECK FOR AN INTERNAL SOLENOID BODY OPEN FOR THE TR SENSOR CIRCUITS
 Remove the main control cover. Refer to Main Control Cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Disconnect: TR Sensor Connector

 Measure the resistance of the TR sensor circuits between the transaxle vehicle harness connector,
component side and the TR sensor connector, solenoid body side.
Transaxle Vehicle TR Sensor

Harness Connector Connector Pin
Pin (Component (Solenoid Body
TR Sensor Circuit Side) Side)
TR-1 4 5
TR-2 5 4
TR-3 6 3
TR-4 7 2
TR Ground 8 1

YES : INSTALL a new TR sensor. REFER to Digital Transmission Range (TR) Sensor.
NO : INSTALL a new solenoid body. REFER to Solenoid Body Assembly. RECONNECT all
PINPOINT TEST E: TRANSAXLE SOLENOID POWER CONTROL CIRCUIT

Connector Layouts.
E1 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE AT THE TRANSAXLE VEHICLE HARNESS C168


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Measure the voltage at the transaxle vehicle harness C168-15, circuit CET49 (BN).

YES : INSTALL a new solenoid body. REFER to Solenoid Body Assembly. RECONNECT all
NO : Go to E2.
E2 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE SOLENOID POWER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between the PCM transaxle C175T-47, circuit CET49 (BN) and transaxle

vehicle harness C168-15, circuit CET49 (BN).
YES : Go to E3.
NO : REPAIR circuit CET49 (BN) for an open. RECONNECT all components. TEST the system
E3 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE SOLENOID POWER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO
GROUND

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 Measure the resistance between the transaxle vehicle harness C168-15, circuit CET49 (BN) and
ground.
NO : REPAIR circuit CET49 (BN) for a short to ground. RECONNECT all components. TEST the
SPECIAL TESTING PROCEDURES
Special Tools
The special tests are designed to aid the technician in diagnosing the hydraulic and mechanical portions of the
transaxle.
Engine Idle Speed Check
Refer to the Introduction - Gasoline Engines article for diagnosis and testing of the engine idle speed.
Line Pressure Test
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 34: Identifying Line Pressure Tap & Transmission Fluid Drain Plug

1 - Line pressure tap
2 - Transmission fluid drain plug
NOTE: Carry out the Line Pressure Test prior to carrying out the Stall Speed Test. If the
line pressure is low at stall, do not carry out the Stall Speed Test or further
transaxle damage will occur. Do not maintain Wide Open Throttle (WOT) in any
transaxle range for more than 5 seconds.
NOTE: Do not mistake the transmission fluid drain plug for the line pressure tap plug
or the transmission fluid will have to be refilled.
This test verifies that the line pressure is within specification.
1. Connect a pressure gauge to the line pressure tap.

2. Start the engine and check the line pressures see the line pressure chart to determine if the line pressure is
within specification.
LINE PRESSURE CHART

Gear Line
Pressures at Idlea
P 379-448 kPa (55-65 psi)
R 655-724 kPa (95-105 psi)
N 379-448 kPa (55-65 psi)
D 552-621 kPa (80-90 psi)
L 552-621 kPa (80-90 psi)
Pressure at Wide Open Throttle (WOT) Stalla
P 379-448 kPa (55-65 psi)
R 2,034-2,206 kPa
(295-320 psi)
N 379-448 kPa (55-65 psi)
D 1,689-1,758 kPa
(245-255 psi)
L 1,689-1,758 kPa
(245-255 psi)
a All pressures are approximate.
3. If the line pressure is not within specification, go to Pinpoint Test A to diagnose the Line Pressure
Control (LPC) operation. If LPC operation is OK, see the Line Pressure Diagnosis Chart for line pressure
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
concern causes.
4. When the pressure tests are completed, install the pressure tap plug.
LINE PRESSURE DIAGNOSIS CHART

Test Results Possible Source
HIGH at IDLE - ALL RANGES Wiring Harnesses
Line Pressure Control (LPC) Solenoid
Main Regulator Valve
LOW at IDLE - ALL RANGES Low Fluid Level
Fluid Inlet Filter/Seal
Main Control Body
Cross Leaks
Gaskets
Pump
Separator Plate
LOW in Park ONLY Valve Body
LOW in Reverse ONLY Separator Plate
Reverse Clutch
Valve Body
Forward Clutch
LOW in Neutral ONLY Valve Body
LOW in Overdrive ONLY Forward Clutch
Valve Body
LOW in Drive ONLY Forward Clutch
LOW in Manual 1st ONLY Forward Clutch
Valve Body
Stall Speed Test
WARNING: Block all wheels, set the parking brake and firmly apply the service brake
to reduce the risk of vehicle movement during this procedure. Failure to
follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury.
NOTE: Carry out Line Pressure Test prior to carrying out Stall Speed Test. If the line
pressure is low at stall, do not carry out Stall Speed Test or further transaxle
damage will occur.
The Stall Speed Test checks:
 Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) operation and installation.

 holding ability of the forward clutch.
 reverse clutch (the low-reverse bands).
 planetary One-Way Clutch (OWC).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
 engine driveability concerns.
Conduct this test with the engine coolant and transmission fluid at correct levels and at normal operating
temperature.
Apply the parking brake firmly for each Stall Speed Test.
STALL SPEED CHART

Engine Stall Speed
3.5L 2,350-2,650
1. Connect the scan tool.
NOTE: If the recorded RPM exceeds the maximum limits, release the accelerator
pedal immediately because clutch or band slippage is indicated.
2. In each of the following ranges D, L and R, press the accelerator pedal to the floor and hold it just long
enough to let the engine get to WOT. While making this test, do not hold the throttle open for more than 5
seconds at a time.
3. Note the results in each range.
4. After each range, move the selector lever to NEUTRAL and run the engine at 1,000 RPM for about 15
seconds to cool the torque converter before making the next test.
5. Use the Stall Speed Diagnosis Chart for corrective actions.
NOTE: The stall speed in REVERSE will be lower.
6. If stall speeds were too high, see the Stall Speed Diagnosis Chart. If stall speeds were too low, first check
engine idle speed and tune up. If engine is OK, remove torque converter and check TCC for slippage.
STALL SPEED DIAGNOSIS CHART

Range Possible Source
D, L Forward Clutch
Low/Reverse Clutch
Low/One-Way Clutch (OWC)
R Low/Reverse Clutch
Direct Clutch
LEAKAGE INSPECTION
Special Tools
100W/12 Volt DC UV Lamp 164-R0751 or equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Material
Item Specification
Dye-Lite® ATF/Power Steering Fluid Leak -
Detection Dye
164-R3701 (Rotunda)
(Canada)
NOTE: Do not try to stop the fluid leak by increasing the torque beyond specifications.
This may cause damage to the case threads.
Leakage at the transaxle pan-to-case gasket often can be stopped by tightening the attaching bolts to 9 Nm (80
lb-in). If necessary, install a new pan case gasket.
Check the transmission fluid filler tube connection at the transmission case. If leakage is found here, install a
new grommet.
Check transmission fluid lines and fittings between the transmission and the cooler in the radiator tank for wear
or damage. If leakage cannot be stopped by tightening a transmission fluid tube nut, install new parts. When
transmission fluid is found leaking between the case and the cooler line fitting, check for missing or damaged
O-ring, then tighten the fitting to maximum specification.
If the leak continues, install a new cooler tube fitting and tighten to specification. The same procedure should be
followed for transmission fluid leaks between the radiator cooler and the cooler tube fittings. Refer to
TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION COOLING article.
Check the engine coolant in the radiator. If the transmission fluid is present in the coolant, the cooler in the
radiator is probably leaking. The cooler can be further checked for leaks by disconnecting the tubes for the
cooler fittings and applying no more than 345 kPa (50 psi) air pressure to the fittings. Remove the coolant
recovery cap to relieve the pressure buildup at the exterior of the transmission fluid cooler tank. If the cooler is
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
leaking and/or will not hold pressure, install a new cooler.
If leakage is found at the transaxle range selector lever, install a new seal.
If leakage is found at the transaxle internal harness connector, install a new O-ring.
Fluid Leakage in Torque Converter Area
In diagnosing and correcting fluid leaks in the torque converter area, use the following procedures to locate the
exact cause of the leakage. Leakage at the front of the transaxle, as evidenced by fluid around the torque
converter housing, may have several sources. By careful observation it is possible, in many instances, to
pinpoint the source of the leak before removing the transaxle from the vehicle. The paths which the fluid takes
to reach the bottom of the torque converter housing are shown in the illustration. The 5 steps following
correspond with the numbers in the illustration.
Fig. 35: Identifying Torque Converter Fluid Leakage Area

1. Transmission fluid leaking by the converter hub seal lip will tend to move along the drive hub and onto
the back of the torque converter. Except in the case of a total seal failure, transmission fluid leakage by
the lip of the seal will be deposited on the inside of the torque converter housing only, near the outside
diameter of the housing.
2. Transmission fluid leakage by the outside diameter of the converter impeller hub seal and the case will
follow the same path that leaks by the inside diameter of the converter hub seal follow.
3. Transmission fluid leakage from the converter cover weld or the converter-to-flexplate stud weld will
appear at outside diameter of torque converter on the back face of the flexplate and in the converter
housing only near the flexplate. If a converter-to-flexplate lug, lug weld or converter cover weld leak is
suspected, remove the converter and pressure check.
4. Transmission fluid leakage from the bolts inside the converter housing will flow down the back of the
torque converter housing. Leakage may be from loose or missing bolts.
5. Engine oil leaks are sometimes incorrectly diagnosed as transaxle converter hub seal leaks. The following
areas of possible leakage should also be checked to determine if engine oil leakage is causing the concern.
1. Leakage at the valve cover gasket may allow engine oil to flow over the torque converter housing
or seep down between the torque converter housing and cylinder block causing oil to be present in
or at the bottom of the torque converter housing.
2. Oil galley plug leaks will allow engine oil to flow down the rear face of the cylinder block to the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
bottom of the torque converter housing.

3. Leakage at the crankshaft rear oil seal will work back to the flexplate, and then into the torque
converter housing.
4. Leakage at oil pressure sensor will allow engine oil to flow down the rear face of the cylinder block
to the bottom of the torque converter housing.
Leak Check Test
1. Remove the transmission fluid level indicator and note the color of the transmission fluid. Original
factory fill transmission fluid is dyed red to aid in determining if leakage is from the engine or transaxle.
Unless a considerable amount of makeup transmission fluid has been added or the transmission fluid has
been changed, the red color should assist in pinpointing the leak.
2. Remove the torque converter housing cover. Clean off any transmission fluid from the top and bottom of
the torque converter housing, the front of the case and rear face of the engine and oil pan. Clean the
torque converter area by washing with a suitable nonflammable solvent and blow dry with compressed
air.
3. Wash out the torque converter housing, the front of the flexplate and the converter drain plugs. The
torque converter housing may be washed out using cleaning solvent and a squirt-type oil can. Blow all
washed areas dry with compressed air.
4. Start and run the engine until the transaxle reaches its normal operating temperature. Observe the back of
the cylinder block and top of the torque converter housing for evidence of transmission fluid leakage.
Raise the vehicle on a hoist and run the engine at fast idle, then at engine idle, occasionally shifting to the
OVERDRIVE and REVERSE ranges to increase pressure within the transaxle. Observe the front of the
flexplate, back of the cylinder block (in as far as possible) and inside the torque converter housing and
front of the case. Run the engine until transmission fluid leakage is evident and the probable source of
leakage can be determined.
Leak Check Test With Black Light
Dye-Lite® ATF/Power Steering Fluid Leak Detection Dye 164-R3701 (Rotunda) is used to detect a
transmission fluid leak.
1. Add Dye-Lite® ATF/Power Steering Fluid Leak Detection Dye to the transmission fluid. Use one 30.0
mL (1 oz) of dye solution for every 3.8L (4 qt) of transmission fluid.
2. Start and run the engine until the transaxle reaches its normal operating temperature. Observe the back of
the cylinder block and top of the torque converter housing for evidence of fluid leakage. Raise the vehicle
on a hoist and run the engine at fast idle, then at engine idle, occasionally shifting to the DRIVE and
REVERSE ranges to increase pressure within the transaxle. Observe the front of the flexplate, back of the
cylinder block (in as far as possible), inside the torque converter housing and the entire case until fluid
leakage is evident and the probable source of leakage can be determined.
TRANSMISSION FLUID COOLER
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Fig. 36: Transaxle Cooling


1 19712 Transmission fluid cooler
2 7F113 Transmission fluid cooler outlet tube and
hose assembly
3 7F112 Transmission fluid cooler inlet tube and
hose assembly
4 7J081 Secondary latches
5 7H322 Transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
valve
6 7H420 Transmission fluid cooler inlet tube
7 7H420 Transmission fluid cooler outlet tube
When internal wear or damage has occurred in the transaxle, metal particles, clutch plate material or band
material may have been carried into the torque converter and transmission fluid cooler. These contaminants are
a major cause of recurring transaxle troubles and must be removed from the system before the transaxle is put
back into use. Refer to Transmission Fluid Cooler Backflushing and Cleaning.
Transmission Fluid Cooler Flow Test
NOTE: The selector lever linkage, selector lever cable adjustment, transmission fluid
level and line pressure must be within specification before carrying out this
test. Refer to AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION EXTERNAL
CONTROLS article for selector lever linkage and selector lever cable adjustment
and refer to Special Testing Procedures for line pressure test. The transmission
fluid must be above 82°C (180°F) for the cooler by-pass to open to carry out this
test.
1. Using a scan tool, run the engine to establish the correct transmission fluid temperature of 82°C (180°F).
2. Remove the transmission fluid level indicator from the transmission fluid filler tube.
3. Place funnel in the transmission fluid filler tube.
4. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. Refer to JACKING & LIFTING article.
5. Remove the transmission fluid cooler return tube (rear fitting) from the fitting on the transaxle case.
6. Connect one end of a hose to the cooler return tube and route other end of the hose up to a point where it
can be inserted into the funnel at the transmission fluid filler tube.
7. Start the engine and run it at idle with the transmission in NEUTRAL position.
8. When transmission fluid flowing from hose is in a steady stream, a liberal amount of transmission fluid
should be observed. "Liberal" is described as about 1L (1 qt) delivered in 30 seconds. If a liberal flow is
observed, the test is complete.
9. If the flow is not liberal, stop the engine. Disconnect the hose from the cooler return tube and connect it to
the converter outlet tube fitting (front fitting) on the transaxle case.
10. Repeat Steps 7 and 8. If flow is now approximately 1L (1 qt) in 30 seconds, refer to Transmission Fluid
Cooler Backflushing and Cleaning. If the flow is still not approximately 1L (1 qt) in 30 seconds, repair
the pump and/or the torque converter.
If new transmission fluid cooler tubes need to be installed, refer to TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION

COOLING article.
DIAGNOSIS BY SYMPTOM
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

The Diagnostic Routines give the technician diagnostic information, direction and suggest possible components,
using a symptom as a starting point.
The Diagnostic Routines are divided into 2 categories: Electrical Routines, indicated by 200 series numbers,
and Hydraulic/Mechanical Routines, indicated by 300 series numbers. The Electrical Routines list the possible
electrical components that could cause or contribute to the symptom described. The Hydraulic/Mechanical
Routines list the possible hydraulic or mechanical components that could cause or contribute to the symptom
described.
Diagnosis by Symptom Index Directions
1. Using the Symptom Index, select the Concern/Symptom that best describes the condition.
2. See the routine indicated in the Diagnosis By Symptom Index.
3. Always begin diagnosis of a symptom with:
1. Preliminary inspections.
2. Verifications of condition.
3. Checking the fluid levels.
4. Carry out other test procedures as directed.
NOTE: Not all concerns and conditions with electrical components will set a DTC.
Be aware that the components listed may still be the cause. Verify correct
function of these components prior to proceeding to the
Hydraulic/Mechanical Routine listed.
4. Begin with the Electrical Routine, if indicated. Follow the reference or action required statements.
Always carry out the OBD tests as required. Never skip steps. Repair as required. If the concern is still
present after electrical diagnosis, then proceed to the Hydraulic/Mechanical Routine listed.
5. The Hydraulic/Mechanical Routines list possible hydraulic or mechanical components that could cause
the concern. These components are listed in the removal sequence and by most probable cause. All
components listed must be inspected to make sure of correct repair.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Diagnosis by Symptom Index
Routines
Hydraulic/
Title Electrical(1) Mechanical
Engagement Concerns:
No Forward 201 301
No Reverse 202 302
Harsh Reverse 203 303
Harsh Forward 204 304
Delayed/Soft Reverse 205 305
Delayed/Soft Forward 206 306
No Forward and No Reverse 207 307
Delayed/Soft Forward and Reverse 209 309
Shift Concerns:
Some or All Shifts Missing 210 310
Timing - Early/Late 211 311
Timing - Erratic/Hunting 212 312
Soft/Slipping 213 313
Harsh 214 314
No 1st Gear, Engages in Higher Gear 215 315
No 1-2 Shift (Automatic) 220 320
Soft/Slipping 1-2 Shift (Automatic) 230 330
Harsh 1-2 Shift (Automatic) 240 340
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Torque Converter Operation Concerns:
Torque Converter: No Apply 250 350
Torque Converter: Always Applied/Stalls Vehicle 251 351
Torque Converter: Cycling/Shudder/Chatter 252 352
Other Concerns
Selector Lever Efforts High 261 361
External Leaks 262 362
Vehicle Driveability Concerns 263 363
Noise/Vibration - Forward or Reverse 264 364
Engine Will Not Crank 265 365
No Park Range 266 366
Overheating 267 367
(1) Carry out electrical routine first.
Diagnostic Routines
ENGAGEMENT CONCERN: NO FORWARD

Possible Component Reference/Action
201 - ELECTRICAL ROUTINE
Powertrain Control System
No electrical concerns
301 - HYDRAULIC/MECHANICAL ROUTINE
Transmission Fluid Level
Low transmission fluid level Check transmission fluid level and
adjust as necessary. Refer to
Preliminary Inspection.
Transmission fluid condition Carry out transmission fluid
condition check. Refer to
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal/External)
Damaged or out of adjustment Inspect for damage. Repair as
required. Verify selector lever cable
adjustment. Refer to AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
EXTERNAL CONTROLS article.

Incorrect Pressures
Line Pressure Control (LPC) Check pressure at line pressure tap.
solenoid stuck low Carry out Line Pressure Tests and
Stall Speed Tests. Refer to Special
Testing Procedures. See the Line
Pressure Chart for specification. If
pressures are low, check the
following possible components:
 Main control valve body

 Pump assembly
 LPC solenoid
Main Control Valve Body
Bolts out of torque specification Adjust bolts to specification.
Gaskets and Separator Plate - Inspect gaskets for damage. Install
damaged, off location new as required.
Manual Control Valve - damaged Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.
Pump Assembly
Bolts out of torque specification Inspect for damage. Install a new
pump as required.
Porosity/cross leaks/ball missing Inspect for damage. Install a new
or leaking pump as required.
Components - damaged Inspect for damage. Install a new
pump as required.
ENGAGEMENT CONCERN: NO REVERSE

No electrical
concerns
Low transmission Check transmission fluid level and
fluid level adjust as necessary. Refer to
Transmission fluid Carry out transmission fluid
condition condition check. Refer to
Damaged or out of Inspect for damage. Repair as
adjustment required. Verify selector lever
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
cable adjustment. Refer to

AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
Incorrect Pressures
Line Pressure, Line Carry out Line Pressure Tests and
Pressure Control Stall Speed Tests. Refer to Special
(LPC) Pressure - Testing Procedures. Check
low pressure at line pressure tap. See
the Line Pressure Chart for
specifications. If pressures are low,
check the following possible
components:
 Main control valve body

 Pump assembly
 Low/reverse clutch assembly
 Direct clutch assembly
 Shift Solenoid B (SSB),
Shift Solenoid D (SSD) and
Shift Solenoid E (SSE)
solenoids
Bolts out of torque Tighten bolts to specification.
specification
Gasket and Inspect for damage. Install new as
Separator Plate - required.
damaged, off
location
Manual Control Inspect for damage. Install new as
Valve, Springs - required.
stuck, damaged
Multiplex Valve, Inspect for damage. Install new as
Springs - stuck, required.
damaged
Low/Reverse Inspect for damage. Install new as
Clutch Valve, required.
Springs - stuck,
damaged
Direct Clutch Inspect for damage. Install new as
Valve, Springs - required.
stuck, damaged
Pump Assembly
Bolts out of torque Inspect for damage. Install a new
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
specification pump as required.

Porosity/cross Inspect for damage. Install a new
leaks, pump pump as required.
assembly leaking,
plugged hole
Components Inspect for damage. Install a new
damaged pump as required.
Low/Reverse Clutch Assembly
SSD solenoid stuck Inspect for damage. Install a new
low solenoid body as required. Refer to
Solenoid Body Assembly.
Low/Reverse Inspect for damage. Repair as
regulator valve required.
stuck
Seals, Piston, Inspect for damage. Repair as
Springs - damaged required.
Clearance check Inspect for damage. Carry out
out of specification clearance checks.
Friction Elements - Inspect for damage. Repair as
damaged or worn required.
Direct Clutch Assembly
Seals, Piston, Inspect for damage. Repair or
Spring - damaged install new as required.
SSB solenoid Inspect for damage. Install a new
solenoid body as required. Refer to
Direct clutch Inspect for damage. Repair or
regulator valve install new as required.
Clearance check Inspect for damage. Carry out
out of specification clearance checks.
damaged, clearance required.
check incorrect
ENGAGEMENT CONCERN: HARSH REVERSE

Electrical Run On-Board
Inputs/Outputs, Diagnostic (OBD).
Vehicle Wiring Refer to the
Harnesses, PCM, Introduction -
Mass Air Flow Gasoline Engines
(MAF) Sensor, article for diagnosis.
Intake Air Go to Pinpoint Test
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Temperature (IAT) A, go to Pinpoint

Sensor, Throttle Test B, go to
Position (TP) Sensor, Pinpoint Test C and
Idle Speed Control Go to Pinpoint Test
(ISC), Power E.
Steering Pressure
(PSP) Sensor, Engine
RPM, Line Pressure
Control (LPC)
Solenoid,
Transmission Fluid
Temperature (TFT)
sensor, Turbine Shaft
Speed (TSS) sensor,
Output Shaft Speed
(OSS) sensor, Shift
Solenoid B (SSB),
Shift Solenoid D
(SSD) or transaxle
solenoid power
control circuit
open/shorted
Solenoid Body
Incorrect solenoid Verify solenoid body
body strategy data strategy data stored in
stored in the PCM the PCM, download
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Incorrect Pressures
Line Pressure, LPC Carry out Line
Solenoid Pressure - Pressure and Stall
high Speed Tests. Refer to
Special Testing
Procedures. Check
pressure at line
pressure taps. See the
Line Pressure Chart
for specifications. If
high, check the Main
Control Valve Body.
Pump Assembly
Bolts out of torque Inspect for damage.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
specification Install a new pump as

required.
Porosity/cross leaks, Inspect for damage.
pump assembly Install a new pump as
leaking, plugged hole required.
Components Inspect for damage.
damaged Install a new pump as
required.
Main Controls
Bolts out of torque Tighten bolts to
specification specification.
Gasket and Separator Inspect for damage.
Plate - damaged, off Install new as
location required.
Low/Reverse Inspect for damage.
regulator valve - Install new as
stuck, damaged required.
Low/Reverse boost Inspect for damage.
valve - stuck, Install new as
damaged required.
Direct regulator Inspect for damage.
damaged required.
Direct boost valve - Inspect for damage.
stuck, damaged Install new as
required.
SSB mechanically Install a new solenoid
stuck - high body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly.
SSD mechanically Install a new solenoid
stuck - high body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly.
Main Regulator Inspect for damage.
Valve - stuck, Install new as
damaged required.
SSD solenoid stuck Inspect for damage.
low Install a new solenoid
body as required.
Refer to Solenoid
Body Assembly.
Low/Reverse Inspect for damage.
regulator valve stuck Install a new solenoid
body as required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Seals, Piston, Springs Inspect for damage.

- damaged Repair as required.
Clearance check out Inspect for damage.
of specification Carry out clearance
checks.
Friction Elements - Inspect for damage.
damaged or worn Repair as required.
Seals, Piston, Spring Inspect for damage.
- damaged Repair or install new
as required.
SSB solenoid stuck Inspect for damage.
Install a new solenoid
body as required.
Refer to Solenoid
Body Assembly.
Direct clutch Inspect for damage.
regulator valve Repair or install new
as required.
Clearance check out Inspect for damage.
of specification Carry out clearance
checks.
damaged, clearance Repair or install new
check incorrect as required.
ENGAGEMENT CONCERN: HARSH FORWARD

Mass Air Flow Gasoline Engines
(MAF) Sensor, article for diagnosis.
Intake Air Go to Pinpoint Test
Temperature (IAT) A, go to Pinpoint
Sensor, Throttle Test B, go to
Position (TP) Sensor, Pinpoint Test C and
Idle Speed Control Go to Pinpoint Test
(ISC), Power E.
Steering Pressure
(PSP) Sensor, Engine
RPM, Line Pressure
Control (LPC)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Solenoid,
Transmission Fluid
Temperature (TFT)
sensor, Turbine Shaft
Speed (TSS) sensor,
Output Shaft Speed
(OSS) sensor, Shift
Solenoid A (SSA) or
transaxle solenoid
power control circuit
open/shorted
Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Incorrect Pressures
Line Pressure, LPC Carry out Line
Pressure - high Pressure and Stall
Speed Tests. Refer to
Special Testing
Procedures. Check
pressure at line
pressure taps. See the
Line Pressure Chart
high, check the Main
Control Valve Body,
Pump Assembly.
Pump Assembly
Bolts out of torque Inspect for damage.
specification Install a new pump as
required.
Porosity/cross leaks, Inspect for damage.
pump assembly Install a new pump as
leaking, plugged hole required.
Components Inspect for damage.
damaged Install a new pump as
required.
Main Controls
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Gasket and Separator Inspect for damage.
Plate - damaged, off Install new as
location required.
Forward Clutch Seal Inspect for damage.
- Leaking Between Install new as
Valve Body and Case required.
Forward clutch Inspect for damage.
regulator valve - Install new as
Forward clutch boost Inspect for damage.
damaged required.
Main Regulator Inspect for damage.
Valve - stuck, Install new as
damaged required.
Forward Clutch Assembly
Seals, Piston - worn, Inspect for damage.
damaged Install new as
required.
required.
Wave Spring - Inspect for damage.
required.
ENGAGEMENT CONCERN: DELAYED/SOFT REVERSE

Electrical Run On-Board Diagnostic (OBD).
Inputs/Outputs, Refer to the Introduction -
Transmission Range Gasoline Engines article for
(TR) Sensor, diagnosis. Go to Pinpoint Test A,
Vehicle Wiring go to Pinpoint Test B and Go to
Harnesses, PCM, Pinpoint Test D.
Line Pressure
Control (LPC)
Solenoid,
Transmission Fluid
Temperature (TFT)
sensor
Solenoid Body
Incorrect solenoid Verify solenoid body strategy data
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
body strategy data stored in the PCM, download new

stored in the PCM identification and strategy as
necessary. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Damaged, out of Inspect for damage. Repair as
AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
Incorrect Pressures
Line Pressure, LPC Check pressure at line pressure tap.
Pressure - low Carry out Line Pressure and Stall
Speed Tests. Refer to Special
Testing Procedures. If pressures
are low, check the following
possible components: Main
Control Valve Body, Pump
Assembly, Low/Reverse Clutch
Assembly, Direct Clutch
Assembly.
Main Controls
Solenoid Body Inspect for damage. Install a new
Filter Plugged filter as required.
specification
Gaskets and Inspect for damage. Install new as
damaged, off
location
regulator valve - required.
stuck, damaged
Low/Reverse boost Inspect for damage. Install new as
valve - stuck, required.
damaged
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Direct regulator Inspect for damage. Install new as

valve - stuck, required.
damaged
Direct boost valve - Inspect for damage. Install new as
Manual Control Inspect for damage. Repair or
Valve, Main install new as required.
Regulator Valve,
Converter Drain
Back Valve,
Springs - missing,
damaged,
misassembled
Shift Solenoid B Inspect for damage. Go to
(SSB) stuck low Pinpoint Test A. Install a new
Shift Solenoid D Inspect for damage. Install a new
(SSD) stuck low solenoid body as required. Refer to
Pump Assembly
Pump Assembly - Inspect for damage. Install new as
worn/cross leaks, required.
leaking
SSD solenoid stuck Inspect for damage. Install a new
low solenoid body as required. Refer to
regulator valve required.
stuck
Seals, Piston, Inspect for damage. Repair as
Springs - damaged required.
Clearance check out Inspect for damage. Carry out
of specification clearance checks.
damaged or worn required.
Seals, Piston, Inspect for damage. Repair or
Spring - damaged install new as required.
SSB solenoid stuck Inspect for damage. Install a new
Direct clutch Inspect for damage. Repair or
regulator valve install new as required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Clearance check out Inspect for damage. Carry out

of specification clearance checks.
damaged, clearance required.
check incorrect
ENGAGEMENT CONCERN: DELAYED/SOFT FORWARD

Transmission Range Gasoline Engines article for
(TR) Sensor, diagnosis. Go to Pinpoint Test A,
Vehicle Wiring go to Pinpoint Test B, go to
Harnesses, PCM, Pinpoint Test C and Go to
Line Pressure Pinpoint Test D.
Control (LPC)
Solenoid,
Transmission Fluid
Temperature (TFT)
sensor, Turbine
Shaft Speed (TSS)
sensor
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Selector Lever Linkage
AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
article.
Incorrect Pressures
Line Pressure, Line Check pressure at line pressure tap.
Pressure Control Carry out Line Pressure and Stall
(LPC) Pressure - Speed Tests. Refer to Special
low Testing Procedures. If pressures
are low, check the following
possible components: Main
Control Valve Body, Pump
Assembly, and Forward Clutch.
Main Controls
Plugged Solenoid Inspect for damage. Install new as
Body Filter required.
specification
damaged, off
location
Forward Clutch Inspect for damage. Install new as
Regulator Valve required.
stuck or damaged
Forward Clutch Inspect for damage. Install new as
Boost Valve stuck required.
or damaged
Main Regulator Inspect for damage. Repair as
Valve - stuck, required.
damaged, missing
LPC solenoid stuck Install a new solenoid body. Refer
low to Solenoid Body Assembly.
SSA stuck low Install a new solenoid body. Refer
to Solenoid Body Assembly.
Pump Assembly
specification
Worn/cross leaks Inspect for wear and leaks. Install
new as required.
Clutch Plates, Seals, Inspect clutches, seals and piston
Piston - worn, for damage. Install new as
damaged required.
Wave Spring - Inspect for damage. Install new as
damaged required.
ENGAGEMENT CONCERN: NO FORWARD AND NO REVERSE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

No electrical
concerns
Halfshaft
Splines - worn, Inspect for damage. Repair as
damaged required.
Shaft - Inspect for damage. Repair as
misassembled, required.
incorrect
AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
Incorrect Pressures
Line Pressure, Line Carry out Line Pressure and Stall
Pressure Control Tests. Check pressure at the line
(LPC) Pressure - pressure tap. See the Line Pressure
low Chart for specifications. If
pressures are low, check the
Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal
Assembly, Main Control, Pump
Assembly, Low/Reverse Clutch
Assembly, Forward Clutch
Assembly.
Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Assembly
Plugged, damaged, Inspect for damage. Install a new
not correctly seated filter and seal assembly.
Filter, Seal - Inspect for damage. Install a new
damaged filter and seal assembly.
Main Controls
Solenoid Body Inspect for damage. Install a new
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Filter Plugged filter as required.

Manual Valve Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.
Shift Valves Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.
specification
damaged, off
location
Main Regulator Inspect for damage. Repair as
Valve (only if line required.
pressure is out of
specification) -
damaged
Components - Inspect for damage. Repair as
damaged, check required.
balls stuck
Pump Assembly
specification
Porosity/cross leaks Install a new pump assembly.
- leaking, plugged
hole
Components Inspect for damage. Install new as
damaged - Chain, required.
Sprocket or Shaft
Broken
Output Shaft
Splines - damaged Inspect for damage. Repair as
required.
Other Possible Components
Turbine Shaft Inspect for damage. Repair as
required.
Pump Shaft, Inspect for damage. Repair as
Sprockets and required.
Drive Chain
Flexplate Inspect for damage. Repair as
required.
Sun Gear and Shell Inspect for damage. Repair as
Assemblies required.
Planetaries Inspect for damage. Repair as
required.
Final Drive Inspect for damage. Repair as
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Assembly required.
ENGAGEMENT CONCERN: DELAYED/SOFT FORWARD AND REVERSE

Inputs/Outputs, Refer to Introduction - Gasoline
Transmission Range Engines article for diagnosis. Go
(TR) Sensor, to Pinpoint Test A, go to
Transmission Fluid Pinpoint Test B, go to Pinpoint
Temperature (TFT) Test C and Go to Pinpoint Test
Sensor, Turbine D.
Shaft Speed (TSS)
Sensor, Line
Pressure Control
(LPC) Solenoid,
Vehicle Wiring
Harnesses, PCM
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
Incorrect Pressures
Line Pressure, LPC Carry out Line Pressure and Stall
Pressure - low Speed Tests. Refer to Special
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Pressure Chart for specifications.

If pressures are low, check the
Main Control, Pump Assembly
and LPC solenoid.
Main Controls
specification
damaged, off
location
Seals, Manual Inspect for damage. Repair or
Valve, Main install new as required.
Regulator Valve -
missing, damaged
or misassembled
Pump Assembly
specification
Worn/cross leaks - Install a new pump assembly.
leaking
Components Inspect for damage. Install new as
damaged required.
SHIFT CONCERNS: SOME OR ALL SHIFTS MISSING

Vehicle Wiring Gasoline Engines article for
Harnesses, PCM, diagnosis. Go to Pinpoint Test A,
Shift Solenoid A go to Pinpoint Test C and Go to
(SSA), Shift Pinpoint Test D.
Solenoid B (SSB),
Shift Solenoid C
(SSC), Shift
Solenoid D (SSD),
Shift Solenoid E
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
(SSE), Throttle
Position (TP)
sensor, Mass Air
Flow (MAF) sensor,
Output Shaft Speed
(OSS) sensor,
Turbine Shaft Speed
(TSS) sensor,
Transmission Range
(TR) Sensor, Line
Pressure Control
(LPC) Solenoid
Incorrect Check transmission fluid level and
transmission fluid adjust as necessary. Refer to
level Preliminary Inspection.
AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
Vehicle Speed Input
Insufficient, erratic Inspect for damage. Repair as
or no input received required. Go to Pinpoint Test C.
by the PCM from
the OSS sensor
Main Controls
Regulator and/or Inspect for damage. Repair or
Boost Valves - install new as required.
stuck, damaged,
misassembled
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
End Cover
End Cover Gasket - Inspect for damage. Repair or
leaking install new as required.
Planetary Gear Sets
Damaged Inspect for damage. Repair as
required.
One-Way Clutch Assembly
required.
Other Components
Clutches Inspect for damage. Repair as
required.
Output Shafts Inspect for damage. Repair as
(Differential) required.
Powerflow Inspect for damage. Repair as
Components required.
Go to Shift See the appropriate shift concern
Concerns: and routine:
 Shift Concern: No 1-2,

Routine 220/320
Routine 221/321
Routine 222/322
Routine 223/323
Routine 224/324
Routine 225/325
Routine 226/326
Routine 227/327
Routine 228/328
Routine 229/329
SHIFT CONCERNS: TIMING - EARLY/LATE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Vehicle Wiring Engines article for diagnosis. Go
Harnesses, PCM, to Pinpoint Test A, go to
Shift Solenoid A Pinpoint Test B and Go to
(SSA), Shift Pinpoint Test C.
Solenoid B (SSB),
Shift Solenoid C
(SSC), Shift
Solenoid D (SSD),
Shift Solenoid E
(SSE), Throttle
Position (TP)
sensor, Mass Air
Flow (MAF) sensor,
Output Shaft Speed
(OSS) sensor,
Intake Air
Temperature (IAT)
sensor, Engine
Coolant
Temperature (ECT)
sensor,
Transmission Fluid
Temperature (TFT)
sensor, Turbine
Shaft Speed (TSS)
sensor, Internal
Wire Harness, Line
Pressure Control
(LPC) Solenoid
Carry out Shift Point Road Test.
Refer to Shift Point Road Test
and carry out Torque Converter
Operation Test. Refer to Torque
Converter Diagnosis.
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Other
Tire Size See the specification decal and
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
verify vehicle has original

equipment. Changes in tire size
will affect shift timing.
AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
Main Controls
specification
damaged, off
location
Valves, Inspect for damage. Repair as
Accumulators, required.
Seals, Springs,
Clips, Check balls -
damaged, missing,
misassembled
See the appropriate shift concern
and routine for further diagnosis:
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slipping

1-2, Routine 230/330
2-3, Routine 231/331
3-4, Routine 232/332
4-5, Routine 233/333
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
5-6, Routine 234/334

6-5, Routine 235/335
5-4, Routine 236/336
4-3, Routine 237/337
3-2, Routine 238/338
2-1, Routine 239/339
End Cover
Planetary Gear Sets
Damaged Inspect for damage. Repair or
install new as required.
One-Way Clutch Assembly
Damaged Inspect for damage. Repair or
Other Components
Clutches Inspect for damage. Repair or
Output Shaft Inspect for damage. Repair or
(Differential) install new as required.
Powerflow Inspect for damage. Repair as
Components required.
Vehicle Speed Input
by the PCM from
the OSS or TSS
sensors
SHIFT CONCERNS: TIMING - ERRATIC/HUNTING

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Torque Converter Pinpoint Test B, go to Pinpoint
Clutch (TCC) and Test C, Go to Pinpoint Test D
Shift Solenoid A and Go to Pinpoint Test E.
(SSA), Shift
Solenoid B (SSB),
Shift Solenoid C
(SSC), Shift
Solenoid D (SSD),
Shift Solenoid E
(SSE), Throttle
Position (TP)
sensor, Output Shaft
Speed (OSS)
sensor, Engine
Coolant
Temperature (ECT)
sensor, Intake Air
Temperature (IAT)
sensor, Mass Air
Flow (MAF) sensor,
Transmission Range
(TR) sensor,
Transmission Fluid
Temperature (TFT)
sensor, Turbine
Shaft Speed (TSS)
sensor
Carry out Shift Point Road Test.
Refer to Shift Point Road Test
and carry out Torque Converter
Operation Test. Refer to Torque
Converter Diagnosis.
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
specification
damaged, off
location
Valves, Seals, Inspect for damage. Repair or
Clips, Check Ball - install new as required.
stuck, damaged,
contaminated
End Cover
Vehicle Speed Input
by the PCM from
the OSS or TSS
sensor
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
See Torque Converter Cycling
(Routine 254/354).
Planetary Gear Sets
required.
Clutch Assemblies
Damaged Clutch Inspect for damage. Repair or
Plates, Pistons, install new as required.
Seals, Return
Springs
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

For Diagnosis Related to a Specific Shift
See the appropriate shift concern
and routine for further diagnosis:
Routine 220/320
Routine 221/321
Routine 222/322
Routine 223/323
Routine 224/324
Routine 225/325
Routine 226/326
Routine 227/327
Routine 228/328
Routine 229/329
 Shift Concern: Soft/Slip 1-2,
Routine 230/330
Routine 231/331
Routine 232/332
Routine 233/333
Routine 234/334
Routine 235/335
Routine 236/336
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Routine 237/337
Routine 238/338
Routine 239/339
 Shift Concern: Harsh 1-2,
Routine 240/340
Routine 241/341
Routine 242/342
Routine 243/343
Routine 244/344
Routine 245/345
Routine 246/346
Routine 247/347
Routine 248/348
Routine 249/349
SHIFT CONCERNS: FEEL - SOFT/SLIPPING

Line Pressure Pinpoint Test B and Go to
Control (LPC) Pinpoint Test C.
Solenoid, Mass Air
Flow (MAF) sensor,
Throttle Position
(TP) sensor, Engine
Coolant
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Temperature (ECT)
sensor, Intake Air
Temperature (IAT)
sensor,
Transmission Fluid
Temperature (TFT)
sensor, Turbine
Shaft Speed (TSS)
sensor, Output Shaft
Speed (OSS) sensor
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Transmission Fluid
AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
Incorrect Pressures
Low LPC pressure Check pressures at line pressure
taps. Carry out Line Pressure and
Stall Speed Tests. Refer to Special
Pressure Chart for specification. If
pressures are low or all shifts are
soft/slipping refer to Main
Control.
If pressures are OK and a specific
shift is soft/slipping, see the
following chart:
 Soft/Slipping Shift 1-2,

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Routine 230/330
Routine 231/331
Routine 232/332
Routine 233/333
Routine 234/334
Routine 235/335
Routine 236/336
Routine 237/337
Routine 238/338
Routine 239/339
Main Controls
specification
damaged, off
location
Sticking or Binding Inspect for damage. Repair or
Valves, Check install new as required.
Balls, Clips, Springs
- damaged, missing
Pump Assembly
Pump Assembly - Inspect for damage. Install new as
worn/cross leaks, required.
leaking
SHIFT CONCERNS: FEEL - HARSH
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Vehicle Wiring Refer to
Line Pressure Gasoline Engines
Control (LPC) article for diagnosis.
Solenoid, Mass Air Go to Pinpoint Test
Flow (MAF) sensor, A, go to Pinpoint
Throttle Position Test B, go to
(TP) sensor, Output Pinpoint Test C and
Shaft Speed (OSS) Go to Pinpoint Test
sensor, Turbine Shaft D.
Speed (TSS) sensor,
Engine Coolant
Temperature (ECT)
sensor, Intake Air
Temperature (IAT)
sensor, Power
Steering Pressure
(PSP) switch,
Transmission Fluid
Temperature (TFT)
sensor, Transmission
Range (TR) Sensor,
Shift Solenoid A
(SSA), Shift
Solenoid B (SSB),
Shift Solenoid C
(SSC), Shift Solenoid
D (SSD) and Shift
Solenoid E (SSE)
Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Low transmission Check transmission
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
fluid level fluid level and adjust

as necessary. Refer to
Preliminary
Inspection.
Transmission fluid Carry out
condition transmission fluid
condition check.
Refer to Preliminary
Inspection.
Incorrect Pressures
High LPC pressure Check pressure at
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
Pressure Test. Refer
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
pressures are high or
all shifts are harsh, go
to Main Control.
Refer to Main
Control. If pressures
are OK and a specific
shift is harsh. See the
appropriate shift
routine in the
following chart:
 Shift 1-2,
Routine
240/340
 Shift 2-3,
Routine
241/341
 Shift 3-4,
Routine
242/342
 Shift 4-5,
Routine
243/343
 Shift 5-6,
Routine
244/344
 Shift 6-5,
Routine
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
245/345
 Shift 5-4,
Routine
246/346
 Shift 4-3,
Routine
247/347
 Shift 3-2,
Routine
248/348
 Shift 2-1,
Routine
249/349
Plugged Solenoid Inspect for damage.
Body Filter Install new as
required.
Gaskets and Inspect for damage.
Separator Plate - Install new as
damaged, off required.
location
Valves, Springs, Inspect for damage.
Clips, Check Balls - Repair or install new
stuck, damaged as required.
Pump Assembly
Pump Assembly - Inspect for damage.
worn/cross leaks, Install new as
leaking required.
SHIFT CONCERNS: NO 1ST GEAR, ENGAGES IN HIGHER GEAR

Shift Solenoid A Gasoline Engines
(SSA), Shift article for diagnosis.
Solenoid B (SSB), Go to Pinpoint Test
Shift Solenoid C A, Go to Pinpoint
(SSC), Shift Solenoid Test C and Go to
D (SSD), Shift Pinpoint Test E.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Solenoid E (SSE), Repair as required.

Output Shaft Speed Clear codes. Road
(OSS) sensor and Test and rerun On-
Turbine Shaft Speed Board Diagnostic
(TSS) sensor, (OBD).
transaxle solenoid
power control circuit
- no voltage at
transaxle connector
Plugged Solenoid Inspect for damage.
Body Filter (SSA Install new as
Filter Plate) required.
location
Forward Clutch Inspect for damage.
Regulator Valve, Repair as required.
Springs, Clips -
stuck, damaged,
missing,
misassembled
Shift Solenoid - Inspect for damage.
stuck, damaged Go to Pinpoint Test
A. Repair as required.
Activate solenoid
using the scan tool.
Repair as required.
For diagnosis related See the following
to a specific gear, use routines:
the scan tool to select
the gear  Shift 1-2,
Routine
220/320
 Shift 2-3,
Routine
221/321
 Shift 3-4,
Routine
222/322
 Shift 4-5,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Routine
223/323
 Shift 5-6,
Routine
224/324
Mechanical
Clutches or Seals - Inspect for damage.
damaged or worn Repair or install new
as required.
SHIFT CONCERNS: NO 1-2 SHIFT (AUTOMATIC)

Shift Solenoid C Gasoline Engines
(SSC) and article for diagnosis.
Transmission Range Go to Pinpoint Test
(TR) Sensor A and Go to Pinpoint
Test D.
Incorrect Pressures
Line pressure Check pressure at
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control. Refer to
Main Control.
location
Intermediate Inspect for damage.
Regulator Valve, Repair or install new
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Springs, Clips - as required.

loose, stuck, missing,
misassembled stuck
off
SSC not functioning Activate solenoid
correctly using scan tool. Refer
to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly - Failed Off
Seals - damaged Inspect for damage.
Install new as
required.
Piston - damaged Inspect for damage.
Install new as
required.
Friction - damaged, Inspect for damage.
worn Install new as
required.
Cylinder Hub - Inspect for damage.
required.
Return Spring Inspect for damage.
Assembly - damaged Install new as
required.
Low/Reverse Clutch Assembly - Failed On
Install new as
required.
Friction - overheated Inspect for damage.
Install new as
required.
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

required.
Pump Assembly
Worn/cross leaks Inspect for damage.
Install new as
required.
Component damaged Inspect for damage.
Install a new pump
assembly as required.
Low One-Way Clutch Assembly
Not overrunning, Inspect for damage.
required.
Planetary Carrier
Damaged Inspect for damage.
Install new as
required.

Shift Solenoid B Gasoline Engines
(SSB) Failed, Shift article for diagnosis.
Solenoid C (SSC) Go to Pinpoint Test
Stuck On and A and Go to Pinpoint
Transmission Range Test D.
(TR) Sensor
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control. Refer to
Main Control.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

location
Direct Regulator and Inspect for damage.
Boost Valves, Repair or install new
misassembled, stuck
off
Regulator and Boost Repair or install new
Valves, Springs, as required.
Clips - loose, stuck,
missing,
misassembled, stuck
on
SSB or SSC not Activate solenoid
functioning correctly using scan tool. Refer
to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Direct Clutch Assembly - Failed Off
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

required.
required.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly - Failed On
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Shift Solenoid D Gasoline Engines
(SSD) Failed, Shift article for diagnosis.
Solenoid B (SSB) Go to Pinpoint Test
Stuck On and A and Go to Pinpoint
(TR) Sensor
location
Overdrive Regulator Inspect for damage.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
and Boost Valves, Repair or install new

misassembled, clutch
failed off
failed on
SSD not functioning Activate solenoid
correctly, SSB stuck using scan tool. Refer
on to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Overdrive Clutch Assembly - Failed Off
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Direct Clutch Assembly - Failed On
Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Harnesses, PCM, to Pinpoint Test A and Go to
Shift Solenoid B Pinpoint Test D.
(SSB) Failed, Shift
Solenoid A (SSA)
Stuck On,
Transmission Range
(TR) Sensor
Transmission Control Switch (TCS)/Overdrive (O/D) Cancel
Switch
Switch control Refer to AUTOMATIC
circuit open/shorted, TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION
switch damaged EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
specification
damaged, off
location
Direct Regulator Inspect for damage. Repair or
and Boost Valves, install new as required.
Springs, Clips -
loose, stuck,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
missing,
misassembled,
clutch failed off
Forward Regulator Inspect for damage. Repair or
Springs, Clips -
loose, stuck,
missing,
misassembled,
clutch failed on
SSB not functioning Activate solenoid using scan tool.
correctly, SSA Refer to Output State Control
stuck on (OSC) Mode. Go to Pinpoint Test
A. Install a new solenoid body.
Refer to Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download a new
solenoid body strategy into the
PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Seals - damaged Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.
Piston - damaged Inspect for damage. Install new as
required.
Friction - damaged, Inspect for damage. Install new as
worn required.
Cylinder Hub - Inspect for damage. Install new as
damaged required.
Return Spring Inspect for damage. Install new as
Assembly - required.
damaged
Forward Clutch Assembly - Failed On
required.
required.
worn required.
damaged required.
damaged
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Harnesses, PCM, to Pinpoint Test A and Go to
Shift Solenoid C Pinpoint Test D.
(SSC) Failed, Shift
Solenoid B (SSB)
Stuck On,
Transmission Range
(TR) Sensor
Transmission Control Switch (TCS)/Overdrive (O/D) Cancel
Switch
Switch control Refer to AUTOMATIC
circuit open/shorted, TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION
switch damaged EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
specification
damaged, off
location
Intermediate Inspect for damage. Repair or
Regulator and Boost install new as required.
Valves, Springs,
missing,
misassembled,
clutch failed off
Direct Regulator Inspect for damage. Repair or
Springs, Clips -
loose, stuck,
missing,
misassembled,
clutch failed on
SSC not functioning Activate solenoid using scan tool.
correctly, SSB stuck Refer to Output State Control
on (OSC) Mode. Go to Pinpoint Test
A. Install a new solenoid body.
Refer to Solenoid Body
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Assembly. Download a new

solenoid body strategy into the
PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body
Strategy.
required.
required.
worn required.
damaged required.
damaged
required.
required.
worn required.
damaged required.
damaged

Solenoid C (SSC) Go to Pinpoint Test
Stuck On, A and Go to Pinpoint
(TR) Sensor
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

location
missing,
failed on
failed off
on to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Shift Solenoid A Gasoline Engines
(SSA) Failed, Shift article for diagnosis.
(TR) Sensor
location
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

failed on
Forward Regulator Inspect for damage.
failed off
SSA not functioning Activate solenoid
on to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Forward Clutch Assembly - Failed Off
Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid D (SSD) Go to Pinpoint Test
(TR) Sensor
location
failed on
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
failed off
SSB not functioning Activate solenoid
correctly, SSD stuck using scan tool. Refer
on to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Overdrive Clutch Assembly - Failed On
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

required.

(SSC) Failed, Shift article for diagnosis.
(TR) Sensor
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control Valve Body.
location
misassembled, stuck
on
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
missing,
misassembled, stuck
off
SSB or SSC not Activate solenoid
to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
required.
required.

(SSC) Stuck On, article for diagnosis.
Transmission Range Go to Pinpoint Test
(TR) Sensor A and Go to Pinpoint
Test D.
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control Valve Body.
location
misassembled, stuck
on
correctly, stuck on using scan tool. Refer
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Damaged - Not Inspect for damage.
holding Install new as
required.
Planetary Carrier
Install new as
required.
SHIFT CONCERNS: SOFT/SLIPPING 1-2 SHIFT (AUTOMATIC)

Solenoid Body
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control Valve Body.
location
binding,
misassembled
Shift Solenoid C Activate solenoid
(SSC) not using scan tool. Refer
functioning correctly to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Intermediate Clutch Assembly
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Pump Assembly
Install new as
required.
Component damaged Inspect for damage.
Install a new pump
assembly if required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
not OK, check Main

Control. Refer to
Main Control.
location
loose, stuck, binding,
missing,
misassembled
binding, missing,
misassembled
Multiplex Valve, Inspect for damage.
Springs, Clips - Repair or install new
loose, stuck, missing, as required.
binding
misassembled
Shift Solenoid B Activate solenoid
(SSB) or Shift using scan tool. Refer
Solenoid C (SSC) to Output State
not functioning Control (OSC)
correctly Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

location
missing,
misassembled
missing,
misassembled
Shift Solenoid D Activate solenoid
(SSD) or Shift using scan tool. Refer
Solenoid B (SSB) to Output State
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Overdrive Clutch Assembly
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
location
missing,
misassembled
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

missing,
misassembled
Solenoid A (SSA) to Output State
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
location
binding, missing,
misassembled
missing,
misassembled
(SSC) or Shift using scan tool. Refer
Pinpoint Test A.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
location
binding, missing,
misassembled
missing,
misassembled
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
location
failed on
failed off
Shift Solenoid A Activate solenoid
(SSA) not using scan tool. Refer
functioning correctly, to Output State
Shift Solenoid B Control (OSC)
(SSB) stuck on Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
location
missing,
misassembled
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

missing,
failed off
Solenoid D (SSD) to Output State
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
worn Install new as

required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control Valve Body.
location
missing,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
misassembled
binding, missing,
misassembled
Spring, Clip - loose, Repair or install new
stuck, binding, as required.
missing,
misassembled
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control Valve Body.
location
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

missing,
misassembled
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Damaged - not Inspect for damage.
required.
Planetary Carrier
Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
SHIFT CONCERNS: HARSH 1-2 SHIFT (AUTOMATIC)

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control Valve Body.
location
binding,
misassembled
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Pump Assembly
Install new as
required.
Component damaged Inspect for damage,
missing ball. Install a
new pump assembly
if required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Incorrect Pressures
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control Valve Body.
location
missing,
misassembled
binding, missing,
misassembled
binding
misassembled
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
location
missing,
misassembled
missing,
misassembled
Shift Solenoid D Activate solenoid
(SSD) or Shift using scan tool. Refer
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
location
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

missing,
misassembled
missing,
misassembled
Solenoid A (SSA) to Output State
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
location
binding, missing,
misassembled
missing,
misassembled
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
location
binding, missing,
misassembled
missing,
misassembled
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
location
failed on
failed off
Shift Solenoid A Activate solenoid
(SSA) not using scan tool. Refer
functioning correctly, to Output State
Shift Solenoid B Control (OSC)
(SSB) stuck on Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
worn Install new as

required.
required.
required.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
location
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

missing,
misassembled
missing,
failed off
Solenoid D (SSD) to Output State
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control Valve Body.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
location
missing,
misassembled
binding, missing,
misassembled
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.

Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control Valve Body.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
location
missing,
misassembled
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Install new as
required.
Install new as
required.
worn Install new as
required.
required.
required.
Damaged - not Inspect for damage.
required.
Planetary Carrier
Install new as
required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
TORQUE CONVERTER OPERATION CONCERNS: NO APPLY

Electrical Carry out Torque
Inputs/Outputs, Converter Operation
Vehicle Wiring Test. Refer to
Harnesses, PCM, Torque Converter
Torque Converter Diagnosis. Run On-
Clutch (TCC) Board Diagnostic
Solenoid, Throttle (OBD). Refer to
Position (TP) sensor, Introduction -
Transmission Fluid Gasoline Engines
Temperature (TFT) article for diagnosis.
sensor, Turbine Shaft Go to Pinpoint Test
Speed (TSS) sensor, A, go to Pinpoint
Output Shaft Speed Test B and Go to
(OSS) sensor and Pinpoint Test C.
shorted shift solenoid
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control Valve Body.
location
TCC Regulator Inspect for damage.
Valve, Springs, Clips Repair or install new
- loose, stuck, as required.
missing,
misassembled
TCC Control Valve, Inspect for damage.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
misassembled
TCC Solenoid - not Activate solenoid
to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Turbine Shaft
Seals - damaged, Inspect for damage.
missing Repair as required.
Holes - missing, Inspect for damage.
plugged Repair as required.
Stator Support Assembly
missing Repair as required.
Holes - missing, Inspect for damage.
plugged Repair as required.
Torque Converter Hub Bushing
Torque converter hub Inspect the bushing
bushing worn for damage and
install a new torque
converter as required.
TCC worn Install a new torque
converter as required.
TORQUE CONVERTER OPERATION CONCERN: ALWAYS APPLIED/STALLS VEHICLE

Solenoid (OBD). Refer to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Introduction -
Gasoline Engines
article for diagnosis.
Go to Pinpoint Test
A using the scan tool.
Repair as required.
Clear codes. Road
Test and rerun On-
Board Diagnostic
(OBD).
Main Controls
Gaskets and Inspect gaskets.
Separator Plate - Repair as required.
damaged, off
location
binding, missing,
misassembled
loose, stuck, binding, as required.
missing,
misassembled
to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
TORQUE CONVERTER OPERATION CONCERN: CYCLING/SHUDDER/CHATTER

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Solenoid (OBD). Refer to
Introduction -
Gasoline Engines
article for diagnosis.
Go to Pinpoint Test
A using the scan tool.
Repair as required.
Clear codes. Road
Test and rerun On-
Board Diagnostic
(OBD).
Solenoid Body
new identification
and strategy as
necessary. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Transmission fluid Prior to carrying out
condition this action, make sure
all electrical
diagnostics have been
carried out. Inspect
transmission fluid
condition. If burnt,
drain transmission
fluid and converter.
Install new
transmission fluid
and transmission
fluid filter assembly.
Bring vehicle to
normal operating
temperature. Carry
out Transaxle Drive
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Cycle Test. Carry out

On-Board Diagnostic
(OBD). If condition
still exists, continue
diagnostics.
Incorrect Pressures
line pressure tap.
Carry out Line
to Special Testing
Procedures. See the
Line Pressure Chart
not OK, check Main
Control. Refer to
Main Control.
Main Controls
Gaskets and Inspect gaskets for
Separator Plate - damage. Repair as
location
binding, missing,
misassembled
loose, stuck, binding, as required.
missing,
misassembled
to Output State
Control (OSC)
Mode. Go to
Pinpoint Test A.
body. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Assembly. Download
a new solenoid body
strategy into the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
PCM. Refer to
Solenoid Body
Strategy.
Turbine Shaft
missing Install new as
required.
Torque Converter
Torque converter Refer to Torque
damaged Converter.
Stator Support Assembly
Stator support Inspect for damage.
assembly - worn, Install new as
damaged required.
Stator support seals - Inspect for damage.
worn, damaged, Install new as
leaking required.
OTHER CONCERNS: SELECTOR LEVER EFFORTS HIGH

No electrical
concerns
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal, External)
adjustment. Refer to
AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
Manual Control Lever
External Retaining Inspect for damage. Repair or
Pin - damaged, Nut install new as required.
- loose, Detent
Spring - bent,
damaged; or Park
Mechanism -
damaged, incorrect
lever used
Manual Valve - Inspect for damage. Repair or
stuck install new as required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
specification
Brake Shift Interlock
Mechanically Refer to AUTOMATIC
damaged TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
Transmission Go to Pinpoint Test D.
Range (TR) sensor
indicating park
OTHER CONCERNS: EXTERNAL LEAKS

No electrical
concerns
High transmission Check transmission
Preliminary
Inspection.
condition check.
Inspection.
Seals, Gaskets
Leaks: Converter, Locate source of leak.
Turbine Shaft Speed Repair as required.
(TSS) Sensor,
Halfshaft Axles,
Gasket/Seal Manual
Lever, Fluid Level
Indicator, Main
Control Cover,
Incorrect Hub Seal
Other
Leaks: Cooler Locate source of leak.
Fitting, Pressure Repair as required.
Taps, Transaxle
Connector, Transaxle
Pan, Cooler Tubes,
Case Porosity, Case
Cracked
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Vent - blocked Check vent for

damaged damage or blockage.
Repair as required.
OTHER CONCERNS: POOR VEHICLE PERFORMANCE

Torque Converter Gasoline Engines
Clutch (TCC) article for diagnosis.
Solenoid, Throttle Go to Pinpoint Test
Position (TP) sensor, C using scan tool.
Output Shaft Speed Repair as required.
(OSS) sensor, Mass Clear codes. Road
Air Flow (MAF) test and rerun On-
sensor, Intake Air Board Diagnostic
Temperature (IAT) (OBD).
Sensor, Internal
Wiring Harness
Carry out Shift Point
Road Test. Refer to
Shift Point Road
Test and carry out
Torque Converter
Operation Test. Refer
to Torque Converter
Diagnosis.
Transmission Fluid
Low transmission Check transmission
Preliminary
Inspection.
Verify Correct Shift Scheduling, Engagements, Line Pressures and Stall
Speed
Go to the appropriate
Diagnostic Routines
per Index.
Converter Clutch Always Applied
Go to Routine 351.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
NOTE: NVH symptoms should be identified using the diagnostic tools that are
available. For a list of these tools, an explanation of their uses and a glossary of
common terms, refer to NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS article. Since it is
possible any one of multiple systems may be the cause of a symptom, it may be
necessary to use a process of elimination type of diagnostic approach to
pinpoint the responsible system. If this is not the causal system for the
symptom, refer back to NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS article for the
next likely system and continue diagnosis.
OTHER CONCERNS: NOISE/VIBRATION - FORWARD OR REVERSE

No electrical
concerns
For Noises/Vibrations That Change With Engine Speed
Converter Locate source of
components disturbance. Repair
as required.
Transmission fluid
level (low) - pump
cavitation.
Pump assembly.
Engine Drive
Accessories
Transmission Fluid
Cooler Tubes
grounding out
Flexplate
For Noises/Vibrations That Change With Vehicle Speed
Engine Mounts - Locate source of
loose or damaged disturbance and
repair as required.
Driveline concerns:
 Halfshaft
shudder
 CV joints
 Suspension
 Modifications
Output/Halfshaft
Splines - worn or
damaged
Turbine Shaft Speed Inspect for damage.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
(TSS) sensor - Repair as required.

incorrectly installed
Other Noises/Vibrations
Main Controls - Locate source of
Valve resonance disturbance and
repair as required.
Selector Lever Cable Locate source of
- vibration, grounding disturbance and
repair as required.
Transmission Fluid Locate source of
Cooler Tubes - disturbance and
grounding repair as required.
ABS Refer to VEHICLE
DYNAMIC
SYSTEMS article.
Power Steering Pump Refer to POWER
STEERING article.
OTHER CONCERNS: ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK

Electrical Carry out Torque Converter
Inputs/Outputs, Operation Test. Refer to Torque
Vehicle Wiring Converter Diagnosis. Run On-
Harnesses, PCM, Board Diagnostic (OBD). Refer to
Transmission Range the Introduction - Gasoline
(TR) Sensor Engines article for diagnosis.
Selector Lever Linkage (Internal, External)
AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
OTHER CONCERNS: NO PARK RANGE

No electrical
concerns
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

AUTOMATIC
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
article.
Park Mechanism
Park Brake Pawl, Inspect for damage. Repair as
Parking Pawl required.
Return Spring,
Park Rod
Abutment, Parking
Pawl Shaft,
Parking Pawl
Actuating Rod,
Manual Control
Lever, Manual
Lever Detent
Spring - damaged
OTHER CONCERNS: TRANSAXLE OVERHEATING

No electrical
concerns
Transmission Fluid
Incorrect Check transmission
transmission fluid fluid level and adjust
level as necessary. Refer to
Preliminary
Inspection.
condition check.
Inspection.
Transmission Fluid Cooler Tubes
Damaged, blocked, Inspect for damage.
reversed, leaking Repair as required.
Auxiliary Cooler
Damaged, blocked, Inspect for damage.
restricted or Repair as required.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
incorrectly installed
Vehicle Concerns Causing Engine Overheating
Refer to ENGINE
COOLING article.
Torque Converter Inspect for damage.
Regulator Repair as required.
Valve/Spring - stuck,
damaged
Torque Converter Inspect for damage.
Control Valve/Spring Repair as required.
- stuck, damaged
Torque Converter Not Applying
Seized Converter See Routine 250/350.
One-Way Clutch Inspect for damage.
(OWC) Repair as required.
Excessive Towing Loads
Check GVW.
Idle or Driveability Concern
Refer to the
Introduction -
Gasoline Engines
article.
Incorrect Clutch Application or Oil Pressure Control System
Carry out line
pressure tests. Refer
to Special Testing
Procedures and carry
out shift point road
test. Refer to Shift
Point Road Test.
Repair as required.
See the Line Pressure
Chart, and Clutch
Application Chart for
specifications. Repair
as required.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
TRANSMISSION FLUID COOLER BACKFLUSHING AND CLEANING
Special Tools
Turbo-Tank Heated Cooler Line 222-00004
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Flusher
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
NOTE: Transmission fluid cooler backflushing will be carried out using the Turbo-Tank
Heated Cooler Line Flusher. Follow the manufacturer's instructions included
with the machine. Test the equipment to make sure that a vigorous fluid flow is
present before proceeding.
1. Check and top off fluid level of the Turbo-Tank Heated Cooler Line Flusher tank with transmission fluid.
2. Allow the fluid in the flusher 15-30 minutes to heat up to 60°C (140°F) before using.
3. Install the line adapters on the transmission fluid cooler tubes.
NOTE: The FRONT transmission fluid cooler tube on the thermal bypass valve is
the transmission fluid cooler pressure tube.
4. Attach the flusher's red line to the transmission fluid cooler pressure tube quick disconnect fitting.
5. Attach the flusher's blue line to the transmission fluid cooler return tube quick disconnect fitting.
6. Follow the equipment instructions to purge the transmission fluid cooler tubes and transmission fluid
cooler prior to starting the flushing procedure.
7. Allow the transmission fluid cooling system to backflush for 10-15 minutes, then flush the transmission
fluid cooler in a normal flow direction for an additional 10-15 minutes.
8. Clean the transaxle mounted fluid cooler tubes and the thermal bypass valve by hand.
TRANSMISSION FLUID DRAIN AND REFILL
Material
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Item Specification
(Canada)
NOTE: In order to completely clean the torque converter, this procedure needs to be
carried out 3 times.
1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to JACKING &
LIFTING article.
NOTE: If an internal problem is suspected, drain the transmission fluid through a

paper filter. A small amount of metal or friction particles may be found
from normal wear. If an excessive amount of metal or friction material is
present, the transaxle will need to be overhauled.
2. Remove the transmission fluid drain plug and allow the transmission fluid to drain.
Fig. 37: Locating Transmission Fluid Drain Plug

3. Install the transmission fluid drain plug.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
4. Fill the transaxle with clean transmission fluid.
Fig. 39: Filling Transaxle With Clean Transmission Fluid

5. Start the engine and let it run for 3 minutes. Move the range selector lever into each gear position. Repeat
Steps 2, 3, 4 and 5 two more times.
After the transmission fluid has been changed a total of 3 times, check the transmission fluid level for a
final time, making sure that the transmission fluid is at the correct level.
TORQUE CONVERTER
1. A new or remanufactured torque converter must be installed if one or more of the following statements is
true:
 A torque converter malfunction has been determined based on complete diagnostic procedures.
 Converter bolt holes, impeller hub or bushing are damaged.
 Discoloration (due to overheating).
 Evidence of transmission assembly or fluid contamination due to the following transmission or

converter failure modes:
 Major metallic failure.
 Multiple clutches or clutch plate failures.
 Sufficient component wear which results in metallic contamination.
 Internal torque converter contamination present. For additional information, refer to Torque
Converter Contamination Inspection.
TORQUE CONVERTER CONTAMINATION INSPECTION
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
NOTE: Do not use water-based cleaners or mineral spirits to clean or flush the torque
converter or transmission damage will occur. Use only clean automatic
transmission fluid designated for the transmission and converter being
serviced.
1. If a new or remanufactured torque converter is not being installed, the following steps must be completed.
2. With the torque converter on a bench, pour a small amount of transmission fluid from the torque
converter onto an absorbent white tissue or through a paper filter and examine the transmission fluid.
3. Observe the color and odor of the fluid. The fluid should be red, not brown or black. Odor may indicate
an overheating condition such as clutch disc or band failure.
4. Examine the stain on the tissue for evidence of particles of any kind. If particles are present in the
transmission fluid, a new torque converter must be installed.
5. If there are no particles or contamination present, drain the remainder of the transmission fluid from the
torque converter.
6. Add 1.9L (2 qt) of clean transmission fluid into the converter and agitate by hand.
7. Thoroughly drain the transmission fluid.
IN-VEHICLE SERVICING
MAIN CONTROL
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 40: Main Control & Solenoid Body Components (With Torque Specifications)

1 14A464 Electrical connector - Mass Air Flow
(MAF) sensor
2 6758 Tube assembly - crankcase vent
3 N606678 Bolt - Air Cleaner (ACL) bracket
4 9C632 Clamp - ACL outlet pipe
5 9C662 ACL assembly
6 7A020 Transmission fluid level indicator
7 W520101 Transmission fluid filler tube nut
8 7A228 Transmission fluid filler tube
9 - Nut - transmission fluid cooler tube (part
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
of 7H420)
10 W711538 Bolt - transmission fluid cooler tube
11 7H420 Transmission fluid cooler tube
12 7A488 Connector - transaxle harness
13 W520101 Nut - bypass valve
14 7H322 Valve - transaxle fluid cooler bypass
15 7J289 Bolt - solenoid body cover (11 required)
16 W708442 Studbolt - solenoid body cover (3
required)
17 7G004 Cover - solenoid body
18 7J291 Bolt - solenoid body
19 7Z369 Solenoid body
20 7J291 Bolt - valve body
21 7A100 Valve body
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
2. Disconnect the Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor electrical connector and the wiring harness fastener from
the Air Cleaner (ACL) assembly.
3. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose from the ACL outlet pipe.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

4. Disconnect the engine breather from the ACL assembly.

5. Remove the ACL assembly bracket bolt.

6. Loosen the ACL outlet pipe clamp at the Throttle Body (TB) and remove the ACL and ACL outlet pipe
assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX




NOTE: The coolant hoses do not need to be removed from the engine.
9. Remove the coolant hoses from the transmission fluid filler tube and position aside.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 48: Identifying Coolant Hoses From Transmission Fluid Filler Tube
NOTE: The coolant hoses have been removed for clarity.
10. Remove the transmission fluid level indicator.
Fig. 49: Identifying Transmission Fluid Level Indicator

11. Remove the nut, rotate the transmission fluid filler tube counterclockwise 90 degrees and remove the
transmission fluid filler tube.
Fig. 50: Identifying Transmission Fluid Filler Tube

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
12. Loosen the transmission fluid cooler tube fitting from the thermal bypass valve.
Fig. 51: Identifying Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Fitting From Thermal Bypass Valve
13. Remove and discard the transmission fluid cooler tube bolt and remove the transmission fluid cooler tube.
Fig. 52: Identifying Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Bolt

14. Inspect the transaxle case to make sure that the transmission fluid cooler tube seal and backing ring were
removed with the transmission fluid cooler tube and are not stuck in the transaxle case. If the transmission
fluid cooler tube seal or backing ring are stuck in the transaxle case, remove the seal and backing ring.
Fig. 53: Identifying Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Seal

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
15. Disconnect the transaxle electrical connector.
Fig. 54: Identifying Transaxle Control Electrical Connector

16. Remove the 2 nuts, pull the transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve straight up and position it
aside.
Fig. 55: Removing Nuts & Pulling Transmission Fluid Cooler Thermal Bypass Valve Straight Up
NOTE: Note the location of the studbolts for assembly.
17. Remove the 14 bolts and the main control cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 56: Main Control Valve Cover Bolts

18. Disconnect the Transmission Range (TR) sensor electrical connector.

1. Slide the lock over.
2. Press the tab and disconnect the connector.
Fig. 57: Pressing Tab & Disconnecting Connector

19. Disconnect the Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) and Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor electrical connectors.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 58: Locating Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) & Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor Electrical
Connectors
NOTE: The solenoid body should be handled with care, damage to the solenoid
body may occur.
NOTE: Note the location of the different length bolts for assembly.
20. Remove the 11 bolts and the solenoid body.
Fig. 59: Locating Solenoid Body Bolts

NOTE: Do not handle the solenoid body in the leadframe area or by the screens of
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
the solenoid body filter or damage to the solenoid body can occur.
NOTE: Use care not to break the alignment tabs when installing the solenoid body
filter. Damage to the transaxle will occur if the solenoid body is not
correctly aligned.
21. Remove the solenoid body filter assembly by pulling it straight up from the alignment tabs. Discard the
filter.
Fig. 60: Identifying Solenoid Body Filter Assembly

22. Remove the 10 bolts, the TR sensor detent spring and the main control valve body.
Fig. 61: Locating Main Control Valve Body Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
INSTALLATION
NOTE: If cleaning of the main control assembly or inspecting the valves, refer to
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50 article. If installing a new
main control assembly continue with this procedure.
NOTE: Make sure that the manual control lever pin (part of the TR sensor) is
correctly installed in the manual control valve.
1. Position the TSS, OSS and TR sensor wiring harnesses aside and install the main control valve body, the
TR sensor detent spring and the 10 bolts. Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown.
Fig. 62: Main Control Valve Body Bolt Tightening Sequence

correctly aligned.
NOTE: Make sure that the filter passage areas are clean of foreign material before
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
installing the filter. Damage to the transaxle will occur if the filter passages
are not clean.
2. Install a new solenoid body filter assembly by pushing it straight down on to the alignment tabs.

NOTE: Make sure not to pinch the Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS), Output Shaft Speed
(OSS) or Transmission Range (TR) sensor wiring harnesses when
installing the solenoid body.
NOTE: Install the different length bolts in the locations noted during disassembly.
3. Install the solenoid body and the 11 bolts.

1. 42 mm (1.65 in) bolt
2. 63 mm (2.48 in) bolts
3. 80 mm (3.14 in) bolts
4. 95 mm (3.74 in) bolts
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

4. Tighten the solenoid body bolts in the sequence shown.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 65: Tightening Solenoid Body Bolts In Sequence

5. Route the OSS sensor wiring harness and connect the electrical connector.
Fig. 66: Locating OSS Sensor Wiring Harness & Electrical Connector
6. Connect the TR sensor electrical connector.

1. Connect the electrical connector.
2. Slide the locking tab over.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 67: Identifying TR Sensor Electrical Connector

7. Connect the TSS sensor electrical connector.
Fig. 68: Identifying TSS Sensor Electrical Connector

8. Inspect the transaxle main control cover seal for damage and install new if necessary.
Fig. 69: Inspecting Transaxle Main Control Cover Seal For Damage
NOTE: Inspect the 20-pin solenoid body connector seal to make sure that the seal
is on the inside of the main control cover or a transmission fluid leak will
occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
NOTE: Install the studbolts in the locations noted during disassembly.
9. Install the main control cover and loosely install the 14 bolts.
1. Bolt location
2. Studbolt location
Fig. 70: Main Control Cover Bolts

10. Tighten the main control cover bolts in the sequence shown.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 71: Main Control Cover Bolts Tightening Sequence

11. Position the transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve and transmission fluid cooler tube assembly in
place and install the 2 transmission fluid cooler tube bracket nuts.
Fig. 72: Identifying Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Assembly & Nuts
12. Connect the transaxle electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

13. Inspect the transmission fluid cooler tube backing ring and seal for damage and install a new backing ring
or seal if necessary. Lubricate the transmission fluid cooler tube seal with clean transmission fluid and
install the backing ring and seal on the transmission fluid cooler tube.

1 7D285 Seal
14. Position the transmission fluid cooler tube in place and install a new bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

15. Tighten the transmission fluid cooler tube fitting.

16. Install the fluid filler tube and the nut.


17. Install the transmission fluid level indicator.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

18. Route the coolant hoses in the transmission fluid filler tube.
19. Position the ACL assembly in place and install the bolt.

20. Tighten the ACL outlet pipe clamp at the TB.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

21. Connect the engine breather to the ACL assembly.

22. Connect the brake booster vacuum hose to the ACL assembly.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
24. Fill with clean transmission fluid to the correct level.
TURBINE SHAFT SPEED (TSS) SENSOR
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


assembly.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

aside.
NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Connectors
body may occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

correctly aligned.
filter.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

23. Remove the bolt and the TSS sensor.
Fig. 106: Identifying TSS Sensor & Bolt

INSTALLATION
1. Route the TSS sensor wiring harness through the cover and the transaxle case.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 107: Routing TSS Sensor Wiring Harness Through Cover & Transaxle Case
2. Install the TSS sensor in the cover and install the bolt.
Fig. 108: Identifying TSS Sensor & Bolt

NOTE: Make sure that the manual pin (part of the TR sensor) is correctly installed
in the manual valve.
3. Position the TSS, OSS and TR sensor wiring harnesses aside and install the main control valve body.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 109: Locating TSS, OSS & TR Sensor Wiring Harnesses

4. Inspect the manual pin to make sure it is correctly installed in the manual valve. If it is not, pull the valve
body off the transaxle case. Correctly install the manual pin in the manual control valve and position the
valve body in place.
Fig. 110: Identifying Manual Pin

5. Install the TR sensor detent spring and the 10 bolts. Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 111: Tightening TR Sensor Detent Spring Bolts In Sequence

correctly aligned.
are not clean.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

NOTE: Make sure not to pinch the Turbine Shaft Speed (TSS) , Output Shaft
Speed (OSS) or Transmission Range (TR) sensor wiring harnesses when
installing the solenoid body. Damage to the wiring harness will occur.

1. 42 mm (1.65 in) bolt
2. 63 mm (2.48 in) bolts
3. 80 mm (3.14 in) bolts
4. 95 mm (3.74 in) bolts


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


12. Inspect the transaxle side cover seal for damage and install new if necessary.
occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
13. Install the main control cover and install the 14 bolts.
1. Bolt location

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

place and install the 2 transmission fluid cooler line bracket nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


1 7D285 Seal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


20. Install the transmission fluid filler tube and the nut.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED (OSS) SENSOR
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


assembly.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

aside.
NOTE: Note the location of the stud bolts for assembly.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Connectors
NOTE: The solenoid body should be handled with care or damage to the solenoid
body may occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

NOTE: Use care not to break the alignment tabs when removing the solenoid
body filter. Damage to the transaxle will occur if the solenoid body is not
correctly aligned.
filter.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

23. Remove the bolt and the OSS sensor.
Fig. 155: Identifying OSS Sensor & Bolt

INSTALLATION
1. Install the OSS sensor and the bolt.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 156: Identifying OSS Sensor & Bolt


3. Inspect the manual pin to make sure it is correctly installed in the manual valve. If it is not, pull the valve
body off the transaxle case. Correctly install the manual pin in the manual valve and position the valve
body in place.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

4. Install the TR sensor detent spring and the 10 bolts. Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown.

correctly aligned.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
are not clean.


1. 42 mm (1.65 in) bolt
2. 63 mm (2.48 in) bolts
3. 80 mm (3.14 in) bolts
4. 95 mm (3.74 in) bolts
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


11. Inspect the transaxle side cover seal for damage and install new if necessary.
occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
1. Bolt location

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

place and install the 2 transmission fluid cooler tube bracket nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


1 7D285 Seal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
HALFSHAFT SEAL - LH
Special Tools
Adapter for 303-224 (Handle) 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)
Installer, Halfshaft Seal 307-582A
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
2. Remove the front LH halfshaft. For additional information, refer to FRONT DRIVE HALFSHAFTS
article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
3. Inspect the halfshaft hub for wear or damage and install a new halfshaft if necessary.
1. Inspect the differential seal surface.
2. Inspect the halfshaft bushing surface. If this surface is damaged, inspect the halfshaft bushing for
damage.
3. Inspect the differential side gear splines.
Fig. 182: Identifying Differential Side Gear Splines, Halfshaft Bushing & Differential Seal
4. Using a suitable awl, poke a small hole in the halfshaft seal.
Fig. 183: Poking A Small Hole In The Halfshaft Seal Using A Suitable Awl
5. Using a suitable dent puller, remove the halfshaft seal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 184: Removing Halfshaft Seal Using A Suitable Dent Puller

INSTALLATION
1. Install a new halfshaft seal on the Cover Axle Seal Installer and Handle.
Fig. 185: Axle Seal Installer & Handle

2. Using the Cover Axle Seal Installer and Handle, install the LH halfshaft seal.
Fig. 186: Installing LH Halfshaft Seal

3. Install the front LH halfshaft. For additional information, refer to FRONT DRIVE HALFSHAFTS
article.
HALFSHAFT SEAL - RH
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Installer, Halfshaft Seal 307-582A
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
Fig. 187: Halfshaft & Seal

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

1 3K183 Intermediate shaft
2 7H260 Seal assembly - halfshaft
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
2. Remove the RH front wheel and tire. For additional information, refer to WHEELS & TIRES article.
3. Remove the RH halfshaft. For additional information, refer to FRONT DRIVE HALFSHAFTS article.
4. Inspect the halfshaft hub for wear or damage and install a new halfshaft if necessary.
damage.
5. Using a suitable awl, poke a small hole in the halfshaft seal.
Fig. 189: Poking A Small Hole In Halfshaft Seal Using A Suitable Awl
6. Using a suitable dent puller, remove the halfshaft seal.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 190: Removing Halfshaft Seal Using A Suitable Dent Puller

INSTALLATION
1. Install a new halfshaft seal on the Cover Axle Seal Installer and Handle.
Fig. 191: Axle Seal Installer & Handle

2. Using the Cover Axle Seal Installer and Handle, install the RH halfshaft seal.
Fig. 192: installing RH Halfshaft Seal

3. Install the RH halfshaft. For additional information, refer to FRONT DRIVE HALFSHAFTS article.
4. Install the RH wheel and tire. For additional information, refer to WHEELS & TIRES article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
5. Fill with clean automatic transmission fluid to the correct level.
DIGITAL TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SENSOR
Special Tools
Installer, Manual Lever 307-592
Retaining Pin
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 203: Locating Selector Lever Cable End From Manual Lever
13. Remove the nut and the manual control lever.
Fig. 204: Identifying Manual Control Lever & Nut

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



18. Remove the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket nuts, pull the transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass
valve straight up and position it aside.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
19. Remove the bolts and the main control cover.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Connectors
body may occur.
22. Remove the bolts and the solenoid body.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

body filter.
filter.

24. Remove the bolts, the TR sensor detent spring and the main control valve body.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

25. Using a suitable tool, remove and discard the TR sensor locking pin.
Fig. 216: Locating TR Sensor Locking Pin

NOTE: TR sensor removed for clarity.
26. Make sure that the park pawl actuator rod does not become disengaged from the park pawl and the
abutment by keeping the end of the park pawl actuator rod behind the machined valve body mating
surface of the transaxle case. If the park pawl actuator rod becomes disengaged from the park pawl and
the abutment, transaxle removal and disassembly is required to reinstall the actuator rod.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 217: Making Sure That Park Pawl Actuator Rod Does Not Become Disengaged From Park
Pawl
NOTE: Make sure that the park pawl actuator rod does not become disengaged
from the park pawl and the abutment or transaxle removal and
disassembly is required to reinstall the actuator rod.
27. Remove the TR sensor.

1. Slide the TR sensor down until the manual shaft is out of the transaxle case.
2. Rotate the TR sensor detent plate counterclockwise, as viewed from below, until the plate rests
against the transaxle case. Remove the park pawl actuating rod from the TR sensor and remove the
TR sensor.
Fig. 218: Sliding TR Sensor Down & Rotating TR Sensor Detent Plate Counterclockwise
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
INSTALLATION
1. Install the TR sensor.

1. Position the park pawl actuating rod in the TR sensor.
2. Install the TR sensor in the transaxle case.
Fig. 219: Identifying TR Sensor In Transaxle Case

2. Using the Manual Retaining Pin Installer, install a new TR sensor locking pin.
Fig. 220: Installing TR Sensor Locking Pin Using Special Tool (307-592)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

4. Inspect the manual pin to make sure it is correctly installed in the manual control valve. If it is not, pull
the valve body off the transaxle case. Correctly install the manual pin in the manual control valve and
position the valve body in place.

5. Install the TR sensor detent spring and the bolts. Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

correctly aligned.
are not clean.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

7. Install the solenoid body and the bolts.

1. 42 mm (1.65 in) bolt
2. 63 mm (2.48 in) bolts
3. 80 mm (3.14 in) bolts
4. 95 mm (3.74 in) bolts


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


occur resulting in transmission damage.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
13. Install the main control cover and loosely install the bolts.
1. Bolt location

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

place and install the nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


1 7D285 Seal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


NOTE: Make sure that when installing the manual control lever it is fully seated
onto the manual control lever shaft. Damage to the manual control lever
shaft will occur and the lever will come loose.
NOTE: Make sure to hold the manual control lever while tightening the manual
control lever nut or damage to the manual control lever and park
components will occur.
20. Install the manual control lever and the nut.


21. Connect the selector lever cable end to the manual control lever.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


24. Route the coolant hoses to the correct position on the transmission fluid filler tube.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


TRANSAXLE SUPPORT INSULATOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Special Tools
Oil Pan Holding Fixture 303-1295
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 248: Replacing Transaxle Support Insulator


(MAF) sensor
6 13A506 Fastener - wiring harness
7 13A506 Fastener - wiring harness
8 W503924 Bolts - battery tray
9 10723 Battery tray
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
10 W711873 Through bolt - transaxle support insulator

11 W709234 Bolt - transaxle support insulator (4
required)
12 6F020 Transaxle support insulator
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
2. Loosen the exhaust flexible pipe clamp and disconnect the 2 exhaust hangers.
Fig. 249: Locating Exhaust Flexible Pipe Clamp & Exhaust Hangers
3. Remove the 4 nuts and the exhaust flexible pipe and Y-pipe as an assembly.
 Discard the nuts and the gasket.
Fig. 250: Locating Exhaust Flexible Pipe, Y-Pipe & Nuts

4. Remove the 2 nuts and the roll restrictor heat shield.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 251: Locating Roll Restrictor Heat Shield Nuts

5. Loosen the engine roll restrictor-to-subframe through bolt.
Fig. 252: Locating Roll Restrictor-To-Subframe Bolt

6. Remove the 3 bolts from the roll restrictor bracket.
Fig. 253: Locating Roll Restrictor-To-Transaxle Bracket Plate Bolts

7. Remove the 3 bolts and the roll restrictor bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 254: Locating Transaxle Bracket Bolts


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


assembly.

13. Remove the battery. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article.
14. Remove the battery tray.
1. Disconnect the wiring harness fasteners.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
2. Remove the 3 bolts and the battery tray.
NOTE: The Oil Pan Holding Fixture must be carefully aligned to the mounting
bosses on the oil pan. Failure to follow these instructions may result in
damage to the oil pan.
NOTE: The Oil Pan Holding Fixture and floor jack are used to raise and lower the
engine to access the engine front cover and engine mount bracket
fasteners.
15. Position a floor jack and the Oil Pan Holding Fixture under the oil pan and raise the floor jack high
enough to release the pressure on the transaxle support insulator.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 261: Positioning Floor Jack & Special Tool (303-1295) Under Oil Pan
16. Remove the transaxle support insulator through bolt.
Fig. 262: Identifying Transaxle Support Insulator Bolt

17. Remove the 3 nuts, the bolt and the transaxle support insulator bracket.
Fig. 263: Identifying Transaxle Support Insulator Bracket, Nuts & Bolts
18. Lower the jack until the transmission fluid cooler tube clears the lower transmission support insulator
bolts.
19. Loosen the battery tray support bracket bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 264: Identifying Battery Tray Support Bracket Bolts

20. Remove the top transaxle support insulator bolts.
Fig. 265: Identifying Top Transaxle Support Insulator Bolts

21. Remove the bottom transaxle support insulator bolts.
Fig. 266: Identifying Bottom Transaxle Support Insulator Bolts

INSTALLATION
1. Install the bottom transaxle support insulator bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 267: Identifying Bottom Transaxle Support Insulator Bolts

2. Install the top transaxle support insulator bolts.

Fig. 268: Identifying Top Transaxle Support Insulator Bolts

3. Tighten the battery tray support bracket bolts.

Fig. 269: Identifying Battery Tray Support Bracket Bolts

4. Using the jack and the Oil Pan Holding Fixture, lift the transaxle into place.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
5. Install the transaxle support insulator bracket, bolt and the 3 nuts.
 Tighten the transaxle support insulator bracket nuts to 63 Nm (46 lb-ft).
 Tighten the transaxle support insulator bracket bolt to 63 Nm (46 lb-ft).
6. Install the transaxle support insulator through bolt.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


8. Install the battery. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
14. Position the roll restrictor bracket on the transaxle and install the 3 bolts.

15. Position the roll restrictor in place, install the bracket and the 3 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
16. Install the engine roll restrictor-to-subframe through bolt.


17. Install the roll restrictor heat shield and the 2 nuts.

18. Position the exhaust Y-pipe assembly in place and install a new gasket and 4 new nuts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
19. Install the 2 exhaust hangers and tighten the exhaust clamp.
20. Check the transmission fluid level and fill with clean transmission fluid to the correct level.
SOLENOID BODY ASSEMBLY
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

(MAF) sensor
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

of 7H420)
10 W711538 Bolt - transmission fluid cooler tube-to-
transaxle
11 7H420 Tube - transmission fluid cooler
13 14A169 Retainer - transaxle harness
required)
19 7J291 Bolt - solenoid body
20 7Z369 Solenoid body
REMOVAL
NOTE: The PCM must be updated with a new solenoid body strategy data file and
solenoid body identification anytime a new solenoid body is installed. A new
solenoid body service tag must be installed over the current solenoid body
service tag on top of the transaxle case.
LIFTING article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
assembly.




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


16. Remove the 2 transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve nuts, pull the transmission fluid cooler
thermal bypass valve straight up and position it aside.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Connectors
body may occur.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
correctly aligned.
filter.

INSTALLATION
correctly aligned.
are not clean.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


1. 42 mm (1.65 in) bolt
2. 63 mm (2.48 in) bolts
3. 80 mm (3.14 in) bolts
4. 95 mm (3.74 in) bolts
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
1. Bolt location


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

10. Wipe the surface of the existing solenoid body strategy tag on top of the transaxle case clean and install
the new solenoid body strategy tag (supplied with the solenoid body service kit) over it.
Fig. 315: Installing New Solenoid Body Strategy Tag Over Existing Solenoid Body Strategy Tag
place and install the 2 transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve bracket nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


1 7D285 Seal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

25. Download a new solenoid body strategy to the PCM. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy.
MAIN CONTROL COVER
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

(MAF) sensor
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

of 7H420)
10 W711538 Bolt - transmission fluid cooler tube
11 7H420 Tube - transmission fluid cooler
13 14A169 Retainer - transaxle harness
required)
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

16. Remove the 2 transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve bracket nuts, pull the transmission fluid
cooler thermal bypass valve straight up and position it aside.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

INSTALLATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
1. Bolt location


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

place and install the 2 transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve bracket nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


1 7D285 Seal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
TRANSAXLE FILLER TUBE
Fig. 362: Transaxle Filler Tube (With Torque Specifications)


REMOVAL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
INSTALLATION



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
MANUAL CONTROL LEVER SHAFT SEAL
Special Tools
Installer, Manual Lever 307-592
Retaining Pin
Installer, Manual Lever Shaft 307-581

Seal
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

assembly.



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

13. Remove the nut and the manual control lever.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

18. Remove the transmission fluid cooler tube bracket nuts, pull the transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass
valve straight up and position it aside.
19. Remove the bolts and the main control cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Connectors
body may occur.
22. Remove the bolts and the solenoid body.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
body filter.
filter.

24. Remove the bolts, the TR sensor detent spring and the main control valve body.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
25. Using a suitable tool, remove and discard the TR sensor locking pin.
Fig. 392: Locating TR Sensor Locking Pin

NOTE: TR sensor removed for clarity.
26. Make sure that the park pawl actuator rod does not become disengaged from the park pawl and the
abutment by keeping the end of the park pawl actuator rod behind the machined valve body mating
surface of the transaxle case. If the park pawl actuator rod becomes disengaged from the park pawl and
the abutment, transaxle removal and disassembly is required to reinstall the actuator rod.
Fig. 393: Making Sure That Park Pawl Actuator Rod Does Not Become Disengaged From Park
Pawl
NOTE: Make sure that the park pawl actuator rod does not become disengaged
from the park pawl and the abutment or transaxle removal and
disassembly is required to reinstall the actuator rod.
27. Remove the TR sensor.

1. Slide the TR sensor down until the manual shaft is out of the transaxle case.
2. Rotate the TR sensor detent plate counterclockwise, as viewed from below until the plate rests
against the transaxle case, remove the park pawl actuating rod from the TR sensor and remove the
TR sensor.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 394: Sliding TR Sensor Down & Rotating TR Sensor Detent Plate Counterclockwise
28. Using a suitable tool, remove the manual control lever shaft seal.
Fig. 395: Identifying Manual Control Lever Shaft Seal

INSTALLATION
1. Using the Manual Lever Shaft Seal Installer, install a new manual control lever shaft seal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 396: Installing New Manual Control Lever Shaft Seal Using Special Tool (307-581)
2. Install the TR sensor.

1. Position the park pawl actuating rod in the TR sensor.
2. Install the TR sensor in the transaxle case.
Fig. 397: Identifying TR Sensor In Transaxle Case

3. Using the Manual Retaining Pin Installer, install a new TR sensor locking pin.
Fig. 398: Installing TR Sensor Locking Pin Using Special Tool (307-592)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

5. Inspect the manual pin to make sure it is correctly installed in the manual control valve. If it is not, pull
the valve body off the transaxle case. Correctly install the manual pin in the manual control valve and
position the valve body in place.

6. Install the TR sensor detent spring and the bolts. Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

correctly aligned.
are not clean.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

8. Install the solenoid body and the bolts.

1. 42 mm (1.65 in) bolt
2. 63 mm (2.48 in) bolts
3. 80 mm (3.14 in) bolts
4. 95 mm (3.74 in) bolts


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
14. Install the main control cover and loosely install the bolts.
1. Bolt location

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

place and install the nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


1 7D285 Seal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


onto the manual control lever shaft. Damage to the manual control lever
21. Install the manual control lever and the nut.


22. Connect the selector lever cable end to the manual control lever.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


25. Route the coolant hoses to the correct position on the transmission fluid filler tube.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


REMOVAL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
TRANSAXLE
Special Tools
Adapter, Transmission Jack 209-00152
Bar, Engine Spreader 303-1246
Disconnect Tool, Transmission 307-569

Cooler Line
Engine Lifting Bracket 303-1245
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Powertrain Lift 014-00765
Support Bar, Engine 303-F072
REMOVAL
All vehicles
LIFTING article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

assembly.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
11. Remove the 3 selector lever cable bracket bolts and position aside the selector lever cable.
Fig. 435: Identifying Selector Lever Cable Bracket Bolts

12. Remove the starter motor electrical terminal cover.
Fig. 436: Locating Starter Motor Electrical Terminal Cover

13. Position the starter cable boot back and remove the starter terminals from the starter.
Fig. 437: Identifying Wire Terminals From Starter

14. Disconnect the wiring harness fastener from the starter motor studbolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 438: Identifying Wiring Harness Retainer From Starter Motor Stud Bolt
15. Remove the bolt, studbolt and the starter.
Fig. 439: Identifying Bolt, Stud Bolt & Starter

16. Disconnect the fuel hose routing clip from the transaxle stud and position the fuel hose aside.
Fig. 440: Identifying Fuel Hose Routing Clip From Transaxle Stud
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

18. Remove the top 4 torque converter housing bolts.
Fig. 442: Locating Torque Converter Housing Bolts

19. Install the Engine Lifting Bracket on the LH cylinder head.
Fig. 443: Special Tool (303-1245) On LH Cylinder Head

20. Install the Engine Support Bar and Engine Spreader Bar to support the engine.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 444: Engine Support Bar & Engine Spreader Bar

21. Remove the transaxle support insulator through bolt.

23. Remove the RH splash shield.

1. Remove the screws.
2. Remove the pushpin fasteners and the RH splash shield.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 447: Locating Push Pin Fasteners & RH Splash Shield

24. Remove the 3 pushpin fasteners, the 8 screws and the front splash shield.
Fig. 448: Locating Push Pin Fasteners & Front Splash Shield Screws
25. Remove the 3 RH subframe-to-lower bumper nuts.
Fig. 449: Locating RH Subframe-To-Lower Bumper Nuts

26. Remove the 3 LH subframe-to-lower bumper nuts and separate the front support from the subframe.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 450: Locating LH Subframe-To-Lower Bumper Nuts

27. Remove the 3 power steering tube bracket bolts from the subframe and position the power steering tube
aside.
Fig. 451: Power Steering Tube Bracket Bolt



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

30. Remove the LH and RH front halfshafts. For additional information, refer toFRONT DRIVE
HALFSHAFTS article.
31. Inspect the halfshaft hubs for wear or damage and replace the halfshaft(s), if necessary.
damage.
32. Remove the bolts and the power steering rack heat shield.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 455: Locating Power Steering Rack Heat Shield Bolts

33. Loosen the Y-pipe clamp and disconnect the 2 exhaust hangers.
34. Remove the 4 nuts and the Y-pipe assembly.

35. Remove the 4 bolts and position the steering rack aside, using a suitable length of mechanic's wire.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 458: Locating Steering Rack Bolts

36. Remove the 4 bolts and position the sway bar aside, using a suitable length of mechanic's wire.
Fig. 459: Locating Stabilizer Bar & Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

38. Remove the 3 bolts from the roll restrictor bracket.

39. Support the subframe using the Powertrain Lift.

40. Remove the 2 nuts, 4 bolts and the subframe support brackets.
Fig. 462: Locating Subframe Support Brackets, Nuts & Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
41. Remove the 2 front subframe nuts.
Fig. 463: Locating Front Subframe Nuts

42. Remove the 2 middle subframe nuts and remove the subframe.
Fig. 464: Locating Middle Subframe Nuts

43. Remove the 3 bolts and the roll restrictor bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

AWD vehicles
44. Index-mark the driveshaft, remove the 4 bolts and position the driveshaft aside.
Fig. 466: Locating Driveshaft Aside Bolts

45. Disconnect the RH catalyst monitor electrical connector.
Fig. 467: Identifying RH Catalyst Monitor Electrical Connector

46. Remove the 2 catalytic converter support bracket bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 468: Locating Catalytic Converter Support Bracket Bolts

47. Remove the 4 RH catalytic converter nuts and the RH catalytic converter.
Fig. 469: Locating RH Catalytic Converter Nuts

48. Remove the 5 bolts and the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) support bracket.
Fig. 470: Locating Power Transfer Unit (PTU) Support Bracket & Bolts
49. Remove the 5 bolts and the PTU.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 471: Identifying PTU & Bolts

All vehicles
50. Remove the 2 fasteners and the inspection cover.
Fig. 472: Locating Oil Fasteners On Inspection Cover

51. Remove and discard the 3 torque converter bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 473: Locating Torque Converter Bolts

52. Remove the 2 secondary latches from the transmission fluid cooler tubes at the transmission fluid cooler

53. Using the Transmission Cooler Line Disconnect Tool, disconnect the transmission fluid cooler tubes from
the transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve.
54. Using the Transmission Jack Adapter and a suitable transmission jack, support the transaxle.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 476: Supporting Transaxle Using Special Tool (209-00152) & A Suitable Transmission Jack
55. Remove the 7 torque converter housing bolts and remove the transaxle from the vehicle.
Fig. 477: Locating torque converter housing bolts

56. Inspect the torque converter housing mating surface to make sure that the dowel pins did not come out of
the engine block when the transaxle was removed. If the dowel pin is stuck in the torque converter
housing, remove the dowel pin from the torque converter housing.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 478: Locating dowel pin from torque converter housing

57. Remove manual control lever.
Fig. 479: Manual Control Lever

58. Remove and discard the transmission fluid cooler tube bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 480: Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Bolts

59. Remove the 2 transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve bracket nuts, pull the transmission fluid
cooler thermal bypass valve and the transmission fluid cooler tubes straight up and remove the assembly
from the transaxle.
Fig. 481: Removing Nuts & Pulling Transmission Fluid Cooler Thermal Bypass Valve &
Transmission Fluid Cooler Tubes Straight Up
60. Inspect the transaxle case to make sure that the transmission fluid cooler tube seals and backing rings
were removed with the transmission fluid cooler tubes and are not stuck in the transaxle case. If the
transmission fluid cooler tube seals or backing rings are stuck in the transaxle case, remove the seals and
backing rings.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 482: Locating Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Seals & Backing Rings
61. If the transaxle is to be overhauled or if installing a new transaxle, carry out transmission fluid cooler
backflushing and cleaning. For additional information, refer to Transmission Fluid Cooler
Backflushing and Cleaning.
62. If a replacement transaxle assembly is being installed or a new solenoid body is installed, the PCM will
have to be reflashed with a new solenoid body strategy and identification data file. For additional
information, refer to Solenoid Body Strategy.
INSTALLATION
TRANSAXLE
Special Tools
Adapter, Transmission Jack 209-00152
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Bar, Engine Spreader 303-1246
Eye, Engine Lift 303-1245
Support Bar, Engine 303-F072
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Material
Item Specification
(Canada)
Multi-Purpose Grease ESB-M1C93-B
XG-4 and/or XL-5
INSTALLATION
All vehicles
NOTE: Prior to installation of a new or overhauled transaxle, the transmission fluid

cooler tubes must be cleaned, otherwise transaxle failure can occur.
NOTE: Prior to installation of a new or overhauled transaxle, flush out the cooler and
cooler lines. For additional information, refer to Transmission Fluid Cooler
Backflushing and Cleaning.
1. Inspect the transmission fluid cooler tube backing rings and seals for damage and install a new backing
rings or seals if necessary. Lubricate the transmission fluid cooler tube seals with clean automatic
transmission fluid and install the backing rings and seals on the transmission fluid cooler tube.

1 7D285 Seal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
place and install the transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve bracket nuts.
3. Install new transmission fluid cooler tube bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 485: Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Bolts

4. Lubricate the torque converter pilot hub with grease and install the torque converter into the transaxle.
onto the manual control lever shaft or damage to the manual control lever
5. Install the manual control lever and nut.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 486: Manual Control Lever

NOTE: If the transaxle is not positioned on the dowel pins, damage to the
transaxle can occur.
6. If the dowel pins were pulled out of the engine block during removal, install new dowel pins in the engine
block.
Fig. 487: Locating dowel pin from torque converter housing

7. Position the transaxle in place and install the 7 torque converter housing bolts.
Fig. 488: Locating torque converter housing bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
8. Remove the Transmission Jack Adapter from the transaxle.
Fig. 489: Supporting Transaxle Using Special Tool (209-00152) & A Suitable Transmission Jack
9. Install the transmission fluid cooler tubes in the transmission fluid cooler thermal bypass valve.

10. Install the 2 secondary latches on the transmission fluid cooler tubes at the transmission fluid cooler

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
11. Install 3 new torque converter bolts.


12. Install the inspection cover and the 2 fasteners.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles
13. Position the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) in place and install the 5 PTU-to-transaxle bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

14. Position the PTU support bracket in place and install the 5 bolts.
15. Position the RH catalytic converter in place and install the 4 nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

16. Install the 2 RH catalytic converter support bracket bolts.


17. Connect the RH catalyst monitor electrical connector.
Fig. 498: Identifying RH Catalyst Monitor Electrical Connector

18. Line up the index marks on the rear driveshaft to the index marks on the PTU flange made during
removal and install the 4 bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

All vehicles
19. Position the roll restrictor bracket on the transaxle and install the 3 bolts.

20. Position the subframe in place and install the 2 middle nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

21. Install the 2 front subframe nuts.


22. Position the subframe support brackets in place and loosely install the bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 503: Locating Subframe Support Brackets And Bolts

23. Install the rear subframe nuts.

Fig. 504: Locating Rear Subframe Nuts

24. Tighten the subframe support bracket bolts.


25. Position the roll restrictor in place, install the bracket and the 3 roll restrictor bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


27. Position the stabilizer bar in place and install the 4 stabilizer bar bracket bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 508: Locating Stabilizer Bar & Bolts

28. Position the power steering rack in place and install the 4 power steering rack bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 509: Locating Steering Rack Bolts

29. Install the steering rack heat shield and the 2 bolts.
Fig. 510: Locating Power Steering Rack Heat Shield Bolts

30. Position the exhaust Y-pipe assembly in place and install the 4 exhaust Y-pipe nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

Front wheel drive (FWD) vehicles
32. Position the RH halfshaft and intermediate shaft support bracket in the transaxle and in the steering
knuckle. Install 1 stud bolt and 1 bolt.
Fig. 513: Locating Stud Bolts & RH Halfshaft/Intermediate Shaft Assembly

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
33. Position the catalytic converter support bracket in place and install the bolt and the nut.
1. Tighten the nut to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
2. Tighten the bolt to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
Fig. 514: Locating Catalytic Converter Bracket Bolt & Nut



All vehicles
35. Install the LH and RH halfshafts. For additional information, refer to FRONT DRIVE HALFSHAFTS
article.
36. Position the lower bumper on the subframe and install the 3 LH lower bumper-to-subframe nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

37. Install the 3 RH lower bumper-to-subframe nuts.


38. Install the front splash shield and install the 7 screws and the 3 pushpin fasteners.
39. Install the RH splash shield.

1. Install the screws.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
2. Install the pushpin fasteners.
Fig. 519: Locating Push Pin Fasteners & RH Splash Shield

40. Install the transaxle support insulator bracket, install the bolt and the 3 nuts.
41. Install the transaxle support insulator through bolt.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
42. Remove the Engine Support Bar and Engine Spreader Bar.
Fig. 522: Engine Support Bar & Engine Spreader Bar

43. Remove the Engine Lift Eye from the LH cylinder head.
Fig. 523: Special Tool (303-1245) On LH Cylinder Head

44. If a new solenoid body was installed, wipe the surface of the existing solenoid body strategy tag on top of
the transaxle case clean and install the new solenoid body strategy tag (supplied with the solenoid body
service kit) over it.
Fig. 524: Installing New Solenoid Body Strategy Tag Over Existing Solenoid Body Strategy Tag
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


48. Install the top 4 torque converter housing bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 528: Locating Torque Converter Housing Bolts


50. Position the fuel hose routing clip on the transaxle stud.
51. Install the starter, bolt and studbolt.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX

52. Install the wiring harness fastener on the starter motor studbolt.
53. Connect the starter motor terminals and position the starter terminal boot over the battery cable terminal.
1. Tighten to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
Fig. 533: Identifying Starter Motor Wire Terminals & Nuts

54. Install the starter motor electrical terminal cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
Fig. 534: Locating Starter Motor Electrical Terminal Cover

55. Position the selector lever cable and bracket in place and install the 3 bolts.
Fig. 535: Identifying Selector Lever Cable Bracket Bolts



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
2. Rotate the manual control lever counterclockwise one detent until it stops.

58. Unlock the selector lever cable adjuster.


59. Slide the cable end forward or backward to align it with the manual control lever.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX


62. Install the upper intake manifold. For additional information, refer to ENGINE - 3.5L article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
64. Install the battery. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article.
65. Position the Air Cleaner (ACL) assembly in place and install the bolt.



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX



71. If a new solenoid body is installed, the solenoid body strategy and solenoid body identification will need
to be updated. Refer to Solenoid Body Strategy.
72. If a replacement transaxle assembly is being installed or a new solenoid body is installed, the PCM will
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Edge & MKX
have to be reflashed with a new solenoid body strategy and identification data file. For additional
information, refer to Solenoid Body Strategy.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 DRIVELINE/AXLES Front Drive Halfshafts - Edge & MKX
2008 DRIVELINE/AXLES
Front Drive Halfshafts - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Left front halfshaft assembled length 671.8 mm (26.44 in)
Right front halfshaft assembled length (all wheel
632.4 mm (24.89 in)
drive [AWD])
Right front halfshaft assembled length (front wheel
605.4 mm (23.83 in)
drive [FWD])
LUBRICANTS & CAPACITIES

Lubricant Specification Capacity
Front Halfshaft Inboard Constant Velocity (CV) Joint
Constant Velocity Joint Grease
- 295 g (10.41 oz)
(from 3A331 kit)
Front Halfshaft Outboard CV Joint
Constant Velocity Joint Grease
- 130 g (4.58 oz)
(from 3A331 kit)
Description Nm lb-ft
Ball joint pinch nut 55 41
Catalytic converter support bracket bolts 20 15
Front stabilizer bar link nut 90 66
Front wheel hub nut 350 258
Intermediate shaft bearing support bolts (AWD) 40 30
Intermediate shaft bearing support bolts (FWD) 40 30

FRONT DRIVE HALFSHAFTS
The front drive halfshafts consist of the following:
 Inboard and outboard constant velocity (CV) joints connect to a splined shaft. Driveshaft bearing retainer
circlips retain the CV joints to the splined shaft.
 A front axle wheel hub nut that secures the splined outboard CV joint to the wheel hub.
 Lubed-for-life CV joints use special CV joint grease requiring no periodic lubrication.
 A boot repair kit, 3A331, which includes the boots, clamps and grease is available.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
On the LH side, the inboard CV joint is retained in the differential side gear with a 33 mm (1.29 in) retainer
circlip. This circlip is oval in shape when viewed at the end. Install a new circlip every time the halfshaft is
disconnected. On the RH side, a 30 mm (1.181 in) driveshaft bearing retainer circlip retains the splined inboard
CV joint to the intermediate shaft. This circlip is round when view at the end. Install a new circlip every time
you disconnect the halfshaft from the intermediate shaft.
The halfshafts are splined on the outboard stub shaft to drive the wheel hubs. They are retained in the wheel
hubs by special wheel hub nuts which also control the wheel bearing preload. The LH halfshaft is splined on the
inboard stub shaft and is retained in the differential side gear in the transaxle by a circlip. The RH halfshaft has
internal splines which are driven by the intermediate shaft. The intermediate shaft has a circlip on the outboard
end and is retained inside the inboard stub shaft. The circlips must be installed new whenever they are removed.
The intermediate shaft is retained in the transaxle differential side gear by bolts that go through the intermediate
shaft support bearing. The intermediate shaft also goes through the power transfer unit (PTU) on all wheel drive
(AWD) vehicles. The outer seal of the PTU must be installed new whenever the intermediate shaft is removed.
Halfshaft Handling
CAUTION: Never pick up or hold the halfshaft only by the inboard or outboard
constant velocity (CV) joint or damage to the component may occur.
Handle all halfshaft components carefully during removal and installation and during various component
disassembly and assembly procedures. Do not overangle the CV joints. Damage will occur to an assembled
inboard CV joint if it is overplunged outward from the joint housing. Never use the halfshaft assembly as a
lever to position other components. Always support the free end of the halfshaft. Do not allow the boots to
contact sharp edges or hot exhaust components. Handle the halfshaft only by the interconnecting shaft to avoid
pull-apart and potential damage to the CV joints. Excessive pulling force on the interconnecting shaft between
joints of the halfshaft will result in internal joint damage. Axial loads used in assisting removal must be applied
through the inboard joint housing only. Do not drop assembled halfshafts. The impact will cut the boots from
the inside without evidence of external damage.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
FRONT DRIVE HALFSHAFTS
Refer to DRIVELINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.

HALFSHAFT - RH
Special Tools
205-D070 (D93P-1175-B) or
Remover, Front Wheel Hub
equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Identifying Halfshaft With Torque Specifications - RH


1 3N404 Wheel hub nut
2 W712481 Ball joint pinch bolt
3 W520213 Ball joint pinch nut
4 3B438 Stabilizer bar link
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5 W520214 Stabilizer bar link nut

6 3A423 Lower arm
7 3A427 Halfshaft assembly
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
2. Remove the front tire and wheel. For additional information, refer to WHEELS & TIRES article.
NOTE: Apply the brake to keep the halfshaft from rotating.
3. Remove and discard the front wheel hub nut.
Fig. 2: Locating Front Wheel Hub Nut

4. Remove the stabilizer bar link nut and position the link aside.
Fig. 3: Locating Stabilizer Bar Link Nut

5. Remove the ball joint pinch bolt from the knuckle and separate the lower control arm.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Locating Ball Joint Pinch Bolt

6. Using the special tool, separate the halfshaft from the wheel hub.
Fig. 5: Separating Halfshaft From Wheel Hub Using Special Tool (205-D070)
NOTE: Support the knuckle with a suitable jackstand.
7. Pull the knuckle outboard and rotate it toward the rear of the vehicle.
8. Use a brass drift to strike the right side halfshaft in the indicated area and separate the RH halfshaft from
the intermediate shaft.
Fig. 6: Identifying Right Side Halfshaft

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
9. Remove and discard the circlip from the intermediate shaft.
Fig. 7: Identifying Circlip From Intermediate Shaft

INSTALLATION
1. Install a new 30 mm (1.181 in) intermediate shaft circlip.

NOTE: Pull the right side inboard joint outward to make sure the circlip is locked.
2. Align the splines on the right side shaft with the intermediate shaft and push the stub shaft in until the
circlip locks the shafts together.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Locating Pushpins

3. Insert the halfshaft into the wheel hub.

4. Rotate the knuckle into position.
5. Install the ball joint in the knuckle and install the pinch bolt and nut.

6. Position the stabilizer bar link and install the link nut.

7. Using a suitable tool, install the halfshaft in the wheel hub.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 12: Locating Halfshaft On Wheel Hub

NOTE: Do not tighten the front wheel hub nut with the vehicle on the ground. The
nut must be tightened to specification before the vehicle is lowered onto
the wheels. Wheel bearing damage may occur if the wheel bearing is
loaded with the weight of the vehicle applied.
8. Install a new front wheel hub nut.

9. Install the front tire and wheel. For additional information, refer to WHEELS & TIRES article.
HALFSHAFT - LH
Special Tools
205-D070 (D93P-1175-B) or
Remover, Front Wheel Hub
equivalent
Remover, Halfshaft 205-241
Remover, Halfshaft (Plate) 205-290
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Slide Hammer 100-001 (T50T-100-A)
Fig. 13: Identifying Halfshaft With Torque Specifications - LH


1 W520213 Lower ball joint pinch nut
2 W712481 Lower ball joint pinch bolt
3 3N404 Wheel end nut and washer assembly
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

6 3A423 Lower arm
7 3A428 Halfshaft assembly
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
2. Remove the front tire and wheel. For additional information, refer to WHEELS & TIRES article.
3. Remove and discard the front wheel hub nut.

4. Remove the ball joint pinch bolt from the knuckle and separate the lower control arm.

5. Remove the stabilizer bar link nut and position the link aside.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Support the knuckle with a suitable jackstand.
7. Pull the knuckle outboard and rotate it toward the front of the vehicle.
Fig. 17: Locating Jackstand

8. Using the special tools, remove the halfshaft from the transmission.
Fig. 18: Removing Halfshaft Using Special Tools (100-001), (205-241) & (205-290)
9. Remove and discard the circlip from the stub shaft.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 19: Locating Halfshaft Circlip

INSTALLATION
1. Install a new stub shaft circlip.
Fig. 20: Installing New Stub Shaft Circlip

2. Insert the halfshaft into the wheel hub.
CAUTION: The sharp edges on the stub shaft splines can slice or puncture the
oil seal. Use care when inserting the stub shaft into the transmission
to avoid oil seal damage.
NOTE: After insertion, pull the halfshaft inner end to make sure the circlip is
locked.
3. Push the stub shaft into the transmission so the circlip locks into the differential side gear.
4. Rotate the knuckle into position.
5. Install the ball joint in the knuckle and install the pinch bolt and nut.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

6. Position the stabilizer bar link and install the link nut.

7. Using a suitable tool, install the halfshaft in the wheel hub.

CAUTION: Do not tighten the front wheel hub nut with the vehicle on the ground.
The nut must be tightened to specification before the vehicle is
lowered onto the wheels. Wheel bearing damage will occur if the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
wheel bearing is loaded with the weight of the vehicle applied.
8. Install a new front wheel hub nut.

9. Install the front tire and wheel. For additional information, refer to WHEELS & TIRES article.
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT - FRONT WHEEL DRIVE (FWD)
Special Tools
Seal Protector, Rear Axle Shaft 205-816
Fig. 24: Exploded View Of Intermediate Shaft - Front Wheel Drive (FWD) With Torque Specifications

1 5G288 Exhaust converter bracket
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2 3K183 Intermediate shaft assembly

3 W500235-S Bracket-to-block bolts (2 required)
4 W500131 Bracket-to-block bolt
5 5G288 Exhaust converter bracket
Exhaust converter bracket bolts (2
6 W500210
required)
REMOVAL
1. Remove the right halfshaft. For additional information, refer to Halfshaft - RH.
2. Remove the 2 RH catalytic converter support bracket bolts.
Fig. 25: Identifying RH Catalytic Converter Support Bracket Bolts

3. Remove the bolts from RH catalytic converter support bracket.
Fig. 26: Identifying RH Catalytic Converter Support Bracket & Bolts

4. Remove the intermediate shaft bearing support bracket-to-block bolt.

5. Carefully remove the intermediate shaft while supporting both ends of the intermediate shaft.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 27: Identifying Intermediate Shaft

6. Remove and discard the circlip from the outboard end of the intermediate shaft.
Fig. 28: Locating Intermediate Shaft Circlip

INSTALLATION
1. Install a new 30 mm (1.181 in) circlip on the outboard end of the intermediate shaft.

2. Position the special tool over the halfshaft oil seal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 30: Identifying Special Tool (205-816)

3. Position the intermediate shaft in the transaxle and engage the intermediate shaft splines with the
transaxle side gears. Make sure the circlip is locked in the gear.
4. Install the intermediate shaft support bracket-to-block stud bolt.
5. Install the RH catalytic converter support brackets and bolts.



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

7. Install the right halfshaft. For additional information, refer to Halfshaft - RH.
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT - ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)
Fig. 33: Exploded View Of Intermediate Shaft - All Wheel Drive (AWD) With Torque Specification

Intermediate shaft support bracket bolt (2
1 W500235-S
required)
2 3K183 Intermediate shaft assembly
REMOVAL
NOTE: The intermediate shaft seal in the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) must be replaced
whenever the intermediate shaft is removed. For additional information, refer to
TRANSFER CASE - POWER TRANSFER UNIT (PTU) article.
1. Remove the right halfshaft assembly. For additional information, refer to Halfshaft - RH.
2. Remove the 2 intermediate shaft support bracket bolts and the intermediate shaft.
3. Remove and discard the circlip from the outboard end of the intermediate shaft.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

INSTALLATION
1. Install a new 30 mm (1.181 in) circlip on the outboard end of the intermediate shaft.

2. Install a new intermediate shaft seal in the PTU. For additional information, refer to TRANSFER CASE
- POWER TRANSFER UNIT (PTU) article.
3. Position the intermediate shaft in the PTU and engage the intermediate shaft splines with the PTU gears.
4. Install the 2 intermediate shaft support bracket bolts.
5. Install the right halfshaft. For additional information, refer to Halfshaft - RH.
CONSTANT VELOCITY (CV) JOINT BOOT
Special Tools
Installer, Constant Velocity Joint

205-343 (T95P-3514-A)
Boot Clamp
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 36: Exploded View Of Constant Velocity (CV) Joint Boot


Low profile large inboard boots inner
1 -
clamps (serviced in 3A331 kit only)
Low profile small inboard boots
2 -
(serviced in 3A331 kit only)
Intermediate shaft boot clamps (serviced
3 -
in 3A331 kit only)
Outboard boot outer clamps (serviced in
4 -
3A331 kit only)
Outboard constant velocity (CV) joint
5 -
boots (serviced in 3A331 kit only)
Inboard CV joint boots (serviced in
6 -
3A331 kit only)
DISASSEMBLY
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the halfshaft assembly. For additional information, refer to Halfshaft - RH and Halfshaft - LH.
2. For the inboard constant velocity (CV) joint, remove and discard the boot clamps.
3. Remove the inboard CV joint retaining ring.
Fig. 37: Locating Retaining Ring

CAUTION: Do not let the roller bearings fall or damage to the component may
occur.
4. For the inboard CV joint, carry out the following:

 Remove and discard the retainer circlip.
 Slide the boot away from the CV joint.
Fig. 38: Identifying CV Joint & Snap Ring On Halfshaft

5. Using a suitable 3-jaw puller, remove the CV joint.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 39: Identifying CV Joint Using Suitable 3-Jaw Puller

6. Remove and discard the inner CV boot.
Fig. 40: Locating Inner CV Boot

NOTE: The outboard CV joint is not removable from the halfshaft. The boot must
be removed or installed from the inboard CV joint side of the shaft.
7. For the outboard CV joint, carry out the following:

1. Remove and discard the boot clamps.
2. Remove and discard the boot.
Fig. 41: Identifying Boot Clamps & Boot
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Do not mix the boot clamps.
1. Lubricate the outboard CV joint.

1. Pack the outboard CV joint with grease from the kit.
 One-third of the grease must be installed in the joint with the remainder placed in the boot.
2. Spread the remaining grease evenly inside the boot.
Fig. 42: Identifying Outboard CV Joint & Boot

2. Position the boot so the rib on the boot is located in the groove of the shaft.
Fig. 43: Locating Boot In Groove Of Shaft

3. Position the outboard halfshaft boot and the outboard boot clamps.
1. Position the boot.
2. Position the boot clamps.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 44: Positioning Boot Clamps

4. Install the outboard CV boot clamps.
Fig. 45: Identifying Outboard CV Boot Clamp

5. Position the inboard clamp and boot.
Fig. 46: Identifying Inboard Clamp & Boot

6. Install the CV joint and snap ring on the halfshaft.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 47: Identifying CV Joint & Snap Ring On Halfshaft

7. Fill the inboard CV joint housing with grease from the kit.
 One-half of the grease must be installed in the joint and the remainder placed in the boot.
Fig. 48: Locating Inboard CV Joint Housing

CAUTION: Do not let the roller bearings fall or damage to the component may
occur.
8. Position the CV housing on the CV joint.
Fig. 49: Locating CV Housing On CV Joint

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
9. Install the retaining ring.

10. Position the inboard halfshaft boot and clamps.

 Position the boot in the housing groove.
 Position the boot clamps.
Fig. 51: Locating Boot Clamps & Housing Groove

11. Set the halfshaft assembled length to specifications. For additional information, refer to
SPECIFICATIONS .
1. Measure the entire assembly length.
2. Push in or pull out on the inner joint as necessary to adjust the halfshaft assembled length.
3. Hold the inner joint to prevent the assembled length from changing and insert a small flat-blade
screwdriver between the boot and the joint to equalize the pressure.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 52: Identifying Halfshaft Length Measurements

12. Install the boot clamps.

 Place the lever arm to the closed position and use a soft-faced hammer to close the tabs.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 53: Placing Lever Arm To Closed Position & Use A Soft-Faced Hammer To Close Tabs
13. Install the halfshaft assembly. For additional information, refer to Halfshaft - RH and Halfshaft - LH.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 TRANSMISSIONS Rear Drive Halfshafts - Edge & MKX
2008 TRANSMISSIONS
Rear Drive Halfshafts - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Left rear halfshaft assembled length 863.9 mm (34.01 in)
Right rear halfshaft assembled length 915.6 mm (36.05 in)
LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

Lubricant Specification Capacity
Rear Halfshaft Inboard Constant Velocity (CV) Joint
Constant Velocity Joint Grease 108 g
-
supplied in boot kit 4L537 (3.80 oz)
Rear Halfshaft Outboard CV Joint
Constant Velocity Joint Grease 88 g
-
supplied in boot kit 4L537 (3.10 oz)
Brake caliper hose bracket bolt 15 11
Lower arm outboard bolt 150 111
Lower shock absorber nut 80 59
Rear wheel hub nut (inner) 275 203
Rear wheel hub nut (outer) 175 129
Stabilizer bar link nut 35 26
Toe link bracket bolt 200 148
Toe link outboard bolt 150 111
Upper arm outboard bolt 150 111

REAR DRIVE HALFSHAFTS
Rear Drive Halfshafts
The rear drive halfshafts consist of the following:
 Inner constant velocity (CV) joints

 Outer CV joints
 Interconnecting shafts
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Convoluted CV joint boots

 CV joint boot clamps
 Special CV high-temperature grease
 Tripod joint housings
 Ball and cage housings
 Circlip stopper that holds the cross-groove inboard race assembly (inboard CV joint) together
 Circlip that retains the splined inboard CV joint to the differential side gear
 RH and LH halfshafts that are different lengths, with the LH halfshaft being the longer of the two
The rear drive halfshafts link the rear axle to the rear wheel hubs. The CV joints allow the halfshafts to rotate
smoothly through the required changes in angles between the stationary axle and the varying angles of the rear
wheels including jounce and rebound. The CV joints are either tri-lobed style or the caged-ball type, depending
on inboard or outboard. New halfshaft components are available in kit 4L537 which contains grease, circlips,
boots and clamps.
Handle all halfshaft components carefully during removal and installation and during various component
disassembly and assembly procedures. Never pick up or hold the halfshaft only by the inboard or outboard CV
joint. Do not overangle the CV joints. Damage will occur to an assembled inboard CV joint if it is overplunged
outward from the joint housing. Never use a hammer to remove or install the halfshafts from the hub. Never use
the halfshaft assembly as a lever to position other components. Always support the free end of the halfshaft. Do
not allow the boots to contact sharp edges or hot exhaust components. Handle the halfshaft only by the
interconnecting shaft to avoid pull-apart and potential damage to the CV joints. Excessive pulling force on the
interconnecting shaft between joints of the halfshaft will result in internal joint damage. Axial loads used in
assisting removal must be applied through the inboard joint housing only. Do not drop assembled halfshafts.
The impact will cut the boots from the inside without evidence of external damage. Do not remove the outer CV
joint by pulling on the interconnecting shaft. Inspect all machined surfaces and splines for damage.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
REAR DRIVE HALFSHAFTS

HALFSHAFT
Special Tools
Axle Seal Protector 205-816
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
205-D070 (D93P-1175-B) or
Front Hub Remover
equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Halfshaft Components With Torque Specifications


1 W712435 Outer hub bearing nut
2 W712435 Inner hub bearing nut
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3 W520516 Toe link outboard nut

4 W500766 Toe link outboard bolt
6 W520516 Upper arm outboard nut
7 W500766 Upper arm outboard bolt
8 5500 Upper control arm
9 4B402 Halfshaft assembly
10 W712459 Lower shock absorber flag bolt
11 W520214 Lower shock absorber nut
12 5A486 Stabilizer bar link
13 W500766 Lower arm outboard bolt
14 W520516 Lower arm outboard nut
REMOVAL
2. Remove the rear wheel speed sensor. For additional information, refer to VEHICLE DYNAMIC
SYSTEMS article.
3. Remove and discard the inner and outer rear wheel hub nuts.
4. Remove the brake caliper hose bracket bolt.
Fig. 2: Locating Brake Caliper Hose Bracket Bolt

5. Remove the rear brake disc. For additional information, refer to REAR DISC BRAKE article.
6. Remove the upper arm outboard bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Locating Upper Arm Bolt

7. Lift the upper arm from the knuckle.
Fig. 4: Lifting Upper Arm From Knuckle

8. Support the lower arm and remove the lower shock nut and bolt.
Fig. 5: Supporting Lower Arm

9. Remove the stabilizer link upper nut.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 6: Locating Stabilizer Link Upper Nut

10. Remove the outer toe link nut and bolt.
Fig. 7: Locating Outer Toe Link Nut & Bolt

11. Support the wheel knuckle and remove the lower arm nut and bolt.
Fig. 8: Locating Lower Arm Bolt

12. Using the special tool, separate the halfshaft from the rear axle hub assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: Do not damage the oil seal when removing the axle halfshaft from the
differential.
13. Using a suitable pry bar, remove the halfshaft.
Fig. 10: Removing Halfshaft Using A Suitable Pry Bar

14. Position the halfshaft up through the wheel knuckle opening and remove the halfshaft.
Fig. 11: Identifying Halfshaft & Wheel Knuckle

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
15. Remove and discard the circlip from the stub shaft.

INSTALLATION
1. Install a new 28 mm (1.102 in) circlip on the stub shaft.

NOTE: Make sure the oil seal protector is correctly aligned with the differential oil
seal during installation.
2. Using the special tool, install the halfshaft in the differential.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 14: Installing Halfshaft In Differential Using Special Tool (205-816)

3. Install the stub shaft in the rear drive unit.

 Make sure the circlip locks in the side gear.
Fig. 15: Installing Stub Shaft In Rear Drive Unit

4. Slide the outboard CV joint down through the knuckle.
Fig. 16: Identifying Halfshaft & Wheel Knuckle

5. Position the halfshaft outer CV joint through the hub bearing.

6. Using a suitable tool, install the outer halfshaft end into the hub assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

7. Position the upper arm outboard end and install the bolt.
Fig. 18: Locating Upper Arm Bolt

8. Position the lower arm and install the lower arm bolt and nut.
Fig. 19: Locating Lower Arm Bolt

CAUTION: Do not tighten the rear wheel hub nut with the vehicle on the ground.
The nut must be tightened to specification before the vehicle is
lowered to the ground. Wheel bearing damage will occur if the wheel
bearing is loaded with the weight of the vehicle applied.
9. Install the 2 new rear wheel hub nuts.

 Tighten the inner hub nut to 275 Nm (203 lb-ft).
 Tighten the outer hub nut to 175 Nm (129 lb-ft).
10. Install the rear toe link bolt.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 20: Locating Outer Toe Link Nut & Bolt

11. Install stabilizer link upper nut.

Fig. 21: Locating Stabilizer Link Upper Nut

12. Install the lower shock absorber bolt.

13. Install the rear wheel speed sensor. For additional information, refer to VEHICLE DYNAMIC
SYSTEMS article.
14. Install the rear brake disc. For additional information, refer to REAR DISC BRAKE article.
15. Install the brake caliper hose bracket bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 22: Locating Brake Caliper Hose Bracket Bolt

16. Install the tire and wheel. For additional information, refer to WHEELS AND TIRES article.
CONSTANT VELOCITY (CV) JOINT BOOT
Special Tools
Installer, Constant Velocity Joint

205-343 (T95P-3514-A)
Boot Clamp
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 23: Exploded View Of Constant Velocity (CV) Joint Boot


Outboard constant velocity (CV) joint
1 4B202
and interconnecting shaft assembly
2 4B478 Boot clamps (part of 4L537)
3 3L537 CV joint boot (part of 4L537)
4 4B478 Boot clamps (part of 4L537)
5 4B422 Retaining ring
6 - Ball cage (part of 3C092)
7 - Ball (8 required) (part of 3C092)
8 - Inner race (part of 3C092)
9 3B426 Snap ring
10 3C092 Inboard CV joint housing
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove the halfshaft assembly. For additional information, refer to Halfshaft .

2. Remove and discard the inboard constant velocity (CV) joint boot clamps.
Fig. 24: Identifying Inboard Constant Velocity (CV) Joint Boot Clamps
3. With the inboard CV joint boot removed from the housing, remove the retaining ring.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

4. Remove the 8 balls and outer race.
Fig. 26: Locating Outer Race Balls

5. Remove the CV joint housing snap ring.
Fig. 27: Locating Retainer Snap Ring

NOTE: The outboard CV joint is not removable from the halfshaft. The boot must
be removed or installed from the inboard CV joint side of the shaft.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
7. For the outboard CV joint boot, carry out the following:

1. Remove and discard the boot clamps.
Fig. 28: Identifying Boot Clamps And Boot

ASSEMBLY
1. For the outboard CV joint, carry out the following:

1. Slide the boot on the interconnecting shaft.
2. Pack the outboard CV joint with 80 g (2.82 oz) of grease supplied in the boot kit.
3. Spread any remaining grease evenly inside the boot.
4. Install the boot by seating it in the groove in the CV joint housing.
Fig. 29: Identifying CV Joint Housing

2. Using the special tool, install the 79.6 mm (3.13 in) boot clamps on the large end of the boot.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 30: Installing Boot Clamps Using Special Tool (205-343)

3. Install the small clamp on the small end of the boot.
CAUTION: Install a new circlip every time the halfshaft is removed from the axle
or damage to the component may occur.
CAUTION: Start one end of the circlip in the groove and work the circlip over the
halfshaft and into the groove to prevent the circlip from
overexpanding or damage to the clamp may occur.
4. Install a new retainer circlip.

5. Position the small clamp on the interconnecting shaft before installing the boot.
6. Position the boot on the interconnecting shaft.
7. Install the inner race and the retainer snap ring.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 32: Locating Retainer Snap Ring

8. Install the outer race with 8 balls.
Fig. 33: Locating Outer Race Balls

9. Insert the assembly in the housing.

10. Install the retaining ring.

11. For the inboard CV joint, carry out the following steps in sequence:
1. Pack the inboard CV joint housing with 108 g (3.80 oz) of grease supplied in the boot kit.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Spread any remaining grease evenly inside the boot and CV joint.
3. Install the inboard CV joint housing, seating the boot in the groove in the housing.
12. Set the halfshaft assembled length to specifications. For additional information, refer to
SPECIFICATIONS .
1. Measure the entire assembly length.
2. Push in or pull out on the inner joint as necessary to adjust the halfshaft assembled length.
3. Hold the inner joint to prevent the assembled length from changing and insert a soft, flat tool
between the boot and the joint to equalize the pressure.
Fig. 35: Pushing In Or Pulling Out On Inner Joint As Necessary To Adjust Halfshaft Assembled
Length
13. Using the special tool, install the 77.5 mm (3.05 in) boot clamps on the large end of the boot.
Fig. 36: Installing Both Boot Clamps Using Special Tool (205-343)
14. Install the smaller boot clamp.

15. Install the halfshaft assembly. For additional information, refer to Halfshaft .
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 BRAKES Power Brake Actuation - Edge & MKX
2008 BRAKES
Power Brake Actuation - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Brake booster nuts 23 17

BRAKE BOOSTER
The power brake actuation system consists of the following components:
 Brake booster
 Brake booster check valve
 Brake booster vacuum supply hose
The brake booster uses engine vacuum from the intake manifold to create a partial vacuum inside the vacuum
booster on both sides of the diaphragm. When the brake pedal is pressed, the booster rod opens a valve,
allowing air to enter the booster on one side of the diaphragm while sealing off the opposite side. This increases
pressure on that side of the diaphragm so that it helps push the rod, which in turn pushes the piston in the master
cylinder. As the brake pedal is released, the valve seals off the outside air supply while opening the vacuum
valve. This restores vacuum to both sides of the diaphragm, allowing everything to return to its original
position.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
POWER BRAKE SYSTEM
Refer to BRAKE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.

BRAKE BOOSTER
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Brake Booster With Torque Specification


1 9C490 Manifold vacuum hose assembly
2 - Brake booster
3 7B096 Brake booster push rod spring clip
4 W707144 Brake booster nut (4 required)
5 2N513 Brake booster push rod pin
CAUTION: Do not service the brake pedal or brake booster without first
removing the stoplamp switch and speed control deactivator switch.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
These switches must be removed with the brake pedal in the at-rest
position. Switch plungers must be compressed for the switch to
rotate in the bracket. Attempting to remove the switch when the
plunger is extended (during pedal apply) will result in damage to the
switch.
1. Remove the stoplamp switch. For additional information, refer to EXTERIOR LIGHTING article.
CAUTION: The brake booster check valve must be disconnected from the brake
booster (prior to removing the master cylinder) or the master cylinder
seal may be drawn into the brake booster.
2. Disconnect the brake booster check valve from the brake booster to deplete the residual vacuum in the
brake booster.
3. Remove the brake master cylinder. For additional information, refer to HYDRAULIC BRAKE
ACTUATION article.
CAUTION: Make sure that the vacuum hose assembly is routed correctly so it
does not make contact with surrounding components or damage to
the hose may occur.
4. Disconnect the vacuum hose and wire harness from the studs and position aside.
Fig. 2: Identifying Vacuum Hose & Wire Harness Studs

5. Remove the brake booster push rod pin and clip and disconnect the push rod from the brake pedal.
6. Remove the 4 brake booster nuts.
7. Remove the brake booster.
CAUTION: Do not press, pull or otherwise move the brake pedal while installing
the stoplamp switch or the speed control deactivator switch. These
switches must be installed with the booster push rod attached to the
brake pedal and with the brake pedal in the at-rest position. Installing
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
these switches with the brake pedal in any other position will result
in incorrect adjustment and may damage the switches.

9. Check the brake booster for correct operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 GENERAL INFORMATION Brake System - General Information - Edge & MKX
2008 GENERAL INFORMATION
Brake System - General Information - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL
High Performance DOT 3 Motor WSS-M6C62-A or WSS-M6C65- 803 - 821 ml (1.69 - 1.74 pt)
Vehicle Brake Fluid A1
High Temperature Nickel Anti- ESE-M12A4-A -
Seize Lubricant
XL-2 (US); CXG-2-B (Canada)
Metal Brake Parts Cleaner - -
PM-4-A or PM-4-B (US); CPM-4
(Canada)
Silicone Brake Caliper Grease and ESE-M1C171-A -
Dielectric Compound
XG-3-A
Item Specification
Front Brake Disc
Maximum brake pad taper wear (in any direction) 3.0 mm (0.118 in)
Minimum brake disc thickness 26 mm (1.023 in)
Minimum brake pad thickness 3.0 mm (0.118 in)
Rear Brake Disc
Maximum brake pad taper wear (in any direction) 3.0 mm (0.118 in)
Minimum brake disc thickness 16 mm (0.629 in)
Minimum brake pad thickness 3.0 mm (0.118 in)
Brake caliper bleeder screw 8 - 71
Master cylinder brake tube fittings 28 21 -

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system has the following components:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Fixed position foot pedal

 Vacuum-assisted power brake booster
 Diagonal split hydraulic system
 Front disc brakes
 Rear disc brakes
 Drum-in-hat park brake system
 ABS hydraulic control unit (HCU).
The brake pedal is connected to the power brake booster, which is connected to the brake master cylinder.
When the brake pedal is pressed, brake fluid is pushed through the doubled-walled steel tubes and flexible hoses
to the front and rear disc brake calipers. The brake fluid enters the disc brake calipers, forcing the caliper
pistons and brake pads outward against the brake disc friction surface, slowing or stopping rotation. When the
brake pedal is released, brake fluid pressure is relieved, returning the front and rear disc brake caliper pistons
and brake pads to the unapplied position.
For information on:
 the non-adjustable pedals, refer to HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATION article.

 ABS and HCU, refer to VEHICLE DYNAMIC SYSTEMS article.
 the master cylinder and fluid reservoir, refer to HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATION article.
 the vacuum assisted power brake booster, refer to POWER BRAKE ACTUATION article.
 the front brake calipers, refer to FRONT DISC BRAKE article.
 the rear brake calipers, refer to REAR DISC BRAKE article.
 the drum-in-hat integrated parking brake system, refer to PARKING BRAKE AND ACTUATION
article.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
BRAKE SYSTEM
MATERIAL
Item Specification
High Performance DOT 3 Motor Vehicle Brake WSS-M6C62-A or WSS-M6C65-A1
Fluid
Metal Brake Parts Cleaner -
PM-4-A or PM-4-B (US); CPM-4 (Canada)
Silicone Brake Caliper Grease and Dielectric ESE-M1C171-A
Compound
XG-3-A
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Brake System
Applying the brake pedal uses lever action to push a rod into the brake booster, which through the use of
vacuum, boosts the force of the rod and then transmits this force into the master cylinder. This produces
hydraulic pressure in the master cylinder. On vehicles not equipped with ABS, the hydraulic pressure is
transmitted by brake fluid through the brake tubes to the individual brake calipers. On vehicles equipped with
ABS, the hydraulic pressure is transmitted by brake fluid through the brake tubes to the ABS hydraulic control
unit (HCU), which then distributes that pressure to the individual brake calipers. The brake calipers use
hydraulic pressure to apply the pads. The application of the brake pads will cause the rotation of the wheels to
slow or stop depending on how much brake pressure is applied. The parking brakes carry out the same function
except that they are mechanically actuated by a cable that connects only to the rear brakes.
Red Brake Warning Indicator
The red brake warning indicator alerts the driver to certain conditions that exist in the brake system. The
instrument cluster performs a bulb check when the ignition key is turned to the RUN position. The conditions
that cause the indicator to illuminate are low brake fluid level, the parking brake is applied or there is a fault in
the ABS (if the yellow ABS warning indicator is also illuminated).
injury.

NOTE: Always check the fluid level in the brake master cylinder reservoir before
carrying out the test procedures. If the fluid level is not at the correct level,
clean the reservoir cap before removing, then add clean, specified brake fluid.
NOTE: Prior to carrying out any diagnosis, make sure the brake warning indicator
operates correctly. If the brake indicator does not operate correctly, refer to
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES
article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The first indication that something may be wrong in the brake system is a change in the feeling through the
brake pedal. The brake warning indicator in the instrument cluster and the brake fluid level in the brake master
cylinder reservoir are also indicators of system concerns.
If a wheel is locked and the vehicle must be moved, open a bleeder screw at the locked wheel to let out enough
fluid to relieve the pressure. Close the bleeder screw. This bleeding operation may release the brakes but will
not correct the cause of the concern. If this does not relieve the locked wheel condition, repair the locked
components before proceeding.
Inspect all hoses and connections. All unused vacuum connectors should be capped. Make sure hoses and their
connections are correctly secured and in good condition with no holes, soft or collapsed areas.


 Brake master cylinder  Parking brake switch
 Brake master cylinder  Brake fluid level switch
reservoir  Wiring, terminals or
 Brake booster connectors
 Brake booster check
valve
 Brake booster vacuum
hose
 Brake hoses and tubes
 Brake caliper
 Brake caliper piston
seals
 Brake caliper guide pins
 Brake disc
 Brake pads
 Brake pedal linkage
 Wheel bearings
 Tires
4. If the cause is not visually evident, go to SYMPTOM CHART - BRAKE SYSTEM table or Go to
SYMPTOM CHART - NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) table.
For low or spongy brake pedal concerns:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 check for fluid leaks. Repair as necessary.

 check and, if necessary, refill the brake master cylinder reservoir with clean, specified brake fluid.
 bleed the brake system and retest the brake pedal feel.
 if the brake pedal is still low or feels spongy, check the brake pedal mounting for looseness and
correct installation. Check the power brake booster and the master cylinder for loose mounting.
Correct as necessary and retest the system for normal operation.
For a slow or incomplete brake pedal return concern:
 inspect for binding, damage, correct installation or interference at the brake pedal.
 check the power brake booster for binding, damage and correct installation.
Road Test
The technician should have a thorough knowledge of the brake system operation and accepted general braking
guidelines in order to detect any problems.
Select a road that is reasonably smooth and level. Gravel or bumpy roads are not suitable because the surface
does not allow the tires to grip the road equally. Avoid crowned roads.
A key factor in evaluating brake concerns is the deceleration rate. This varies from vehicle to vehicle and with
changes in operating conditions. It is evident how well the brakes are working after just a few applications.
Brake Pads
NOTE: It is not required to install new brake pads if the friction material thickness is
within specifications. It is also not required to install new brake pads when the
brake discs are machined.
 Remove the brake pads. Refer to FRONT DISC BRAKE article for front disc brakes or REAR DISC
BRAKE article for rear disc brakes.
 Inspect and measure the thickness of the brake pad friction material. Refer to SPECIFICATIONS.
 If there are missing chunks or cracks in the lining through to the backing plate, install new brake
pads. Refer to FRONT DISC BRAKE article for front disc brakes or REAR DISC BRAKE
article for rear disc brakes.
 If the thickness of the friction material is less than the specified thickness, install new brake pads,
Refer to FRONT DISC BRAKE article for front disc brakes or REAR DISC BRAKE article for
rear disc brakes.
 If the friction material shows taper wear that is not within specifications, verify the caliper guide
pins are functioning correctly. Refer to Brake Caliper Guide Pins.
Brake Discs
NOTE: Using an impact tool without a torque socket will lead to unevenly tightened
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
wheel nuts. This causes brake disc on-vehicle lateral runout and brake
roughness.
NOTE: It is generally not required to install new brake discs to address noise issues.
 Remove the brake disc. Refer to FRONT DISC BRAKE article for front disc brakes or REAR DISC
BRAKE article for rear disc brakes.
 Inspect the brake discs and measure the brake disc thickness in a minimum of 4 places around the
circumference of the brake disc. Record the measurements, refer to SPECIFICATIONS.
 If the brake disc is cracked or otherwise damaged, install new a brake disc. Refer to FRONT DISC
BRAKE article for front disc brakes or REAR DISC BRAKE article for rear disc brakes.
 If any thickness measurement is less than the minimum specification, install a new brake disc.
Refer to FRONT DISC BRAKE article for front disc brakes or REAR DISC BRAKE article for
rear disc brakes.
 If the diagnosis has revealed vibration in the steering wheel, seat or pedal while braking that varies
with vehicle speed, machine the brake disc. Heavily scored brake discs, similar to that caused by
pads worn down to the backing plate, should also be machined. In order to machine, discs must be
above the minimum thickness specification. Refer to SPECIFICATIONS and BRAKE DISC
MACHINING.
Brake Calipers
Inspect the brake calipers for the following:
 Brake fluid leaks

 Boots and seals for tears or cracks
 Caliper pistons for binding and corrosion
 Guide pins for correct operation. Refer to Brake Caliper Guide Pins.
Brake Caliper Guide Pins
NOTE: Do not use power tools for caliper guide pin bore cleaning. Damage to the bore
may result.
NOTE: The guide pins are part of the anchor plate.
The guide pins should slide with a reasonable amount of hand force. If the brake pads show taper wear or the
guide pins are difficult to move, install a new brake caliper anchor plate. Refer to FRONT DISC BRAKE
article for the front brake caliper anchor plate or REAR DISC BRAKE article for the rear brake caliper anchor
plate.
If the lining is not within specifications, install new brake pads. Refer to FRONT DISC BRAKE article for
front disc brakes or REAR DISC BRAKE article for rear disc brakes.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Brake Hoses and Tubes
NOTE: Never use copper tubing. It is subject to fatigue, cracking and corrosion, which
may result in brake tube failure.
 Double-wall steel tubing is used throughout the brake hydraulic system. All brake tube fittings must be
correctly double flared to provide strong, leakproof connections. When bending tubing to fit the
underbody or rear axle contours, be careful not to kink or crack the tube.
 If a section of the brake tube is damaged, the entire section must be installed with a new tube of the same
type, size, shape and length.
 When installing the hydraulic brake tubing, hoses or connectors, tighten all connections to specifications.
After installation, bleed the brake system. Refer to BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING.
Install a new brake flexible hose if the hose shows signs of softening, cracking or other damage.
When installing a new brake hose, position the hose to avoid contact with other vehicle components.
Non-Pressure Leaks
Two parts of the brake system that may have a brake fluid loss that does not appear when the system is under
pressure are the brake master cylinder reservoir and the brake caliper under the following conditions:
Reservoir
 Missing or poorly-fitted brake master cylinder filler cap

 Missing or damaged brake master cylinder filler cap gasket
 Punctured or otherwise damaged brake master cylinder reservoir
 Missing, damaged or poorly-fitted sealing grommets between the brake master cylinder and the brake
master cylinder reservoir
The brake master cylinder reservoir grommets are not serviceable and must be installed new as part of a new
brake master cylinder and reservoir assembly. Refer to brake master cylinder in HYDRAULIC BRAKE
ACTUATION article.
Brake Caliper
 Foreign material in the caliper piston seal groove

 Punctured or otherwise damaged caliper piston seal
The brake caliper piston seals are not serviceable and must be installed new as part of a new brake caliper.
Refer to FRONT DISC BRAKE article for front disc brakes or REAR DISC BRAKE article for rear disc
brakes.
Brake Master Cylinder - Normal Conditions
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The following conditions are considered normal and are not indications that the brake master cylinder is in need
of service.
Condition 1: During normal operation of the brake master cylinder, the fluid level in the brake master cylinder
reservoir will fall during brake application and rise during release. The net fluid level (such as after brake
application and release) will remain unchanged.
Condition 2: A trace of brake fluid will exist on the booster shell below the master cylinder mounting flange.
This results from the normal lubricating action of the master cylinder bore and seal.
Condition 3: Fluid level will decrease with pad wear.
Brake Master Cylinder - Abnormal Conditions
Changes in brake pedal feel or travel are indicators that something may be wrong in the brake system. Go to
SYMPTOM CHART - BRAKE SYSTEM table for abnormal condition diagnosis.
Brake Booster
Inspect the brake booster:
 for excessive corrosion or damage.

 vacuum connections for leakage.
 vacuum hoses for kinks or leakage.
 check valve for correct operation.
Parking Brake
Check the operation of the parking brake system with the vehicle on a hoist and the parking brake control fully
released. Check the rear brake adjustment or carry out the brake system diagnosis. Refer to PARKING
BRAKE AND ACTUATION article.
Symptom Chart - Brake System
SYMPTOM CHART - BRAKE SYSTEM

 The red brake warning  DTCs in the ABS  REFER to VEHICLE
indicator and the yellow module DYNAMIC SYSTEMS article
ABS warning indicator are to diagnose the ABS module.
illuminated
 The red brake warning  Brake fluid level switch  REFER to INSTRUMENT
indicator is always/never on  Parking brake switch CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE
CENTER, AND WARNING
 Wiring, terminals or CHIMES article to diagnose
connectors the red brake warning
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Instrument cluster indicator.

(SJB)
 The brakes pull or drift  Tires  INSPECT the tires for uneven
or excessive wear, and correct
inflation. REFER to WHEELS
AND TIRES article.
-  Brake pads  INSPECT the brake pads for
contamination, uneven taper or
excessive wear, REFER to
Brake Pads.
-  Brake discs  INSPECT the brake discs and
the hubs for contamination or
damage. INSTALL new brake
discs or hubs as necessary.
REFER to FRONT DISC
BRAKE article for front disc
brakes or REAR DISC
BRAKE article for rear disc
brakes. REFER to FRONT
SUSPENSION article for front
hubs or REAR SUSPENSION
article for rear hubs.
-  Brake calipers and/or  INSPECT the brake calipers
guide pins and guide pins, REFER to
Brake Calipers and Brake
Caliper Guide Pins.
-  Suspension component  INSPECT the suspension and
and/or wheel alignment CHECK the wheel alignment.
REFER to SUSPENSION
SYSTEM - GENERAL
 Brake pedal goes down fast  Brake fluid leaks and/or  INSPECT the system for leaks.
air in the system REPAIR as necessary. FILL
the brake master cylinder
reservoir. BLEED the system.
REFER to BRAKE SYSTEM
BLEEDING.
-  Brake master cylinder  CARRY OUT the Brake
Master Cylinder test in
COMPONENT TESTS.
-  Hydraulic control unit  INSPECT the HCU. REFER to
(HCU) VEHICLE DYNAMIC
SYSTEMS article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 The brake pedal eases down  Air in the system  BLEED the system. REFER to
slowly BRAKE SYSTEM
BLEEDING.
COMPONENT TESTS.
-  HCU  INSPECT the HCU. REFER to
VEHICLE DYNAMIC
SYSTEMS article.
 Brakes lock up under light  Brake pads  INSPECT the brake pads for
brake pedal force uneven taper or excessive
wear, REFER to Brake Pads.
Caliper Guide Pins.
-  Anti-lock brake control  CHECK the anti-lock brake
system control system. REFER to
VEHICLE DYNAMIC
SYSTEMS article.
 Excessive/erratic brake pedal  Brake fluid leaks and/or  INSPECT the system for leaks.
travel air in the system REPAIR as necessary. BLEED
the system. REFER to
BRAKE SYSTEM
BLEEDING.
Caliper Guide Pins.
-  Brake flexible hose  INSPECT the brake flexible
hoses for swelling and damage.
INSTALL new as necessary.
REFER to FRONT DISC
brakes or REAR DISC
brakes.
COMPONENT TESTS.
-  Brake pads  INSPECT the brake pads for
taper wear, REFER to Brake
Pads.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
-  Brake pedal  INSPECT the brake pedal for

binding, obstructions and
correct installation. REPAIR as
necessary. CHECK the brake
pedal fasteners for correct
torque. REFER to
Specifications in
HYDRAULIC BRAKE
ACTUATION article.
-  Anti-lock brake control  CHECK the anti-lock brake
system control system. REFER to
VEHICLE DYNAMIC
SYSTEMS article.
 Brakes drag  Parking brake  REPAIR or INSTALL new
component components as necessary.
REFER to PARKING
BRAKE AND ACTUATION
article.
-  Brake caliper guide pins  INSPECT the caliper guide
pins for correct operation.
INSTALL new components as
necessary. REFER to Brake
Caliper Guide Pins.
-  Disc brake caliper(s)  INSPECT the brake calipers.
REFER to Brake Calipers.
REPAIR or INSTALL new
brake calipers as necessary.
REFER to FRONT DISC
brakes or REAR DISC
brakes.
-  Brake booster  CARRY OUT the Brake
Booster test in COMPONENT
TESTS.
COMPONENT TESTS.
 Excessive brake pedal effort  Insufficient engine  CHECK engine vacuum.
vacuum for brake REFER to the Intake Manifold
booster operation Vacuum Test in ENGINE
SYSTEM - GENERAL
-  Brake booster manifold  VERIFY engine vacuum at the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
vacuum hose booster. REROUTE, REPAIR

or INSTALL new components
as necessary.
-  Brake booster  VERIFY engine vacuum at the
booster. CARRY OUT the
Brake Booster test in
COMPONENT TESTS.
-  Brake booster check  VERIFY engine vacuum at the
valve booster. CARRY OUT the
Check Valve test in
COMPONENT TESTS.

 Vibration when the brakes  Tires  CORRECT any wheel and tire
are applied concern before diagnosing the
brake or suspension systems.
REFER to WHEELS AND
TIRES article to diagnose the
tires.
-  Uneven brake pad  COMPLETE the brake system
wear inspection described in
 Brake disc pad transfer INSPECTION AND
VERIFICATION. If the
 Uneven brake disc condition still exists, go to
wear Pinpoint Test A .
 Suspension
components
 Brake vibration/shudder -  Brake caliper guide  INSPECT the brake caliper guide
occurs when the brake pins pins for correct operation. REFER
pedal is released to Brake Caliper Guide Pins.
-  Brake drag  Go to SYMPTOM CHART -
BRAKE SYSTEM table.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Rattling noise  Caliper mounting bolts  CHECK the caliper bolts.

loose TIGHTEN to specifications.
REFER to FRONT DISC
brakes or REAR DISC BRAKE
article for rear disc brakes.
-  Damaged or worn  CHECK the caliper guide pins
caliper guide pins or and retainers for correct
retainers operation. REFER to Brake
Caliper Guide Pins. INSTALL
new components as necessary.
-  Missing or damaged  CHECK the brake pads for
anti-rattle clips or missing clips or broken springs.
springs INSTALL new components as
necessary. REFER to FRONT
DISC BRAKE article for front
disc brakes or REAR DISC
brakes.
-  Loose brake disc shield  TIGHTEN the brake disc shield
bolts to specification. REFER to
FRONT DISC BRAKE article
for front disc brakes or REAR
DISC BRAKE article for rear
disc brakes.
 Clicking noise - with brakes  ABS hydraulic control  Acceptable condition during an
applied on vehicles unit (HCU) ABS event.
equipped with ABS brakes
 Squealing noise - occurs on  Brake pads  Acceptable condition. Caused by
first (morning) brake humidity and low brake pad
application temperature.
 Squealing noise - a  Brake pads worn  INSPECT brake pads for
continuous squeal below minimum excessive wear, taper wear or
thickness uneven wear. VERIFY brake pads
are within minimum
specifications. REFER to Brake
Pads.
 Squealing noise - an  Brake pads  Acceptable condition.
intermittent squeal brought
on by cold, heat, water,
mud or snow
 Groaning noise - occurs at  Brake pads  Acceptable condition.
low speeds with brake
lightly applied (creeping)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Grinding noise - continuous  Brake pads worn  INSPECT the brake pads, brake
below minimum discs, and attaching hardware for
thickness damage. VERIFY brake
components are within
specifications. REFER to
SPECIFICATIONS.
 Moaning noise  Brake pads  INSPECT the brake pads for
contaminated with contamination. REPAIR or
grease or oil INSTALL new components as
necessary. REFER to FRONT
DISC BRAKE article for front
disc brakes or REAR DISC
brakes.
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test A: Vibration When Brakes are Applied
Normal Operation
During moderate to heavy braking, noise from the hydraulic control unit (HCU) and pulsation in the brake pedal
can be observed. Pedal pulsation coupled with noise during heavy braking or on loose gravel, bumps, wet or
snowy surfaces is acceptable and indicates correct functioning of the ABS. Pedal pulsation alone or steering
wheel nibble when the brakes are applied (frequency is proportional to the vehicle speed) indicates a concern
with a brake or suspension component.
 Brake pad(s)
 Brake disc(s)
 Wheel(s) and tire(s)
 Suspension component(s)
PINPOINT TEST A: VIBRATION WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED
A1 ROAD TEST THE VEHICLE - LIGHT BRAKING

 Road test the vehicle. Warm the brakes by slowing the vehicle from 80 to 32 km/h (50 to 20 mph)
using light brake force. At highway speeds of 89-97 km/h (55-60 mph), apply the brake using light
pedal force.
 Is there a vibration/shudder felt in the steering wheel, seat or brake pedal?
YES : Go to A4.
NO : Go to A2.
A2 ROAD TEST THE VEHICLE - MODERATE TO HEAVY BRAKING
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Road test the vehicle. At highway speeds of 89-97 km/h (55-60 mph), apply the brake using a

moderate to heavy pedal force.
 Is there a vibration/shudder?
YES : Go to A3.
NO : The concern is not present at this time.
A3 CHECK ABS OPERATION
 Road test the vehicle and apply the brakes on a dry, firm surface, then apply the brakes on a wet,
snowy or loose surface (such as gravel).
 Is the vibration/shudder only present on a wet, snowy or loose surface?
YES : This is a normal operating condition of the ABS.

NO : Go to A4.
A4 CHECK THE FRONT SUSPENSION
 Check the front suspension. Refer to SUSPENSION SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION
article.
 Are all the suspension components in satisfactory condition?
YES : Go to A5.
NO : REPAIR or INSTALL new components as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.
A5 RESURFACE THE FRONT BRAKE DISCS
NOTE: Do not use a bench lathe to machine the brake discs. A bench lathe
may cause brake disc on-vehicle lateral runout and brake roughness.
NOTE: Follow the brake lathe manufacturer's instructions to machine the

brake discs. After machining, make sure the brake disc meets the
thickness specification.
Resurface the front brake discs. Refer to BRAKE DISC MACHINING.


 Road test the vehicle.
 Is the vibration/shudder present?
YES : Go to A6.
NO : The concern has been repaired.
A6 CHECK THE REAR SUSPENSION
 Check the rear suspension. Refer to SUSPENSION SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION
article.
 Are all the suspension components in satisfactory condition?
YES : RESURFACE the rear brake discs or brake drums. REFER to BRAKE DISC
MACHINING.
NO : REPAIR or INSTALL new components as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.
Component Tests
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Brake Booster
1. Disconnect the check valve from the brake booster.

2. Apply the parking brake, start the engine and place the transmission in NEUTRAL.
3. Verify that manifold vacuum is available at the check valve with the engine at idle speed and the
transmission in NEUTRAL.
 If manifold vacuum is available, stop the engine, connect the check valve and continue with Step 5.
 If manifold vacuum is not available, continue with Step 4.
4. Disconnect the check valve from the vacuum hose and verify that manifold vacuum is available at the
hose with the engine at idle speed and the transmission in NEUTRAL.
 If manifold vacuum is available, stop the engine, install a new check valve and continue with Step
5.
 If manifold vacuum is not available, stop the engine, connect the vacuum hose to the check valve
and refer to ENGINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article to diagnose the no
vacuum condition.
5. Apply the brake pedal several times to exhaust all vacuum from the system.
6. Apply the brake pedal and hold it in the applied position. Start the engine and verify that the brake pedal
moves downward after the engine starts.
 If the brake pedal moves, the brake booster is operating correctly
 If the brake pedal does not move, install a new brake booster. Refer to POWER BRAKE
ACTUATION article.
7. Operate the engine a minimum of 10 seconds at fast idle. Stop the engine, and let the vehicle stand for 10
minutes. Then apply the brake pedal with approximately 89 N (20 lb) of force. The brake pedal feel
should be the same as that noted with the engine operating. If the brake pedal feels hard (no power assist),
install a new brake booster check valve and retest. If the brake pedal feels spongy, bleed the hydraulic
system to remove air. Refer to BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING.
Brake Booster Check Valve
The function of the brake booster check valve is to allow manifold vacuum to enter the brake booster and
prevent the escape of vacuum in case manifold vacuum is lost during sustained full throttle operation.
1. Disconnect the vacuum booster hose from the check valve.

2. Apply the parking brake, start the engine and place the transmission in NEUTRAL.
3. Verify that manifold vacuum is available at the check valve end of the vacuum hose with the engine at
idle speed and the transmission in NEUTRAL.
 If manifold vacuum is available, stop the engine, connect the vacuum hose to the check valve and
continue this test.
 If manifold vacuum is not available, stop the engine, connect the vacuum hose to the check valve
and refer to ENGINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article to diagnose the no
vacuum condition.
4. Connect the vacuum hose to the check valve and run the engine for at least 10 seconds.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5. Operate the brake pedal to check for power assist.

 If power assist is present, continue with this test.
 If power assist is not present, refer to Brake Booster test in COMPONENT TESTS.
NOTE: Do not remove the brake booster check valve from the brake booster in
this step.
6. Stop the engine and disconnect the vacuum booster hose from the brake booster check valve.
7. Apply the brake and verify that there is enough vacuum retained in the brake booster for at least one
power-assisted brake application.
 If there is enough vacuum for at least one power-assisted brake application, the check valve is
functioning correctly.
 If there is not enough vacuum for at least one power-assisted brake application, continue with this
test.
8. Inspect the brake booster for any signs of damage that may cause a leak.
 If any damage is found, install a new brake booster and repeat this test.
 If no damage is found, install a new check valve.
Brake Master Cylinder - Bypass Condition
1. Disconnect the brake tubes from the master cylinder.

2. Plug the outlet ports of the master cylinder.
3. Apply the brakes. If brake pedal height cannot be maintained, the brake master cylinder has an internal
leak and a new brake master cylinder must be installed.
Brake Master Cylinder - Compensator Port
The purpose of the compensator ports in the brake master cylinder is to:
 supply additional brake fluid from the brake master cylinder reservoir needed by the brake system due to
brake lining wear.
 allow brake fluid to return to the brake master cylinder reservoir when the brakes are released. The
returning brake fluid creates a slight turbulence in the brake master cylinder reservoir. This is a normal
condition and indicates that the compensator ports are not clogged.
Clogged compensator ports may cause the brakes to hang up or not fully release. If clogged compensator ports
are suspected, proceed as follows:
1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. Refer to JACKING AND LIFTING article.
2. With the brakes released, attempt to rotate each wheel and check for any brake drag.
 If an excessive amount of brake drag exists at all 4 wheels, continue with the test.
 If an excessive amount of brake drag exists at only one wheel, it indicates a possible seized brake
caliper, brake wheel cylinder or parking brake component. Repair or install new components as
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
necessary.
3. Check the brake stoplamp switch and the brake pedal free play to verify that the brake pedal is not
partially applied.
4. Loosen the brake master cylinder nuts and position the brake master cylinder away from the brake
booster.
5. With the brakes released, attempt to rotate each wheel and check for any brake drag.
 If the brake drag is no longer present, install a new brake booster. Refer to POWER BRAKE
ACTUATION article.
 If the brake drag is still present, install a new master cylinder. Refer to HYDRAULIC BRAKE
ACTUATION article.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
BRAKE DISC MACHINING
NOTE: Do not use a bench lathe to machine the brake discs. Use an on-vehicle brake
lathe only. Read the entire operating manual and/or view the video shipped with
the lathe before installing, operating or repairing the lathe.
NOTE: An on-vehicle brake lathe with an automatic runout adjustment feature is

preferred. However, if the lathe is not self adjusting, the lathe oscillation must
be adjusted using a dial indicator. The total indicated runout target is 0.000 mm
(0.000 in). The maximum indicated runout should be no more than 0.050 mm
(0.002 in). If the runout adjustment (automatic or manual) is carried out correctly
prior to machining, then the final brake disc runout will be within specification
and a runout measurement is not necessary after machining.
NOTE: Do not machine new brake discs.
NOTE: Lateral runout and disc thickness variation measurements are not required
because correct adjustment of the on-vehicle brake lathe will make sure that
these dimensions are within specification.
1. Remove the wheel and tire. For additional information, refer to WHEELS AND TIRES article.
NOTE: Do not allow the caliper to hang from the brake hose or damage to the
hose may occur.
NOTE: It is not necessary to disconnect the brake tube from the brake caliper.
2. Remove the bolts and position the brake caliper or brake caliper and anchor plate assembly aside, as
required.
 Support the brake caliper using mechanic's wire.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Install the hub adapter using:

 four wheel nuts on a 4-stud wheel hub.
 five wheel nuts on a 5-stud wheel hub.
 six wheel nuts on a 6-stud wheel hub.
 four wheel nuts on a 7- or 8-stud wheel hub.
 five wheel nuts on a 10-stud wheel hub.
4. Install the cutting lathe.

5. If the lathe is not self adjusting, adjust the lathe oscillation using a dial indicator. The total indicated
runout target is 0.000 mm (0.000 in). The maximum indicated runout should be no more than 0.050 mm
(0.002 in).
6. Center the cutting head, adjust the cutting bits and install the chip deflector/silencer.
NOTE: The depth of the cut should be between 0.10 and 0.40 mm (0.004 and 0.015
in). Lighter cuts will cause the bit to heat up and wear faster. Heavier cuts
will cause poor brake disc surface finish.
7. Machine the brake disc.

8. Remove the lathe and the silencer.
9. Remove the wheel nuts and hub adapter.
10. Remove the metal shavings.
NOTE: It is not required to install new brake pads if friction material is within
specifications. For additional information, refer to SPECIFICATIONS.
11. Position the brake caliper or brake caliper and anchor plate assembly.
 Install the bolts.
 For fastener torque specifications, refer to FRONT DISC BRAKE article for front disc brakes or
REAR DISC BRAKE article for rear disc brakes.
12. Install the wheel and tire. For additional information, refer to WHEELS AND TIRES article.
BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING
SPECIAL TOOLS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
MATERIAL
Item Specification
Fluid
Pressure Bleed
injury.

WARNING: Do not allow the brake master cylinder to run dry during the bleeding
operation. Master cylinder may be damaged if operated without fluid,
resulting in degraded braking performance. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in serious personal injury.
NOTE: When any part of the hydraulic system has been disconnected for repair or
installation of new components, air can get into the system and cause spongy
brake pedal action. This requires bleeding of the hydraulic system after it has
been correctly connected.
NOTE: Pressure bleed the brake system at 207-345 kPa (30-50 psi).
NOTE: If the hydraulic control unit (HCU) or any component upstream of the HCU
are installed new, carry out the Brake System Pressure Bleeding
procedure, then the anti-lock HCU bleed procedure, followed by another
Brake System Bleed Procedure.
1. Clean all the dirt from around the brake fluid reservoir cap and remove the cap. Fill the brake master
cylinder reservoir with clean, specified brake fluid.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Identifying Brake Master Cylinder Fluid Reservoir Cap And Max Fill Line
NOTE: Master cylinder pressure bleeder adapter tools are available from various
manufacturers of pressure bleeding equipment. Follow the instructions of
the manufacturer when installing the adapter.
2. Install the bleeder adapter to the brake master cylinder reservoir and attach the bleeder tank hose to the
fitting on the adapter.
NOTE: Bleed the longest line first. Make sure the bleeder tank contains enough
specified brake fluid to complete the bleeding operation.
3. Remove the RH rear brake caliper bleeder cap and place a box-end wrench on the bleeder screw. Attach a
rubber drain tube to the RH rear bleeder screw and submerge the free end of the tube in a container
partially filled with clean, specified brake fluid.
4. Open the valve on the bleeder tank.
5. Loosen the RH rear brake caliper bleeder screw. Leave open until clear, bubble-free brake fluid flows,
then tighten the RH rear bleeder screw.
 Press and release the parking brake 5 times.
 Repeat until clear, bubble-free fluid comes out.
6. Tighten the RH rear brake caliper bleeder screw to 8 N.m (71 lb-in), remove the rubber hose and install
the bleeder screw cap.
7. Repeat Steps 5 and 6 for the LH rear brake caliper.
 Tighten the LH rear brake caliper bleeder screw to 8 N.m (71 lb-in).
8. Continue bleeding the front of the system, going in order from the RH front brake caliper and then to the
LH front brake caliper.
 Tighten the front brake caliper bleeder screws to 8 N.m (71 lb-in).
9. Close the bleeder tank valve. Remove the tank hose from the adapter and remove the adapter. Fill the
reservoir with clean, specified brake fluid and install the reservoir cap.
Manual Bleeding
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

injury.

NOTE: When any part of the hydraulic system is disconnected for repair or installation
of new components, air can get into the system and cause spongy brake pedal
action. This requires bleeding of the hydraulic system after it is correctly
connected. The hydraulic system can be bled manually or with pressure
bleeding equipment.
1. Clean all dirt from and remove the brake master cylinder filler cap and fill the brake master cylinder
reservoir with clean, specified brake fluid.
Fig. 2: Identifying Brake Master Cylinder Fluid Reservoir Cap And Max Fill Line
NOTE: Bleed the brake system from the longest to the shortest brake line.
2. Remove the RH rear brake caliper bleeder screw cap and place a box-end wrench on the bleeder screw.
Attach a rubber drain hose to the bleeder screw and submerge the free end of the hose in a container
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

3. Have an assistant pump the brake pedal and then hold firm pressure on the brake pedal.
4. Loosen the RH rear brake caliper bleeder screw until a stream of brake fluid comes out. While the
assistant maintains pressure on the brake pedal, tighten the bleeder screw.
 Refill the brake master cylinder reservoir as necessary.
5. Tighten the RH rear brake caliper bleeder screw to 8 N.m (71 lb-in), remove the rubber hose and install
6. Repeat Steps 2 through 5 for the LH rear brake caliper bleeder screw.
 Tighten the LH rear brake caliper bleeder screw to 8 N.m (71 lb-in).
7. Remove the RH front brake caliper bleeder screw cap and place a box-end wrench on the bleeder screw.
Attach a rubber drain hose to the bleeder screw and submerge the free end of the hose in a container
Fig. 3: Locating Rubber Drain Tube

9. Loosen the RH front brake caliper bleeder screw until a stream of brake fluid comes out. While the
assistant maintains pressure on the brake pedal, tighten the bleeder screw.
10. Tighten the RH front brake caliper bleeder screw to 8 N.m (71 lb-in), remove the rubber hose and install
11. Repeat Steps 7 through 10 for the LH front brake caliper bleeder screw.
 Tighten the LH front brake caliper bleeder screw to 8 N.m (71 lb-in).
ABS Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Bleeding
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
injury.

NOTE: This procedure is only required when a new hydraulic control unit (HCU) is
installed.
NOTE: When any part of the hydraulic system is disconnected for repair or installation
of new components, air can get into the system and cause spongy brake pedal
action. This requires bleeding of the hydraulic system after it is correctly
bleeding equipment.
NOTE: Carrying out the System Bleed function drives trapped air from the HCU.
Subsequent bleeding removes the air from the brake hydraulic system
through the bleeder screws.
NOTE: Adequate voltage to the HCU module is required during the anti-lock
control portion of the system bleed.
1. Connect the scan tool to the vehicle.

2. Access the ABS HCU bleed function and follow the directions on the scan tool.
3. Manually bleed the brake hydraulic system. For additional information, refer to MANUAL BLEEDING.
4. Repeat the procedure carrying out a total of 2 scan tool cycles and 2 manual bleed cycles.
COMPONENT BLEEDING
MATERIAL
Item Specification
Fluid
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Master Cylinder
injury.

NOTE: When a new brake master cylinder has been installed or the system has been
emptied, or partially emptied, it should be primed to prevent air from getting
into the system.
NOTE: When any part of the hydraulic system has been disconnected for repair or new
installation, air may get into the system and cause spongy brake pedal action.
This requires bleeding of the hydraulic system after it has been correctly
bleeding equipment.
1. Disconnect the brake master cylinder outlet tubes.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Identifying Brake Lines

2. Install short brake tubes with ends submerged in the brake master cylinder reservoir and fill the brake
master cylinder reservoir with clean, specified brake fluid.
Fig. 5: Identifying Short Brake Tubes

3. Have an assistant pump the brake pedal until clear fluid flows from both brake tubes without air bubbles.
4. Remove the short brake tubes and install the brake outlet tubes.
5. Bleed each brake tube at the brake master cylinder as follows:
2. Loosen the rearmost brake tube fittings until a stream of brake fluid comes out. Have an assistant
maintain pressure on the brake pedal while tightening the brake tube fitting.
3. Repeat this operation until clear, bubble-free fluid comes out.
4. Refill the brake master cylinder reservoir as necessary. Repeat the bleeding operation at the front
brake tube.
6. While the assistant maintains pressure on the brake pedal, tighten the brake tubes.
Brake Caliper
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

injury.

NOTE: Brake fluid is harmful to painted and plastic surfaces. If spilled, wipe up
immediately before damage to the painted or plastic surface occurs.
NOTE: It is not necessary to do a complete brake system bleed if only the brake caliper
was disconnected or installed new.
1. Remove the brake caliper bleeder screw cap and place a box-end wrench on the bleeder screw. Attach a
rubber drain hose to the bleeder screw and submerge the free end of the hose in a container partially filled
with clean, specified brake fluid.
Fig. 6: Attaching Rubber Drain Hose To Disc Brake Caliper Bleeder Screw
3. Loosen the bleeder screw until a stream of brake fluid comes out. While the assistant maintains pressure
on the brake pedal, tighten the bleeder screw.
4. Tighten the brake caliper bleeder screw, remove the rubber hose and install the bleeder screw cap.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Tighten the bleeder screw to 8 N.m (71 lb-in).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Bumpers - Edge & MKX
2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB
Bumpers - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Front bumper-to-radiator support nuts 25 18 -
Front lower bumper nuts 25 18 -
Front upper bumper bolts 67 49 -
Front upper bumper-to-radiator support bolts 9 - 80
Power steering cooler pipe mounting nuts 7 - 62
Rear bumper bolts (with trailer hitch only) 90 66 -
Rear bumper nuts 25 18 -
Rear center bumper bolts 40 30 -

BUMPER - EXPLODED VIEW, FRONT
NOTE: MKX shown, Edge similar.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Front Bumper With Torque Specifications


1 W711685 Upper radiator grille bolt (2 required)
2 W706350 Upper radiator grille scrivet (4 required)
3 N623332 Bumper cover lower screw (4 required)
4 W711656 Splash shield screw (6 required)
5 17D957 Front bumper cover
Bumper cover wiring harness assembly
6 -
(part of 17E810)
7 14290 Wiring harness assembly
8 17C882 Isolator front bumper
Lower front bumper mounting bolt (6
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
9 - required) (part of 5019)

10 5019 Lower front bumper
Upper front bumper-to-radiator support
11 W711617
bolt (4 required)
Upper front bumper mounting bolt (6
12 W711617
required)
13 17757 Upper front bumper
Power steering cooler pipe nut (2
14 W711788
required)
1. For additional information, refer to the procedures in this article.
BUMPER COVER - FRONT
2. Remove the 2 bolts from the top of the radiator grille.
Fig. 2: Locating Bolts From Top Of Radiator Grill

3. Remove the 4 scrivets from the top of the radiator grille.
Fig. 3: Locating Scrivets From Top Of Radiator Grille

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Remove the 3 lower pin-type retainers.
Fig. 4: Identifying Lower Pin-Type Retainer

5. Remove the 6 fender splash shield screws (3 each side).
Fig. 5: Identifying Fender Splash Shield Screws

6. Remove the 4 lower screws (2 each side).
Fig. 6: Identifying Lower Screws

7. Disconnect the side marker lamp electrical connectors, if equipped.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 7: Identifying Side Marker Lamp Electrical Connectors

8. Disconnect the fog lamp electrical connectors, if equipped.
Fig. 8: Identifying Fog Lamp Electrical Connectors

9. Remove the front bumper cover.

 Pull the corner of the bumper cover from the bracket.
Fig. 9: Identifying Front Bumper Cover

BUMPER - FRONT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the front bumper cover. For additional information, refer to Bumper Cover - Front.
2. Remove the 6 front bumper bolts (3 each side).
 To install, tighten to 67 N.m (49 lb-ft).
Fig. 10: Identifying Front Bumper Bolts

3. Remove the 4 upper and lower bumper-to-radiator support bolts (2 each side).
Fig. 11: Identifying Upper & Lower Bumper-To-Radiator Support Bolts

4. Remove the front bumper.

BUMPER - FRONT, LOWER
1. Remove the front bumper cover. For additional information, refer to Bumper Cover - Front.
2. Remove the 2 nuts from the power steering cooler pipe-to-lower front bumper.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 12: Locating Nuts From Power Steering Cooler Pipe-To-Lower Front Bumper
3. Remove the 6 bumper-to-radiator support nuts (3 each side) and remove the lower front bumper.
Fig. 13: Identifying Bumper-To-Radiator Support Nuts & Lower Front Bumper
BUMPER - EXPLODED VIEW, REAR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 14: Exploded View Of Rear Bumper Without Trailer Hitch With Torque Specification

Rear bumper cover scrivet (Edge) (8
1 W713202
required)
Rear bumper cover scrivet (MKX) (10
1 W713202
required)
3 W711656 Rear bumper cover body brace screw
4 17K835 Rear bumper cover
5 - Wiring harness assembly
7 N804620 Rear bumper mounting nut (6 required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
8 17906 Rear bumper

Rear bumper cover mounting bracket
9 W705376
rivet (5 required)
10 17D980 Rear bumper cover mounting bracket
Fig. 15: Exploded View Of Rear Bumper With Trailer Hitch With Torque Specifications

Rear bumper cover scrivet (Edge) (8
1 W713202
required)
Rear bumper cover scrivet (MKX) (10
1 W713202
required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3 W711656 Rear bumper cover body brace screw

4 17K835 Rear bumper cover
7 N804620 Rear bumper mounting nut (2 required)
8 W712171 Rear bumper mounting bolt (2 required)
9 W702256 Rear bumper mounting bolt (4 required)
10 17D826 Rear bumper
Rear bumper cover mounting bracket
11 W705376
rivet (5 required)
12 17D980 Rear bumper cover mounting bracket
BUMPER COVER - REAR
NOTE: MKX shown, Edge similar.
1. Remove the scrivets from the rear bumper cover.
Fig. 16: Locating Scrivets From Rear Bumper Cover

2. Remove the 10 screws (5 each side) from the rear splash shield.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 17: Locating Screws From Rear Splash Shield

3. Remove the rear bumper cover-to-body brace screw.
Fig. 18: Identifying Rear Bumper Cover-To-Body Brace Screw

4. Disconnect the trailer hitch and parking aid system wiring harness, if equipped.
Fig. 19: Identifying Trailer Hitch & Parking Aid System Wiring Harness
5. Disconnect the retainers from the rear bumper cover-to-body brace.
Fig. 20: Locating Retainers From Rear Bumper Cover-To-Body Brace

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
6. Remove the rear bumper cover.

 Remove the bumper cover from the bumper cover bracket.
 Remove the bumper cover.
Fig. 21: Locating Bumper Cover From Bumper Cover Bracket

BUMPER - REAR
All vehicles
1. Remove the rear bumper cover. For additional information, refer to Bumper Cover - Rear.
Without trailer tow
2. Remove the 6 bumper mounting nuts (3 each side).

With trailer tow
3. Remove the 2 underbody heat shields.

 Remove the 6 screws (3 each side).
 Remove the 2 pushpin retainers (1 each side).
 Disconnect the wiring harness from the heat shield.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 22: Locating Wiring Harness From Heat Shield

4. Remove the 4 inside rear bumper bolts (2 each side) and the 2 nuts (1 each side).
 To install, tighten rear bumper bolts to 90 N.m (66 lb-ft).
 To install, tighten rear bumper nuts to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
Fig. 23: Identifying Inside Rear Bumper Bolts & Nuts

5. Remove the 2 rear center bumper bolts.

Fig. 24: Identifying Rear Center Bumper Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
All vehicles
6. Remove the rear bumper.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CABIN AIR FILTER Cabin Air Filter - Edge, MKX
CABIN AIR FILTER
Cabin Air Filter - Edge, MKX
REMOVAL & INSTALLATION
NOTE: Manufacturer's terminology for this filter is Cabin Air Filter, or Air Inlet Screen.
A cabin air filter is available as standard equipment on dual-zone EATC vehicles. EMTC vehicles are not
equipped from the factory with a cabin air filter, but are equipped with an air inlet screen in place of the filter to
prevent any large foreign material from entering the heater core and evaporator core housing. The cabin air
filter or screen can be accessed by removing the glove compartment and removing the cabin air filter access
cover.
A cabin air filter can be installed as a dealer accessory on vehicles not originally equipped with a filter.
CAUTION: Only a screen or a filter should be installed, never both.
1. The cabin air filter is located behind glove box. Remove glove box.
2. Remove filter cover (7). See Fig. 1
3. Remove cabin air filter (6) See Fig. 1
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CABIN AIR FILTER Cabin Air Filter - Edge, MKX
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Air Inlet Duct

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 GENERAL INFORMATION Charging System - General Information - Edge & MKX
Charging System - General Information - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Generator
78/143 amp (max) @ 620-2,500 engine RPM @
Rating
normal engine temperature
Voltage 12 volt

CHARGING SYSTEM
The charging system consists of the following:
 Generator
 Charging system warning indicator
 Necessary wiring and cables
The charging system is a negative ground system. The generator (including an internal voltage regulator) is
belt-driven by the engine accessory drive system. When the engine is started, the generator begins to generate
AC, which is internally converted to DC. This current is then supplied to the vehicle electrical system through
the output (B+) terminal of the generator.
Battery
The battery is a 12V DC source connected in a negative ground system. The battery case is sealed with 2 vent
holes to release gases. The battery has 3 major functions:
 Engine cranking power source

 Voltage stabilizer for the electrical system
 Temporary power source when electrical loads exceed the generator output current
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
CHARGING SYSTEM
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Flex Probe Kit 105-R025B
SABRE Premium Battery and

010-00736 or equivalent
Electrical System Tester

scan tool
The PCM controlled charging system determines the optimal voltage setpoint for the charging system and
communicates this information to the voltage regulator. This system is unique in that it has 2 communication
lines between the PCM and the generator/regulator. Both of these communication lines are pulse-width
modulated (PWM). The generator communication (GENCOM) line communicates the desired setpoint from the
PCM to the voltage regulator. The generator monitor (GENMON) line communicates the generator load and
error conditions to the PCM. The third pin on the voltage regulator, the A circuit pin, is a dedicated battery
voltage sense line.
The generator charges the battery and at the same time supplies power for all of the electrical loads that are
required. The battery is more effectively charged with a higher voltage when the battery is cold and a lower
voltage when the battery is warm. The PCM is able to adjust the charging voltage according to the battery
temperature by using a signal from the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor. This means the voltage setpoint is
calculated by the PCM and communicated to the regulator by the GENCOM circuit.
The PCM simultaneously controls and monitors the output of the generator. When the current consumption is
high or the battery is discharged the PCM raises engine speed to increase generator output.
To minimize the engine drag when starting the engine, the PCM does not allow the generator to produce any
output until the engine has started. The PCM turns off the generator during cranking to reduce the starter load
and improve cranking speed. Once the engine starts, the PCM slowly increases generator output to help
establish a stable engine speed.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The PCM controls the charging system warning indicator by sending a message over the high-speed controller
area network (HS-CAN) to the instrument cluster (IC). The PCM turns the charging system warning indicator
off when generator output begins. The charging system warning indicator is also illuminated by the PCM
whenever the key is ON with the engine OFF.
This is a System 4 charging system, which uses the GENMON and GENCOM lines to control and monitor the
charging system through the PCM. System 4 charging systems are virtually identical in design and therefore,
share the same diagnostics. The circuit numbers and colors may be different, but the functions are the same.
WARNING: Batteries contain sulfuric acid and produce explosive gases. Work in a
well-ventilated area. Do not allow the battery to come in contact with
flames, sparks or burning substances. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield eyes when working near the battery to protect against
possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or
eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes, then get
prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician
immediately. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious
personal injury.
WARNING: Always lift a plastic-cased battery with a battery carrier or with hands on
opposite corners. Excessive pressure on the battery end walls may cause
acid to flow through the vent caps, resulting in personal injury and/or
damage to the vehicle or battery.
CAUTION: Do not make jumper connections except as directed. Incorrect

connections may damage the voltage regulator test terminals, fuses or
fusible links.
CAUTION: Do not allow any metal object to come in contact with the generator
housing and internal diode cooling fins. A short circuit may result and
burn out the diodes.
NOTE: While carrying out any pinpoint test, disregard any DTCs set while following a
specific pinpoint test. After the completion of a test, be sure to clear all DTCs in
the PCM.
NOTE: All voltage measurements are referenced to the negative (-) battery post unless
otherwise specified.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(BJB) fuse 8 (10A)
 Circuitry
 Battery  Fusible links
 Generator drive belt  Cables
 Generator pulley  Generator
 PCM
 Charging system
warning indicator
4. Verify the battery condition. Refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article.
5. Check the operation of the charging system warning indicator at the instrument cluster (IC). Normal
operation is as follows:
 With the key OFF, the charging system warning indicator should be off.
 With the key ON and the engine OFF, the charging system warning indicator should be on.
 With the engine running, the charging system warning indicator should be off.
6. Turn off the headlamps and the A/C system (if equipped). Turn the climate control blower to low/off.
Check the battery voltage before and after starting the engine to determine if the battery voltage increases.



PCM.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
If the scan tool responds with no communication for one or more modules, refer to MODULE

11. Clear the continuous DTCs and carry out the self-test diagnostics for the PCM and the IC.
12. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to the DTC CHART . For all other DTCs, refer to
MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article.
13. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, go to SYMPTOM CHART.
NOTE: DTC P0622 can be set by the loss of the communication lines between the
generator and the PCM. The charging system warning indicator then illuminates
until the engine is operated at greater than 4,500 RPM (approximately wide open
throttle [WOT]) for a minimum of 3 seconds. At this time, the generator self-
excites. The charging system warning indicator remains illuminated, and the
generator operates in a default mode (approximately 13.5 volts) until the engine
is turned off.
DTC CHART
DTCs Description Source Action
B1317 Battery Voltage High Various Modules Go to Pinpoint Test B .
B1318 Battery Voltage Low Various Modules Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Battery Voltage Out of
B1676 Various Modules Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Range
P0563 System Voltage High PCM Go to Pinpoint Test B .
P0620 Generator Control Circuit PCM Go to Pinpoint Test B .
Generator Field Term
P0622 PCM Go to Pinpoint Test B .
Circuit
Generator Field Terminal
Circuit - Low
Generator Field Terminal
Circuit - High
Generator Control Circuit
P065B PCM Go to Pinpoint Test B .
Range/ Performance
All other REFER to MULTIFUNCTION
- -
DTCs ELECTRONIC MODULES article.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 High key-off current drain(s)

 Engine, generator and battery
 The battery is discharged grounds  Go to Pinpoint Test
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
or battery voltage is low  Positive battery cable A.

 Circuitry
 Battery
 Generator
 The charging system  Circuitry
warning indicator is on PCM
  Go to Pinpoint Test
with the engine running
 Generator C.
and no charging system
DTCs present  Instrument cluster (IC)
 Accessory drive belt
 Go to Pinpoint Test
 The generator is noisy  Loose bolts/brackets
D.
 Generator/pulley
 Generator
 Go to Pinpoint Test
 Radio interference  Circuitry
E.
 In-vehicle entertainment system
Pinpoint Tests
CAUTION: Electronic modules are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. If exposed to

these charges, damage can result.
Refer to INSPECTION AND VERIFICATION , the DTC CHART and the SYMPTOM CHART for
direction to the appropriate pinpoint test.
Pinpoint Test A: The Battery is Discharged or Battery Voltage is Low
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Charging System for schematic and connector
information.
Normal Operation
The generator output voltage is supplied through the positive battery output (B+), circuit SDC14 (RD) terminal
on the rear of the generator to the battery and electrical system. During normal operation the charging system
warning indicator is off with the key ON engine running (KOER). The charging system warning indicator is on
with the key ON engine OFF (KOEO).
 High key-off current drain(s)

 Engine, generator and battery grounds
 Positive battery cable
 Circuitry
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Battery
 Generator
PINPOINT TEST A: THE BATTERY IS DISCHARGED OR BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW
A1 CHECK THE BATTERY CONDITION

 Carry out the Battery - Condition Test to determine if the battery can hold a charge and is OK for
use. Refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article.
 Does the battery pass the condition test?
YES : Go to A2.
NO : INSTALL a new battery. REFER to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article. TEST
A2 CHECK THE GENERATOR OUTPUT
 Carry out the Generator On-Vehicle Load Test and No Load Test. Refer to the Component Tests in
this service information.
 Does the generator pass the component tests?
YES : Go to A3.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test B .
A3 CHECK FOR CURRENT DRAINS
 Carry out the Battery - Drain Testing. Refer to the Component Tests in this service information.
 Are any circuits causing excessive current drains?
YES : REPAIR as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.

NO : Go to A4.
A4 CHECK THE VEHICLE GROUNDS
 Key in START position.
Fig. 1: Checking Vehicle Grounds

 With the engine running, measure the voltage drop between the generator housing and the negative
battery terminal.
 Is the voltage drop less than 0.1 volt?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to A5.
NO : CHECK the engine ground, generator ground and the battery ground for corrosion. TEST the
A5 CHECK THE VOLTAGE DROP IN THE B+ CIRCUIT SDC14 (RD)
Fig. 2: Checking Voltage Drop

 With the engine running, measure the voltage drop between generator B+ C102b circuit SDC14
(RD) and the positive battery terminal.
YES : CHECK if the customer left any electrical system(s) on or if there is an intermittent
excessive battery draw. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : CHECK for any corrosion in the B+ SDC14 (RD), positive battery cable and/or connections.
REPAIR as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test B: DTCs B1317, P0563, P0620, P0625, P0626 and P065B - Charging System Failure
Refer to appropriate WIRING DIAGRAMS ARTICLE, Charging System for schematic and connector
information.
Normal Operation
With the engine running, the charging system warning indicator is off. The A sense circuit SBB08 (VT/RD) to
the generator field coil is 13-15 volts. This voltage feedback is used by the regulator to maintain the battery
voltage at the desired setpoint. The S (stator) circuit (internal to the generator) is used to monitor generator
operation. This circuit and other regulator internal conditions are checked by the regulator to allow the PCM to
turn off the charging system warning indicator by sending a message over the controller area network (CAN)
bus to the instrument cluster (IC). The positive battery output (B+) circuit SDC14 (RD) is the generator output
voltage supplied to the battery and electrical system.
 Generator
 IC
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 PCM

 B1317 - Battery Voltage High
 P0563 - System Voltage High Open, short to ground or battery. Charging
 P0620 - Generator Control Circuit system voltage is below 13 volts or above 16
 P0625 - Generator Field Circuit - Low volts and charging system lamp is
illuminated.
 P0626 - Generator Field Circuit - High
 P065B - Generator Control Circuit Range
PINPOINT TEST B: DTCs B1317, P0563, P0620, P0625, P0626 AND P065B - CHARGING SYSTEM
FAILURE
NOTE: Make sure battery voltage is greater than 12.2 volts prior to carrying out this
pinpoint test.
NOTE: Do not have a battery charger attached during vehicle testing.
B1 CONFIRM THE BATTERY CONDITION

 Carry out the Battery Condition Test. Refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article.
 Is the battery OK?
YES : Go to B2.
NO : CORRECT the battery condition and Go to B2.
B2 CHECK THE BATTERY JUNCTION BOX (BJB) FUSE 8 (10A)
 Check fuse: BJB 8 (10A)
 Is BJB 8 (10A) OK?
YES : Go to B3.
NO : REPAIR circuit SBB08 (VT/RD) and INSTALL a fuse. INSPECT PCM and engine ground
circuits and make sure they are securely attached. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST
B3 CHECK THE GENERATOR B+ CONNECTION
 Inspect generator C102b circuit SDC14 (RD) connection. Connection should be tight.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between generator C102b circuit SDC14 (RD) and ground.

 Is generator C102b connection tight and does the generator B+ measure battery voltage?
YES : Go to B4.
NO : TIGHTEN the generator B+ connection or REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT
the self-test. TEST the system for normal operation.
B4 MONITOR THE PCM PIDs WITH KEY ON/ENGINE OFF (KOEO)
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Clear the PCM DTCs
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: PCM DataLogger
NOTE: Many of the PCM PIDs selected will be monitored later in this
pinpoint test.
Select and monitor the following PCM PIDs:
Generator Monitor (GENMON).


 Generator Command Duty Cycle (GENCMD).
 Generator Voltage Desired (GENVDSD).
 Generator Fault Indicator Lamp (GENFIL).
 Engine Revolutions Per Minute (RPM).
 Module Supply Voltage (VPWR).
 Monitor the GENMON PID.
 Does the PID read 0%?
YES : Go to B5.
NO : Go to B8.
B5 MONITOR THE PCM PID GENMON WITH KEY ON/ENGINE RUNNING (KOER)
 With the engine at idle, wait 15 seconds for the GENVDSD PID to increase to greater than 13
volts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Monitor PID GENMON at idle and 3,000 RPM.


 Does the GENMON PID read between 3% and 98% at engine idle speed and at 3,000 RPM?
YES : Go to B6.
NO : Go to B8.
B6 MONITOR THE PCM PIDs GENMON, VPWR AND GENVDSD WITH THE ENGINE AT
3,000 RPM
 Turn all electrical accessories (lights, blower motor, etc.) off.
NOTE: If GENMON PID does not remain below 85%, make sure that the
battery is at an acceptable state of charge and that all electrical
accessories are off.
Increase the engine speed to 3,000 RPM (or road test).


 Does the VPWR PID remain within ± 0.5 volt of the GENVDSD PID when the GENMON
PID is less than 85%?
YES : Go to B7.
NO : Go to B17.
B7 MONITOR THE PCM PIDs GENMON, VPWR AND GENVDSD WITH THE ENGINE AT
IDLE
 Return the engine speed to idle.
CAUTION: On vehicles with low electrical loads, it may be necessary to

add external loads (devices connected to power points, etc.) to
determine the maximum GENMON value. GENMON value will
not read between 95%-98% on a vehicle with minimal electrical
accessories. As long as there is a significant increase in the
GENMON PID following the procedure below, answer YES to the
question.
Determine the maximum GENMON PID value by lowering engine idle RPM to 500 RPM or less

using output state control (manual transaxle vehicles require the parking brake applied and the
clutch pedal depressed) and turn on all electrical accessories until the VPWR PID is less than the
GENVDSD PID by at least 0.7 volt. Under this condition the GENMON PID should read between
95% and 98%.
 Does the GENMON PID read between 95% and 98%?
YES : Go to B19.
NO : Go to B17.
B8 CHECK THE VOLTAGE OUTPUTS FROM THE PCM
 Disconnect: Generator C102a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Measure the voltage of the following circuits:
EXPECTED VOLTAGES
Expected
Generator
Circuit Voltage
Connector
(Approximate)
8-11 volts
CDC15 (should be less
C102a-1
(VT) than battery
voltage)
CDC10
C102a-2 0 volts
(BU/OG)
SBB08
C102a-3 Battery voltage
(VT/RD)
 Are the voltages as indicated for each circuit?

YES : Go to B13.
NO : If a fault is detected in the GENCOM circuit CDC10 (BU/OG) or GENMON circuit CDC15
(VT), go to B9.
If a fault is detected in the A sense circuit SBB08 (VT/RD) circuit, go to B12.
B9 CHECK CIRCUITS CDC10 (BU/OG) AND CDC15 (VT) FOR DAMAGE OR AN OPEN
 Inspect the following for damaged or pushed-out pins:
Component Connector Circuit

CDC10
PCM C175b-22
(BU/OG)
CDC15
PCM C175b-23
(VT)
CDC10
Generator C102a-2
(BU/OG)
CDC15
Generator C102a-1
(VT)
 Measure the resistance between PCM C175b-22, circuit CDC10 (BU/OG) harness side and
generator C102a-2, circuit CDC10 (BU/OG) harness side and PCM C175b-23, circuit CDC15 (VT)
harness side and generator C102a-1, circuit CDC15 (VT) harness side.
 Are the connectors and pins free of damage and are the resistances less than 5 ohms?
YES : Go to B10.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for
normal operation.
B10 CHECK CIRCUITS CDC10 (BU/OG) AND CDC15 (VT) FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Measure the voltage between generator C102a-1, circuit CDC15 (VT) harness side and ground and
generator C102a-2, circuit CDC10 (BU/OG) harness side and ground.
 Are the voltages approximately 0 volt?
YES : Go to B11.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuits. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for
normal operation.
B11 CHECK CIRCUITS CDC10 (BU/OG) AND CDC15 (VT) FOR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between generator C102a-1, circuit CDC15 (VT) harness side and ground
and generator C102a-2, CDC10 (BU/OG) harness side and ground and measure resistance between
generator C102a-1, circuit CDC15 (VT) harness side and generator C102a-2, circuit CDC10
(BU/OG) harness side.
YES : REPAIR the affected circuits. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system
NO : Go to B24.
B12 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB08 (VT/RD) FOR DAMAGE OR AN OPEN
 Inspect C102a-3 for damaged or pushed-out pins.
 Measure the resistance of the A sense circuit SBB08 (VT/RD) between the battery and C102a-3
generator connector.
 Are the connectors and pins free of damage and are the resistances less than 5 ohms?
YES : Go to B24.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for
normal operation.
B13 CHECK FOR SHORTED CIRCUITS
 Connect: PCM C175b
 Verify that PID GENMON reads 100%.
 Carry out the Wiggle Test of wiring to determine if PID GENMON changes from 100%.
 Does PID GENMON change from 100%?
YES : REPAIR short circuit on CDC15 (VT) C102a-1.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to B14.
B14 CHECK THE PCM PID GENMON INPUT TO THE PCM
Fig. 4: Connecting Fused Jumper Wire

Connect a fused (10A) jumper wire between generator C102a-1, circuit CDC15 (VT), harness side

and ground.
 Monitor the GENMON PID while performing a wiggle test on the wire harness.
 Does the PID read 0%?
YES : Go to B15.
NO : REPAIR open connection on circuit CDC15 (VT). INSPECT generator C102a-1 and PCM
C175e-16 for damage. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for normal
operation.
B15 COMPARE THE PCM PIDS GENMON AND GENCMD
 Disconnect: Fused (10A) Jumper Wire

 Connect a fused (10A) jumper wire between generator C102a-1, circuit CDC15 (VT), harness side
and generator C102a-2, circuit CDC10 (BU/OG), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Key in ON position.

 Monitor the GENMON and GENCMD PIDs while performing a wiggle test on the harness.
 Does the GENMON PID read within 2% of the GENCMD PID?
YES : Go to B16.
NO : INSPECT C175b-66, circuit GD124 (BK/VT), PCM ground circuit. CLEAR the DTCs.
REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for normal operation.
B16 A SENSE CIRCUIT LOAD TEST
NOTE: This step puts a load on the A sense circuit. If there are corroded or loose
connections, loading the circuit may help show the fault.
Key in ON position.

 Using a 12-volt test lamp, check for voltage at C102a-3, circuit SBB08 (VT/RD).
 Does the test lamp illuminate?
YES : Go to B23.
NO : REPAIR connection on circuit SBB08 (VT/RD). INSPECT generator C102a-3 for damage.
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for normal operation.
B17 CHECK THE PCM VPWR PID
Fig. 6: Checking Charging System Voltage

With the engine running, measure the battery voltage.


 Monitor the VPWR PID.
 Are the battery voltage and PID within 0.5 volt of each other?
YES : Go to B19.
NO : Go to B18.
B18 MEASURE THE PCM INPUT VOLTAGE
 Connect a fused (10A) jumper wire between C175b-8 and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between PCM input voltage pins 51, 52 and 53 to PCM ground pin 66.

 Are voltages within 0.5 volt of PID VPWR?
YES : Go to B24.
NO : REPAIR high resistance or loose connections between C175b-51 circuit CBB30 (YE/BU),
C175b-52 circuit CBB30 (YE/BU), C175b-53 circuit CBB30 (YE/BU) PCM power circuits or
C175b-10, circuit GD122 (BK), PCM ground circuit.
B19 CHECK THE GENERATOR B+ RESISTANCE
 Disconnect: Battery
 Disconnect: Generator C102b
Fig. 8: Checking Circuit For Short To Ground

 Measure the resistance between generator C102b, component side and the generator housing.
 Is the resistance greater than 125K ohms?
YES : Go to B20.
NO : INSTALL a new generator. REFER to GENERATOR & REGULATOR article. CLEAR
the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
B20 CHECK THE RESISTANCE OF THE VOLTAGE REGULATOR INTERNAL CIRCUITS

TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between generator C102a, component side and ground. Refer to the
following table.
Expected
Pin
Resistance
Greater
than
1
1,000K
ohms
Greater
2 than 125K
ohms
Greater
3 than 125K
ohms
Are the resistance values as indicated?


YES : Go to B21.
B21 ROAD TEST IN AN ATTEMPT TO VERIFY THE FAULT
 Connect: Generator C102b
 Connect: Generator C102a
 Connect: Battery
 Carry out a road test and monitor the following PIDs:
 Generator monitor (GENMON).
 Generator voltage desired (GENVDSD).
 Module supply voltage (VPWR).
 Does the GENMON PID read either 0% or 100% during the road test?
YES : Go to B2.
NO : If a road test did not cause the fault to occur, intermittent fault condition may be present. Go
to B22.
B22 USE THE VEHICLE DATA RECORDER (VDR) TO CAPTURE INTERMITTENT FAULT
CONDITION
 Connect a VDR to the vehicle and setup to capture the following PIDs:
 Generator monitor (GENMON).
 Generator command duty cycle (GENCMD).
 Generator voltage desired (GENVDSD).
 Generator fault indicator lamp (GENFIL).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Engine revolutions per minute (RPM).

 Module supply voltage (VPWR).
 Set the VDR to trigger if any of the following events occur during vehicle operation (waiting 15
seconds after start):
 VPWR PID reads greater than 15.2 volts.
 GENMON PID reads 0% or 100%.
 Road test the vehicle.
 Was a fault captured by the VDR?
YES : RECORD any values from the VDR that may have been captured. If no charging system
DTCs are present, go to Pinpoint Test C . If any charging system DTCs are present, go to B3.
NO : No problem found at this time. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system
B23 CHECK THE CHARGING SYSTEM CIRCUITS FOR INTERMITTENT FAULTS
 With the engine running, monitor the charging system warning indicator lamp and the scan tool for
DTCs.
 Does the charging system warning indicator lamp illuminate and does any charging system
DTC get stored into memory?
YES : INSTALL a new generator. REFER to GENERATOR & REGULATOR article. CLEAR
NO : The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. This may indicate an intermittent
fault. Go to B19.
B24 CHECK THE CHARGING SYSTEM CIRCUITS FOR INTERMITTENT FAULTS
 With the engine running, monitor the charging system warning indicator lamp and the scan tool for
DTCs.
 Does the charging system warning indicator lamp illuminate and does any charging system
DTC get stored into memory?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : The fault is not present and cannot be recreated at this time. This may indicate an intermittent
fault. Go to B19.
Pinpoint Test C: The Charging System Warning Indicator is On With the Engine Running and No
Charging System DTCs Present
information.
Normal Operation
With the engine running, the charging system warning indicator is off. The A sense circuit SBB08 (VT/RD)
from the battery B+ to the generator regulator is 13-15 volts. This voltage feedback is used by the regulator to
maintain the battery voltage at the desired setpoint. The S (stator) circuit (internal to the generator) is used to
monitor generator operation. This circuit and other regulator internal conditions are checked by the regulator to
allow the PCM to turn off the charging system warning indicator by sending a message over the controller area
network (CAN) bus to the instrument cluster (IC). The positive battery output (B+) circuit SDC14 (RD) is the
generator output supplied to the battery and electrical system.
 Generator
 Circuitry
 IC
 PCM
PINPOINT TEST C: THE CHARGING SYSTEM WARNING INDICATOR IS ON WITH THE

ENGINE RUNNING AND NO CHARGING SYSTEM DTCs PRESENT
NOTE: Make sure battery voltage is greater than 12.2 volts prior to carrying out this
pinpoint test.
NOTE: Do not have a battery charger attached during vehicle testing.
C1 CHECK THE BATTERY CONDITION

 Carry out the Battery - Condition Test to determine if the battery can hold a charge and is OK for
use. Refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article.
 Does the battery pass the condition test?
YES : Go to C2.
NO : INSTALL a new battery. REFER to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES article. TEST
C2 CHECK THE GENERATOR B+ CONNECTION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Inspect generator C102b circuit SDC14 (RD) connection. Connection should be tight.

Measure the voltage between generator C102b circuit SDC14 (RD) and ground.

 Is generator C102b connection tight and does the generator B+ measure battery voltage?
YES : Go to C3.
NO : TIGHTEN the generator B+ connection or REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the any DTCs.
C3 CHECK THE VOLTAGE DROP IN THE B+ CIRCUIT SDC14 (RD)
Fig. 10: Checking Voltage Drop

With the engine running, measure the voltage drop between generator B+ C102b circuit SDC14

(RD) and the positive battery terminal.
YES : Go to C4.
NO : CHECK for any corrosion in the B+ C102b circuit SDC14 (RD), positive battery cable and/or
connections. REPAIR as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.
C4 CHECK THE DTCs IN THE PCM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Retrieve PCM DTCs

 Use the recorded PCM DTCs from the continuous and on-demand self tests.
 Are any PCM DTCs recorded?
YES : For all DTCs EXCEPT charging system DTCs, REFER to the INTRODUCTION -
GASOLINE ENGINES article. If any charging system DTCs are present, go to Pinpoint Test B .
If referred here by the PC/ED, go to C5.
NO : Go to C5.
C5 MONITOR PID GENFIL
 With the engine running, monitor PID GENFIL.
 Does PID GENFIL show fault?
YES : Go to C6.
NO : REPAIR/INSTALL a new IC, IC-to-PCM connection or the PCM. TEST the system for
normal operation.
C6 MONITOR PID VPWR
 With the engine running, monitor PIDS VPWR, GENFIL, GENVDSD.
 Is PID VPWR greater than 15.6 volts?
YES : Go to C7.
NO : Go to C8.
C7 CHECK PCM VPWR PID
Fig. 11: Checking Charging System Voltage

With the engine running, measure the battery voltage.


 Monitor the VPWR PID.
 Are the battery voltage and VPWR PID within 0.6 volt of each other?
YES : Go to C8.
NO : Go to C9.
C8 MEASURE THE PCM INPUT VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Connect a fused (10A) jumper wire between C175b-8 and ground.


Measure the voltage between PCM input voltage pins 51, 52 and 53 to PCM ground pin 66.

 Are voltages within 0.5 volt of PID VPWR?
YES : INSTALL a new PCM.

NO : REPAIR high resistance or loose connections between C175b-51 circuit CBB30 (YE/BU),
C175b-52 circuit CBB30 (YE/BU), C175b-53 circuit CBB30 (YE/BU) PCM power circuits or
C175b-10, circuit GD122 (BK), PCM ground circuit.
C9 MONITOR THE PCM PID GENERATOR MONITOR WITH KEY ON/ENGINE RUNNING
 With the engine at idle, wait 15 seconds for the GENVDSD PID to increase to greater than 13
volts.
 Monitor PID GENMON at idle and 3,000 RPM.
 Does the GENMON PID read between 3% and 98% at engine idle speed and at 3,000 RPM?
YES : Go to C10.
NO : Go to C11.
C10 MONITOR PID GENVDSD
 With the engine running, monitor PID GENVDSD.
 Is PID GENVDSD greater than 15.2 volts?
YES : REPAIR connection on circuit SBB08 (VT/RD). INSPECT generator C102a-3 for damage.
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for normal operation. If no problems
are found, INSTALL a new generator. REFER to GENERATOR & REGULATOR article. TEST
NO : INSTALL a new PCM.
C11 CHECK FOR SHORTED CIRCUITS
 Verify that PID GENMON reads 100%.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Carry out the Wiggle Test of wiring to determine if PID GENMON changes from 100%.

 Does PID GENMON change from 100%?
YES : REPAIR short circuit on C102a-1 CDC15 (VT).

NO : Go to C12.
C12 CHECK THE PCM PID GENERATOR MONITOR INPUT TO THE PCM

 Connect a fused (10A) jumper wire between generator C102a-1, circuit CDC15 (VT), harness side
and ground.
 Monitor the GENMON PID while carrying out a Wiggle Test on the wire harness.
 Does the GENMON PID read 0%?
YES : REPAIR open connection on circuit CDC15 (VT) C102a-1 and PCM C175b-23. CLEAR the
DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test D: The Generator is Noisy
information.
Normal Operation
The generator is belt-driven by the engine accessory drive system.

 Loose bolts/brackets
 Generator/pulley
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PINPOINT TEST D: THE GENERATOR IS NOISY
D1 CHECK FOR ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT NOISE AND LOOSE MOUNTING BRACKETS
 Check the accessory drive belt for damage and correct installation. Refer to ACCESSORY
DRIVE article.
 Check the accessory mounting brackets and generator pulley for looseness or misalignment.
 Is the accessory drive OK?
YES : Go to D2.
NO : REPAIR as necessary. REFER to ACCESSORY DRIVE article for diagnosis and testing of
the accessory drive system. TEST the system for normal operation.
D2 CHECK THE GENERATOR MOUNTING
 Check the generator mounting for loose bolts or misalignment.
 Is the generator mounted correctly?
YES : Go to D3.
NO : REPAIR as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.
D3 CHECK THE GENERATOR FOR ELECTRICAL NOISE
 With the engine running, use a stethoscope or equivalent listening device to probe the generator.
 Is the noise still present?
YES : Go to D4.
NO : INSTALL a new generator. REFER to GENERATOR & REGULATOR article. TEST the
D4 CHECK THE GENERATOR FOR MECHANICAL NOISE
 With the engine running, use a stethoscope or equivalent listening device to probe the generator and
the accessory drive area for unusual mechanical noise.
 Is the generator the noise source?
YES : INSTALL a new generator. REFER to GENERATOR & REGULATOR article. TEST the
NO : REFER to ENGINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article to diagnose the
source of the engine noise.
Pinpoint Test E: Radio Interference
information.
Normal Operation
The generator radio suppression equipment reduces interference transmitted through the speakers by the vehicle
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
electrical system.
 Generator
 Circuitry
 In-vehicle entertainment system
PINPOINT TEST E: RADIO INTERFERENCE
E1 VERIFY THE GENERATOR IS THE SOURCE OF THE RADIO INTERFERENCE
NOTE: If the OEM audio unit has been replaced with an aftermarket unit, the
vehicle may not pass this test. Return the vehicle to OEM condition before
following this pinpoint test.

 Start and run the engine.
 Tune the audio unit to a station where the interference is present.
 With the engine running, determine if the interference is still present.
 Is the interference present with the generator disconnected?
YES : REFER to INFORMATION & ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMS article for diagnosis and
testing of the in-vehicle entertainment system.
NO : INSTALL a new generator. REFER to GENERATOR & REGULATOR article. TEST the
Pinpoint Test F: DTC B1318 or B1676 - Battery Voltage Low or Battery Voltage Out of Range
information.
Normal Operation
Various control modules within the vehicle operate at a voltage between 10-17 volts. Voltage to these modules
is supplied through the vehicle harness to the module(s). Ground for the modules is provided by the modules
ground circuit(s). If voltages to these modules rise above 17 volts, DTC B1317 or B1676 may set or if voltage
drops below 10 volts, DTC B1318 or B1676 may set.
 DTC B1318 Battery Voltage Out Of Range - If charging system voltage falls below a certain voltage,
some modules within the vehicle may set this DTC. Some modules have a different voltage minimum set
point to set this DTC.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 DTC B1676 Battery Voltage High - If charging system voltage falls below or above a certain voltage,
some modules within the vehicle may set this DTC. Some modules have a different voltage minimum or
maximum set point to set this DTC.
 Battery
 Charging system
 Module voltage supply
 Module ground
NOTE: DTC B1317 or B1318 can be set if the vehicle has had a discharged battery, has
been recently jump started or has had the vehicle battery charged.
PINPOINT TEST F: DTC B1318 OR B1676 - BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW OR BATTERY VOLTAGE
OUT OF RANGE
F1 CHECK FOR DTCs

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Retrieve all continuous DTCs
 Is DTC B1318 or B1676 present in only one module?
YES : If DTC B1317 or B1676 are recorded in only one module, go to F2.
NO : If DTC B1318 or B1676 are recorded in more than one module, go to Pinpoint Test B .
F2 CHECK THE BATTERY VOLTAGE
 Measure the battery voltage between the positive and negative battery posts with the key ON
engine OFF (KOEO), and with the engine running, all accessory loads OFF.
 Is the battery voltage between 10 and 13 volts with KOEO, and between 11 and 17 volts with
the engine running?
YES : Go to F3.
NO : CHECK and/or REPAIR the charging system as necessary. Go to Pinpoint Test B . TEST
the system for normal operation. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
F3 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE MODULE
 Disconnect: Affected module which recorded the DTC B1317 or B1676
 Measure all of the affected module's power circuits, harness side to ground. Refer to affected
module Wiring Diagrams for schematic and connector information. Refer to appropriate SYSTEM
WIRING DIAGRAMS article.
YES : Go to F4.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : REPAIR the module power circuit(s). CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
F4 CHECK THE MODULE GROUNDS
 Measure the resistance between all of the affected module's ground circuits, harness side to ground.
Refer to affected module Wiring Diagrams for schematic and connector information. Refer to
appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article.
YES : Go to F5.
NO : REPAIR the module ground circuit(s). CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
F5 CHECK THE MODULE FOR CORRECT OPERATION
 Disconnect: All of the affected module connectors
 Check the connector and module for:
 corrosion.
 pushed out or damaged pins.
 connector or module damage.
 Connect: All of the affected module connectors
 Clear all DTCs.
YES : INSTALL a new module. REFER to the removal and installation procedure in the affected
module's service information . CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : The system is operating correctly at this time. The concern may have been the result of a
loose connection, may recently have had a discharged battery or may have been jump started.
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
Component Tests
Battery - Drain Testing
WARNING: Do not attempt to service, charge, recharge or jump start a battery unless
the following information has been read and understood. Failure to follow
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the meter, do not crank the engine or operate
accessories that draw more than 10A.
CAUTION: If equipped with the CD6 audio unit, precautions must be taken when the
battery has been disconnected. When reconnecting the battery, make sure
no interruption of power occurs for 30 seconds. If power is interrupted
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
during the first 30 seconds, permanent damage to the CD6 audio unit will
result.
NOTE: No factory-equipped vehicle should have more than a 50 mA (0.050 amp) draw.
Check for current drains on the battery in excess of 50 mA (0.050 amp) with all the electrical accessories off
and the vehicle at rest for at least 40 minutes. Current drains can be tested with the following procedure.
NOTE: Many electronic modules draw 10 mA (0.010 amp) or more continuously.
NOTE: Use an in-line ammeter between the negative battery post and its respective
cable.
NOTE: Typically, a drain of approximately one amp is attributed to an engine

compartment lamp, glove compartment lamp or interior lamp staying on
continually. Other component failures or wiring shorts are located by
selectively pulling fuses to pinpoint the location of the current drain. When the
current drain is found, the meter reading falls to an acceptable level. If the drain
is still not located after checking all the fuses, it is due to the generator.
NOTE: To accurately test the drain on a battery, an in-line ammeter must be used. Use
of a test lamp or voltmeter is not an accurate method due to the number of
electronic modules.
1. Make sure the junction box(es)/fuse panel(s) is accessible without turning on the interior lights or the
underhood lights.
2. Drive the vehicle at least 5 minutes and over 48 km/h (30 mph) to turn on and activate the vehicle
systems.
3. Allow the vehicle to sit with the key off for at least 40 minutes to allow the modules to time out/power
down.
4. Connect a fused jumper wire (30A) between the negative battery cable and the negative battery post to
prevent modules from resetting and to catch capacitive drains.
5. Disconnect the negative battery cable from the negative battery post without breaking the connection of
the jumper wire.
NOTE: It is very important that continuity is not broken between the battery and
the negative battery cable when connecting the meter. If this happens, the
entire procedure must be repeated.
6. Connect the battery tester between the negative battery cable and the post. The meter must be capable of
reading milliamps and should have a 10 amp capability.
NOTE: If the meter settings need to be switched or the test leads need to be
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
moved to another jack, the jumper wire must be reinstalled to avoid

breaking continuity.
NOTE: Amperage draw varies from vehicle to vehicle depending on the

equipment package. Compare to a similar vehicle for reference.
NOTE: No factory-equipped vehicle should have more than a 50 mA (0.050 amp)

draw.
7. Remove the jumper wire.

8. Note the amperage draw. Draw varies from vehicle to vehicle depending on the equipment package.
Compare to a similar vehicle for reference.
9. If the draw is found to be excessive, remove the fuses from the smart junction box (SJB) one at a time and
note the current reading. Do not reinstall the fuses until you have finished testing. To correctly isolate
each of the circuits, all of the fuses may need to be removed and then install one fuse, note the amperage
draw, remove the fuse and install the next fuse. Continue this process with each fuse.
10. If the current draw is still excessive, remove the fuses from the battery junction box (BJB) one at a time
and note the current drop. Do not reinstall the fuses until you have finished testing. To correctly isolate
each of the circuits, all of the fuses may need to be removed, then install one fuse, note the amperage
draw, remove the fuse and install the next fuse. Continue this process with each fuse. When the current
level drops to an acceptable level after removing a fuse, the circuit containing the excessive draw has
been located.
11. Check the wiring diagrams for any circuits that run from the battery without passing through the BJB or
the SJB. Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article. If the current draw is still
excessive, disconnect these circuits until the draw is found. Disconnect the generator electrical
connections if the draw cannot be located. The generator may be internally shorted, causing the current
drain.
Generator On-Vehicle Tests
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the generator, do not make the jumper wire
connections except as directed.
CAUTION: Do not allow any metal object to come in contact with the housing and the
internal diode cooling fins with the key on or off. A short circuit may result
and burn out the diodes.
NOTE: Battery posts and cable clamps must be clean and tight for accurate meter
indications.
NOTE: Refer to the battery tester manual for complete directions for testing the
charging system.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Turn off all lamps and electrical components.

2. Place the transmission in NEUTRAL and apply the parking brake.
3. Carry out the Load Test and No-Load Test according to the following component tests:
Generator On-Vehicle Tests - Load Test
1. Switch the tester to the ammeter function.

2. Connect the positive and negative leads of the tester to the corresponding battery terminals.
3. Connect the current probe to the generator B+ output terminal, circuit SDC14 (RD).
4. With the engine running at approximately 2,000 RPM, adjust the tester load bank to determine the output
of the generator. Generator output should be greater than the graph shown below. If not, refer back to the
pinpoint test or Go to Symptom Chart.
Fig. 14: Load Test Output Chart

Generator On-Vehicle Tests - No-Load Test
1. Switch the tester to the voltmeter function.

2. Connect the voltmeter positive lead to the generator B+ terminal, circuit SDC14 (RD), and the negative
lead to ground.
3. Turn all electrical accessories off.
4. With the engine running at approximately 2,000 RPM, check the generator output voltage. The voltage
should be between 13.2 and 15.5 volts. If not, refer back to the pinpoint test or Go to Symptom Chart.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ELECTRICAL Generator and Regulator - Edge & MKX
2008 ELECTRICAL
Generator and Regulator - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Generator pulley ratio 2.66:1
78/143 amp (max) @ 620-2,500 engine RPM @
Rating
normal engine temperature
Voltage regulator type Electronic internal with generator
Generator B+ terminal nut 12 9 -
Generator bolts 47 35 -
Generator nuts 47 35 -
Generator stud 8 - 71

GENERATOR
The charging system consists of the following components:
 Generator
 Integral voltage regulator
The generator is belt-driven by the engine accessory drive system. The generator has an internal voltage
regulator that is not replaced separately. The generator and voltage regulator are repaired as an assembly.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
GENERATOR
Refer to CHARGING SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.

GENERATOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Generator Components With Torque Specifications


1 W712609 Generator stud
2 W520414 Generator nut
3 W709986 Generator bolt
4 7H953 Generator B+ terminal nut
5 10300 Generator
Generator electrical connector (part of
6 -
14B060)
7 - Generator B+ terminal (part of 14B060)
8 - Pin-type retainer, wiring harness
1. Disconnect the battery. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES
article.
2. Remove the cooling fan. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
3. Rotate the accessory drive belt tensioner counterclockwise and position the accessory drive belt aside.
4. Position the generator B+ terminal protective cover aside, remove the nut and position the generator B+
terminal aside.
5. Disconnect the generator electrical connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Detach the pin-type retainer and wiring harness.


6. Remove the generator stud nut.

7. Remove the generator stud.

8. Remove the RH fender splash shield. For additional information, refer to FRONT END BODY
PANELS article.
9. Loosen the generator bolt and remove the generator.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ENGINE Engine Cooling - Edge & MKX
2008 ENGINE
Engine Cooling - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL
Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine WSS-M97B51-A1 9.2L (9.7 qt)
Coolant with Bittering Agent (US
only)
VC-7-B (US); CVC-7-A
(Canada); or equivalent (yellow
color)
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Premium WSS-M2C930-A -
Synthetic Blend Motor Oil
XO-5W20-QSP (US); Motorcraft
SAE 5W-20 Super Premium
Motor Oil CXO-5W20-LSP12
(Canada); or equivalent
Premium Cooling System Flush ESR-M14P7-A -
VC-1
Item Specification
Cooling System Pressure Test Specifications
Cooling System 124 kPa (18 psi)
Radiator Cap Pressure Test Specification
Pressure release cap 89-124 kPa (13-18 psi)
Thermostat Opening Temperatures
Thermostat starts to open 86°C (187°F)
Thermostat fully open 96°C (205°F)
A/C condenser-to-radiator bolts 10 - 89
Block heater 40 30 -
Compressor-to-condenser bracket bolt 7 - 62
Coolant pump boltsa - - -
Cooling fan motor and shroud bolts 6 - 53
Degas bottle-to-fender bolt 9 - 80
Engine oil filter (1) - - -
Exhaust clamp 40 30 -
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Oil cooler bracket bolt 6 - 53

Oil pan drain plug 27 20 -
Primary timing chain guide bolts 10 - 89
Primary timing chain tensioner bolts 10 - 89
Thermostat housing bolts 10 - 89
Thermostat housing cover bolts 10 - 89
Variable camshaft timing (VCT) oil control solenoid - - -
housing bolts (1)
Y-pipe nuts 40 30 -
(1) Refer to the procedure in this service information.

ENGINE COOLING
CAUTION: The engine cooling system is filled with Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine
Coolant. Mixing coolant types degrades the corrosion protection of
Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine coolant.
NOTE: Stop-leak style pellets/products must not be used as an additive in this engine
cooling system. The addition of stop-leak style pellets/products can clog or
damage the cooling system, resulting in degraded cooling system performance
and/or failure.
The cooling system components are the:
 radiator.
 bypass tube.
 pressure relief cap.
 degas bottle.
 radiator draincock.
 coolant pump.
 engine coolant temperature indicator unit.
 thermostat (cold side).
 variable speed fan motor assembly.
 fan control module.
 engine block coolant weep hole.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Locating Engine Block Coolant Weep Hole

The engine is equipped with an engine block coolant weep hole. If the inner coolant pump shaft seal fails,
coolant will be diverted out the weep hole in the LH side of the engine block. This prevents any coolant from
entering the crankcase.
Engine coolant provides freeze protection, boil protection, cooling efficiency and corrosion protection to the
engine and cooling components. In order to obtain these protections, the engine coolant must be maintained at
the correct concentration and fluid level in the degas bottle.
When adding engine coolant, use a 50/50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water.
To maintain the integrity of the coolant and the cooling system:
 add Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant. Do not mix coolant types.
 do not add/mix orange-colored Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant or equivalent meeting Ford
specification WSS-M97B44-D or green colored Motorcraft Premium Engine Coolant meeting Ford
specification ESE-M97B44-A or equivalent. Mixing coolants may degrade the coolant's corrosion
protection.
 do not add alcohol, methanol or brine, or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze.
These can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing.
 Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled engine coolant in vehicles originally
equipped with Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant since a Ford-approved recycling process is not
yet available.
NOTE: In the following illustration, Black arrows indicate hot, white arrows indicate
cold.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 2: Coolant Flow Diagram, 3.5L


1 8C633 Lower degas bottle hose
2 8005 Radiator
3 8B273 Lower radiator hose
4 8B274 Upper radiator hose
5 6050 Cylinder head
6 6083 Cylinder head gasket
7 8A586 Thermostat housing
8 9N271 Heater inlet tube
9 9K461 Lower intake manifold
10 8501 Coolant pump
11 6010 Engine block
12 8W005 Upper degas bottle hose
13 18C553 Heater hose assembly
14 18B539 Heater core
15 8A080 Degas bottle
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
ENGINE COOLING
SPECIAL TOOLS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Battery/Antifreeze Tester 014-R1060 or equivalent
Pressure Test Kit 014-R1072 or equivalent

appropriate hardware or
MATERIAL
Item Specification
Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant with WSS-M97B51-A1
Bittering Agent (US only)
VC-7-B (US); CVC-7-A (Canada); or equivalent
(yellow color)
Engine coolant flows primarily from the engine to the radiator circuit and back to the coolant pump. From the
coolant pump, coolant is sent through the engine block and cylinder heads. A separate circuit from the engine
also feeds the heater core with coolant. On most engines, the coolant pump is operated by engine rotation
through a pulley which is driven by the accessory drive belt to circulate the coolant. Some engines use a belt
driven by a pulley attached to the camshaft, and some engines use a sprocket driven by the timing chain to
operate the coolant pump. The coolant thermostat is a control valve actuated by coolant temperature. When the
thermostat is closed, coolant flow bypasses the radiator circuit and returns to the coolant pump. When the
thermostat is opened, coolant is allowed to flow through the radiator circuit in order to transfer engine generated
heat to the outside air.
NOTE: The vehicle is equipped with either a degas bottle or an expansion tank.
The degas bottle, if equipped, holds surplus coolant and removes air from the cooling system, which reduces hot
spots. It also allows for coolant expansion and system pressurization, replenishes coolant to the cooling system
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
and serves as the location for service fill.
The coolant expansion tank, if equipped, holds surplus coolant, allows for coolant expansion and replenishes
coolant to the cooling system. It is equipped with a non-pressurized cap which allows coolant to be added to the
tank to keep it filled to prescribed levels.
The cooling fan draws air through the radiator to help cool the system coolant as it passes through the radiator.
The thermostat monitor is a function of the PCM and is designed to verify correct thermostat operation. The
monitor will be executed once per drive cycle and has a monitor run duration of 300-800 seconds. If a
malfunction occurs, DTC P0125 or P0128 is set, and the malfunction indicator lamp will be illuminated.
For vehicle/engine specific information, refer to ENGINE COOLING in Description and Operation.
WARNING: Always allow the engine to cool before opening the cooling system. Do
not unscrew the coolant pressure relief cap when the engine is operating
or the cooling system is hot. The cooling system is under pressure;
steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened
slightly. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious
personal injury.
Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant. Do not mix coolant types.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in engine or cooling system
damage.
NOTE: Vehicles equipped with a degas bottle system have the pressure relief cap on
the degas bottle and no radiator cap. Vehicles equipped with a coolant
expansion tank system have the pressure relief cap on the radiator.

2. Visually check the engine coolant level at the degas bottle or coolant expansion tank when the system is
cold.
3. Make sure the pressure relief cap is installed correctly.
4. Record any cooling system DTCs retrieved. Refer to the PCM DTC CHART in this service information
for DTC descriptions.
NOTE: Take note of any coolant odor or steam coming from cooling system
components.
5. If the system coolant is filled correctly and no DTCs associated with fail-safe cooling are retrieved, verify
the customer's concern by operating the engine to duplicate the condition.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Refer to the coolant flow diagram in ENGINE COOLING in Description and
Operation .
6. Inspect to determine if any of the following mechanical or electrical concerns apply.

 Leaks or weeps at:  Inoperative or damaged:
 Hoses  Electric cooling
 Tubes
fan (if equipped)
 Electronically
 Clamp joints
actuated fan
 Quick connect
clutch
couplings (if
 Electronically
equipped)
actuated fan
 Gaskets
clutch controller
 O-rings
 Wiring,
 Thermostat connectors, relays
housing or modules
 Radiator  Engine coolant
 Pressure relief temperature

cap (ECT) sensor (if
 Coolant pump
equipped)
 Cylinder head
 Heater core (wet
floor or coolant temperature
odor in vehicle) (CHT) sensor (if
equipped)
 Heater control
 Intake air
valve
temperature (IAT)
 Heated throttle
sensor (if
body (TB) or equipped)
heated TB adapter
 Mass air flow
(if equipped)
(MAF) sensor
 Coolant crossover
 Vehicle speed
manifold
assembly (if sensor (VSS)
equipped)
 Oil cooler (if
equipped)
 Degas bottle (if
equipped)
 Coolant
expansion tank (if
equipped)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Heated PCV (if

equipped)
 Fuel pressure
regulator coolant
bowl (if equipped,
natural gas
engine)
 Cylinder block
core plugs (if
equipped)
 Cylinder head
core plugs (if
equipped)
 Block heater (if
equipped)

 Cracked or damaged:
 Hoses
 Tubes
 Hose clamps
 Heater control
valve (if
equipped)
 Thermostat
housing
 Radiator
 Pressure relief
cap
 Cooling fan
 Fan clutch (if

equipped)
 Coolant pump
 Degas bottle (if

equipped)
 Coolant
expansion tank (if
equipped)
 Oil cooler (if
equipped)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Coolant crossover
manifold
assembly (if
equipped)
 Cylinder block
core plugs (if
equipped)
 Cylinder head
core plugs (if
equipped)
 Block heater (if
equipped)
 Restricted airflow
through the A/C
condenser/radiator
 Drive belt loose, worn
or installed incorrectly
 Broken or weak drive
belt tensioner
 Excessive white or light
gray exhaust smoke
(may have burnt coolant
odor)
 Coolant in engine oil
 Engine oil in coolant
 Coolant in automatic
transmission fluid (if
equipped)
 Automatic transmission
fluid (if equipped) in
coolant
7. If the inspection reveals an obvious concern that can be readily identified, repair it as necessary. Test the
8. Inspect the coolant condition in the following sequence:
1. Inspect the coolant color.
 If Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant has a clear or pale yellow color, this indicates
higher water content than required. Test the engine coolant freezing point range with the
Battery/Antifreeze Tester. The freezing point should be in the range -45°C to -23°C (-50°F to
-10°F). If the vehicle is driven in cold climates less than -36°C (-34°F), it may be necessary
to increase the coolant concentration to get adequate freeze protection. Recommended
coolant concentration is 50/50 ethylene glycol to distilled water.
 A pale green color indicates incorrect coolant (green in color) may have been added to the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
system. Use of incorrect (green in color) coolant degrades the corrosion protection of
Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant. Flush the system and refill with the correct
mixture of distilled water and Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant.
NOTE: If Cooling System Stop Leak Pellets are used, darkening of the
Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant from yellow to golden
tan will occur.
 Dark brown could indicate a commercially available stop leak may have been used. Flush the
system and refill with the correct mixture of distilled water and Motorcraft Premium Gold
Engine Coolant.
 A light or reddish brown color indicates that rust may be present in the cooling system. Flush
the system and refill with the correct mixture of distilled water and Motorcraft Premium Gold
Engine Coolant.
 An iridescent sheen on top of the coolant could indicate a trace of oil is entering the system.
For information on engine diagnosis, refer to ENGINE SYSTEM - GENERAL
 A milky brown color may indicate that engine oil is entering the cooling system. Pressure test
the cooling system. Refer to component tests in this service information. If engine oil is
suspected, the cause of the leak may be internal to the engine. Refer to ENGINE SYSTEM -
 A red, orange or light green colored sheen on top of the coolant may indicate that
transmission fluid is entering the cooling system. The cause may be a leaky radiator. Pressure
test the cooling system. Refer to COMPONENT TESTS.
2. If the engine coolant appearance is acceptable, test the engine coolant freezing point range with the
Battery/Antifreeze Tester. The freezing point should be in the range -45°C to -23°C (-50°F to -10°
F). If the vehicle is driven in cold climates less than -36°C (-34°F), it may be necessary to increase
the coolant concentration to get adequate freeze protection. Recommended coolant concentration is
50/50 ethylene glycol to distilled water.
 Maximum coolant concentration is 60/40 for cold weather areas.
 Minimum coolant concentration is 40/60 for warm weather areas.
3. Adjust coolant range and level if necessary:

 If coolant is low, add specified coolant mixture only.
 If the engine coolant tests too weak, remove some of the engine coolant and add undiluted
engine coolant until the readings are within acceptable levels.
 If the engine coolant tests strong, remove some of the engine coolant and add distilled water
until the readings are within acceptable levels.
9. If an obvious cause for an observed or reported concern is found, correct the cause and test the system for
normal operation before proceeding to the next step.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


PCM.
14. Clear the continuous DTCs and carry out the self-test diagnostics PCM.
15. If the DTCs recovered are related to the concern, go to the PCM DTC Chart. For all other DTCs, refer to
16. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, go to SYMPTOM CHART table.
PCM DTC CHART

DTC Description Action
P0217 Engine Coolant Overtemperature Condition Go to Pinpoint Test B .
P1285 Cylinder Head Overtemperature Condition Go to Pinpoint Test B .
P1299 Cylinder Head Overtemperature Protection Go to Pinpoint Test B .
Active
P0125 Insufficient Coolant Temp For Closed Loop Go to Pinpoint Test c .
Fuel Control
P0128 Coolant Thermostat (Coolant Temp Below Go to Pinpoint Test c .
Thermostat Regulating Temperature)
P0480 Fan 1, 2 or 3 Control Circuit, Respectively REFER to the Introduction - Gasoline
P0481 Engines article.
P0482
All Other - REFER to the Introduction - Gasoline
DTCs Engines article.
Symptom Chart
SYMPTOM CHART
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Loss of coolant  Coolant hoses or tubes  Go to Pinpoint Test

 Hose clamps A.
 Coolant pump O-ring seal or gasket
 Thermostat O-ring seal or gasket
 Thermostat housing
 Radiator
 Transmission fluid cooler (in
radiator) (if equipped) (may leak
internally or externally)
 Degas bottle (if equipped)
 Coolant expansion tank (if equipped)
 Pressure relief cap
 Coolant pump leaking from weep
hole
 Auxiliary coolant pump (if equipped)
 Heater core
 Heater control valve (if equipped)
 Coolant crossover manifold assembly
(if equipped)
 Engine gaskets (may leak internally
or externally)
 Oil cooler (if equipped) (may leak
internally or externally)
 Heated throttle body (TB) or heated
TB adapter (if equipped)
 Heated PCV (if equipped)
 Fuel pressure regulator coolant bowl
(if equipped, natural gas engine)
 Cylinder block core plugs (if
equipped)
 Cylinder head core plugs (if
equipped)
 Block heater (if equipped)
 The engine overheats  Low coolant level  Go to Pinpoint Test B .
 External engine coolant leak
 Airlock in system
 Pressure relief cap installation
 Restricted airflow through the A/C
condenser/radiator
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Internal engine coolant leak

 Coolant condition/concentration
 Accessory drive components
 Non-OEM engine enhancement
components
 Electric cooling fan (if equipped)
 Mechanical cooling fan (if equipped)
 Mechanical cooling fan clutch (if
equipped)
 Radiator
 Thermostat
 Engine coolant temperature (ECT)
indicator system (gauge)
 ECT sensor (if equipped)
 Cylinder head temperature (CHT)
sensor (if equipped)
 Heater core
 Coolant pump
 Coolant flow restriction
 The engine does not  Low coolant level  Go to Pinpoint Test
reach normal operating  Thermostat C.
temperature
 Mechanical fan clutch always
engaged
 Electric cooling fan always on
 Engine coolant temperature indicator
system (gauge)
 CHT sensor (if equipped)
 The block heater does  Block heater power cable  CHECK continuity in
not operate correctly all 3 power cable
circuits. If any circuit
measures greater than 5
ohms, INSTALL a new
power cable.
-  Block heater  CHECK the resistance
of the block heater. If
the resistance does not
measure between 12.5
and 17.0 ohms,
INSTALL a new block
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
heater.
 The electric cooling fan  Wiring  REFER to the
(s) or electronically  Relays Introduction -
controlled fan clutch is Gasoline Engines
inoperative in one or  Fuses article.
more speeds or does not  Fan control module
operate correctly (if  Cooling fan motor(s)
equipped)  Cooling fan resistor(s)
 Electric fan clutch
 The electric cooling fan  Wiring  REFER to the
(s) stay(s) on all the  Relays Introduction -
time (if equipped) Gasoline Engines
article.
 Noisy electric cooling  Foreign material contamination  REMOVE the foreign
fan operation (if  Fan motor material from the
equipped) cooling fan and shroud.
TEST the system for
normal operation. If
still noisy, INSTALL a
new cooling fan
assembly.
-  Fan blade detached from fan motor  INSTALL a new
cooling fan assembly.
 Noisy mechanical fan  Fan clutch  CARRY OUT the Fan
operation (if equipped) Clutch Test - Minimum
Speed Requirement
component test.
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test A: Loss of Coolant
Normal Operation
The engine cooling system is a closed system that provides for coolant expansion and contraction and also
changes in pressure as coolant warms and cools with engine operation. Various gaskets, seals, hoses and clamps
are used to contain coolant within the cooling system and keep other fluids and contaminants from entering the
cooling system.
Coolant loss can be attributed to either external or internal leaks anywhere within the cooling system.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Coolant hoses or tubes

 Hose clamps
 Thermostat O-ring seal or gasket
 Coolant pump O-ring seal or gasket
 Thermostat housing
 Heater control valve (if equipped)
 Radiator
 Transmission fluid cooler (in radiator) (if equipped)
 Pressure relief cap
 Coolant pump leaking from weep hole
 Auxiliary coolant pump (if equipped)
 Heater core
 Heated throttle body (TB) or heated TB adapter (if equipped)
 Coolant crossover manifold assembly (if equipped)
 Engine gaskets
 Oil cooler (if equipped)
 Degas bottle (if equipped)
 Coolant expansion tank (if equipped)
 Heated PCV (if equipped)
 Fuel pressure regulator coolant bowl (if equipped, natural gas engine)
 Cylinder block core plugs (if equipped)
 Cylinder head core plugs (if equipped)
 Block heater (if equipped)
 Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (if equipped)
PINPOINT TEST A: LOSS OF COOLANT
personal injury.
A1 CARRY OUT INSPECTION AND VERIFICATION

 Carry out the Inspection and Verification procedure in this service information.
YES : REPAIR as needed. TEST the system for normal operation.

NO : Go to A2 .
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
A2 CHECK THE ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
NOTE: Allow the engine to cool before checking the engine coolant level.


 Visually inspect the engine coolant level at the degas bottle or the coolant expansion tank.
 Is the engine coolant level within specifications?
YES : Go to A3.
NO : ADJUST the engine coolant level as necessary. Go to A3.
A3 PRESSURE TEST THE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
 Pressure test the engine cooling system. Refer to Cooling System Pressure Test in COMPONENT
TESTS in this service information.
 Does the engine cooling system leak?
YES : REPAIR or INSTALL new components. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : If the vehicle is equipped with a coolant expansion tank, go to A4. If the vehicle is equipped
with a degas bottle, go to A5.
A4 CHECK THE PRESSURE RELIEF CAP
 Carry out the pressure relief cap pressure test. Refer to Pressure Relief Cap Pressure Test in
COMPONENT TESTS in this service information.
 Is the pressure relief cap OK?
YES : Go to A5.
NO : INSTALL a new pressure relief cap. TEST the system for normal operation.
A5 CHECK THE ENGINE COOLANT FOR AN INTERNAL LEAK
 Inspect the engine coolant in the degas bottle or coolant expansion tank for signs of engine oil or
transmission fluid.
 Is engine oil or transmission fluid evident in the coolant?
YES : If engine oil is evident, go to ENGINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article

for engine diagnosis. If transmission fluid is evident, INSTALL a new radiator. REPAIR the
transmission as necessary. Refer to the appropriate Automatic Transmission article for the
procedure. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to A6.
A6 CHECK THE ENGINE OIL AND TRANSMISSION FLUID FOR COOLANT
 Remove the oil level indicators from the engine and the transmission.
 Is coolant evident in the oil or transmission fluid?
YES : If coolant is in the engine oil, go to ENGINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION

article. If coolant is in the transmission fluid, INSTALL a new radiator. REPAIR the transmission
as necessary. Refer to the appropriate Automatic Transmission article for the procedure.
NO : Go to A7.
A7 CHECK THE COOLING SYSTEM FOR COMBUSTION GASES
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Use U-View® Combustion Leak Tester part number 560000 or

equivalent.
 Using a cooling system combustion gas leak tester, following the instructions supplied with the
tester, check the coolant for combustion gases.
 Are combustion gases present?
YES : Go to ENGINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article for engine diagnosis.
NO : The cooling system is operational.
Pinpoint Test B: The Engine Overheats
Normal Operation
The engine cooling system functions to maintain engine temperatures during operation. Correct coolant flow
through the engine, radiator and remainder of cooling system passages and components is essential to
maintaining a correct engine temperature.
Engine overheating generally occurs when there is a disruption in the ability to control either coolant flow at the
correct rate, the inability to transfer heat from the engine through the coolant (including low coolant), or an
inability to transfer engine generated heat to the outside air through the radiator.
 DTC P0217 Engine Coolant Overtemperature Condition

 DTC P1285 Cylinder Head Overtemperature Condition
 DTC P1299 Cylinder Head Overtemperature Protection Active
 Low coolant level

 External engine coolant leak
 Airlock in system
 Pressure relief cap installation
 Restricted airflow through the A/C condenser/radiator
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Internal engine coolant leak

 Coolant condition/concentration
 Accessory drive components
 Non-OEM engine enhancement components
 Electric cooling fan (if equipped)
 Mechanical cooling fan blade (if equipped)
 Mechanical cooling fan clutch (if equipped)
 Engine coolant temperature (ECT) indicator system (gauge)
 Cylinder head temperature (CHT) sensor (if equipped)
 Heater core
 Coolant pump
 Coolant flow restriction
PINPOINT TEST B: THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
personal injury.
B1 CARRY OUT INSPECTION AND VERIFICATION


NO : Go to B2 .
B2 CHECK FOR DTCs
NOTE: Refer to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article for correct

scan tool hook-up procedure.
Check for DTC P0217, P1285 or P1299.


 Is DTC P0217, P1285 or P1299 present?
YES : Go to B3.
NO : Actual engine overheating has not been verified. CHECK the ECT gauge operation. REFER
to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES article.
If any other DTCs are retrieved, REFER to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES
article.
B3 CHECK FOR AN AIRFLOW OBSTRUCTION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Check the radiator or A/C condenser for an obstruction such as leaves or cardboard.

 Is an obstruction present?
YES : REMOVE the obstruction. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to B4.
B4 CHECK THE ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
NOTE: Allow the engine to cool before checking the coolant level.


 Visually check the engine coolant level in the degas bottle or coolant expansion tank.
 Is the engine coolant level within specification?
YES : Go to B5.
NO : ADJUST the engine coolant level as necessary. Go to B5.
B5 PRESSURE TEST THE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
 Pressure test the engine cooling system. Refer to Cooling System Pressure Test in COMPONENT
TESTS in this service information.
YES : REPAIR or INSTALL new components. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Vehicles equipped with an expansion tank, go to B6. Vehicles equipped with a degas bottle,
go to B7.
B6 CHECK THE PRESSURE RELIEF CAP
 Carry out the pressure relief cap pressure test. Refer to Pressure Relief Cap Pressure Test in
COMPONENT TESTS in this service information.
 Is the pressure relief cap OK?
YES : Go to B7.
NO : INSTALL a new pressure relief cap. TEST the system for normal operation.
B7 CHECK THE ENGINE COOLANT FOR AN INTERNAL LEAK
 Inspect the engine coolant in the degas bottle or coolant expansion tank for signs of engine oil or
transmission fluid.
 Is engine oil or transmission fluid evident in the coolant?
YES : If engine oil is evident, go to ENGINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article

for engine diagnosis. If transmission fluid is evident, INSTALL a new radiator. REPAIR the
transmission as necessary. Refer to the appropriate Automatic Transmission article for the
procedure. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to B8.
B8 CHECK THE ENGINE OIL AND TRANSMISSION FLUID FOR COOLANT
 Remove the oil level indicators from the engine and the transmission.
 Is coolant evident in the oil or transmission fluid?
YES : If coolant is in the engine oil, go to ENGINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
article. If coolant is in the transmission fluid, INSTALL a new radiator. REPAIR the transmission
as necessary. Refer to the appropriate Automatic Transmission article for the procedure.
NO : Go to B9.
B9 CHECK THE COOLING SYSTEM FOR COMBUSTION GASES
NOTE: Use U-View® Combustion Leak Tester part number 560000 or

equivalent.
Using a cooling system combustion gas leak tester, following the instructions supplied with the

tester, check the coolant for combustion gases.
 Are combustion gases present?
YES : Go to ENGINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article for engine diagnosis.

NO : Go to B10.
B10 CHECK COOLANT CONDITION
 Check the coolant for dirt, rust or contamination and check the coolant concentration.
 Is the coolant condition OK?
YES : Vehicles equipped with an electric cooling fan, go to B11 . Vehicles equipped with only a
mechanical cooling fan, go to B12 .
NO : FLUSH the engine cooling system. REFER to COOLING SYSTEM FLUSHING. TEST
B11 CHECK THE ELECTRIC COOLING FAN OPERATION
 Place the climate control function selector in the MAX A/C position and the blower motor switch
in the HI position.
 Did the electric cooling fan operate?
YES : If the vehicle is also equipped with a mechanical cooling fan, go to B12. Otherwise, go to
B13.
NO : DIAGNOSE the electric cooling fan operation. REFER to INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE
ENGINES article.
B12 CHECK THE MECHANICAL COOLING FAN OPERATION
 If the vehicle is equipped with a viscous fan clutch, carry out the Fan Clutch Tests in
COMPONENT TESTS. If the vehicle is equipped with an electronically actuated fan clutch, refer
to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article.
 Is the cooling fan operation OK?
YES : Go to B13.
NO : INSTALL a new fan clutch. TEST the system for normal operation.
B13 CHECK THE COOLANT PUMP OPERATION
 Allow the engine to run for 10 minutes (hot side thermostat equipped vehicles) or 30 minutes (cold
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
side thermostat equipped vehicles). Place the climate control function selector in the MAX HEAT
position. Feel the heater outlet hose.
 Is the heater outlet hose hot?
YES : Go to B14.
NO : INSTALL a new coolant pump. TEST the system for normal operation.
B14 CHECK THE THERMOSTAT OPERATION
 Allow the engine to run for 10 minutes (hot side thermostat equipped vehicles) or 30 minutes (cold
side thermostat equipped vehicles). Feel the upper radiator hose (hot side thermostat equipped
vehicles) or the lower radiator hose (cold side thermostat equipped vehicles).
 Is the upper (hot side thermostat equipped vehicles) or lower (cold side equipped vehicles)
radiator hose hot?
YES : CHECK the engine coolant temperature gauge operation. REFER to INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES article.
NO : Go to B15.
B15 VISUALLY INSPECT THE THERMOSTAT
 Carry out the Thermostat Visual Inspection in COMPONENT TESTS.
 Is the thermostat damaged?
YES : INSTALL a new thermostat. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : INSTALL a new thermostat. TEST the system for normal operation. If the engine still
overheats, INSTALL a new radiator. TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test C: The Engine Does Not Reach Normal Operating Temperature
Normal Operation
The engine cooling system functions to maintain engine temperatures during operation. Correct coolant flow
through the engine, radiator and remainder of cooling system passages and components is essential to
maintaining a correct engine temperature.
Concerns of engine inability to reach normal operating temperature typically occur when the rate of coolant
flow through some coolant circuits (radiator, heater core) is more than expected given the conditions, or when
the cooling fans operate all the time (electric fans) or the fan clutch is always engaged (engine driven fans).
Heat is not allowed to build in the engine because a heat exchanger is removing too much heat, including the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
radiator, heater core and oil cooler. In addition, perceived concerns that the engine does not reach normal
operating temperature can be related to a low coolant level or trapped air which does not allow for hot coolant
to be available at the heater core, an inoperative climate control system, or for concerns perceived or related to
an incorrect engine temperature gauge indication.
 DTC P0125 Insufficient Coolant Temp for Closed Loop Fuel Control
 DTC P0128 Coolant Thermostat (Coolant Temp Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)
 Low coolant level

 Thermostat
 Engine coolant temperature (ECT) indicator system (gauge)
 Engine cooling fan
PINPOINT TEST C: THE ENGINE DOES NOT REACH NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE
personal injury.
C1 CARRY OUT INSPECTION AND VERIFICATION


NO : Go to C2.
C2 CHECK FOR DTCs P0125 or P0128
NOTE: Refer to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article for correct scan
tool hook-up procedure.
 Check for DTC P0125 or P0128.

 Is DTC P0125 or P0128 present?
YES : If the vehicle is equipped with an electric cooling fan, go to C3. If the vehicle is equipped
with only a mechanical cooling fan, go to C4.
NO : The cooling system is operational. If an inoperative engine coolant temperature gauge is
suspected, CHECK the engine coolant temperature gauge operation. REFER to INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES article. If an inoperative
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
climate control system is suspected, CHECK the climate control system operation. REFER to
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION AND DIAGNOSTICS
article. If any other DTCs are retrieved, REFER to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE
ENGINES article.
C3 CHECK THE ELECTRIC COOLING FAN OPERATION
 Allow the engine to cool.
 Make sure the A/C switch is OFF (if equipped).
 Check the electric cooling fan.
 Is the electric cooling fan on all the time?
YES : DIAGNOSE the electric cooling fan operation. REFER to the INTRODUCTION -
GASOLINE ENGINES article.
NO : If the vehicle is also equipped with a mechanical cooling fan, go to C4. Otherwise, go to C5.
C4 CHECK THE MECHANICAL COOLING FAN OPERATION
 Carry out the Cooling Fan Clutch Component Test. For a mechanical cooling fan clutch, refer to
COMPONENT TESTS in this service information. For an electronic cooling fan clutch, refer to
the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article.
 Is the cooling fan clutch OK?
YES : Go to C5.
NO : INSTALL a new cooling fan clutch. TEST the system for normal operation.
C5 CHECK THE COOLANT LEVEL
NOTE: Allow the engine to cool before checking the coolant level.
 Visually check the engine coolant level in the degas bottle or coolant expansion tank.
 Is the engine coolant level within specification?
YES : INSTALL a new thermostat. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test A to diagnose a coolant leak.
Component Tests
Pressure Test - Degas Bottle Systems
personal injury.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Turn the engine OFF.

2. Check the engine coolant level. Adjust the coolant level as necessary.
3. Attach the Radiator/Heater Core Pressure Tester to the degas bottle nipple and overflow hose. Install a
pressure test pump to the quick connect fitting of the test adapter.
CAUTION: Do not pressurize the cooling system beyond the maximum pressure
listed in SPECIFICATIONS in this service information or cooling
system components may be damaged.
NOTE: If the plunger of the pressure tester is depressed too fast, an erroneous
pressure reading will result.
4. Slowly depress the plunger of the pressure test pump until the pressure gauge reading stops increasing
and note the highest pressure reading obtained. If the pressure reading exceeds the maximum cap pressure
listed in the SPECIFICATIONS , install a new pressure relief cap.
5. If the system does not hold pressure, remove the pressure relief cap and wash in clean water to dislodge
all the foreign material from the gasket. Check the sealing surface in the filler neck of the degas bottle for
nicks or cuts. Install the pressure relief cap.
6. Pressurize the engine cooling system as described in Step 4 above. Observe the gauge reading for
approximately 2 minutes. Pressure should not drop during this time. If the pressure drops within this time,
inspect for leaks and repair as necessary.
7. If no leaks are found and the pressure drops. the pressure relief cap may be leaking. Install a new pressure
relief cap and retest the system.
8. If no leaks are found after a new pressure relief cap is installed, and the pressure drops, the leak may be
internal to the radiator transmission cooler (if equipped). Inspect the coolant for transmission fluid and the
transmission fluid for coolant. Repair as necessary.
9. If there is no contamination of the coolant or transmission fluid, the leak may be internal to the engine.
Inspect the coolant for engine oil and the engine oil for coolant. Refer to ENGINE SYSTEM -
GENERAL INFORMATION article to diagnose the engine.
10. Release the system pressure by loosening the pressure relief cap. Check the coolant level and adjust as
necessary.
Pressure Test - Coolant Expansion Tank Systems
personal injury.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Turn the engine OFF.

2. Remove the pressure relief cap. Top off the radiator as needed. Fit the pressure tester to the radiator fill
neck.
CAUTION: Do not pressurize the cooling system beyond 138 kPa (20 psi) or
cooling system components may be damaged.
NOTE: If the plunger of the pressure tester is depressed too fast, an incorrect
3. Pump the cooling system to a maximum of 138 kPa (20 psi) and hold for 2 minutes. If the pressure drops
within this time, inspect for leaks and repair as necessary.
4. If no leaks are found and the pressure drops, the leak may be internal to the radiator transmission cooler
(if equipped). Inspect the coolant for transmission fluid and the transmission fluid for coolant. Repair as
necessary.
5. If there is no contamination of the coolant or transmission fluid, the leak may be internal to the engine.
Inspect the coolant for engine oil and the engine oil for coolant. Refer to ENGINE SYSTEM -
GENERAL INFORMATION article to diagnose the engine.
Cap
1. Inspect the pressure relief cap and seals for damage or deterioration. Install a new pressure relief cap if
necessary.
2. Fit the pressure relief cap to the Radiator/Heater Core Pressure Tester Kit using the correct adapter.
NOTE: If the plunger of the pressure tester is depressed too fast, an incorrect
3. Slowly pump the pressure tester until the pressure gauge stops increasing and note the highest pressure
reading. Release the pressure and repeat the test. Install a new pressure relief cap if the pressure is not
within specification. Refer to the GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS table in this service information.
Thermostat
A new thermostat should be installed only after the following tests and checks have been carried out:
 Pinpoint Test A, B or C
 Thermostat Visual Inspection
Thermostat Visual Inspection

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the thermostat.

2. Examine the thermostat for signs of damage including:
 Valve not fully seated (light visible through the valve)
 Foreign material lodged in the main valve
 Bent or broken frame or flange
 Bent or broken spring
 Bent or broken valve or valve stem
 Wax leaking from wax reservoir or a bulge in the reservoir
 Any other damage or distortion
NOTE: If no damage is found during the inspection, do not attempt to open the
thermostat using hot water or other heat sources. This method is not an
accurate means to test the function of the thermostat and may damage the
thermostat.
3. If damage is found during the inspection, remove any foreign material or broken pieces and install a new
thermostat.
4. If no damage is found during the inspection, continue troubleshooting the system concern. Go to the
Symptom Chart for further instructions.
Radiator Leak Test, Removed From Vehicle
CAUTION: Never leak test an aluminum radiator in the same water that copper/brass
radiators are tested in. Flux and caustic cleaners may be present in the
cleaning tank and they will damage aluminum radiators.
NOTE: Always install plugs in the oil cooler fittings before leak testing or cleaning any
radiator.
NOTE: Clean the radiator before leak testing to avoid contamination of tank.
1. Leak test the radiator in clean water with 138 kPa (20 psi) air pressure.
Fan Clutch Test
1. Turn the engine OFF and wait until the fan comes to a complete stop.
2. Spin the fan blade by hand. A light resistance should be felt. If there is no resistance or very high
resistance, the minimum and maximum fan speeds must be checked. For an electronically actuated fan
clutch, refer to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article. For a viscous fan clutch, carry
out the following:
Fan Clutch Test - Minimum Speed Requirement
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Use a suitable marker to mark the coolant pump or fan pulley and one of the fan blades.
2. Make sure the A/C is OFF, if equipped.
WARNING: Do not operate the engine with the hood open until the fan blade has
been examined for possible cracks and separation. A damaged fan
can separate during operation. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in serious personal injury.
3. Start the engine and run it at approximately 2,000 RPM for 5 minutes or until there is a noticeable
reduction in fan noise to allow the fan clutch to go into disengaged mode.
4. Aim a laser photo tachometer at the coolant pump or fan pulley. Run the engine to achieve 3,000 RPM at
the coolant pump or fan pulley.
5. With the coolant pump or fan pulley at 3,000 RPM, aim the laser photo tachometer at the fan blade.
Monitor and record fan speed.
6. The fan blade speed must be less than the specified RPM at 3,000 RPM coolant pump or fan pulley RPM.
Refer to SPECIFICATIONS table in this service information for correct fan speed.
7. Turn the engine off.
8. If the fan blade speed was greater than specified, install a new fan clutch.
Fan Clutch Test - Maximum Speed Requirement
1. Use a suitable marker to mark the coolant pump or fan pulley and one of the fan blades.
2. Block off areas on each side of the radiator in the engine compartment, the front of the radiator grille and
the bumper. Close the hood. This will raise the temperature of the air striking the fan clutch and should
cause the fan blade to operate at maximum speed.
3. Place the climate control function selector switch in the MAX A/C position and the blower motor switch
in the HI position, if equipped.
WARNING: Do not operate the engine with the hood open until the fan blade has
been examined for possible cracks and separation. A damaged fan
can separate during operation. Failure to follow this instruction may
result in serious personal injury.
NOTE: Do not open the hood to check the coolant pump or fan pulley
temperature. This will lower the temperature of the air reaching the fan
clutch and void the test. Aim the infrared thermometer through the wheel
well or from under the vehicle.
4. Start the engine and run it at approximately 2,000 RPM until normal operating temperature has been
achieved. Using an infrared thermometer, monitor the coolant pump or fan pulley. Run the engine until
the coolant pump or fan pulley is at least 96°C (205°F).
NOTE: Do not open the hood to check the coolant pump or fan pulley or fan blade
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
speed. This will lower the temperature of the air reaching the fan clutch
and void the test. Aim the laser photo tachometer through the wheel well
or from under the vehicle.
5. Aim a laser photo tachometer at the coolant pump or fan pulley. Run the engine to achieve 3,000 RPM at
the coolant pump or fan pulley.
6. With the coolant pump or fan pulley at 3,000 RPM, aim the laser photo tachometer at the fan blade.
Monitor and record fan blade speed.
7. The fan blade speed must be greater than the specified RPM at 3,000 RPM coolant pump or fan pulley
RPM. Refer to SPECIFICATIONS in this service information for correct fan speed.
8. Open the hood and allow the engine to idle momentarily to lower engine temperature. Turn the engine off
and remove the blocks from the radiator, grille and bumper.
9. If the fan blade speed is less than specified, install a new fan clutch.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
COOLING SYSTEM DRAINING, FILLING AND BLEEDING
SPECIAL TOOLS
RADKITPLUS 078-00497
MATERIAL
Item Specification
(yellow color)
Draining
personal injury.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: The coolant must be recovered in a suitable, clean container for reuse. If
the coolant is contaminated, it must be recycled or disposed of correctly.
Using contaminated coolant may result in damage to the engine or cooling
system components.
Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant.
damage the cooling system resulting in degraded cooling system performance
and/or failure.
NOTE: Less than 80% of coolant capacity can be recovered with the engine in the
vehicle. Dirty, rusty or contaminated coolant requires replacement.
2. Release the pressure in the cooling system by slowly turning the pressure relief cap 1/2 turn
counterclockwise. When the pressure is released, remove the pressure relief cap.
3. Place a suitable container below the radiator draincock.
 Open the draincock and allow to drain.
 Close the draincock after draining.
4. When the coolant is drained, make sure drain plugs are installed and tight.
Filling and Bleeding with RADKITPLUS
1. Using the special tool, install the RADKITPLUS and follow the manufacturer's instructions to fill and
bleed the cooling system.
Filling and Bleeding without RADKITPLUS
CAUTION: Engine coolant provides freeze protection, boil protection, cooling

efficiency and corrosion protection to the engine and cooling components.
In order to obtain these protections, the engine coolant must be
maintained at the correct concentration and fluid level in the degas bottle.
When adding engine coolant, use a 50/50 mixture of engine coolant and
distilled water.
To maintain the integrity of the coolant and the cooling system:
 Vehicle cooling systems are filled with Motorcraft Premium Gold

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Engine Coolant. Always fill the cooling system with the same coolant
that is present in the system. Do not mix coolant types.
 Do not add/mix orange-colored Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine
Coolant or equivalent, meeting Ford specification WSS-M97B44-D or
green colored Premium Engine Coolant. Mixing coolants may
degrade the coolant's corrosion protection.
 Do not add alcohol, methanol or brine, or any engine coolants mixed
with alcohol or methanol antifreeze. These can cause engine damage
from overheating or freezing.
 Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled
engine coolant in vehicles originally equipped with Motorcraft
Premium Gold Engine Coolant since a Ford-approved recycling
process is not yet available.
 Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate
manner. Follow your community's regulations and standards for
recycling and disposing of automotive fluids.
damage the cooling system resulting in degraded cooling system performance
and/or failure.
1. Open the degas bottle cap and fill the degas bottle to the MAX fill line.
2. Close the degas bottle cap.
CAUTION: If the engine overheats or the fluid level drops below the minimum fill
line, shut off the engine and add fluid to the degas bottle maximum
fill line once the engine cools. Failure to follow these instructions
may result in damage to the engine.
3. Start the engine and let idle for 10 minutes or until the engine reaches normal operating temperature.
4. Repeat Step 3 if necessary.
5. Start the engine and turn the heater to the MAX position.
CAUTION: If the engine overheats or the fluid level drops below the minimum fill
line, shut off the engine and add fluid to the degas bottle maximum
fill line once the engine cools. Failure to follow these instructions
may result in damage to the engine.
6. Run the engine at 2,500 RPM for 10 minutes.

7. Repeat Step 6 if necessary.
WARNING: Always allow the engine to cool before opening the cooling system.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Do not unscrew the coolant pressure relief cap when the engine is
operating or the cooling system is hot. The cooling system is under
pressure; steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap
is loosened slightly. Failure to follow these instructions may result
in serious personal injury.
8. Check the engine coolant level in degas bottle and fill as necessary.
COOLING SYSTEM FLUSHING
MATERIAL
Item Specification
(yellow color)
Premium Cooling System Flush ESR-M14P7-A
VC-1
1. To remove rust, sludge and other foreign material from the cooling system, use cooling system flush that
is safe for use with aluminum radiators, For additional information, refer to SPECIFICATIONS. This
cleaning restores cooling system efficiency and helps prevent overheating. A pulsating or reversed
direction of flushing water will loosen sediment more quickly than a steady flow in the normal coolant
flow direction. In severe cases where cleaning solvents will not clean the cooling system efficiently, it
will be necessary to use the pressure flushing method using cooling system flusher. Dispose of old
coolant and flushing water contaminated with antifreeze and cleaning chemicals in accordance with local,
state or federal laws.
2. Remove the radiator. For additional information, refer to RADIATOR.
CAUTION: Radiator internal pressure must not exceed 138 kPa (20 psi). Damage
to the radiator can result.
3. Backflush the radiator with the radiator in an upside-down position with a high-pressure hose in the lower
hose location and backflush.
4. Remove the thermostat. For additional information, refer to THERMOSTAT.
5. Backflush the engine. Position the high-pressure water hose into the engine through the engine return and
backflush the engine.

BLOCK HEATER
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Block Heater With Torque Specification


1 030104 Block heater cover
2 6B018 Block heater electrical connector
3 6A051 Block heater
2. Drain the cooling system. For additional information, refer to COOLING SYSTEM DRAINING,
FILLING AND BLEEDING.
3. Remove the RH catalytic converter. For additional information, refer to EXHAUST SYSTEM article.
4. Remove the block heater cover.
NOTE: Make sure that the block heater wiring is routed and secured away from
rotating or hot components, or damage to the wiring may occur.
5. Disconnect the block heater electrical connector.

6. Remove the block heater.

8. Fill and bleed the cooling system. For additional information, refer to COOLING SYSTEM
DRAINING, FILLING AND BLEEDING.
THERMOSTAT
MATERIAL
Item Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(yellow color)
Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Thermostat With Torque Specification


1 W500014 Thermostat housing cover bolt (2
required)
2 8594 Thermostat housing cover
3 - O-ring seal
4 8575 Thermostat
2. Remove the air cleaner assembly and outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to INTAKE AIR
DISTRIBUTION AND FILTERING article.
3. Remove the 2 bolts and position aside the thermostat housing cover.
4. Remove the O-ring seal and thermostat.

 Clean and inspect the O-ring seal. Install a new seal if necessary.
NOTE: Lubricate the thermostat O-ring seal with clean engine coolant.

THERMOSTAT HOUSING
MATERIAL
Item Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

(yellow color)
Fig. 5: Identifying Thermostat Housing With Torque Specifications


1 8W005 Vent hose
4 18K580 Heater core outlet hose
5 18K579 Heater core inlet hose
6 W503279 Thermostat housing bolt (3 required)
7 8565 O-ring seal
8 8A571 O-ring seal
2. Remove the air cleaner outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to INTAKE AIR DISTRIBUTION
AND FILTERING article.
3. Disconnect the 5 coolant hoses from the thermostat housing and position them aside.
4. Remove the 3 thermostat housing bolts.
NOTE: Do not pull the other end of the coolant tube out of the engine block when
separating the thermostat housing.
5. Separate the thermostat housing from the coolant tube and remove the thermostat housing.
 Remove and discard the O-ring seals.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Lubricate the new O-ring seals with clean engine coolant.
COOLANT PUMP
REMOVAL
CAUTION: During engine repair procedures, cleanliness is extremely important. Any

foreign material, including any material created while cleaning gasket
surfaces, that enters the oil passages, coolant passages or the oil pan can
cause engine failure.
2. Drain the cooling system.
3. Remove the engine front cover. For additional information, refer to ENGINE - 3.5L article.
4. Remove and discard the engine oil filter.
5. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise and align the timing marks on the variable camshaft timing (VCT)
assemblies as shown in illustration.
Fig. 6: Aligning Timing Marks On Variable Camshaft Timing (VCT) Assemblies

NOTE: The special tool will hold the camshafts in the top dead center (TDC)
position.
6. Install the special tool onto the flats of the LH camshafts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 7: Installing Special Tool Onto Flats Of LH Camshafts

NOTE: The special tool will hold the camshafts in the TDC position.
7. Install the special tool onto the flats of the RH camshafts.
Fig. 8: Installing Special Tool Onto Flats Of RH Camshafts

8. Remove the 3 bolts and the RH VCT housing.
Fig. 9: Locating RH VCT Housing

9. Remove the 3 bolts and the LH VCT housing.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 10: Locating LH VCT Housing

10. Remove and discard the VCT housing seals.
Fig. 11: Locating VCT Housing Seals

11. Remove the 2 bolts and the primary timing chain tensioner.
Fig. 12: Locating Primary Timing Chain Tensioner Bolts

12. Remove the primary timing chain tensioner arm.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 13: Locating Primary Timing Chain Tensioner Arm

13. Remove the 2 bolts and the lower LH primary timing chain guide.
Fig. 14: Locating Lower LH Primary Timing Chain Guide Bolts

14. Remove the primary timing chain.
Fig. 15: Locating Primary Timing Chain

15. Remove the 2 bolts and the upper LH primary timing chain guide.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 16: Locating Upper LH Primary Timing Chain Guide Bolts

16. Remove the RH primary timing chain guide lower bolt.
Fig. 17: Locating RH Primary Timing Chain Guide Lower Bolt

NOTE: The RH primary timing chain guide must be repositioned to allow the
coolant pump to be removed.
17. Loosen the RH primary timing chain guide upper bolt.

 Rotate the guide and tighten the bolt.
Fig. 18: Locating RH Primary Timing Chain Guide Upper Bolt

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
18. Place clean lint-free shop towels in the oil pan opening to prevent coolant from entering the oil pan during
coolant pump removal.
19. Remove the 8 bolts and the coolant pump.
Fig. 19: Locating Coolant Pump Bolts

INSTALLATION
NOTE: Clean and inspect all sealing surfaces.
1. Install the coolant pump and the 8 bolts.

 Tighten in the sequence shown in illustration to 10 N.m (89 lb-in).
Fig. 20: Identifying Coolant Pump Bolts Tightening Sequence

2. Remove all of the shop towels from the oil pan opening.
CAUTION: Any coolant that has accumulated in the oil pan must be drained
from the pan and any residual coolant cleaned from the front of the
engine and oil pan. Failure to remove all traces of the coolant can
result in oil contamination and severe engine damage.
3. Remove the oil pan drain plug and allow any accumulated coolant to drain.
 Remove any residual coolant from the front of the engine and the oil pan using regulated
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
compressed air and clean lint-free shop towels.

 Install the oil pan drain plug and tighten to 27 N.m (20 lb-ft).
4. Loosen the RH primary timing chain guide upper bolt.

 Position the RH primary timing chain guide and install the lower bolt.
 Tighten the 2 bolts to 10 N.m (89 lb-in).

5. Install the primary timing chain with the colored links aligned with the timing marks on the VCT
assemblies and the crankshaft sprocket.
Fig. 22: Aligning Timing Marks On VCT Assemblies & Crankshaft Sprocket
6. Install the upper LH primary timing chain guide and the 2 bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

7. Install the lower LH primary timing chain guide and the 2 bolts.

8. Install the primary timing chain tensioner arm.

9. Reset the primary timing chain tensioner.

 Rotate the lever counterclockwise.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Using a soft-jawed vise, compress the plunger.

 Align the hole in the lever with the hole in the tensioner housing.
 Install a suitable lock pin.
Fig. 26: Compressing Plunger Using A Soft-Jawed Vise

NOTE: It may be necessary to rotate the crankshaft slightly to remove slack from
the timing chain and install the tensioner.
10. Install the primary tensioner and the 2 bolts.

 Remove the lock pin.
Fig. 27: Locating Primary Tensioner Bolts

11. As a post check, verify correct alignment of all timing marks.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 28: Verifying Correct Alignment Of All Timing Marks

12. Install new VCT housing seals.

CAUTION: Make sure the dowels on the variable camshaft timing (VCT) housing
are fully engaged in the cylinder head prior to tightening the bolts.
Failure to follow this process will result in severe engine damage.
13. Install the LH VCT housing and the 3 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 30: Identifying LH VCT Housing Bolts Tightening Sequence

14. Install the RH VCT housing and the 3 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 31: Identifying RH VCT Housing Bolts Tightening Sequence

NOTE: Lubricate the engine oil filter gasket with clean engine oil prior to installing
the oil filter.
15. Install a new engine oil filter.

 Tighten to 5 N.m (44 lb-in) and then rotate an additional 180 degrees.
16. Install the engine front cover. For additional information, refer to ENGINE - 3.5L article.
17. Fill and bleed the cooling system.
COOLING FAN MOTOR AND SHROUD
Fig. 32: Exploded View Of Cooling Fan Motor & Shroud With Torque Specifications
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

1 13A506 Wiring harness retainer
3 14A464 Cooling fan motor and shroud electrical
connector
4 W503924 Cooling fan motor and shroud bolt (2
required)
5 8C607 Cooling fan motor and shroud
6 W503924 Oil cooler bracket bolt (if equipped)
7 - Oil cooler bracket (if equipped)
1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. For additional information, refer to INTAKE AIR DISTRIBUTION
2. If equipped, detach the 2 block heater wiring clips from the radiator support.
Fig. 33: Identifying Block Heater Wiring Clips

3. Detach the wiring harness retainers and position the harness aside.
4. Position aside the upper radiator hose from the cooling fan motor and shroud.
5. Disconnect the cooling fan motor and shroud electrical connector.
6. If equipped, remove the bolt and position aside the oil cooler bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
To install, tighten to 6 N.m (53 lb-in).


7. Remove the 2 bolts and the cooling fan motor and shroud.
RADIATOR
Fig. 34: Exploded View Of Radiator (Without A/C)


4 8A194 Upper radiator support bracket (2
required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 35: Exploded View Of Radiator (With A/C) With Torque Specifications

5 - A/C condenser bolt (2 required)
6 19710 A/C condenser
7 8005 Radiator
8 19D738 Pin-type retainer (2 required)
9 W707400 Compressor-to-condenser discharge line
bracket bolt
2. Remove the cooling fan motor and shroud. For additional information, refer to COOLING FAN
MOTOR AND SHROUD.
4. Disconnect the upper radiator hose and lower degas bottle hose from the radiator.
5. Disconnect the lower radiator hose from the radiator.
6. Remove the compressor-to-condenser discharge line bracket bolt.
7. Lift and remove the tabs from the radiator support and position the radiator towards the engine.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
8. Detach the 2 pin-type retainers from the radiator.

9. Remove the 2 A/C condenser bolts from the radiator and separate the condenser from the radiator.
10. Remove the radiator.

DEGAS BOTTLE
Fig. 36: Exploded View Of Degas Bottle With Torque Specification


1 8W005 Upper degas bottle hose
3 N807658 Degas bottle-to-fender bolt (2 required)
4 N807658 Degas bottle-to-washer bottle screw
6 8100 Pressure relief cap
WARNING: Always allow the engine to cool before opening the cooling system.
Do not unscrew the coolant pressure relief cap when the engine is
operating or the cooling system is hot. The cooling system is under
pressure; steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap
is loosened slightly. Failure to follow these instructions may result
in serious personal injury.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Release the pressure in the cooling system by slowly turning the pressure relief cap one half turn
counterclockwise. When the pressure is released, remove the pressure relief cap.
2. Using hose clamp pliers, clamp the lower degas bottle hose.
3. Using a suitable suction device, siphon the coolant from the degas bottle.
4. Disconnect the upper degas bottle hose and position it aside.
5. Disconnect the lower degas bottle hose and position it aside.
6. Remove the degas bottle-to-washer bottle screw.
7. Remove the 2 bolts and the degas bottle.

9. Fill the degas bottle. For additional information, refer to COOLING SYSTEM DRAINING, FILLING
AND BLEEDING for the recommended coolant mixture and fill level.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Speed Control - Edge & MKX
Speed Control - Edge & MKX

SPEED CONTROL
NOTE: The smart junction box (SJB) is also known as the generic electronic module
(GEM).
The speed control system consists of the following components:
 Speed control switches

 Speed control deactivator switch (part of the stoplamp switch)
 Stoplamp switch
 Speed control indicator
 PCM
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
SPEED CONTROL
Special Tools

scan tool
Restraint System Diagnostic Tool

418-F395
(2 required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(GEM).
The speed control system is controlled by the PCM. The speed control system is designed to maintain a selected
vehicle speed between 48 km/h (30 mph) and the maximum limited vehicle speed. The speed control system is
controlled by the steering wheel mounted switches (ON, OFF, SET+, SET- and RESUME), the stoplamp
switch, and the speed control deactivator switch (part of the stoplamp switch). The steering wheel mounted
switches are hardwired to the PCM through the clockspring.
The speed control functions include:
 Turning the speed control system on

 Setting and maintaining the desired vehicle speed
 Accelerating the vehicle speed
 Decelerating the vehicle speed
 Turning the vehicle speed control system off
 Canceling the speed control
Pressing and releasing the ON switch turns the speed control system on. Pressing and releasing the SET+ or
SET- switch while the vehicle is traveling at the desired speed activates the speed control system.
Tapping the SET+ or the SET- switch while in the set mode respectively, increases or decreases the maintained
vehicle speed by 1.6 km/h (1 mph) per tap. If the respective button is pressed and held, the vehicle speed
continues to accelerate or decelerate until the button is released.
Pressing and releasing the OFF switch, or switching the ignition switch to the OFF position, turns the speed
control system off. Applying the brake pedal puts the speed control system into the STANDBY mode. Pressing
the RESUME button, when the speed control system is in the STANDBY mode causes the vehicle to accelerate
to the last set speed. Resume does not function if the OFF button is pressed, the ignition switch is in the OFF
position, or if the current vehicle speed is below the minimum operational speed.
The clockspring provides the electrical interface between the steering column wiring and the speed control
switches in the steering wheel.
The speed control deactivator switch (part of the stoplamp switch) is provided as an additional safety feature.
When the brake pedal is applied, the speed control deactivator switch opens and removes the voltage signal
from the PCM input circuit, deactivating the speed control system.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Whenever the speed control system is engaged and active, a speed control icon on the instrument cluster (IC) is
illuminated.
The inputs to the PCM are:
 Output shaft speed (OSS) sensor

 Digital transmission range (TR) sensor
 Speed control switch
 Speed control deactivator switch (part of the stoplamp switch)
 Accelerator pedal position sensor
 Smart junction box (SJB)
 Parking brake
The outputs of the PCM are:
 Speed control indicator lamp

 Throttle command
The speed control system throttle position is completely controlled by the PCM through the electronically
controlled throttle body. Speed control electronics are contained entirely within the PCM.
When the speed control system is active, the PCM corrects for deviations in the actual vehicle speed by
proportionally moving the throttle plate. The PCM modulates the throttle to minimize error between the actual
vehicle speed and the desired speed.
The PCM strategy uses the throttle control for smooth accelerations.
The PCM sends a message over the controller area network (CAN) to the instrument cluster (IC) whenever the
speed control telltale should be turned on or off.
In the event of an off command or a deactivation request from any source, the speed control system carries out a
deactivation and immediately returns the throttle to the idle position.
The speed control system provides self-diagnostics. Speed control is disabled anytime an error is detected in the
system. No cluster telltale or message center messages are displayed when faults occur. Fault codes are logged
by the PCM.
An electronically controlled throttle system fault also causes the speed control system to be disabled and the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illuminates, or a message center message is displayed.
Additionally, the following conditions cause the speed control system to deactivate:
 Transmission gear selector in a position other than D or OD

 Speed control set speed is over-ridden with the accelerator pedal for a period longer than 5 minutes
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Vehicle speed loss from set speed of greater than 16 km/h (10 mph) occurs
 Vehicle speed falls below the minimum allowable limit of 48 km/h (30 mph)
 Parking brake is applied
 Speed control switch is pressed or stuck for longer than 2 minutes


(BJB) fuse 32 (10A)
connectors
 Throttle body
 Speed control
deactivator switch (part
of the stoplamp switch)
 Stoplamp switch
 PCM
4. Verify the speedometer operates correctly without speed control by test driving the vehicle. If the
speedometer does not operate correctly, refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE
CENTER, & WARNING CHIMES article.
5. Verify the stoplamps operate correctly with the ignition switch in the ON position. If the stoplamps do not
operate correctly, refer to EXTERIOR LIGHTING article.
6. Verify the parking brake warning indicator is operating correctly. If the parking brake warning indicator
does not operate correctly, refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, &
NOTE: The vehicle communication module (VCM) LED prove-out confirms power

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Check the VCM connection to the vehicle.

 Check the scan tool connection to the VCM.
 Refer to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article, No Power To The Scan Tool, to

 Verify the ignition key is in the ON position.
 Verify the scan tool operation with a known good vehicle.
 Refer to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose no response from the

PCM.
 If the network test passes, retrieve and record the continuous memory DTCs.
11. Clear the continuous DTCs and carry out the self-test diagnostics for the PCM.
12. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to PCM DTC CHART. For all other DTCs, refer to
DTC Charts
PCM DTC CHART

DTCs Description Action
Cruise Control Multifunction Input A
P0579 Go to Pinpoint Test C .
Circuit Range/Performance
P0581 Cruise Control Multifunction Circuit High Go to Pinpoint Test C .
P1572 Brake Pedal Switch Circuit Go to Pinpoint Test B .
P1703 Brake Switch Out of Self-Test Range Go to Pinpoint Test B .
All other REFER to the INTRODUCTION -
-
DTCs GASOLINE ENGINES article.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 PCM not configured for

speed control
 Stoplamp switch
 The speed control is
 Speed control switch  Go to Pinpoint Test A .
inoperative
 Digital transmission range
(TR) sensor
 Vehicle speed signal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 PCM
 Wiring, terminals or  REFER to INSTRUMENT
 The speed control connectors CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE
indicator lamp is always
 Instrument cluster (IC) CENTER, & WARNING
on
 PCM CHIMES article.
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test A: The Speed Control Is Inoperative
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Speed Control for schematic and connector
information.
Normal Operation
The PCM sends a signal through circuit VES10 (WH) to the speed control switches, which passes through the
clockspring. The return signal is sent to the PCM through circuit RES08 (GN/BN) and the clockspring. When
the brake pedal is applied, the SJB sends a message to the PCM to deactivate the speed control if engaged.
The speed control deactivator switch (part of the stoplamp switch) interrupts circuit CES09 (VT/OG) removing
the voltage signal to the PCM when the brake pedal is applied. This is a redundant signal to the PCM.
 PCM not configured for speed control

 Stoplamp switch
 Digital transmission range (TR) sensor
 Vehicle speed signal
 PCM
PINPOINT TEST A: THE SPEED CONTROL IS INOPERATIVE
CAUTION: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to
use the correct probe adapter(s) may damage the connector.
A1 VERIFY PCM CONFIGURATION

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Programmable Parameters
 Verify that the speed control is enabled in the PCM.
 Is the speed control enabled?
YES : Go to A2.
NO : Enable the speed control in the PCM using the scan tool programmable parameters menu. If
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
no parameter exists, REFER to MODULE CONFIGURATION article to carry out PCM

programmable module installation (PMI).
A2 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED PCM DTCs FROM BOTH THE CONTINUOUS AND ON-
DEMAND SELF-TESTS
 Review the recorded DTCs from the PCM self-test.
 Are any non-speed control DTCs recorded?
YES : REFER to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article. REPAIR all PCM
DTCs and RETEST the speed control.
NO : Go to A3.
A3 CHECK THE SPEED CONTROL COMMAND SWITCH (SCCS) PID
 With the engine running, monitor the PCM SCCS PID while pressing the speed control switches as
follows:
Speed PID PID

Control Minimum Maximum
Switch Value Value
OFF 0.00 volts 1.089 volts
2.192
SET - 3.057 volts
volts
3.057
SET + 3.721 volts
volts
3.721
RESUME 4.209 volts
volts
4.209
ON 4.556 volts
volts
No
4.556
switch 4.839 volts
volts
pressed
Are the PCM SCCS PID values OK?


YES : TURN the engine off. Go to A5.

NO : TURN the engine off. Go to A4.
A4 CHECK THE SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Measure the resistance between the PCM C175b-56, circuit VES10 (WH), harness side and the
PCM C175b-57, circuit RES08 (GN/BN), harness side while pressing the speed control switches as
follows:
Speed
Resistance
Control
Value
Switch
Less than
OFF
5 ohms
298 - 304
SET -
ohms
596 - 608
SET +
ohms
1,101 -
RESUME 1,123
ohms
2,091 -
ON 2,133
ohms
No 4,279 -
switch 4,363
pressed ohms
Are the speed control switch resistance values OK?


YES : Go to A8.
NO : INSTALL a new speed control switch. REFER to SPEED CONTROL SWITCH. TEST the
A5 CHECK THE STOPLAMP SWITCH (BOO) PID
 Monitor the PCM BOO PID.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Apply and release the brake pedal.


 Does the PID value agree with the brake pedal position?
YES : Go to A6.
A6 CHECK THE DIGITAL TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SENSOR PID
 Apply the parking brake.
 Monitor the PCM TR PID.
 Select DRIVE.
 Does the PID value agree with the transmission range selector lever position?
YES : Go to A7.
NO : REFER to AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50 article to diagnose the
digital TR sensor.
A7 CHECK THE VEHICLE SPEED
NOTE: This step may require an assistant.
Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: ABS Control Module DataLogger

 Monitor and record the ABS LF_WSPD PID while driving the vehicle at 48 km/h (30 mph) as
indicated on the speedometer.
 Monitor and record the PCM VSS (vehicle speed) PID while driving the vehicle at 48 km/h (30
mph).
 Does the speed indicated by the ABS control module wheel speed PID match the PCM VSS
PID?
YES : Go to A8.
NO : REFER to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article to diagnose the output
shaft speed (OSS) sensor signal.
A8 CHECK FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION
 Disconnect all the PCM connectors.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
 Connect all the PCM connectors and make sure they seat correctly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
or corroded connector.
Pinpoint Test B: DTC P1572 or P1703 - Brake On/Off Circuit Failure
information.
Normal Operation
When the brake pedal is applied, the SJB sends a message to the PCM to deactivate the speed control if
engaged.
The speed control deactivator switch (part of the stoplamp switch) interrupts circuit CES09 (VT/OG) removing
the voltage signal to the PCM when the brake pedal is applied. This is a redundant signal to the PCM.
 DTC P1572 (Brake Pedal Switch Circuit) - sets when the PCM does not sense the proper sequence of the
brake pedal input signal from both the speed control deactivator and stoplamp switches when the brake
pedal is pressed and released.
 DTC P1703 (Brake Switch Out of Self-Test Range) - sets when there is an open or short in the
deactivator switch circuits or when there is an open or short in the stoplamp circuits.
 Fuse
 Speed control deactivator switch (integral to the stoplamp switch)
 ABS control module
 PCM
PINPOINT TEST B: DTC P1572 OR DTC P1703 - BRAKE ON/OFF CIRCUIT FAILURE
B1 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE STOPLAMPS

 Operate the stoplamps.
 Do the stoplamps operate correctly?
YES : Go to B2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
B2 CHECK CIRCUIT CCB08 (VT/WH) FOR VOLTAGE


While applying the brake pedal, measure the voltage between the PCM C175b-46, circuit CCB08

(VT/WH), harness side and ground.
 Is the voltage greater than 10 volts with the brake pedal applied?
YES : Go to B3.
B3 CHECK THE SPEED CONTROL DEACTIVATOR SWITCH FOR CORRECT OPERATION

 While firmly applying and releasing the brake pedal, measure the voltage between the PCM
C175b-47, circuit CES09 (VT/OG), harness side and ground.
 Is the voltage greater than 10 volts with the brake pedal released and 0 volts with the brake
pedal firmly applied?
YES : Go to B7.
NO : Go to B4.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
B4 CHECK CIRCUIT CBB32 (GN/VT) FOR AN OPEN

 Disconnect: Stoplamp Switch C2064

Measure the voltage between the stoplamp switch C2064-2, circuit CBB32 (GN/VT), harness side

and ground.
YES : Go to B5.
NO : VERIFY the battery junction box (BJB) fuse 32 (10A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit.
B5 CHECK CIRCUIT CES09 (VT/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

 Measure the voltage between the stoplamp switch C2064-3, circuit CES09 (VT/OG), harness side
and ground.
YES : REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : Go to B6.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
B6 CHECK CIRCUIT CES09 (VT/OG) FOR AN OPEN


Measure the resistance between the stoplamp switch C2064-3, circuit CES09 (VT/OG), harness

side and the PCM C175b-47, circuit CES09 (VT/OG), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new stoplamp switch. REFER to EXTERIOR LIGHTING article. CLEAR the
NO : Go to B7.
B7 CHECK FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test C: DTC P0579 or P0581 - Speed Control Switch Circuit Failure
information.
Normal Operation
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The PCM sends a signal through circuit VES10 (WH) to the speed control switches, which passes through the
clockspring. The return signal is sent to the PCM through circuit RES08 (GN/BN) and the clockspring.
 DTC P0579 (Cruise Control Multifunction Input A Circuit Range/Performance) - may set when the speed
control switch circuits are open, shorted to voltage or ground.
 DTC P0581 (Cruise Control Multifunction Circuit High) - may set when a speed control switch is stuck
or the speed control switch circuits are shorted to voltage or open.

 Clockspring
 PCM
PINPOINT TEST C: DTC P0579 OR DTC P0581 - SPEED CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT FAILURE
C1 CHECK THE SPEED CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUITRY FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

 Turn the parking lamps on.

 Measure the voltage between the PCM C175b-56, circuit VES10 (WH), harness side and ground;
and between the PCM C175b-57, circuit RES08 (GN/BN), harness side and ground.
YES : TURN the parking lamps off. Go to C2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : TURN the parking lamps off. Go to C4.

C2 CHECK CIRCUITS VES10 (WH) AND RES08 (GN/BN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Clockspring C218a

Measure the voltage between the PCM C175b-56, circuit VES10 (WH), harness side and ground;

YES : REPAIR the circuit in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : TURN the parking lamps off. Go to C3.
C3 CHECK THE CLOCKSPRING FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Connect: Clockspring C218a
WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing

blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the
battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may
result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental
deployment.
 Remove the driver air bag module. Refer to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article.
 Disconnect: Upper Clockspring C218b
 Connect the restraint system diagnostic tools (418-F395) to the upper clockspring air bag
connector.
 Connect the battery.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between the PCM C175b-56, circuit VES10 (WH), harness side and ground;

YES : INSTALL a new clockspring. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

article. DISCONNECT the battery. INSTALL the driver air bag module. REFER to
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : INSTALL a new speed control switch. REFER to Speed Control Switch. DISCONNECT the
battery. INSTALL the driver air bag module. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM article. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
C4 CHECK THE SPEED CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUITRY FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between the PCM C175b-56, circuit VES10 (WH), harness side and ground;

YES : Go to C7.
NO : Go to C5.
C5 CHECK THE CLOCKSPRING FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Disconnect: Upper Clockspring C218b

Measure the resistance between the PCM C175b-56, circuit VES10 (WH), harness side and ground;

YES : INSTALL a new speed control switch. REFER to Speed Control Switch. INSTALL the
driver air bag module. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article. CLEAR
the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : Go to C6.
C6 CHECK CIRCUITS VES10 (WH) AND RES08 (GN/BN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

 Measure the resistance between the PCM C175b-56, circuit VES10 (WH), harness side and ground;
article. INSTALL the driver air bag module. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
NO : REPAIR the circuit in question. INSTALL the driver air bag module. REFER to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
C7 CHECK THE SPEED CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUITRY FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between the PCM C175b-56, circuit VES10 (WH), harness side and the

PCM C175b-57, circuit RES08 (GN/BN), harness side.
 Is the resistance between 4,279 and 4,363 ohms?
YES : Go to C10.
NO : Go to C8.
C8 CHECK CIRCUITS VES10 (GN/BK) AND RES08 (GN/BN) FOR AN OPEN

 Measure the resistance between the PCM C175b-56, circuit VES10 (WH), harness side and the
clockspring C218a-15, circuit VES10 (WH), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between the PCM C175b-57, RES08 (GN/BN), harness side and the

clockspring C218a-14, circuit RES08 (GN/BN), harness side.
YES : Go to C9.
C9 CHECK THE CLOCKSPRING

 Measure the resistance between the clockspring C218a pin 15, component side and the upper
clockspring C218b pin 8, component side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between the clockspring C218a pin 14, component side and the upper

YES : INSTALL a new speed control switch. REFER to Speed Control Switch. INSTALL the
driver air bag module. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article. CLEAR
NO : INSTALL a new clockspring. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
C10 CHECK FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

INSTALL the driver air bag module. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
article. TEST the system for normal operation.
or corroded connector. INSTALL the driver air bag module. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM article. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.

SPEED CONTROL SWITCH
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 18: Exploded View Of Speed Control Switch - Edge


Speed control switch electrical connector
1 -
(part of 14A411)
2 9C888 Speed control switch
Fig. 19: Exploded View Of Speed Control Switch - MKX


Steering wheel controls bezel screws (4
1 -
required)
2 - Steering wheel controls bezel
3 9C888 Speed control switch
Speed control switch electrical connector
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4 - (part of 14A441)
MKX
1. Remove the driver air bag module. For additional information, refer to SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM article.
2. Remove the 4 screws and the steering wheel control bezel.
All vehicles
3. Remove the speed control switch by pulling the switch toward the rear of the vehicle.
 Disconnect the electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Handles, Locks, Latches & Entry Systems - Edge & MKX
Handles, Locks, Latches & Entry Systems - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Lock Repair/Replacement Specifications
Ignition Cylinder Lock Kit F85Z-11582-AA
Door Lock Kit F87Z-7821990-BA
Lubricants
Multi-Purpose Grease Spray XL-5 ESB-M1C93-B
Multi-Purpose Grease XG-4 and/or XL-5 ESB-M1C93-B
Door latch bolts 8 - 71
Door latch striker screws 23 17 -
Exterior door handle reinforcement bolt 8 - 71
Exterior door handle reinforcement screw 2 - 18
Hood latch bolts 11 - 97
Hood latch striker bolts 11 - 97
Liftgate latch bolts - manual and power liftgate 9 - 80
Liftgate release switch molding nuts - manual liftgate 12 - 106
Liftgate release switch molding bolts - power liftgate 12 - 106
Liftgate striker bolts 30 22 -

HANDLES, LOCKS, LATCHES AND ENTRY SYSTEMS
(GEM).
Hood Latch
The hood latch components consist of the following:
 Hood latch release handle and cable

 Hood latch
Front Doors
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The front door components consist of the following:
 Door ajar switch (part of the front door latch)

 Door lock control switch
 Door lock cylinder (driver door only)
 Exterior front door handle bezel
 Exterior front door handle reinforcement
 Exterior front door handle strap
 Front door latch
 Front door lock actuator (part of the front door latch)
 Interior front door handle actuating cable
 Interior front door handle
 Keyless entry keypad (driver door only)
Individual lock cylinders are repaired by discarding the inoperative lock cylinder and building a new lock
cylinder using the appropriate lock repair package. The lock repair package includes a detailed instruction sheet
to build the new lock cylinder to the current key code of the vehicle.
Rear Doors
The rear door components consist of the following:
 Door ajar switch (part of the rear door latch)

 Exterior rear door handle bezel
 Exterior rear door handle reinforcement
 Exterior rear door handle strap
 Interior rear door handle actuating cable
 Interior rear door handle
 Rear door latch
 Rear door lock actuator (part of the rear door latch)
Manual Liftgate
The manual liftgate consists of the following components:
 Liftgate ajar switch (part of the liftgate latch)

 Liftgate release switch (located on the exterior of the liftgate)
 Liftgate latch
Power Liftgate
The power liftgate consists of the following components:

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Liftgate ajar switch (part of the liftgate latch)

 Liftgate release switch (located on the exterior of the liftgate)
 Liftgate latch
Power Lock/Unlock
The power lock/unlock feature requests all of the vehicle doors locked or unlocked upon a customer request
from either door lock control switch in the vehicle. The power door locking system functions independently of
ignition status or vehicle speed.
Autolocks
The autolock feature will lock all the doors when:
 all the doors are closed,

 the ignition is in the RUN position,
 the vehicle is shifted into any gear putting the vehicle in motion, and
 the vehicle attains a speed greater than 20 km/h (12 mph) for greater than 2 seconds.
The autolock feature repeats when:
 any door is opened then closed while the ignition is in the RUN position and the vehicle speed is 15 km/h
(9 mph) or lower, and
 the vehicle attains a speed greater than 20 km/h (12 mph) for greater than 2 seconds.
Auto-Unlock
NOTE: The doors will not auto-unlock if the vehicle has been electronically locked
before the driver door is opened.
The auto-unlock feature will unlock all the doors when:
 the ignition is in the RUN position, all the doors are closed and the vehicle has been in motion at a speed
greater than 20 km/h (12 mph),
 the vehicle has come to a stop and the ignition is turned to the OFF or ACC position, and
 the driver door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being transitioned to the OFF or ACC
position.
Smart Unlock
The smart unlock feature prevents the doors from locking with the key in the ignition lock cylinder. When the
SJB receives a lock command from a door lock control switch only, and the key is in the ignition lock cylinder
with one of the front doors open, the SJB commands the doors to lock, then unlock.
The vehicle can still be locked by locking the doors with the push button rods, the door lock cylinder or an RKE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
command from an integrated key or the keyless entry keypad.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
The remote keyless entry (RKE) system uses an integrated keyhead transmitter (IKT). The IKT incorporates
both the passive anti-theft system (PATS) functions and the RKE transmitter functions in a single device.
The RKE transmitter is programmed automatically during PATS programming. During PATS programming,
the instrument cluster (IC) obtains the transmitter identification code (TIC) from the IKT and sends the TIC
data over the medium speed controller area network (MS-CAN) to the SJB.
The SJB accepts programming of up to 4 IKTs. In addition to the IKTs, 4 conventional keyfobs can also be
programmed to the vehicle if requested by the customer. For information on programming the IKTs, refer to
Key Programming Using Two Programmed Keys or Integrated Keyhead Transmitter (IKT) Key Programming
Using Diagnostic Equipment in ANTI-THEFT - PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) article. For
information on programming the conventional keyfobs, refer to Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter
Programming.
Fig. 1: Identifying Key With Power Liftgate

Fig. 2: Identifying Key Without Power Liftgate

The IKT initiates the following electronic system functions:
 Unlocks the driver door

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Unlocks all doors

 Locks all doors
 Opens the power liftgate (if equipped)
 Arms/disarms the perimeter alarm (if equipped)
 Activates/deactivates the panic alarm
 Commands the interior lamps on (when unlocking) and off (when locking)
 Recalls the memory seat position associated with a particular remote entry device (when enabled)
 Sounds the horn once when LOCK is pressed twice within 3 seconds, and the doors are closed
 Sounds the horn twice when LOCK is pressed twice within 3 seconds, and any door is ajar
The IKT has a normal operating range of 10 m (33 ft).
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Lock/Unlock Control - Unlock
The RKE feature provides lock/unlock functions independently of key position, vehicle speed, or transmission
position. The RKE feature provides a stepped (if enabled) process for unlocking the doors. Upon receipt of the
first request for unlocking the doors, the RKE control feature requests the SJB to unlock the driver door only. If
another unlock request is received within 3 seconds of the first, the RKE feature requests the SJB to unlock all
the doors. This feature can be disabled, so that all the doors unlock on the first press of the unlock button. Refer
to Stepped Unlock Programming for programming information.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Lock/Unlock Control - Lock
The RKE feature requests that all the doors be locked when the LOCK button is pressed. On any press of the
LOCK button with all doors closed, the SJB provides one flash of the turn signals. If any door is ajar, no flash
occurs. As soon as the last door is closed, the SJB provides the flash of the turn signals. If 2 presses of the
LOCK button are received within 3 seconds, the horn chirps once and the turn signals flash twice to indicate
that all the doors are closed and locked. If any door is ajar when the second lock request is received within 3
seconds of the first, the RKE transmitter feature requests the SJB chirp the horn twice without flashing the turn
signals to indicate it locked all the doors but one or more doors are ajar. When the key is in the ON or START
position, the turn signal flashes and horn chirp confirmations do not occur.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Power Liftgate
The RKE feature provides a power liftgate open/close function independently of key position. The power
liftgate button must be pressed twice within 3 seconds for the power liftgate to open or close.
Panic Alarm
The panic alarm feature provides audible and visual alarms which are evident from the exterior of the vehicle.
The panic alarm feature requests that the turn signals are flashed and the horn sounds until deactivation. The
flashing of the outputs occurs simultaneously. Activation of the panic alarm is accomplished by pressing the
PANIC button on an integrated keyhead transmitter (IKT) whenever the key is in the OFF position. At all other
times this feature is disabled. Deactivation of an active panic alarm is accomplished by any of the following
actions:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 a second press of the IKT PANIC button

 the key is switched out of the OFF position
 a period of 2 minutes and 45 seconds has elapsed since the initial activation
Keyless Entry Keypad
The keyless entry keypad carries out the following functions:
 Unlocks the driver door

 Unlocks all the doors
 Locks all doors
 Enables/disables auto-unlocking
 Enables/disables autolocking
 Arms/disarms the perimeter alarm (if equipped)
 Recalls the memory seat position associated with a particular customer key code (when enabled)
 Programs/erases the customer key code
 Illuminates the keyless entry keypad lamp and issues illuminated entry on/off requests
The keypad feature operates independently of key position status, vehicle speed, or transmission position. When
an keypad button is pressed, the keypad buttons illuminate to provide better visibility. If the lock all doors
command is entered or 5 seconds have elapsed since the last button press, the illumination is turned off.
Each vehicle equipped with a keypad is programmed with a 5-digit entry code. This code is provided to the
customer through a wallet card in the Owner's Literature. In addition, this code is available through a scan tool
and is also printed on the SJB label. When entering codes each digit must be entered within 5 seconds of the
previous button press.
Locking the Doors with the Keyless Entry Keypad System
It is not necessary to enter the factory set or personal code prior to locking all doors. To lock all doors, press the
7/8 and 9/0 controls at the same time.
Unlocking the Doors with the Keyless Entry Keypad System
To unlock the driver door, enter either the factory set code or a personal code; each digit must be pressed within
5 seconds of the prior digit. The interior lamps illuminate.
To unlock all doors, enter either the factory set code or a personal code (driver door unlocks) and press the 3/4
button within 5 seconds.
Anti-Scan Feature
To provide added security, the keypad is disabled for 1 minute after 35 button presses without a valid entry code
being entered. The keypad flashes during this 1-minute mode with all functionality disabled except for 7/8 and
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
9/0 still being allowed to lock the vehicle.
Anti-scan is turned off after 1 minute of keypad inactivity, the UNLOCK button is pressed on an IKT, or the
ignition is switched to the RUN position.
Perimeter Lighting Feature
Vehicles equipped with perimeter lighting can have this feature activated or deactivated. For information on
programming the perimeter lighting feature, refer to Perimeter Lighting Feature Programming.
NOTE: On vehicles with autolamps, the perimeter lighting feature does not activate in
daylight conditions.
The headlamps, park lamps, and tail lamps illuminate when the unlock control on the IKT is pressed. The
illuminated entry system will turn off the interior lamps if:
 The ignition switch is turned to the RUN position

 The IKT lock control is pressed
 The vehicle is locked using the keyless entry keypad (if equipped)
 After 25 seconds have elapsed since the perimeter lighting was activated
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
LOCKS, LATCHES AND ENTRY SYSTEMS
Special Tools

scan tool
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Power Locks
(GEM).
The SJB monitors the door lock control switches. When the SJB receives an unlock/lock command from either
door lock control switch, the SJB energizes a relay to supply the correct power and grounds for the door lock
actuators.
Liftgate Release
The liftgate release switch operates the liftgate latch electronically. When the switch is pressed, the SJB
processes the input and releases the liftgate latch.
The doors must be unlocked electronically in order for the SJB to release the liftgate latch. When this condition
is met and the SJB receives the input from the liftgate release switch, the SJB provides power to the latch
release motor.
Keyless Entry Keypad
The SJB monitors the keyless entry keypad input. When the correct codes are entered into the SJB, the SJB
carries out functions associated with the code entered. Based on input from the keypad, the SJB:
 locks all doors.

 unlocks the driver door.
 unlocks all doors.
 enters programming mode.
 enables/disables the autolock feature.
 enables/disables the auto-unlock feature.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
The SJB receives input from programmed integrated keyhead transmitters (IKTs). Based on input from the IKT,
the SJB:
 locks all doors.

 unlocks the driver door.
 unlocks all doors.
 activates/deactivates the panic alarm.
 arms/disarms the perimeter alarm (if equipped).
 if equipped, issues a command over the communication network to the liftgate/trunk module (LTM) to
open the power liftgate.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 if equipped, activates the memory positions.

 turns the interior lamps on (when unlocking) and off (when locking), provided the defeat switch on the
dimmer switch is not active.
 sounds the horn once when LOCK is pressed twice within 3 seconds, and the doors are closed.
 sounds the horn twice when LOCK is pressed twice within 3 seconds, and any door is open.
Field-Effect Transistor (FET) Protection
The SJB utilizes a FET protective circuit strategy for many of its outputs (for example, the headlamp output
circuit). Output loads (current level) are monitored for excessive current (typically short circuits) and are shut
down (turns off the voltage or ground provided by the module) when a fault is detected. A continuous DTC is
stored at that time for the fault. The circuit will then reset after a customer demand of the function (switching
the component on, battery saver being energized). When an excessive circuit load occurs several times, the
module shuts down the output until a repair procedure is carried out. At the same time, the continuous DTC that
was stored on the first failure will not clear by a command to clear the continuous DTCs. The module will not
allow this code to be cleared or the circuit restored to normal until a successful on-demand self-test proves that
the fault has been repaired. After the on-demand self-test has successfully completed (no on-demand DTCs
present), the continuous DTC will have been cleared and the circuit function will return.
Each circuit has 3 predefined levels of short circuit tolerance established in the module based on each circuits'
capability. When the first or second level is reached, the continuous DTC associated with the circuit sets along
with DTC B106E. These DTCs may be cleared using the Clear DTC operation on the scan tool as long as the
fault itself has been corrected. If any of the circuits are shorted past the third level, then DTCs B106F and
B1342 set along with the associated continuous DTC. These DTCs cannot be cleared and the module must be
replaced.
The SJB FET protected output circuits for the handles, locks, latches and entry systems are the liftgate lock
actuator circuit CPL10 (GN/WH) and the keypad illumination circuit CPK28 (WH/GN).



(SJB) fuse(s):
 5 (10A)
 Door/liftgate handles  14 (10A)
 Latches  17 (20A)
 Wiring, terminals and

connectors
 Door lock actuators
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Door lock control

switches
 Integrated keyhead
transmitter (IKT)
 Keyless entry keypad
 SJB



PCM.
 If the network test passes, retrieve and record the continuous memory DTCs for the SJB.
8. Clear the continuous DTCs and carry out the self-test diagnostics for the SJB.
9. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to DTC Charts. For all other DTCs, refer to
DTC Charts
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) DTC CHART

B1137 Data Not Programmed Go to Pinpoint Test J .
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The smart junction box (SJB) limit of 4 integrated

keys is exceeded. PROGRAM a maximum of 4
integrated keys. REFER to Integrated Keyhead
B1138 Memory Full Transmitter (IKT) Key Programming Using
Diagnostic Equipment in ANTI-THEFT - PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) article. CLEAR
Invalid Transmitter Identification
B1139 Go to Pinpoint Test I .
Code
REFER to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC
All other DTCs -
MODULES article.
SMART JUNCTION BOX (SJB) DTC CHART

The SJB limit of 4 integrated keys is exceeded.
PROGRAM a maximum of 4 integrated keys.
REFER to Integrated Keyhead Transmitter (IKT)
B1138 Memory Full Key Programming Using Diagnostic Equipment
in ANTI-THEFT - PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM (PATS) article. CLEAR the DTCs.
Invalid Transmitter Identification
Code
B1624 Lamp Keypad Output Open Circuit Go to Pinpoint Test H .
Lamp Keypad Output Short Circuit
B1626 Go to Pinpoint Test H .
to Ground
PROGRAM all of the customer's IKTs (minimum
of 2). REFER Integrated Keyhead Transmitter
Less Than 2 Transmitters (IKT) Key Programming Using Diagnostic
B2276
Programmed Equipment in ANTI-THEFT - PASSIVE ANTI-
THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) article. TEST the
Remote Keyless Entry Out of
Synchronization
Liftgate Release Switch Circuit
B2666 Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Failure
Liftgate Release Output Circuit
B273A Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Shorted to Ground
Liftgate Release Output Circuit Open
B273B Go to Pinpoint Test F .
or Shorted to Battery Voltage
Trim Panel Lock Switch Circuit
B2A25 Go to Pinpoint Test E .
Failure
B2A26 Keypad Switch Circuit Failure Go to Pinpoint Test G .
All other DTCs -
ELECTRONIC MODULES article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 No communication with  Wiring, terminals or  REFER to MODULE
the smart junction box connectors COMMUNICATIONS
(SJB)  SJB NETWORK article.
the instrument cluster connectors COMMUNICATIONS
(IC)  IC NETWORK article.
 Fuse
 All door locks are  Wiring, terminals or
 Go to Pinpoint Test A .
inoperative connectors
 SJB
 A single/more than one connectors
 Go to Pinpoint Test B .
door lock is inoperative  Door lock actuator
 SJB
connectors
 The door locks operate
 Door lock control  Go to Pinpoint Test C .
only one way
switch
 SJB
 All door locks are connectors
inoperative from one  Go to Pinpoint Test D .
switch  Door lock control
switch
connectors
 Liftgate release
 The liftgate latch release switch
is inoperative/does not  Go to Pinpoint Test F .
 Liftgate latch
operate correctly
 Liftgate/trunk module
(LTM)
 SJB
 The doors do not connectors
lock/unlock using the  Go to Pinpoint Test G .
keyless entry keypad
 SJB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 The keyless entry keypad  Wiring, terminals or

illumination is connectors
 Go to Pinpoint Test H .
inoperative/does not  Keyless entry keypad
operate correctly  SJB
 Integrated keyhead
transmitter (IKT)
 IKT battery
 IKT button pressed a
 The remote keyless entry
substantial amount of
(RKE) transmitter is  Go to Pinpoint Test I .
times while outside
inoperative
the range of the
vehicle
 IKT programming
 SJB
 Door locks
 An individual
button/feature is  Horn system
inoperative from the  Power liftgate release  Go to Pinpoint Test K .
remote keyless entry  Turn signal system
(RKE) transmitter
 IKT
 IKT
 IKT battery
 The remote keyless entry  Aftermarket systems
(RKE) transmitter has  High power devices  Go to Pinpoint Test L .
poor range performance  TV/radio transmission
towers
 SJB
 Key-in-ignition
 The smart unlock does switch
 Go to Pinpoint Test M .
not operate correctly  Door ajar switch input
 SJB
connectors
 The autolock does not Programming
  Go to Pinpoint Test N .
operate correctly
 Door ajar switches
 SJB
 ACTIVATE the remote memory.
REFER to Remote Memory
 The memory seat does Activation. TEST the system for
not operate correctly  SJB normal operation. If the remote
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
using the remote keyless  Memory seat module memory is still inoperative, REFER
entry (RKE) transmitter to SEATING article to diagnose the
memory seat.
 PROGRAM the two step door
 The RKE two step door
 Two step door unlocking. REFER to Stepped
unlocking does not
unlocking is disabled Unlock Programming. TEST the
operate correctly
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test A: All Door Locks Are Inoperative
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM article, Power Door Locks for schematic and connector
information.
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) fuse 17 (20A) provides voltage for the power lock/unlock system. Ground for the
power lock/unlock system is provided to the SJB through circuit GD133 (BK). The SJB contains internal relays
that are energized depending on input received.
When the SJB receives a lock request from the door lock control switch, the SJB provides power to the door
lock actuators through circuit CPL11 (GY/BN). Ground for the LH front door actuator is provided through
circuit CPL51 (BU/GN) and ground for the remaining door lock actuators is provided through circuit CPL52
(VT/GY). When the SJB receives an unlock request, power and ground are reversed on the previously listed
circuits.
 Fuse
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST A: ALL DOOR LOCKS ARE INOPERATIVE
A1 CHECK THE RECORDED SJB DTCs FROM ON-DEMAND SELF-TEST

 Check the recorded results from the SJB self-test.
 Is DTC B2A25 present?
YES : Go to Pinpoint Test E .

NO : Go to A2.
A2 VERIFY THE OPERATION OF BOTH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCHES
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Press the LOCK and UNLOCK button on both door lock control switches while observing the door

lock operation.
 Are the door locks inoperative from both switches?
YES : Go to A3.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test D .
A3 VERIFY ALL DOOR LOCKS ARE INOPERATIVE
 Press the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons from a door lock control switch while observing the door
locks.
 Are all the door locks inoperative from both switch positions (lock and unlock)?
YES : VERIFY the SJB fuse 17 (20A) is OK. If OK, go to A4.
If not OK, go to A6.
NO : Go to Symptom Chart.
A4 CHECK CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: SJB C2280d

Measure the resistance between the SJB C2280d-7, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side and ground.

YES : Go to A5.
NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
A5 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL11 (GY/BN) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: LH Front Door Lock Actuator C525
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Measuring Resistance Between SJB C2280D-6, Circuit CPL11 (GY/BN) & LH Front
Door Lock Actuator C525-4
Measure the resistance between the SJB C2280d-6, circuit CPL11 (GY/BN), harness side and the

LH front door lock actuator C525-4, circuit CPL11 (GY/BN), harness side.
YES : Go to A7.
A6 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL11 (GY/BN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Install a new SJB fuse 17 (20A).
 Operate the door lock actuators by pressing LOCK on the door lock control switch.
 Is the SJB fuse 17 (20A) OK?
YES : REPAIR circuit CPL51 (BU/GN) or CPL52 (VT/GY) for a short to ground. TEST the
A7 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Disconnect all the SJB connectors.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
 Connect all the SJB connectors and make sure they seat correctly.
YES : INSTALL a new SJB. REFER to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES

Pinpoint Test B: A Single/More Than One Door Lock Is Inoperative
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
information.
Normal Operation
When the smart junction box (SJB) receives a lock request from the door lock control switch, the SJB provides
power to the door lock actuators through circuit CPL11 (GY/BN). Ground for the LH front door actuator is
provided through circuit CPL51 (BU/GN) and ground for the remaining door lock actuators is provided through
circuit CPL52 (VT/GY). When the SJB receives an unlock request, power and ground are reversed on the
previously listed circuits.

 Door lock actuator
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST B: A SINGLE/MORE THAN ONE DOOR LOCK IS INOPERATIVE
B1 CHECK THE DOOR LATCH FOR BINDING

 Lock and unlock the inoperative door lock using the door lock rod.
 Does the door lock and unlock?
YES : Go to B2.
NO : INSTALL a new door latch. REFER to Door Latch.
B2 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL11 (GY/BN) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: Inoperative Door Lock Actuator
Fig. 5: Measuring Voltage Between Inoperative Door Lock Actuator, Harness Side & Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: The SJB only supplies voltage to the actuator momentarily. It is

important to monitor the meter while pressing the door lock control
switch.
 While pressing the door lock control switch in the LOCK position, measure the voltage between the
inoperative door lock actuator, harness side and ground as follows:
Inoperative
Connector-
Door Lock Circuit
Pin
Actuator
CPL11
LH front C525-4
(GY/BN)
CPL11
RH front C603-4
(GY/BN)
CPL11
LH rear C704-4
(GY/BN)
CPL11
RH rear C804-4
(GY/BN)
Is the voltage momentarily greater than 10 volts?


YES : Go to B3.
B3 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL52 (VT/GY) OR CIRCUIT CPL51 (BU/GN) FOR VOLTAGE
Fig. 6: Measuring Voltage Between Inoperative Door Lock Actuator, Harness Side & Ground
NOTE: The SJB only supplies voltage to the actuator momentarily. It is

important to monitor the meter while pressing the door lock control
switch.
 While pressing the door lock control switch in the UNLOCK position, measure the voltage between
the inoperative door lock actuator, harness side and ground as follows:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Inoperative
Connector-
Door Lock Circuit
Pin
Actuator
CPL51
LH front C525-3
(BU/GN)
CPL52
RH front C603-3
(VT/GY)
CPL52
LH rear C704-3
(VT/GY)
CPL52
RH rear C804-3
(VT/GY)
Is the voltage momentarily greater than 10 volts?


YES : INSTALL a new door latch. REFER to Door Latch.

NO : Go to B4.
B4 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL51 (BU/GN) OR CIRCUIT CPL52 (VT/GY) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 7: Measuring Resistance Between SJB, Harness Side & Inoperative Door Lock Actuator,
Harness Side
 Measure the resistance between the SJB, harness side and the inoperative door lock actuator,
harness side as follows:
Inoperative
SJB Door Lock
Connector- Actuator Circuit
Pin Connector-
Pin
LH front CPL51
C2280d-28
C525-3 (BU/GN)
RH front CPL52
C2280d-27
C603-3 (VT/GY)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
LH rear CPL52
C2280d-27
C704-3 (VT/GY)
RH rear CPL52
C2280d-27
C804-3 (VT/GY)


YES : Go to B5.
B5 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test C: The Door Locks Operate Only One Way
information.
Normal Operation
The smart junction box SJB sends voltage signals to the door lock control switches through circuits CPL42
(GY/YE) and CPL43 (VT/GY) for the lock and unlock requests, respectively. When the LOCK or UNLOCK
switch is pressed, the voltage signal is routed to ground.
The SJB contains internal relays that are energized depending on input received. When the SJB receives a lock
or unlock request from the door lock control switch, the SJB energizes the appropriate relay(s) to lock or unlock
the doors.

 SJB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PINPOINT TEST C: THE DOOR LOCKS OPERATE ONLY ONE WAY
C1 CHECK THE RECORDED SJB DTCs FROM ON-DEMAND SELF-TEST

YES : Go to Pinpoint Test E .

NO : Go to C2.
C2 VERIFY THE OPERATION OF BOTH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCHES
 Press the LOCK and UNLOCK button of both door lock control switches while observing the door
lock operation.
 Do the door locks operate only one way from both switches?
YES : Go to C4.
NO : Go to C3.
C3 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL42 (GY/YE) (LOCK INPUT) OR CIRCUIT CPL43 (VT/GY)
(UNLOCK INPUT) FOR AN OPEN (SINGLE SWITCH INOPERATIVE)
 Disconnect: Suspect Door Lock Control Switch
 Unlock the doors from the working door lock control switch.
Fig. 8: Connecting Fused (5A) Jumper Wire Between LH Door Lock Control Switch C505-1,
Circuit CPL42 (GY/YE)
 Observe the door locks while connecting a fused (5A) jumper wire between the LH door lock
control switch C505-1, circuit CPL42 (GY/YE), harness side and the LH door lock control switch
C505-4, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side; or between the RH door lock control switch C605-1,
circuit CPL42 (GY/YE), harness side and the RH door lock control switch C605-4, circuit GD140
(BK/GN), harness side.
 Remove the jumper wire.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Connecting Fused (5A) Jumper Wire Between LH Door Lock Control Switch C505-3,
Circuit CPL43 (VT/GY)
Observe the door locks while connecting a fused (5A) jumper wire between the LH door lock

control switch C505-3, circuit CPL43 (VT/GY), harness side and the LH door lock control switch
C505-4, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side; or between the RH door lock control switch C605-3,
circuit CPL43 (VT/GY), harness side and the RH door lock control switch C605-4, circuit GD140
 Do the doors lock and unlock with the jumper wire?
YES : INSTALL a new door lock control switch. REFER to Door Lock Control Switch. TEST
NO : REPAIR the input circuit in question. TEST the system for normal operation.
C4 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL42 (GY/YE) (LOCK INPUT) OR CIRCUIT CPL43 (VT/GY)
(UNLOCK INPUT) FOR AN OPEN (BOTH SWITCHES INOPERATIVE)
 Disconnect: LH Door Lock Control Switch C505
 Disconnect: SJB C2280c

 If the doors do not lock, measure the resistance between the SJB C2280c-17, circuit CPL42
(GY/YE), harness side and the LH door lock control switch C505-1, circuit CPL42 (GY/YE),
harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

If the doors do not unlock, measure the resistance between the SJB C2280c-4, circuit CPL43

(VT/GY), harness side and the LH door lock control switch C505-3, circuit CPL43 (VT/GY),
harness side.
YES : Go to C5.
NO : REPAIR the circuit in question. TEST the system for normal operation.
C5 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test D: All Door Locks Are Inoperative From One Switch
information.
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) sends voltage signals to the door lock control switches through circuits CPL42
switch is pressed, the voltage signal is routed to ground. Ground for the LH door lock control switch is provided
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
through circuit GD133 (BK), and the RH side through circuit GD140 (BK/GN).

PINPOINT TEST D: ALL DOOR LOCKS ARE INOPERATIVE FROM ONE SWITCH
D1 CHECK CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) OR GD140 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN

 Disconnect: Inoperative Door Lock Control Switch

 Measure the resistance between the LH door lock control switch C505-4, circuit GD133 (BK),
harness side and ground; or between the RH door lock control switch C605-4, circuit GD140
(BK/GN), harness side and ground.
YES : INSTALL a new door lock control switch. REFER to Door Lock Control Switch. TEST
Pinpoint Test E: DTC B2A25 - Trim Panel Lock Switch Circuit Failure
information.
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) sends voltage signals to the door lock control switches through circuits CPL42
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
switch is pressed, the voltage signal is routed to ground. Ground for the LH door lock control switch is provided
through circuit GD133 (BK), and the RH side through circuit GD140 (BK/GN).
 DTC B2A25 (Trim Panel Lock Switch Circuit Failure) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB
detects a short to ground from the lock or unlock request input circuits. This DTC may also set if either of
the door lock control switches are pressed for longer than 2 minutes.

 SJB
PINPOINT TEST E: DTC B2A25 - TRIM PANEL LOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT FAILURE
E1 CHECK THE RECORDED SJB DTCs FROM ON-DEMAND SELF-TEST

YES : Go to E2.
E2 CHECK THE LH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCH
 Disconnect: LH Door Lock Control Switch C505
 Repeat the SJB on-demand self-test.
 Is DTC B2A25 retrieved again?
YES : LEAVE the switch disconnected. Go to E3.

NO : INSTALL a new LH door lock control switch. REFER to Door Lock Control Switch. TEST
E3 CHECK THE RH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCH
 Disconnect: RH Door Lock Control Switch C605
 Is DTC B2A25 retrieved again?
YES : LEAVE the switch disconnected. Go to E4.

NO : INSTALL a new RH door lock control switch. REFER to Door Lock Control Switch. TEST
E4 CHECK THE LOCK INPUT CIRCUIT OR THE UNLOCK INPUT CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 13: Measuring Resistance Between SJB C2280c-17 & SJB C2280c-4, CPL42 (VT/GY) &
CPL43 (VT/GY)
Measure the resistance between the SJB C2280c-17, circuit CPL42 (GY/YE), harness side and

ground; and between the SJB C2280c-4, circuit CPL43 (VT/GY), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to E5.
E5 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test F: The Liftgate Latch Release Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly
information.
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) does not release the liftgate unless the doors have been unlocked electronically or
the request is initiated from a remote keyless entry (RKE) transmitter.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The SJB sends a voltage signal to the liftgate release switch through circuit CPL45 (BN). When the switch is
activated, the signal is routed to ground through circuit GD149 (BK/GY). When the SJB detects a request from
the liftgate release switch, the SJB provides voltage through circuit CPL10 (BN/BU) to the liftgate latch
(vehicles equipped with a manual liftgate) or the liftgate/trunk module (LTM) (vehicles equipped with a power
liftgate). For vehicles with a manual liftgate, ground for the liftgate latch is provided through circuit GD149
(BK/GY).
 DTC B2666 (Liftgate Release Switch Circuit Failure) - is a continuous and on-demand DTC that sets
when the SJB detects a short to ground on the liftgate release switch input circuit CPL45 (BN). The DTC
is also set if the liftgate release switch is actuated for longer than 2 minutes.
 DTC B273A (Liftgate Release Output Circuit Shorted to Ground) - is a continuous DTC that sets when
the SJB detects a short to ground on the liftgate latch release output circuit CPL10 (GN/WH).
 DTC B273B (Liftgate Release Output Circuit Open or Shorted to Battery Voltage) - is a continuous and
on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB detects an open or short to voltage on the liftgate latch release
output circuit CPL10 (GN/WH).
 Wiring, terminals and connectors

 Liftgate release switch
 Liftgate latch
 LTM
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST F: THE LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE

CORRECTLY
use correct probe adapter(s) may damage the connector.
F1 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED SJB AND LTM DTCs FROM THE CONTINUOUS AND ON-
DEMAND SELF-TESTS
 Check for recorded SJB and LTM DTCs from the continuous and on-demand self-tests.
 Are any DTCs recorded?
YES : For SJB DTC B2666, go to F2.
For SJB DTC B273A, go to F4.
For SJB DTC B273B, go to F6 (manual liftgate) or Go to F7 (power liftgate).
For all other SJB DTCs, REFER to DTC Charts.
For any LTM DTCs, REFER to BODY CLOSURES article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to F11.
F2 REPEAT THE SJB CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND SELF-TESTS FOR DTC B2666
 Disconnect: Liftgate Release Switch C4353 (Manual Liftgate) or C4216 (Power Liftgate)
 Clear the DTCs, then repeat the SJB continuous and on-demand self tests.
 Is DTC B2666 recorded?
YES : Go to F3.
NO : INSTALL a new liftgate release switch. REFER to Liftgate Release Switch - Manual or
Liftgate Release Switch - Power. TEST the system for normal operation.
F3 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL45 (BN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 14: Measuring Resistance Between SJB C2280C-7, Circuit CPL45 (BN), Harness Side &
Ground
Measure the resistance between the SJB C2280c-7, circuit CPL45 (BN), harness side and ground.

YES : Go to F15.
F4 REPEAT THE SJB CONTINUOUS SELF-TEST FOR DTC B273A
 Disconnect: Liftgate Latch C479 (Manual Liftgate) or Power Liftgate Module C4174b (Power
Liftgate)
NOTE: DTC B273B may set and should be ignored when carrying out this
step.
 Clear the DTCs, then repeat the SJB continuous self-test.

 Is DTC B273A present?
YES : Go to F5.
NO : For a manual liftgate, INSTALL a new liftgate latch. REFER to Liftgate Latch - Manual.
TEST the system for normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
For a power liftgate, go to F14.
F5 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL10 (GN/WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Fig. 15: Measuring Resistance Between SJB C2280D-15, Circuit CPL10 (GN/WH), Harness
Side & Ground
Measure the resistance between the SJB C2280d-15, circuit CPL10 (GN/WH), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to F15.
F6 CHECK CIRCUIT GD149 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN (LATCH)
 Disconnect: Liftgate Latch C479

 Measure the resistance between the liftgate latch C479-2, circuit GD149 (BK/GY), harness side
and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to F7.
F7 CHECK FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: LTM C4174b (If Equipped)

Measure the voltage between the LTM C4174b-12, circuit CPL10 (GN/WH), harness side and

ground; or between the liftgate latch C479-1, circuit CPL10 (GN/WH), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to F8.
NO : Go to F9.
F8 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL10 (GN/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Fig. 18: Measuring Voltage Between SJB C2280D-15, Circuit CPL10 (GN/WH), Harness Side
& Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the voltage between the SJB C2280d-15, circuit CPL10 (GN/WH), harness side and

ground.
NO : Go to F15.
F9 CHECK FOR SJB OUTPUT
 Unlock the doors with the door lock control switch.

NOTE: The SJB only supplies voltage for the liftgate latch release
momentarily. It is important to monitor the meter while activating the
liftgate release switch.
 While activating the liftgate release switch, measure the voltage between the LTM C4174b-12,
circuit CPL10 (GN/WH), harness side and ground (power liftgate); or between the liftgate latch
C479-1, circuit CPL10 (GN/WH), harness side and ground (manual liftgate).
 Is the voltage greater than 10 volts when the switch is activated?
YES : For a manual liftgate, INSTALL a new liftgate latch. REFER to Liftgate Latch - Manual.
For a power liftgate, go to F14.
NO : Go to F10.
F10 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL10 (GN/WH) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between the LTM C4174b-12, circuit CPL10 (GN/WH), harness side and

the SJB C2280d-15, circuit CPL10 (GN/WH), harness side (power liftgate); or between the liftgate
latch C479-1, circuit CPL10 (GN/WH), harness side and the SJB C2280d-15, circuit CPL10
(GN/WH), harness side (manual liftgate).
YES : Go to F15.
F11 CHECK CIRCUIT GD149 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN (SWITCH)
 Disconnect: Liftgate Release Switch C4353 (Manual Liftgate) or C4216 (Power Liftgate)

Measure the resistance between the liftgate release switch C4353-4 (manual liftgate), circuit

GD149 (BK/GY), harness side and ground; or between the liftgate release switch C4216-4 (power
liftgate), circuit GD149 (BK/GY), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to F12.
F12 CHECK THE LIFTGATE RELEASE SWITCH
 Unlock the doors with the door lock control switch.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 22: Connecting Fused (5A) Jumper Wire Between Liftgate Release Switch C4353-3,
Circuit CPL45 (BN)
 For manual liftgate vehicles, connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the liftgate release switch
C4353-3, circuit CPL45 (BN), harness side and the liftgate release switch C4353-4, circuit GD149
(BK/GY), harness side.
Fig. 23: Connecting Fused (5A) Jumper Wire Between Liftgate Release Switch C4216-3,
Circuit CPL45 (BN)
For power liftgate vehicles, connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the liftgate release switch

C4216-3, circuit CPL45 (BN), harness side and the liftgate release switch C4216-4, circuit GD149
(BK/GY), harness side.
 Does the liftgate latch release?
YES : INSTALL a new liftgate release switch. REFER to Liftgate Release Switch - Manual or
Liftgate Release Switch - Power. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : LEAVE the jumper wire connected. Go to F13.
F13 CHECK CIRCUIT CPL45 (BN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between the SJB C2280c-7, circuit CPL45 (BN), harness side and ground.

YES : Go to F15.
F14 CHECK FOR CORRECT LTM OPERATION
 Disconnect all the LTM connectors.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
 Connect all the LTM connectors and make sure they seat correctly.
YES : INSTALL a new LTM. REFER to BODY CLOSURES article. CLEAR the DTCs.
F15 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pinpoint Test G: The Doors Do Not Lock/Unlock Using The Keyless Entry Keypad
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM article, Remote Keyless Entry and Alarm for schematic
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) monitors for a ground signal on the reference circuits CPK29 (GY/BU), CPK30
(VT/GN), and CPK31 (YE/GN) for the keyless entry keypad. When an individual keypad button is pressed, an
individual or combination of the reference circuits is routed to ground. The SJB then determines which button
was pressed based on which circuit(s) are grounded. The keypad is grounded through circuit GD133 (BK).
Once the SJB determines that the 5-digit personal entry code, or the factory set 5-digit entry code has been
entered on the keypad, the SJB then energizes the driver door unlock relay to unlock the driver door.
To unlock all the doors, the 3/4 button must be pressed within 5 seconds of the 5-digit code being entered.
To lock all the doors, the 5-digit code does not need to be entered. Press the 7/8 and 9/0 buttons at the same
time.
 DTC B2A26 (Keypad Switch Circuit Failure) - is a continuous and on-demand DTC that sets when the
SJB detects a short to ground on any of the keypad input circuits. This DTC may also set if any of the
keypad buttons are pressed for longer than 2 minutes.

 SJB
PINPOINT TEST G: THE DOORS DO NOT LOCK/UNLOCK USING THE KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD
G1 CHECK THE SJB KEYCODE PID

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: SJB DataLogger
 Observe the SJB PID (KEYCODE). Read and record the 5-digit factory set entry code.
 Enter the 5-digit factory set entry code on the keyless entry keypad, then press the 3/4 button.
 Do the doors unlock?
YES : The system is operating as designed. INFORM the customer of the correct system operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to G2.
G2 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED SJB DTCs FROM THE RUN-DEMAND SELF-TEST
 Check for recorded SJB DTCs from the on-demand self-test.
 Is DTC B2A26 recorded?
YES : Go to G3.
NO : Go to G5.
G3 REPEAT THE SJB RUN-DEMAND SELF-TEST
 Disconnect: Keyless Entry Keypad C500
 Clear the DTCs, then repeat the SJB on-demand self-test.
 Is DTC B2A26 recorded?
YES : Go to G4.
NO : INSTALL a new keyless entry keypad. REFER to Keyless Entry Keypad. TEST the system
G4 CHECK CIRCUITS CPK29 (GY/BU), CPK30 (VT/GN) AND CPK31 (YE/GN) FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the keypad, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
CPK29
C500-7
(GY/BU)
CPK30
C500-5
(VT/GN)
CPK31
C500-1
(YE/GN)
Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms?


YES : Go to G10.
G5 CHECK THE SJB KEY_PAD PID
 Press each keyless entry keypad button while observing the SJB PID (KEY_PAD).
 Does the PID display the correct values?
YES : Go to G10.
NO : Go to G6.
G6 CHECK CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between the keyless entry keypad C500-2, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side

and ground.
YES : Go to G7.
G7 CHECK THE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD
 Connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the keyless entry keypad harness side, while monitoring
the SJB PID (KEY_PAD) as follows:
Keyless Keyless
Entry Entry SJB PID
Keypad Keypad (KEY_PAD)
Connector- Connector- Value
Pin/Circuit Pin/Circuit
C500-7 C500-2
CPK29 GD133 1/2
(GY/BU) (BK)
C500-5 C500-2
CPK30 GD133 7/8
(VT/GN) (BK)
C500-1 C500-2
CPK31 GD133 9/0
(YE/GN) (BK)
Does the PID display the correct values?


YES : INSTALL a new keyless entry keypad. REFER to Keyless Entry Keypad.
NO : Go to G8.
G8 CHECK CIRCUITS CPK29 (GY/BU), CPK30 (VT/GN) AND CPK31 (YE/GN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Measure the resistance between the SJB, harness side and the keyless entry keypad, harness side as
follows:
Keyless
SJB Entry
Connector- Circuit Keypad
Pin Connector-
Pin
CPK29
C2280c-5 C500-7
(GY/BU)
CPK30
C2280c-18 C500-5
(VT/GN)
CPK31
C2280c-6 C500-1
(YE/GN)
Are the resistances less than 5 ohms?


YES : Go to G9.
G9 CHECK CIRCUITS CPK29 (GY/BU), CPK30 (VT/GN) AND CPK31 (YE/GN) FOR A SHORT
TO EACH OTHER
 Measure the resistance between the keypad, harness side as follows:
Keypad Keypad
Connector- Connector-
C500-7 C500-5
CPK29 CPK30
(GY/BU) (VT/GN)
C500-7 C500-1
CPK29 CPK31
(GY/BU) (YE/GN)
C500-5 C500-1
CPK30 CPK31
(VT/GN) (YE/GN)


YES : Go to G10.
G10 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test H: The Keyless Entry Keypad Illumination Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly
Normal Operation
When the smart junction box (SJB) detects that a keyless entry keypad button is pressed, the SJB provides
voltage for the keyless entry keypad illumination through circuit CPK28 (WH/GN). Ground for the keyless
entry keypad illumination is provided through circuit GD133 (BK).
 DTC B1624 (Lamp Keypad Output Open Circuit) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB detects
an open or short to voltage on the keyless entry keypad illumination output circuit CPK28 (WH/GN).
 DTC B1626 (Lamp Keypad Output Short Circuit to Ground) - is a continuous DTC that sets when the
SJB detects a short to ground on the keyless entry keypad illumination output circuit CPK28 (WH/GN).

 SJB
PINPOINT TEST H: THE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD ILLUMINATION IS INOPERATIVE/DOES

NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY
H1 CHECK THE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD OPERATION

 Press the 7/8 and 9/0 buttons simultaneously on the keypad.
 Does the doors lock using the keyless entry keypad?
YES : Go to H2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
H2 CHECK THE RECORDED SJB DTCs FROM THE ON-DEMAND SELF-TEST
 Is DTC B1624 or B1626 present?
YES : For DTC B1624, go to H3.
For DTC B1626, go to H9.
NO : Go to H11.
H3 CHECK THE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD ILLUMINATION
 Check the keyless entry keypad illumination.
 Is the keyless entry keypad illumination always on?
YES : Go to H8.
NO : Go to H4.
H4 CHECK CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between the keyless entry keypad C500-3, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side

and ground.
YES : Go to H5.
H5 CHECK FOR CIRCUIT CPK28 (WH/GN) FOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
NOTE: The SJB sends out a constant reference voltage on circuit CPK28 (WH/GN)
for its own circuit diagnostics. This voltage is 10 volts +/- 1 volt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between the keyless entry keypad C500-6, circuit CPK28 (WH/GN), harness

side and ground.
 Is 10 volts (+/- 1 volt) present?
YES : Go to H6.
NO : Go to H7.
H6 CHECK FOR SJB OUTPUT

Measure the voltage between the keyless entry keypad C500-6, circuit CPK28 (WH/GN), harness

side and ground while active commanding the SJB PID (KY_PAD_LMP) ON.
YES : INSTALL a new keyless entry keypad. REFER to Keyless Entry Keypad. CLEAR the
NO : Go to H11.
H7 CHECK CIRCUIT CPK28 (WH/GN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between the keyless entry keypad C500-6, circuit CPK28 (WH/GN),

harness side and the SJB C2280c-11, circuit CPK28 (WH/GN), harness side.
YES : Go to H11.
H8 CHECK CIRCUIT CPK28 (WH/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Observe the keypad illumination.
 Is the keypad still illuminated?
NO : Go to H11.
H9 CHECK THE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
NOTE: DTC B1624 may set and should be ignored when carrying out this
step.
Clear the DTCs, then repeat the SJB on-demand self-test.


YES : Go to H10.
NO : INSTALL a new keyless entry keypad. REFER to Keyless Entry Keypad. TEST the system
H10 CHECK CIRCUIT CPK28 (WH/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 30: Measuring Resistance Between Keyless Entry Keypad C500-6, Circuit CPK28
(WH/GN)
Measure the resistance between the keyless entry keypad C500-6, circuit CPK28 (WH/GN),

YES : Go to H11.
H11 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test I: The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Transmitter Is Inoperative
Normal Operation
Remote locking and unlocking of the doors, opening the power liftgate (if equipped), and activating the panic
alarm is accomplished by the smart junction box (SJB) receiving a command message from the remote keyless
entry (RKE) integrated keyhead transmitter (IKT). The IKTs and SJB also utilize a rolling code to prevent the
code from being "captured" by a code grabber. The system advances the counter in the RKE transmitter and
SJB every time an IKT button is pressed.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 DTC B1139 (Invalid Transmitter Identification Code) - is a continuous DTC that sets when the SJB
detects an invalid TIC from an IKT.
 DTC B2425 (Remote Keyless Entry Out of Synchronization) - is a continuous DTC that sets when the
SJB detects the rolling counter received from an RKE transmitter is 1,024 times greater than the rolling
counter stored in the module.
 IKT
 IKT battery
 IKT button pressed a substantial amount of times while outside the range of the vehicle
 IKT programming
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST I: THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (RKE) TRANSMITTER IS INOPERATIVE
NOTE: All IKTs must be present to begin diagnosis of the RKE system.
NOTE: Aftermarket or dealer-installed systems may adversely affect the RKE system
operation. These systems should be disconnected before diagnosing any RKE
concerns.
I1 CHECK FOR THE CORRECT RKE TRANSMITTERS
NOTE: Make sure the IKTs are those provided with the original equipment
manufacturer (OEM) system and not from an aftermarket system, or a
dealer-installed system that may have been installed on the vehicle.
Check that the correct IKTs are used with the vehicle.
 Are all the correct IKTs present?
YES : Go to I2.
NO : The system cannot be tested without the correct IKTs. INFORM the customer that all the
correct IKTs must be present to proceed with diagnosis of the system.
I2 CHECK THE RECORDED SJB AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) DTCs FROM THE ON-
DEMAND SELF-TEST
 Check the recorded results from the SJB and IC self-test.
YES : For SJB DTC B2425, go to I3.
For IC DTC B1139, go to I4.
For IC DTC B1137, go to Pinpoint Test J .
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
For all other DTCs, REFER to DTC Charts.
NO : Go to I4.
I3 RESYNCHRONIZE THE INOPERATIVE IKT
 Leave the IKT key in the RUN position for a minimum of 6 seconds.
 Press any button on the IKT.
 Does the IKT operate?
YES : The system is OK. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : Go to I4.
I4 MAKE SURE THE RKE TRANSMITTER SIGNAL IS BEING RECEIVED
 Press a button on the IKT while observing the SJB PID (TIC_LAST).
 Does the transmitter identification code (TIC) show up on the scan tool screen when a button
is pressed?
YES : Go to I5.
NO : Go to I6.
I5 CHECK IF THE RKE TRANSMITTERS ARE PROGRAMMED
 Press a button on the IKT and compare the SJB PID (TIC_LAST) with the PIDs (TIC_1, 2, 3, 4, 7,
8, 9, or 10).
 Does the TIC displayed match any of the TICs stored in memory?
YES : Go to I7.
NO : PROGRAM all of the IKTs. REFER to ANTI-THEFT - PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM (PATS) article. INFORM the customer that any IKTs not present need to be
programmed. TEST the system for normal operation.
I6 CHECK THE IKT BATTERY
 Using a thin coin, open the IKT.
 Do not clean off any grease from the battery terminals on the back surface of the circuit board.
 Verify the correct battery is used (CR2032).
 Remove the IKT battery and measure the voltage.
YES : Go to I7.
NO : INSTALL a new battery (make sure the battery is seated correctly). DO NOT reprogram the
IKT (weak or dead batteries do not erase TICs from memory). TEST the system for normal
operation.
I7 CHECK FOR NORMAL OPERATION WITH A KNOWN GOOD IKT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: SJB DataLogger
 Use the customer's second IKT, and press a button on the IKT while observing the SJB PID
(TIC_LAST).
 Does the TIC show up on the scan tool when a button is pressed?
YES : REPLACE the inoperative IKT. PROGRAM the new IKT. REFER to ANTI-THEFT -
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) article. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to I8.
I8 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test J: DTC B1137 - Data Not Programmed
Normal Operation
When an integrated keyhead transmitter (IKT) key is programmed, the remote keyless entry (RKE) transmitter
identification code (TIC) data from the key is received by the instrument cluster (IC). The IC then sends the TIC
data to the smart junction box (SJB) over the medium speed controller area network (MS-CAN). The SJB stores
the TIC data in memory and sends an acknowledgment back to the IC that the TIC data was successfully
programmed.
 DTC B1137 (Data Not Programmed) - is a continuous DTC that sets when the IC sends the RKE TIC
data to the SJB over the MS-CAN network, and it does not receive a response from the SJB that the TIC
data has been stored.
 IKT programming
 MS-CAN network
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST J: DTC B1137 - DATA NOT PROGRAMMED

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
J1 CHECK FOR THE CORRECT RKE TRANSMITTERS
NOTE: Make sure the IKTs are those provided with the original equipment
manufacturer (OEM) system and not from an aftermarket system, or a
dealer-installed system that may have been installed on the vehicle.
Check that the correct IKTs are used with the vehicle.

 Are all the correct IKTs present?
YES : Go to J2.
NO : The system cannot be tested without the correct IKTs. INFORM the customer that all the
correct IKTs must be present to proceed with diagnosis of the system.
J2 CHECK FOR COMMUNICATION WITH THE IC AND SJB
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Network Test
 Does the IC or SJB fail the network test?
YES : REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article.

NO : Go to J3.
J3 REPROGRAM THE IKT KEYS
 Erase and program all of the IKT keys using the scan tool method. Refer to ANTI-THEFT -
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) article.
 Erase all IC DTCs.
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: IC Self-Test
 Is DTC B1137 retrieved again?
YES : Go to J5.
NO : Go to J4.
J4 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE RKE TRANSMITTER
 Press any button on the suspect IKT key.
 Does the RKE transmitter operate?
YES : The system is operating normally. The concern may have been caused by an improperly
programmed IKT key.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test I .
J5 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Pinpoint Test K: An Individual Button/Feature Is Inoperative From The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Transmitter
Normal Operation
When any integrated keyhead transmitter (IKT) button is pressed, the SJB receives and processes the command
to provide the appropriate output.
 Door locks
 Horn system
 Power liftgate release
 Turn signal system
 IKT
PINPOINT TEST K: AN INDIVIDUAL BUTTON/FEATURE IS INOPERATIVE FROM THE

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (RKE) TRANSMITTER
NOTE: The panic feature will only operate when the key is in the OFF or LOCK
positions.
K1 VERIFY THE DOOR LOCK OPERATION

 Press the LOCK and UNLOCK button on the driver door lock control switch while observing the
door lock operation.
 Do the door locks operate correctly?
YES : Go to K2.
K2 VERIFY THE HORN OPERATION
 Select the SJB PID (HORN) and active command the horn on.
 Does the horn sound when commanded on?
YES : Go to K3.
NO : REFER to HORN article.
K3 VERIFY THE HAZARD LAMP OPERATION
 Place the hazard switch in the ON position.
 Do the hazard lamps operate correctly?

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : For vehicles with power liftgate, go to K4.
For vehicles with a manual liftgate, REPLACE the inoperative IKT and PROGRAM all of the
IKTs. REFER to ANTI-THEFT - PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) article. INFORM
the customer that any IKTs not present need to be programmed. TEST the system for normal
operation.

K4 VERIFY THE LIFTGATE RELEASE OPERATION
 Press the liftgate release button on the liftgate.
 Does the liftgate open?
YES : REPLACE the inoperative IKT and PROGRAM all of the IKTs. REFER to ANTI-THEFT -
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) article. INFORM the customer that any IKTs not
present need to be programmed. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Pinpoint Test L: The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Transmitter Has Poor Range Performance
Normal Operation
The remote keyless entry (RKE) transmitter sends a radio signal to the smart junction box (SJB) based on the
user selected RKE transmitter button. The SJB then carries out the selected action.
 IKT
 IKT battery
 Aftermarket systems
 High power devices
 TV/radio transmission towers
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST L: THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (RKE) TRANSMITTER HAS POOR RANGE
PERFORMANCE
NOTE: All RKE transmitters must be present to begin diagnosis of the RKE system.
NOTE: Aftermarket or dealer-installed systems may adversely affect RKE system

operation. These systems should be disconnected before diagnosing any RKE
concerns.
L1 CHECK FOR THE CORRECT RKE TRANSMITTERS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Make sure the RKE transmitters are those provided with the original
equipment manufacturer (OEM) system and not from an aftermarket
system or a dealer-installed system.
Check that the correct RKE transmitters are used with the vehicle.

 Are all the correct RKE transmitters present?
YES : Go to L2.
NO : The system cannot be tested without the correct RKE transmitters. INFORM the customer
that all the correct RKE transmitters must be present to proceed with diagnosis of the system.
L2 CHECK ALL THE RKE TRANSMITTERS FOR POOR RANGE PERFORMANCE
NOTE: The 10 m (33 ft) measurement of range is not the standard but is a
guideline that clearly indicates a vehicle is experiencing poor range
performance.
Check all the RKE transmitters for poor range performance (less than 10 m [33 ft]).

 Do all RKE transmitters experience poor range?
YES : Go to L4.
NO : Go to L3.
L3 CHECK THE IKT BATTERY
 Using a thin coin, open the IKT.
 Do not clean off any grease from the battery terminals on the back surface of the circuit board.
 Verify the correct battery is used (CR2032).
 Remove the IKT battery and measure the voltage.
YES : REPLACE the inoperative integrated key and PROGRAM all the integrated keys. REFER to
ANTI-THEFT - PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) article. INFORM the customer that
any RKE transmitters not present need to be programmed. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : INSTALL a new battery (make sure the battery is seated correctly). DO NOT reprogram the
IKT (weak or dead batteries do not erase TICs from memory). TEST the system for normal
operation.
L4 CHECK THE LOCATION OF THE VEHICLE AND THE APPROACH ANGLES AROUND
THE VEHICLE
 Make sure the poor performance is consistent in nature and is not from one approaching angle.
 The RKE transmitter range performance may be degraded in certain locations. For example, if the
vehicle is within 0.8 km (0.5 miles) of high-power devices or radio/TV towers, the operating
distance of the RKE transmitters may be reduced.
 Is the poor range performance consistent around the vehicle?
YES : Go to L5.
NO : The system is operating correctly at this time. TEST the system for normal operation.
L5 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test M: The Smart Unlock Does Not Operate Correctly
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) automatically unlocks all the doors after the doors are locked with a door lock
control switch if the key is in the ignition lock cylinder and a front door or the liftgate is ajar.
 Key-in-ignition switch
 Door ajar switch input
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST M: THE SMART UNLOCK DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY
M1 CHECK THE COURTESY LAMP OPERATION

 Open and close the front doors and liftgate while checking the courtesy lamp operation.
 Do the courtesy lamps operate correctly?
YES : Go to M2.
NO : REFER to INTERIOR LIGHTING article.
M2 CHECK THE KEY-IN-IGNITION CHIME
 Insert the key in the ignition lock cylinder.
 Open the driver door.
 Does the key-in-ignition chime operate correctly?
YES : Go to M3.
NO : REFER to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER & WARNING
CHIMES article.
M3 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test N: The Autolock Does Not Operate Correctly
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) energizes the lock relay based on input from the ajar switches, the ignition switch,
the transmission range (TR) sensor and the vehicle speed sensor (VSS). The SJB locks the doors when the
following conditions are met:
 all the doors are closed

 the ignition switch is in the ON position
 the vehicle is shifted into any gear putting the vehicle in motion, and
 the vehicle attains a speed greater than 20 km/h (12 mph) for longer than 2 seconds.

 Programming
 Door ajar switches
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST N: THE AUTOLOCK DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY
N1 VERIFY THE AUTOLOCK FEATURE IS ENABLED

 Verify the autolock feature is enabled. Refer to Autolock and Horn Chirp Programming.
 Is the autolock feature enabled?
YES : Go to N2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : PROGRAM the autolock feature. REFER to Autolock and Horn Chirp Programming.
N2 CHECK THE COURTESY LAMP OPERATION
 Open and close the doors while checking the courtesy lamp operation.
 Do the courtesy lamps operate correctly?
YES : Go to N3.
NO : REFER to INTERIOR LIGHTING article.
N3 CHECK THE SJB PID (IGN_R_ECU)
 Monitor the SJB IGN PID (IGN_R_ECU).
 Does the PID indicate RUN?
YES : Go to N4.
NO : REFER to STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES article.
N4 RETRIEVE THE RECORDED SJB DTCs FROM THE CONTINUOUS SELF-TESTS
 Check for recorded SJB DTCs from the continuous self-tests.
 Is DTC U0155 recorded?

NO : Go to N5.
N5 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

article. TEST the system for normal operation
GENERAL PROCEDURES
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD CODE PROGRAMMING
Programming a Personal Code and Keypad Association to Memory Seats and Mirrors (If Equipped)
NOTE: If the wrong code has been entered 7 times (35 consecutive button presses), the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
keypad will go into an anti-scan mode. This mode disables the keypad for one
minute (only the lock control will operate on the keypad) and the keypad lamp
will flash. The anti-scan feature will turn off after one minute of keypad
inactivity, or after pressing the UNLOCK control on the integrated keyhead
transmitter (IKT), or after the ignition key has been turned to the ON position.
NOTE: The factory set code cannot be associated with a memory setting.
1. Enter the permanent factory keyless entry keypad code.

2. Within 5 seconds, press the 1/2 button on the keypad.
3. Enter the new 5-digit keyless entry keypad code. Each number must be entered within five seconds of
each other.
4. To associate the entry code with a memory setting, enter a sixth digit to indicate which driver should be
set in a memory recalled by the personal entry code:
 Pressing the 1/2 button recalls driver 1 settings
 Pressing the 3/4 button recalls driver 2 settings
 Pressing other keypad buttons or not pressing a keypad button as a sixth digit does not set a driver
and will not recall a memory setting
5. The doors will lock then unlock to confirm the new code is programmed.
Erasing the Personal Codes
NOTE: If the wrong code has been entered 7 times (35 consecutive button presses), the
keypad will go into an anti-scan mode. This mode disables the keypad for one
minute (only the lock control will operate on the keypad) and the keypad lamp
will flash. The anti-scan feature will turn off after one minute of keypad
inactivity, or after pressing the UNLOCK control on the IKT, or after the ignition
key has been turned to the ON position.
1. Enter the permanent factory keyless entry keypad code.

2. Within 5 seconds, press the 1/2 button on the keypad and release.
3. Within 5 seconds, press and hold the 1/2 button on the keypad for 2 seconds.
4. All personal codes are now erased and only the permanent factory keyless entry keypad code will work.
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY TRANSMITTER PROGRAMMING
NOTE: This procedure is for programming conventional keyfobs only. The Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter of the Integrated Keyhead Transmitter (IKT) is
programmed automatically during the Passive Anti-Theft System (PATS)
programming. For additional information, refer to Key Programming Using Two
Programmed Keys or Integrated Keyhead Transmitter (IKT) Key Programming
Using Diagnostic Equipment in ANTI-THEFT - PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
(PATS) article to program the IKT.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: All RKE transmitters must be programmed at the same time.
NOTE: Do not apply the brake pedal during this sequencing, as doing so ends the
sequence and the transmitters will not be programmed.
1. Electronically unlock the door locks using the door lock control switch.
2. Cycle the ignition switch from the OFF to the RUN position 8 times in rapid succession (within 10
seconds), with the eighth turn ending in RUN. If the module successfully enters program mode, it locks
and then unlocks all the doors.
NOTE: If no action is taken within 20 seconds after a transmitter has been

programmed, the programming sequence ends (the doors lock and unlock
to confirm that programming is complete).
3. Within 20 seconds, press any button on the RKE transmitter to be programmed. The doors lock and then
unlock to confirm that each RKE transmitter is programmed. Repeat this step for each RKE transmitter.
4. Exiting the programming mode is accomplished if one of the following occurs:
 The key transitions to the OFF position.
 20 seconds have passed since entering programming mode or since the last RKE transmitter was
programmed.
 The maximum number (4) of RKE transmitters have been programmed.
5. Check the operation of the RKE transmitter. If the door locks do not respond for the programmed RKE
transmitter(s), wait several seconds and press the button again. If the door locks still fail to respond, refer
to Locks, Latches and Entry Systems. (Make sure that no more than the maximum number of RKE
transmitters are attempted to be programmed.)
REMOTE MEMORY ACTIVATION
1. Position the driver seat and mirrors to the desired position.

2. Press the set button on the driver door panel.
3. Within 5 seconds press the 1 or 2 button on the driver door panel to associate with the driver 1 or driver 2
position.
4. Press the set button again.
5. Within 5 seconds press a button on the associated integrated keyhead transmitter (IKT).
6. Within 5 seconds press the 1 or 2 button on the driver door panel to associate with the driver 1 or driver 2
position.
7. If a second memory setting is desired, repeat the procedure with the second IKT.
REMOTE MEMORY DEACTIVATION
1. Press the set button on the driver door panel.

2. Within 5 seconds press any button on the integrated key that you wish to deactivate and then press the set
button on the driver door panel.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. If a second memory setting is desired to be deactivated, repeat the procedure with the second integrated
key.
AUTOLOCK AND HORN CHIRP PROGRAMMING
Programming the Autolock Feature Using the Door Lock Control Switch
NOTE: The autolock feature can be activated or deactivated independently of the auto-
unlock feature.
NOTE: The autolock feature of the Smart Junction Box (SJB) can also be configured
ON or OFF with the scan tool. For additional information on module
configuration, refer to MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
NOTE: When programming the autolock feature using the door lock control switch
method the following steps must be carried out within 30 seconds or the
procedure will need to be repeated. If the procedure needs to be repeated, wait
30 seconds between programming sessions.
NOTE: Prior to beginning, make sure the ignition key is in the OFF position and
all vehicle doors are closed.
1. Turn the ignition key from the OFF to the ON position.

2. Press the unlock button on the door lock control switch 3 times.
3. Turn the ignition key from the ON to the OFF position.
5. Turn the ignition key to the ON position. The horn chirps once to indicate that programming mode is
entered.
6. To enable/disable the autolock feature, press the unlock button on the door lock control switch, then the
lock button. The horn chirps once if the autolocks are disabled or twice (one short chirp followed by a
honk) if the autolocks are enabled.
7. Turn the ignition key to the OFF position. The horn chirps once to signal that the programming is
complete.
Programming the Autolock Feature Using the Keyless Entry Keypad
unlock feature.
NOTE: The autolock feature of the SJB can also be configured ON or OFF with the scan
tool. For additional information on module configuration, refer to MODULE
CONFIGURATION article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Turn the ignition key to the OFF position and close all vehicle doors.
2. Enter the factory set 5-digit keyless entry keypad code.
3. Press and hold the 3/4 button on the keypad. While holding the 3/4 button, press the 7/8 button.
4. Release the 7/8 button, then release the 3/4 button. The horn chirps once if the autolocks are disabled or
twice (one short chirp followed by a honk) if the autolocks are enabled.
Programming the Autolock Feature Using the Instrument Cluster Message Center
unlock feature.
NOTE: The autolock feature of the SJB can also be configured ON or OFF with the scan
tool. For additional information on module configuration, refer to MODULE
1. With all the vehicle doors closed, turn the ignition key from the OFF to the ON position.
2. Press the SETUP button on the message center switch until AUTOLOCK <ON> OFF is displayed.
3. Press the RESET button to select ON or OFF. If the autolocks are enabled, the message center will have
brackets around the <ON> display. If the autolocks are disabled, the message center will have brackets
around the <OFF> display.
Programming the Auto-Unlock Feature Using the Door Lock Control Switch
NOTE: The auto-unlock feature can be activated or deactivated independently of the

autolock feature.
NOTE: The auto-unlock feature of the SJB can also be configured ON or OFF with the
scan tool. For additional information on module configuration, refer to MODULE
NOTE: When programming the auto-unlock feature using the door lock control switch
method the following steps must be carried out within 30 seconds or the
procedure will need to be repeated. If the procedure needs to be repeated, wait
30 seconds between programming sessions.
NOTE: Prior to beginning, make sure the ignition key is in the OFF position and
all vehicle doors are closed.

2. Press the unlock button on the door lock control 3 times.
3. Turn the ignition key from the ON to the OFF position.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5. Turn the ignition key to the ON position. The horn chirps once to indicate that programming mode is
entered.
6. To enable/disable the auto-unlock feature, press the lock button on the door lock control switch then the
unlock button. The horn chirps once if auto-unlock is disabled or twice (one short chirp followed by a
honk) if auto-unlock is enabled.
7. Turn the ignition key to the OFF position. The horn chirps once to signal that the programming is
complete.
Programming the Auto-Unlock Feature Using the Keyless Entry Keypad

autolock feature.
1. Turn the ignition key to the OFF position and close all vehicle doors.
2. Enter the factory set 5-digit keyless entry keypad code.
3. Press and hold the 3/4 button on the keypad. While holding the 3/4 button, press and release the 7/8
button. While still holding the 3/4 button, press and release the 7/8 button a second time.
4. Release the 3/4 button. The horn chirps once if auto-unlock is disabled or twice (one short chirp followed
by a honk) if auto-unlock is enabled.
Programming the Auto-Unlock Feature Using the Instrument Cluster Message Center

autolock feature.

2. Press the SETUP button on the message center switch until AUTOUNLOCK <ON> OFF is displayed.
3. Press the RESET button to select ON or OFF. If auto-unlock is enabled, the message center will have
brackets around the <ON> display. If auto-unlock is disabled, the message center will have brackets
around the <OFF> display.
LIFTGATE LATCH MANUAL RELEASE
1. Remove the liftgate latch access cover from the center of the liftgate trim panel.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 31: Identifying Liftgate Latch Access Cover

NOTE: Portions of the liftgate sheet metal are removed for clarity.
2. Vehicles with manual liftgate, press the liftgate latch manual release lever to the left to release the liftgate
latch.
Fig. 32: Pressing Liftgate Latch Manual Release Lever To Left To Release Liftgate Latch
NOTE: Portions of the liftgate sheet metal are removed for clarity.
3. Vehicles with power liftgate, press the liftgate latch manual release lever down to release the liftgate
latch.
Fig. 33: Pressing Liftgate Latch Manual Release Lever Down To Release Liftgate Latch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PERIMETER LIGHTING FEATURE PROGRAMMING
Programming the Perimeter Lighting Feature Using the Door Lock Control Switch
NOTE: The following steps must be carried out within 30 seconds or the procedure will
need to be repeated. If the procedure needs to be repeated, wait 30 seconds
between programming sessions.
1. Turn the ignition switch from the OFF to the ON position.

3. Turn the ignition switch from the ON to the OFF position.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The horn chirps one time to indicate that programming mode
is entered.
NOTE: The unlock button must be pressed twice within 5 seconds.
6. Within 30 seconds of entering the programming mode, press the unlock button on the door lock control
switch twice to enable/disable the perimeter lighting feature. The horn chirps once if the perimeter
lighting is disabled or a chirp followed by a honk if the perimeter lighting is enabled.
7. Programming ends when the ignition switch state changes or times out after 2 minutes.
STEPPED UNLOCK PROGRAMMING
1. With the ignition in the OFF mode, press the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter simultaneously for 4 seconds.
 The turn signals will flash twice to indicate the mode change.
2. Repeat Step 1 to enable/disable the stepped unlocking feature.

HOOD LATCH AND COMPONENTS - EXPLODED VIEW
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 34: Identifying Hood Latch and Components


1 N808727 Hood latch bolts (2 required)
2 16700 Hood latch
3 16916 Hood latch release handle and cable
1. For additional information, refer to the appropriate procedures in this service information.
HOOD LATCH
Material
Item Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Multi-Purpose Grease Spray XL-5

ESB-M1C93-B
NOTE: Mark the hood latch position prior to removal of the hood latch bolts.
1. Remove the 2 hood latch bolts and position the hood latch aside.
2. Disconnect the hood latch release cable and remove the hood latch.
NOTE: When the hood latch is installed, the latch adjustment must be checked to
make sure the latch is installed and aligned correctly.

 Lubricate the hood latch after installation.
HOOD LATCH RELEASE HANDLE
1. Remove the hood latch. For additional information, refer to Hood Latch.
2. Disconnect the hood latch release cable locator from the radiator grille opening panel reinforcement.
3. Disconnect the hood latch release cable locator from the LH inner fender.
NOTE: The hood latch release handle and cable assembly must be pulled through
the dash panel into the passenger compartment.
4. Remove the hood latch release handle and cable assembly.

1. Remove the hood latch release handle screw.
2. Remove the hood latch release handle and cable assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 35: Identifying Hood Latch Release Handle & Screw

FRONT DOOR HANDLES, LOCKS AND LATCHES - EXPLODED VIEW
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 36: Identifying Front Door Handles, Locks & Latches With Torque Specifications

1 W705830 Front door latch bolts (3 required)
Exterior front door handle
2 W506965
reinforcement screw
Exterior front door handle bezel
3 78218B08/78218A14
(RH/LH)
4 7822404 Exterior front door handle strap
5 W708514
reinforcement bolt
6 5406082 Front door lock cylinder
7 7826684/7826685 Exterior front door handle
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
reinforcement (RH/LH)
Front door panel component
8 78235A86/78235A87
module assembly (RH/LH)
9 7822600/7822601 Interior front door handle (RH/LH)
Interior front door handle actuating
10 78221A00
cable
11 7821812/7821813 Front door latch (RH/LH)
Front door lock actuating rod
12 7821852/7821853
(RH/LH)
Exterior front door handle actuating
13 7822152/7822153
rod (RH/LH)
Front door lock cylinder actuating
14 7822135
rod (if equipped)
15 7822008 Striker
Door latch striker screws (2
16 W710993
required)
REAR DOOR HANDLES, LOCKS AND LATCHES - EXPLODED VIEW
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 37: Identifying Rear Door Handles, Locks & Latches With Torque Specifications

1 W705830 Rear door latch bolts (3 required)
Exterior rear door handle
2 W506965
reinforcement screw
3 78218B08 Exterior rear door handle bezel
4 7822404 Exterior rear door handle strap
5 W708514
reinforcement bolt
6 7826684/7826685
7 78235A88/78235A89 Rear door panel component module
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
assembly (RH/LH)
8 7822600/7822601 Interior rear door handle (RH/LH)
Interior rear door handle actuating
9 78221A00
cable
10 7821812/7821813 Rear door latch (RH/LH)
Rear door lock actuating rod
11 7826460/7826461
(RH/LH)
Exterior rear door handle actuating
12 7826596/7826597
rod (RH/LH)
13 7822008 Striker
Door latch striker screws (2
14 W710993
required)
INTERIOR DOOR HANDLE
1. Remove the door trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM &
NOTE: Front door shown, rear door similar.
2. Disconnect the interior door handle from the door window regulator and motor assembly.
Fig. 38: Disconnecting Interior Door Handle From Door Window Regulator & Motor Assembly
3. Remove the interior door handle.

 Disconnect the interior door handle actuating cable from the interior door handle.
 Remove the interior door handle.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 39: Disconnecting Interior Door Handle Actuating Cable From Interior Door Handle
EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE
Fig. 40: Identifying Exterior Door Handle


Exterior door handle bezel
1 78218A14/78218B08
(LH/RH)
2 7822404 Exterior door handle strap
Exterior door handle reinforcement
3 N807169
screw
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4 W651011 Plug
1. Remove the plug from the rear of the door.

2. Loosen the exterior door handle reinforcement screw and remove the exterior door handle bezel.
NOTE: Pull the exterior door handle strap outward and to the rear to release it
from the exterior door handle reinforcement.
3. Remove the exterior door handle strap.

DOOR HANDLE REINFORCEMENT
Fig. 41: Exploded View Of Exterior Front


1 7826684/7826685
2 7822152/7822153
rod (RH/LH)
3 7822135 Front door lock cylinder actuating rod
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(if equipped)
Front window regulator and motor
4 -
assembly
Fig. 42: Exploded View Of Exterior Rear


1 7826684/7826685
Exterior rear door handle actuating rod
2 7826596/7826597
(RH/LH)
Rear window regulator and motor
3 -
assembly
1. Remove the exterior door handle. For additional information, refer to Exterior Door Handle.
3. Remove the door window regulator and motor assembly. For additional information, refer to GLASS,
FRAMES & MECHANISMS article.
4. If equipped, disconnect the upper lock cylinder actuating rod.
5. Disconnect the lower exterior door handle reinforcement actuating rod.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
6. Remove the exterior door handle reinforcement.

1. If equipped, disconnect the keyless entry keypad wiring harness retainer.
2. Release the exterior door handle reinforcement locking clips from the door window regulator and
motor assembly.
3. Remove the exterior door handle reinforcement.
Fig. 43: Identifying Exterior Door Handle Reinforcement Locking Clips & Keyless Entry Keypad
Wiring Harness Retainer
DOOR LATCH
Material
Item Specification
Multi-Purpose Grease
ESB-M1C93-B
XG-4 and/or XL-5
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 44: Exploded View Of Front Door Latch


Interior front door handle actuating
1 78221A00
cable
2 7822152/7822153
rod (RH/LH)
Front door lock cylinder actuating rod
3 7822135
(if equipped)
4 7821852/7821853 Front door lock actuating rod (RH/LH)
5 7821812/7821813 Front door latch (RH/LH)
Front window regulator and motor
6 -
assembly
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 45: Exploded View Of Rear Door Latch


Interior rear door handle actuating
1 78221A00
cable
Exterior rear door handle actuating rod
2 7826596/7826597
(RH/LH)
3 7826460/7826461 Rear door lock actuating rod (RH/LH)
4 7821812/7821813 Rear door latch (RH/LH)
Rear window regulator and motor
5 -
assembly
2. Remove the door window regulator and motor assembly. For additional information, refer to GLASS,
FRAMES & MECHANISMS article.
3. Disconnect the interior door handle actuating cable.
4. If equipped, disconnect the door lock cylinder actuating rod.
5. Disconnect the door handle reinforcement actuating rod.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
6. Release the door latch rear locking clip.
Fig. 46: Locating Door Latch Rear Locking Clip

7. Release the door latch front locking clip.

1. Disconnect the door latch electrical connector.
2. Release the door latch front locking clip.
Fig. 47: Locating Door Latch Front Locking Clip & Door Latch Electrical Connector
8. Remove the door latch with the door lock actuating rod.
9. If necessary, disconnect the door lock actuating rod.
 Lubricate the door latch to striker surfaces after installation.
DOOR LOCK CYLINDER
NOTE: Individual lock cylinders are repaired by discarding the inoperative cylinder and
building a new lock cylinder using the appropriate lock repair package. The lock
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
repair package includes a detailed instruction sheet to build the new lock
cylinder to the current key code of the vehicle.
1. Remove the exterior door handle. For additional information, refer to Exterior Door Handle.
NOTE: Door handle reinforcement shown removed for clarity.
2. Using a suitable tool, release the retaining tab and remove the front door lock cylinder.
Fig. 48: Identifying Retaining Tab & Front Door Lock Cylinder
LIFTGATE LATCH - MANUAL
Material
Item Specification
Multi-Purpose Grease Spray
ESB-M1C93-B
XL-5
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 49: Identifying Liftgate Latch - Manual With Torque Specifications


1 N807675 Liftgate latch bolts (3 required)
2 7843150 Liftgate latch
3 W709726 Liftgate striker bolts
4 7843252 Liftgate striker
1. Remove the liftgate trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM &
2. Disconnect the liftgate latch electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Remove the 3 liftgate latch bolts.

4. Remove the liftgate latch.
NOTE: Lubricate the liftgate latch after installation.
LIFTGATE LATCH - POWER
Material
Item Specification
Multi-Purpose Grease Spray
ESB-M1C93-B
XL-5
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 50: Identifying Liftgate Latch - Power With Torque Specifications


1 N807675 Liftgate latch bolts (4 required)
2 7843150 Liftgate latch
3 W709726 Liftgate striker bolts
4 7843252 Liftgate striker
2. Disconnect the liftgate latch electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Remove the 4 liftgate latch bolts.

4. Remove the liftgate latch.
NOTE: Lubricate the liftgate latch after installation.
LIFTGATE RELEASE SWITCH - MANUAL
Fig. 51: Identifying Liftgate Release Switch - Manual With Torque Specifications

Liftgate release switch molding nuts (6
1 W705760
required)
2 13508 Liftgate release switch molding
Liftgate release switch electrical
3 -
4 14018 Liftgate release switch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Disconnect the liftgate release switch molding electrical connector.
3. Remove the 5 liftgate release switch molding nuts.
4. Press the tabs and remove the liftgate release switch.

5. Disconnect the liftgate release switch electrical connector.
LIFTGATE RELEASE SWITCH - POWER
Fig. 52: Identifying Liftgate Release Switch - Power With Torque Specifications

Liftgate release switch molding bolts (2
1 W505423
required)
2 13508 Liftgate release switch molding
Liftgate release switch electrical
3 -
4 14018 Liftgate release switch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Disconnect the liftgate release switch electrical connector.
3. Remove the 2 liftgate release switch molding bolts.
4. Press the tabs and remove the liftgate release switch.

IGNITION LOCK CYLINDER
Fig. 53: Exploded View Of Ignition Lock Cylinder


1 11582 Ignition lock cylinder
1. Remove the passive anti-theft system (PATS) transceiver. For additional information, refer to ANTI-
THEFT - PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) article.
2. Turn the ignition key to the ON position.
3. Using a suitable tool, press the ignition lock cylinder release button and remove the ignition lock cylinder.
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCH

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 54: Exploded View Of Door Lock Control Switch


1 - Interior front door handle finish panel
Interior front door handle finish panel
2 -
screw cover
3 - Door lock control switch
Interior front door handle finish panel
4 -
screw
1. Open the cover, remove the screw and position the interior front door handle finish panel aside.
2. Disconnect the door lock control switch electrical connector.
3. Release the locking clips and remove the door lock control switch.
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 55: Exploded View Of Keyless Entry Keypad


Keyless entry keypad retaining clips (2
1 -
required) (part of 14A626)
Keyless entry keypad electrical connector
2 -
(part of 14631)
3 14A626 Keyless entry keypad
4 W651011 Upper access plug
1. Remove the upper access plug.

2. Using a long, flat blade screwdriver, or suitable tool through the upper access hole, release the rear
keyless entry keypad retaining clip and position the keyless entry keypad aside.
3. Remove the keyless entry keypad.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ENGINE Accessory Drive - Edge & MKX
2008 ENGINE
Accessory Drive - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Accessory drive belt 6 ribs
Power steering pump drive belt 4-ribbed
Accessory drive belt tensioner bolts 11 97

ACCESSORY DRIVE
This vehicle is equipped with the following components:
 V-ribbed serpentine accessory drive belt

 Automatic drive belt tensioner
 V-ribbed power steering pump drive belt
The accessory drive system provides power to operate components which power other systems. These could
include components such as the generator, power steering pump and A/C compressor. Each of these
components is equipped with a pulley which is driven by the accessory drive belt. The accessory drive belt is
driven by the engine crankshaft pulley. The automatic belt tensioner maintains correct belt tension and
compensates for component wear and changes in system load. System load changes can be caused by the A/C
compressor clutch engaging or disengaging or demand changes on other systems powered by the accessory
drive belt. To maintain correct operation of this system, it is critical that the correct length drive belt be
installed. The pulleys must also be correctly aligned and kept clean.
Accessory Drive Belt Routing
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Front End Accessory Drive (FEAD)


1 6B209 Accessory drive belt tensioner pulley
2 10300 Generator pulley
3 19D784 A/C clutch pulley
4 8620 Accessory drive belt
5 6316 Crankshaft pulley
Fig. 2: Power Steering Pump Belt


1 6C301 Power steering pump drive belt
3 3D639 Power steering pump pulley
Belt Tensioner
Automatic tensioners are calibrated to provide the correct amount of tension to the belt for a given accessory
drive system. Unless a spring or damping band within the tensioner assembly breaks or some other mechanical
part of the tensioner fails, there is no need to check the tensioner for correct tension.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ACCESSORY DRIVE
NOTE: Under no circumstances should the accessory drive belt, tensioner or pulleys
have any fluids or belt dressing applied to them as damage to the belt material
and tensioner damping mechanism may occur.
1. Verify the customer concern by operating the system.

2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical damage.

Mechanical
 Drive belt cracking/chunking/wear
 Belt/pulley contamination
 Incorrect accessory drive belt
 Incorrectly routed accessory drive belt
 Pulley misalignment or excessive pulley runout
 Loose or mislocated hardware
 Incorrectly routed power steering tubes (rubbing)
 Loose accessory drive belt
 Damaged pulleys
 Tensioner arm misalignment
NOTE: Modular engine (without A/C) belt tensioner shown, others similar.
NOTE: Belt tensioner is shown in the free-state position against the arm travel
stops.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Belt Tensioner With Belt Length Indicator


Belt length
1 -
indicator
Acceptable belt
2 - installation and
wear range
Belt
3 - replacement
range
Belt tension
4 -
relief point
3. Check that the belt length indicator, if equipped, on the belt tensioner is in the acceptable belt installation
and wear range. If the indicator is in the belt replacement range, either an incorrect belt is installed or the
belt is worn beyond the service limit. Install a new belt as necessary.
4. Eliminate all other non-belt related noises that could cause belt misdiagnosis, such as A/C compressor
engagement chirp, A/C slugging noise, power steering cavitations at low temperatures, Variable
Camshaft Timing (VCT) tick or generator whine.
5. If a concern is found, correct the condition before proceeding to the next step.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: V-Ribbed Serpentine Drive Belt With Cracks Across Ribs

6. Check the belt for cracks. Up to 15 cracks in a rib over a distance of 100 mm (4.0 in) can be considered
acceptable. If cracks exceed this standard, install a new belt.
NOTE: Piling is an excessive buildup in the V-grooves of the belt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 5: Identifying V-Ribbed Serpentine Belt With Piling

7. The condition of the V-ribbed drive belt should be compared against the illustration and appropriate
action taken.
1. Small scattered deposits of rubber material. This is not a concern, therefore, installation of a new
belt is not required.
2. Longer deposit areas building up to 50% of the rib height. This is not considered a durability
concern, but it can result in excessive noise. If noise is apparent, install a new belt.
3. Heavy deposits building up along the grooves resulting in a possible noise and belt stability
concern. If heavy deposits are apparent, install a new belt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 6: Identifying V-Ribbed Serpentine Belt With Chunks of Rib Missing

8. There should be no chunks missing from the belt ribs. If the belt shows any evidence of this, install a new
accessory drive belt.
9. If the concern is not visually evident, verify the symptom and Go to Symptom Chart.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 INSPECT the accessory
drive belt. REFER to
cracking (over 15
Inspection and
cracks in a rib over a  Accessory drive belt
Verification. INSTALL a
distance of 100 mm
new accessory drive belt as
[4.0 in])
necessary.
drive belt. REFER to
 Accessory drive belt Inspection and
chunking Verification. INSTALL a
new accessory drive belt as
necessary.
drive belt pulley grooves for
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
damage. INSTALL a new

 Damaged pulley grooves pulley or component as
necessary.
 Defective/worn or incorrect
accessory drive belt
 Misaligned pulley(s)  REFER to Component
 Accessory drive belt Tests, Drive Belt -
 Pulley runout
noise, squeal, chirping Noise/Flutter. REPAIR or
or flutter  Damaged or worn accessory INSTALL new parts as
drive component or idler necessary.
 Fluid contamination of
accessory drive belt or pulleys
 REFER to Component
Tests, Belt Tensioner -
Mechanical and Belt
 Damaged or worn accessory
Tensioner - Dynamics.
drive belt tensioner
INSTALL a new accessory
drive belt tensioner as
necessary.
drive belt pulley grooves for
 Damaged pulley grooves damage. INSTALL a new
pulley or component as
necessary.
 CHECK the accessory drive
 Accessory drive component
components. INSTALL new
failure
components as necessary.
drive belt idler pulley for
 Accessory drive belt idler pulley freedom of rotation and
bearing failure damage. INSTALL a new
accessory drive belt idler
pulley as necessary.
 Defective or incorrect accessory
drive belt  REFER to Component
 Misaligned pulley(s) Tests, Drive Belt -
 Premature accessory  Pulley runout Noise/Flutter and Drive Belt
drive belt wear - Incorrect Installation.
 Damaged accessories REPAIR or INSTALL new
 Incorrectly installed drive belt parts as necessary.
 Fluid contamination

 Damaged pulley grooves drive belt pulley grooves for
damage. INSTALL a new
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
pulley or component as
necessary.
Component Tests
Drive Belt - Noise/Flutter
NOTE: Under no circumstances should the accessory drive belt, tensioner or pulleys
have any fluids or belt dressing applied to them as damage to the belt material
and tensioner damping mechanism may occur.
Drive belt chirp occurs due to pulley misalignment or excessive pulley runout. It can be the result of a damaged
or incorrectly aligned grooved pulley.
To correct, determine the area where the noise comes from. Check each of the pulleys in that area with a
straightedge to the crankshaft pulley. Look for accessory pulleys out of position in the fore/aft direction or at an
angle to the straightedge.
Drive belt squeal may be an intermittent or constant noise that occurs when the drive belt slips on an accessory
pulley under certain conditions.
A short intermittent squeal may occur during engine start up and shut down or during very rapid engine
acceleration and decelerations, such as:
 Wide Open Throttle (WOT) 1-2 and 2-3 shifts or 2-3 and 3-4 back-out shifts on automatic transmissions.
 WOT 1-2 and 2-3 shifts and any combination of rapid downshifting on manual transmissions.
These special short-term transient events are expected, and are due to the higher system inertias required to
meet the electrical and cooling demands on today's vehicle systems. Constant or reoccurring drive belt squeal
can occur:
 if the A/C discharge pressure goes above specifications:

 the A/C system is overcharged.
 the A/C condenser core airflow is blocked.
 the A/C anti-slugging strategy executes after a long hot heat soak.
 if the A/C off equalized pressure (the common discharged and suction pressure that occurs after several
minutes) exceeds specifications.
 if any of the accessories or idler pulley(s) are damaged or have a worn or damaged bearing. All
accessories should be rotatable by hand in the unloaded condition. If not, inspect the accessory.
 if there is evidence of fluid contamination on the accessory drive belt. When the drive belt has been
exposed to fluid contamination during vehicle operation, such as leaks from the power steering system,
A/C system or cooling system, clean all pulleys with soap and water, rinse with clean water and install a
new accessory drive belt. If the drive belt has been exposed to fluids in a localized area during routine
vehicle service, such as replacement of hoses or fluids, the drive belt and pulleys should be washed with
soap and water immediately (prior to starting the engine), and rinsed with clean water.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 if the accessory drive belt is too long. A drive belt that is too long will allow the accessory drive belt
tensioner arm to go all the way to the arm travel stop under certain load conditions, which will release
tension to the drive belt. If the accessory drive belt tensioner indicator is outside the normal installation
wear range window, install a new accessory drive belt.
NOTE: The accessory drive belt tensioner arm should rotate freely without
binding.
 Install a new accessory drive belt tensioner if the drive belt tensioner is worn or damaged.
Drive Belt - Incorrect Installation
NOTE: Incorrect accessory drive belt installation will cause excessive drive belt wear
and may cause the drive belt to come off the pulleys.
Non-standard accessory drive belts can track differently or incorrectly. If an accessory drive belt tracks
incorrectly, install a new accessory drive belt to avoid performance failure or loss of the drive belt.
Fig. 7: Identifying Drive Belt Incorrect Installation

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 8: Identifying Correct Installation Of Drive Belt

With the engine running, check accessory drive belt tracking on all pulleys. If the edge of the accessory drive
belt rides beyond the edge of the pulleys, noise and premature wear will occur. Make sure the accessory drive
belt rides correctly on the pulley. If an accessory drive belt tracking condition exists, proceed with the
following:
 Visually check the accessory drive belt tensioner for damage and wear, especially the mounting pad
surface and arm alignment. If the accessory drive belt tensioner is not installed correctly, the mounting
surface pad will be out of position. If the tensioner arm is worn, the arm will be out of alignment. Either
of these conditions will result in chirp and squeal noises.
 With the engine running, visually observe the grooves in the pulleys (not the pulley flanges or the pulley
forward faces) for excessive wobble. Install new components as necessary.
 Check all accessories, mounting brackets and the accessory drive belt tensioner for any interference that
would prevent the component from mounting correctly. Correct any interference condition and recheck
the accessory drive belt tracking.
 Tighten all accessories, mounting brackets and accessory drive belt tensioner retaining hardware to
specification. Recheck the accessory drive belt tracking.
Belt Tensioner - Mechanical
The only mechanical check that needs to be made is a check for tensioner stick, grab or bind.
1. With the engine off, check routing of the accessory drive belt. Refer to the illustrations under Accessory
Drive .
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: The accessory drive belt tensioner spring is very strong and requires
substantial force to release.
2. Using a suitable, commercially available serpentine belt tensioner release tool, release the tension on the
belt and detach the accessory drive belt from the tensioner. Carry out the following tests:
 Using the release tool, move the tensioner from its relaxed position, through its full stroke and back
to the relaxed position to make sure there is no stick, grab or bind, and to make sure that there is
tension on the tensioner spring.
 Rotate the tensioner pulley by hand and check for a binding, contaminated or seized condition.
 Inspect the area surrounding the accessory drive belt tensioner for oil leaks or contamination and
repair any leaks.
3. If the accessory drive belt tensioner does not meet the criteria in the previous step, install a new tensioner.
If the accessory drive belt tensioner meets the criteria in the previous step, proceed to testing the tensioner
dynamically.
4. If the tensioner is saturated with oil and grease internally, install a new tensioner.
Belt Tensioner - Dynamics
The accessory drive belt tensioner can be checked dynamically as follows:
1. With the engine running, observe the accessory drive belt tensioner movement. The accessory drive
tensioner should move (respond) when the A/C clutch cycles (if equipped), or when the engine is
accelerated rapidly. If the accessory drive belt tensioner movement is excessive without A/C clutch
cycling or engine acceleration, check belt rideout. Excessive belt rideout (uneven depth of grooves in the
belt) can cause excessive accessory drive belt tensioner movement. Check rideout condition by installing
a new belt. If excessive accessory drive belt tensioner movement still exists, install a new accessory drive
belt tensioner.

FRONT END ACCESSORY DRIVE (FEAD) - EXPLODED VIEW
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Exploded View Of Front End Accessory Drive (FEAD) With Torque Specification

Accessory drive belt tensioner bolt (3
2 W503278
required)
3 6B209 Accessory drive belt tensioner
4 6C301 Power steering pump drive belt
1. For additional information, refer to the appropriate procedure .
ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT
REMOVAL
CAUTION: Under no circumstances should the accessory drive belt, tensioner or

pulleys be lubricated as potential damage to the belt material and
tensioner damping mechanism will occur. Do not apply any fluids or belt
dressing to the accessory drive belt or pulleys.
2. Working from the top of the vehicle, using a suitable belt tensioner release tool, rotate the accessory drive
belt tensioner clockwise and remove the accessory drive belt from the generator pulley.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Remove the RH inner fender splash shield. For additional information, refer to FRONT END BODY
PANELS article.
4. Working from under the vehicle, remove the accessory drive belt.
INSTALLATION
1. Working from under the vehicle, position the accessory drive belt on all pulleys, with the exception of the
generator pulley.
NOTE: After installation, make sure the accessory drive belt is correctly seated on
all pulleys.
belt tensioner clockwise and install the accessory drive belt.
3. Install the RH inner fender splash shield. For additional information, refer to FRONT END BODY
PANELS article.
ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT TENSIONER
REMOVAL

PANELS article.
4. Remove the 3 bolts and the accessory drive belt tensioner.
INSTALLATION
1. Install the accessory drive belt tensioner and the 3 bolts.

all pulleys.
belt tensioner clockwise and install the accessory drive belt on the generator pulley.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PANELS article
POWER STEERING PUMP BELT
Special Tools
Power Steering Belt Removal

303-1252/1
Tool
Power Steering Belt Installation

303-1252/2
Tool
REMOVAL

PANELS article.
4. Position the accessory drive belt off the crankshaft pulley.
5. Install the special tool between the power steering pump belt and pulley, turning the crankshaft bolt
clockwise to remove the power steering belt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 10: Installing Special Tool (303-1252/1) Between Power Steering Pump Belt & Pulley, Turning
Crankshaft Bolt Clockwise
INSTALLATION
1. Install the power steering belt on the crankshaft pulley.
CAUTION: After installation, make sure the belt is correctly seated on the
crankshaft and power steering pulleys.
2. Position the power steering belt around the special tool and the power steering pulley. Make sure that the
belt is engaged with the power steering pulley and rotate the crankshaft clockwise to install the power
steering belt.
Fig. 11: Positioning Power Steering Belt Around Special Tool (303-1252/2) & Power Steering Pulley
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Position the accessory drive belt on the crankshaft pulley.
all pulleys.
belt tensioner clockwise and install the accessory drive belt.
PANELS article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 GENERAL INFORMATION Driveline System - General Information - Edge & MKX
Driveline System - General Information - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL
Additive Friction Modifier
EST-M2C118-A -
XL-3 (US); CXL-3 (Canada)
Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium
Rear Axle Lubricant 1.15L
WSP-M2C197-A
XY-80W90-QL (US); CXY- (2.43 pt)
80W90-1L (Canada)
Item Specification
End play
Wheel bearing end play 0.00 mm (0.000 in) maximum
Runout
Driveshaft runout 0.89 mm (0.035 in)
Pilot runout 0.15 mm (0.006 in) maximum
Wheel hub face runout 0.254 mm (0.010 in) maximum
Wheel hub flange bolt circle runout 0.38 mm (0.015 in) maximum

DRIVELINE SYSTEM
Driveline System
The driveline system consists of the following components:
 Center support bearing

 Driveshaft assembly
 Front halfshafts
 Rear halfshafts
 Active torque coupling/rear axle
On front wheel drive (FWD) vehicles, the transaxle transmits power from the engine to the halfshafts.
On all wheel drive (AWD) vehicles, power is transmitted from the engine through the transaxle to the power
transfer unit (PTU). The PTU transfers engine power from the transaxle to the front halfshafts, and through the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
driveshaft to the active torque coupling/rear axle and halfshafts. For information on the PTU, refer to FOUR
WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) SYSTEMS article or POWER TRANSFER UNIT (PTU) article.
The engine angle is built into the engine mounts. If the engine angle is out of specification, the engine mounts
must be inspected for damage. Refer to 3.5L article.
Fig. 1: Vehicle Certification (VC) Label Example

The vehicle certification (VC) label is located in the driver door jamb. The axle code is on the VC label. Refer
to IDENTIFICATION CODES article.
The axle ratio is 2.93 and the ring gear has a diameter of 174 mm (6.85 in).
The wheel speed sensor rings for FWD vehicles are located on the front halfshafts and are mounted to the rear
inner spindles.
The wheel speed sensor rings are located on the front and rear halfshafts for AWD vehicles.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
DRIVELINE SYSTEM
SPECIAL TOOLS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Gauge, Clutch Housing 308-021 (T75L-4201-A)
Dial Indicator Gauge with Holding 100-002 (TOOL-4201-C) or

Fixture equivalent
Dial Indicator/Gauge with Holding 100-D002 (D78P-4201-B) or

Fixture equivalent
100-F027 (014-00344) or
Vibration Analyzer
equivalent
MATERIAL
Item Specification
Additive Friction Modifier
EST-M2C118-A
XL-3 (US); CXL-3 (Canada)
Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle
Lubricant
WSP-M2C197-A
XY-80W90-QL (US); CXY-80W90-1L (Canada);
(Model 60/70 axles)
Threadlock and Sealer
WSK-M2G351-A5
TA-25
Principals of Operation
Driveline System - General Information
The driveline system enables the power generated by the engine and transferred through the transmission in
front wheel drive (FWD), or the transmission and the power transfer unit (PTU) in all wheel drive (AWD) to
place the vehicle in motion. Rotational torque received from the transmission or PTU is delivered to the front
wheels by halfshafts or the rear axle by way of the driveshaft(s). The U-joints or constant velocity (CV) joints at
the ends of the shafts allow the shafts to rotate smoothly in an allowable angle plane. The rotational torque is
introduced into the axle drive pinion which drives the differential ring gear. The ring gear is bolted to the axle
differential which divides the torque between the left and right axle shafts, while permitting the shafts to turn at
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
different speeds when required, such as when cornering.

2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical damage.

Mechanical
 U-joints
 Constant velocity (CV) joints
 Center bearings
 Driveshaft tubes
 Mounting brackets
 Flanges
 Housing and cover damage
 Differential bearings
 Differential gearsets
 Pinion bearings
4. If the cause is not visually evident, verify the symptom and go to SYMPTOM CHART - NOISE,
VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH).
Driveshaft Center U-Joint and Constant Velocity (CV) Joint Inspection
With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. Refer to JACKING AND LIFTING article. Rotate the
driveshaft by hand. Check for rough operation or seizure of the U-joints or constant velocity (CV) joints. Install
a new driveshaft if it shows signs of seizure, excessive wear or incorrect seating. Refer to DRIVESHAFT
article.
Driveshaft Center Bearing
With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. Refer to JACKING AND LIFTING article. Rotate the
driveshaft by hand. If the bearing shows signs of roughness or is noisy, install a new driveshaft assembly. Refer
to DRIVESHAFT article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Axle howling or whine -  CHECK the lubricant level. FILL the
 Axle lubricant low
front or rear axle axle to specification.
 INSPECT the axle housing for
-  Axle housing damage. INSTALL a new axle as
damage necessary. REFER to REAR DRIVE
 CHECK for abnormal wheel hub
-  Damaged or worn bearing play or roughness. REFER to
wheel hub bearings FRONT SUSPENSION article or
REAR SUSPENSION article.
 INSPECT and INSTALL a new axle
 Damaged or worn
- assembly as necessary. REFER to
differential ring and
REAR DRIVE
pinion
 Damaged or worn
differential side or
REAR DRIVE
pinion bearings
 Driveline clunk - loud
 Incorrect axle  CHECK the lubricant level. FILL the
clunk when shifting from
lubricant level axle to specification.
reverse to drive
 CHECK the axle backlash. INSPECT
and INSTALL a new axle assembly
-  Excessive backlash
as necessary. REFER to REAR
in the axle
DRIVE AXLE/DIFFERENTIAL
article.
-  Damaged or worn assembly as necessary. REFER to
pinion bearings REAR DRIVE
 Damaged or worn  INSPECT the U-joints for wear or

-
U-joints damage. INSTALL a new driveshaft
as necessary. REFER to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DRIVESHAFT article.
 Worn driveshaft
 INSPECT the CV joint and U-joints
 Driveline clunk - occurs as constant velocity
for a worn condition. INSTALL a
the vehicle starts to move (CV) joint or U-
new driveshaft as necessary. REFER
forward following a stop joints with excessive
to DRIVESHAFT article.
play
 CHECK the axle for loose bolts.
-  Loose rear axle TIGHTEN to specification. REFER
mount to REAR DRIVE
 Driveline clunk (front
 INSPECT the inner CV joint and
wheel drive [FWD]
 Damaged or worn boot. INSTALL a new CV joint as
vehicles) - occurs during
inner CV joint necessary. REFER to FRONT
acceleration or from cruise
DRIVE HALFSHAFTS article.
to coast/deceleration
 CHECK the CV boots and joints for
 Inadequate or
 Clicking, popping or wear or damage. INSTALL new
contaminated
grinding - occurs while the components as necessary. REFER to
lubrication in the
vehicle is turning FRONT DRIVE HALFSHAFTS
CV joints
article.
 Another component  CHECK the halfshafts and the area
- contacting the around the halfshafts. REPAIR as
halfshaft necessary.
 CHECK the vehicle by driving in
tight circles (5 clockwise, 5
 High pitched chattering -  Incorrect or
counterclockwise). DRAIN and
noise from the rear axle contaminated
REFILL with the specified rear axle
when the vehicle is turning lubricant
lubricant and friction modifier as
necessary.
 Damaged or worn
differential
(differential side
REAR DRIVE
gears and pinion
gears)
 Buzz - buzzing noise is the  CHECK for correct driveline angles.
 Incorrect driveline
same at cruise or REPAIR as necessary. REFER to
angles
coast/deceleration Driveline Angle Measurement.
 Rumble or boom - noise
occurs at  CHECK the driveshaft for damage,
coast/deceleration, usually  Driveshaft is out-of- missing balance weights or
driveshaft speed-related balance undercoating. REFER to appropriate
and noticeable over a wide Driveshaft Balancing procedure.
range of speeds
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 ROTATE the driveshaft and CHECK

for rough operation or seized U-
-  U-joints are binding
joints. INSTALL a new driveshaft as
or seized
necessary. REFER to
DRIVESHAFT article.
 Grunting - normally
associated with a shudder  INSTALL a new driveshaft as
 Driveshaft CV joint
experienced during necessary. REFER to
binding
acceleration from a DRIVESHAFT article.
complete stop
 INSPECT the rear suspension and
 Loose rear axle axle. TIGHTEN the fasteners to
- mount bolts or specification. REFER to REAR
suspension fasteners DRIVE AXLE/DIFFERENTIAL
article.
 Howl - can occur at  Incorrect ring and
various speeds and driving pinion contact,
assembly as necessary. REFER to
conditions. Affected by incorrect bearing
REAR DRIVE
acceleration and preload or gear
deceleration damage
 Incorrect ring and
 Chuckle - heard at pinion contact or
assembly as necessary. REFER to
coast/deceleration. Also damaged teeth on
REAR DRIVE
described as a knock the coast side of the
ring and pinion
 Knock - noise occurs at  INSPECT and INSTALL a new axle
 Gear tooth damage
various speeds. Not assembly as necessary. REFER to
to the drive side of
affected by acceleration or REAR DRIVE
the ring and pinion
deceleration AXLE/DIFFERENTIAL article.
 Scraping noise - a
 INSTALL a new axle assembly as
continuous low pitched  Worn or damaged
necessary. REFER to REAR DRIVE
noise starting at low pinion bearings
speeds
 CHECK the axle mounts and the rear
 Driveline shudder - occurs  Rear drive axle suspension for damage or wear.
during acceleration from a assembly REPAIR as necessary. REFER to
slow speed or stop mispositioned REAR DRIVE
 CHECK the rear axle for loose bolts.
- TIGHTEN the bolts to specification.
 Loose rear axle bolts
REFER to REAR DRIVE
-
 Driveline angles out  CHECK for correct driveline angles.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
of specification REFER to Driveline Angle

Measurement.
 ROTATE the driveshaft and CHECK
for rough operation or seized U-
-  U-joints binding or
joints. INSTALL a new driveshaft as
seized
necessary. REFER to
DRIVESHAFT article.
 INSPECT the driveshaft CV joint
and coupling shaft for wear or
-  Binding or damaged
damage. INSTALL a new driveshaft
driveshaft CV joint
as necessary. REFER to
DRIVESHAFT article.
 CHECK for wear or incorrect
 Driveline vibration - seating. INSTALL a new driveshaft
 Worn U-joints
occurs at cruising speeds as necessary. REFER to
DRIVESHAFT article.
 CHECK the insulator for damage or
wear. ROTATE the driveshaft and
 Worn or damaged
- CHECK for rough operation.
driveshaft center
INSTALL a new driveshaft as
bearing support
necessary. REFER to
DRIVESHAFT article.
 INSPECT the axle pinion flange.
-  Loose axle pinion TIGHTEN the pinion flange bolts to
flange bolts specification. REFER to
DRIVESHAFT article.
 CARRY OUT a runout check.
-  Excessive axle REPAIR as necessary. REFER to
pinion flange runout REAR DRIVE
 CHECK the driveshaft for damage,
missing balance weights or
-  Driveshaft is out-of- undercoating. CHECK the driveshaft
balance balance. CARRY OUT a driveline
vibration test. REFER to Driveshaft
Runout and Balancing.
 INSPECT the driveshaft CV joint for
-  Binding or damaged wear or damage. INSTALL a new
driveshaft CV joint driveshaft as necessary. REFER to
DRIVESHAFT article.
 CARRY OUT a runout check.
-  Excessive driveshaft
REFER to Driveshaft Runout and
runout
Balancing.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 CHECK for correct driveline angles.

-  Driveline angles out
REPAIR as necessary. REFER to
of specification
Driveline Angle Measurement.
 CHECK the outer CV joint for
correct seating into the hub. REPAIR
 Incorrectly seated as necessary. REFER to FRONT
- CV joint in the DRIVE HALFSHAFTS article for
wheel hub the front CV joints or REAR
DRIVE HALFSHAFTS article for
the rear CV joints.
Analysis of Leakage
Clean up the leaking area enough to identify the exact source.
A plugged rear drive unit (RDU) housing vent can cause excessive pinion seal lip wear due to internal pressure
buildup.
Verify the RDU lubricant level is at least 3-5 mm (1/8-3/16 in) below the bottom of the fill hole.
Axle Vent
A plugged vent will cause excessive seal lip wear due to internal pressure buildup. If a leak occurs, check the
vent. If the vent cannot be cleared, install a new vent.
Drive Pinion Seal
Leaks at the drive pinion seal originate from the following causes:
 Damaged seal
 Worn seal journal surface
Any damage to the seal bore (dings, dents, gouges or other imperfections) distorts the seal casing and allows
leakage past the outer edge of the drive pinion seal.
The drive pinion seal can be torn, cut or gouged if it is not installed correctly. The spring that holds the drive
pinion seal against the pinion flange may be knocked out and allow fluid to pass the lip.
Metal chips trapped at the sealing lip can cause oil leaks. These can cause a wear groove on the drive pinion
flange and result in pinion seal wear.
When a seal leak occurs, install a new drive pinion seal and check the vent to make sure it is clean and free of
foreign material.
A new drive pinion flange must be installed if any of these conditions exist.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Drive Pinion Nut
CAUTION: Install the drive pinion nut to the correct torque specifications or damage
to the differential components may occur.
On some high-mileage vehicles, oil may leak through the threads of the drive pinion nut. This condition can be
corrected by installing a new nut and applying threadlock and sealer on the threads and nut face.
Differential Seals
CAUTION: When installing shafts, do not allow splines to contact seals during
installation or damage to the seals may occur.
Halfshaft pilot bearing housing seals are susceptible to the same types of damage as drive pinion seals if
incorrectly installed. The seal bore must be clean and the lip handled carefully to avoid cutting or tearing it. The
seal journal surface must be free of nicks, gouges and rough surface texture.
For information on differential seals, refer to REAR DRIVE AXLE/DIFFERENTIAL article.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
DRIVELINE ANGLE MEASUREMENT
SPECIAL TOOLS
Anglemaster II Driveline
164-R2402 or equivalent
Inclinometer/Protractor
NOTE: This procedure does not apply to CV joints, flex couplers or double Carden
joints that are used in some driveshafts. This check is for single-cross and
roller-style joints found in the driveshafts.
NOTE: Prior to checking driveline angularity, inspect the U-joints for correct operation.
NOTE: An incorrect driveline angle can cause a vibration or shudder. For additional
information, refer to NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS article.
NOTE: Driveline angularity is the angular relationship between the engine crankshaft,
the driveshaft and the rear axle pinion. Factors determining driveline angularity
include ride height, rear spring and engine mounts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
All vehicles
1. Carry out the following preliminary setup steps:

 Inspect the U-joints for correct operation.
 Park the vehicle on a level surface such as a drive-on hoist, or back onto a front end alignment rack.
 Verify the curb position ride height is within specifications with the vehicle unloaded and all of the
tires are inflated to their normal operating pressures.
 Calibrate the Anglemaster II Driveline Inclinometer/Protractor by placing it on a clean, flat level
section of the frame rail and press the ALT-ZERO button.
Vehicles with flat-flanged, split-pin or slip-flanged U-joints
NOTE: If equipped, remove the snap ring to allow access to the base of the U-joint
cup. Make sure the Anglemaster II Driveline Inclinometer/Protractor is
seated against the U-joint cup.
NOTE: Rotate the driveshaft until the flange U-joint cup is parallel with the floor.
This will simplify taking measurements.
2. To check the U-joint operating angle, install the Anglemaster II Driveline Inclinometer/Protractor. Check
and record the flange angle as angle A.
Fig. 2: Checking Flange Angle (1 Of 2)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Checking Flange Angle (2 Of 2)

3. Using the Anglemaster II Driveline Inclinometer/Protractor, measure the slope of the connecting
component. Record the measurements of the component's angle as angle B.
Fig. 4: Checking Driveshaft Angle

Multiple piece driveshafts
NOTE: Repeat this step for each center support bearing on the driveshaft.
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the U-joint snap ring, if equipped, for these
measurements.
4. Using the Anglemaster II Driveline Inclinometer/Protractor, measure the slope of the components in front
and behind the center support bearing U-joint in the area indicated. Record the front component as angle
A and the rear component as angle B.
Fig. 5: Locating Index Mark On Driveshaft

All vehicles
NOTE: When 2 connected components slope in the same direction, subtract the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
smallest number from the larger number to find the U-joint operating
angle. When 2 connected components slope in the opposite direction, add
the measurements to find the U-joint operating angle.
5. Calculate the difference in the slope of the components to determine the U-joint operating angle.
 The U-joint operating angle is the angle formed by 2 yokes connected by a cross and bearing kit.
Ideally, the operating angles on each connection of the driveshaft must:
 be equal or within one degree of each other.
 have a 3 degree maximum operating angle.
 have at least 1/2 of one degree continuous operating angle.
6. If the angle is not within specifications, repair or adjust to obtain the correct angle. Inspect the engine
mounts, transmission mounts, center support bearing mounting, rear suspension, rear axle, rear axle
mounting or the frame for wear or damage.
DRIVESHAFT RUNOUT AND BALANCING
SPECIAL TOOLS
Dial Indicator Gauge with Holding

Fixture 100-02 (TOOL-4201-C) or -
equivalent
Mastertech® Series MTS 4000

Driveline Balance and NVH 257-00018 or equivalent
Analyzer (Vetronix)
Driveshaft Inspection
NOTE: Driveline vibration exhibits a higher frequency and lower amplitude than high-
speed shake. Driveline vibration is directly related to the speed of the vehicle
and is noticed at various speeds. Driveline vibration can be perceived as a
tremor in the floorpan or heard as a rumble, hum or boom.
NOTE: Refer to SPECIFICATIONS for all runout specifications.
NOTE: Do not make any adjustments before carrying out a road test. Do not
change the tire pressure or the vehicle load.
1. Carry out a visual inspection of the vehicle. Operate the vehicle and verify the condition by reproducing it
during the road test.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The concern should be directly related to vehicle road speed, not affected by acceleration or

deceleration or could not be reduced by coasting in NEUTRAL.
 The driveshaft should be kept at an angle equal to or close to the curb-weighted position. Use a
twin-post hoist or a frame hoist with jackstands.
3. Inspect the driveshaft for damage, undercoating or incorrectly seated U-joints. Rotate the driveshaft
slowly by hand and feel for binding or end play in the U-joint trunnions. Remove the driveshaft. For
additional information, refer to DRIVESHAFT article. Inspect the slip yoke splines for any galling, dirt,
rust or incorrect lubrication. Clean the driveshaft or install new U-joints as necessary. Install a new
driveshaft if damaged. After any corrections or new components are installed, recheck for the vibration at
the road test speed.
 If the vibration is gone, test drive the vehicle.
 If the vibration persists or the driveshaft passes visual inspection, measure the driveshaft runout.
Driveshaft Runout
1. Install the suitable Dial Indicator Gauge with Holding Fixture. Rotate the driveshaft by turning the axle
and measure the runout at the front, the center and the rear of the driveshaft.
 If the runout exceeds 0.89 mm (0.035 in) at the front or center, install a new driveshaft.
 If the front and center is within 1 mm (0.254 in), but the rear runout is not, index-mark the rear
runout high point and proceed to Step 2.
 If the runout is within 0.89 mm (0.035 in) at all points, recheck for vibration at road test speed. If
the vibration persists, balance the driveshaft. For additional information, refer to appropriate
Driveshaft Balancing procedure.
NOTE: Circular pinion flanges can be turned in 90 degree or 1/4 increments. Half-
round pinion flanges are limited to 2 positions.
2. Index-mark the driveshaft to the pinion flange. Disconnect the driveshaft and rotate it 180 degrees.
Reconnect the driveshaft. Recheck the runout at the rear of the driveshaft.
 If the runout is still over specification, mark the high point and proceed to Step 3.
 If the runout is within specification, check for the vibration at the road test speed. If the vibration is
still present, balance the driveshaft. For additional information, refer to appropriate Driveshaft
Balancing procedure.
3. Excessive driveshaft runout can originate in the driveshaft itself or from the pinion flange. To find the
source, compare the 2 high points previously determined.
 If the index marks are close together, within 25 mm (1 in), the driveshaft is eccentric. Install a new
driveshaft.
 If the marks are on opposite sides of the driveshaft, 180 degrees apart, the slip yoke or pinion
flange is responsible. Check the pinion flange runout. If the pinion flange runout exceeds
specifications, a bent pinion is indicated.
 If the pinion flange and pinion runouts are within specifications, road test and check for the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
vibration at the road test speed. If the vibration persists, balance the driveshaft. For additional
information, refer to appropriate Driveshaft Balancing procedure.
Fig. 6: Finding Excessive Driveshaft Runout (1 Of 2)

Fig. 7: Finding Excessive Driveshaft Runout (2 Of 2)

Driveshaft Balancing - Using the Mastertech® Series MTS 4000 Driveline Balance and NVH Analyzer (Vetronix)
All vehicles
1. Install the Mastertech® Series MTS 4000 Driveline Balance and NVH Analyzer (Vetronix) to the
vehicle.
2. Working under the vehicle, install an accelerometer. The accelerometer can be attached and mounted near
either the transmission or differential end of the driveshaft.
3. Clean an area of the driveshaft and install the reflective tape, then install the photo-tachometer sensor.
The sensor should be placed at approximately a 20-degree angle from perpendicular to the surface of the
reflective tape. Make sure the sensor does not get moved during the balance procedure.
1. Reflective tape.
2. Photo-tachometer sensor.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 8: Driveshaft Balancing - Using the MTS 4000

4. Using the Mastertech® Series MTS 4000 Driveline Balance and NVH Analyzer (Vetronix), run a
driveshaft balance test with the driveshaft unmodified.
Vehicles with tapped pinion flanges
5. Label the tapped holes in the pinion flange numerically, starting at the top hole as 1. Mark the remaining
holes 2, 3 and 4. Label in the direction of rotation.
Fig. 9: Labeling Tapped Holes In The Pinion Flange

6. Using the Mastertech® Series MTS 4000 Driveline Balance and NVH Analyzer (Vetronix), run a second
test with the 12 mm (0.47 in) test weight set screw in the No. 1 hole, previously marked on the pinion
flange.
7. Remove the test weight, then install the weight combination directed by the Mastertech® Series MTS
4000 Driveline Balance and NVH Analyzer (Vetronix).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 10: Identifying Weight Combination

Vehicles without tapped pinion flanges
8. Using the Mastertech® Series MTS 4000 Driveline Balance and NVH Analyzer (Vetronix), run a second
test with a test weight. Using a metal band, secure the test weight to the end of the driveshaft. The weight
should be placed at the end of the driveshaft tube, as close to the tube-to-yoke weld seam as possible.
Mark the location of the test weight on the driveshaft, as shown in the figure below.
1. Test weight.
2. Tube-to-yoke weld seam.
3. Driveshaft pinion flange.
4. Select the test weight based on driveshaft size. Larger driveshafts use 10 g (0.353 oz.). Smaller
driveshafts use 5 g (0.176 oz.).
Fig. 11: Test Weight, Tube-To-Yoke Weld Seam, And Driveshaft Pinion Flange
9. Remove the test weight, then install the recommended weight at the position directed by the Mastertech®
Series MTS 4000 Driveline Balance and NVH Analyzer (Vetronix). Using a metal band and epoxy,
secure the test weight to the driveshaft, as shown in the figure below.
1. Test weight.
2. Measure in this direction.
3. Driveshaft diameter.
4. Directional rotation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5. Balance weight relative to test weight centerline.

6. The results are displayed with respect to the location to where the test weight was placed.
Fig. 12: Identifying Test Weight And Recommended Weight Positions

All vehicles
10. Using the Mastertech® Series MTS 4000 Driveline Balance and NVH Analyzer (Vetronix), run a third
test to verify the repair.
Driveshaft Balancing - Hose Clamp Method
1. Install 1 or 2 hose clamps on the driveshaft, near the rear. Position of the hose clamp head(s) can be
determined through trial and error.
2. Mark the rear of the driveshaft into 4 approximately equal sectors and number the marks 1 through 4.
Install a hose clamp on the driveshaft with its head at position No. 1, as shown in the figure below. Check
for vibration at road speed. Recheck with the clamp at each of the other positions to find the position that
shows minimum vibration. If 2 adjacent positions show equal improvement, position the clamp head
between them.
Fig. 13: Marking Rear Driveshaft Into Four Equal Sections

3. If the vibration persists, add a second clamp at the same position and recheck for vibration.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 14: Adding Second Clamp To Driveshaft

4. If no improvement is noted, rotate the clamps in opposite directions, equal distances from the best
position determined in Step 2. Separate the clamp heads about 13 mm (1/2 in) and recheck for vibration at
the road speed.
Fig. 15: Rotating Clamps In Opposite Directions

5. Repeat the process with increasing separation until the best combination is found or the vibration is
reduced to an acceptable level.
DRIVESHAFT INDEXING
NOTE: If indexing the driveshaft does not eliminate the vibration, balance the
driveshaft. For additional information, refer to Driveshaft Runout and Balancing.
NOTE: Do not reuse constant velocity (CV) joint bolts or flange bolts. Install new
bolts or damage to the vehicle may occur.
2. Remove and discard the driveshaft-to-transfer case bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 16: Identifying Driveshaft Flange Bolts

3. Using a suitable pry bar as shown in illustration, separate the driveshaft from the Power Transfer Unit
(PTU) flange.
Fig. 17: Separating Driveshaft Flange From PTU Flange Using A Suitable Pry Bar
NOTE: Index-mark the shaft for reference.
4. Rotate the flange 90 degrees clockwise.
Fig. 18: Rotating Flange 90 Degrees Clockwise

5. Connect the front driveshaft and install the new bolts. For additional information, refer to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DRIVESHAFT article.
NOTE: Do not reuse the bolts for the pinion yoke. Install new bolts or damage to
the vehicle may occur.
6. Disconnect the rear driveshaft U-joint flange.

 Discard the bolts.
Fig. 19: Locating Rear Driveshaft Universal Joint Flange Bolts

7. Rotate the rear pinion 90 degrees clockwise.
Fig. 20: Rotating Rear Pinion 90 Degrees Clockwise

8. Connect the rear driveshaft and install the new bolts. For additional information, refer to DRIVESHAFT
article.
9. Test drive the vehicle.
10. Repeat the procedure if necessary.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveshaft - Edge & MKX
2008 DRIVELINE/AXLES
Driveshaft - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Driveshaft runout 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
Center bearing support nuts 40 30
Front driveshaft-to-transfer case bolts 70 52
Rear driveshaft-to-pinion flange bolts 70 52

DRIVESHAFT
NOTE: All driveshaft assemblies are balanced. If undercoating the vehicle, protect the
driveshaft to prevent overspray of any undercoating material.
The driveshaft assembly consists of the following:
 Rubber isolated center support bearings

 Constant velocity (CV) joint at the power transfer unit (PTU)
 U-joints at the center supports and pinion flange
 Assembly balanced with traditional balance weights
 Lubed-for-life joints requiring no periodic lubrication
The driveshaft transfers torque from the PTU to the rear axle. It is attached to the PTU flange with a CV joint.
The 3-piece shaft is connected by a staked U-joint at each center bearing and attached to the rear pinion flange.
The driveshaft joints allow the smooth continuous rotation of the driveshaft through the allowable angle planes
and length variations required in normal vehicle operation. The driveshaft is always turning at front wheel
speed. The driveshaft is not serviceable. A new driveshaft must be installed if worn or damaged.
UNIVERSAL JOINTS
The U-joints consist of the following:
 A single spider (cross)

 Lubed-for-life design and require no periodic lubrication
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Nylon thrust washers, located at each base of the bearing cup, which control end play, position the needle
bearing and improve grease movement
 Grease seals located at the opening of each bearing cup to retain the grease for the bearing lubrication
 Bearing cups that retain the needle bearings and locate the spider on the centerline of the shaft bore to
control shaft runout and balance
The U-joints are staked in place and are not serviced individually. If worn or damaged, install a new driveshaft
assembly.
The 3 U-joints in this driveshaft assembly allow the driveshaft tubes to rotate smoothly through the varying
angles of the power transfer unit (PTU), the center support bearings and the rear drive unit (RDU). The angles
that cause the U-joints to accelerate and decelerate may cause vibration in the driveshaft assembly if the angles
are either too great or too small. Refer to DRIVELINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
DRIVESHAFT

DRIVESHAFT
Fig. 1: View Of Driveshaft

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Front driveshaft-to-transfer case bolt (4
1 W711918
required)
2 W520113 Center bearing support nuts (4 required)
Universal flange-to-pinion flange bolt (4
3 W711918
required)
4 4K357 Driveshafts
5 4A169 Isolators (8 required)
NOTE: Index-mark both driveshaft flanges.
CAUTION: Do not reuse the constant velocity (CV) joint bolts. Install new bolts
or damage to the vehicle may occur.
2. Remove and discard the 4 front driveshaft-to-transfer case bolts.

Fig. 2: Locating Front Driveshaft-To-Transfer Case Bolts

CAUTION: Do not reuse the bolts for the rear U-joint flange or damage to the
component may occur. Install new bolts.
3. Remove and discard the 4 U-joint flange bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Locating U-Joint Flange Bolts

4. With the help of an assistant, remove the 4 center bearing support nuts and the driveshaft.
Fig. 4: Locating Center Bearing Support Nuts & Driveshaft

NOTE: If a driveshaft is installed and driveshaft vibration is encountered after

installation, index the driveshaft. For additional information, refer to
DRIVELINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 FORD MOTOR CO. Edge & MKX
2008 FORD MOTOR CO.
Edge & MKX
BUZZERS, RELAYS & TIMERS

BUZZERS, RELAYS & TIMERS LOCATION
Component Location
Accessory Delay Relay In smart junction box (SJB). See Fig. 2.
A/C Clutch Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Front Blower Motor Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Fuel Pump Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Heated Mirror Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
PCM Power Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Power Liftgate Chime Base of left "D" pillar. See Fig. 15.
Rear Seat Release Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Rear Window Defrost Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Reversing Lamps Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Run/Start Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Starter Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Trailer Tow Left Stop/Turn Lamp Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Trailer Tow Park Lamp Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Trailer Tow Right Stop/Turn Lamp Relay In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES

CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES LOCATION
Component Location
Battery Junction Box (BJB) (Edge) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
Battery Junction Box (BJB) (MKX) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
Fuel Pump Diode In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Fuel Pump Diode In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Smart Junction Box (SJB) (Edge) Left rear corner of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
Smart Junction Box (SJB) (MKX) Left rear corner of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
CONTROL UNITS
CONTROL UNITS LOCATION
Component Location
ABS Control Module (Edge) Left rear corner of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
ABS Control Module (MKX) Left rear corner of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Module Behind right kick panel. See Fig. 14.
Antenna Module Behind right kick panel. See Fig. 9.
Climate Controlled Seat Backrest Module (Driver
Under driver's seat. See Fig. 19.
Side)
Climate Controlled Seat Backrest Module
Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 20.
(Passenger Side)
Climate Controlled Seat Cushion Module (Driver
Under driver's seat. See Fig. 19.
Side)
Climate Controlled Seat Cushion Module
Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 20.
(Passenger Side)
Climate Controlled Seat Module (Passenger Side) Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 20.
Cooling Fan Module (Edge) Left front of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
Cooling Fan Module (MKX) Left front of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
Driver Air Bag Module In steering wheel. See Fig. 11.
Electronic Automatic Temperature Control (EATC)
Behind center of dash. See Fig. 10.
Module
Front Blower Motor Speed Controller On blower motor. See Fig. 9.
Fuel Pump Module In fuel tank. See Fig. 15.
Heated Seat Module (Left Rear) Under left rear seat. See Fig. 21.
Heated Seat Module (Passenger Side - Front) Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 20.
Manual Climate Control Module Behind center of dash. See Fig. 10.
Memory Module Under driver's seat. See Fig. 19.
Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) Module Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 20.
Parking Aid Module (PAM) Behind left rear quarterpanel. See Fig. 15.
Passenger Air Bag Module Behind right side of dash. See Fig. 10.
Power Liftgate Module In left "D" pillar. See Fig. 15.
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (Edge) Right front of engine. See Fig. 3.
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (MKX) Right front of engine. See Fig. 5.
Restraints Control Module Under center console. See Fig. 10.
Side Air Bag Module (Left Front) In left "B" pillar. See Fig. 13.
Side Air Bag Module (Right Front) In right "B" pillar. See Fig. 14.
Side Air Curtain Module (Driver) In left "D" pillar. See Fig. 15.
Side Air Curtain Module (Passenger) In right "D" pillar. See Fig. 16.
Smart Wiper Module (Edge) Left rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 4.
Smart Wiper Module (MKX) Left rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 6.
Steering Angle Sensor Module (SASM) On steering column. See Fig. 31.
MOTORS
MOTORS LOCATION
Component Location
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Blower Motor Behind right side of dash. See Fig. 9.

Door Lock Actuator (Left Front) Rear of driver's door. See Fig. 22.
Door Lock Actuator (Left Rear) Rear of left rear door. See Fig. 24.
Door Lock Actuator (Right Front) Rear of front passenger's door. See Fig. 23.
Door Lock Actuator (Right Rear) Rear of right rear door. See Fig. 25.
Driver Seat Backrest Motor Under driver's seat. See Fig. 19.
Driver Seat Front Height Motor Under driver's seat. See Fig. 19.
Driver Seat Horizontal Motor Under driver's seat. See Fig. 19.
Driver Seat Rear Height Motor Under driver's seat. See Fig. 19.
Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) Motor On throttle body. See Fig. 8.
Exterior Rear View Mirror (LH Side) In driver's door. See Fig. 22.
Exterior Rear View Mirror (RH Side) In front passenger's door. See Fig. 23.
Fresh/Recirculation Door Actuator Middle of HVAC unit. See Fig. 30.
Liftgate Drive Unit In left "D" pillar. See Fig. 15.
Lumbar Motor (Driver Seat) Under driver's seat. See Fig. 19.
Lumbar Motor (Passenger Seat) Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 20.
Mode Door Actuator Left side of HVAC unit. See Fig. 30.
Passenger Backrest Motor Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 20.
Passenger Seat Front Height Motor Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 20.
Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 20.
Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 20.
Power Window Motor (Driver Side Front) Middle of driver's door. See Fig. 22.
Power Window Motor (Left Rear) Middle of left rear door. See Fig. 24.
Power Window Motor (Passenger Side Front) Middle of front passenger's door. See Fig. 23.
Power Window Motor (Right Rear) Middle of right rear door. See Fig. 25.
Rear Window Wiper Motor (Edge) In liftgate. See Fig. 26.
Rear Window Wiper Motor (MKX) In liftgate. See Fig. 27.
Seat Release Actuator (Left Rear) Under left rear seat. See Fig. 15.
Seat Release Actuator (Right Rear) Under right rear seat. See Fig. 16.
Starter Motor (Edge) Left rear of engine. See Fig. 4.
Starter Motor (MKX) Left rear of engine. See Fig. 6.
Temperature Blend Door Actuator Middle front of HVAC unit. See Fig. 30.
Temperature Blend Door Actuator (Driver) Left side of HVAC unit. See Fig. 30.
Windshield Washer Pump Motor (Edge) On washer fluid reservoir. See Fig. 4.
Windshield Washer Pump Motor (MKX) On washer fluid reservoir. See Fig. 6.
SENDING UNITS & SENSORS

SENDING UNITS & SENSORS LOCATION
Component Location
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (Edge) Top of accelerator pedal. See Fig. 3.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (MKX) Top of accelerator pedal. See Fig. 5.
A/C Pressure Transducer Sensor (Edge) Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
A/C Pressure Transducer Sensor (MKX) Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
Camshaft Position Sensor 1 Rear of right cylinder bank. See Fig. 7.
Camshaft Position Sensor 2 Rear of left cylinder bank. See Fig. 7.
Crankshaft Position Sensor Lower left rear of engine. See Fig. 7.
Crash Sensor (Left Rear) Behind left rear quarterpanel. See Fig. 15.
Cylinder Head Temperature Sensor Front of right cylinder bank. See Fig. 8.
Evaporator Discharge Air Temperature Sensor Left side of HVAC unit. See Fig. 30.
Front Impact Sensor (Left) (Edge) Left front of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
Front Impact Sensor (Left) (MKX) Left front of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
Front Impact Sensor (Right) (Edge) Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
Front Impact Sensor (Right) (MKX) Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
Fuel Level Sensor Top of fuel tank. See Fig. 15.
Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor In fuel tank. See Fig. 15.
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #11 Right rear side of engine. See Fig. 8.
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Right front side of engine. See Fig. 8.
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #21 Left side of engine. See Fig. 7.
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Left rear side of engine. See Fig. 7.
In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor Behind left side of dash. See Fig. 10.
Keyless Entry Keypad Rear of driver's door. See Fig. 22.
Knock Sensor Left rear of engine. See Fig. 7.
Liftgate Obstacle Detection Strip (Left) Left side of liftgate. See Fig. 27.
Liftgate Obstacle Detection Strip (Right) Right side of liftgate. See Fig. 27.
Light Sensor Under top center of dash. See Fig. 9.
Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT)
On intake air duct. See Fig. 4.
Sensor (Edge)
Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT)
On intake air duct. See Fig. 6.
Sensor (MKX)
Under right side of front passenger's seat. See Fig.
Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) 1
20.
Under right side of front passenger's seat. See Fig.
20.
Under left side of front passenger's seat. See Fig.
20.
Under left side of front passenger's seat. See Fig.
20.
Outside Temperature Sensor (Edge) Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
Outside Temperature Sensor (MKX) Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
Parking Aid Sensor (Inner Left) (Edge) Behind left side of rear bumper. See Fig. 17.
Parking Aid Sensor (Inner Left) (MKX) Behind left side of rear bumper. See Fig. 18.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Parking Aid Sensor (Inner Right) (Edge) Behind right side of rear bumper. See Fig. 17.
Parking Aid Sensor (Inner Right) (MKX) Behind right side of rear bumper. See Fig. 18.
Parking Aid Sensor (Outer Left) (Edge) Behind left end of rear bumper. See Fig. 17.
Parking Aid Sensor (Outer Left) (MKX) Behind left end of rear bumper. See Fig. 18.
Parking Aid Sensor (Outer Right) (Edge) Behind right end of rear bumper. See Fig. 17.
Parking Aid Sensor (Outer Right) (MKX) Behind right end of rear bumper. See Fig. 18.
Passive Anti-Theft Transceiver Behind left side of dash. See Fig. 10.
Seat Track Position Sensor (Left Front) Under driver's seat. See Fig. 19.
Side Impact Sensor (Driver 1) In left "B" pillar. See Fig. 13.
Side Impact Sensor (Passenger 1) Base of right "B" pillar. See Fig. 14.
Side Impact Sensor (Right Rear) Behind right rear quarterpanel. See Fig. 16.
Stability Control Sensor Cluster Under right rear seat. See Fig. 16.
Steering Wheel Angle Sensor On steering column. See Fig. 10.
Wheel Speed Sensor (Left Front) (Edge) On left front wheel hub. See Fig. 4.
Wheel Speed Sensor (Left Front) (MKX) On left front wheel hub. See Fig. 6.
Wheel Speed Sensor (Left Rear) On left rear wheel hub. See Fig. 16.
Wheel Speed Sensor (Right Front) (Edge) On right front wheel hub. See Fig. 4.
Wheel Speed Sensor (Right Front) (MKX) On right front wheel hub. See Fig. 6.
Wheel Speed Sensor (Right Rear) On right rear wheel hub. See Fig. 16.
SOLENOIDS & SOLENOID VALVES

SOLENOIDS & SOLENOID VALVES LOCATION
Component Location
A/C Clutch Field Coil (Edge) On A/C compressor. See Fig. 4.
A/C Clutch Field Coil (MKX) On A/C compressor. See Fig. 6.
EVAP Canister Purge Valve (Edge) Right rear of engine. See Fig. 3.
EVAP Canister Purge Valve (MKX) Right rear of engine. See Fig. 5.
EVAP Canister Vent Control Solenoid Under left side of vehicle. See Fig. 13.
Fuel Injector 1 Top right side of engine. See Fig. 8.
Fuel Injector 4 Top left side of engine. See Fig. 7.
Heated Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Top left side of engine. See Fig. 8.
Intelligent Torque Control Coupling (ITCC)
Under right rear of vehicle. See Fig. 16.
Solenoid
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Heated
Top right rear of engine. See Fig. 8.
Fitting
Variable Camshaft Timing (VCT) Valve 1 Top front of right cylinder bank. See Fig. 8.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Variable Camshaft Timing (VCT) Valve 2 Top front of left cylinder bank. See Fig. 7.
SWITCHES
SWITCHES LOCATION
Component Location
Anti-Theft Hood Switch Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
Brake Fluid Level Switch (Edge) On master cylinder reservoir. See Fig. 4.
Brake Fluid Level Switch (MKX) On master cylinder reservoir. See Fig. 6.
Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Switch (Edge) On brake pedal support bracket. See Fig. 4.
Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Switch (MKX) On brake pedal support bracket. See Fig. 6.
Ignition Switch On steering column. See Fig. 31.
Inertia Fuel Shutoff (IFS) Switch In left "D" pillar. See Fig. 15.
Liftgate Ajar Switch (Edge) Lower right side of liftgate. See Fig. 26.
Liftgate Ajar Switch (MKX) Lower right side of liftgate. See Fig. 27.
Multifunction Switch Top of steering column. See Fig. 31.
Oil Pressure Switch Lower left side of engine. See Fig. 7.
Parking Brake Switch Top of parking brake lever bracket. See Fig. 13.
Power Steering Pressure Switch (Edge) Right front of engine. See Fig. 4.
Power Steering Pressure Switch (MKX) Right front of engine. See Fig. 6.
Safety Belt Buckle Switch (Driver) Integral to driver's seat belt buckle. See Fig. 19.
Integral to front passenger's seat belt buckle. See
Safety Belt Buckle Switch (Passenger Side)
Fig. 20.
Washer Fluid Level Switch (Edge) On washer fluid reservoir. See Fig. 3.
Washer Fluid Level Switch (MKX) On washer fluid reservoir. See Fig. 5.
MISCELLANEOUS
MISCELLANEOUS LOCATION
Component Location
ABS Test Connector (C126) (Edge) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 4.
ABS Test Connector (C126) (MKX) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 6.
A/C Compressor Clutch Diode In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
A/C Compressor Clutch Diode In battery junction box (BJB). See Fig. 1.
Battery (Edge) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
Battery (MKX) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
Blower Motor Resistor Behind right side of dash. See Fig. 9.
Clockspring On steering column. See Fig. 31.
Coil On Plug (COP) 1 Top right side of engine. See Fig. 8.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Coil On Plug (COP) 4 Top left side of engine. See Fig. 7.

Data Link Connector (DLC) Under left side of dash. See Fig. 10.
Fusible Link A (Edge) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 4.
Fusible Link A (MKX) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 6.
Generator (Edge) Left front of engine. See Fig. 4.
Generator (MKX) Left front of engine. See Fig. 6.
Right front corner of engine compartment. See Fig.
Horn (Edge)
4.
Right front corner of engine compartment. See Fig.
Horn (MKX)
6.
Ignition Transformer Capacitor 1 Right rear of engine. See Fig. 8.
Ignition Transformer Capacitor 2 Top left rear of engine. See Fig. 7.
Joint Connector 1 (Edge) Left rear of luggage compartment. See Fig. 17.
Joint Connector 1 (MKX) Left side of luggage compartment. See Fig. 18.
Joint Connector 2 (Edge) Left rear of luggage compartment. See Fig. 17.
Joint Connector 2 (MKX) Left side of luggage compartment. See Fig. 18.
Joint Connector 3 Behind right kick panel. See Fig. 14.
Joint Connector 4 Behind center of dash. See Fig. 9.
Joint Connector 5 Behind left side of dash. See Fig. 9.
Joint Connector 6 Behind left side of dash. See Fig. 9.
Joint Connector 7 (Edge) Left rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
Joint Connector 7 (MKX) Left rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
Joint Connector 8 In left "D" pillar. See Fig. 15.
Joint Connector 9 Behind right rear quarterpanel. See Fig. 16.
Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner (Driver) Base of seat belt buckle assembly. See Fig. 20.
Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner (Passenger) Base of seat belt buckle assembly. See Fig. 20.
Satellite Radio Receiver Left rear of cargo area. See Fig. 15.
Seat Heater Element (Left Front) In driver's seat cushion. See Fig. 19.
Seat Heater Element (Left Rear) Under left rear seat. See Fig. 21.
Seat Heater Element (Right Front) In front passenger's seat cushion. See Fig. 20.
THX Amplifier Behind right rear quarterpanel. See Fig. 16.
Trailer Tow Connector (Edge) Under center of rear bumper. See Fig. 17.
Trailer Tow Connector (MKX) Under center of rear bumper. See Fig. 18.
CONNECTORS
CONNECTORS LOCATION
Component Location
C110 (Edge) (8 Pin) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 4.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
C110 (MKX) (8 Pin) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 6.

C134 (Edge) (20 Pin) Left front of engine compartment. See Fig. 4.
C134 (MKX) (20 Pin) Left front of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
C139 (70 Pin) Top left side of engine. See Fig. 7.
C140 (16 Pin) Top left side of engine. See Fig. 7.
C192 (2 Pin) Top front of engine. See Fig. 8.
C210 (16 Pin) Base of left "A" pillar. See Fig. 13.
C211 (20 Pin) Base of left "A" pillar. See Fig. 13.
C212 (Edge) (57 Pin) Left rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
C212 (MKX) (57 Pin) Left rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
C213 (57 Pin) Behind left side of dash. See Fig. 9.
C214 (20 Pin) Behind right kick panel. See Fig. 14.
C215 (30 Pin) Behind left side of dash. See Fig. 9.
C260 (4 Pin) Behind right side of dash. See Fig. 9.
C300 (20 Pin) Under left rear seat. See Fig. 21.
C311 (57 Pin) Under driver's seat. See Fig. 13.
C313 (10 Pin) Under center floor console. See Fig. 14.
C313 (10 Pin) Under front of center floor console. See Fig. 12.
C314 (12 Pin) Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 14.
C405 (16 Pin) Under left rear of vehicle. See Fig. 15.
C406 (edge) (16 Pin) Behind center of rear bumper. See Fig. 17.
C406 (16 Pin) Behind center of rear bumper. See Fig. 18.
C510 (54 Pin) Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 13.
C610 (54 Pin) Behind right kick panel. See Fig. 14.
C700 (14 Pin) In left "B" pillar. See Fig. 13.
C800 (14 Pin) In right "B" pillar. See Fig. 14.
C913 (Edge) (2 Pin) Top of liftgate. See Fig. 26.
C913 (MKX) (2 Pin) Top of liftgate. See Fig. 27.
C919 (8 Pin) Top of left "D" pillar. See Fig. 15.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
GROUNDS
GROUNDS LOCATION
Component Location
G100 (Edge) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 4.
G100 (MKX) Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 6.
G101 (Edge) Right rear of engine. See Fig. 4.
G101 (MKX) Right rear of engine. See Fig. 6.
G104 (Edge) Left front of engine compartment. See Fig. 4.
G104 (MKX) Left front of engine compartment. See Fig. 6.
G105 (Edge) Left front of engine compartment. See Fig. 4.
G105 (MKX) Left front of engine compartment. See Fig. 6.
G106 (Edge) Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
G106 (MKX) Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
G107 (Edge) Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
G107 (MKX) Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
G108 (Edge) Right rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 3.
G108 (MKX) Right rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 5.
G109 (Edge) Front of engine. See Fig. 3.
G109 (MKX) Front of engine. See Fig. 5.
G110 (Edge) Right front of engine. See Fig. 4.
G110 (MKX) Right front of engine. See Fig. 6.
G111 (Edge) Right rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 4.
G111 (MKX) Right rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 6.
G200 Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 13.
G201 Behind left kick panel. See Fig. 13.
G202 Behind right kick panel. See Fig. 14.
G203 Behind right side of dash. See Fig. 9.
G204 Behind left side of dash. See Fig. 9.
G207 In steering wheel. See Fig. 11.
G300 Behind left rear seat. See Fig. 15.
G301 In left "B" pillar. See Fig. 13.
G302 In right "B" pillar. See Fig. 14.
G400 In left "D" pillar. See Fig. 15.
G401 In left "D" pillar. See Fig. 15.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
G402 Behind right rear quarterpanel. See Fig. 16.

G403 Behind right rear quarterpanel. See Fig. 16.
G404 In right "D" pillar. See Fig. 16.
SPLICES
SPLICES LOCATION
Component Location
In dash panel wiring harness to headlight junction,
S100 (Edge)
near breakout to C110. See Fig. 4.
S100 (MKX)
S101 (Edge)
S101 (MKX)
In battery wiring harness, near breakout to battery.
S102 (Edge)
See Fig. 4.
In battery wiring harness, near breakout to battery.
S102 (MKX)
See Fig. 6.
In battery wiring harness, near breakout to starter
S103 (Edge)
motor. See Fig. 4.
In battery wiring harness, near breakout to starter
S103 (MKX)
motor. See Fig. 6.
S104 (Edge)
S104 (MKX)
S105 (Edge)
near breakout to battery junction box. See Fig. 4.
S105 (MKX)
S106 (Edge)
S106 (MKX)
S107
S108
near breakout to ABS test connector. See Fig. 6.
S109 (Edge)
S109 (MKX) In dash panel wiring harness to headlight junction,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

S110
near breakout to left headlight. See Fig. 6.
S111 (Edge)
S111 (MKX)
S112 (Edge)
near breakout to cooling fan module. See Fig. 4.
S112 (MKX)
S113 (Edge)
S113 (MKX)
S114 (Edge) near breakout to mass air flow/intake air
temperature sensor. See Fig. 4.
S114 (MKX) near breakout to mass air flow/intake air
S115 (Edge) near breakout to mass air flow/intake air
S115 (MKX) near breakout to mass air flow/intake air
S116 (Edge) near breakout to A/C pressure transducer sensor.
See Fig. 4.
S116 (MKX) near breakout to A/C pressure transducer sensor.
See Fig. 6.
S117 (Edge)
near breakout to G108. See Fig. 4.
S117 (MKX)
S118 (Edge)
S118 (MKX)
S119
S120 (Edge) In dash panel wiring harness to headlight junction,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

S120 (MKX)
S121 (Edge) near breakout to powertrain control module. See
Fig. 4.
S121 (MKX) near breakout to powertrain control module. See
Fig. 6.
S122 (Edge) near breakout to powertrain control module. See
Fig. 4.
S122 (MKX) near breakout to powertrain control module. See
Fig. 6.
In engine control sensor & fuel charge wiring
S123 harness, near breakout to coil on plug No. 3. See
Fig. 8.
S124 harness, near breakout to ignition transformer
capacitor No. 1. See Fig. 8.
S125 harness, near breakout to fuel injector No. 6. See
Fig. 7.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 7.
S130
harness, near breakout to C139. See Fig. 7.
S131 harness, near breakout to camshaft position sensor
No. 2. See Fig. 7.
In body main wiring harness, near breakout to
S200
C510. See Fig. 13.
S201
C212. See Fig. 13.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

S202
C212. See Fig. 13.
S203
C212. See Fig. 13.
S204
C214. See Fig. 14.
S205
restraints control module. See Fig. 9.
S206
restraints control module. See Fig. 9.
In body main wiring harness, near breakout to audio
S207
unit. See Fig. 9.
In body main wiring harness, near breakout to audio
S208
unit. See Fig. 9.
In body main wiring harness, near breakout to in-
S209
vehicle temperature sensor. See Fig. 9.
S210
C210. See Fig. 9.
S211 (Edge)
near breakout to joint connector No. 7. See Fig. 4.
S211 (MKX)
near breakout to joint connector No. 7. See Fig. 6.
In steering wheel jumper wiring harness, in
S212
breakout to left steering wheel switch. See Fig. 11.
S213
breakout to left steering wheel switch. See Fig. 11.
S214
breakout to right steering wheel switch. See Fig. 11.
S215
breakout to right steering wheel switch. See Fig. 11.
In air conditioning wiring harness, near breakout to
S216
C263. See Fig. 9.
S217
fresh/recirculation door actuator. See Fig. 30.
S218
fresh/recirculation door actuator. See Fig. 30.
In main wiring harness, near breakout to G205. See
S219
Fig. 9.
In seat heated pad wiring harness, near breakout to
S300
C300. See Fig. 21.
S301
C300. See Fig. 21.
S302
left rear seat heater element. See Fig. 21.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
In body main wiring harness, near breakout to left

S304
rear side impact sensor. See Fig. 15.
S305
S306
G300. See Fig. 15.
S307
C700. See Fig. 13.
S308
front side impact sensor. See Fig. 13.
S309
S310
S311
G200. See Fig. 13.
S312
G200. See Fig. 13.
S313
G200. See Fig. 13.
S314
G200. See Fig. 13.
S315
G311. See Fig. 13.
S316
G311. See Fig. 13.
S317
G311. See Fig. 19.
S318
G311. See Fig. 19.
S319
G311. See Fig. 19.
In power seats wiring harness, near breakout to
S320 driver side climate controlled seat cushion module.
See Fig. 19.
S322
driver's safety belt buckle pretensioner. See Fig. 19.
S323
S324
S325
C311. See Fig. 13.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
S326 C313. See Fig. 14.

In body main wiring harness, in breakout to C314.
S327
See Fig. 14.
In body main wiring harness, in breakout to C314.
S328
See Fig. 14.
In power seats wiring harness, in breakout to
S329 passenger's safety belt buckle pretensioner. See Fig.
20.
S330 passenger's safety belt buckle pretensioner. See Fig.
20.
S331 passenger side climate controlled seat module. See
Fig. 20.
S332
C327. See Fig. 20.
S333
C327. See Fig. 20.
S334
C327. See Fig. 20.
In power seats wiring harness, in breakout to C316.
S335
See Fig. 20.
S336
See Fig. 20.
S337
See Fig. 20.
S338
C316. See Fig. 14.
In body main wiring harness, near breakout to right
S339
In body main wiring harness, near breakout to joint
S340
connector No. 9. See Fig. 16.
S341
See Fig. 19.
S342
See Fig. 19.
S343
See Fig. 20.
S344
C214. See Fig. 14.
S345
C214. See Fig. 14.
In tailgate warning switch wiring harness, in
S400 (Edge)
breakout to liftgate ajar switch. See Fig. 26.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

S400 (MKX)
breakout to liftgate/decklid switch. See Fig. 27.
S401
breakout to liftgate/decklid switch. See Fig. 27.
In body main wiring harness, near breakout to cargo
S402
area power point. See Fig. 15.
In back-up alarm wiring harness, near breakout to
S403 (Edge)
inner right parking aid sensor. See Fig. 17.
S403 (MKX)
inner right parking aid sensor. See Fig. 18.
S404
left license plate light. See Fig. 18.
S405 (Edge)
inner left parking aid sensor. See Fig. 17.
S405 (MKX)
inner left parking aid sensor. See Fig. 18.
S406
left license plate light. See Fig. 18.
S407
G402. See Fig. 16.
In body main wiring harness, near breakout to right
S408
rear park/stop/turn light. See Fig. 16.
S409
power liftgate module. See Fig. 15.
In left front window regulator wiring harness, near
S500
breakout to C510. See Fig. 22.
S501
breakout to left front tweeter. See Fig. 22.
S502
breakout to keyless entry keypad. See Fig. 22.
S503
breakout to keyless entry keypad. See Fig. 22.
S504
breakout to memory set switch. See Fig. 22.
In right front window regulator wiring harness, near
S600
breakout to right front tweeter. See Fig. 23.
S601
S602
S603 breakout to right front door lock actuator. See Fig.
23.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
breakout to right front door lock actuator. See Fig.

S604
23.
S605 breakout to right front door lock actuator. See Fig.
23.
In left rear window regulator wiring harness, near
S700 breakout to left rear window adjust switch. See Fig.
24.
In left rear window regulator wiring harness, near
S701
breakout to left rear speaker. See Fig. 24.
In right rear window regulator wiring harness, near
S800 breakout to right rear window adjust switch. See
Fig. 25.
In right rear window regulator wiring harness, near
S801
breakout to right rear speaker. See Fig. 25.
In interior lights wiring harness, near breakout to
S900 (Except Panoramic Vista Roof)
left vanity mirror light. See Fig. 28.
S900 (W/Panoramic Vista Roof)
front interior lights. See Fig. 28.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
COMPONENT LOCATION GRAPHICS
NOTE: Figures may show multiple component locations. Refer to appropriate table for
proper figure references.
Fig. 1: Battery Junction Box (BJB)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 2: Smart Junction Box (SJB)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Engine Compartment (Edge)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Engine Compartment (Edge)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 5: Engine Compartment (MKX)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 6: Engine Compartment (MKX)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 7: Left Side Of Engine

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 8: Right Side Of Engine

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Dash
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 10: Dash

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 11: Steering Wheel

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 12: Center Floor Console

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 13: Left Front Interior Of Vehicle

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 14: Right Front Interior Of Vehicle

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 15: Left Rear Interior Of Vehicle

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 16: Right Rear Interior Of Vehicle

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 17: Rear Of Vehicle (Edge)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 18: Rear Of Vehicle (MKX)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 19: Driver's Seat

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 20: Front Passenger's Seat

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 21: Rear Seats

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 22: Driver's Door

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 23: Front Passenger's Door

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 24: Left Rear Door

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 25: Right Rear Door

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 26: Liftgate (Edge)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 27: Liftgate (MKX)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 28: Roof (Except Panoramic Vista Roof)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 29: Roof (W/Panoramic Vista Roof)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 30: HVAC Unit

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 31: Steering Column

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Engine Controls - Edge & MKX
Electronic Engine Controls - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Material
High Temperature Nickel Anti-Seize Lubricant ESE-M12A4-A -
Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant with Bittering WSS-M97B51-A1 -
Agent (US only)
VC-7-B (US); CVC-7-A (Canada); or equivalent (yellow
color)
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor WSS-M2C930-A -
Oil
XO-5W20-QSP (US); Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Super
Premium Motor Oil CXO-5W20-LSP12 (Canada); or
equivalent
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant - -
XL-1 (US); CXC-51-A (Canada)
Camshaft position (CMP) sensor bolt 10 - 89
Catalyst monitor sensor 48 35 -
Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor bolt 10 - 89
Cylinder head temperature (CHT) sensor 10 - 89
Heat shield bolt and nut 10 - 89
Heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) 48 35 -
Knock sensor (KS) bolt 20 15 -
Mass airflow (MAF) sensor screws 2 - 18
PCM nuts 5 - 44
Variable camshaft timing (VCT) oil control solenoid bolt 10 - 89

ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS
The electronic engine controls consist of the:
 PCM.
 cylinder head temperature (CHT) sensor.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 camshaft position (CMP) sensor.

 crankshaft position (CKP) sensor.
 mass air flow (MAF) sensor.
 heated oxygen sensor (HO2S).
 catalyst monitor sensor.
 variable camshaft timing (VCT) oil control solenoid.
 knock sensor (KS).
The PCM carries out the following functions:
 accepts input from various engine sensors to compute the fuel flow rate necessary to maintain a
prescribed air/fuel ratio throughout the entire engine operational range.
 outputs a command to the fuel injectors to meter the appropriate quantity of fuel.
The CHT sensor:
 sends the PCM a signal indicating cylinder head temperature.

 resistance decreases as cylinder head temperature increases.
The CMP sensor:
 sends the PCM a signal indicating camshaft position used for fuel synchronization.
The CKP sensor:
 sends the PCM a signal indicating crankshaft position.

 is essential for calculating spark timing.
The MAF sensor:
 uses a hot wire sensing element to measure the amount of air entering the engine. Air passing over the hot
wire causes it to cool.
The HO2S:
 creates a voltage signal dependent on exhaust oxygen content.

 provides feedback information to the PCM used to calculate fuel delivery.
The catalyst monitor sensor:
 monitors oxygen content after it flows through the catalytic converter.

 provides a voltage to the PCM used to calculate catalytic converter integrity.
The KS:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 is used to detect engine detonation.

 sends a voltage signal to the PCM.
 is able to provide a signal which retards the ignition timing, as necessary.
The VCT oil control solenoid:
 is an electrically controlled hydraulic valve that directs engine oil to the camshaft phaser. Once the PCM
transmits a signal, the solenoid moves a valve spool, directing oil into the camshaft phaser cavity. This
action changes valve timing by either inducing an advance or retard condition. The camshaft is, thereby
repositioned in relation to crankshaft timing and allows for optimum engine performance and lower
emissions.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS

CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Premium Synthetic Blend
Motor Oil
XO-5W20-QSP (US); Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 WSS-M2C930-A
Super Premium Motor Oil CXO-5W20-LSP12
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor With Torque Specifications

LH camshaft position sensor (CMP)
1 14A464
2 W500214 LH CMP bolt
3 6B288 LH CMP
4 14A464 RH CMP electrical connector
5 W500214 RH CMP bolt
6 6B288 RH CMP
RH sensor
LH sensor
Both sensors
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Disconnect the camshaft position sensor (CMP) electrical connector.

4. Remove the bolt and the CMP sensor.
NOTE: Lubricate the CMP O-ring seal with clean engine oil.
CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
Fig. 2: Exploded View Of Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor With Torque Specifications

1 W701542 Heat shield nut
2 W701669 Heat shield bolt
3 6K342 Heat shield
4 6C070 Rubber grommet cover
Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor
5 14A464
6 6D327 CKP sensor bolt
7 6C315 CKP sensor

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Remove the LH catalytic converter. For additional information, refer to EXHAUST SYSTEM article.
3. Remove the bolt, nut and the heat shield.
4. Remove the rubber grommet cover.

5. Disconnect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor electrical connector.
6. Remove the bolt and the CKP sensor.
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Powertrain Control Module (PCM) With Torque Specification

PCM electrical connector (part of
1 14A464
12B637) (3 required)
2 N804795 PCM nut (2 required)
3 12A650 PCM
4 12A696 PCM gasket
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
REMOVAL
NOTE: PCM replacement DOES NOT require new keys or programming of keys.
1. Retrieve the module configuration. Carry out the module configuration retrieval steps of the
Programmable Module Installation procedure. For additional information, refer to MODULE
2. Disconnect the 3 PCM electrical connectors.
3. Remove the 2 nuts and the PCM.
 Remove the gasket.
INSTALLATION
1. Install the gasket and the PCM.

2. Install the 2 PCM nuts.
3. Connect the 3 PCM electrical connectors.

4. Restore the module configuration. Carry out the module configuration restore steps of the Programmable
Module Installation procedure. For additional information, refer to MODULE CONFIGURATION
article.
5. Reprogram the passive anti-theft system (PATS). Carry out the Parameter Reset procedure. For additional
information, refer to ANTI-THEFT - PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) article.
MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor With Torque Specifications

Mass air flow (MAF) sensor electrical
1 14A464
connector
2 W709287 MAF sensor screw (2 required)
3 12B579 MAF sensor
1. Disconnect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor electrical connector.

2. Remove the 2 screws and the MAF sensor.
CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE (CHT) SENSOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 5: Exploded View Of Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) Sensor With Torque Specifications

Cylinder head temperature (CHT) sensor
1 14A464
2 6G004 CHT sensor
1. Remove the lower intake manifold. For additional information, refer to ENGINE - 3.5L article.
2. Disconnect the cylinder head temperature (CHT) sensor electrical connector.
3. Remove and discard the CHT sensor.

 Do not reuse the CHT sensor, install a new sensor.
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) AND CATALYST MONITOR SENSOR - EXPLODED VIEW
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 6: Exploded View Of Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) & Catalyst Monitor Sensor With Torque
Specifications - RH Sensors

Heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) electrical
1 14A464
connector
2 9F472 HO2S
Catalyst monitor sensor electrical
3 14A464
connector
4 9G444 Catalyst monitor sensor
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Specifications - LH Sensors

1 14A464
connector
2 9F472 HO2S
3 14A464
connector
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S)
Special Tools
Socket, Exhaust Gas Oxygen

303-476 (T94P-9472-A)
Sensor
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Material
Item Specification
High Temperature Nickel Anti-Seize Lubricant
ESE-M12A4-A
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
-
RH sensor
Both sensors
2. Disconnect the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) electrical connector.
NOTE: If necessary, lubricate the sensor threads with penetrating and lock
lubricant to assist in removal.
3. Using the special tool, remove the HO2S.

Fig. 8: Identifying Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) & Special Tool (303-476)
NOTE: Apply a light coat of anti-seize lubricant to the threads of the HO2S.
CATALYST MONITOR SENSOR
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

303-476 (T94P-9472-A)
Sensor
Material
Item Specification
ESE-M12A4-A
-
2. Disconnect the catalyst monitor sensor electrical connector.
3. Using the special tool, remove the catalyst monitor sensor.

Fig. 9: Identifying Catalyst Monitor Sensor & Special Tool (303-476)

NOTE: Apply a light coat of anti-seize lubricant to the threads of the catalyst
monitor sensor.
VARIABLE CAMSHAFT TIMING (VCT) OIL CONTROL SOLENOID
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: LH shown, RH similar.
Fig. 10: Exploded View Of Variable Camshaft Timing (VCT) Oil Control Solenoid With Torque
Specification

Variable camshaft timing (VCT) oil
1 W500215
control solenoid bolt
2 6B297 VCT oil control solenoid
1. Remove the LH or RH valve cover. For additional information, refer to ENGINE - 3.5L article.
2. Remove the bolt and the variable camshaft timing (VCT) oil control solenoid.
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Material
Item Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

(yellow color)
Fig. 11: Exploded View Of Knock Sensor (KS) With Torque Specification

1 9N271 Coolant tube
2 8565 O-ring seal
3 14A464 Knock sensor (KS) electrical connector
4 W500310 KS bolts (2 required)
5 12A699 KS
1. Remove the thermostat housing. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
3. Remove the coolant tube.
 Discard the O-ring seal.
4. Disconnect the knock sensor (KS) electrical connector.

5. Remove the 2 bolts and the KS.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Lubricate the new O-ring seal with clean engine coolant.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Electronic Engine Controls - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Material
High Temperature Nickel Anti-Seize Lubricant ESE-M12A4-A -
Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant with Bittering WSS-M97B51-A1 -
Agent (US only)
VC-7-B (US); CVC-7-A (Canada); or equivalent (yellow
color)
Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor WSS-M2C930-A -
Oil
XO-5W20-QSP (US); Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Super
Premium Motor Oil CXO-5W20-LSP12 (Canada); or
equivalent
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant - -
Camshaft position (CMP) sensor bolt 10 - 89
Catalyst monitor sensor 48 35 -
Heat shield bolt and nut 10 - 89
Knock sensor (KS) bolt 20 15 -
Mass airflow (MAF) sensor screws 2 - 18
PCM nuts 5 - 44
Variable camshaft timing (VCT) oil control solenoid bolt 10 - 89

The electronic engine controls consist of the:
 PCM.
 cylinder head temperature (CHT) sensor.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 camshaft position (CMP) sensor.

 crankshaft position (CKP) sensor.
 mass air flow (MAF) sensor.
 heated oxygen sensor (HO2S).
 catalyst monitor sensor.
 variable camshaft timing (VCT) oil control solenoid.
 knock sensor (KS).
The PCM carries out the following functions:
 accepts input from various engine sensors to compute the fuel flow rate necessary to maintain a
prescribed air/fuel ratio throughout the entire engine operational range.
 outputs a command to the fuel injectors to meter the appropriate quantity of fuel.
The CHT sensor:
 sends the PCM a signal indicating cylinder head temperature.

 resistance decreases as cylinder head temperature increases.
The CMP sensor:
 sends the PCM a signal indicating camshaft position used for fuel synchronization.
The CKP sensor:
 sends the PCM a signal indicating crankshaft position.

 is essential for calculating spark timing.
The MAF sensor:
 uses a hot wire sensing element to measure the amount of air entering the engine. Air passing over the hot
wire causes it to cool.
The HO2S:
 creates a voltage signal dependent on exhaust oxygen content.

 provides feedback information to the PCM used to calculate fuel delivery.
The catalyst monitor sensor:
 monitors oxygen content after it flows through the catalytic converter.

 provides a voltage to the PCM used to calculate catalytic converter integrity.
The KS:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 is used to detect engine detonation.

 sends a voltage signal to the PCM.
 is able to provide a signal which retards the ignition timing, as necessary.
The VCT oil control solenoid:
 is an electrically controlled hydraulic valve that directs engine oil to the camshaft phaser. Once the PCM
transmits a signal, the solenoid moves a valve spool, directing oil into the camshaft phaser cavity. This
action changes valve timing by either inducing an advance or retard condition. The camshaft is, thereby
repositioned in relation to crankshaft timing and allows for optimum engine performance and lower
emissions.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS

CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor With Torque Specifications

LH camshaft position sensor (CMP)
1 14A464
2 W500214 LH CMP bolt
3 6B288 LH CMP
4 14A464 RH CMP electrical connector
5 W500214 RH CMP bolt
6 6B288 RH CMP
RH sensor
LH sensor
Both sensors
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Disconnect the camshaft position sensor (CMP) electrical connector.

4. Remove the bolt and the CMP sensor.
NOTE: Lubricate the CMP O-ring seal with clean engine oil.
CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
Fig. 2: Exploded View Of Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor With Torque Specifications

1 W701542 Heat shield nut
2 W701669 Heat shield bolt
3 6K342 Heat shield
4 6C070 Rubber grommet cover
Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor
5 14A464
6 6D327 CKP sensor bolt
7 6C315 CKP sensor

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Remove the bolt, nut and the heat shield.
4. Remove the rubber grommet cover.

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Powertrain Control Module (PCM) With Torque Specification

PCM electrical connector (part of
1 14A464
12B637) (3 required)
2 N804795 PCM nut (2 required)
3 12A650 PCM
4 12A696 PCM gasket
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
REMOVAL
NOTE: PCM replacement DOES NOT require new keys or programming of keys.
1. Retrieve the module configuration. Carry out the module configuration retrieval steps of the
Programmable Module Installation procedure. For additional information, refer to MODULE
2. Disconnect the 3 PCM electrical connectors.
3. Remove the 2 nuts and the PCM.
 Remove the gasket.
INSTALLATION
1. Install the gasket and the PCM.

2. Install the 2 PCM nuts.

4. Restore the module configuration. Carry out the module configuration restore steps of the Programmable
Module Installation procedure. For additional information, refer to MODULE CONFIGURATION
article.
5. Reprogram the passive anti-theft system (PATS). Carry out the Parameter Reset procedure. For additional
information, refer to ANTI-THEFT - PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (PATS) article.
MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor With Torque Specifications

Mass air flow (MAF) sensor electrical
1 14A464
connector
2 W709287 MAF sensor screw (2 required)
3 12B579 MAF sensor
1. Disconnect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor electrical connector.

2. Remove the 2 screws and the MAF sensor.
CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE (CHT) SENSOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 5: Exploded View Of Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) Sensor With Torque Specifications

Cylinder head temperature (CHT) sensor
1 14A464
2 6G004 CHT sensor
3. Remove and discard the CHT sensor.

 Do not reuse the CHT sensor, install a new sensor.
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S) AND CATALYST MONITOR SENSOR - EXPLODED VIEW
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Specifications - RH Sensors

1 14A464
connector
2 9F472 HO2S
3 14A464
connector
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Specifications - LH Sensors

1 14A464
connector
2 9F472 HO2S
3 14A464
connector
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HO2S)
Special Tools

303-476 (T94P-9472-A)
Sensor
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Material
Item Specification
ESE-M12A4-A
-
RH sensor
Both sensors
2. Disconnect the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) electrical connector.
3. Using the special tool, remove the HO2S.

Fig. 8: Identifying Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) & Special Tool (303-476)
NOTE: Apply a light coat of anti-seize lubricant to the threads of the HO2S.
CATALYST MONITOR SENSOR
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

303-476 (T94P-9472-A)
Sensor
Material
Item Specification
ESE-M12A4-A
-
3. Using the special tool, remove the catalyst monitor sensor.

Fig. 9: Identifying Catalyst Monitor Sensor & Special Tool (303-476)

NOTE: Apply a light coat of anti-seize lubricant to the threads of the catalyst
monitor sensor.
VARIABLE CAMSHAFT TIMING (VCT) OIL CONTROL SOLENOID
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 10: Exploded View Of Variable Camshaft Timing (VCT) Oil Control Solenoid With Torque
Specification

Variable camshaft timing (VCT) oil
1 W500215
control solenoid bolt
2 6B297 VCT oil control solenoid
1. Remove the LH or RH valve cover. For additional information, refer to ENGINE - 3.5L article.
2. Remove the bolt and the variable camshaft timing (VCT) oil control solenoid.
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
Material
Item Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

(yellow color)
Fig. 11: Exploded View Of Knock Sensor (KS) With Torque Specification

2 8565 O-ring seal
3 14A464 Knock sensor (KS) electrical connector
4 W500310 KS bolts (2 required)
5 12A699 KS
1. Remove the thermostat housing. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Lubricate the new O-ring seal with clean engine coolant.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Engine Emission Control - Edge & MKX
Engine Emission Control - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Material
WSS-M2C929-A -
PCV fitting screws 6 53

ENGINE EMISSION CONTROL
NOTE: Do not permanently remove or render inoperative any part of the vehicle
emission control system including related hardware. Failure to comply may
violate applicable state and federal laws.
The engine emission control system consists of the PCV system.
The PCV system consists of the:
 crankcase ventilation tube.

 PCV fitting.
 PCV valve.
The PCV system uses intake manifold vacuum to ventilate blow-by fumes from the crankcase and return the
vapors to the intake manifold for combustion. The PCV valve varies the amount of blow-by gases returned to
the intake manifold based on available engine vacuum. The PCV valve also prevents the entry of combustion
backfiring into the crankcase.
Vehicle Emission Vacuum Routing
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Identifying Vehicle Emission Vacuum Routing


1 6A505 LH valve cover
2 9F805 Air cleaner outlet pipe
Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister
3 9G641
purge valve
4 9S455 Upper intake manifold
5 6A666 PCV valve
6 6582 RH valve cover
EVAP canister vent solenoid and dust
7 9G676
separator assembly
8 9E857 EVAP canister
Fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor (part of
9 -
9S284)
10 9K007 Fuel tank
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
ENGINE EMISSION CONTROL

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 2: Identifying Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System Components


1 - PCV fitting screws (2 required)
2 6A664 Crankcase ventilation tube
Crankcase ventilation tube spring clamp
3 -
(part of 6K817)
4 9F695 PCV fitting
5 9J469 PCV fitting O-ring seal
6 6A666 PCV valve
7 - PCV valve O-ring seal (part of 6A666)
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Disconnect the crankcase ventilation tube from the PCV valve.
CAUTION: A new positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve must be installed if

removed from the valve cover. During removal, damage will occur to
the locking mechanism on the PCV valve.
NOTE: To install, apply clean engine oil to the O-ring seal.
2. Rotate the PCV valve counterclockwise and remove from the valve cover.
 Discard the PCV valve.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 GENERAL INFORMATION Engine System - General Information - Edge & MKX
Engine System - General Information - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL
Dye-Lite® Gasoline Engine Oil
Leak Detection Dye - 29.6 ml (1 oz)
164-R3700 (Rotunda)
WSS-M2C930-A -
Threadlock 262
WSK-M2G351-A6 -
TA-26

ENGINE
NOTE: When repairing engines, all parts must be contamination free. If

contamination/foreign material is present when repairing an engine, premature
engine failure may occur.
NOTE: Specifications show the expected minimum or maximum condition. Refer to the
appropriate Engine article for the procedure.
NOTE: If a component fails to meet the specifications, it is necessary to refinish it or

install a new component. Wear limits are provided as an aid to determine if the
component can be refinished. A new component must be installed when any
component fails to meet specifications and cannot be refinished.
NOTE: This service information contains information, steps and procedures that may
not be specific to this engine.
This service information covers general procedures and diagnosis and testing of the engine system, except for
exhaust emission control devices, which are covered in the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES
article.
The engine incorporates the following features: Refer to the appropriate Engine article for the procedure.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Crankcase ventilation or breather system

 Exhaust emission control system
 Evaporative Emission (EVAP) control system
Some engines incorporate a fail-safe cooling system. Refer to the appropriate Engine article for the procedure.
The engine, fuel system, ignition system, emissions system and exhaust system all affect exhaust emission
levels and must be maintained according to the maintenance schedule. Refer to the scheduled Maintenance
Guide.
Correct engine identification is required to order parts. Refer to the appropriate Engine article for the procedure.
For complete vehicle and engine identification codes, refer to IDENTIFICATION CODES article.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
ENGINE
SPECIAL TOOLS
164-R0756 or equivalent
12 Volt Master UV Diagnostic Inspection Kit
(Leak Detector)
100-002 (TOOL-4201-C) or
Dial Indicator Gauge with Holding Fixture
equivalent
Engine Cylinder Leak Detection/Air

Pressurization Kit
EngineEAR 107-R2100 or equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
EngineEAR/ChassisEAR 107-R2102 or equivalent
Oil Pressure Gauge 303-088 (T73L-6600-A)
Quick Disconnect Compression Tester 134-R0212 or equivalent
Vacuum/Pressure Tester 164-R0253 or equivalent

Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and
hardware, or equivalent scan
Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS)
tool
MATERIAL
Item Specification
Dye-Lite® Gasoline Engine Oil Leak Detection Dye
-
164-R3700 (Rotunda)
Motor Oil
There are 2 diagnostic paths that can be followed depending on the type of engine concern. Carry out Inspection
and Verification - Engine Performance or Inspection and Verification - NVH.
Inspection and Verification - Engine Performance
1. Verify the customer concern by operating the engine to duplicate the condition.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical damage. Refer to the following chart.

Mechanical
 Engine coolant leaks
 Engine oil leaks
 Fuel leaks
 Damaged or severely worn parts
 Loose mounting bolts, studs and nuts
3. If the inspection reveals obvious concerns that can be readily identified, repair as necessary.
4. If the cause is not visually evident, connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
NOTE: The Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) LED prove out confirms power


diagnose no power to the scan tool.

PCM.
9. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to the DTC Chart, refer to MULTIFUNCTION
10. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, go to SYMPTOM CHART - ENGINE table.
Inspection and Verification - NVH
1. NVH symptoms should be identified using the diagnostic tools and techniques that are available. For a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
list of these techniques, tools, an explanation of their uses and a glossary of common terms, refer to
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS article.
2. Verify the customer concern by operating the engine to duplicate the condition.
3. Check the engine oil level and check the oil for contamination. Low engine oil level or contaminated oil
are a common cause of engine noise. If the oil is contaminated, the source of the contamination must be
identified and repaired as necessary.

Mechanical
 Loose mounting bolts, studs and nuts
 Damaged or leaking powertrain mounts
 Damaged or disconnected vacuum hoses
 Obstruction of cooling fan
 Obstruction of Front End Accessory Drive (FEAD)
 Damaged or disconnected air intake components
6. If the cause is not visually evident, connect the scan tool to the DLC.
NOTE: The VCM LED prove out confirms power and ground from the DLC are
provided to the VCM.


diagnose no power to the scan tool.

PCM.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
11. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to the DTC Chart, refer to MULTIFUNCTION
12. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, continue the inspection and verification if a noise concern
is related to the engine. For vibration concerns and noise concerns such as powertrain mounts, air intake
system and starter Go to SYMPTOM CHART - NVH table.
In some cases, a noise may be a normal characteristic of that engine type. In other cases the noise may
require further investigation. Comparing the noise to a similar year/model vehicle equipped with the same
engine will aid in determining if the noise is normal or abnormal.
Once a customer concern has been identified as an abnormal engine noise, it is critical to determine the
location of the specific noise. Use the EngineEAR/ChassisEAR or stethoscope (the noise will always be
louder closer to the noise source) to isolate the location of the noise to one of the following:
 Fuel injector(s)
 Upper end of engine
 Lower end of engine
 Front of engine
 Rear of engine
Fuel injector noise - A common source of an engine ticking noise can be related to the fuel injector(s).
This is normal engine noise that can be verified by listening to another vehicle. If the injector noise is
excessive or irregular, use the EngineEAR/ChassisEAR or stethoscope to isolate the noise to a specific
fuel injector.
Upper end engine noise - A common source of upper end engine noise (ticking, knocking or rattle)
include the camshaft(s) and valve train. Upper end engine noise can be determined using the
EngineEAR/ChassisEAR or stethoscope on the valve cover bolts. If the noise is loudest from the valve
cover bolts, then the noise is upper end. The EngineEAR/ChassisEAR or stethoscope can be used to
further isolate the noise to the specific cylinder bank and cylinder. Removal of the valve covers will be
required to pinpoint the source of the noise.
Lower end engine noise - A common source of lower end engine noise (ticking or knocking) include the
crankshaft, connecting rod(s) and bearings. Lower end noises can be determined by using the oil pan or
cylinder block lug bosses. If the noise is loudest from these areas, then the noise is lower end. If an engine
noise is isolated to the lower end, some disassembly of the engine may be required to inspect for damage
or wear.
Front of engine noise - A common source of noise from the front of the engine (squeal, chirp, whine or
hoot) is the Front End Accessory Drive (FEAD) components. To isolate FEAD noise, carry out the
Engine Accessory Test, refer to NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS article.
Some other noises from the front of the engine (ticking, tapping or rattle) may be internal to the engine.
Use the EngineEAR/ChassisEAR or stethoscope on the engine front cover to determine if the noise is
internal to the engine. Removal of the engine front cover may be necessary to inspect internal engine
components.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Rear of engine noise - A common source of noise from the rear of the engine (knocking) is the
flywheel/flexplate. Inspection of the flywheel/flexplate will be necessary.
If equipped, the Rear End Accessory Drive (READ) can also be a source of noise from the rear of the
engine (squeal or chirp). The READ consists of the coolant pump and belt.
Some engines have timing drive components at the rear of the engine and may be the source of noise
(ticking, knocking or rattle). Use the EngineEAR/ChassisEAR or stethoscope on the rear of the engine if
the noise is suspected to be internal to the engine. Some disassembly of the engine may be required to
inspect for damage or wear.
13. After the noise is localized, note the characteristics of the noise, including type of noise, frequency and
conditions when the noise occurs and Go to SYMPTOM CHART - NVH table.
Symptom Chart - Engine Performance
SYMPTOM CHART - ENGINE PERFORMANCE

 Inoperative or
damaged ignition
system
 Air or vacuum leak  Refer to the appropriate Engine article for
 Difficult starting  Inoperative or the procedure. REFER to the Introduction -
damaged fuel system Gasoline Engines article.
 Inoperative or
damaged starting
system
-  Damaged charging  REFER to CHARGING SYSTEM -
system/battery GENERAL INFORMATION article.
 INSTALL a new valve in the cylinder head.
-  Burnt valve TEST the system for normal operation after
the repair.
 Worn piston
-  INSTALL a new short block. TEST the
 Worn piston rings
system for normal operation after the repair.
 Worn cylinder
 INSTALL a new cylinder head gasket. TEST
-  Damaged head gasket the system for normal operation after the
repair.
 Inoperative or
- damaged cooling  REFER to ENGINE COOLING article.
system
-  Fail-safe cooling  REFER to the Introduction - Gasoline
invoked (if equipped) Engines article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Refer to the appropriate Engine article for

 Poor idling  Vacuum leaks the procedure. REFER to the Introduction -
Gasoline Engines article.
 Inoperative or
-  REFER to ENGINE IGNITION - 3.5L
damaged ignition
article.
system
 Inoperative or
damaged cooling
- system  Refer to the appropriate Engine article for
the procedure.
 Inoperative or
damaged fuel system
 ADJUST valve clearance. REFER to
-  Incorrect valve
ENGINE - 3.5L article. TEST the system
clearance
for normal operation after the repair.
-  Incorrect valve-to-  INSTALL a new cylinder head. TEST the
valve seat contact system for normal operation after the repair.
 INSTALL a new cylinder head gasket. TEST
-  Damaged head gasket the system for normal operation after the
repair.
 Inoperative or
damaged fuel system
 Air or vacuum leaks
 Engine runs  Inoperative or  Refer to the appropriate Engine article for
rough damaged cooling the procedure.
system
 Inoperative or
damaged ignition
system
 INSTALL a new valve in the cylinder head.
-  Burnt or sticking valve TEST the system for normal operation after
the repair.
-  Weak or broken valve  INSTALL a new valve spring. TEST the
spring system for normal operation after the repair.
 Carbon accumulation
-  ELIMINATE carbon buildup. TEST the
in combustion
chamber
 Excessive oil  Leaking oil  REPAIR oil leakage. TEST the system for
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
consumption normal operation after the repair.

 REPAIR or INSTALL new components as
-  Inoperative PCV
necessary. TEST the system for normal
system
operation after the repair.
-  Incorrect oil  CHANGE oil to correct specification.
-  INSTALL a new valve stem seal. TEST the
 Worn valve stem seal
-  Worn valve stem or  INSTALL a new cylinder head. TEST the
valve guide system for normal operation after the repair.
 Sticking piston rings
 Worn piston ring
-  INSTALL a new short block. TEST the
groove
 Worn piston or
cylinder
 Leaking head gasket
 Leaking oil cooler (if  INSPECT the engine components. INSTALL
equipped) new engine components as necessary. Refer
 Oil in coolant  Damaged cylinder to the appropriate Engine article for the
block procedure. TEST the system for normal
 Damaged cylinder operation after the repair.
head
 Leaking head gasket
 Leaking oil cooler (if
equipped)  INSPECT the engine components. INSTALL
 Damaged cylinder new engine components as necessary. Refer
 Coolant in oil block to the appropriate Engine article for the
 Damaged cylinder procedure. TEST the system for normal
head operation after the repair.
 Damaged coolant
pump/seal/gasket
 Inoperative or
damaged ignition
system
 Air intake system  Refer to the appropriate Engine article for
 Insufficient blockage the procedure. REFER to the Introduction -
power
 Lubrication system Gasoline Engines article.
blockage
 Inoperative or
damaged fuel system
-  Oil level too high  DRAIN oil to correct level. TEST the system
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 INSTALL correct specification engine oil.
-  Incorrect engine oil TEST the system for normal operation after
the repair.
 Excessive accessory
drive belt loading
-  Refer to the appropriate Engine article for
 Inoperative or the procedure.
damaged cooling
system
-  Damaged or plugged
 INSPECT exhaust system.
exhaust system
-  REFER to SUSPENSION SYSTEM -
 Incorrect tire size
-  REFER to BRAKE SYSTEM - GENERAL
 Dragging brakes
 REFER to AUTOMATIC
-  Slipping transmission TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50
article.
 ADJUST valve clearance. REFER to
-  Incorrect valve
clearance
-  Worn or damaged  INSTALL a new valve tappet. TEST the
valve tappet system for normal operation after the repair.
 Damaged valve guide
 INSTALL a new cylinder head assembly.
-  Compression leakage
TEST the system for normal operation after
at valve seat
the repair.
 Seized valve stem
-  Weak or broken valve  INSTALL a new valve spring. TEST the
spring system for normal operation after the repair.
-  INSTALL a new camshaft. TEST the system
 Worn or damaged cam
-  INSTALL a new head gasket. TEST the
 Damaged head gasket
 INSTALL a new cylinder head assembly.
-  Cracked or distorted
cylinder head
the repair.
-  Damaged, worn or
sticking piston ring(s)  INSTALL a new short block. TEST the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Worn or damaged system for normal operation after the repair.

piston
Symptom Chart - NVH
NOTE: NVH symptoms should be identified using the diagnostic tools that are
available. For a list of these tools, an explanation of their uses and a glossary of
common terms, refer to NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS article. Since it is
possible that any one of multiple systems may be the cause of the symptom, it
may be necessary to use a process of elimination type of diagnostic approach
to pinpoint the responsible system. If this is not the causal system for the
symptom, refer back to NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS article for the
next likely system and continue diagnosis.
SYMPTOM CHART - NVH

 CARRY OUT the Powertrain/Drivetrain
Mount Neutralizing procedure. TEST the
 Drone type noise  Powertrain mount(s)
system for normal operation after the
repair.
 Drumming noise -
occurs inside the
vehicle during idle  Engine vibration  CARRY OUT the Powertrain/Drivetrain
or high idle, hot or excites the body Mount Neutralizing procedure. TEST the
cold. Very low- resonances inducing system for normal operation after the
frequency interior noise repair.
drumming is very
RPM dependent
 Engine drumming  CARRY OUT the Powertrain/Drivetrain
noise - Mount Neutralizing procedure. TEST the
 Powertrain mount(s)
accompanied by system for normal operation after the
vibration repair.
 CHECK the powertrain mounts for
damage. INSTALL new mounts as
 Rattle - occurs at necessary. For engine, REFER to ENGINE
idle or at light - 3.5L article. For transaxle, REFER to
acceleration from AUTOMATIC
a stop TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50
article. TEST the system for normal

 Whine/moan type  Powertrain mount(s) damage. INSTALL new mounts as
noise - pitch necessary. For engine, REFER to ENGINE
increases or - 3.5L article. For transaxle, REFER to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
changes with AUTOMATIC

vehicle speed TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50
 CHECK the powertrain/drivetrain mounts
 Clunk - occurs for damage. INSTALL new mounts as
when shifting necessary. For engine, REFER to ENGINE
from PARK or - 3.5L article. For transaxle, REFER to
between AUTOMATIC
REVERSE and TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50
DRIVE article. TEST the system for normal
-  Idle speed is too high  CHECK for the correct idle speed.
 CARRY OUT the engine cold soak
 Accessory drive procedure. REFER to NOISE,
bearing hoot - VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS article.
 Accessory drive idler
occurs at idle or
or tensioner pulley  PLACE the EngineEAR probe directly on
high idle in cold
bearing is experiencing the idler/tensioner center post or bolt to
temperatures of
stick/slip between ball verify which bearing is making the noise.
approximately 4°
bearings and the INSTALL new parts as necessary. REFER
C (40°F) or colder
bearing race to ACCESSORY DRIVE article. TEST
at the first start of
the day the system for normal operation after the
repair.
 Defective/worn or
incorrect accessory
drive belt
 Misaligned pulley(s)
 Pulley runout
 CARRY OUT the Engine Accessory Test.
 Damaged or worn
REFER to NOISE, VIBRATION AND
accessory drive
 Accessory drive HARSHNESS article. INSPECT
component or idler
belt noise, squeal components and INSTALL new parts as
or chirping  Fluid contamination of necessary. REFER to ACCESSORY
the accessory drive DRIVE article. TEST the system for
belt or pulleys normal operation after the repair.
 Damaged or worn
accessory drive belt
tensioner
 Damaged pulley
grooves
 CHECK the coolant pump for excessive

 Clunking noise end play. INSPECT the coolant pump for
 Coolant pump has imbalance with the drive belt off.
excessive end play or INSTALL a new coolant pump as
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
imbalance necessary. REFER to ENGINE

COOLING article. TEST the system for
normal operation after the repair.
 CHECK the air cleaner and ducts for
correct fit. INSPECT the air intake system
 Whine or moaning
 Air intake system for leaks or damage. REPAIR as necessary.
noise
the repair.
 Whistling noise -  CHECK the air intake ducts, air cleaner,
normally throttle body and vacuum hoses for leaks
accompanied with  Air intake system and correct fit. REPAIR or ADJUST as
poor idle necessary. TEST the system for normal
condition operation after the repair.
 USE the Ultrasonic Leak
 Hissing noise - Detector/EngineEAR to locate the source.
occurs during idle SCAN the air intake system from the inlet
or high idle that is  Vacuum leak to each cylinder intake port. DISCARD the
apparent with the leaking parts, and INSTALL a new
hood open component. TEST the system for normal
 Acceptable condition. Some plastic
-  Vehicles with a plastic
manifolds exhibit this noise, which is the
intake manifold
effect of the plastic manifold.
 INSPECT the starter motor for correct
 Grinding noise - mounting. REPAIR as necessary. REFER
 Incorrect starter motor
occurs during to STARTING SYSTEM article. TEST
mounting
engine cranking the system for normal operation after the
repair.
 CHECK the starter motor. INSTALL a new
starter motor as necessary. REFER to
-  Starter motor STARTING SYSTEM article. TEST the
repair.
 INSPECT the starter motor drive for wear
or damage. INSTALL a new starter motor
as necessary. REFER to STARTING
SYSTEM article. TEST the system for
 Incorrect starter motor normal operation after the repair.
-
drive engagement  INSPECT the flexplate for wear or damage.
INSTALL a new flexplate as necessary.
REFER to ENGINE - 3.5L article. TEST
the system for normal operation after the
repair.
 Engine noise,  CHECK for obvious signs of damage or
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
front of engine - wobble during operation. INSTALL new as

knocking noise  Damaged or separated necessary. REFER to ENGINE - 3.5L
from lower front crankshaft article. TEST the system for normal
of engine pulley/damper operation after the repair.
 REMOVE the accessory drive belt. REFER
to ACCESSORY DRIVE article.
 Engine noise,  USE the EngineEAR to isolate the noise to
front of engine - the engine front cover.
ticking, tapping or  Timing drive  REMOVE the engine front cover and
rattling noise from components INSPECT the timing drive components.
the front of the INSTALL new parts as necessary. REFER
engine to ENGINE - 3.5L article. TEST the
repair.
 Engine noise,
 CHECK for loose or damaged fuel rail clip
upper end -
(s). REPAIR as necessary. TEST the
ticking noise near  Fuel rail clip
the fuel rail and
repair.
intake manifold
 USE the EngineEAR to isolate the noisy
injector(s). INSTALL a new injector(s) as
- necessary. REFER to FUEL CHARGING
 Fuel injector
AND CONTROLS - 3.5L article. TEST
repair.
 Engine noise,
 REMOVE the spark plugs. INSPECT and
upper end - occurs
INSTALL new as necessary. REFER to
mostly with a  Worn or damaged
ENGINE IGNITION - 3.5L article. TEST
warm engine at spark plugs
light/medium
repair.
acceleration
 Carbon accumulation  Bore scope the cylinder. ELIMINATE
- in combustion carbon buildup. TEST the system for
chamber normal operation after the repair.
 Engine noise,
upper end -
rattling noise from
 Low oil level  CHECK the oil level. FILL as necessary.
the valve train.
Worse when the
engine is cold
 INSPECT the oil for contamination. If the

-  Thin or diluted oil oil is contaminated, CHECK for the source.
REPAIR as necessary. CHANGE the oil
and filter. TEST the system for normal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 CARRY OUT an oil pressure test. If not
within specifications, REMOVE the engine
- oil pan. REFER to ENGINE - 3.5L article.
 Low oil pressure
INSPECT for a blocked oil pick up tube.
the repair.
 CARRY OUT the Valve Train Analysis
-  Worn valve train Component Test. INSTALL new parts as
components necessary. TEST the system for normal
-  CARRY OUT the Valve Guide Inner
 Worn valve guides
Diameter procedure.
 Excessive runout of
-  CARRY OUT the Valve Seat Inspection
the valve seats on the
procedure.
valve face
 VERIFY with customer the type of
 Engine noise,
 Gasoline octane too gasoline used. CORRECT as necessary.
upper end -
low TEST the system for normal operation after
pinging noise
the repair.
 CHECK the KS. INSTALL a new KS as
necessary. REFER to ELECTRONIC
-  Knock Sensor (KS)
ENGINE CONTROLS article. TEST the
operation
repair.
 CHECK the spark timing. REPAIR as
-  Incorrect spark timing necessary. TEST the system for normal
 INSPECT the cooling system for leaks.
CHECK the coolant level. REFILL as
necessary. CHECK the coolant for the
-  High operating correct mix ratio. DRAIN and REFILL as
temperature needed. VERIFY the engine operating
temperature is within specifications.
REPAIR as necessary. TEST the system for
normal operation after the repair.
 CHECK the spark plugs. INSTALL new
-  Spark plug spark plugs as necessary. TEST the system
-  Catalytic converter  Acceptable noise.
 Engine noise,
lower end -  USE the EngineEAR to verify the oil pump
ticking or as the source of the noise at low RPM.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
knocking noise REPAIR as necessary. REFER to ENGINE

near the oil filter  Oil pump - 3.5L article. TEST the system for normal
adapter operation after the repair.
 Engine noise,
lower end - light
knocking noise,
also described as
piston slap. Noise
is most noticeable  Excessive clearance  INSTALL a new short block. REFER to
when the engine is between the piston and ENGINE - 3.5L article. TEST the system
cold with light to the cylinder wall for normal operation after the repair.
medium
acceleration. The
noise disappears
as the engine
warms
 Engine noise,
lower end - light
double knock or
sharp rap sound.
Occurs mostly
with a warm  Excessive clearance  INSTALL a new short block. REFER to
engine at idle or between the piston and ENGINE - 3.5L article. TEST the system
low speeds in the piston pin for normal operation after the repair.
drive. Increases in
relation to engine
load. Associated
with a poor
lubrication history
 Engine noise,
lower end - light
knocking noise.
The noise is most  Excessive clearance
noticeable when between the  INSTALL a new short block. REFER to
the engine is connecting rod ENGINE - 3.5L article. TEST the system
warm. The noise bearings and the for normal operation after the repair.
tends to decrease crankshaft
when the vehicle
is coasting or in
NEUTRAL
 Engine noise,
lower end - deep
knocking noise.
The noise is most
noticeable when  Worn or damaged  INSTALL a new short block. REFER to
the engine is crankshaft main ENGINE - 3.5L article. TEST the system
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
warm, at lower bearings for normal operation after the repair.

RPM and under a
light load and then
at float
 Engine noise, rear
of engine -  Damaged  CARRY OUT the Flexplate Inspection
knocking noise at flywheel/flexplate procedure.
rear of engine
REFER to NOISE, VIBRATION AND
 Engine vibration -
 Excessive engine HARSHNESS article. INSTALL a new
vibration felt at all
pulley runout engine pulley as necessary. REFER to
times
-  Damaged or worn REPAIR or INSTALL a new component as
accessory component necessary. TEST the system for normal
 Using the scan tool, CARRY OUT the
at idle, a low-
cylinder power balance and the relative
frequency
compression test. REPAIR as necessary.
vibration (5-20  Cylinder misfire
REFER to ENGINE - 3.5L article. TEST
Hz) or mild shake
that is felt through
repair.
the seat/floorpan
 VERIFY the torque converter-to-crankshaft
pilot clearance is correct. REPAIR as
necessary. RE-INDEX the torque converter
 Engine or torque on the flexplate by 120 degrees for a 3-bolt
- converter out of converter or 180 degrees for a 4-bolt
balance converter. REFER to AUTOMATIC
article for the transaxle. TEST the system
damage. INSTALL new mounts as
necessary. For engine, REFER to ENGINE
is felt with
- 3.5L article. For the transaxle, REFER to
increases and  Powertrain mount(s)
AUTOMATIC
decreases in
engine RPM
-  INSPECT the powertrain/drivetrain for

 Engine or transmission correct clearances. REPAIR as necessary.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
grounded to chassis TEST the system for normal operation after

the repair.
 CARRY OUT the Neutral Engine Run-Up
(NERU) Test. REFER to NOISE,
VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS article.
ROTATE the torque converter, 120 degrees
 Engine vibration - for 3-bolt or 180 degrees for 4-bolt.
increases intensity INSPECT the torque converter pilot outer
 Engine out-of-balance
as the engine diameter-to-crankshaft pilot inner diameter.
RPM is increased REPAIR as necessary. REFER to
AUTOMATIC
mostly at  CHECK the ignition system. INSTALL
coast/neutral new components as necessary. REFER to
coast. Condition  Combustion instability ENGINE IGNITION - 3.5L article. TEST
improves with the system for normal operation after the
vehicle repair.
acceleration
 Engine vibration  INSPECT the spark plugs for cracks, high
or shudder - resistance or broken insulators. INSTALL a
occurs with light  Worn or damaged new spark plug(s) as necessary. REFER to
to medium spark plugs ENGINE IGNITION - 3.5L article. TEST
acceleration above the system for normal operation after the
56 km/h (35 mph) repair.
 REPAIR or INSTALL a new injector as
necessary. REFER to FUEL CHARGING
-  Plugged fuel injector AND CONTROLS - 3.5L article. TEST
repair.
 INSPECT the fuel for contamination.
- DRAIN the fuel system and refill. REFER
 Contaminated fuel
to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL
Component Tests
The following component tests are used to diagnose engine concerns.
Engine Oil Leaks
NOTE: When diagnosing engine oil leaks, the source of the leak must be positively
identified prior to repair. If the vehicle is driven extensively between adding the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
fluorescent additive and performing the leak test, fan air or wind can spread the
leaking oil and make identifying the location of the leak difficult.
Prior to carrying out this procedure, clean the cylinder block, cylinder heads, valve covers, oil pan and flywheel
with a suitable solvent to remove all traces of oil.
Engine Oil Leaks - Fluorescent Oil Additive Method
Use the 12 Volt Master UV Diagnostic Inspection Kit to carry out the following procedure for oil leak
diagnosis.
1. Add 29.6 ml (1 oz) of gasoline engine oil dye to a minimum of 0.47L (1/2 qt) and a maximum of 0.95L (1
qt) engine oil and fill through the engine oil fill. Thoroughly premix the gasoline engine oil dye or it will
not have enough time to reach the crankcase, oil galleries and seal surfaces during this particular 15
minute test. The additive must be mixed well with oil and added through the oil fill. Check the level on
the oil level indicator to determine what amount of oil to premix. If it is in the middle of the crosshatch
area or below the full mark, use 0.95L (1 qt). If it is at the full mark, use 0.47L (1/2 qt).
2. Run the engine for 15 minutes. Stop the engine and inspect all seal and gasket areas for leaks using the 12
Volt Master UV Diagnostic Inspection Kit. A clear bright yellow or orange area will identify the leak. For
extremely small leaks, several hours may be required for the leak to appear.
3. At the end of test, make sure the oil level is within the upper and lower oil indicator marks. Remove oil as
necessary if it registers above the full mark.
Leakage Points - Underhood
Examine the following areas for oil leakage:
 Valve cover gaskets

 Cylinder head gaskets
 Oil cooler, if equipped
 Oil filter adapter
 Engine front cover
 Oil filter adapter and filter body
 Oil level indicator tube connection
 Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) switch
Leakage Points - Under Engine, With Vehicle on Hoist
 Oil pan gaskets

 Oil pan sealer
 Engine front cover gasket
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Crankshaft front seal

 Crankshaft rear oil seal
 Oil filter adapter and filter body
 Oil cooler, if equipped
Leakage Points - With Transmission and Flywheel Removed
 Crankshaft rear oil seal

 Rear main bearing cap parting line
 Flexplate mounting bolt holes (with flexplate installed)
 Pipe plugs at the end of oil passages
Oil leaks at crimped seams in sheet metal parts and cracks in cast or stamped parts can be detected when using
the dye method.
Compression Test
1. Make sure the oil in the crankcase is of the correct viscosity and at the correct level and that the battery is
correctly charged. Operate the vehicle until the engine is at normal operating temperature. Turn the
ignition switch to the OFF position, then remove all the spark plugs.
2. Set the throttle plates in the wide-open position.
3. Install a compression gauge such as the Compression Tester in the No. 1 cylinder.
4. Install an auxiliary starter switch in the starting circuit. With the ignition switch in the OFF position, and
using the auxiliary starter switch, crank the engine a minimum of 5 compression strokes and record the
highest reading. Note the approximate number of compression strokes necessary to obtain the highest
reading.
5. Repeat the test on each cylinder, cranking the engine approximately the same number of compression
strokes.
Compression Test - Test Results
The indicated compression pressures are considered within specification if the lowest reading cylinder is at least
75% of the highest reading. Refer to the COMPRESSION PRESSURE LIMIT CHART.
COMPRESSION PRESSURE LIMIT CHART

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum
Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure
924 kPa 696 kPa 1,131 kPa 848 kPa 1,338 kPa 1,000 kPa 1,544 kPa 1,158 kPa
(134 psi) (101 psi) (164 psi) (123 psi) (194 psi) (146 psi) (224 psi) (168 psi)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1,007 kPa 758 kPa 1,214 kPa 910 kPa 1,420 kPa 1,062 kPa 1,627 kPa 1,220 kPa
1,110 kPa 834 kPa 1,324 kPa 993 kPa 1,631 kPa 1,145 kPa
- -
(161 psi) (121 psi) (192 psi) (144 psi) (222 psi) (166 psi)
If one or more cylinders reads low, squirt approximately one tablespoon of engine oil meeting Ford
specification on top of the pistons in the low-reading cylinders. Repeat the compression pressure check on these
cylinders.
Compression Test - Interpreting Compression Readings
1. If compression improves considerably, piston rings are worn or damaged.

2. If compression does not improve, valves are sticking or not seating correctly.
3. If 2 adjacent cylinders indicate low compression pressures and squirting oil on each piston does not
increase compression, the head gasket may be leaking between cylinders. Engine oil or coolant in
cylinders could result from this condition.
Use the Compression Pressure Limit Chart when checking cylinder compression so that the lowest
reading is within 75% of the highest reading.
Cylinder Leakage Detection
When a cylinder produces a low reading, use of the Engine Cylinder Leak Detection/Air Pressurization Kit will
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
be helpful in pinpointing the exact cause.
The leakage detector is inserted in the spark plug hole, the piston is brought up to Top Dead Center (TDC) on
the compression stroke, and compressed air is admitted.
Once the combustion chamber is pressurized, a special gauge included in the kit will read the percentage of
leakage. Leakage exceeding 20% is excessive.
While the air pressure is retained in the cylinder, listen for the hiss of escaping air. A leak at the intake valve
will be heard in the Throttle Body (TB). A leak at the exhaust valve can be heard at the tailpipe. Leakage past
the piston rings will be audible at the PCV connection. If air is passing through a blown head gasket to an
adjacent cylinder, the noise will be evident at the spark plug hole of the cylinder into which the air is leaking.
Cracks in the cylinder block or gasket leakage into the cooling system may be detected by a stream of bubbles
in the radiator.
Excessive Engine Oil Consumption
Nearly all engines consume oil, which is essential for normal lubrication of the cylinder bore walls and pistons
and rings. Determining the level of oil consumption may require testing by recording how much oil is being
added over a given set of miles.
Customer driving habits greatly influence oil consumption. Mileage accumulated during towing or heavy
loading generates extra heat. Frequent short trips, stop-and-go type traffic or extensive idling, prevent the
engine from reaching normal operating temperature. This prevents component clearances from reaching
specified operating ranges.
The following diagnostic procedure may be utilized to determine internal oil consumption. Make sure that the
concern is related to internal oil consumption, and not external leakage, which also consumes oil. Verify there
are no leaks before carrying out the test. Once verified, the rate of internal oil consumption can be tested.
A new engine may require extra oil in the early stages of operation. Internal piston-to-bore clearances and
sealing characteristics improve as the engine breaks in. Engines are designed for close tolerances and do not
require break-in oils or additives. Use the oil specified in the Owner's Literature. Ambient temperatures may
determine the oil viscosity specification. Verify that the correct oil is being used for the vehicle in the
geographic region in which it is driven.
Basic Pre-checks
1. For persistent complaints of oil consumption, interview the customer to determine the oil consumption
characteristics. If possible, determine the brand and grade of oil currently in the oil pan. Look at the oil
filter or oil-change station tags to determine if Ford-recommended maintenance schedules have been
followed. Make sure that the oil has been changed at the specified mileage intervals. If vehicle mileage is
past the first recommended drain interval, the OEM production filter should have been changed.
2. Ask how the most current mileage was accumulated. That is, determine whether the vehicle was driven
under the following conditions:
 Extended idling or curbside engine operation
 Stop-and-go traffic or taxi operation

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Towing a trailer or vehicle loaded heavily

 Frequent short trips (engine not up to normal operating temperature)
 Excessive throttling or high engine-RPM driving
3. Verify that there are no external leaks. If necessary, review the diagnostic procedure under ENGINE
OIL LEAKS in Diagnosis and Testing .
4. Inspect the crankcase ventilation system for:
 disconnected hoses at the valve cover or TB.
 loose or missing valve cover fill cap.
 missing or incorrectly seated engine oil level indicator.
 incorrect or dirty PCV valve.
 a PCV valve grommet unseated in the valve cover (if so equipped).
5. Inspect for signs of sludge. Sludge affects PCV performance and can plug or restrict cylinder head
drainback wells. It can also increase oil pressure by restricting passages and reducing the drainback
capability of piston oil control rings. Sludge can result from either excessive water ingestion in the
crankcase or operation at extremely high crankcase temperatures.
6. Inspect the air filter for dirt, sludge or damage. A hole in the filter element will allow unfiltered air to
bypass into the air induction system. This can cause premature internal wear (engine dusting), allowing
oil to escape past rings, pistons, valves and guides.
7. If the engine is hot or was recently shut down, wait at least 5 minutes to allow the oil to drain back. Ask
the customer if this requirement has been followed. Adding oil without this wait period can cause an
overfill condition, leading to excessive oil consumption and foaming, which may cause engine damage.
8. Make sure the oil level indicator (dipstick) is correctly and fully seated in the indicator tube. Remove the
oil level indicator and record the oil level.
Detailed Pre-checks
1. Check the thermostat opening temperature to make sure that the cooling system is operating at the
specified temperature. If it is low, internal engine parts are not running at specified internal operating
clearances.
2. Verify the spark plugs are not oil saturated. Oil leaking into one or more cylinders will appear as an oil
soaked condition on the plug. If a plug is saturated, a compression check may be necessary at the
conclusion of the oil consumption test.
Oil Consumption Test
Once all of the previous conditions are met, carry out an oil consumption test.
1. Drain the engine oil and remove the oil filter. Install a new manufacturer-specified oil filter. Make sure
the vehicle is positioned on a level surface. Refill the oil pan to a level one liter (quart) less than the
specified fill level, using manufacturer-specified oil.
2. Run the engine for 3 minutes (if hot) or 10 minutes (if cold). Allow for a minimum 5-minute drainback
period and then record the oil level shown on the oil level indicator. Place a mark on the backside of the
oil level indicator noting the oil level location.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Add the final one liter (quart) to complete the normal oil fill. Restart the engine and allow it to idle for 2
minutes. Shut the engine down.
4. After a 5-minute drainback period, record the location of the oil level again. Mark the oil level indicator
with the new oil level location. (Note: Both marks should be very close to the MIN-MAX upper and
lower limits or the upper and lower holes on the oil level indicator. These marks will exactly measure the
engine's use of oil, with a one quart differential between the new marks.) Demonstrate to the customer
that the factory-calibrated marks on the oil level indicator are where the oil should fall after an oil change
with the specified fill amount. Explain however, that this may vary slightly between MIN-MAX or the
upper and lower holes on the oil level indicator.
5. Record the vehicle mileage.
6. Advise the customer that oil level indicator readings must be taken every 320 km (200 mi) or weekly,
using the revised marks as drawn. Remind the customer that the engine needs a minimum 5-minute
drainback for an accurate reading and that the oil level indicator must be firmly seated in the tube prior to
taking the reading.
7. When the subsequent indicator readings demonstrate a full liter (quart) has been used, record the vehicle
mileage. The mileage driven between the 2 readings should not be less than 2,414 km (1,500 mi). The
drive cycle the vehicle has been operated under must be considered when making this calculation. It may
be necessary to have the customer bring the vehicle in for a periodic oil level indicator reading to closely
monitor oil usage.
Post Checks, Evaluation and Corrective Action
1. If test results indicate excessive oil consumption, carry out a cylinder compression test. The cylinder
compression test should be carried out with a fully charged battery and all spark plugs removed. See the
COMPRESSION PRESSURE LIMIT CHART for pressure range limits.
2. Compression should be consistent across all cylinders. Refer to COMPRESSION TEST. If compression
tested within the specifications found in this service information, the excessive oil consumption may be
due to wear on the valve guides, valves or valve seals.
3. A cylinder leak detection test can be carried out using an Engine Cylinder Leak Detection/Air
Pressurization Kit. This can help identify valves, piston rings, or worn valve guides/valve stems,
inoperative valve stem seals or other related areas as the source of oil consumption.
NOTE: An oil-soaked appearance on the porcelain tips of the spark plugs also
indicates excessive oil use. A typical engine with normal oil consumption
will exhibit a light tan to brown appearance. See Spark Plug Analysis in
this service information for details. A single or adjoining, multiple cylinder
leak can be traced by viewing the tips.
4. If an internal engine part is isolated as the root cause, determine if the repair will exceed cost limits and
proceed with a repair strategy as required.
5. Once corrective action to engine is complete and verifying that all pre-check items were eliminated in the
original diagnosis, repeat the Oil Consumption Test as described above and verify consumption results.
Intake Manifold Vacuum Test
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Bring the engine to normal operating temperature. Connect the Vacuum/Pressure Tester to the intake manifold.
Run the engine at the specified idle speed.
The vacuum gauge should read between 51-74 kPa (15-22 in-Hg) depending upon the engine condition and the
altitude at which the test is conducted. Subtract 4.0193 kPa (1 in-Hg) from the specified reading for every 304.8
m (1,000 ft) of elevation above sea level.
The reading should be steady. If necessary, adjust the gauge damper control (where used) if the needle is
fluttering rapidly. Adjust the damper until the needle moves easily without excessive flutter.
Intake Manifold Vacuum Test - Interpreting Vacuum Gauge Readings
A careful study of the vacuum gauge reading while the engine is idling will help pinpoint trouble areas. Always
conduct other appropriate tests before arriving at a final diagnostic decision. Vacuum gauge readings, although
helpful, must be interpreted carefully.
Most vacuum gauges have a normal band indicated on the gauge face.
The following are potential gauge readings. Some are normal; others should be investigated further.
Fig. 1: Potential Vacuum Gauge Readings Chart

1. NORMAL READING: Needle between 51-74 kPa (15-22 in-Hg) and holding steady.
2. NORMAL READING DURING RAPID ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION: When the engine
is rapidly accelerated (dotted needle), the needle will drop to a low reading (not to zero). When the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
throttle is suddenly released, the needle will snap back up to a higher than normal figure.
3. NORMAL FOR HIGH-LIFT CAMSHAFT WITH LARGE OVERLAP: The needle will register as low
as 51 kPa (15 in-Hg) but will be relatively steady. Some oscillation is normal.
4. WORN RINGS OR DILUTED OIL: When the engine is accelerated (dotted needle), the needle drops to
0 kPa (0 in-Hg). Upon deceleration, the needle runs slightly above 74 kPa (22 in-Hg).
5. STICKING VALVES: When the needle (dotted) remains steady at a normal vacuum but occasionally
flicks (sharp, fast movement) down and back about 13 kPa (4 in-Hg), one or more valves may be sticking.
6. BURNED OR WARPED VALVES: A regular, evenly-spaced, downscale flicking of the needle indicates
one or more burned or warped valves. Insufficient valve clearance will also cause this reaction.
7. POOR VALVE SEATING: A small but regular downscale flicking can mean one or more valves are not
seating.
8. WORN VALVE GUIDES: When the needle oscillates over about a 13 kPa (4 in-Hg) range at idle speed,
the valve guides could be worn. As engine speed increases, the needle will become steady if guides are
responsible.
9. WEAK VALVE SPRINGS: When the needle oscillation becomes more violent as engine RPM is
increased, weak valve springs are indicated. The reading at idle could be relatively steady.
10. LATE VALVE TIMING: A steady but low reading could be caused by late valve timing.
11. IGNITION TIMING RETARDING: Retarded ignition timing will produce a steady but somewhat low
reading.
12. INSUFFICIENT SPARK PLUG GAP: When spark plugs are gapped too close, a regular, small pulsation
of the needle can occur.
13. INTAKE LEAK: A low, steady reading can be caused by an intake manifold or throttle body gasket leak.
14. BLOWN HEAD GASKET: A regular drop of fair magnitude can be caused by a blown head gasket or
warped cylinder head-to-cylinder block surface.
15. RESTRICTED EXHAUST SYSTEM: When the engine is first started and is idled, the reading may be
normal, but as the engine RPM is increased, the back pressure caused by a clogged muffler, kinked
tailpipe or other concerns will cause the needle to slowly drop to 0 kPa (0 in-Hg). The needle then may
slowly rise. Excessive exhaust clogging will cause the needle to drop to a low point even if the engine is
only idling.
16. When vacuum leaks are indicated, search out and correct the cause. Excess air leaking into the system
will upset the fuel mixture and cause concerns such as rough idle, missing on acceleration or burned
valves. If the leak exists in an accessory unit such as the power brake booster, the unit will not function
correctly. Always fix vacuum leaks.
Oil Pressure Test
1. Disconnect and remove the oil pressure switch from the engine.
2. Connect the engine Oil Pressure Gauge to the oil pressure switch oil galley port.
3. Run the engine until normal operating temperature is reached.
4. Run the engine at the specified RPM and record the gauge reading.
5. The oil pressure should be within specifications; refer to the specification chart in the appropriate engine
section.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
6. If the pressure is not within specification, check the following possible sources:
 Insufficient oil
 Oil leakage
 Worn or damaged oil pump
 Oil pump screen cover and tube
 Excessive main bearing clearance
 Excessive connecting rod bearing clearance
 Chain tensioner leak
Valve Train Analysis
The following component tests are used to diagnose valve train concerns.
Valve Train Analysis - Engine Off, Valve Cover Removed
Check for damaged or severely worn parts and correct assembly. Make sure correct parts are used with the
static engine analysis as follows.
Valve Train Analysis - Camshafts and Valve Tappets
 Check for broken or damaged parts.

 Check for loose mounting bolts on camshaft caps.
 Check for worn or damaged valve tappets.
Valve Train Analysis - Valve Springs, Valve Tappets Removed
 Check for broken or damaged parts.
Valve Train Analysis - Valve Spring Retainer and Valve Spring Retainer Keys, Valve Tappets Removed
 Check for correct seating of the valve spring retainer key on the valve stem and in valve spring retainer.
 Check for correct seating on the valve stem.
Valve Train Analysis - Valves and Cylinder Head, Valve Tappets Removed
 Check for plugged oil drain-back holes.

 Check for worn or damaged valve tips.
 Check for missing or damaged valve stem seals or guide-mounted valve stem seal.
 Check for missing or worn valve spring seats.
Valve Train Analysis - Camshaft Lobe Lift
Check the lift of each camshaft lobe in consecutive order and make a note of the readings.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the spark plugs. Refer to ENGINE IGNITION - 3.5L article.

2. Install the Dial Indicator Gauge with Holding Fixture so the rounded tip of the dial indicator is on top of
the camshaft lobe and on the same plane as the valve tappet.
3. Rotate the crankshaft using a breaker bar and socket attached to the crankshaft pulley retainer bolt. Rotate
the crankshaft until the base circle of the camshaft lobe is reached.
Fig. 2: Checking Camshaft Lobe Lift

4. Zero the dial indicator. Continue to rotate the crankshaft until the high-lift point of the camshaft lobe is in
the fully-raised position (highest indicator reading).
5. To check the accuracy of the original dial indicator reading, continue to rotate crankshaft until the base
circle is reached. The dial indicator reading should be zero. If zero reading is not obtained, repeat Steps 1
through 6.
6. If the lift on any lobe is below specified service limits, install a new camshaft and camshaft valve tappets.
7. Install the spark plugs. Refer to ENGINE IGNITION - 3.5L article.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
SPROCKETS
1. Inspect the sprockets for cracks and worn or chipped teeth.
Fig. 3: Inspecting Sprockets For Damage

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAMSHAFT BEARING JOURNAL DIAMETER
NOTE: Refer to the appropriate service information for the specification.
1. Measure each camshaft journal diameter in 2 directions.
Fig. 4: Locating Areas For Measuring Camshaft Journal Diameter

CAMSHAFT JOURNAL TO BEARING CLEARANCE - OHC ENGINES
NOTE: The camshaft journals must meet specifications before checking camshaft
journal clearance.
1. Measure each camshaft bearing in 2 directions.

 Subtract the camshaft journal diameter from the camshaft bearing diameter.
Fig. 5: Measuring Camshaft Bearing In 2 Directions

CAMSHAFT END PLAY - OHC ENGINES
SPECIAL TOOLS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Fixture equivalent
1. Using the Dial Indicator Gauge with Holding Fixture, measure the camshaft end play.
2. Position the camshaft to the rear of the cylinder head.
3. Zero the Dial Indicator Gauge.
4. Move the camshaft to the front of the cylinder head. Note and record the camshaft end play.
 If camshaft end play exceeds specifications, install a new camshaft and recheck end play.
 If camshaft end play exceeds specification after camshaft installation, install a new cylinder head.
Fig. 6: Recording Camshaft End Play

CAMSHAFT SURFACE INSPECTION
1. Inspect camshaft lobes for pitting or damage in the contact area. Minor pitting is acceptable outside the
contact area.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 7: Inspecting Camshaft Lobes

CAMSHAFT LOBE LIFT
SPECIAL TOOLS

Fixture equivalent
1. Use the Dial Indicator Gauge with Holding Fixture to measure camshaft intake/exhaust lobe lift.
 Rotate the camshaft and subtract the lowest indicator reading from the highest indicator reading to
figure the camshaft lobe lift.
Fig. 8: Using Dial Indicator Gauge With Holding Fixture To Measure Camshaft Intake/Exhaust
Lobe Lift
CAMSHAFT RUNOUT
SPECIAL TOOLS

Fixture equivalent

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Camshaft journals must be within specifications before checking runout.
1. Using the Dial Indicator Gauge with Holding Fixture, measure the camshaft runout.
 Rotate the camshaft and subtract the lowest indicator reading from the highest indicator reading.
Fig. 9: Measuring Camshaft Runout Using Dial Indicator Gauge With Holding Fixture
CRANKSHAFT END PLAY
SPECIAL TOOLS

Fixture equivalent
1. Install the Dial Indicator Gauge with Holding Fixture.

2. Position the crankshaft to the rear of the cylinder block.
3. Zero the Dial Indicator Gauge.
4. Move the crankshaft to the front of the cylinder block. Note and record the crankshaft end play.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 10: Recording Crankshaft End Play

VALVE STEM DIAMETER
1. Measure the diameter of each intake and exhaust valve stem at the points shown in illustration. Verify the
diameter is within specification.
Fig. 11: Measuring Diameter Of Valve Stem

VALVE INSPECTION
1. Inspect the following valve areas:

1. The end of the stem for grooves or scoring.
2. The valve face and the edge for pits, grooves or scores.
3. The valve head for signs of burning, erosion, warpage and cracking.
4. The valve margin for wear.
Fig. 12: Inspecting Valves

VALVE GUIDE INNER DIAMETER
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Valve guides tend to wear in an hourglass pattern. The ball gauge can be
inserted into the combustion chamber side of the valve guide, if
necessary.
1. Use a ball gauge to determine the inside diameter of the valve guides in 2 directions at the top, middle
and bottom of the valve guide.
Fig. 13: Measuring Valve Guide Inner Diameter

2. Measure the ball gauge with a micrometer.
Fig. 14: Measuring Ball Gauge With Micrometer

3. If the valve guide is not within specifications, install a new cylinder head assembly.
VALVE STEM TO VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE
SPECIAL TOOLS
Clearance Gauge, Valve Guide

303-004 (TOOL-6505-E) or
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
equivalent

Fixture equivalent
NOTE: The valve stem diameter must be within specifications before checking valve
stem-to-valve guide clearance.
NOTE: If necessary, use a magnetic base.
1. Install a Valve Guide Clearance Gauge on the valve stem and install a Dial Indicator Gauge with Holding
Fixture. Lower the valve until the clearance gauge contacts the upper surface of the valve guide.
Fig. 15: Installing Valve Guide Clearance Gauge

2. Move the Valve Guide Clearance Gauge toward the Dial Indicator Gauge with Holding Fixture and zero
the Dial Indicator Gauge. Move the Valve Guide Clearance Gauge away from the Dial Indicator Gauge
with Holding Fixture and note the reading. The reading will be DOUBLE the valve stem-to-valve guide
clearance.
VALVE SPRING INSTALLED LENGTH
1. Measure the installed length of each valve spring.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 16: Measuring Installed Length Of Valve Spring

VALVE SPRING FREE LENGTH
1. Measure the free length of each valve spring.
Fig. 17: Measuring Free Length Of Valve Spring

VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS
1. Measure the out-of-square on each valve spring.

 Turn the valve spring and observe the space between the top of the valve spring and the square.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 18: Measuring Valve Spring Out-Of-Square

VALVE SPRING STRENGTH
SPECIAL TOOLS
Pressure Gauge, Valve/Clutch 303-006 (TOOL-6513-DD) or

Spring equivalent
1. Use the Valve/Clutch Spring Pressure Gauge to check the valve spring for correct strength at the specified
valve spring length.
Fig. 19: Using Valve/Clutch Spring Pressure Gauge

VALVE SEAT INSPECTION
Valve and Seat Refacing Measurements
NOTE: After grinding valves or valve seats, check valve clearance.
1. Check the valve head and seat.

 Check valve angles.
 Check margin width.
 Be sure margin width is within specification.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 20: Checking Valve Head And Seat

2. Inspect for abnormalities on the valve face and seat. Install a new cylinder head assembly if abnormalities
are found.
VALVE SEAT WIDTH
1. Measure the valve seat width. If necessary, grind the valve seat to specification.
 Measure the intake valve seat width.
 Measure the exhaust valve seat width.
 Recheck the valve spring installed length after the seats have been ground, and shim the valve
springs as necessary to achieve the correct installed spring length.
Fig. 21: Measuring Valve Seat Width

VALVE SEAT RUNOUT
1. Use a valve seat runout gauge to check valve seat runout.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 22: Measuring Valve Seat Runout

FLEXPLATE INSPECTION
1. Inspect the flexplate for:

1. any cracks.
2. worn ring gear teeth.
3. chipped or cracked ring gear teeth.
Fig. 23: Inspecting Flexplate

CYLINDER HEAD DISTORTION
SPECIAL TOOLS
303-D027 (D81L-4201-A) or
Feeler Gauge Set
equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Make sure all cylinder head surfaces are clear of any gasket material,
silicone sealant, oil and coolant. The cylinder head surface must be clean
and dry before running a flatness check.
NOTE: Use a Straightedge that is calibrated by the manufacturer to be flat within

0.005 mm (0.0002 in) per running foot of length, such as Snap-On®
GA438A or equivalent. For example, if the Straightedge is 61 cm (24 in)
long, the machined edge must be flat within 0.010 mm (0.0004 in) from end
to end.
1. Using a Straightedge and a Feeler Gauge Set, inspect the cylinder head for flatness in the sequence shown
in illustration.
Fig. 24: Inspecting Cylinder Head For Flatness

CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION
SPECIAL TOOLS
303-D027 (D81L-4201-A) or
Feeler Gauge Set
equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

to end.
1. Use a Straightedge and a Feeler Gauge Set to inspect the cylinder block for flatness.
Fig. 25: Inspecting Cylinder Block For Flatness Using Straightedge & Feeler Gauge Set
EXHAUST MANIFOLD CLEANING AND INSPECTION
SPECIAL TOOLS
303-D027 (D81L-4201-A) or
Feeler Gauge Set
equivalent
1. Clean the exhaust manifold using a suitable solvent. Use a plastic scraping tool to clean the gasket sealing
surfaces.
NOTE: New exhaust manifold gaskets, studs, nuts and/or bolts must be installed
when an exhaust manifold is serviced.

to end.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Using the Straightedge and a Feeler Gauge Set, check the exhaust manifold sealing surface for warpage.
If the warpage is greater than 0.76 mm (0.0299 in), install a new exhaust manifold.
Fig. 26: Checking Exhaust Manifold Sealing Surface For Warpage

SPARK PLUG INSPECTION
1. Inspect the spark plug for a bridged gap.

 Check for deposit build-up closing the gap between the electrodes. Deposits are caused by oil or
carbon fouling.
 Install a new spark plug.
Fig. 27: Identifying Spark Plug With Bridged Gap

2. Check for oil fouling.

 Check for wet, black deposits on the insulator shell bore electrodes, caused by excessive oil
entering the combustion chamber through worn rings and pistons, excessive valve-to-guide
clearance or worn or loose bearings.
 Correct the oil leak concern.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 28: Identifying Oil Fouled Spark Plug

3. Inspect for carbon fouling. Look for black, dry, fluffy carbon deposits on the insulator tips, exposed shell
surfaces and electrodes, caused by a spark plug with an incorrect heat range, dirty air cleaner, too rich a
fuel mixture or excessive idling.
 Install new spark plugs.
Fig. 29: Identifying Spark Plug Carbon Fouling

4. Inspect for normal burning.

 Check for light tan or gray deposits on the firing tip.
Fig. 30: Identifying Normal Burning Spark Plug

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5. Inspect for pre-ignition, identified by melted electrodes and a possibly damaged insulator. Metallic
deposits on the insulator indicate engine damage. This may be caused by incorrect ignition timing, wrong
type of fuel or the unauthorized installation of a heli-coil insert in place of the spark plug threads.
Fig. 31: Identifying Spark Plug With Pre-Ignition Condition

6. Inspect for overheating, identified by white or light gray spots and with a bluish-burnt appearance of
electrodes. This is caused by engine overheating, wrong type of fuel, loose spark plugs, spark plugs with
an incorrect heat range, low fuel pump pressure or incorrect ignition timing.
Fig. 32: Identifying Overheated Spark Plug

7. Inspect for fused deposits, identified by melted or spotty deposits resembling bubbles or blisters. These
are caused by sudden acceleration.
 Install new spark plugs.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 33: Identifying Spark Plug With Fused Deposits

VALVE TAPPET INSPECTION
1. Inspect the valve tappet for damage, especially in the indicated areas. If any damage is evident, inspect
the camshaft lobes and valves for damage. Install new components as necessary.
Fig. 34: Inspecting Valve Tappet

POWERTRAIN/DRIVETRAIN MOUNT NEUTRALIZING
NOTE: Refer to the appropriate service information and procedure for special
instructions on loosening and tightening mount fasteners.
2. Loosen, but do not remove, the powertrain/drivetrain mount fasteners.
3. Lower the vehicle.
NOTE: Do not twist or strain the powertrain/drivetrain mounts or damage to the

mounts may occur.
4. Start the vehicle and move it in forward 0.6-1.2 m (2-4 ft). Then move the vehicle in reverse the same
distance.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5. Raise and support the vehicle.

6. Tighten the powertrain/drivetrain mount fasteners.
7. Lower the vehicle.
8. Test the system for normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ENGINE 3.5L - Edge & MKX
2008 ENGINE
3.5L - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Motorcraft High Performance
Engine RTV Silicone WSE-M4G323-A6 -
TA-357
Motorcraft Metal Surface Prep
- -
ZC-31-A
Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine
Coolant with Bittering Agent
(bittered in US only)
WSS-M97B51-A1 -
VC-7-B (US); CVC-7-A
(Canada); or equivalent (yellow
color)
WSS-M2C930-A 5.2L (5.5 qt) includes filter change
Silicone Gasket Remover
- -
ZC-30
Thread Sealant with PTFE
WSK-M2G350-A2 -
TA-24
Item Specification
Engine
Displacement 3.5L (4V) (214 CID)
No. cylinders 6
Bore/stroke 92.5/86.7 mm (3.641/3.413 in)
Fire order 1-4-2-5-3-6
Minimum 30 psi @ 1,500 rpm with engine at
Oil pressure
normal operating temperature
Spark plug AYSF-22FM Gap = 1.29-1.45 mm (0.051-0.057 in)
Compression ratio 10.3:1
Engine weight (without accessory drive
161 kg (355 lb)
components)
Engine and transaxle weight (without accessory
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
drive components) 260.8 kg (575 lb)

Cylinder Head and Valve Train
Cylinder head gasket surface flatness a
Combustion chamber volume 55.84 cc (3.41 CI)

0.15-0.25 mm
Valve tappet clearance - intake
(0.006-0.01 in)
0.300-0.400 mm
Valve tappet clearance - exhaust
(0.0118-0.0157 in)
5.519-5.549 mm
Valve guide bore inner diameter
(0.217-0.218 in)
5.479-5.497 mm
Valve stem diameter - intake
(0.2157-0.2164 in)
5.466-5.484 mm
Valve stem diameter - exhaust
(0.2151-0.2159 in)
0.022-0.070 mm
Valve stem-to-guide clearance - intake
(0.0008-0.0027 in)
0.035-0.083 mm
Valve stem-to-guide clearance - exhaust
(0.0013-0.032 in)
36.82-37.18 mm
Valve head diameter - intake
(1.44-1.46 in)
30.82-31.18 mm
Valve head diameter - exhaust
(1.21-1.22 in)
Valve face runout 0.05 mm (0.0001 in)
Valve face angle 90.50-91.50 degrees
1.3-1.5 mm
Valve seat width - intake
(0.051-0.059 in)
1.4-1.6 mm
Valve seat width - exhaust
(0.055-0.062 in)
0.04 mm
Valve seat runout
(0.0001 in) MAX
Valve seat angle 89.0-91.0 degrees
Valve spring free length (approx.) 48.4 mm (1.90 in)
Valve spring compression pressure (N @ spec. 510 N @ 27.32 mm
length) (115 lbs @ 1.08 in)
Valve spring installed height 37.0 mm (1.45 in)
Valve spring installed height pressure (N @ spec. 235 N @ 37.0 mm
length) (53 lbs @ 1.45 in)
Valve spring installed pressure - service limit 10% force loss @ specified height
Camshaft
Theoretical valve lift @ 0 lash 9.6798 mm (0.38 in)
Lobe lift - intake 9.6798 mm (0.38 in)
Lobe lift - exhaust 9.6798 mm (0.38 in)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Allowable lobe lift loss 0.062 mm (0.0024 in)

31.0375-31.0625 mm
Camshaft journal bore inside diameter - 1st journal
(1.221-1.222 in)
Camshaft journal bore inside diameter - 25.9875-26.0125 mm
intermediate journals (1.023-1.024 in)
30.993-31.013 mm
Camshaft bearing outside diameter - 1st journal
(1.2202-1.2209 in)
Camshaft bearing outside diameter - intermediate 25.937-25.963 mm
journals (1.021-1.022 in)
Camshaft journal-to-bearing clearance, 1st journal - 0.070 mm
service limit (0.0027 in) MAX
Camshaft journal-to-bearing clearance, intermediate
0.0755 mm (0.0029 in) MAX
journals - service limit
Runout 0.040 mm (0.0015 in) MAX
0.032-0.170 mm
End play - standard
(0.0012-0.0066 in)
End play - service limit 0.190 mm (0.00748 in) MAX
Cylinder Block
Cylinder bore diameter - grade 1 -
Cylinder bore maximum taper -
Cylinder bore maximum out-of-round - limit -
Cylinder bore maximum out-of-round - service limit -
Main bearing bore inside diameter 72.400-72.424 mm (2.8503-2.8513 in)
Head gasket surface flatness -
Head gasket surface finish -
Crankshaft
Main bearing journal diameter 67.5 mm (2.657 in)
Main bearing journal maximum taper 0.004 mm (0.00015 in)
Main bearing journal maximum out-of-round 0.006 mm (0.00023 in)
Main bearing journal-to-cylinder block clearance -
Connecting rod journal diameter 55.983-56.003 mm (2.204-2.205 in)
Connecting rod journal maximum taper 0.004 mm (0.00015 in)
Connecting rod journal maximum out-of-round 0.006 mm (0.00023 in)
Crankshaft maximum end play 0.101-0.291 mm (0.0039-0.0114 in)
Piston and Connecting Rod
92.476-92.490 mm
Piston diameter - single grade
(3.6407-3.6413 in)
0.010 to 0.044 mm
Piston-to-cylinder bore clearance
(0.0003-0.0017 in)
Piston ring end gap - compression (top, gauge 0.15-0.25 mm
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
diameter) (0.0059-0.0098 in)

Piston ring end gap - compression (bottom, gauge
0.30-0.55 mm (0.0118-0.0216 in)
diameter)
Piston ring end gap - oil ring (steel rail, gauge 0.15-0.45 mm
diameter) (0.0059-0.0177 in)
1.230-1.25 mm
Piston ring groove width - compression (top)
(0.0484-0.0492 in)
1.530-1.55 mm
Piston ring groove width - compression (bottom)
(0.0602-0.0610 in)
2.53-2.55 mm
Piston ring groove width - oil ring
(0.0996-0.1003 in)
1.17-1.19 mm
Piston ring width - upper comp ring
(0.0460-0.0468 in)
1.47-1.49 mm
Piston ring width - lower comp ring
(0.0578-0.0586 in)
Piston ring-to-groove clearance (upper and lower 0.040-0.080 mm
compression rings) (0.0015-0.0031 in)
23.002-23.006 mm
Piston pin bore diameter
(0.9055-0.9057 in)
22.998-23.000 mm
Piston pin diameter
(0.9054-0.9055 in)
Piston pin length 55.975 mm (2.203 in)
0.002 to 0.008 mm
Piston pin-to-piston fit
(0.00007-0.0003 in)
Piston-to-connecting rod clearance 2.7 mm (0.1 in)
0.007-0.021 mm
Connecting rod-to-pin clearance - standard
(0.0002-0.0008 in)
Connecting rod-to-pin clearance - service limit -
23.007-23.019 mm
Connecting rod pin bore diameter
(0.905-0.906 in)
Connecting rod length (center-to-center) 152.68 mm (6.01 in)
Connecting rod maximum allowed bend 0.038 mm (0.0014 in)
Connecting rod maximum allowed twist 0.050 mm (0.0019 in)
59.866-59.872 mm
Connecting rod bearing bore diameter - grade 1
(2.3569-2.3571 in)
59.873-59.879 mm
(2.3572-2.3574 in)
59.880-59.886 mm
(2.3574-2.3577 in)
Connecting rod bearing-to-crankshaft clearance -
Connecting rod side clearance (assembled to crank) 0.175-0.425 mm
- standard (0.0068-0.0167 in)
Connecting rod side clearance (assembled to crank) -

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
- service limit
a Refer to the appropriate procedure in this service information.
A/C compressor bolts and nut 25 18 -
A/C compressor stud 9 - 80
A/C pressure tube fitting nuts 8 - 71
A/C tube bracket bolt 8 - 71
Accessory drive belt tensioner bolts 11 8 -
Battery cable power feed cable nut 8 - 71
Block heater 40 30 -
Camshaft bearing cap boltsa - - -
Camshaft position (CMP) sensor bolts 10 - 89
Camshaft sprocket boltsa - - -
Catalytic converter bracket bolt 55 41 -
Catalytic converter bracket nut 40 30 -
Catalytic converter bracket-to-converter bolts 20 15 -
Catalytic converter bracket-to-engine block bolts 48 35 -
Catalytic converter nuts 40 30 -
Catalytic converter-to-exhaust manifold studs 25 18 -
Coolant pump boltsa - - -
Crankshaft rear seal retainer plate boltsa - - -
CKP sensor heat shield nuts 10 - 89
Crankshaft pulley bolta - - -
Cylinder block drain plug (large) 40 30 -
Cylinder block drain plug (small)b - - -
Cylinder head boltsa - - -
Degas bottle bolts 9 - 80
Engine front cover boltsa - - -
Engine lifting eye bolts 24 18 -
Engine mount brace bolt and nut 20 15 -
Engine mount bracket boltsa - - -
Engine mount studs 18 13 -
Engine mount-to-engine nuts 63 46 -
Engine mount-to-frame bolts 90 66 -
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Engine oil filterc - - -

Engine oil pressure (EOP) switch 18 13 -
Engine roll-restrictor heat shield nut 11 8 -
Engine roll restrictor-to-subframe through bolt 103 76 -
Engine roll restrictor-to-transaxle through bolt 90 66 -
Exhaust manifold heat shield bolts 14 10 -
Exhaust manifold nutsa - - -
Exhaust manifold studs 12 9 -
Exhaust pipe clamp 40 30 -
Exhaust Y-pipe nuts 40 30 -
Flexplate bolts 80 59 -
Front halfshaft nut 350 258 -
Fuel rail bolts 10 - 89
Generator bolt and nut 47 35 -
Generator B+ terminal nut 6 - 53
Ground wire-to-body bolt 10 - 89
Ground wire-to-engine bolt 10 - 89
Halfshaft carrier bearing bracket bolts - all wheel drive (AWD) 40 30 -
Halfshaft carrier bearing bracket bolts and stud bolt - front wheel drive
55 41 -
(FWD)
Heat shield nut and bolt 10 - 89
Ignition coil-on-plug bolts 7 - 62
Intermediate steering shaft bolt 23 17 -
Knock sensor (KS) bolts 20 15 -
Lower ball joint bolts 55 41 -
Lower bumper nuts 9 - 80
Lower intake manifold boltsb - - -
Oil cooler bolts 10 - 89
Oil filter adapter large bolt 57 42 -
Oil filter adapter small bolt 10 - 89
Oil pan boltsa - - -
Oil pan drain plug 27 20 -
Oil pan-to-transaxle bolts 48 35 -
Oil pump bolts 10 - 89
Oil pump screen and pickup tube bolts 10 - 89
Power steering cooler bracket bolt 9 - 80
Power steering pressure (PSP) tube bracket banjo bolt 48 35 -
Power steering pump bolts 24 18 -
Power steering reservoir nuts 8 - 71
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Power transfer unit (PTU) 90 66 -

PTU bracket bolts 70 52 -
Radio interference capacitor-to-cowl nut 10 - 89
Radio interference capacitor-to-engine front cover nut 10 - 89
Rear driveshaft-to-PTU flange bolts 70 52 -
Spark plugs 15 11 -
Stabilizer bar link nuts 90 66 -
Starter bolt and stud bolt 27 20 -
Starter B+ terminal nut 12 9 -
Starter S-terminal nut 5 - 44
Subframe bracket bolts 90 66 -
Thermostat housing bolts 10 - 89
Tie-rod end nuts 48 35 -
Timing chain guide bolts 10 - 89
Timing chain tensioner bolts 10 - 89
Torque converter-to-flexplate bolts 55 41 -
Transaxle bracket bolts 90 66 -
Transaxle bracket plate bolts 90 66 -
Transaxle mount bracket nuts 63 46 -
Transaxle mount through bolt and nut 175 129 -
Transaxle-to-engine bolts 48 35 -
Upper intake manifold boltsb - - -
Upper intake manifold bracket-to-engine bolt 10 - 89
Upper intake manifold-to-bracket bolt 10 - 89
Valve cover bolts and stud boltsb - - -
Variable camshaft timing (VCT) assembly boltsb - - -
VCT housing boltsa - - -
VCT solenoid bolts 10 - 89
Wiring harness retainer bolt and stud bolt 10 - 89
a Refer to the appropriate procedure in this service information.
b Tighten to 20 Nm (15 lb-ft) plus an additional 180 degrees.
c Tighten to 5 Nm (44 lb-in) plus an additional 180 degrees.

ENGINE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The 3.5L (4V) is a V-6 engine with the following features:
 Dual overhead camshafts

 Four valves per cylinder
 Sequential multi-port fuel injection Sequential Multi-Port Fuel Injection (SFI)
 An aluminum lower intake manifold and a composite upper intake manifold
 Aluminum cylinder heads
 An aluminum, 60-degree V-cylinder block
 Timing chain driven coolant pump
 Variable Camshaft Timing (VCT) system
 The electronic ignition system with 6 ignition coils
Identification
For quick identification, refer to the safety certification decal.
 The decal is located on the LH front door lock face panel.

 An engine identification label is also attached to the engine.
 The symbol code on the identification tag identifies each engine for determining parts usage; for instance,
engine displacement in liters or cubic inch displacement and model year.
Exhaust Emission Control System
Operation and required maintenance of the exhaust emission control devices used on this engine is covered in
the Introduction - Gasoline Engines article.
Induction System
The SFI provides the fuel/air mixture needed for combustion in the cylinders. The 6 solenoid-operated fuel
injectors:
 are mounted between the fuel rail and the intake manifold.
 meter fuel into the air intake stream in accordance with engine demand.
 are positioned so that their tips direct fuel just ahead of the engine intake valves.
Valve Train
The valve train uses direct acting mechanical buckets (DAMB). The camshaft lobes are positioned directly
above mechanical buckets which are positioned on top of the valves.
Variable Camshaft Timing (VCT) System
The VCT system changes intake camshaft timing dependent on engine speed, load and oil temperature. Oil
pressure advances and retards camshaft timing to improve low-speed and high-speed engine performance,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
engine idle quality and exhaust emissions.
PCV System
All engines are equipped with a closed-type PCV system recycling the crankcase vapors to the upper intake
manifold.
Lubrication System
The engine lubrication system is of the force-feed type in which oil is supplied under full pressure to the
crankshaft, connecting rod bearings, timing chain tensioners and VCT solenoids. The flow of oil to the valve
tappets and valve train is controlled by a restricting orifice located in the head gaskets.
Oil Pump
The lubrication system is designed to provide optimum oil flow to critical components of the engine through its
entire operating range.
The heart of the system is a positive displacement internal gear oil pump.
Generically, this design is known as a gerotor pump, which operates as follows:
 The oil pump is mounted on the front face of the cylinder block.
 The inner rotor is piloted on the crankshaft post and is driven through flats on the crankshaft.
 System pressure is limited by an integral, internally-vented relief valve which directs the bypassed oil
back to the inlet side of the oil pump.
 Oil pump displacement has been selected to provide adequate volume to make sure of correct oil pressure
both at hot idle and maximum speed.
 The relief valve calibration protects the system from excessive pressure during high-viscosity conditions.
 The relief valve is designed to provide adequate connecting rod bearing lubrication under high-
temperature and high-speed conditions.
Cooling System
The engine cooling system includes the following:
 Radiator
 Timing chain driven coolant pump
 Electric fan assembly(s)
 Degas bottle (aids in maintaining the correct volume of engine coolant)
 Coolant thermostat
 Coolant hoses
Engine Cylinder Identification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Engine Cylinder Identification

DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
ENGINE
For basic engine mechanical concerns, refer to ENGINE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
For driveability concerns, refer to the Introduction - Gasoline Engines article.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK
1. Remove the valve covers. For additional information, refer to Valve Cover - LH and Valve Cover - RH.
NOTE: The valve clearance must be measured with the camshaft at base circle.
The engine will have to be rotated with the crankshaft pulley bolt to bring
each valve to base circle.
2. Use a feeler gauge to measure the clearance of each valve and record its location. A midrange clearance is
the most desirable:
 Intake: 0.15-0.25 mm (0.006-0.01 in)
 Exhaust: 0.300-0.400 mm (0.0118-0.0157 in)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 2: Measuring Each Valve's Clearance Using A Feeler Gauge

NOTE: The number on the valve tappet reflects the thickness of the valve tappet.
For example, a tappet with the number 3.310 has the thickness of 3.31 mm
(0.13 in).
3. If any of the valve clearances are out of specification, select new tappets using this formula: tappet
thickness = measured clearance + the base tappet thickness - most desirable thickness.
Select the tappets and mark the installation location.
4. If required, install the new selected valve tappets in the marked locations. For additional information,
refer to Valve Tappets.
IN-VEHICLE SERVICING
UPPER INTAKE MANIFOLD
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Identifying Upper Intake Manifold With Torque Specifications


1 6K817 PCV hose
Throttle body (TB) electrical connector
2 14A464
(part of 12C508)
Brake booster-to-intake manifold vacuum
3 CS16140
hose clamp
Brake booster-to-intake manifold vacuum
4 6K817
hose
Evaporative emissions (EVAP)-to-intake
5 9D661
manifold tube
6 W503274 Upper intake manifold support bracket
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
bolt
Engine control wiring harness retainer
7 -
(part of 12C508)
Fig. 4: Identifying Upper Intake Manifold


8 W503282 Upper intake manifold bolt (5 required)
9 W707083 Upper intake manifold bolt
Upper intake manifold gasket (3
11 9H486
required)
REMOVAL
& FILTERING article.
2. Disconnect the throttle body (TB) electrical connector.
3. Disconnect the evaporative emissions (EVAP) tube from the intake manifold.
4. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose from the intake manifold.
5. Disconnect the PCV tube from the PCV valve.
6. Detach the wiring harness retainers from the upper intake manifold.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
7. Remove the upper intake manifold support bracket bolt.

8. Remove the 6 bolts and remove the upper intake manifold.
 Remove and discard the gaskets.
 Clean and inspect all of the sealing surfaces of the upper and lower intake manifold.
INSTALLATION
1. Using new gaskets, install the upper intake manifold and the 6 bolts.
 Tighten in the sequence shown to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
Fig. 5: Identifying Bolt Sequence

2. Install the upper intake manifold support bracket bolt.

3. Attach the wiring harness retainers to the upper intake manifold.

4. Connect the PCV tube to the PCV valve.
5. Connect the brake booster vacuum hose to the intake manifold.
6. Connect the EVAP tube to the intake manifold.
7. Connect the TB electrical connector.
8. Install the air cleaner outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to INTAKE AIR DISTRIBUTION &
FILTERING article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
LOWER INTAKE MANIFOLD
Fig. 6: Identifying Lower Intake Manifold With Torque Specification


Thermostat housing-to-lower intake
1 W503279
manifold bolt (3 required)
Lower intake manifold gasket (8
2 9439
required)
3 8A571 Thermostat housing gasket
4 W503279 Lower intake manifold bolt (10 required)
REMOVAL

surfaces that enters the oil passages, coolant passages or the oil pan, can
LIFTING article.
2. Drain the cooling system. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Remove the fuel rail. For additional information, refer to FUEL CHARGING & CONTROLS - 3.5L
article.
& FILTERING article.
5. Remove the 3 thermostat housing-to-lower intake manifold bolts.
6. Remove the 10 bolts and the lower intake manifold.
 Remove and discard the intake manifold and thermostat housing gaskets.
 Clean and inspect all sealing surfaces.
INSTALLATION
1. Using new intake manifold and thermostat housing gaskets, install the lower intake manifold and the 10
bolts.
Fig. 7: Installing Lower Intake Manifold Bolts In Sequence

2. Install the 3 thermostat housing-to-lower intake manifold bolts.

3. Install the air cleaner assembly. For additional information, refer to INTAKE AIR DISTRIBUTION &
FILTERING article.
4. Install the fuel rail. For additional information, refer to FUEL CHARGING & CONTROLS - 3.5L
article.
5. Fill and bleed the cooling system. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
VALVE COVER - LH
Special Tools
Handle 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Installer, Seal 303-1247/2
Remover, Seal 303-1247/1
Material
Item Specification
Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone
WSE-M4G323-A6
TA-357
-
ZC-31
-
ZC-30
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 8: Identifying Valve Cover - LH


1 6853 Crankcase vent tube
2 W700497
(part of 12C508)
LH variable camshaft timing (VCT)
3 14A464
electrical connector (part of 12C508)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Identifying Valve Cover Components - LH


4 6750 Oil level indicator
5 6C519 Valve cover stud bolt (11 required)
6 6C535 Spark plug tube seal (3 required)
7 6C535 VCT seal
9 6A559 LH valve cover gasket
REMOVAL

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

1. Remove the crankcase vent tube.

2. Remove the LH ignition coils. For additional information, refer to ENGINE IGNITION - 3.5L article.
3. Remove the oil level indicator.
4. Disconnect the LH variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid electrical connector.
5. Detach all of the wiring harness retainers from the valve cover and the stud bolts.
6. Remove the 11 stud bolts and the LH valve cover.
 Discard the gasket.
NOTE: VCT solenoid seal removal shown, spark plug tube seal removal similar.
7. Inspect the VCT solenoid seals and the spark plug tube seals. Remove any damaged seals.
 Using the special tools, remove the seal(s).
Fig. 10: Removing Seals Using Special Tools (205-153) & (303-1247/1)
8. Clean the valve cover, cylinder head and engine front cover sealing surfaces with metal surface cleaner.
INSTALLATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Installation of new seals is only required if damaged seals were removed
during disassembly of the engine.
NOTE: Spark plug tube seal installation shown, VCT seal installation similar.
1. Using the special tools, install new VCT solenoid and/or spark plug tube seals.
Fig. 11: Installing VCT Solenoid And/Or Spark Plug Tube Seals Using Special Tools (205-153) &
(303-1247/2)
CAUTION: Failure to use Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone may
cause the engine oil to foam excessively and result in serious engine
damage.
NOTE: If the valve cover is not installed and the fasteners tightened within 4
minutes, the sealant must be removed and the sealing area cleaned. To
clean the sealing area, use silicone gasket remover and metal surface
prep. Failure to follow this procedure can cause future oil leakage.
2. Apply an 8 mm (0.31 in) bead of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone to the engine front
cover-to-LH cylinder head joints.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 12: Applying Bead Of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone To Engine Front
Cover-To-LH Cylinder Head Joints
3. Using a new gasket, install the LH valve cover and 11 stud bolts.
Fig. 13: Installing LH Valve Cover Stud Bolts In Sequence

4. Attach all of the wiring harness retainers to the valve cover and the stud bolts.
5. Connect the LH VCT solenoid electrical connector.
6. Install the oil level indicator.
7. Install the LH ignition coils. For additional information, refer to ENGINE IGNITION - 3.5L article.
8. Install the crankcase vent tube.
VALVE COVER - RH
Special Tools
Handle 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Material
Item Specification
WSE-M4G323-A6
TA-357
-
ZC-31
-
ZC-30
Fig. 14: Identifying Valve Cover - RH


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Power steering pressure (PSP) switch

1 14A464
RH catalyst monitor sensor electrical
2 14A464
connector (part of 12C508)
RH variable camshaft timing (VCT)
3 14A464
RH fuel injector electrical connector (3
4 14A464
required) (part of 12C508)
5 W700497
(part of 12C508)
RH heated oxygen sensor (HO2S)
6 14A464
Fig. 15: Identifying Valve Cover Components - RH
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

7 6C519 Valve cover stud bolt (10 required)
8 6C520 Valve cover bolt
9 6C535 VCT seal
10 6C535 Spark plug tube seal (3 required)
12 6584 RH valve cover gasket
REMOVAL

1. Remove the RH ignition coils. For additional information, refer to ENGINE IGNITION - 3.5L article.
2. Disconnect the power steering pressure (PSP) switch electrical connector.
3. Disconnect the RH catalyst monitor sensor electrical connector and pin-type retainer.
4. Disconnect the RH heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) electrical connector.
5. Disconnect the RH variable camshaft timing (VCT) electrical connector.
6. Disconnect the 3 RH fuel injector electrical connectors.
7. Detach all of the wiring harness retainers from the RH valve cover and the stud bolts.
8. Remove the bolt, the 10 stud bolts and the RH valve cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
10. Clean the valve cover, cylinder head and engine front cover sealing surfaces with metal surface cleaner.
INSTALLATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(303-1247/2)
damage.
2. Apply an 8 mm (0.31 in) bead of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone to the engine front
cover-to-RH cylinder head joints.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Cover-To-RH Cylinder Head Joints
3. Using a new gasket, install the RH valve cover, bolt and the 10 stud bolts.
Fig. 19: Installing RH Valve Cover Stud Bolts In Sequence

4. Attach all of the wiring harness retainers to the valve cover and the stud bolts.
5. Connect the 3 RH fuel injector electrical connectors.
6. Connect the RH VCT electrical connector.
7. Connect the RH HO2S electrical connector.
8. Connect the RH catalyst monitor sensor electrical connector and pin-type retainer.
9. Connect the PSP switch electrical connector.
10. Install the RH ignition coils. For additional information, refer to ENGINE IGNITION - 3.5L article.
LOWER END COMPONENTS - EXPLODED VIEW, CRANKSHAFT PULLEY AND CRANKSHAFT

FRONT SEAL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 20: Exploded View Of Crankshaft Pulley & Crankshaft Front Seal

1 W701512 Crankshaft pulley bolt
2 N806165 Washer
4 6700 Crankshaft front seal
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
Special Tools
3-Jaw Puller 303-D121
Installer, Front Cover Oil Seal 303-335
Replacer, Crankshaft Damper 303-102 (T74P-6316-B)
Strap Wrench 303-D055 (D85L-6000-A)
Material
Item Specification

Motor Oil WSS-M2C930-A
XO-5W20-QSP (US); Motorcraft SAE 5W-20
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
2. Remove the accessory drive belt and the power steering belt. For additional information, refer to
ACCESSORY DRIVE article.
3. Using the special tool, remove the crankshaft bolt and washer.
 Discard the bolt.
Fig. 21: Removing Crankshaft Bolt & Washer Using Special Tool (303-D055)
4. Using the special tool, remove the crankshaft pulley.
Fig. 22: Identifying Special Tools (303-D121) And Crankshaft Pulley

INSTALLATION
1. Lubricate the crankshaft front seal inner lip with clean engine oil.
NOTE: Lubricate the outside diameter sealing surfaces with clean engine oil.
2. Using the special tools, install the crankshaft pulley.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 23: Installing Crankshaft Pulley

3. Using the special tool, install the crankshaft pulley washer and new bolt and tighten in 4 stages.
 Stage 1: Tighten to 120 Nm (89 lb-ft).
 Stage 2: Loosen one full turn.
 Stage 4: Tighten an additional 90 degrees.
Fig. 24: Installing Crankshaft Pulley Washer & Bolt Using Special Tools (303-D055)
4. Install the accessory drive belt and the power steering belt. For additional information, refer to
CRANKSHAFT FRONT SEAL
Special Tools
Installer, Crankshaft Vibration

303-102 (T74P-6316-B)
Damper
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Installer, Front Crankshaft Seal 303-1251
Remover, Oil Seal 303-409 (T92C-6700CH)
Material
Item Specification
-
ZC-31-A
Motor Oil
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
2. Remove the crankshaft pulley. For additional information, refer to Crankshaft Pulley.
3. Using the Oil Seal Remover, remove and discard the crankshaft front seal.
 Clean all sealing surfaces with metal surface prep.
Fig. 25: Removing Crankshaft Front Seal Using Special Tool (303-409)
INSTALLATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Apply clean engine oil to the crankshaft front seal bore in the engine front
cover.
1. Using the Front Crankshaft Seal Installer and Crankshaft Vibration Damper Installer, install a new
crankshaft front seal.
Fig. 26: Installing Crankshaft Front Seal Using Special Tools (303-102) & (303-1251)
2. Install the crankshaft pulley. For additional information, refer to Crankshaft Pulley.
LOWER END COMPONENTS - EXPLODED VIEW, FLEXPLATE AND CRANKSHAFT REAR

SEAL
Fig. 27: Exploded View Of Flexplate & Crankshaft Rear Seal - Lower End Components With Torque
Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

1 W701559 Flexplate bolt (8 required)
2 6375 Flexplate
3 12A227 Crankshaft sensor ring
4 6701 Crankshaft rear seal
FLEXPLATE
LIFTING article.
2. Remove the transaxle. For additional information, refer to AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50 article.
NOTE: One of the 8 flexplate holes are offset so the flexplate can only be installed
in one position.
3. Remove the bolts and the flexplate.

CRANKSHAFT REAR SEAL
Special Tools
Handle 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)
Installer, Rear Main Seal 303-1250
303-519 (T95P-6701-EH)
Remover, Crankshaft Rear Oil
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Seal
Slide Hammer 307-005 (T59L-100-B)
Material
Item Specification
-
ZC-31-A
Motor Oil
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
2. Remove the flexplate. For additional information, refer to Flexplate.
3. Remove the crankshaft sensor ring.
4. Using the Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Remover and Slide Hammer, remove and discard the crankshaft rear
seal.
 Clean all sealing surfaces with metal surface prep.
Fig. 28: Removing Crankshaft Rear Seal Using Special Tools (303-519) & (307-005)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
INSTALLATION
NOTE: Lubricate the seal lips and bore with clean engine oil prior to installation.
1. Position the Rear Main Seal Installer onto the end of the crankshaft and slide a new crankshaft rear seal
onto the tool.
Fig. 29: Positioning Special Tool (303-1250) Onto End Of Crankshaft

2. Using the Rear Main Seal Installer and Handle, install the new crankshaft rear seal.
Fig. 30: Installing New Crankshaft Rear Seal Using Special Tools (303-1250) & (205-153)
3. Install the crankshaft sensor ring.

4. Install the flexplate. For additional information, refer to Flexplate.
ENGINE FRONT COVER
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Alignment Pins 307-399
Installer, Crankshaft Front Seal 303-1251
Installer, Front Cover Seal 303-335 (T88T-6701-A)
205-D070 (D93P-1175-B) or
Remover, Front Hub
equivalent
Remover, Halfshaft 205-529
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Replacer, Crankshaft Damper 303-102 (T74P-6312-B)
303-D055 (D85L-6000-A) Strap Wrench
Material
Item Specification
WSE-M4G323-A6
TA-357
-
ZC-31
Motor Oil
-
ZC-30
REMOVAL

surfaces that enters the oil passages, coolant passages or the oil pan, may
LIFTING article.
2. Recover the A/C system. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM -
GENERAL INFORMATION & DIAGNOSTICS article.
3. Disconnect the battery ground cable. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING &
CABLES article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Remove the accessory drive belt, tensioner and the power steering belt. For additional information, refer
to ACCESSORY DRIVE article.

7. Using the special tool, remove and discard the crankshaft front seal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
9. Remove the 4 nuts, the exhaust flexible pipe and the Y-pipe as an assembly.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
11. Remove the roll restrictor through bolt and the 2 roll restrictor-to-transaxle bracket plate bolts.

12. Loosen the roll restrictor-to-subframe through bolt.

 Position the roll restrictor and transaxle bracket plate aside.

13. Remove the 3 bolts and the transaxle bracket.

14. Remove and discard the RH front halfshaft nut.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 40: Locating RH Front Halfshaft Nut

15. Remove the RH stabilizer link-to-lower control arm nut.

16. Remove the RH lower control arm-to-knuckle pinch bolt.

 Separate the lower control arm from the knuckle.

17. Using the special tool, separate the RH halfshaft from the hub.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 43: Separating RH Halfshaft From Hub Using Special Tool (205-D070)
18. Using the special tools, separate the RH halfshaft from the intermediate shaft.
 Remove the RH halfshaft.
Fig. 44: Separating RH Halfshaft From Intermediate Shaft Using Special Tool (205-529) & (205-
153)
19. Remove the drain plug and drain the engine oil.
 Install the drain plug and tighten to 27 Nm (20 lb-ft).
20. If equipped, detach the engine block heater harness from the radiator support, the A/C suction tube and
the engine wiring harness.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 45: Identifying Engine Block Heater Harness, Radiator Support, A/C Suction Tube & Engine
Wiring Harness
21. Remove the engine air cleaner and air cleaner outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to INTAKE
AIR DISTRIBUTION & FILTERING article.
22. Remove the LH and RH valve covers. For additional information, refer to Valve Cover - LH and Valve
Cover - RH.
23. Remove the safety clip from the A/C suction tube fitting.
 Disconnect the A/C suction tube fitting and position the tube aside.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 46: Identifying Safety Clip On A/C Suction Tube Fitting

24. Remove the A/C pressure tube bracket bolt.
Fig. 47: Locating A/C Pressure Tube Bracket Bolt

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
25. Remove the nut and disconnect the A/C pressure tube fitting.
 Position the A/C pressure tube aside.
Fig. 48: Locating A/C Pressure Tube Fitting Nut

26. Disconnect the 2 engine wiring harness connectors.
Fig. 49: Locating Engine Wiring Harness Connectors

27. Remove the bolt and the ground wire from the engine front cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 50: Removing/Installing Bolt & Ground Wire From Engine Front Cover
28. Remove the nut, the ground wire and the radio interference capacitor wire from the engine front cover
stud.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 51: Removing/installing Nut, Ground Wire & Radio Interference Capacitor Wire From Engine
Front Cover Stud
29. Remove the nut, the ground wire and the radio interference capacitor from the cowl stud.
Fig. 52: Removing/Installing Nut, Ground Wire & Radio Interference Capacitor From Cowl Stud
30. Disconnect the purge valve electrical connector.
Fig. 53: Locating Purge Valve Electrical Connector

31. Disconnect the 3 PCM electrical connectors and position the wiring harness aside.
Fig. 54: Identifying PCM Electrical Connectors & Wiring Harness

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
32. Remove the 3 bolts and position the degas bottle aside.
Fig. 55: Locating Coolant Reservoir Bolts

NOTE: The area between the front of the engine and the body of the vehicle must
be unobstructed in order to properly remove and install the engine front
cover.
33. Remove the 2 power steering reservoir nuts.

 Support the power steering reservoir and hose away from the front of the engine with a length of
mechanic's wire.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 56: Locating Power Steering Reservoir Nuts

34. Remove the 3 power steering pump bolts.

 Support the power steering pump and hose away from the front of the engine with a length of
mechanic's wire.
Fig. 57: Locating Power Steering Pump Bolts

35. Remove the bolts, the LH and the RH VCT solenoids.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 58: Locating LH & RH VCT Solenoids Bolts

CAUTION: The special tool must be carefully aligned to the mounting bosses on
the oil pan. Failure to follow these instructions may result in damage
to the oil pan.
NOTE: The special tool and floor jack are used to raise and lower the engine to
access the engine front cover and engine mount bracket fasteners.
36. Position a floor jack and the special tool under the oil pan.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: The transaxle through bolt must be loosened prior to removing the
engine mount and lowering the front of the engine. Failure to follow
these instructions may cause internal damage to the hydraulic
transaxle mount and possible fluid leakage.
37. Loosen the transaxle mount through bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 60: Identifying Transaxle Mount Bolt

38. Remove the nut, bolt and engine mount brace.
Fig. 61: Locating Nut, Bolt & Engine Mount Brace

39. Remove the 4 engine mount nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 62: Locating Engine Mount Nuts

40. Remove the 3 bolts and the engine mount.
Fig. 63: Locating Engine Mount Bolts

41. Remove the 2 bolts and the engine mount bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 64: Locating Engine Mount Bracket & Bolts

42. Remove the 2 engine mount studs.
Fig. 65: Locating Engine Mount Studs

43. Remove the 2 upper engine mount bracket bolts.
Fig. 66: Locating Upper Engine Mount Bracket Bolts

44. Lower the engine to access the lower engine mount bracket bolt.
45. Loosen the lower engine mount bracket bolt and remove the engine mount bracket and bolt as an
assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 67: Locating Lower Engine Mount Bracket Bolt

46. Remove the 22 engine front cover bolts.
Fig. 68: Identifying Engine Front Cover Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
47. Install 6 of the engine front cover bolts (finger tight) into the 6 threaded holes in the engine front cover.
 Tighten the bolts one turn at a time in a criss-cross pattern until the engine front cover-to-cylinder
block seal is released.
 Remove the engine front cover.

INSTALLATION
1. Raise the engine to the installed position.
CAUTION: Only use a 3M Roloc® Bristle Disk, (2-in white, part number 07528) to
clean the engine front cover. Do not use metal scrapers, wire brushes
or any other power abrasive disk to clean the crankshaft rear seal
retainer plate. These tools cause scratches and gouges that make
leak paths.
2. Clean the engine front cover using a 3M Roloc® Bristle Disk (2-in white, part number 07528) in a
suitable tool turning at the recommended speed of 15,000 rpm.
 Thoroughly wash the engine front cover to remove any foreign material, including any abrasive
particles created during the cleaning process.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: Place clean, lint-free shop towels over exposed engine cavities.
Carefully remove the towels so foreign material is not dropped into
the engine. Any foreign material (including any material created while
cleaning gasket surfaces) that enters the oil passages or the oil pan,
may cause engine failure.
CAUTION: Do not use wire brushes, power abrasive discs or 3M Roloc® Bristle
Disk (2-in white part number 07528) to clean the sealing surfaces.
These tools cause scratches and gouges that make leak paths. They
also cause contamination that will cause premature engine failure.
Remove all traces of the gasket.
3. Clean the sealing surfaces of the cylinder heads, the cylinder block and the oil pan in the following
sequence.
1. Remove any large deposits of silicone or gasket material.
2. Apply silicone gasket remover and allow to set for several minutes.
3. Remove the silicone gasket remover. A second application of silicone gasket remover may be
required if residual traces of silicone or gasket material remain.
4. Apply metal surface prep to remove any remaining traces of oil or coolant and to prepare the
surfaces to bond. Do not attempt to make the metal shiny. Some staining of the metal surfaces is
normal.
5. Make sure the 2 locating dowel pins are seated correctly in the cylinder block.
4. Install the special tools.

damage.
NOTE: The engine front cover and bolts 17, 18, 19 and 20 must be installed within
4 minutes of the initial sealant application. The remainder of the engine
front cover bolts and the engine mount bracket bolts must be installed and
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
tightened within 35 minutes of the initial sealant application. If the time

limits are exceeded, the sealant must be removed, the sealing area
cleaned and sealant reapplied. To clean the sealing area, use silicone
gasket remover and metal surface prep. Failure to follow this procedure
can cause future oil leakage.
5. Apply a 3.0 mm (0.11 in) bead of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone to the engine front
cover sealing surfaces including the 3 engine mount bracket bosses.
 Apply a 5.5 mm (0.21 in) bead of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone to the oil
pan-to-cylinder block joint and the cylinder head-to-cylinder block joint areas of the engine front
cover in 5 places as indicated.
Cover Sealing Surfaces
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Make sure the 2 locating dowel pins are seated correctly in the cylinder
block.
6. Install the engine front cover and bolts 17, 18, 19 and 20.
 Tighten in sequence to 3 Nm (27 lb-in).
Fig. 72: Installing Engine Front Cover & Bolts In Sequence

7. Remove the special tools (alignment pins).
NOTE: Do not tighten the bolt at this time.
8. Lower the engine to allow installation of the engine mount bracket and lower bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Install the engine mount bracket and lower bolt as an assembly.
Fig. 73: Locating Lower Engine Mount Bracket Bolt

NOTE: Do not tighten the bolts at this time.
9. Raise the engine to the installed position.

 Install the 2 upper engine mount bracket bolts.
Fig. 74: Locating Upper Engine Mount Bracket Bolts

CAUTION: Do not expose the Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone
to engine oil for at least 90 minutes after installing the engine front
cover. Failure to follow this instruction may cause oil leakage.
10. Install the remaining engine front cover bolts. Tighten all of the engine front cover bolts and engine
mount bracket bolts in the sequence shown in 2 stages:
 Stage 1: Tighten bolts 1 thru 22 to 10 Nm (89 lb-in) and bolts 23, 24 and 25 to 15 Nm (11 lb-ft).
 Stage 2: Tighten bolts 1 thru 22 to 24 Nm (18 lb-ft) and bolts 23, 24 and 25 to 75 Nm (55 lb-ft).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 75: Identifying Tightening Of Engine Front Cover Bolts & Engine Mount Bracket Bolts In
Sequence
11. Install the 2 engine mount studs.


12. Install the engine mount bracket and the 2 bolts.


13. Install the engine mount and the 3 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

14. Install the 4 engine mount nuts.


15. Install the engine mount brace, nut and bolt.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

16. Tighten the transaxle mount through bolt to 175 Nm (129 lb-ft).
Fig. 81: Identifying Transaxle Mount Bolt

17. Install the LH and RH VCT solenoids and bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 82: Locating LH & RH VCT Solenoids Bolts

18. Install the power steering pump and the 3 bolts.


19. Install the power steering reservoir and the 2 nuts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 84: Locating Power Steering Reservoir Nuts

20. Install the degas bottle and the 3 bolts.

Fig. 85: Locating Coolant Reservoir Bolts

Fig. 86: Identifying PCM Electrical Connectors & Wiring Harness

22. Connect the purge valve electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 87: Locating Purge Valve Electrical Connector

23. Install the radio interference capacitor, the ground wire and the nut to the cowl stud.
Fig. 88: Removing/Installing Nut, Ground Wire & Radio Interference Capacitor From Cowl Stud
24. Install the radio interference capacitor wire, the ground wire and the nut to the engine front cover stud.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 89: Removing/installing Nut, Ground Wire & Radio Interference Capacitor Wire From Engine
Front Cover Stud
25. Install the ground wire and bolt on the engine front cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
26. Connect the 2 engine wiring harness connectors.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 91: Locating Engine Wiring Harness Connectors

27. Using a new O-ring seal, connect the A/C pressure tube fitting and install the nut.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 92: Locating A/C Pressure Tube Fitting Nut

28. Install the A/C pressure tube bracket and bolt.

Fig. 93: Locating A/C Pressure Tube Bracket Bolt

29. Connect the A/C suction tube fitting.

 Install the safety clip onto the fitting.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

30. Install the LH and RH valve covers. For additional information, refer to Valve Cover - LH and Valve
Cover - RH.
31. Install the engine air cleaner and air cleaner outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to INTAKE
32. If equipped, attach the engine block heater harness to the radiator support, the A/C suction tube and the
engine wiring harness.
Wiring Harness
33. Align the RH halfshaft splines with the intermediate shaft and push the halfshaft on until the circlip locks
the shafts together.
 Pull the inboard halfshaft outward to make sure the circlip is locked.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 96: Pushing Halfshaft On Until Circlip Locks Shafts Together

NOTE: Do not tighten the halfshaft nut at this time.
34. Install the RH halfshaft into the hub and install a new halfshaft nut.

35. Install the RH lower ball joint into the steering knuckle and install the pinch bolt.

36. Install the RH stabilizer bar link into the lower control arm and install the nut.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

37. Tighten the RH halfshaft nut to 350 Nm (258 lb-ft).

38. Install and the transaxle bracket and the 3 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
39. Position the roll restrictor and transaxle bracket plate and install the 3 bolts.

40. Tighten the engine roll restrictor-to-subframe through bolt to 103 Nm (76 lb-ft).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

42. Position the Y-pipe assembly in place and install the 4 nuts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
cover.
44. Using the special tools, install a new crankshaft front seal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
47. Install the accessory drive belt, tensioner and the power steering belt. For additional information, refer to
48. Fill the engine with clean engine oil.

49. Connect the battery ground cable. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING &
CABLES article.
50. Evacuate and recharge the A/C system. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL
SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION & DIAGNOSTICS article.
TIMING DRIVE COMPONENTS
Special Tools
Camshaft Alignment Tool 303-1248
REMOVAL
NOTE: During engine repair procedures, cleanliness is extremely important. Any

foreign material, including any material created while cleaning gasket surfaces,
that enters the oil passages, coolant passages or the oil pan may cause engine
failure.
1. Remove the engine front cover. For additional information, refer to Engine Front Cover.
assemblies as shown.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
position.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 111: Installing Special Tool (303-1248) Onto Flats Of LH Camshafts

Fig. 112: Installing Special Tool (303-1248) Onto Flats Of RH Camshafts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


12. Remove the crankshaft timing chain sprocket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 120: Locating Crankshaft Timing Chain Sprocket


14. Compress the LH secondary timing chain tensioner and install a suitable lockpin to retain the tensioner in
the collapsed position.
Fig. 122: Compressing LH Secondary Timing Chain Tensioner & Installing Suitable Lock Pin To
Retain Tensioner In Collapsed Position
NOTE: The VCT bolt and the exhaust camshaft bolt must be discarded and new
ones installed. However, the exhaust camshaft washer is reusable.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
15. Remove and discard the LH VCT assembly bolt and the LH exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt.
 Remove the LH VCT assembly, secondary timing chain and the LH exhaust camshaft sprocket as
an assembly.
Fig. 123: Locating LH VCT Assembly Bolt & LH Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Bolt
NOTE: It is necessary to tilt the special tool toward the rear of the engine to
access the rearmost secondary timing chain tensioner bolt.
16. Remove the 2 bolts and the LH secondary timing chain tensioner.
Fig. 124: Locating LH Secondary Timing Chain Tensioner Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
17. Compress the RH secondary timing chain tensioner and install a suitable lockpin to retain the tensioner in
Fig. 125: Compressing RH Secondary Timing Chain Tensioner & Installing Suitable Lock Pin To
18. Remove and discard the RH VCT assembly bolt and the RH exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt.
 Remove the RH VCT assembly, secondary timing chain and the RH exhaust camshaft sprocket as
an assembly.
Fig. 126: Locating RH VCT Assembly Bolt & RH Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Bolt
19. Remove the 2 bolts and the RH secondary timing chain tensioner.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 127: Locating RH Secondary Timing Chain Tensioner Bolts

20. Remove the 2 bolts and the RH primary timing chain guide.

INSTALLATION
1. Install the RH primary timing chain guide and the 2 bolts.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Install the RH secondary timing chain tensioner and the 2 bolts.

Fig. 130: Locating RH Secondary Timing Chain Tensioner Bolts

3. Assemble the RH VCT assembly, the RH exhaust camshaft sprocket and the RH secondary timing chain.
 Align the colored links with the timing marks.
Fig. 131: Aligning RH Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket & RH Secondary Timing Chain Colored Links
With Timing Marks
4. Position the RH secondary timing assembly onto the camshafts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 132: Positioning RH Secondary Timing Assembly Onto Camshafts

5. Install the new VCT bolt and new exhaust camshaft bolt and the original washers. Tighten in 4 stages.
 Stage 3: Tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
 Stage 4: Tighten 90 degrees.
6. Remove the lockpin from the RH secondary timing chain tensioner.
Fig. 134: Identifying Lock Pin On RH Secondary Timing Chain Tensioner

7. Install the LH secondary timing chain tensioner and the 2 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 135: Locating LH Secondary Timing Chain Tensioner Bolts

8. Assemble the LH VCT assembly, the LH exhaust camshaft sprocket and the LH secondary timing chain.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 136: Aligning LH Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket & LH Secondary Timing Chain Colored Links
With Timing Marks
9. Position the LH secondary timing assembly onto the camshafts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 137: Positioning LH Secondary Timing Assembly Onto Camshafts

10. Install the new VCT bolt and new exhaust camshaft bolt and the original washers. Tighten in 4 stages.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
11. Remove the lockpin from the LH secondary timing chain tensioner.
Fig. 139: Locating Lock Pin On LH Secondary Timing Chain Tensioner

12. Install the crankshaft timing chain sprocket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



 Install a suitable lockpin.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


 Remove the lockpin.

19. As a post-check, verify correct alignment of all timing marks.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Make sure the dowels on the variable camshaft timing (VCT) housing are
fully engaged in the cylinder head prior to tightening the bolts. Failure to
follow this process will result in severe engine damage.



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

23. Install the engine front cover. For additional information, refer to Engine Front Cover.
OIL COOLER
Fig. 151: Exploded View Of Oil Cooler With Torque Specification


1 W503277 Oil cooler bolt (6 required)
2 15161 Coolant hose clamp
3 8N021 Coolant hose
4 8B274 Coolant hose
5 15161 Coolant hose clamp
6 6A642 Oil cooler
7 6A636 Oil cooler gasket (2 required)
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
2. Drain the cooling system. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Disconnect the 2 coolant hoses from the oil cooler.
CAUTION: If metal or aluminum material is present in the oil cooler, mechanical

concerns exist. Failure to correct these concerns may cause engine
failure. To diagnose mechanical concerns, refer to ENGINE SYSTEM -
5. Remove the 6 bolts and the oil cooler.

 Discard the gaskets.
 Inspect the oil cooler.
INSTALLATION
1. Using new gaskets, install the oil cooler and the 6 bolts.
2. Connect the 2 coolant hoses to the oil cooler.

3. Install the LH catalytic converter. For additional information, refer to EXHAUST SYSTEM article.
OIL FILTER ADAPTER
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil
Fig. 152: Exploded View Of Engine With Oil Cooler With Torque Specifications

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1 6714 Engine oil filter

2 W708607 Oil filter adapter bolt
3 6895 Oil filter adapter bolt
4 6K649 O-ring seal
5 6881 Oil filter adapter
6 6A636 Oil filter adapter gasket
Fig. 153: Exploded View Of Oil Filter Adapter With Torque Specifications

1 6714 Engine oil filter
2 W708607 Oil filter adapter bolt
3 6895 Oil filter adapter bolt
4 6K649 O-ring seal
5 6881 Oil filter adapter
6 6A636 Oil filter adapter gasket
REMOVAL
LIFTING article.
3. If equipped, remove the engine oil cooler. For additional information, refer to Oil Cooler.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Remove the 2 bolts and the oil filter adapter.

 Discard the gasket and O-ring seal.
INSTALLATION
1. Using a new gasket and O-ring seal, install the oil filter adapter.
 Tighten the large bolt to 57 Nm (42 lb-ft).
 Tighten the small bolt to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
the oil filter.

 Tighten to 5 Nm (44 lb-in) and then rotate an additional 180 degrees.
3. If equipped, install the engine oil cooler. For additional information, refer to Oil Cooler.
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (EOP) SWITCH
Material
Item Specification
WSK-M2G350-A2
TA-24
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 154: Exploded View Of Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch With Torque Specification

Engine oil pressure (EOP) switch
1 14A464
2 9278 EOP switch
LIFTING article.
2. Remove the cooling fan assembly. For additional information, refer to ACCESSORY DRIVE article.
3. Disconnect the engine oil pressure (EOP) switch electrical connector.
4. Remove the EOP switch.

 Apply thread sealant with PTFE to the EOP switch threads prior to installation.
EXHAUST MANIFOLD - LH
Material
Item Specification
-
ZC-31
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 155: Exploded View Of Exhaust Manifold With Torque Specifications - LH


LH exhaust manifold heat shield bolt (3
1 W713299
required)
2 9Y427 LH exhaust manifold heat shield
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3 W701706 LH exhaust manifold nut (6 required)

4 9431 LH exhaust manifold
5 9448 LH exhaust manifold gasket
6 W701732 LH exhaust manifold stud (6 required)
REMOVAL
2. Remove the LH heated oxygen sensor (HO2S). For additional information, refer to ELECTRONIC
ENGINE CONTROLS article.
3. Remove the 3 bolts and the LH exhaust manifold heat shield.
4. Remove the 6 nuts and the LH exhaust manifold.
 Discard the nuts and gasket.
5. Clean and inspect the LH exhaust manifold. For additional information, refer to ENGINE SYSTEM -
6. Remove and discard the 6 LH exhaust manifold studs.
Fig. 156: Locating LH Exhaust Manifold Studs

NOTE: Do not use metal scrapers, wire brushes, power abrasive discs or other
abrasive means to clean the sealing surfaces. These may cause scratches
and gouges resulting in leak paths. Use a plastic scraper to clean the
sealing surfaces.
7. Clean the exhaust manifold mating surface of the cylinder head with metal surface prep. Follow the
directions on the packaging.
INSTALLATION
1. Install 6 new LH exhaust manifold studs.

NOTE: Failure to tighten the exhaust manifold nuts to specification a second time
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
will cause the exhaust manifold to develop an exhaust leak.
2. Using a new gasket, install the LH exhaust manifold and 6 new nuts. Tighten in 2 stages in the sequence
shown:
Fig. 157: Installing LH Exhaust Manifold Nuts In Sequence

3. Install the LH exhaust manifold heat shield and the 3 bolts.

4. Install the LH HO2S. For additional information, refer to ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS
article.
5. Install the LH catalytic converter. For additional information, refer to EXHAUST SYSTEM article.
EXHAUST MANIFOLD - RH
Material
Item Specification
-
ZC-31
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 158: Exploded View Of Exhaust Manifold - RH With Torque Specifications


RH heated oxygen sensor (HO2S)
1 14A464
2 W701706 RH exhaust manifold nut (6 required)
3 9430 RH exhaust manifold
4 9448 RH exhaust manifold gasket
5 W701732 RH exhaust manifold stud (6 required)
REMOVAL
1. Remove the RH catalytic converter. For additional information, refer to EXHAUST SYSTEM article.
3. Remove the 6 nuts and the RH exhaust manifold.
4. Clean and inspect the RH exhaust manifold. For additional information, refer to ENGINE SYSTEM -
5. Remove and discard the 6 RH exhaust manifold studs.
Fig. 159: Locating RH Exhaust Manifold Studs

NOTE: Do not use metal scrapers, wire brushes, power abrasive discs or other
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
abrasive means to clean the sealing surfaces. These may cause scratches
and gouges resulting in leak paths. Use a plastic scraper to clean the
sealing surfaces.
6. Clean the exhaust manifold mating surface of the cylinder head with metal surface prep. Follow the
directions on the packaging.
INSTALLATION
1. Install 6 new RH exhaust manifold studs.

NOTE: Failure to tighten the exhaust manifold nuts to specification a second time
will cause the exhaust manifold to develop an exhaust leak.
2. Using a new gasket, install the RH exhaust manifold and 6 new nuts. Tighten in 2 stages in the sequence
shown:
Fig. 160: Installing RH Exhaust Manifold Nuts In Sequence


4. Install the RH catalytic converter. For additional information, refer to EXHAUST SYSTEM article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ENGINE MOUNT
Special Tools
Fig. 161: Identifying Engine Mount Components With Torque Specifications


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1 W807658 Degas bottle-to-fender bolt (2 required)

2 W709603 Degas bottle-to-washer bottle bolt
4 W520102 Engine mount brace nut
5 6K075 Engine mount brace
6 W712334 Engine mount-to-engine nut (4 required)
7 W712511 Engine mount brace bolt
8 W712507 Engine mount-to-frame bolt (3 required)
9 6F012 Engine mount
LIFTING article.
3. Remove the 4 nuts, the exhaust flexible pipe and the Y-pipe as an assembly.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


5. Loosen the roll restrictor-to-subframe through bolt.


6. Remove the roll restrictor through bolt and the 2 roll restrictor-to-transaxle bracket plate bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

7. Remove the 3 bolts and the transaxle bracket.


CAUTION: The special tool must be carefully aligned to the mounting bosses on
the oil pan. Failure to follow these instructions may result in damage
to the oil pan.
8. Position a floor jack and the special tool under the oil pan.
9. Remove the 3 bolts and position the engine coolant degas bottle aside.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE





Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
OIL PUMP
Special Tools
REMOVAL

foreign material, including any material created while cleaning gasket surfaces,
that enters the oil passages, coolant passages or the oil pan may cause engine
failure.
1. Remove the engine front cover. For additional information, refer to Engine Front Cover.
position.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


13. Remove the 2 oil pump screen and pickup tube bolts.
Fig. 183: Locating Oil Pump Screen & Pickup Tube Bolts & Rotating Oil Pump Clockwise
14. Remove the 3 oil pump bolts.

 Rotate the oil pump clockwise and separate the oil pump from the oil pump screen and pickup tube.
 Remove the oil pump.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Discard the oil pump screen and pickup tube O-ring seal.
Fig. 184: Locating Oil Pump Bolts

INSTALLATION
NOTE: Install a new oil pump screen and pickup tube O-ring seal prior to
installing the oil pump.
1. Position the oil pump onto the crankshaft and rotate counterclockwise to position the pump onto the oil
pump screen and pickup tube.
 Install the 3 bolts and tighten to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
Fig. 185: Locating Oil Pump Screen & Pickup Tube Bolts & Rotating Oil Pump Counterclockwise
2. Install the 2 oil pump screen and pickup tube bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 186: Locating Oil Pump Screen & Pickup Tube Bolts & Rotating Oil Pump Clockwise

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5. Install the LH primary timing chain guide and the 2 bolts.




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

13. Install the engine front cover. For additional information, refer to Engine Front Cover.
REMOVAL
ENGINE
Special Tools

307-569
Cooler Tube
Heavy Duty Floor Crane 014-00071 or equivalent
205-D070 (D93P-1175-B) or
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
equivalent
Remover, Front Hub
Remover, Halfshaft (Extension) 205-243 (T89P-3415-A)
Remover, Halfshaft (Plate) 205-290 (T89P-3415-B)
303-D089 (D93P-6001-A3) or
Spreader Bar
equivalent
Tie-Rod End Remover 211-105
Universal Adapter Brackets 014-0001
WARNING: Do not smoke, carry lighted tobacco or have an open flame of any type
when working on or near any fuel-related component. Highly flammable
mixtures are always present and may be ignited. Failure to follow these
instructions may result in serious personal injury.
All vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
LIFTING article.
2. Recover the air conditioning system. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL
3. Release the fuel system pressure. For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL
4. Drain the engine cooling system. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
6. Disconnect the power steering cooler hose and drain the power steering fluid into a suitable drain pan.
Fig. 197: Identifying Power Steering Cooler Hose

7. Remove the degas bottle. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
9. Remove the battery tray. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES
article.
10. Disconnect the battery harness electrical connector.
Fig. 198: Identifying Battery Harness Electrical Connector

11. Remove the nut and disconnect the power feed from the battery terminal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 199: Locating Power Feed To Battery Terminal And Nut

12. Remove the bolt and the ground wire.

 Detach the 2 wiring harness retainers from the cowl.
Fig. 200: Identifying Wiring Harness Retainers From Cowl

13. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the upper intake manifold.
Fig. 201: Identifying Vacuum Hose From Upper Intake Manifold

14. Disconnect the upper evaporative emissions (EVAP) tube quick connect coupling from the purge valve.
For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 202: Locating Upper Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Tube Quick Connect Coupling
15. Disconnect the upper radiator hose, lower radiator hose and 2 heater hoses from the thermostat housing.
Fig. 203: Locating Upper Radiator Hose, Lower Radiator Hose & Heater Hoses
16. Detach the wiring harness retainer from the transaxle control cable bracket.
Fig. 204: Locating Wiring Harness Retainer From Transaxle Control Cable Bracket
17. Disconnect the transaxle control cable from the control lever.
 Detach the control cable from the bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 205: Locating Transaxle Control Cable From Control Lever

18. Disconnect the transaxle control electrical connector.

19. If equipped, detach the engine block heater harness retainers from the radiator support and the A/C
suction tube.
Wiring Harness
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 208: Identifying A/C Pressure Tube Fitting Nut

21. Remove the safety clip from the A/C fitting.

 Disconnect the A/C suction tube fitting.

22. Disconnect the hose from the power steering reservoir.
Fig. 210: Disconnecting Hose From Power Steering Reservoir

23. Disconnect the fuel supply tube. For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 211: Identifying Fuel Supply Tube

25. Disconnect the 2 engine wiring harness electrical connectors.

 Detach the electrical connector from the LH valve cover.
Fig. 213: Identifying Engine Wiring Harness Electrical Connectors

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 214: Identifying Oil Level Indicator

27. Detach the wiring harness retainer from the RH valve cover stud bolt.
Fig. 215: Identifying Wiring Harness Retainer From RH Valve Cover Stud Bolt
stud.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 217: Removing/installing Nut, Ground Wire & Radio Interference Capacitor Wire From
Engine Front Cover Stud

32. Remove the 3 pin-type retainers, the 7 screws and the radiator splash shield.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
33. Remove the LH inner splash shield. For additional information, refer to FRONT END BODY PANELS
article.
34. Remove the 2 secondary latches from the transmission fluid cooler tubes.

35. Using the special tool, disconnect the transmission cooling tubes.
36. Remove the 4 oil pan-to-transaxle bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 223: Locating Oil Pan-To-Transaxle Bolts

37. Remove the 2 fasteners and the inspection cover.

38. Remove and discard the 3 torque converter bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Fig. 226: Locating Drain Plug

Fig. 227: Identifying Engine Oil Filter

41. Remove the power steering cooler bracket bolt from the RH side of the subframe.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 228: Identifying Power Steering Cooler Bracket Bolt

All wheel drive (AWD) vehicles
NOTE: Index-mark the driveshaft for installation.
42. Remove the 4 bolts and support the driveshaft with a length of mechanic's wire.

All vehicles

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

45. Remove the engine roll restrictor-to-subframe through bolt.

46. Remove and discard the power steering pressure (PSP) tube-to-pump banjo bolt and the 2 seals.
Fig. 233: Locating Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Tube-To-Pump Banjo Bolt & Seals
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: Do not allow the intermediate shaft to rotate while it is disconnected

from the gear or damage to the clockspring can occur. If there is
evidence that the intermediate shaft has rotated, the clockspring
must be removed and recentered. For additional information, refer to
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article.
47. Remove and discard the steering intermediate shaft bolt.

 Separate the steering intermediate shaft from the steering gear.
Fig. 234: Identifying Steering Intermediate Shaft Bolt

NOTE: RH shown, LH similar.
48. Remove and discard the cotter pins and tie-rod end nuts.
 Using the special tool, separate the tie-rod ends from the wheel knuckles.
Fig. 235: Separating Tie-Rod Ends From Wheel Knuckles Using Special Tool (211-105)
49. Remove the 2 stabilizer link-to-lower control arm nuts and separate the stabilizer bar links from the lower
control arms.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

50. Remove the lower control arm-to-knuckle pinch bolts and separate the lower control arms from the
knuckles.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

52. Remove the 3 LH subframe-to-lower bumper nuts and separate the lower bumper from the subframe.

53. Position the special tool under the subframe assembly.
Fig. 240: Positioning Special Tool (014-00765) Under Subframe Assembly

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


56. Remove the 2 middle subframe nuts.

57. Using the special tool, lower the subframe assembly from the vehicle.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

58. If equipped, disconnect the oil cooler coolant hoses.
Fig. 245: Locating Oil Cooler Coolant Hoses

59. Using the special tools, separate the LH halfshaft from the transaxle and support the halfshaft with a
length of mechanic's wire.
Fig. 246: Separating LH Halfshaft From Transaxle Using Special Tools (100-001), (205-243) &
(205-290)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
62. Remove the bolt, the nut and the RH catalytic converter support bracket.

63. Remove the 2 stud bolts and the RH halfshaft/intermediate shaft assembly.

AWD vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
64. Remove the 2 RH halfshaft bearing support bracket bolts and the RH halfshaft/intermediate shaft
assembly.
Fig. 251: Locating RH Halfshaft Bearing Support Bracket Bolts

Fig. 252: Locating RH Catalyst Monitor Electrical Connector

66. Remove the 4 nuts and the RH catalytic converter.

 Discard the gasket and the nuts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
67. Remove the 5 bolts and the power transfer unit (PTU) support bracket.
68. Remove the 5 bolts and the PTU.

All vehicles
NOTE: Position a block of wood under the transaxle.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 256: Positioning A Block Of Wood Under Transaxle Using Special Tools (014-0001) & (014-
00765)
70. Remove the transaxle support insulator through bolt and nut.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

75. Lower the engine and transaxle assembly from the vehicle.
76. Position the starter cable boot back and remove the 2 nuts.
 Detach the 2 wire terminals from the starter.
Fig. 262: Identifying Wire Terminals From Starter

77. Disconnect the wiring harness retainer from the starter motor stud bolt.
78. Remove the bolt, stud bolt and the starter.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

79. Install the special tool on the LH cylinder head.
Fig. 265: Installing Special Tool (303-1245) On LH Cylinder Head

80. Using the special tools and a suitable engine crane, remove the engine and transaxle from the lift table.
Fig. 266: Removing Engine & Transaxle From Lift Table Using Special Tools (303-D089, 014-
00071) & Suitable Engine Crane
81. Remove the 2 engine-to-transaxle bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 267: Locating Engine-To-Transaxle Bolts

82. Remove the 5 transaxle-to-engine bolts.

 Separate the transaxle from the engine.
Fig. 268: Locating Transaxle-To-Engine Bolts

CAMSHAFT
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

307-569
Cooler Tube
Handle 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)
205-D070 (D93P-1175-B) or
Remover, Front Hub
equivalent
Remover, Halfshaft (Extension) 205-243 (T89P-3415-A)
Remover, Halfshaft (Plate) 205-290 (T89P-3415-B)
Seal Remover 303-1247/1
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Tie-Rod End Remover 211-105
Material
Item Specification
-
ZC-31-A
-
ZC-30

All vehicles
LIFTING article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Recover the A/C system. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM -
4. Drain the engine cooling system. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
6. Disconnect the power steering cooler hose and drain the power steering fluid into a suitable drain pan.

7. Remove the degas bottle. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
9. Remove the battery tray. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES
article.
10. Disconnect the battery harness electrical connector.

11. Remove the nut and disconnect the power feed from the battery terminal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

12. Remove the bolt and the ground wire.

 Detach the 2 wiring harness retainers from the cowl.

13. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the upper intake manifold.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

14. Disconnect the upper evaporative emissions (EVAP) tube quick connect coupling from the purge valve.
For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
15. Disconnect the upper radiator hose, lower radiator hose and 2 heater hoses from the thermostat housing.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
16. Detach the wiring harness retainer from the transaxle control cable bracket.
17. Disconnect the transaxle control cable from the control lever.
 Detach the control cable from the bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

18. Disconnect the transaxle control electrical connector.

19. If equipped, detach the engine block heater harness retainers from the radiator support and the A/C
suction tube.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Wiring Harness
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

21. Remove the safety clip from the A/C fitting.

 Disconnect the A/C suction tube fitting.

22. Disconnect the hose from the power steering reservoir.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

23. Disconnect the fuel supply tube. For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
25. Disconnect the 2 engine wiring harness electrical connectors.

 Detach the electrical connector from the LH valve cover.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

27. Detach the wiring harness retainer from the RH valve cover stud bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
stud.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

32. Remove the 3 pin-type retainers, the 7 screws and the radiator splash shield.
33. Remove the LH inner splash shield. For additional information, refer to FRONT END BODY PANELS
article.
34. Remove the 2 secondary latches from the transmission fluid cooler tubes.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

35. Using the special tool, disconnect the transmission cooling tubes.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 295: Locating Drain Plug


38. Remove the power steering cooler bracket bolt from the RH side of the subframe.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

39. Remove the 4 bolts and support the driveshaft with a length of mechanic's wire.

All vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
42. Remove the engine roll restrictor-to-subframe through bolt.

43. Remove and discard the power steering pressure (PSP) tube-to-pump banjo bolt and the 2 seals.

44. Remove and discard the steering intermediate shaft bolt.

 Separate the steering intermediate shaft from the steering gear.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

45. Remove and discard the cotter pins and tie-rod end nuts.
 Using the special tool, separate the tie-rod ends from the wheel knuckles.
46. Remove the 2 stabilizer link-to-lower control arm nuts and separate the stabilizer bar links from the lower
control arms.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

47. Remove the lower control arm-to-knuckle pinch bolts and separate the lower control arms from the
knuckles.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
49. Remove the 3 LH subframe-to-lower bumper nuts and separate the lower bumper from the subframe.

50. Position the special tool under the subframe assembly.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

53. Remove the 2 middle subframe nuts.

54. Using the special tool, lower the subframe assembly from the vehicle.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

55. If equipped, disconnect the oil cooler coolant hoses.

56. Using the special tools, separate the LH halfshaft from the transaxle and support the halfshaft with a
length of mechanic's wire.
Fig. 315: Separating LH Halfshaft From Transaxle Using Special Tools (100-001), (205-243) &
(205-290)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

59. Remove the bolt, the nut and the RH catalytic converter support bracket.

60. Remove the 2 stud bolts and the RH halfshaft/intermediate shaft assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

AWD vehicles
61. Remove the 2 RH halfshaft bearing support bracket bolts and the RH halfshaft/intermediate shaft
assembly.

All vehicles

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
00765)
63. Remove the transaxle support insulator through bolt and nut.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


68. Lower the engine and transaxle assembly from the vehicle.
69. If equipped, detach the engine block heater wiring harness retainers and position the harness aside.
70. Disconnect the PCV hose from the PCV valve.
Fig. 327: Identifying PCV Hose

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 328: Locating Throttle Body Electrical Connector

Fig. 329: Locating Wiring Harness Retainers From Upper Intake Manifold
Fig. 330: Locating Upper Intake Manifold Support Bracket Bolt

74. Remove the 6 bolts and the upper intake manifold in the following sequence.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


76. Disconnect the PSP switch electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 333: Locating PSP Switch Electrical Connector

77. Disconnect the RH variable camshaft timing (VCT) solenoid electrical connector.
Fig. 334: Locating RH Variable Camshaft Timing (VCT) Solenoid Electrical Connector
78. Disconnect the 3 RH coil-on-plug electrical connectors.
Fig. 335: Locating RH Coil-On-Plug Electrical Connectors

79. Detach all of the wiring harness retainers from the RH valve cover and stud bolts.
80. Disconnect the LH VCT solenoid electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 336: Locating LH VCT Solenoid Electrical Connector

81. Disconnect the 3 LH coil-on-plug electrical connectors.
Fig. 337: Locating LH Coil-On-Plug Electrical Connectors

82. Detach all of the wiring harness retainers from the LH valve cover and stud bolts.
83. Remove the 6 bolts and the 6 coil-on-plugs.
Fig. 338: Locating Coil-On-Plugs & Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Fig. 339: Locating LH Valve Cover Stud Bolts

Fig. 340: Locating RH Valve Cover Stud Bolts

86. Inspect the VCT solenoid seals and the spark plug tube seals. Install new seals if damaged.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
87. Remove the 3 bolts and the power steering pump.

Fig. 343: Locating Accessory Drive Belt Tensioner Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: Only use a 3M Roloc® Bristle Disk (2-in white, part number 07528) to
clean the engine front cover. Do not use metal scrapers, wire brushes
or any other power abrasive disk to clean the engine front cover.
These tools cause scratches and gouges that make leak paths.
97. Clean the engine front cover using a 3M Roloc® Bristle Disk (2-in white, part number 07528) in a
suitable tool turning at the recommended speed of 15,000 rpm.
 Thoroughly wash the engine front cover to remove any foreign material, including any abrasive
particles created during the cleaning process.
98. Clean the sealing surfaces of the cylinder block in the following sequence.
normal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
position.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

LH camshafts
an assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: When the special tool is removed, valve spring pressure will rotate the LH
camshafts approximately 3 degrees to a neutral position.
111. Remove the special tool from the LH camshafts.
Fig. 364: Removing Special Tool (303-1248) From LH Camshafts

CAUTION: The camshafts must remain in the neutral position during removal or
engine damage may occur.
112. Verify the LH camshafts are in the neutral position.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 365: Verifying LH Camshafts Are In Neutral Position

NOTE: Cylinder head camshaft bearing caps are numbered to verify that they are
assembled in their original positions.
113. Remove the bolts and the LH camshaft bearing caps.

 Remove the LH camshafts.
Fig. 366: Identifying LH Camshafts Bolts

RH camshafts
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
an assembly.
116. Remove the special tool from the RH camshafts.
Fig. 369: Removing Special Tool (303-1248) From RH Camshafts

117. Rotate the RH camshafts counterclockwise to the neutral position.
Fig. 370: Rotating RH Camshafts Counterclockwise To Neutral Position
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Cylinder head camshaft bearing caps are numbered to verify that they are
assembled in their original positions.
118. Remove the bolts and the RH camshaft bearing caps.

 Remove the RH camshafts.
Fig. 371: Identifying RH Camshafts Bolts

VALVE TAPPETS

foreign material, including any material created while cleaning gasket surfaces
that enters the oil passages, coolant passages or the oil pan, may cause engine
failure.
1. Depending on the valve tappets being serviced, remove the LH and/or the RH camshafts. For additional
information, refer to Camshaft.
NOTE: If the components are to be reinstalled, they must be installed in the same
positions. Mark the components for installation into their original
locations.
2. Remove the valve tappets from the cylinder head.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 372: Identifying Valve Tappets From Cylinder Head

VALVE SPRING, RETAINER AND SEAL
Special Tools
Compressor, Valve Spring 303-300 (T87C-6565-A)
Compressor, Valve Spring 303-350 (T89P-6565-A)
Compressor, Valve Spring 303-1249

failure.
1. Remove the valve tappets from the cylinder being serviced. For additional information, refer to Valve
Tappets.
2. Rotate the crankshaft until the piston for the valve being serviced is at the top of its stroke.
NOTE: If air pressure has forced the piston to the bottom of the cylinder, any loss
of air pressure will allow the valve to fall into the cylinder. If air pressure
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
must be removed, support the valve prior to removal or engine damage

may occur.
locations.
NOTE: If a valve drops into the cylinder, remove the cylinder head. For additional
information, refer to Cylinder Head - RH or Cylinder Head - LH in this
service information.
3. Pressurize the cylinder using compressed air.

4. Using the Valve Spring Compressors, remove the keys, retainer and spring.
Fig. 373: Removing Keys, Retainer & Spring Using Special Tools (303-1249, 303-350, 303-300)
5. Remove and discard the valve stem seal.
Fig. 374: Identifying Valve Stem Seal

CYLINDER HEAD - RH
Material
Item Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

-
ZC-31-A
-
ZC-30

All vehicles
1. Remove the RH camshafts. For additional information, refer to Camshaft.

2. If equipped, remove the heat shield and disconnect the block heater electrical connector.
 Remove the block heater wiring harness from the engine.
Fig. 375: Identifying Block Heater Wiring Harness

Fig. 376: Locating RH Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Electrical Connector

4. Disconnect the RH camshaft position (CMP) sensor electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 377: Locating RH Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Electrical Connector

5. Remove the bolt and the ground cable from the RH cylinder.
Fig. 378: Locating Ground Cable From RH Cylinder

6. Disconnect the 6 fuel injector electrical connectors (3 shown).
Fig. 379: Locating Fuel Injector Electrical Connectors

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 380: Locating Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) Sensor Electrical Connector
8. Disconnect the LH catalyst monitor sensor electrical connector.
Fig. 381: Identifying LH Catalyst Monitor Sensor Electrical Connector

9. Remove the 2 LH catalytic converter bracket bolts.
Fig. 382: Locating LH Catalytic Converter Bracket Bolts

10. Remove the 4 nuts (3 shown) and the LH catalytic converter.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 383: Locating LH Catalytic Converter Nuts

11. Remove the LH cylinder block drain plug.

 Allow coolant to drain from the cylinder block.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 384: Locating LH Cylinder Block Drain Plug

12. Remove the 2 RH catalytic converter bracket bolts.

All vehicles


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
14. Remove the RH cylinder block drain plug or, if equipped, the block heater.
Fig. 387: Locating RH Cylinder Block Drain Plug

15. Remove the 3 bolts and the RH exhaust manifold heat shield.
Fig. 388: Locating RH Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield & Nuts


 Discard the nuts and exhaust manifold gaskets.
Fig. 389: Locating RH Exhaust Manifold & Nuts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Fig. 392: Locating RH Secondary Timing Chain Tensioner & Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
21. Remove the 2 bolts and the engine lifting eye.
Fig. 393: Locating Engine Lifting Eye & Bolts

NOTE: Index-mark the location of the bracket on the cylinder head for installation.
22. Remove the bolt and the upper intake manifold bracket.
Fig. 394: Locating Upper Intake Manifold Bracket & Bolt

23. Remove the bolt and the RH CMP sensor.
Fig. 395: Locating RH CMP Sensor & Bolt

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
24. Remove the 4 bolts and the fuel rail and injectors as an assembly.
Fig. 396: 4 Bolts And Fuel Rail


 Remove the thermostat housing and discard the gasket and O-ring seal.
Fig. 397: Locating Thermostat Housing-To-Lower Intake Manifold Bolts


Fig. 398: Locating Lower Intake Manifold Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
27. Disconnect and remove the CHT sensor jumper harness.
Fig. 399: Identifying CHT Sensor Jumper Harness

locations.

29. Remove and discard the M6 bolt.
Fig. 401: Identifying M6 Bolt

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: Place clean shop towels over exposed engine cavities. Carefully
remove the towels so foreign material is not dropped into the engine.
Any foreign material (including any material created while cleaning
gasket surfaces) that enters the oil passages or the oil pan, may
CAUTION: Aluminum surfaces are soft and can be scratched easily. Never place
the cylinder head gasket surface, unprotected, on a bench surface.
NOTE: The cylinder head bolts must be discarded and new bolts must be
installed. They are a tighten-to-yield designed and cannot be reused.
30. Remove and discard the 8 bolts from the cylinder head.
 Remove the cylinder head.
 Discard the cylinder head gasket.
Fig. 402: Identifying Cylinder Head Bolts

CAUTION: Do not use metal scrapers, wire brushes, power abrasive discs or
other abrasive means to clean the sealing surfaces. These tools
cause scratches and gouges that make leak paths. Use a plastic
scraping tool to remove all traces of the head gasket.
NOTE: Observe all warnings or cautions and follow all application directions
contained on the packaging of the silicone gasket remover and the metal
surface prep.
NOTE: If there is no residual gasket material present, metal surface prep can be
used to clean and prepare the surfaces.
31. Clean the cylinder head-to-cylinder block mating surfaces of both the cylinder heads and the cylinder
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
block in the following sequence.

1. Remove any large deposits of silicone or gasket material with a plastic scraper.
2. Apply silicone gasket remover, following package directions, and allow to set for several minutes.
3. Remove the silicone gasket remover with a plastic scraper. A second application of silicone gasket
remover may be required if residual traces of silicone or gasket material remain.
4. Apply metal surface prep, following package directions, to remove any remaining traces of oil or
coolant and to prepare the surfaces to bond with the new gasket. Do not attempt to make the metal
shiny. Some staining of the metal surfaces is normal.
32. Support the cylinder head on a bench with the head gasket side up.
NOTE: The straightedge used must be flat within 0.0051 mm (0.0002 in) per foot of
tool length.
33. Inspect all areas of the deck face with a straightedge and feeler gauge. The cylinder head must not have
depressions deeper than 0.0254 mm (0.001 in) across a 38.1 mm (1.5 in) square area, or scratches more
than 0.0254 mm (0.001 in).
CYLINDER HEAD - LH
Material
Item Specification
-
ZC-31-A
-
ZC-30

All vehicles
1. Remove the LH camshafts. For additional information, refer to Camshaft.

 Remove the block heater wiring harness from the engine.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


5. Disconnect the LH camshaft position (CMP) sensor electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 406: Locating LH CMP Sensor Electrical Connector

6. Disconnect the LH heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) electrical connector.
Fig. 407: Locating LH Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Electrical Connector

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

8. Remove the wiring harness retainer bolt from the rear of the LH cylinder head.
Fig. 409: Identifying Wiring Harness Retainer Bolt From Rear Of LH Cylinder Head
9. Disconnect the A/C compressor electrical connector.
Fig. 410: Identifying A/C Compressor Electrical Connector

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
10. Remove the nut and disconnect the generator B+ cable.
Fig. 411: Identifying Generator B+ Cable & Nut

Fig. 412: Identifying Generator Electrical Connector

12. Detach the wiring harness retainer from the generator.
Fig. 413: Identifying Wiring Harness Retainer From Generator

13. Disconnect the engine oil pressure (EOP) switch electrical connector and the wiring harness pin-type
retainer.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 414: Locating Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Electrical Connector & Wiring Harness Pin-
Type Retainer
14. Remove the nut, 2 bolts and the A/C compressor.
Fig. 415: Locating A/C Compressor, Bolts & Nuts

15. Remove the nut, bolt and the generator.
Fig. 416: Locating Generator, Bolts & Nuts

16. Remove the 2 LH catalytic converter bracket bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Fig. 419: Locating LH Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield & Nuts


 Discard the nuts and the exhaust manifold gasket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 420: Locating LH Exhaust Manifold Nuts



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

23. Remove the 2 RH catalytic converter bracket bolts.

All vehicles

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 426: Identifying 4 Bolts And Fuel Rail


 Remove the thermostat housing and discard the gasket and O-ring seal.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

29. Remove the bolt and the LH CMP sensor.
Fig. 429: Locating LH CMP Sensor & Bolt

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Fig. 431: Locating LH Secondary Timing Chain Tensioner & Bolt

locations.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
33. Remove and discard the M6 bolt.

CAUTION: Place clean shop towels over exposed engine cavities. Carefully
remove the towels so foreign material is not dropped into the engine.
Any foreign material (including any material created while cleaning
gasket surfaces) that enters the oil passages or the oil pan, may
installed. They are a tighten-to-yield designed and cannot be reused.
34. Remove and discard the 8 bolts from the cylinder head.
 Remove the cylinder head.
 Discard the cylinder head gasket.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

CAUTION: Observe all warnings or cautions and follow all application directions
contained on the packaging of the silicone gasket remover and the
metal surface prep.
36. Support the cylinder head on a bench with the head gasket side up.
tool length.
37. Inspect all areas of the deck face with a straightedge and feeler gauge. The cylinder head must not have
than 0.0254 mm (0.001 in).
OIL PAN
Special Tools
Handle 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Seal Remover 303-1247/1
Material
Item Specification
-
ZC-31-A
-
ZC-30

All vehicles
1. Remove the engine from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Engine.
2. Remove the 8 bolts and the flexplate.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 435: Identifying Flexplate & Bolts

Fig. 436: Identifying Crankshaft Sensor Ring

NOTE: Install the engine stand bolts into the cylinder block only. Do not install
the bolts into the oil pan.
4. Mount the engine on a suitable engine stand.

 Detach all of the engine block heater harness retainers and remove the harness.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



12. Disconnect the RH catalyst monitor sensor electrical connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

All vehicles

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



NOTE: The A/C compressor must remain bolted to the engine block prior to
installing the oil pan.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
20. Remove the A/C compressor nut and stud.
Fig. 450: Locating A/C Compressor Nut & Stud




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

FWD vehicles


All vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE





Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

39. Remove the 16 oil pan bolts.
Fig. 469: Identifying Oil Pan Bolts

40. Install 2 of the oil pan bolts (finger tight) into the 2 threaded holes in the oil pan.
 Alternately tighten the 2 bolts one turn at a time until the oil pan-to-cylinder block seal is released.
 Remove the oil pan.
Fig. 470: Installing 2 Of Oil Pan Bolts (Finger Tight) Into 2 Threaded Holes In Oil Pan
CAUTION: Only use a 3M Roloc® Bristle Disk (2-in white, part number 07528) to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
clean the engine front cover and oil pan. Do not use metal scrapers,
wire brushes or any other power abrasive disk to clean the engine
front cover. These tools cause scratches and gouges that make leak
paths.
41. Clean the engine front cover and oil pan using a 3M Roloc® Bristle Disk (2-in white, part number 07528)
in a suitable tool turning at the recommended speed of 15,000 rpm.
 Thoroughly wash the engine front cover and oil pan to remove any foreign material, including any
abrasive particles created during the cleaning process.
normal.
OIL PUMP SCREEN AND PICKUP TUBE

failure.
1. Remove the oil pan. For additional information, refer to Oil Pan.
2. Remove the 3 bolts and the oil pump screen and pickup tube.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 471: Identifying Oil Pump Screen, Pickup Tube & Bolts
CRANKSHAFT REAR SEAL WITH RETAINER PLATE
Special Tools

303-519 (T95P-6701-EH)
Seal
303-D089 (D93P-6001-A3) or
Spreader Bar
equivalent
Material
Item Specification
-
ZC-31-A
Silicone Gasket Remover -

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ZC-30

failure.
NOTE: This procedure is for removal of the crankshaft rear seal and retainer plate and
requires removal of the oil pan. If only removing the crankshaft rear seal, refer
to Crankshaft Rear Seal.
1. Remove the oil pan. For additional information, refer to Oil Pan.
2. Using the Heavy Duty Floor Crane and Spreader Bar, remove the engine from the stand.
Fig. 472: Identifying Heavy Duty Floor Crane and Spreader Bar
3. Disconnect the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor electrical connector.
Fig. 473: Identifying Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Electrical Connector

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 474: Identifying CKP Sensor & Bolt

5. Using the Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Remover and Slide Hammer, remove and discard the rear crankshaft
seal.
6. Remove the 8 crankshaft rear seal retainer bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 476: Locating Crankshaft Rear Seal Retainer Bolts

7. Install the 2 M6 oil pan bolts (finger tight) into the 2 threaded holes in the crankshaft rear seal retainer.
 Alternately tighten the 2 bolts one turn at a time until the crankshaft rear seal retainer-to-cylinder
 Remove the crankshaft rear seal retainer.
Fig. 477: Identifying M6 Oil Pan Bolts

NOTE: Only use a 3M Roloc® Bristle Disk, (2-in white, part number 07528) to clean
the crankshaft rear seal retainer plate. Do not use metal scrapers, wire
brushes or any other power abrasive disk to clean the crankshaft rear seal
retainer plate. These tools cause scratches and gouges that make leak
paths.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
8. Clean the crankshaft rear seal retainer plate using a 3M Roloc® Bristle Disk, (2-in white, part number
07528) in a suitable tool turning at the recommended speed of 15,000 rpm.
 Thoroughly wash the crankshaft rear seal retainer plate to remove any foreign material, including
any abrasive particles created during the cleaning process.
NOTE: Place clean, lint-free shop towels over exposed engine cavities. Carefully
remove the towels so foreign material is not dropped into the engine. Any
foreign material (including any material created while cleaning gasket
surfaces) that enters the oil passages or the oil pan, may cause engine
failure.
NOTE: Do not use wire brushes, power abrasive discs or 3M Roloc® Bristle Disk
(2-in white, part number 07528) to clean the sealing surfaces. These tools
cause scratches and gouges that make leak paths. They also cause
contamination that will cause premature engine failure. Remove all traces
of the gasket.
normal.
DISASSEMBLY
ENGINE
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Handle 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)

303-519 (T95P-6701-EH)
Seal
Material
Item Specification
-
ZC-31-A
-
ZC-30

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the exploded view under the assembly
procedure in this service information.
All vehicles
1. Remove the 8 bolts and the flexplate.


3. Using the special tools, remove and discard the rear crankshaft seal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: Install the engine stand bolts into the cylinder block only. Do not
install the bolts into the oil pan.
4. Mount the engine on a suitable engine stand.

 Detach all of the engine block heater harness retainers and remove the harness.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

12. Disconnect the RH catalyst monitor sensor electrical connector.

All vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

17. Disconnect the RH camshaft position (CMP) sensor electrical connector.

Fig. 493: Locating Knock Sensor (KS) Electrical Connector

19. Remove the bolt and the ground cable from the RH cylinder.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


22. Disconnect the LH CMP sensor electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


24. Disconnect the LH HO2S electrical connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


28. Remove the wiring harness retainer bolt from the rear of the LH cylinder head.
29. Remove the nut, the bolt and the heat shield.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 503: Identifying Heat Shield, Nut & Bolt

30. Remove the wiring harness retainer stud bolt.
Fig. 504: Identifying Wiring Harness Retainer Stud Bolt

31. Remove the wiring harness grommet.
Fig. 505: Identifying Wiring Harness Grommet

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

33. Disconnect the A/C compressor electrical connector.

34. Remove the nut and disconnect the generator B+ cable.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

36. Detach the wiring harness retainer from the generator.

37. Disconnect the engine oil pressure (EOP) switch electrical connector and the wiring harness pin-type
retainer.
 Remove the wiring harness from the engine.
Type Retainer
38. Remove the nut, 2 bolts and the A/C compressor.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

39. Remove the A/C compressor mounting stud from the oil pan.
Fig. 513: Locating A/C Compressor Mounting Stud

40. Remove the nut, bolt and the generator.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Fig. 519: Locating LH Exhaust Manifold Nuts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

FWD vehicles


All vehicles
49. Remove the 3 bolts and the RH exhaust manifold heat shield.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Fig. 523: Locating RH Exhaust Manifold & Nuts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

55. Remove the pin-type retainer and the cover.
Fig. 527: Locating Pin-Type Retainer & Cover

56. Remove the 2 bolts and the engine lifting eye.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

57. Remove the bolt and the upper intake manifold bracket.

58. Remove the bolt and the RH CMP sensor.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

59. Remove the 2 bolts and the catalytic converter bracket.
Fig. 531: Locating Catalytic Converter Bracket & Bolts

All vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 532: Identifying 4 Bolts And Fuel Rail


 Remove the thermostat housing and discard the gasket.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

63. Disconnect and remove the CHT sensor jumper harness.

64. Remove the bolt and the LH CMP sensor.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

66. Remove the EOP switch.
Fig. 538: Identifying EOP Switch

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: A new oil cooler must be installed or severe damage to the engine
can occur.
67. If equipped, remove the 6 bolts and the oil cooler.

 Discard the oil cooler and the gaskets.
Fig. 539: Identifying Oil Cooler, Gaskets & Bolts

NOTE: Engine without oil cooler shown, engine with oil cooler similar.
68. Remove the 2 bolts and the oil filter adapter.

 Discard the gasket and O-ring seal (on banjo bolt).
Fig. 540: Locating Oil Filter Adapter & Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




NOTE: VCT solenoid seal removal shown, spark plug tube seal similar.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
73. Remove the crankshaft bolt and washer.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



81. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise and align the timing marks on the VCT assemblies as shown.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
position.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
an assembly.
NOTE: When the special tool is removed, valve spring pressure will rotate the LH
camshafts approximately 3 degrees to a neutral position.
95. Remove the special tool from the LH camshafts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 567: Removing Special Tool (303-1248) From LH Camshafts

96. Verify the LH camshafts are in the neutral position.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

CAUTION: Cylinder head camshaft bearing caps are numbered to verify that
they are assembled in their original positions. If not reassembled in
their original position, severe engine damage may occur.
98. Remove the bolts and the LH camshaft bearing caps.

 Remove the LH camshafts.
Fig. 570: Identifying LH Camshafts Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
an assembly.
101. Remove the special tool from the RH camshafts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 573: Removing Special Tool (303-1248) From RH Camshafts

102. Rotate the RH camshafts counterclockwise to the neutral position.
Fig. 574: Rotating RH Camshafts Counterclockwise To Neutral Position

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


their original position, severe engine damage may occur.
105. Remove the bolts and the RH camshaft bearing caps.

 Remove the RH camshafts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 577: Identifying RH Camshafts Bolts

locations.
106. Remove the valve tappets from the cylinder heads.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
107. Remove and discard the M6 bolt from each cylinder head.

installed. They are tighten-to-yield designed and cannot be reused.
108. Remove and discard the 8 bolts from each cylinder head.
 Remove the cylinder heads.
 Discard the cylinder head gaskets.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

NOTE: Observe all warnings or cautions and follow all application directions
contained on the packaging of the silicone gasket remover and the metal
surface prep.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
110. Support the cylinder heads on a bench with the head gasket side up.
tool length.
111. Inspect all areas of the deck face with a straightedge and feeler gauge. The cylinder heads must not have
than 0.0254 mm (0.001 in).
Fig. 581: Identifying Coolant Tube

Fig. 582: Locating Knock Sensor (KS) Bolts

114. Remove the 8 bolts and the coolant pump.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 583: Locating Coolant Pump Bolts

115. Remove the 16 oil pan bolts.
Fig. 584: Identifying Oil Pan Bolts

116. Install 2 of the oil pan bolts (finger tight) into the 2 threaded holes in the oil pan.
 Alternately tighten the 2 bolts one turn at a time until the oil pan-to-cylinder block seal is released.
 Remove the oil pan.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 585: Installing 2 Of Oil Pan Bolts (Finger Tight) Into 2 Threaded Holes In Oil Pan
117. Remove the 3 bolts and the oil pump screen and pickup tube.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
118. Remove the 3 bolts and the oil pump.
Fig. 587: Identifying Oil Pump & Bolts

119. Remove the 8 crankshaft rear seal retainer bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 588: Locating Crankshaft Rear Seal Retainer Bolts

120. Install the 2 M6 oil pan bolts (finger tight) into the 2 threaded holes in the crankshaft rear seal retainer.
 Alternately tighten the 2 bolts one turn at a time until the crankshaft rear seal retainer-to-cylinder
 Remove the crankshaft rear seal retainer.
Fig. 589: Identifying M6 Oil Pan Bolts

CAUTION: Only use a 3M Roloc® Bristle Disk, (2-in white, part number 07528) to
clean the engine front cover, oil pan and crankshaft rear seal retainer
plate. Do not use metal scrapers, wire brushes or any other power
abrasive disk to clean the engine front cover, oil pan and crankshaft
rear seal retainer plate. These tools cause scratches and gouges that
make leak paths.
121. Clean the engine front cover, oil pan and crankshaft rear seal retainer plate using a 3M Roloc® Bristle
Disk, (2 inch, white, part number 07528) in a suitable tool turning at the recommended speed of 15,000
rpm.
 Thoroughly wash the engine front cover, oil pan and crankshaft rear seal retainer plate to remove
any foreign material, including any abrasive particles created during the cleaning process.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
normal.
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF SUBASSEMBLIES

CYLINDER HEAD
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Installer, Valve Stem Oil Seal 303-470 (T94P-6510-CH)
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil
Fig. 590: Cylinder Head


Intake valve spring retainer key (12
1 6518
required)
2 6514 Intake valve spring retainer (6 required)
3 6513 Intake valve spring (6 required)
4 6A517 Intake valve stem seal (6 required)
5 6505 Intake valve (6 required)
6 6507 Exhaust valve (6 required)
7 6A517 Exhaust valve stem seal (6 required)
8 6513 Exhaust valve spring (6 required)
9 6514 Exhaust valve spring retainer (6 required)
Exhaust valve spring retainer key (12
10 6518
required)
Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT)
11 6G004
sensor
DISASSEMBLY
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
All cylinder heads
positions. Mark the components for installation into their original locations.
1. Using the Valve Spring Compressors, remove the keys, retainer and spring.
2. Remove the valve from the cylinder head.

3. Remove and discard the valve stem seal.
4. Repeat the above steps for each valve.
RH cylinder head
5. Remove and discard the Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) sensor.
Fig. 592: Identifying Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) Sensor

ASSEMBLY
All cylinder heads
NOTE: Lubricate the valve stem seal with clean engine oil prior to installation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Using the Valve Stem Oil Seal Installer, install a new valve stem seal.
Fig. 593: Installing New Valve Stem Seal Using Special Tool (303-470)
2. Install the valve.

3. Using the Valve Spring Compressors, install the valve spring, retainer and key.
4. Repeat the above steps for each valve.
RH cylinder head
5. Install a new CHT sensor.

ASSEMBLY
ENGINE
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Handle 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)
Installer, Crankshaft Rear Seal 303-1250

303-102 (T74P-6316-B)
Damper
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
303-D089 (D93P-6001-A3) or
Spreader Bar
equivalent
Material
Item Specification
WSE-M4G323-A6
TA-357
-
ZC-31-A
Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant with
Bittering Agent (bittered in US only)
WSS-M97B51-A1
(yellow color)
Motor Oil
-
ZC-30
WSK-M2G350-A2
TA-24
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 595: Identifying Engine Upper Components


1 12C508 Engine control harness
3 9F797 Fuel rail
4 9J444 Upper intake manifold bracket
8 9N271 Knock sensor (KS)
9 6010 Cylinder block
Fig. 596: Identifying Engine Front Components


1 6A0003 Engine mount bracket
2 W701512 Crankshaft pulley bolt
3 N806165 Crankshaft pulley washer
5 6700 Crankshaft front seal
6 6C086 Engine front cover
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
7 6268 Timing chain

8 6306 Crankshaft timing sprocket
9 6K254 Primary timing chain tensioner
10 6K255 Primary timing chain tensioner arm
11 6B274 LH lower primary timing chain guide
12 6M256 RH primary timing chain guide
13 6K297 LH upper primary timing chain guide
14 8501 Coolant pump
Fig. 597: Identifying Engine Lower Components


1 6675 Oil pan
2 6622 Oil pump screen and pickup tube
3 6621 Oil pump
5 6D327 Crankshaft rear seal retainer
6 12A227 Crankshaft sensor ring
7 6375 Flexplate
8 6881 Oil filter adapter (without oil cooler)
9 6881 Oil filter adapter (with oil cooler)
10 9278 Engine oil pressure (EOP) switch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 598: Exploded View Of LH Cylinder Head


1 6083 LH cylinder head gasket
LH variable camshaft timing (VCT)
2 6C261
housing
3 W12244 LH exhaust manifold stud (6 required)
4 6500 Valve tappet (32 required)
5 6050 LH cylinder head
6 6279 LH camshaft bolt (2 required)
7 W710738 LH exhaust camshaft sprocket washer
8 6C524 LH VCT assembly
9 6256 LH exhaust camshaft sprocket
10 6C256 LH secondary timing chain
11 6A258 LH camshaft cap (8 required)
13 6A267 LH intake camshaft
14 6A269 LH exhaust camshaft
15 6C271 LH secondary timing chain tensioner
Fig. 599: Exploded View Of RH Cylinder Head

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

1 W712244 RH exhaust manifold stud (6 required)
2 6051 RH cylinder head gasket
3 6G004 Cylinder head temperature (CHT) sensor
4 14B485 CHT sensor jumper harness
Camshaft position (CMP) sensor (2
5 6B288
required)
6 6049 RH cylinder head
7 17A084 Engine lift eye
RH variable camshaft timing (VCT)
8 6C260
housing
9 6279 RH camshaft bolt (2 required)
10 W710738 RH exhaust camshaft sprocket washer
11 6256 RH exhaust camshaft sprocket
12 6C524 RH VCT assembly
13 6C256 RH secondary timing chain
14 6A266 RH intake camshaft
15 6A268 RH exhaust camshaft
16 12405 Spark plug (6 required)
17 6A258 RH camshaft cap (8 required)
19 12A375 Coil-on-plug (6 required)
20 6C270 RH secondary timing chain tensioner

All vehicles
damage.
NOTE: The crankshaft rear seal retainer must be installed and the bolts tightened
within 4 minutes of sealant application.
1. Apply a 3 mm (0.11 in) bead of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone to the sealing surface
of the crankshaft rear seal retainer.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 600: Applying Bead Of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone To Sealing Surface
Of Crankshaft Rear Seal Retainer
2. Install the crankshaft rear seal retainer and the 8 bolts.

Fig. 601: Installing Crankshaft Rear Seal Retainer Bolts In Sequence

3. Install the oil pump and the 3 bolts.

Fig. 602: Identifying Oil Pump & Bolts

4. Using a new O-ring seal, install the oil pump screen and pickup tube and the 3 bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: The A/C compressor must be installed on the cylinder block and the 2
bolts tightened prior to installing the oil pan.
5. Install the A/C compressor and the 2 bolts.

Fig. 604: Identifying A/C Compressor Bolts

damage.
NOTE: The oil pan and the 4 specified bolts must be installed and the oil pan
aligned to the cylinder block and A/C compressor within 4 minutes of
sealant application. Final tightening of the oil pan bolts must be carried
out within 60 minutes of sealant application.
of the oil pan.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Apply a 5.5 mm (0.21 in) bead of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone to the 2
crankshaft seal retainer plate-to-cylinder block joint areas on the sealing surface of the oil pan.
Fig. 605: Applying Bead Of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone To Crankshaft
Seal Retainer Plate-To-Cylinder Block
NOTE: The oil pan and the 4 specified bolts must be installed within 4 minutes of
the start of sealant application.
7. Install the oil pan and bolts 10, 11, 13 and 14.
 Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown to 3 Nm (27 lb-in).
 Loosen the bolts 180 degrees.
Fig. 606: Installing Oil Pan Bolts 10, 11, 13 & 14 In Sequence
8. Align the oil pan to the cylinder block and the A/C compressor.
 Position the oil pan so the mounting boss is against the A/C compressor and using a straightedge,
align the oil pan flush with the rear of the cylinder block at the 2 areas shown.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 607: Aligning Oil Pan Flush With Rear Of Cylinder Block
9. Tighten bolts 10, 11, 13 and 14 in the sequence shown, to 3 Nm (27 lb-in).
10. Install the remaining oil pan bolts. Tighten all the oil pan bolts in the sequence shown.
 Tighten the large bolts (1-14) to 24 Nm (18 lb-ft).
 Tighten the small bolts (15 and 16) to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
Fig. 609: Installing Remaining Oil Pan Bolts In Sequence

11. Install the A/C compressor mounting stud and nut.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Tighten the stud to 9 Nm (80 lb-in) and the nut to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).

12. Install the coolant pump and the 8 bolts.

Fig. 611: Identifying Coolant Pump Bolts Tightening Sequence

13. Install the knock sensor (KS) and the 2 bolts.

Fig. 612: Locating Knock Sensor (KS) Bolts

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Apply clean engine coolant to the O-ring seals prior to installation.
14. Using new O-ring seals, install the coolant tube.
Fig. 613: Identifying Coolant Tube

15. Install a new gasket, the RH cylinder head and 8 new bolts. Tighten in the sequence shown in 5 stages:
Fig. 614: Installing RH Cylinder Head Bolts In Sequence

16. Install the bolt.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

17. Install a new gasket, the LH cylinder head and 8 new bolts. Tighten in the sequence shown in 5 stages:
Fig. 616: Installing LH Cylinder Head Bolts In Sequence


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

CAUTION: The crankshaft must remain in the freewheeling position (crankshaft

dowel pin at 9 o'clock) until after the camshafts are installed and the
valve clearance is checked/adjusted. Do not turn the crankshaft until
instructed to do so. Failure to follow this process will result in severe
engine damage.
19. Position the crankshaft dowel pin in the 9 o'clock position.
Fig. 618: Positioning Crankshaft Dowel Pin In 9 O'clock Position

NOTE: The valve tappets must be installed in their original positions.
NOTE: Coat the valve tappets with clean engine oil prior to installation.
20. Install the valve tappets.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: The camshafts must remain in the neutral position during installation
or engine damage may occur.
NOTE: Coat the camshafts with clean engine oil prior to installation.
21. Position the camshafts onto the RH cylinder head in the neutral position as shown.
Fig. 620: Positioning Camshafts Onto RH Cylinder Head In Neutral Position

their original positions, severe engine damage may occur.
22. Install the 8 camshaft caps and the 16 bolts.

Fig. 621: Installing Camshaft Caps & Bolts In Sequence

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
23. Position the camshafts onto the LH cylinder head in the neutral position as shown.
Fig. 622: Positioning Camshafts Onto LH Cylinder Head In Neutral Position



CAUTION: If any components are installed new, the engine valve clearance must
be checked/adjusted or engine damage may occur.
NOTE: Use a camshaft sprocket bolt to turn the camshafts.
25. Using a feeler gauge, confirm that the valve tappet clearances are within specification. For additional
information, refer to Valve Clearance Check.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 624: Measuring Valve Clearance



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
28. Rotate the RH camshafts to the top dead center position and install the special tool on the flats of the
camshafts.
Fig. 627: Installing Special Tool (303-1248) On Flats Of Camshafts

29. Assemble the RH variable camshaft timing (VCT) assembly, the RH exhaust camshaft sprocket and the
RH secondary timing chain.
With Timing Marks
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

31. Install 2 new bolts and the original washer. Tighten in 4 stages.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


34. Rotate the LH camshafts to the top dead center position and install the special tool on the flats of the
camshafts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

35. Assemble the LH VCT assembly, the LH exhaust camshaft sprocket and the LH secondary timing chain.
With Timing Marks
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

39. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise 60 degrees to the top dead center position (crankshaft dowel pin at 11
o'clock).
Fig. 638: Identifying Crankshaft Dowel Pin

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

damage.
gasket remover and metal surface prep. Follow the directions on the
packaging. Failure to follow this procedure can cause future oil leakage.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
block.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Sequence

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Stage 1: Tighten to 120 Nm (89 (lb-ft).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(303-1247/2)
damage.
prep. Follow the directions on the packaging. Failure to follow this
procedure can cause future oil leakage.
63. Apply a 8 mm (0.31 in) bead of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone to the engine front
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

damage.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

67. Install the 6 coil-on-plug assemblies and the 6 bolts.


NOTE: Engine without oil cooler shown, engine with oil cooler similar.
68. Using a new gasket and O-ring seal, install the oil filter adapter and the 2 bolts.
 Tighten the large bolt to 57 Nm (42 lb-ft).
 Tighten the small bolt to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 666: Locating Oil Filter Adapter & Bolts

CAUTION: A new oil cooler must be installed or severe damage to the engine
may occur.
69. If equipped, install a new oil cooler, new gaskets and the 6 bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 667: Identifying Oil Cooler, Gaskets & Bolts

NOTE: Apply thread sealant with PTFE to the engine oil pressure (EOP) switch
threads.
70. Install the EOP switch.

Fig. 668: Identifying EOP Switch

71. Install the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor and install the bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
72. Install LH camshaft position (CMP) sensor and the bolt.


73. Install and connect the cylinder head temperature (CHT) sensor jumper harness.

74. Using new gaskets, install the lower intake manifold and the 10 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
75. Using a new gasket, install the thermostat housing and the 3 bolts.

CAUTION: Use O-ring seals that are made of special fuel-resistant material. The
use of ordinary O-rings can cause the fuel system to leak. Do not
reuse the O-ring seals.
NOTE: The upper and lower O-ring seals are not interchangeable.
76. Install new fuel injector O-ring seals.

 Remove the retaining clips and separate the fuel injectors from the fuel rail.
 Install new O-ring seals and lubricate with clean engine oil.
 Install the fuel injectors and the retaining clips onto the fuel rail.
Fig. 674: Identifying Fuel Injector O-Ring Seals

77. Install the fuel rail and injectors as an assembly and install the 4 bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 675: Identifying Fuel Rail And Injectors

78. Install the catalytic converter bracket and the 2 bolts.

Fig. 676: Locating Catalytic Converter Bracket & Bolts

All vehicles
79. Install the RH CMP sensor and the bolt.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
80. Install the engine lifting eye and the 2 bolts.


81. Install the cover and the pin-type retainer.
Fig. 679: Locating Pin-Type Retainer & Cover

82. Install the LH cylinder block drain plug.

 Tighten to 20 Nm (15 lb-ft) plus an additional 180 degrees.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

83. Install the RH cylinder block drain plug or, if equipped, the block heater.



CAUTION: Failure to tighten the exhaust manifold nuts to specification a second
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
time will cause the exhaust manifold to develop an exhaust leak.
shown:

86. Install the RH exhaust manifold heat shield and the 3 bolts.

87. Using a new gasket, install the RH catalytic converter and the 4 new nuts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

All vehicles



shown:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


91. Using a new gasket, install the LH catalytic converter and 4 new nuts (3 shown).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




94. Install the generator, the bolt and the nut.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

95. Position the wiring harness onto the engine.

96. Connect the EOP switch electrical connector and the wiring harness pin-type retainer.
Type Retainer
97. Attach the wiring harness retainer to the generator.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
98. Connect the generator electrical connector.

99. Connect the generator B+ cable and install the nut.


100. Connect the A/C compressor electrical connector.

101. Connect the CKP sensor electrical connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

102. Install the wiring harness grommet.
Fig. 699: Identifying Wiring Harness Grommet

103. Install the wiring harness retainer stud bolt.

Fig. 700: Identifying Wiring Harness Retainer Stud Bolt

104. Install the heat shield, the nut and the bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 701: Identifying Heat Shield, Nut & Bolt

105. Install the wiring harness retainer bolt on the rear of the LH cylinder head.
106. Attach all of the wiring harness retainers to the LH valve cover and stud bolts.
107. Connect the LH camshaft VCT solenoid electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

108. Connect the 3 LH coil-on-plug electrical connectors.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

109. Connect the LH heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) electrical connector.

110. Connect the LH catalyst monitor sensor electrical connector.

111. Connect the LH CMP sensor electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

112. Connect the CHT sensor electrical connector.
113. Connect the 6 fuel injector electrical connectors (3 shown).

114. Install the ground cable and the bolt.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

115. Connect the KS electrical connector.
Fig. 711: Locating Knock Sensor (KS) Electrical Connector

116. Connect the RH CMP sensor electrical connector.

117. Attach all of the wiring harness retainers to the RH valve cover and stud bolts.
118. Connect the 3 RH coil-on-plug electrical connectors.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

119. Connect the RH VCT solenoid electrical connector.
FWD vehicles
120. Connect the RH catalyst monitor sensor electrical connector.

All vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
121. Connect the power steering pressure (PSP) switch electrical connector.

122. Using a new gasket, install the upper intake manifold and the 6 bolts.

123. Install the upper intake manifold support bracket and the 2 bolts (1 shown).
Fig. 718: Identifying Upper Intake Manifold Support Bracket & Bolt
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

126. Connect the throttle body (TB) electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

127. Connect the PCV hose to the PCV valve.

128. If equipped, position the block heater wiring harness onto the engine and attach all of the harness
retainers.
129. If equipped, connect the block heater electrical connector and install the heat shield.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

130. Install the special tool on the LH cylinder head.
Fig. 724: Installing Special Tool (303-1245) On LH Cylinder Head

131. Using the special tools, remove the engine from the stand.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
132. Position the special tool onto the end of the crankshaft and slide a new crankshaft rear seal onto the tool.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

133. Using the special tools, install the new crankshaft rear seal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

135. Install the flexplate and the 8 bolts.


INSTALLATION
ENGINE
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
303-D089 (D93P-6001-A3) or
Spreader Bar
equivalent
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil
All vehicles
1. Align the transaxle to the engine.

2. Install the 5 transaxle-to-engine bolts.
Fig. 730: Locating Transaxle-To-Engine Bolts

3. Install the 2 engine-to-transaxle bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 731: Locating Engine-To-Transaxle Bolts

4. Using the special tools, position the engine and transaxle onto the lift table.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

00765)
6. Install the starter, the bolt and the stud bolt.


7. Connect the wiring harness retainer to the starter stud bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
8. Attach the starter motor wire terminals and install the 2 nuts.
1. Tighten to 12 Nm (9 lb-ft).
 Position the starter terminal boot over the starter terminal.
Fig. 736: Identifying Starter Motor Wire Terminals & Nuts

9. Raise the engine and transaxle assembly into the vehicle.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


12. Install the engine mount brace, the nut and the bolt.

13. Install the transaxle support insulator bracket, the 3 nuts and the bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
14. Install the transaxle support insulator through bolt and nut.

15. Position the power transfer unit (PTU) in place and install the 5 bolts.

16. Position the PTU support bracket in place and install the 5 bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Do not tighten the 4 catalytic converter nuts at this time.
17. Using a new gasket, install the RH catalytic converter and 4 new nuts.

18. Install the 2 catalytic converter-to-bracket bolts.

 Tighten the 4 catalytic converter nuts to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
 Tighten the 2 catalytic converter-to-bracket bolts to 20 Nm (15 lb-ft).

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
19. Connect the RH catalyst monitor electrical connector.

NOTE: A new PTU seal must be installed whenever the intermediate shaft is
removed.
20. Install a new PTU seal. For additional information, refer to TRANSFER CASE - POWER TRANSFER
UNIT (PTU) article.
NOTE: Prior to installation of the halfshaft, inspect the halfshaft sealing surface
for wear or damage and install new, if necessary.
21. Position the RH halfshaft/intermediate shaft assembly in the PTU and in the steering knuckle and install
the 2 bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

for wear or damage and install new if necessary.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
22. Position the RH halfshaft/intermediate shaft assembly in the transaxle and in the steering knuckle and
install the 2 stud bolts.

NOTE: Do not tighten the 2 catalytic converter support bracket bolts at this time.
23. Install the converter support bracket and the 2 bolts.

24. Install the catalytic converter bracket bolt and the nut.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

25. Tighten the 2 RH catalytic converter support bracket bolts to 20 Nm (15 lb-ft).

All vehicles
26. Install the LH halfshaft into the transaxle.
Fig. 752: Identifying LH Halfshaft

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
27. If equipped, connect the oil cooler coolant hoses.

28. Using the special tool, raise the subframe into the installed position.

29. Install the 2 middle subframe nuts.



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

31. Position the subframe support brackets in place and loosely install the 4 bolts.

32. Install the 2 rear subframe bracket nuts.


33. Tighten the 4 subframe support bracket bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

34. Position the lower bumper on the subframe and install the 3 LH nuts.



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
36. Install the ball joints in the steering knuckles and install the pinch bolts.

37. Position the stabilizer bar links in the lower control arms and install the nuts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
38. Install the tie-rod ends and nuts.

 Install new cotter pins.
Fig. 764: Locating Tie-Rod Ends Nuts And Cotter Pin


39. Install the intermediate shaft onto the steering gear and install a new bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

40. Using a new banjo bolt and 2 new seals, install the power steering pressure (PSP) tube.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

43. Install a new RH front halfshaft nut.


AWD vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

All vehicles
45. Install the power steering cooler bracket bolt to the RH side of the subframe.

46. Connect the power steering cooler hose.

the oil filter.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

48. Install the 3 new torque converter bolts.


49. Install the inspection cover and the 2 fasteners.

50. Install the 4 oil pan-to-transaxle bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 776: Locating Oil Pan-To-Transaxle Bolts

51. Connect the 2 transmission fluid cooler tubes.

52. Install the 2 secondary latches onto the transmission fluid cooler tubes.

53. Install the LH inner splash shield. For additional information, refer to FRONT END BODY PANELS
article.
54. Install the radiator splash shield, the 3 pin-type retainers and the 7 screws.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
55. Using a new gasket, install the Y-pipe and exhaust flexible pipe assembly and 4 new nuts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
57. Install the ground wire, the radio interference capacitor wire and the nut to the engine front cover stud.
58. Install the ground wire and bolt to the engine front cover.
59. Attach the wiring harness retainer to the RH valve cover stud bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

61. Connect the 2 engine wiring harness electrical connectors.

 Attach the electrical connector to the LH valve cover.

62. Connect the fuel hose routing clip to the transaxle stud.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
63. Connect the fuel supply tube. For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL

64. Connect the hose to the power steering reservoir.


 Install the safety clip onto the A/C fitting.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

66. Using a new O-ring seal, connect the A/C tube fitting and install the nut.

67. If equipped, attach the engine block heater harness retainers to the radiator support and the A/C suction
tube.
Wiring Harness
68. Connect the transaxle control electrical connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

69. Attach the control cable to the bracket.

 Connect the transaxle control cable to the control lever.

70. Attach the wiring harness retainer to the transaxle control cable bracket.
71. Connect the upper radiator hose, lower radiator hose and 2 heater hoses to the thermostat housing.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
72. Connect the upper evaporative emissions (EVAP) tube quick connect coupling to the purge valve. For
additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
73. Connect the vacuum hose to the upper intake manifold.

74. Install the ground wire and the bolt.

 Attach the 2 wiring harness retainers to the cowl.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

75. Connect the power feed to the battery terminal and install the nut.

76. Connect the battery harness electrical connector.

77. Install the battery tray. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES
article.
78. Install the engine air cleaner and the air cleaner outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to INTAKE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

79. Install the degas bottle. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
83. Fill the power steering system. For additional information, refer to STEERING SYSTEM - GENERAL
84. Recharge the air conditioning system. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL
CAMSHAFT
Special Tools
Handle 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)

303-102 (T74P-6316-B)
Damper
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Material
Item Specification
WSE-M4G323-A6
TA-357
-
ZC-31-A
Motor Oil
-
ZC-30

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
All camshafts
CAUTION: The crankshaft must remain in the freewheeling position (crankshaft

dowel pin at 9 o'clock) until after the camshafts are installed and the
valve clearance is checked/adjusted. Do not turn the crankshaft until
instructed to do so. Failure to follow this process will result in severe
engine damage.
1. Rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise until the crankshaft dowel pin is in the 9 o'clock position.
Fig. 802: Rotating Crankshaft Counterclockwise Until Crankshaft Dowel Pin Is In 9 O'clock
Position
LH camshafts
2. Position the camshafts onto the LH cylinder head in the neutral position as shown.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



RH camshafts
4. Position the camshafts onto the RH cylinder head in the neutral position as shown.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 805: Positioning Camshafts Onto RH Cylinder Head In Neutral Position



All camshafts
CAUTION: If any components are installed new, the engine valve clearance must
be checked/adjusted or engine damage may occur.
6. Using a feeler gauge, confirm that the valve tappet clearances are within specification. If valve tappet
clearances are not within specification, the clearance must be adjusted by installing new valve tappet(s) of
the correct size. For additional information, refer to Valve Clearance Check.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 807: Measuring Valve Clearance

LH camshafts
7. Rotate the LH camshafts to the top dead center position and install the special tool on the flats of the
camshafts.

8. Assemble the LH variable camshaft timing (VCT) assembly, the LH exhaust camshaft sprocket and the
LH secondary timing chain.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
With Timing Marks

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

RH camshafts
12. Rotate the RH camshafts to the top dead center position and install the special tool on the flats of the
camshafts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

13. Assemble the RH VCT assembly, the RH exhaust camshaft sprocket and the RH secondary timing chain.
With Timing Marks

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


All camshafts
17. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise 60 degrees to the top dead center position (crankshaft dowel pin at 11
o'clock).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 818: Identifying Crankshaft Dowel Pin At 11 O'clock

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

damage.
gasket remover and metal surface prep. Follow the directions on the
packaging. Failure to follow this procedure can cause future oil leakage.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
block.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Sequence

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(303-1247/2)
damage.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
damage.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


59. If equipped, attach the engine block heater wiring harness retainers.
60. Raise the engine and transaxle assembly into the vehicle.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



63. Install the engine mount brace, the nut and the bolt.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
64. Install the transaxle support insulator bracket, the 3 nuts and the bolt.
65. Install the transaxle support insulator through bolt and nut.

NOTE: A new powertrain transfer unit (PTU) seal must be installed whenever the
intermediate shaft is removed.
66. Install a new PTU seal. For additional information, refer to TRANSFER CASE - POWER TRANSFER
UNIT (PTU) article.
67. Position the RH halfshaft/intermediate shaft assembly in the PTU and in the steering knuckle and install
the 2 bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

for wear or damage and install new if necessary.
68. Position the RH halfshaft/intermediate shaft assembly in the transaxle and in the steering knuckle and
install the 2 stud bolts.

NOTE: Do not tighten the 2 catalytic converter support bracket bolts at this time.
69. Install the converter support bracket and the 2 bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

70. Install the catalytic converter bracket bolt and the nut.

71. Tighten the 2 RH catalytic converter support bracket bolts to 20 Nm (15 lb-ft).

All vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
72. Install the LH halfshaft into the transaxle.
Fig. 867: Identifying LH Halfshaft

73. If equipped, connect the oil cooler coolant hoses.

74. Using the special tool, raise the subframe into the installed position.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
75. Install the 2 middle subframe nuts.




77. Position the subframe support brackets in place and loosely install the 4 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
78. Install the 2 rear subframe bracket nuts.


79. Tighten the 4 subframe support bracket bolts.


80. Position the lower bumper on the subframe and install the 3 LH nuts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


82. Install the ball joints in the steering knuckles and install the pinch bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

83. Position the stabilizer bar links in the lower control arms and install the nuts.

84. Install the tie-rod ends and nuts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Install new cotter pins.
Fig. 879: Locating Tie-Rod Ends Nuts And Cotter Pin


85. Install the intermediate shaft onto the steering gear and install a new bolt.

86. Using a new banjo bolt and 2 new seals, install the PSP tube.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

89. Install a new RH front halfshaft nut.


AWD vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

All vehicles
91. Install the power steering cooler bracket bolt to the RH side of the subframe.

92. Connect the power steering cooler hose.

the oil filter.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

94. Connect the 2 transmission fluid cooler tubes.

95. Install the 2 secondary latches onto the transmission fluid cooler tubes.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

96. Install the LH inner splash shield. For additional information, refer to FRONT END BODY PANELS
article.
97. Install the radiator splash shield, the 3 pin-type retainers and the 7 screws.
98. Using a new gasket, install the Y-pipe and exhaust flexible pipe assembly and 4 new nuts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
100. Install the ground wire, the radio interference capacitor wire and the nut to the engine front cover stud.
101. Install the ground wire and bolt to the engine front cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
102. Attach the wiring harness retainer to the RH valve cover stud bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

104. Connect the 2 engine wiring harness electrical connectors.

 Attach the electrical connector to the LH valve cover.

105. Connect the fuel hose routing clip to the transaxle stud.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
106. Connect the fuel supply tube. For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL

107. Connect the hose to the power steering reservoir.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


 Install the safety clip onto the A/C fitting.

109. Using a new O-ring seal, connect the A/C pressure tube fitting and install the nut.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

110. If equipped, attach the engine block heater harness retainers from to the radiator support and the A/C
suction tube.
Wiring Harness
111. Connect the transaxle control electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

112. Attach the control cable to the bracket.

 Connect the transaxle control cable to the control lever.

113. Attach the wiring harness retainer to the transaxle control cable bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
114. Connect the upper radiator hose, lower radiator hose and 2 heater hoses to the thermostat housing.
115. Connect the upper evaporative emissions (EVAP) tube quick connect coupling. to the purge valve. For
116. Connect the vacuum hose to the upper intake manifold.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

117. Install the ground wire and the bolt.

 Attach the 2 wiring harness retainers to the cowl.

118. Connect the power feed to the battery terminal and install the nut.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

119. Connect the battery harness electrical connector.

120. Install the battery tray. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING & CABLES
article.
121. Install the engine air cleaner and the air cleaner outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to INTAKE
122. Install the degas bottle. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

126. Fill the power steering system. For additional information, refer to STEERING SYSTEM - GENERAL
127. Recharge the A/C system. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM -
VALVE TAPPETS
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil

failure.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Depending on the valve tappets being serviced, install the LH and/or the RH camshafts. For additional
information, refer to Camshaft.
VALVE SPRING, RETAINER AND SEAL
Special Tools
Installer, Valve Stem Oil Seal 303-470 (T94P-6510-CH)
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil
NOTE: Lubricate the valve stem seal with clean engine oil prior to installation.
1. Using the Valve Stem Oil Seal Installer, install a new valve stem seal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 915: Installing New Valve Stem Seal Using Special Tool (303-470)
2. Using the Valve Spring Compressors, install the valve spring, retainer and key.
3. Install the valve tappets. For additional information, refer to Valve Tappets.
CYLINDER HEAD - RH
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil

All vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Install a new gasket, the RH cylinder head and 8 new bolts. Tighten in the sequence shown in 5 stages:
Fig. 917: Installing RH Cylinder Head Bolts In Sequence



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

4. Install and connect the cylinder head temperature (CHT) sensor jumper harness.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

6. Using a new gasket and O-ring seal, install the thermostat housing and the 3 bolts.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


9. Install the RH camshaft position (CMP) sensor and the bolt.


NOTE: Align the bracket with the index mark made during removal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
10. Install the upper intake manifold bracket and the bolt.

11. Install the engine lifting eye and the 2 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




shown:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

16. Install the RH exhaust manifold heat shield and the 3 bolts.


NOTE: Do not tighten the 4 catalytic converter nuts at this time.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

19. Install the 2 RH catalytic converter bracket bolts.

 Tighten the 2 catalytic converter bracket bolts to 20 Nm (15 lb-ft).

All vehicles

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


22. Install the 2 LH catalytic converter bracket bolts.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


26. Install the ground cable and the bolt.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

27. Connect the RH CMP sensor electrical connector.

28. Connect the RH heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) electrical connector.

29. If equipped, install the block heater wiring harness onto the engine.
 Connect the block heater electrical connector and install the heat shield.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

30. Install the RH camshafts. For additional information, refer to Camshaft.
CYLINDER HEAD - LH
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil

All vehicles
1. Install a new gasket, the LH cylinder head and 8 new bolts. Tighten in the sequence shown in 5 stages:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 946: Installing LH Cylinder Head Bolts In Sequence




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



6. Install LH camshaft position (CMP) sensor and the bolt.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


8. Using a new gasket and O-ring seal, install the thermostat housing and the 3 bolts.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

13. Install the 2 RH catalytic converter bracket bolts.

 Tighten the 2 catalytic converter brackets to 20 Nm (15 lb-ft).

All vehicles

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




shown:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



19. Install the 2 LH catalytic converter bracket bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

20. Install the generator, the bolt and the nut.


21. Install the A/C compressor, the nut and the 2 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
22. Connect the engine oil pressure (EOP) switch electrical connector and the wiring harness pin-type
retainer.
Type Retainer
23. Attach the wiring harness retainer to the generator.

24. Connect the generator electrical connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
25. Connect the generator B+ cable and install the nut.


26. Connect the A/C compressor electrical connector.

27. Install the wiring harness retainer bolt on the rear of the LH cylinder head.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

29. Connect the LH HO2S electrical connector.

30. Connect the LH CMP sensor electrical connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

33. If equipped, install the block heater wiring harness onto the engine.
 Connect the block heater electrical connector and install the heat shield.

34. Install the LH camshafts. For additional information, refer to Camshaft.
OIL PAN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Special Tools
Handle 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)

303-102 (T74P-6316-B)
Damper
303-D089 (D93P-6001-A3) or
Spreader Bar
equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Material
Item Specification
WSE-M4G323-A6
TA-357
-
ZC-31-A
Motor Oil
-
ZC-30

All vehicles
damage.
NOTE: The oil pan and the 4 specified bolts must be installed and the oil pan
aligned to the cylinder block and A/C compressor within 4 minutes of
sealant application. Final tightening of the oil pan bolts must be carried
out within 60 minutes of sealant application.
of the oil pan.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Apply a 5.5 mm (0.21 in) bead of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone to the 2
crankshaft seal retainer plate-to-cylinder block joint areas on the sealing surface of the oil pan.
Fig. 979: Applying Bead Of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone To Crankshaft
Seal Retainer Plate-To-Cylinder Block
NOTE: The oil pan and the 4 specified bolts must be installed within 4 minutes of
the start of sealant application.
2. Install the oil pan and bolts 10, 11, 13 and 14.
 Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown to 3 Nm (27 lb-in).
 Loosen the bolts 180 degrees.
3. Align the oil pan to the cylinder block and the A/C compressor.
 Position the oil pan so the mounting boss is against the A/C compressor and using a straightedge,
align the oil pan flush with the rear of the cylinder block at the 2 areas shown.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 981: Aligning Oil Pan Flush With Rear Of Cylinder Block
4. Tighten bolts 10, 11, 13 and 14 in the sequence shown, to 3 Nm (27 lb-in).
5. Install the remaining oil pan bolts. Tighten all the oil pan bolts in the sequence shown.
 Tighten the large bolts (1-14) to 20 Nm (15 lb-ft).
 Tighten the small bolts (15 and 16) to 10 Nm (89 lb-in).
Fig. 983: Installing Remaining Oil Pan Bolts In Sequence

6. Install the A/C compressor mounting stud and nut.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Tighten the stud to 9 Nm (80 lb-in) and the nut to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).


damage.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

gasket remover and metal surface prep. Failure to follow this procedure
can cause future oil leakage.
block.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Sequence




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
cover.

 Stage 1: Tighten to 120 Nm (89 (lb-ft).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Spark plug tube seal installation shown, variable camshaft timing (VCT)
seal installation similar.
(303-1247/2)
damage.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

damage.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

All vehicles


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


FWD vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

All vehicles


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE




Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

44. If equipped, position the engine block heater harness on the engine and attach all of the harness retainers.
 Connect the engine block heater electrical connector and install the heat shield.

45. Using the special tools, remove the engine from the stand.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

47. Install the flexplate and the 8 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

48. Install the engine in the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Engine.
OIL PUMP SCREEN AND PICKUP TUBE

that enters the oil passages, coolant passages or the oil pan, can cause engine
failure.
1. Using a new O-ring seal, install the oil pump screen and pickup tube and the 3 bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Install the oil pan. For additional information, refer to Oil Pan.
CRANKSHAFT REAR SEAL WITH RETAINER PLATE
Special Tools
Handle 205-153 (T80T-4000-W)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Installer, Rear Main Seal 303-1250
303-D089 (D93P-6001-A3) or
Spreader Bar
equivalent
Material
Item Specification
WSE-M4G323-A6
TA-357
Motor Oil

that enters the oil passages, coolant passages or the oil pan, can cause engine
failure.
NOTE: Failure to use Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone may
damage.
NOTE: The crankshaft rear seal retainer must be installed and the bolts tightened
within 4 minutes of sealant application.
of the crankshaft rear seal retainer.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1024: Applying Bead Of Motorcraft High Performance Engine RTV Silicone To Sealing
Surface Of Crankshaft Rear Seal Retainer
2. Install the rear seal retainer and the 8 bolts in the sequence shown.
Fig. 1025: Installing Crankshaft Rear Seal Retainer Bolts In Sequence

3. Position the Rear Main Seal Installer onto the end of the crankshaft and slide a new crankshaft rear seal
onto the tool.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

4. Using the Rear Main Seal Installer and Handle, install the new crankshaft rear seal.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5. Install the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor and install the bolt.

6. Connect the CKP sensor electrical connector.

7. Using the Heavy Duty Floor Crane and Spreader Bar, install the engine onto the stand.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1030: Identifying Heavy Duty Floor Crane and Spreader Bar
8. Install the oil pan. For additional information, refer to Oil Pan.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Information and Entertainment Systems - Edge & MKX
Information and Entertainment Systems - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
AM/FM antenna base bolt 7 62
AM/FM antenna cable bolt 12 106
Satellite radio antenna bolt 7 62
Satellite digital audio receiver system (SDARS) module nuts 7 62
Subwoofer amplifier screws 5 44
Subwoofer speaker bolts 7 62

INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM
Audio Line-Up
The following audio systems are available:
 Base
AM/FM single CD with MP3

 4 speakers
 Premium - Edge
 AM/FM 6-CD changer with MP3
 4 speakers
 Audiophile
 Four 2-way speakers and a subwoofer (9 speakers total)
 Premium - MKX
 6 speakers in 6 locations (includes separate tweeter speakers)
 THX® sound
 12 speakers in 10 locations
 Audio digital signal processing (DSP) module (located behind the subwoofer)
 Also available with navigation audio system
 Navigation
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Navigation audio control module (ACM)

 Voice-activation (includes microphone in the inside rear view mirror)
 Available with Premium (MKX), Audiophile (Edge), or THX® sound system (MKX)
All audio systems include the following features:
 Speed sensitive volume

 Accessory delay
 MP3 capability
 Audio input jack
The following options are also available:
 Satellite audio system

 Available with all audio systems
 DVD entertainment system

 Available with all audio systems
 Not available on vehicles with panoramic roof
 SYNC
 Optional on Edge, standard on MKX
 Steering wheel controls

 Standard on all audio systems except base
 Unique steering wheel controls for vehicles with the SYNC system
Antenna
The antenna system consists of the antenna and the antenna cable. The antenna cable connects the ACM to the
antenna, located on the front of the roof.
Audio Input Jack - Vehicles Without The SYNC System
The audio input jack is used to connect a portable MP3 device to the vehicle. When connected, the audio files
from the MP3 player can be broadcast through the vehicle speakers.
Satellite Audio System
The satellite audio system provides satellite-broadcast audio. The satellite antenna is mounted on the rear
spoiler. The satellite audio system consists of the following components:
 Satellite digital audio receiver system (SDARS) module (located behind the liftgate scuff plate trim
panel)
 Satellite radio antenna
 Satellite radio antenna cable
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DVD Entertainment System
The DVD entertainment system is available on all vehicles except the base Edge and vehicles equipped with a
panoramic roof. The DVD entertainment system includes the following:
 Rear entertainment module (RETM)

 A/V ports for connecting a gaming system
 2 wireless headphones
 A remote control
THX® Audio System
The THX® audio system provides theatre quality sound inside the vehicle. The THX® audio system is only
available for the MKX, and includes the following components:
 DSP module
 Front center imaging speaker (also referred to as the instrument panel speaker)
 2 mid-woofers in the front doors
 2 tweeter speakers in the front doors
 2 co-axial speakers in the rear doors
 2 rear mid-tweeters in the D-pillars
 A subwoofer
Navigation System
The navigation system audibly and visually guides the user to a selected destination. The system uses a global
positioning system (GPS) antenna, a vehicle speed input, and other sensor information to accurately establish
the vehicle position. The ACM provides the visual and audible instructions of the maneuvers required to arrive
at the pre-entered destination.
The only external component of the navigation system is the GPS antenna, located in the instrument panel.
SYNC System
The SYNC system is comprised of the following:
 Accessory protocol interface module (APIM), located underneath the floor console
 SYNC-specific steering wheel controls
 Microphone located in the rear view mirror
 Universal serial bus (USB) port, located in the center console
 Audio input jack, located in the center console
The SYNC system is a hands-free communications and entertainment system that allows the following
interactions:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Send and receive phone calls via a Bluetooth®-enabled phone

 Send and receive text messages via a Bluetooth®-enabled phone
 Connect media devices (such as an iPod® or USB device) in order to play audio files
 Play media files via a Bluetooth®-enabled audio device
Not all features will be available with every phone.
For additional information on audio system operation, including the SYNC system, refer to the Owner's
Literature.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM
Special Tools

scan tool
Universal Serial Bus (USB) Male-

CCMUSB2-AM-AM-10
A To Male-A Cable
(GEM).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Audio Control Module (ACM)
The audio system can be operated while the key is in RUN or ACC. The accessory delay feature allows the
audio system to be operated for a preset period of time after the key is turned to OFF and a front door has not
been opened. The audio control module (ACM) sends AC voltage audio signals to the speakers or to the
amplifier, depending on vehicle configuration. The ACM can produce its own DTCs, which can be
communicated to the scan tool through the medium speed controller area network (MS-CAN), or can be
retrieved through the ACM self-test by simultaneously pressing presets 3 and 6. The ACM communicates via
the MS-CAN.
THX® Audio System
The THX® audio system provides theatre quality sound in the vehicle. Audio signals are sent to the audio
digital signal processing (DSP) module, which processes the audio signals and sends them to the 13 speakers: 4
door speakers, 2 tweeter speakers, 3 front/center speakers, 2 rear/center speakers, and 2 subwoofer speakers.
The DSP module communicates via the MS-CAN.
Navigation
The navigation module is integrated in the ACM and controls the operation and the interface between the user,
the vehicle subsystems, and the external components. The navigation ACM communicates via the MS-CAN and
can be diagnosed with a scan tool.
The vehicle navigation system guides the user to a pre-entered destination. A map DVD stored in the navigation
ACM is used for calculating the vehicle course. The ACM display audibly and visually instructs the user of the
maneuvers required to arrive at the destination entered.
A voice recognition system allows the user to interface with the system without using the touch screen. A
microphone located in the interior rear view mirror provides a direct input to the navigation ACM.
In order to calculate initial vehicle position, the global positioning system (GPS) antenna is used to track several
available satellites simultaneously.
The wheel pulse signal and transmission gear selected signal are received by the navigation ACM through the
MS-CAN. These signals are used to increase the accuracy of the displayed course.
Satellite Audio
The satellite audio system consists of a satellite digital audio receiver system (SDARS) module, a satellite radio
antenna, and an antenna cable. The satellite radio antenna receives digital audio signals and sends them to the
SDARS module, where the signals are converted to analog and sent to the ACM, the rear entertainment module
(RETM) (if equipped with a DVD entertainment system), or the accessory protocol interface module (APIM) (if
equipped with the SYNC system). The SDARS module communicates via the MS-CAN.
SYNC System
The SYNC system allows interaction with several types of customer devices, including mobile phones and
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
media devices. The system is comprised of the APIM, a microphone (located in the interior rear view mirror),
the universal serial bus (USB) cable and port, and the audio input jack. The APIM contains an on-board
Bluetooth® chipset, which enables certain wireless devices to interact with the system.
The APIM consists of 2 internal modules: the consumer interface processor (CIP) and the vehicle interface
processor (VIP). The modules are not replaceable individually, but can be flashed independently, if required.
The CIP interfaces with all of the inputs to the APIM. The CIP contains an analog-to-digital- to-analog
converter, as well as the Bluetooth® chipset. Any consumer-available application upgrades that are available
are loaded directly to the CIP through the USB port.
The VIP provides an interface between the CIP and the vehicle. The main functions of the VIP are controlling
the APIM power management and translating both inbound and outbound signals over the controller area
network (CAN).
The APIM can receive inputs from the following audio sources:
 USB port
 SDARS module
 Bluetooth®
The USB port can be used for connecting a media device (such as an iPod®) with the device's available cable,
or for directly plugging in a portable mass storage device (such as a "thumb drive"). When playing media files
stored on a mass storage device, the SYNC system will only play files that do not have digital rights
management (DRM) protection. The USB port can also be used for uploading vehicle application upgrades.
The USB port is powered by the APIM, so no external power source is needed to power a device plugged into
the USB port.
The audio input jack can be used for connecting a media device (such as an iPod®) utilizing a 1/8-inch audio
jack. When a device is connected through the audio input jack, only the speaker volume can be controlled by
the ACM. All other functions (such as seek, fast forward, pause, etc.) must be carried out on the device itself.
If the vehicle is equipped with satellite audio, the audio signals from the SDARS module are sent to the APIM,
rather than directly to the ACM. The APIM then relays the satellite audio signals to the ACM, or to the RETM
if the vehicle is equipped with a DVD entertainment system. The RETM then relays the signals to the ACM.
The Bluetooth® interface can accommodate both Bluetooth®-enabled mobile phones and Bluetooth®-enabled
media devices. Any Bluetooth® device used with the SYNC system must first be paired with the system before
it is operational.
Bluetooth® is a secure, short-range radio frequency that allows devices to communicate wirelessly through
radio waves. The operating range of a Bluetooth® signal is a maximum of 32 feet.
Only one Bluetooth® phone and one Bluetooth® device can be connected to the system at any one time. If an
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
additional device of either type is paired with the system and made active, the APIM will disconnect any active
connection and establish a connection with the new device.
It is important to understand that not all mobile phones will have the same level of features when interacting
with the SYNC system. For a list of compatible phones, .
In addition to audio information, metadata may also be sent to the APIM from a device plugged into the USB
port. Metadata consists of such information as artist, album title, song title, and genre. The metadata is used by
the APIM to create indexes that can be used to sort for particular music, based on customer preference. Not all
USB devices will send metadata to the APIM; also, no metadata is transferred when a device is connected
through the audio input jack. When a new media device is connected to the SYNC system, the APIM will
automatically index the information. This may take up to several minutes (depending on the amount of data on
the device), and is considered normal operation. When a device that was previously connected to the SYNC
system is reconnected, the APIM will update the index (rather than creating a new one), which reduces the
amount of time needed to create the index.
The APIM receives both stereo and mono sound inputs, and can also transmit both stereo and mono sound. The
mono function is used to receive the microphone input, and to send sound to the ACM for voice prompts, the
text-to-speech (TTS) feature, ring tones, and any audio received through a connected mobile phone. The TTS
feature speaks information so that it does not have to be read from the display.
The APIM communicates via the MS-CAN.
Voice Recognition For Vehicles With Navigation And The SYNC System
When a vehicle is equipped with both the navigation system and the SYNC system, the interaction between the
audio system components is unique for voice recognition.
Both the navigation ACM and the APIM utilize voice-recognition, but in order for the modules to determine
which one should be acknowledging the voice command, the voice command set is different. This allows the
modules to identify the intended source when the VOICE button is pressed. The VOICE (an icon of someone
speaking), MEDIA, and PHONE (an icon of a phone and an up-and-down arrow) buttons are wired to the
navigation ACM, rather than to the APIM (as they are in non-navigation audio systems).
When the audio system enters voice recognition mode, the ACM sends a CAN message to the APIM to enter
voice recognition mode. The microphone is wired directly to the APIM, which relays the microphone input to
the ACM through dedicated wiring. Control of the voice functions is given to whichever module is indicated by
the first voice command.
Steering Wheel Controls
The steering wheel controls consist of a series of resistors. Each steering wheel control switch function
corresponds with a specific resistance value within the switch. When a switch is pressed, the ACM (or the
APIM) monitors the change in reference voltage to determine the requested function.
Audio Input Jack - Vehicles Without The SYNC System
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The audio input jack allows for a portable MP3 player to be connected to the vehicle audio system. When a
portable MP3 player is connected, audio from the MP3 player can be played through the vehicle speakers.
Antenna - AM/FM
The roof-mounted antenna receives both AM and FM radio waves. The audio signals are then sent to the ACM
through the antenna cable. An antenna module is integral to the roof-mounted antenna base.
Subwoofer
The Audiophile subwoofer is powered by its own amplifier. The subwoofer in the THX® system is powered by
the THX® amplifier. The enable/clip detection circuit carries out 2 functions: to turn the amplifier on, and to
indicate to the ACM when the subwoofer output distortion signal reaches a damaging level. The ACM then
clips the audio output signal to prevent damage to the subwoofer.
DVD Entertainment System
When a video disc is inserted into the RETM and the PLAY button is pressed, an image is displayed on the
screen and a stereo signal is transmitted to the ACM. The DVD entertainment system allows for single/dual-
play mode. The RETM communicates via the MS-CAN.
Single-Play Mode
In single-play mode, any audio input routed through the RETM is broadcast through all of the vehicle speakers.
These audio inputs include the RETM, satellite audio, SYNC audio, and peripheral gaming devices plugged into
the RETM.
Dual-Play Mode (All Audio Systems Except THX®)
In dual-play mode, the ACM continues to control the output to the front speakers, while the RETM mutes the
audio to the rear speakers. The RETM continues to broadcast the rear audio source to the headphones. When the
headphones are set to channel A, all audio sources can be accessed. When the headphones are set to channel B,
only the DVD audio and auxiliary audio sources (such as a gaming system) can be sent to the headphones.
Dual-Play Mode (THX®)
In dual-play mode, the DSP module continues to play the front audio source over the front speakers while
muting the rear speakers. The RETM continues to broadcast the rear audio source to the headphones. When the
headphones are set to channel A, all audio sources can be accessed. When the headphones are set to channel B,
only the DVD audio and auxiliary audio sources (such as a gaming system) can be sent to the headphones.
Noise Suppression Equipment
The radio frequency suppression equipment reduces interference transmitted through the speakers by the engine
ignition and electrical systems. When installing any new radio suppression equipment components, make sure
that a good contact is made at all connections.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Audio Signals
Audio signal flow varies greatly depending on vehicle content.
Stereo signals contain left and right channel information, and are used for most audio signals.
A mono signal is used for the microphone input to the APIM. The mono signal is also used for the voice
prompts, the TTS feature, ring tones, and any audio received through a connected mobile phone. These audio
signals are output from the APIM to the ACM. The mono and stereo outputs from the APIM utilize separate
circuits.
A digital signal is used to transmit data from a media device connected through the USB port to the APIM. The
APIM then converts the signal to analog and relays the signal to the ACM.
A wireless signal is used to broadcast audio signals from a Bluetooth® device to the APIM. As with a digital
signal sent through the USB port, the APIM converts the wireless audio signal to analog and relays it to the
ACM.
Network Communication
The following audio system components communicate via the medium speed controller area network (MS-
CAN):
 Audio control module (ACM)

 Navigation ACM
 Satellite digital audio receiver system (SDARS) module
 Rear entertainment module (RETM)
 Audio digital signal processing (DSP) module
 Accessory protocol interface module (APIM)
The following messages are utilized by the audio system:
Receiving Module
Message Transmitting Module Audio System Function
(s)
ACM
Indicates ignition switch
RETM
Ignition Switch Position Smart junction box (SJB) position for power-
DSP module
up/shut-down.
APIM
Controls the backlight
Illumination Dimmer ACM intensity, based on the
SJB
Level RETM position of the dimmer
switch.
Transmission Selector For the navigation system,

Instrument cluster (IC) ACM this signal is used for
(PRNDL) Range
more accurate navigation
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
tracking.
When active, this signal
allows the audio
ACM
component to be operated
Accessory Delay Status SJB RETM
after the vehicle is shut
APIM
off and a door has not
been opened.
When active, this signal
causes the ACM to reduce
Volume Cutback Parking aid module (PAM) ACM
the audio output when the
parking aid tone is active.
Used by the ACM (or
ACM DSP module) for the
Vehicle Speed IC
DSP module speed-compensated
volume function.
For the navigation system,
Navigation Radio Rolling this signal is used for
IC ACM
Wheel Count more accurate navigation
tracking.



(SJB) fuse(s):
 Audio control module  3 (15A) (RETM,
(ACM) accessory protocol
 Antenna interface module
 Rear entertainment [APIM])
module (RETM)  18 (20A) (audio
 Steering wheel controls digital signal

processing [DSP]
 Audio input jack module)
 Universal serial bus  28 (5A) (ACM
(USB) port hot in START)
 Speaker(s)  38 (20A)
 Noise suppression (subwoofer or
equipment DSP module)
 39 (20A) (ACM)
 41 (15A) (delayed
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
accessory)
3. If the fault is visually evident, correct the cause (if possible) before proceeding to the next step.



PCM.
NOTE: Do not press any buttons on the ACM while the ACM is carrying out the
self-test.

8. Carry out the self-test diagnostics for the ACM.

9. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to DTC Charts.
10. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, go to the Speaker Walk-Around Test, the Audio Control
Module (ACM) Self-Diagnostic Mode, or the Satellite Audio Bezel Diagnostic Test.
Speaker Walk-Around Test
NOTE: To enter the speaker walk-around test or ACM self-diagnostic mode, the ACM
must be on and in radio tuner (AM/FM) mode.
1. To enter the speaker walk-around test, simultaneously press the ACM preset buttons 3 and 6.
2. The speaker walk-around test stops at each speaker and applies sound to each speaker for about 1 to 2
seconds. Each speaker is tested and displayed on the ACM in the following sequence:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Except THX®: RF, LF, LR, RR, SUBWOOFER.


 THX®: CSA FRONT, TWEETER LF, TWEETER RF, CENTER REAR, SPEAKER LF,
SPEAKER RF, SPEAKER LR, SUBWOOFER, SPEAKER RR.
3. To exit the speaker walk-around test, turn the key to OFF, turn the ACM off, press preset button 1 for
diagnostics (ACMs without navigation), or press "End Test" (navigation ACM).
Audio Control Module (ACM) Self-Diagnostic Mode - All ACMs Without Navigation
NOTE: To enter the ACM self-diagnostic mode, the ACM must be turned on and in radio
tuner (AM/FM) mode.
1. To enter the following tests, press the desired preset button while in the speaker walk-around test or while
in the ACM self-diagnostic mode.
2. The self-diagnostic mode has the following functions available:
 Preset button 1 = On-Demand Self-Test. This button runs the on-demand self-test.
 Pressing the MENU DOWN button allows scrolling of any DTCs found during the test while
in this menu.
 Preset button 2 = Display Continuous DTCs. This button enables viewing of any continuous DTCs
that have been logged.
 Pressing the MENU UP button allows scrolling of any DTCs while in this menu.
 While continuous DTCs are being displayed, pressing the EJECT button will clear all present
DTCs.
 Preset button 3 = Signal Strength Test. This button displays the signal strength.
 Preset button 4 = Software Version Display. This button displays the ACM software version.
 Pressing the MENU UP button allows scrolling of all audio subsystem software versions
while in this menu.
 Preset button 5 = Display Test. This test illuminates all the display segments for 5 seconds, then
turns all segments off.
 Preset button 6 = Configuration Status. This button enables ACM configuration status.
 Pressing the MENU button displays the ACM part number while in this menu.
3. To exit the self-diagnostic mode, turn the ACM off or turn the key OFF.
4. If the concern remains and the fault is not detected, go to Symptom Chart - Audio System to continue
diagnostics.
Audio Control Module (ACM) Self-Diagnostic Mode - Navigation ACM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Bezel Diagnostics Screen Display - Speaker Walk Test Active

1. To enter the self-diagnostic mode, press "End Test" during the speaker walk-around test.
Fig. 2: Bezel Diagnostics Screen Display - On-Screen Buttons

2. The following diagnostic modes are available using the on-screen buttons:
 On Demand Self Test - provides internal self-test diagnostics and displays all the DTCs resulting
from the self-test.
 View DTC's - provides a list of all the DTCs currently stored in memory.
 Configuration Status" - displays the current unit configuration.
 System Info - provides the navigation module part number and software information.
 GPS Info - provides satellite information and vehicle current information.
 Speaker Walk Test - carries out a speaker walk-around test.
 Multi-disc Test - carries out a test of the CD player mechanism.
 Display Test - allows the screen colors to be checked, and allows individual touch sectors of the
display screen to be tested.
 Hardkey Test - checks the operation of any ACM button.
 Radio Signal Strength - carries out a test of the AM/FM antenna signal.
 Exit Diagnostics - exists bezel diagnostics and returns to the previous function.
3. To exit the self-diagnostic mode, turn the ACM off, turn the key to OFF, or press "Exit Diagnostics".
4. If the concern remains and the fault is not detected, go to Symptom Chart - Navigation System.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Satellite Audio Bezel Diagnostic Test
NOTE: To enter the satellite audio bezel diagnostic test, the ACM must be on and in
SAT mode.
1. To enter the satellite audio bezel diagnostic test, simultaneously press and hold the AUX button and
preset button 2 (except navigation), or the SOUND button and preset button 1 (navigation).
2. Upon entering the self-test, the ACM produces 2 continuously alternating tones of different pitch, one for
the right channel, then one for the left.
3. The test continues by displaying any DTCs currently present. If no DTCs are present, NO DTCS will be
displayed. If there are DTCs present, the ACM will auto-scroll through the list of active DTCs.
4. Historical DTCs can be viewed by pressing the AUX button and preset button 2 (except navigation), or
the SOUND button and preset button 1 (navigation) simultaneously while in the active DTC mode.
 If any DTCs are present, pressing the AUX button and preset button 2 (except navigation), or the
SOUND button and preset button 1 (navigation) will prompt CLEAR DTCS? on the ACM.
 To clear historical DTCs, press preset buttons 1, 2, and 3 consecutively within 4 seconds.
 To exit historical DTCs (with or without clearing DTCs), press the AUX button and preset button 2
(except navigation), or the SOUND button and preset button 1 (navigation) simultaneously.
5. If no historical DTCs are present, pressing the AUX button and preset button 2 (except navigation), or the
SOUND button and preset button 1 (navigation) simultaneously while in active DTC mode will display
the DLP software version.
6. To exit the satellite audio bezel diagnostic test, press the AUX button and preset button 2 (except
navigation), or the SOUND button and preset button 1 (navigation) simultaneously while the DLP
software version is displayed, or turn the ACM off.
7. If the concern remains and the fault is not detected, go to Symptom Chart - Audio System.
DTC Charts
NOTE: For all U-codes listed in this chart, if no related symptoms are observed,
disregard the DTC.
NOTE: For all U-codes listed in this chart, if DTC B1318 is present, diagnose it before
diagnosing the U-code DTC.
AUDIO CONTROL MODULE (ACM) DTC CHART

VERIFY that no steering wheel control buttons are
Audio Steering Wheel stuck and that no steering wheel control button is
B1117
Button Stuck pressed during the self-test.
If no concern is found, go to Pinpoint Test F .
NOTE:
This DTC applies to the navigation DVD
mechanism, not the DVD entertainment system.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The audio control module (ACM) was over

B1119 (Navigation Audio Disc DVD Player temperature. Navigation operation will resume after
only) Thermal Shutdown the ACM cools. This is normal operation. CLEAR the
DTCs.
B1136 (Navigation Audio Steering Wheel
Go to Pinpoint Test F .
only) Switch #2 Circuit Failure
REMOVE the map DVD and CLEAN it. INSPECT
for scratches, fingerprints, or damage, and REPAIR
as necessary. VERIFY a valid map DVD is being
used. If no concern is found, INSERT a known good
map DVD. REPEAT the self-test.
B1140 (Navigation
Map Disk Invalid If the system operates correctly, the concern
only) 
was caused by a damaged or invalid map DVD.
 If DTC B1140 is retrieved again, INSTALL a
new ACM. REFER to Audio Control Module
(ACM). TEST the system for normal
operation.
Subwoofer #1 Short to
B1154 Go to Pinpoint Test E .
Ground
Subwoofer #1 Short to
Battery
Subwoofer #2 Not
Connected
CLEAR the DTCs. TEST the charging system.
REFER to CHARGING SYSTEM - GENERAL
 If the charging system is OK, the DTC was set

B1318 Battery Voltage Low by a previous low voltage condition. No
concern is found at this time.
 If the charging system is not OK, REFER to
CHARGING SYSTEM - GENERAL
INFORMATION article to diagnose the low
battery voltage condition.
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If DTC
B1342 is retrieved again, INSTALL a new ACM.
B1342 ECU is Faulted
REFER to Audio Control Module (ACM). TEST
B2103 Antenna Not Connected Go to Pinpoint Test A .
B2204 (Navigation GPS Antenna Connection
Go to Pinpoint Test M .
only) Open or Short
Phone Transceiver Active
B2274 DISREGARD the DTC. CLEAR the DTCs.
Circuit Failure
Audio Reverse Aid Mute
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
B2384 Input Ckt. Failure DISREGARD the DTC. CLEAR the DTCs.
Audio Steering Wheel
Switch Circuit Failure
The ACM was over temperature. Audio operation
Audio Disc CD Player
B2405 will resume after the ACM cools. This is normal
Thermal Shutdown Fault
operation. CLEAR the DTCs.
NOTE:
DTC B1342 will also be set.
Audio Disc CD Player
B2406 CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If DTC
Internal Fault
Module Configuration
B2477 REFER to MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
Failure
B2633 (Navigation Driver-Front Microphone
Go to Pinpoint Test R .
only) Circuit Failure
NOTE:
DTC B1342 will also be set.
NOTE:
DVD (Digital Versatile This DTC refers to the navigation DVD mechanism,
B2656 not the DVD entertainment system.
Disk) Error

B2913 (Audiophile Audio Subwoofer Not
Go to Pinpoint Test E .
only) Connected
NOTE:
For the navigation ACM, the hardkey test can be
used to isolate a stuck button.
B2924 Audio Button Stuck VERIFY no ACM buttons are stuck and that no ACM
button is pressed during the self-test. CLEAR the
DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If DTC B2924 is
retrieved again, INSTALL a new ACM. REFER to
Audio Control Module (ACM). TEST the system
Audio System Speaker
B2965 Go to Pinpoint Test B .
Circuit Fault
Vehicle Speed Circuit
C1992 DISREGARD the DTC. CLEAR the DTCs.
Failure
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
P0182 Reverse Input Circuit DISREGARD the DTC. CLEAR the DTCs.
If a backlighting concern is present, REFER to
Lost Communication With INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND PANEL
U0140 Body Control Module ILLUMINATION article.
(GEM) If the accessory delay does not function correctly,
REFER to WIPERS AND WASHERS article.
If the speed sensitive volume does not operate
Lost Communication With
correctly, go to Pinpoint Test Y .
U0155 Instrument Panel Cluster
If the navigation is inaccurate, go to Pinpoint Test
(IC) Control Module
P.
U0159 Parking Assist Control Go to Pinpoint Test Q .
Module (PAM)
For vehicles without a DVD entertainment system, go
to Pinpoint Test H .
U0193 Digital Audio Control
For vehicles with a DVD entertainment system, go to
Module (SDARS)
Pinpoint Test I .
CARRY OUT the network test using the scan tool.
 If the scan tool communicates with the rear

Lost Communication With entertainment module (RETM), go to
U0196 Entertainment Control Symptom Chart - Audio System to diagnose
Module - Rear (AUX) the observed symptom.
 If the scan tool does not communicate with the
RETM, REFER to MODULE
U0197 Go to Pinpoint Test S .
Telephone Control Module
 If the scan tool communicates with the audio

Lost Communication With digital signal processing (DSP) module, go to
U0238 Digital Audio Control Symptom Chart - Audio System to diagnose
module "D" (DSP) the observed symptom.
DSP module, REFER to MODULE
U0249 Entertainment Control DISREGARD the DTC. CLEAR the DTCs.
Module - Rear "B" (RCU)
U2050 No Application Present REFER to MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
One or More Calibration
U2051 REFER to MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
Files Missing/Corrupt
Unexpected Vehicle Speed
U2473 Go to Pinpoint Test P .
(VSS)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
disregard the DTC.
AUDIO DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (DSP) MODULE DTC CHART

B1158 Subwoofer #2 Not Connected Go to Pinpoint Test C .
CLEAR the DTCs. TEST the charging system. REFER to
CHARGING SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION
article.
 If the charging system is OK, the DTC was set by a

B1317 Battery Voltage High previous over-charge condition. No concern is
found at this time.
INFORMATION article to diagnose the over-
charging condition.
article.

B1318 Battery Voltage Low previous low voltage condition. No concern is found
at this time.
INFORMATION article to diagnose the low
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If DTC B1342
is retrieved again, INSTALL a new audio digital signal
B1342 ECU is Faulted processing (DSP) module. REFER to Audio Digital
Signal Processing (DSP) Module. TEST the system for
normal operation.
B2477 Module Configuration Failure REFER to MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
Audio Subwoofer Not
B2913 Go to Pinpoint Test C .
Connected
If the symptom is no audio from all speakers, go to
Subwoofer Speaker Short Pinpoint Test D .
B2925
Circuit If the symptom is no audio from the subwoofer, go to
Pinpoint Test C .
NOTE:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Despite the DTC description, this DTC applies to the

Subwoofer #2 Speaker Short THX® amplifier clip/enable circuit, not the subwoofer.
B292A
Circuit
Go to Pinpoint Test D .
If the symptom is no audio from all speakers, go to
Audio System Speaker Circuit Pinpoint Test D .
B2965
Fault If the symptom is no audio from one or more (but not all)
speakers, go to Pinpoint Test C .
C1992 Vehicle Speed Circuit Failure DISREGARD the DTC. CLEAR the DTCs.
If the scan tool communicates with the IC, go to


Lost Communication With Symptom Chart - Audio System to diagnose the
U0155 Instrument Panel Cluster (IC) observed symptom.
Control Module
 If the scan tool does not communicate with the IC,
REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS
NETWORK article.
If the scan tool communicates with the ACM, go to



U0184 observed symptom.
Radio (ACM)
ACM, REFER to MODULE
If the scan tool communicates with the rear


Lost Communication With entertainment module (RETM), go to Symptom

U0196 Entertainment Control Module Chart - Audio System to diagnose the observed
- Rear (AUX) symptom.
RETM, REFER to MODULE
One or More Calibration Files
U2051 REFER to MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
Missing/Corrupt
disregard the DTC.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SATELLITE DIGITAL AUDIO RECEIVER SYSTEM (SDARS) MODULE DTC CHART

B1031 SDARS Satellite Antenna Open Go to Pinpoint Test J .
B1032 SDARS Satellite Antenna Short Go to Pinpoint Test J .

INFORMATION article to diagnosis the low
B1342 is retrieved again, INSTALL a new satellite
digital audio receiver system (SDARS) module.
REFER to Satellite Digital Audio Receiver System
(SDARS) Module. TEST the system for normal
operation.
Lost Communication With Radio to Pinpoint Test H .
U0184
(ACM) For vehicles with a DVD entertainment system, go to
Pinpoint Test I .
U0196 Entertainment Control Module - Go to Pinpoint Test I .
Rear (AUX)
Lost Communication With to Pinpoint Test H .
U0197
Telephone Control Module For vehicles with a DVD entertainment system, go to
Pinpoint Test I .
U0249 Entertainment Control Module - DISREGARD the DTC. CLEAR the DTCs.
Rear "B" (RCU)
Lost Communication With Front
U0255 DISREGARD the DTC. CLEAR the DTCs.
Controls Interface Module
Display Interface Module
disregard the DTC.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
REAR ENTERTAINMENT MODULE (RETM) DTC CHART

The rear entertainment module (RETM) was over-
Audio Disc DVD Player
B1119 temperature. Operation will resume once the RETM has
Thermal Shutdown
cooled. This is normal operation. CLEAR the DTCs.
The LCD screen was over-temperature. Operation will
B111F LCD Thermal Shutdown resume after the LCD screen cools. This is normal
operation. CLEAR the DTCs.
article.

B1317 Battery Voltage High previous over-charge condition. No concern is found
at this time.
INFORMATION article to diagnosis the
overcharging condition.
article.

B1318 Battery Voltage Low previous low voltage condition. No concern is found
at this time.
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If DTC B1342 is
retrieved again, INSTALL a new RETM. REFER to Rear
Entertainment Module (RETM). TEST the system for
normal operation.
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If DTC B2656 is
DVD (Digital Versatile Disk) retrieved again, INSTALL a new RETM. REFER to Rear
B2656
Error Entertainment Module (RETM). TEST the system for
normal operation.
VERIFY no RETM buttons are stuck and that no RETM
B2924 Audio Button Stuck button is pressed during the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs.
REPEAT the self-test. If DTC B2924 is retrieved again,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
INSTALL a new RETM. REFER to Rear Entertainment

Module (RETM). TEST the system for normal operation.
If a backlighting concern is present, REFER to
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND PANEL
U0140 ILLUMINATION article.
Body Control Module (GEM)
If the accessory delay does not function correctly, REFER
to WIPERS AND WASHERS article.
 If the scan tool communicates with the ACM, go to

U0184 observed symptom.
Radio (ACM)
ACM, REFER to MODULE
U0193 Digital Audio Control Module Go to Pinpoint Test I .
(SDARS)
disregard the DTC.
ACCESSORY PROTOCOL INTERFACE MODULE (APIM) DTC CHART

B1038 Microphone Input Circuit Failure Go to Pinpoint Test W .
Audio Steering Wheel Button
Stuck
Audio Steering Wheel Switch #2
Circuit Failure

B1317 Battery Voltage High by a previous high voltage condition. No
INFORMATION article to diagnosis the
over-charging condition.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


B1342 is retrieved again, INSTALL a new accessory
B1342 ECU is Faulted protocol interface module (APIM). REFER to
Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM).
Lost Communication With Radio
U0184 Go to Pinpoint Test S .
(ACM)
U0196 Entertainment Control Module - Go to Pinpoint Test S .
Rear (AUX)
U0249 Entertainment Control Module - DISREGARD the DTC. CLEAR the DTCs.
Rear "B" (RCU)
Controls Interface Module
Display Interface Module
U261C USB #1 Device Error Go to Pinpoint Test U .
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart - Audio System

 Fuse
 REFER to MODULE
 No communication with the  Wiring, terminals or
COMMUNICATIONS
audio control module (ACM) connectors
NETWORK article.
 ACM
 No communication with the  Fuse  REFER to MODULE

audio digital signal COMMUNICATIONS
processing (DSP) module  Wiring, terminals or NETWORK article.
connectors
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 DSP module
 No communication with the  Fuse
 REFER to MODULE
satellite digital audio  Wiring, terminals or
COMMUNICATIONS
receiver system (SDARS) connectors
NETWORK article.
module  SDARS module
 Fuse
 No communication with the  REFER to MODULE
rear entertainment module COMMUNICATIONS
connectors
(RETM) NETWORK article.
 RETM
 Fuse
 No communication with the  REFER to MODULE
accessory protocol interface COMMUNICATIONS
connectors
module (APIM) NETWORK article.
 APIM
 The satellite audio is connectors
inoperative/does not operate  APIM (if equipped)  Go to Pinpoint Test H .
correctly - vehicles without
DVD entertainment  SDARS module
 ACM
connectors
 The satellite audio is
inoperative/does not operate  RETM
 Go to Pinpoint Test I .
correctly - vehicles with  APIM (if equipped)
DVD entertainment  SDARS module
 ACM
 INSTALL a new ACM. REFER to
 The ACM display is blank, Audio Control Module (ACM).
 ACM
but the ACM operates TEST the system for normal
operation.
 Backlighting
system concern  REFER to INSTRUMENT
 The ACM backlighting does
 Wiring, terminals or CLUSTER AND PANEL
not operate correctly
connectors ILLUMINATION article.
 ACM
 Backlighting
system concern  REFER to INSTRUMENT
 The RETM backlighting
 Wiring, terminals or CLUSTER AND PANEL
does not operate correctly
connectors ILLUMINATION article.
 RETM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 INSPECT the CD for scratches,

fingerprints, a loose paper label,
incorrect format, or damage.
INSERT a known good CD and
TEST the system.
 If the system operates
 The CD player is CD
 correctly, the concern was
inoperative/does not operate
 ACM caused by a damaged CD.
correctly
 If the system does not operate
correctly, INSTALL a new
ACM. REFER to Audio
Control Module (ACM).
TEST the system for normal
operation.
connectors
 Antenna
 Antenna cable
 Poor reception - AM/FM  Charging system  Go to Pinpoint Test A .
 Ignition system
 Noise suppression
equipment
 ACM
 RDS/PTY function
setting
 Antenna
 Continuous seek/scan in  Antenna cable
AM/FM  Noise suppression
equipment
 Antenna module
 ACM
 Obstructions to the
line of sight
 Satellite radio
 Poor reception - satellite antenna  Go to Pinpoint Test J .
audio
 Satellite radio
antenna cable
 SDARS module
 Satellite radio
antenna  Go to Pinpoint Test J .
 No sound while in satellite  Satellite radio
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
radio mode antenna cable

 SDARS module
 Poor quality/distorted/no connectors
sound from one or more  Speaker
speakers (not all speakers) -  Go to Pinpoint Test B .
all audio systems except  RETM (if
THX® equipped)
 ACM
 Fuse
sound from one or more Speaker
  Go to Pinpoint Test C .
speakers (not all speakers) -
THX® audio system  Subwoofer
 DSP module
 ACM
NOTE:
If DTC B2965 is set in the ACM,
the cause of the concern is a
short to ground or short to
voltage in the circuitry to an
individual speaker. Go to
Pinpoint Test B .
 With the key in any position except

START, MEASURE the voltage
 Poor quality/distorted/no  Wiring, terminals or between the ACM C290a-15,
sound from all speakers - all connectors circuit CBP13 (GY/BN), harness
audio systems except THX®  ACM side and ground.
 If any voltage is present,
REPAIR the circuit. TEST
the system for normal
operation.
 If no voltage is present,
INSTALL a new ACM.
REFER to Audio Control
Module (ACM). TEST the
 Go to Pinpoint Test X .
sound while in SYNC mode  APIM
 ACM
 Fuse
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
sound from all speakers -  Go to Pinpoint Test D .
 DSP module
THX® audio system
 ACM
 Fuse
 The subwoofer is  Wiring, terminals or
inoperative/does not operate connectors  Go to Pinpoint Test E .
correctly - Audiophile  Subwoofer
 ACM
 Fuse
 The subwoofer is  Wiring, terminals or
inoperative/does not operate connectors
 Go to Pinpoint Test C .
correctly - THX® audio  Speaker
system  DSP module
 ACM
 The video system is  Damaged DVD
inoperative/does not operate  RETM setting  Go to Pinpoint Test K .
correctly  RETM
 The video system is connectors
inoperative/does not operate  Go to Pinpoint Test K .
 RETM
correctly - no audio
 ACM
 INSTALL a set of known good
headphones and OPERATE the
audio system in radio tuner
(AM/FM) dual-play mode.
correctly, the concern was
 No auxiliary headphone Headphones
 caused by inoperative
audio - all audio systems
 RETM headphones.
except THX®
 If the system does not operate
RETM. REFER to Rear
Entertainment Module
(RETM). TEST the system
 No auxiliary headphone connectors
 Go to Pinpoint Test L .
audio - THX®  Headphones
 RETM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 INSTALL new batteries in the

 Remote control remote control. TEST the system
 The video system remote batteries for normal operation. If the concern
control does not function
 Video system is still present, CONTACT an
correctly
concern authorized audio repair facility for
further diagnostic test procedures.
connectors
 The steering wheel controls  Clockspring
are inoperative/do not  Steering wheel  Go to Pinpoint Test F .
operate correctly controls
 ACM
 APIM (if equipped)
 The speed sensitive volume (IC)  Go to Pinpoint Test Y
does not operate correctly
 ACM
 The audio input jack is connectors
inoperative/does not operate  Audio input jack  Go to Pinpoint Test J .
correctly  ACM
 The audio does not reduce  Parking aid system
when the parking aid tone concern  Go to Pinpoint Test Q .
sounds  ACM
 Fuse
connectors
 Voice recognition is
 Microphone (part of
interior rear view  Go to Pinpoint Test R .
correctly - vehicles without
mirror)
the SYNC system
 Steering wheel
controls
 ACM
 Fuse
 Voice recognition is
inoperative/does not operate connectors
 Microphone (part of  Go to Pinpoint Test W .
correctly - vehicles with the
SYNC system interior rear view
mirror)
 Steering wheel
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
controls
 ACM (if equipped
with navigation)
 APIM
Symptom Chart - Navigation

 No global positioning system  GPS antenna
 Go to Pinpoint Test M .
(GPS) antenna signal  ACM
 Navigation screen only
 GPS antenna  Go to Pinpoint Test M .
displays Dearborn, Michigan
 GPS antenna
 The position cursor is  Vehicle speed sensor
 Go to Pinpoint Test P .
inaccurate (VSS) signal concern
 ACM
 Audible switch
 The audible switch feedback feedback setting  Go to Pinpoint Test N .
is inoperative
 ACM
 REMOVE the map DVD and
CLEAN it. INSPECT for
scratches, fingerprints, or
damage, and REPAIR as
necessary. VERIFY a valid
map DVD is being used. If no
concern is found, INSERT a
known good map DVD. TEST
the system.
 Map DVD correctly, the concern
 Unable to read map disc
 ACM was caused by a
damaged or inoperable
map DVD.
 If the system does not
operate correctly,
INSTALL a new ACM.
REFER to Audio
Control Module
(ACM). TEST the
system for normal
operation.
 INSPECT the instrument panel

center trim panel for
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
interference with the

navigation screen, and
REPAIR as necessary. If no
 The screen does not  Trim panel interference interference is found,
open/close  ACM INSTALL a new ACM.
REFER to Audio Control
Module (ACM). TEST the
 Incorrect system setting
 The voice guidance is connectors (THX®
inoperative/does not operate only)  Go to Pinpoint Test O .
correctly  DSP module (THX®
only)
 ACM
 VERIFY the operation of the
AM/FM audio.
 If the AM/FM audio
system does not operate
correctly, go to
Symptom Chart -
 Wiring, terminals or Audio System.
 The display screen is connectors
inoperative  If the AM/FM audio
 ACM system operates
correctly, INSTALL a
new ACM. REFER to
Audio Control Module
(ACM). TEST the
system for normal
operation.
 Fuse
 Voice recognition is connectors
inoperative/does not operate  Microphone (part of
 Go to Pinpoint Test R .
correctly - vehicles without interior rear view
the SYNC system mirror)
 ACM
 Fuse
connectors
 Microphone (part of
 Voice recognition is interior rear view
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
inoperative/does not operate mirror)

correctly - vehicles with the  Steering wheel controls
SYNC system
 ACM (if equipped with  Go to Pinpoint Test W .
navigation)
 APIM
Symptom Chart - SYNC System

 Audio system concern
 Communication network
 The SYNC system is concern
 Go to Pinpoint Test S .
completely inoperative  Customer error
 Customer device
 APIM
 Incompatible Bluetooth®
device
 Unable to pair Bluetooth®  Customer error
 Go to Pinpoint Test T .
device  Customer Bluetooth®
device
 APIM
NOTE:
If a Bluetooth® device is
able to pair with the
SYNC system, there are
no concerns with the
APIM.
 An individual Bluetooth®  Customer device
device feature is inoperative compatibility  INSTRUCT the customer
to review the
interoperability list on the .
Not all phone features are
available through SYNC.
This is normal operation.
 The universal serial bus  Customer USB device
(USB) port is
 USB cable and port  Go to Pinpoint Test U .
correctly  APIM
 The steering wheel controls  Wiring, terminals or

are inoperative/do not connectors  Go to Pinpoint Test F .
operate correctly  Steering wheel controls
 ACM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 APIM
connectors
 The audio input jack is  Audio input jack
inoperative/does not operate  Go to Pinpoint Test G .
correctly  Audio control module
(ACM)
 APIM
NOTE:
 Wiring, terminals or The audible prompts
connectors include the text-to-
 The SYNC system audible speech (TTS) feature,
prompts are inoperative/do  Customer setting voice prompts, and ring
not operate correctly  ACM tones.
 APIM
 Go to Pinpoint Test V .
 During a phone call, no connectors
incoming audio is heard in  Customer setting  Go to Pinpoint Test V .
the vehicle  ACM
 APIM
 Fuse
connectors
 Voice recognition is  Microphone (part of interior
inoperative/does not operate rear view mirror)  Go to Pinpoint Test W .
correctly  Steering wheel controls
 ACM (if equipped with
navigation)
 APIM
 Fuse
 During a phone call, no connectors
outgoing audio is heard on  Go to Pinpoint Test W .
the outside device  Microphone (part of interior
rear view mirror)
 APIM
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test A: Poor Reception - AM/FM
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Audio System/Navigation for schematic and
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Normal Operation
The antenna receives AM and FM radio waves. The antenna module is integral with the roof-mounted antenna
and receives voltage from the audio control module (ACM) through circuit CME44 (YE/GN).
The noise suppression equipment reduces engine ignition and electrical systems interference transmitted
through the speakers.
 DTC B2103 (Antenna Not Connected) - sets during the on-demand self-test when the signal strength is
less than the configured minimum value. The ACM must be tuned to AM during the self-test for this
DTC to set. Also, the DTC will not set when the ACM self-diagnostic mode is run.
 RDS/PTY function setting

 Antenna
 Antenna cable
 Charging system
 Ignition system
 Noise suppression equipment
 ACM
PINPOINT TEST A: POOR RECEPTION - AM/FM
NOTE: Use the correct probe adapter(s) when making measurements. Failure to use
the correct probe adapter(s) may damage the connector.
A1 VERIFY THE RDS/PTY SETTING

 Verify the RDS/PTY function is set to ALL.
 For non-navigation audio systems, press MENU repeatedly until RBDS (ON/OFF) appears
on the display, then press the TUNE UP or TUNE DOWN button until ALL is displayed.
 For navigation audio system, while in FM mode, press SHOW OPTIONS, make sure RDS is
active, then press SET PTY and select ALL.
 Press the SEEK DOWN or SEEK UP button to scan for a good channel.
 Is a good channel found?
YES : The system is operating correctly at this time. The cause of the concern was that no channel
in the selected category was found.
NO : Go to A2.
A2 CHECK THE AUDIO SYSTEM RECEPTION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Check the ACM reception with the engine running, and with the engine off.

 Does the poor reception only occur with the engine running?
YES : Go to A3.
NO : Go to A6.
A3 CHECK THE NOISE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT
 Check all required noise suppression equipment and the radio frequency interference suppression
bond for security, cleanliness, and metal-to-metal contact.
 Are the connections clean, secure, and in metal-to-metal contact?
YES : Go to A4.
NO : CLEAN and SECURE the antenna connections, or INSTALL new noise suppression
equipment as needed. TEST the system for normal operation.
A4 CHECK THE GENERATOR
 Check the generator by disconnecting the wiring harness from the voltage regulator.
 Operate the audio system in radio tuner (AM/FM) mode.
 Is the reception OK?
YES : INSTALL a new generator. REFER to GENERATOR AND REGULATOR article. TEST
NO : Go to A5.
A5 CHECK THE IGNITION CIRCUITS
 Connect the wiring harness to the voltage regulator.
 Check the ignition circuits for correct routing, grounding, and integrity of the connections.
 Are the ignition components OK?
YES : USE a jumper cable to ground various parts of the vehicle to the frame (for example: engine,
fenders, quarter panels, stone deflectors, air cleaner, body sheet metal). When the noise is
eliminated, PROVIDE a permanent ground where necessary. TEST the system for normal
operation.
NO : REPAIR the ignition system as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.
A6 CHECK CIRCUIT CME44 (YE/GN) FOR VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Antenna C2086
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Measuring Voltage Between Antenna C2086-2, Circuit CME44 (YE/GN), Harness Side
& Ground
Measure the voltage between the antenna C2086-2, circuit CME44 (YE/GN), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to A8.
NO : Go to A7.
A7 CHECK CIRCUIT CME44 (YE/GN) FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Disconnect: ACM C240a
Fig. 4: Measuring Resistance Between Audio Unit C240A-5, Circuit CME44 (YE/GN) &
Antenna C2086-2
 Measure the resistance between the ACM C240a-5, circuit CME44 (YE/GN), harness side and the
antenna C2086-2, circuit CME44 (YE/GN), harness side; and between the ACM C240a-5, circuit
CME44 (YE/GN), harness side and ground.
 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the ACM and the antenna, and greater than 10,000
ohms between the ACM and ground?
YES : INSTALL a new ACM. REFER to Audio Control Module (ACM). TEST the system for
normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
A8 CHECK THE ANTENNA COAXIAL CABLE

 Disconnect: Antenna Coaxial Cable (At ACM)
 Measure the resistance of the antenna coaxial cable between the antenna and the ACM.
YES : Go to A9.
NO : INSTALL a new antenna cable. REFER to Antenna Cable - AM/FM. CLEAR the DTCs.
A9 ISOLATE THE ANTENNA
 Connect: Antenna Coaxial Cable (At ACM)
 Substitute the antenna for a known good antenna.
YES : INSTALL a new antenna. REFER to Antenna - AM/FM. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the
self-test.
NO : INSTALL the original antenna. Go to A10.
A10 SUBSTITUTE THE ANTENNA CABLE
 Substitute a known good AM/FM antenna cable.
YES : INSTALL a new antenna cable. REFER to Antenna Cable - AM/FM. CLEAR the DTCs.
NO : Go to A11.
A11 CHECK THE ACM FOR CORRECT OPERATION
 Disconnect all the ACM connectors.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
 Connect the ACM connectors and make sure they seat correctly.
normal operation.
Pinpoint Test B: Poor Quality/Distorted/No Sound From One Or More Speakers (Not All Speakers) -
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Except THX® Audio System
Normal Operation
The audio control module (ACM) directs audio signals to the front door speakers and to the rear entertainment
module (RETM) (if equipped) in the form of a fluctuating AC voltage. The tweeter speakers (if equipped) are
wired in series with the front door speakers. The rear door speakers receive audio signals through the RETM (if
equipped) or directly from the ACM.
If the vehicle is equipped with the DVD entertainment system, the RETM mutes the speaker output to the rear
speakers when the audio system is in dual-play mode. Make sure the audio system is in single-play mode before
diagnosing a symptom of no sound to the rear speakers.
For the navigation system, if the voice guidance setting is set to zero rather than to off, it may appear that the
front speakers intermittently produce no sound. Make sure the voice guidance setting is not set to zero before
addressing a concern with the front speakers.
 DTC B2965 (Audio System Speaker Circuit Fault) - sets when an open, a short to ground, or a short to
voltage is detected on the front or rear door speaker circuits. The ACM checks for faults once every
500ms during normal operation, or for any duration during the ACM self-test. The following should also
be noted:
 The Audiophile ACM does not check for opens in the front door speakers.
 The navigation ACM does not check for opens.
For some ACMs, a short to ground or short to voltage in the circuitry to one of the speakers will cause all
speakers to lose sound due to the built-in overload protection feature of the ACM. In this case, DTC B2965 will
set in the ACM, and this pinpoint test should be followed to isolate the damaged circuit.

 Speaker
 RETM (if equipped)
 ACM
PINPOINT TEST B: POOR QUALITY/DISTORTED/NO SOUND FROM ONE OR MORE

SPEAKERS (NOT ALL SPEAKERS) - EXCEPT THX® AUDIO SYSTEM
B1 ISOLATE THE SUSPECT SPEAKER

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Make sure the audio system is in single-play mode before beginning this
pinpoint test, or the results will not be accurate.
Key in ON position.

 Carry out the speaker walk-around test.
 Is the concern with a high-mounted tweeter speaker only?
YES : Go to B13.
NO : Go to B2.
B2 CHECK THE SPEAKER CIRCUITS FOR VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Suspect Speaker
 Measure the AC voltage between the suspect speaker pin 1 and pin 2, harness side as follows:
Suspect Connector- Connector-

Speaker Pin/Circuit Pin/Circuit
C536-1 or C536-2 or
LH C570a-1 C570a-2
front VME07 RME07
(WH) (WH/BN)
C628-1 or C628-2 or
RH C612a-1 C612a-2
front VME10 RME10
(WH/VT) (WH/OG)
C702-1 C702-2
LH rear VME09 RME09
(WH/GN) (BN/YE)
C802-1 C802-2
RH rear VME12 RME12
(BN/WH) (BN/BU)
 Is a fluctuating AC voltage present?

YES : INSTALL a new speaker for the suspect speaker. REFER to Door Speaker. CLEAR any
DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : For a front speaker concern, go to B11.
For a rear speaker concern, go to B3.
B3 VERIFY THE PRESENCE OF A DVD ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM

 Check for the presence of a DVD entertainment system.
 Is the vehicle equipped with a DVD entertainment system?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to B6.
NO : Go to B4.
B4 CHECK THE REAR SPEAKER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Measure the voltage between the suspect speaker pins, harness side and ground as follows:
Suspect Connector-
Circuit
Speaker Pin
VME09
LH rear C702-1
(WH/GN)
RME09
C702-2
(BN/YE)
VME12
RH rear C802-1
(BN/WH)
RME12
C802-2
(BN/BU)


YES : REPAIR the circuit in question. CLEAR any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal
operation.
NO : Go to B5.
B5 CHECK THE REAR SPEAKER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the suspect speaker, harness side and the ACM, harness side; and
between the suspect speaker, harness side and ground as follows:
Speaker ACM
Suspect
Connector- Connector- Circuit
Speaker
Pin Pin
VME09
LH rear C702-1 C240a-9
(WH/GN)
RME09
C702-2 C240a-22
(BN/YE)
VME12
RH rear C802-1 C240a-10
(BN/WH)
RME12
C802-2 C240a-23
(BN/BU)
 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the suspect speaker and the ACM, and greater
than 10,000 ohms between the suspect speaker and ground?
YES : Go to B17.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : REPAIR the circuit in question. CLEAR any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal
operation.
B6 CHECK THE ACM OUTPUT SIGNALS
 Disconnect: RETM C949
 Measure the AC voltage between the RETM pins, harness side as follows:

C949-27 C949-28
LH rear VME09 RME09
(WH/GN) (BN/YE)
C949-11 C949-12
RH rear VME12 RME12
(BN/WH) (BN/BU)
Is a fluctuating AC voltage present?


YES : Go to B9.
NO : Go to B7.
B7 CHECK THE ACM OUTPUT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Measure the voltage between the RETM, harness side and ground as follows:
Suspect Connector-
Circuit
Speaker Pin
VME09
LH rear C949-27
(WH/GN)
RME09
C949-28
(BN/YE)
VME12
RH rear C949-11
(BN/WH)
RME12
C949-12
(BN/BU)


operation.
NO : Go to B8.
B8 CHECK THE ACM OUTPUT CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Measure the resistance between the ACM and the RETM, harness side; and between the ACM,
harness side and ground as follows:
ACM RETM
Suspect
Speaker
Pin Pin
VME09
LH rear C240a-9 C949-27
(WH/GN)
RME09
C240a-22 C949-28
(BN/YE)
VME12
RH rear C240a-10 C949-11
(BN/WH)
RME12
C240a-23 C949-12
(BN/BU)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the ACM and the RETM, and greater than 10,000

YES : Go to B17.
operation.
B9 CHECK THE RETM OUTPUT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Measure the voltage between the suspect speaker, harness side and ground as follows:
Suspect Connector-
Circuit
Speaker Pin
VME09
LH rear C702-1
(WH/GN)
RME09
C702-2
(BN/YE)
VME12
RH rear C802-1
(BN/WH)
RME12
C802-2
(BN/BU)

operation.
NO : Go to B10.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
B10 CHECK THE RETM OUTPUT CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the suspect speaker, harness side and the RETM, harness side; and
between the suspect speaker, harness side and ground as follows:
Speaker RETM
Suspect
Speaker
Pin Pin
VME09
LH rear C949-30 C702-1
(WH/GN)
RME09
C949-29 C702-2
(BN/YE)
VME12
RH rear C949-14 C802-1
(BN/WH)
RME12
C949-13 C802-2
(BN/BU)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the suspect speaker and the RETM, and greater

than 10,000 ohms between the suspect speaker and ground?
YES : Go to B18.
operation.
B11 CHECK THE FRONT SPEAKER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

LH C536-1 or VME07
front C570a-1 (WH)
C536-2 or RME07
C570a-2 (WH/BN)
RH C628-1 or VME10
front C612a-1 (WH/VT)
C628-2 or RME10
C612a-2 (WH/OG)

operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to B12.
B12 CHECK THE FRONT SPEAKER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the ACM, harness side and the suspect speaker, harness side; and
between the ACM, harness side and ground as follows:
ACM Speaker
Suspect
Speaker
Pin Pin
LH C536-1 or VME07
C240a-8
front C570a-1 (WH)
C536-2 or RME07
C240a-21
C570a-2 (WH/BN)
RH C628-1 or VME10
C240a-11
front C612a-1 (WH/VT)
C628-2 or RME10
C240a-12
C612a-2 (WH/OG)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the ACM and the suspect speaker, and greater

than 10,000 ohms between the ACM and ground?
YES : Go to B17.
operation.
B13 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE SUSPECT TWEETER SPEAKER
 Disconnect: Suspect Tweeter Speaker
 Measure the AC voltage between the suspect tweeter speaker pin 1 and pin 2, harness side as
follows:

C569-1 C569-2
LH
VME08 RME08
tweeter
(GN/OG) (GY/OG)
C613-1 C613-2
RH
VME11 RME11
tweeter
(VT/OG) (YE/OG)

YES : INSTALL a new speaker for the suspect tweeter speaker. REFER to Door Speaker. TEST
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to B14.
B14 CHECK THE TWEETER SPEAKER CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: LF Speaker C570b or RF Speaker C612b
 Measure the voltage between the suspect tweeter speaker, harness side and ground as follows:
Tweeter
Suspect
Speaker
Tweeter Circuit
Connector-
Speaker
Pin
LH VME08
C569-1
tweeter (GN/OG)
RME08
C569-2
(GY/OG)
RH VME11
C613-1
tweeter (VT/OG)
RME11
C613-2
(YE/OG)


operation.
NO : Go to B15.
B15 CHECK THE TWEETER SPEAKER CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the suspect tweeter speaker, harness side and the respective door
speaker, harness side; and between the suspect tweeter speaker, harness side and ground as follows:
Tweeter Door
Suspect
Speaker Speaker
Tweeter Circuit
Speaker
Pin Pin
LH VME08
C569-1 C570b-1
tweeter (GN/OG)
RME08
C569-2 C570b-2
(GY/OG)
RH VME11
C613-1 C612b-1
tweeter (VT/OG)
RME11
C613-2 C612b-2
(YE/OG)
 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the suspect tweeter speaker and the door speaker,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
and greater than 10,000 ohms between the suspect tweeter speaker and ground?
YES : Go to B16.
operation.
B16 ISOLATE THE DOOR SPEAKER
 Connect: Suspect Tweeter Speaker
 Install a known good door speaker for the door with the suspect tweeter speaker.
 Does the tweeter speaker operate correctly?
YES : INSTALL a new door speaker. REFER to Door Speaker. TEST the system for normal
operation.
NO : INSTALL a new tweeter speaker. REFER to Door Speaker. TEST the system for normal
operation.
B17 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Connect: All Disconnected Connectors
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
B18 CHECK FOR CORRECT RETM OPERATION
 Disconnect the RETM connector.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
 Connect the RETM connector and make sure it seats correctly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

YES : INSTALL a new RETM. REFER to Rear Entertainment Module (RETM). TEST the
Pinpoint Test C: Poor Quality/Distorted/No Sound From One Or More Speakers (Not All Speakers) -
THX® Audio System
Normal Operation
The audio control module (ACM) directs the audio signals to the audio digital signal processing (DSP) module,
which processes the audio signals and sends them to the speakers. Each speaker has a signal and return circuit.
DTC Description Fault Set Conditions

May set when an open is detected in the subwoofer
B1158 - Subwoofer #2 Not Connected
circuit.
May set when an open is detected in the subwoofer
B2913 - Audio Subwoofer Not Connected
circuit.
Sets when a short to ground is detected in the
B2925 - Subwoofer Speaker Short Circuit
subwoofer circuit.
May set when an open or a short to ground is
B2965 - Audio System Speaker Circuit Fault detected in the front door or rear door speaker
circuits, or in the subwoofer.
The following should also be noted:
 The ACM does not set DTC B2965 when the vehicle is equipped with the THX® audio system. Only the
DSP module can set this DTC.
 This DTC may not set due to a fault in the circuitry to the rear tweeters.
 An open or short to ground in the rear tweeter circuitry may cause both rear tweeters to lose sound.
 Fuse
 Speaker
 Subwoofer
 DSP module
 ACM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PINPOINT TEST C: POOR QUALITY/DISTORTED/NO SOUND FROM ONE OR MORE

SPEAKERS (NOT ALL SPEAKERS) - THX® AUDIO SYSTEM
C1 CHECK THE AUDIO SIGNALS TO THE SUSPECT SPEAKER

 Measure the AC voltage between the suspect speaker pins, harness side as follows:
Speaker Speaker
Suspect
Speaker
C702-1 C702-2
LR door VME09 RME09
(WH/GN) (BN/YE)
C536-1 C536-2
LF door VME28 RME28
(BN/VT) (BN/GN)
C569-1 C569-2
LH
VME07 RME07
tweeter
(WH) (WH/BN)
C2359-1 C2359-4
LH front
VME07 RME07
imaging
(WH) (WH/BN)
Center C2359-2 C2359-5
front VME06 RME06
imaging (GN) (GY/YE)
C2359-3 C2359-6
RH front
VME10 RME10
imaging
(WH/VT) (WH/OG)
C613-1 C613-2
RH
VME11 RME11
tweeter
(VT/OG) (WH/OG)
C628-1 C628-2
RF door VME29 RME29
(GN/WH) (BU/WH)
C802-1 C802-2
RR door VME12 RME12
(BN/WH) (BN/BU)
Subwoofer C4212-1 C4212-2
1 VME01 RME01
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(GN/VT) (GY)
C4212-3 C4212-4
Subwoofer
VME02 RME02
2
(VT) (YE)
LH rear C4337-1 C4337-2
center VME30 RME30
imaging (GN/BN) (VT/BN)
RH rear C4438-1 C4438-2
center VME30 RME30
imaging (GN/BN) (VT/BN)


YES : INSTALL a new speaker for the suspect speaker. REFER to Door Speaker, Instrument
Panel Speaker, or Subwoofer Speaker . CLEAR any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal
operation.
NO : Go to C2.
C2 CHECK THE CIRCUITS TO THE SUSPECT SPEAKER FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: DSP Module C4348b or C4348c
Speaker
Suspect
Connector- Circuit
Speaker
Pin
VME09
LR door C702-1
(WH/GN)
RME09
C702-2
(BN/YE)
VME28
LF door C536-1
(BN/VT)
RME28
C536-2
(BN/GN)
LH VME07
C569-1
tweeter (WH)
RME07
C569-2
(WH/BN)
LH front VME07
C2359-1
imaging (WH)
RME07
C2359-4
(WH/BN)
Center VME06
C2359-2
front (GN)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
imaging
RME06
C2359-5
(GY/YE)
RH front VME10
C2359-3
imaging (WH/VT)
RME10
C2359-6
(WH/OG)
RH VME11
C613-1
tweeter (VT/OG)
RME11
C613-2
(WH/OG)
VME29
RF door C628-1
(GN/WH)
RME29
C628-2
(BU/WH)
VME12
RR door C802-1
(BN/WH)
RME12
C802-2
(BN/BU)
Subwoofer VME01
C4212-1
1 (GN/VT)
RME01
C4212-2
(GY)
Subwoofer VME02
C4212-3
2 (VT)
RME02
C4212-4
(YE)
LH rear
VME30
center C4337-1
(GN/BN)
imaging
RME30
C4337-2
(VT/BN)
RH rear
VME30
center C4338-1
(GN/BN)
imaging
RME30
C4338-2
(VT/BN)


operation.
NO : Go to C3.
C3 CHECK THE CIRCUITS TO THE SUSPECT SPEAKER FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO
GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Measure the resistance between the suspect speaker, harness side and the DSP module, harness
side; and between the suspect speaker, harness side and ground as follows:
DSP Module Connector-

Suspect Speaker Speaker Connector- Pin Pin Circuit
LR door C702-1 C4348c-7 VME09 (WH/GN)
C702-2 C4348c-6 RME09 (BN/YE)
LF door C536-1 C4348c-3 VME28 (BN/VT)
C536-2 C4348c-2 RME28 (BN/GN)
LH tweeter C569-1 C4348b-9 VME08 (GN/OG)
C569-2 C4348b-10 RME08 (GY/OG)
LH front imaging C2359-1 C4348b-2 VME07 (WH)
C2359-4 C4348b-1 RME07 (WH/BN)
Center front imaging C2359-2 C4348b-4 VME06 (GN)
C2359-5 C4348b-3 RME06 (GY/YE)
RH front imaging C2359-3 C4348b-6 VME10 (WH/VT)
C2359-6 C4348b-5 RME10 (WH/OG)
RH tweeter C613-1 C4348b-11 VME11 (VT/OG)
C613-2 C4348b-12 RME11 (YE/OG)
RF door C628-1 C4348c-5 VME29 (GN/WH)
C628-2 C4348c-4 RME29 (BU/WH)
RR door C802-1 C4348c-18 VME12 (BN/WH)
C802-2 C4348c-19 RME12 (BN/BU)
Subwoofer 1 C4212-1 C4348c-14 VME01 (GN/VT)
C4212-2 C4348c-15 RME01 (GY)
Subwoofer 2 C4212-3 C4348c-16 VME02 (VT)
C4212-4 C4348c-17 RME02 (YE)
LH rear center C4337-1 C4348b-13 VME30 (GN/BN)
imaging
C4337-2 C4348b-14 RME30 (VT/BN)
RH rear center C4338-1 C4348b-13 VME30 (GN/BN)
imaging
C4338-2 C4348b-14 RME30 (VT/BN)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the suspect speaker and the DSP module, and

greater than 10,000 ohms between the suspect speaker and ground?
YES : Go to C4.
operation.
C4 ISOLATE THE SUSPECT SPEAKER
 Connect: DSP Module C4348b and C4348c
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Substitute a known good speaker for the suspect speaker.


YES : Go to C5.
NO : INSTALL a new speaker for the suspect speaker. REFER to Door Speaker, Instrument
Panel Speaker, or Subwoofer Speaker . CLEAR any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal
operation.
C5 CHECK FOR CORRECT DSP MODULE OPERATION
 Disconnect all the DSP module connectors.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
 Connect the DSP module connectors and make sure they seat correctly.
YES : INSTALL a new DSP module. REFER to Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module.
Pinpoint Test D: Poor Quality/Distorted/No Sound From All Speakers - THX® Audio System
Normal Operation
The THX® amplifier receives voltage through circuits SBP38 (BN/RD) and SBP18 (YE/RD), and ground
through circuit GD148 (BK/YE).
Left and right channel audio signals are sent from the audio control module (ACM) to the audio digital signal
processing (DSP) module through circuits VME07 (WH), RME07 (WH/BN), VME10 (WH/VT), and RME10
(WH/OG). If there is a fault on one of these circuits, the audio quality will be reduced by approximately 25%
for all speakers.
To enable the DSP module, the ACM sends voltage through the enable/clip circuit SME23 (VT/RD). The
circuit acts as both an output (to enable the amplifier) and an input (to detect an amplifier overload condition).
A variable resistor in the DSP module modifies the voltage signal from the ACM. In the event of an overload,
the ACM clips the audio output signal to the amplifier (heard as distortion), in order to prevent damage to the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
amplifier and speakers.
The clip/enable status is based on the following voltages, as detected by the ACM:
 Less than 0.4 volts: amplifier disabled

 Between 3.8 and 6.7 volts: amplifier enabled
 Greater than 8.5 volts: amplifier clipped
NOTE: Despite their names, DTCs B2925 and B292A apply to the DSP module
clip/enable circuit, not to the subwoofer.
 DTC B2925 (Subwoofer Speaker Short Circuit) - sets with DTCs B2965 and B292A when a short to
ground is detected in circuit SME23 (VT/RD).
 DTC B292A (Subwoofer #2 Speaker Short Circuit) - sets when an open or short to ground is detected in
circuit SME23 (VT/RD). If an open is detected, DTC B2965 will also be set. If a short to ground is
detected, DTCs B2965 and B2925 will also be set.
 DTC B2965 (Audio System Speaker Circuit Fault) - sets when an open or short to ground is detected in
circuit SME23 (VT/RD).
 Fuse
 DSP module
 ACM
PINPOINT TEST D: POOR QUALITY/DISTORTED/NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS - THX®

AUDIO SYSTEM
D1 CHECK THE DSP MODULE DTCs

 Carry out the DSP module continuous and on-demand self-tests.
 Is DTC B292A present?
YES : Go to D5.
NO : Go to D2.
D2 CHECK CIRCUITS SBP18 (YE/RD) AND SBP38 (BN/RD) FOR VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: DSP Module C4348c
 Measure the voltage between the DSP module, harness side and ground as follows:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
SBP38
C4348c-9
(BN/RD)
SBP38
C4348c-10
(BN/RD)
SBP18
C4348c-11
(YE/RD)
SBP18
C4348c-12
(YE/RD)
Are the voltages greater than 10 volts?


YES : Go to D3.
NO : VERIFY the smart junction box (SJB) fuse 38 (20A) or fuse 18 (20A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR
the circuit in question. TEST the system for normal operation. If not OK, REFER to appropriate
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article to identify the possible sources of the circuit short.
D3 CHECK CIRCUIT GD148 (BK/YE) FOR AN OPEN
 Measure the resistance between the DSP module, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
GD148
C4348c-22
(BK/YE)
GD148
C4348c-23
(BK/YE)
GD148
C4348c-24
(BK/YE)


YES : Go to D4.
D4 CHECK CIRCUIT SME23 (VT/RD) FOR VOLTAGE
 Connect: DSP Module C4348c
 Disconnect: DSP Module C4348a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between the DSP moduleC4348a-8, circuit SME23 (VT/RD), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to D6.
NO : Go to D5.
D5 CHECK CIRCUIT SME23 (VT/RD) FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Disconnect: ACM C240c

Measure the resistance between the DSP module C4384a-8, circuit SME23 (VT/RD), harness side

and the ACM C240c-4, circuit SME23 (VT/RD), harness side; and between the DSP module
C4384a-8, circuit SME23 (VT/RD), harness side and ground.
 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the DSP module and the ACM, and greater than
10,000 ohms between the DSP module and ground?
normal operation.
NO : REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR and DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation.
D6 CHECK THE AUDIO SIGNALS TO THE DSP MODULE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Measure the AC voltage between the audio circuits at the DSP module as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
VME07
C4348a-1
(WH)
RME07
C4348a-2
(WH/BN)
VME10
C4348a-3
(WH/VT)
RME10
C4348a-4
(WH/OG)


YES : Go to D10.
NO : Go to D7.
D7 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS TO THE DSP MODULE FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Measure the voltage between the DSP module, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
VME07
C4348a-1
(WH)
RME07
C4348a-2
(WH/BN)
VME10
C4348a-3
(WH/VT)
RME10
C4348a-4
(WH/OG)


operation.
NO : Go to D8.
D8 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS TO THE DSP MODULE FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO
GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the DSP module, harness side and the ACM, harness side; and
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
between the DSP module, harness side and ground as follows:
DSP
ACM
Module
Connector- Circuit
Connector-
Pin
Pin
VME07
C4348a-1 C240a-8
(WH)
RME07
C4348a-2 C240a-21
(WH/BN)
VME10
C4348a-3 C240a-11
(WH/VT)
RME10
C4348a-4 C240a-12
(WH/OG)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the DSP module and the ACM, and greater than

YES : Go to D9.
operation.
D9 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
YES : INSTALL a new ACM. REFER to Audio Control Module (ACM). CLEAR any DSP
module DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation.
or corroded connector. CLEAR any DSP module DTCs present.
D10 CHECK FOR CORRECT DSP MODULE OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test E: The Subwoofer Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Audiophile
Normal Operation
The subwoofer amplifier receives voltage through circuit SBP38 (BN/RD) and ground through circuit GD148
(BK/YE). The subwoofer speakers and subwoofer amplifier are integral to the enclosure and cannot be repaired
individually.
To enable the subwoofer amplifier, the audio control module (ACM) sends voltage through the enable/clip
circuit SME23 (VT/RD). The circuit acts as both an output (to enable the amplifier) and an input (to detect an
amplifier overload condition). A variable resistor in the subwoofer amplifier modifies the voltage signal from
the ACM. In the event of an overload, the ACM clips the audio output signal to the amplifier (heard as
distortion), in order to prevent damage to the amplifier and speakers.
The clip/enable status is based on the following voltages, as detected by the ACM:
 Less than 0.4 volts: amplifier disabled

 Between 3.8 and 6.7 volts: amplifier enabled
 Greater than 8.5 volts: amplifier clipped
An open in circuit SME23 (VT/RD) will cause the subwoofer to produce no sound, because the enable signal
will not reach the subwoofer amplifier. A short to ground or short to voltage can cause severe distortion to be
heard in the subwoofer.
 DTC B1154 (Subwoofer #1 Short to Ground) - sets when a short to ground is detected on circuit RME22
(GN/WH) or circuit VME22 (VT/GN). This DTC only sets during the on-demand self-test.
 DTC B1155 (Subwoofer #1 Short to Battery) - sets when a short to voltage is detected on circuit RME22
(GN/WH) or circuit VME22 (VT/GN). This DTC only sets during the on-demand self-test.
 DTC B2913 (Audio Subwoofer Not Connected) - sets when the ACM does not detect the subwoofer
through circuit SME23 (VT/RD) during the subwoofer connection test (part of the ACM self-test).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Fuse
 Subwoofer
 ACM
PINPOINT TEST E: THE SUBWOOFER IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY -

AUDIOPHILE
E1 CHECK CIRCUIT SBP38 (BN/RD) FOR VOLTAGE

 Disconnect: Subwoofer C4208

Measure the voltage between the subwoofer C4208-5, circuit SBP38 (BN/RD), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to E2.
NO : VERIFY the smart junction box (SJB) fuse 38 (20A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit.
CLEAR any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation. If not OK, REFER to
appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article to identify the possible sources of the circuit
short.
E2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD148 (BK/YE) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between the subwoofer C4208-2, circuit GD148 (BK/YE), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to E3.
NO : REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation.
E3 CHECK CIRCUIT SME23 (VT/RD) FOR VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage between the subwoofer C4208-1, circuit SME23 (VT/RD), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to E6.
NO : Go to E4.
E4 CHECK CIRCUIT SME23 (VT/RD) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between the subwoofer C4208-1, circuit SME23 (VT/RD), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to E5.
E5 CHECK CIRCUIT SME23 (VT/RD) FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 11: Checking Circuit For Open Or Short To Ground

Measure the resistance between the subwoofer C4208-1, circuit SME23 (VT/RD), harness side and

the ACM C240c-4, circuit SME23 (VT/RD), harness side; and between the subwoofer C4208-1,
circuit SME23 (VT/RD), harness side and ground.
 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the subwoofer and the ACM, and greater than
10,000 ohms between the subwoofer and ground?
YES : Go to E9.
E6 CHECK THE AUDIO SIGNAL TO THE SUBWOOFER
 Disconnect: Subwoofer C4208
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 12: Checking Audio Signal

Measure the AC voltage between the subwoofer C4208-7, circuit VME22 (VT/GN), harness side

and the subwoofer C4208-8, circuit RME22 (GN/WH), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new subwoofer. REFER to Subwoofer Speaker. CLEAR any DTCs present.
NO : Go to E7.
E7 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage between the subwoofer C4208-7, circuit VME22 (VT/GN), harness side and

ground; and between the subwoofer C4208-8, circuit RME22 (GN/WH), harness side and ground.
operation.
NO : Go to E8.
E8 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Measure the resistance between the subwoofer, harness side and the ACM, harness side; and
between the subwoofer, harness side and ground as follows:
Subwoofer ACM
Pin Pin
VME22
C4208-7 C240c-1
(VT/GN)
RME22
C4208-8 C240c-2
(GN/WH)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the subwoofer and the ACM, and greater than

10,000 ohms between the subwoofer and ground?
YES : Go to E9.
operation.
E9 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
Pinpoint Test F: The Steering Wheel Controls Are Inoperative/Do Not Operate Correctly
Normal Operation
There are 4 different steering wheel controls configurations:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Non-navigation, without the SYNC system

 VOL-, VOL+, SEEK-, SEEK+, MEDIA
 Non-navigation, with the SYNC system

 VOL-, VOL+, SEEK-, SEEK+, VOICE, MEDIA, PHONE, OK
 Navigation, without the SYNC system

 VOL-, VOL+, SEEK-, SEEK+, VOICE, MEDIA
 Navigation, with the SYNC system

 VOL-, VOL+, SEEK-, SEEK+, VOICE, MEDIA, PHONE
The VOL-, VOL+, SEEK+, SEEK-, and MEDIA buttons are always wired to the audio control module (ACM).
Voltage is sent from the ACM to the steering wheel controls through circuit VME14 (GY/YE), and the ACM
grounds the reference voltage through circuit RME24 (BU/WH).
For vehicles equipped with navigation, but not the SYNC system, the VOICE button is wired to the ACM.
For vehicles equipped with the SYNC system, the VOICE (an icon of someone speaking), PHONE (an icon of a
phone with an up and down arrow), and OK buttons are wired directly to the accessory protocol interface
module (APIM) unless the vehicle is equipped with navigation, in which case there is no OK button, and the
VOICE and PHONE buttons are wired to the ACM. Voltage is sent from the APIM (or ACM if equipped with
navigation) to the steering wheel controls through circuit VME54 (BU/OG), and the APIM (or ACM if
equipped with navigation) grounds the reference voltage through circuit RME54 (WH/VT).
When a switch is pressed, the voltage is routed through a specific resistor value for each function. The ACM (or
APIM) then uses this reference voltage to determine which control input function has been selected.
 DTC B1117 (Audio Steering Wheel Button Stuck) - set by the ACM or the APIM (depending on vehicle
configuration) when a steering wheel control button is detected as active for greater than 120 seconds
during normal operation, or for any duration during the self-test.
 DTC B1136 (Audio Steering Wheel Switch #2 Circuit Failure) - set by the ACM or the APIM (depending
on vehicle configuration) when the reference voltage to the steering wheel controls is out-of-range. This
can be caused by a number of different failures on the steering wheel controls circuit, except for a short to
ground in circuit RME54 (WH/VT). This DTC only applies to the VOICE, PHONE, and OK buttons.
 DTC B2404 (Audio Steering Wheel Switch Circuit Fault) - set by the ACM when the reference voltage to
the steering wheel controls is out-of-range. This can be caused by a number of different failures on the
steering wheel controls circuit, except for a short to ground in circuit RME24 (BU/WH). This DTC only
applies to the VOL-, VOL+, SEEK+, SEEK-, and MEDIA buttons.

 Clockspring
 ACM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PINPOINT TEST F: THE STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS ARE INOPERATIVE/DO NOT

OPERATE CORRECTLY
F1 DETERMINE THE INOPERATIVE STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS

 Determine which steering wheel controls are inoperative by pressing each steering wheel control
button individually while operating the audio system in various modes (AM/FM, SYNC, etc.).
 Is the concern with the VOL-, VOL+, SEEK-, SEEK+, or MEDIA button?
YES : Go to F2.
NO : Go to F3.
F2 MONITOR THE STEERING WHEEL CONTROL PIDs (EXCEPT NAVIGATION/SYNC
SWITCHES)
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: ACM DataLogger
 Monitor the steering wheel controls PIDs while pressing each steering wheel controls button as
follows:
Steering
Wheel
PID
Control
Button
VOL- VOL_DN
VOL+ VOL_UP
SEEK- SEEK_DN
SEEK+ SEEK_UP
MEDIA MODE_SW
 Do the PID values agree with the switch positions?

YES : Go to F8.
NO : If only one PID value is incorrect or the PID value always reads one particular switch
position, INSTALL new steering wheel controls. REFER to Steering Wheel Controls. CLEAR
any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation.
Otherwise, go to F3.
F3 MONITOR THE STEERING WHEEL CONTROL PIDs (NAVIGATION/SYNC SWITCHES)

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: ACM DataLogger (With Navigation)
or APIM DataLogger (Without Navigation)
 Monitor the steering wheel controls PIDs while pressing each steering wheel controls button as
follows:
Steering
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Wheel
Controls PID
Button
VOICE VOICE_SW
PHONE PHONE_SW
OK
(without
OK_SW
navigation
only)
 Do the PID values agree with the switch positions?

YES : For vehicles with navigation, go to F8.
For vehicles without navigation, go to F9.
NO : If only one PID value is incorrect or the PID value always reads one particular switch
position, INSTALL new steering wheel controls. REFER to Steering Wheel Controls. CLEAR
any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation.
Otherwise, go to F4.
F4 CHECK THE REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT TO THE CLOCKSPRING FOR A SHORT

TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: ACM C240a or APIM C3342
Fig. 14: Measuring Voltage Between Clockspring C218A-13, Circuit VME14 (GY/YE)
 For a concern with the VOL-, VOL+, SEEK-, SEEK+, or MEDIA buttons, measure the voltage
between the clockspring C218a-13, circuit VME14 (GY/YE), harness side and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 15: Measuring Voltage Between Clockspring C218A-6, Circuit VME54 (BU/OG)
For a concern with the VOICE, PHONE (or SEND), or OK (or END) buttons, measure the voltage

between the clockspring C218a-6, circuit VME54 (BU/OG), harness side and ground.
YES : REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to F5.
F5 CHECK THE CIRCUITS TO THE CLOCKSPRING FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO
GROUND
NOTE: Circuits RME14 (BU/WH) and RME54 (WH/VT) do not need to be checked
for a short to ground.

 For a concern with the VOL-, VOL+, SEEK-, SEEK+, or MEDIA buttons, measure the resistance
between the ACM, harness side and the clockspring, harness side; and between the ACM, harness
side and ground as follows:
ACM Clockspring
Pin Pin
VME14
C240a-18 C218a-13
(GY/YE)
RME24
C240a-19 C218a-12
(BU/WH)
 For a concern with the VOICE, PHONE, or OK buttons, measure the resistance between the ACM
(with navigation) or APIM (with the SYNC system, without navigation), harness side and the
clockspring, harness side; and between the ACM (with navigation) or APIM (with the SYNC
system, without navigation), harness side and ground as follows:
ACM or
APIM Clockspring Circuit
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pin Pin
C240a-17
VME54
or C3342- C218a-6
(BU/OG)
14
C240a-16
RME54
or C3342- C218a-4
(WH/VT)
15
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the ACM (or APIM) and the clockspring, and

greater than 10,000 ohms between the ACM (or APIM) and ground?
YES : Go to F6.
operation.
F6 CHECK THE REFERENCE VOLTAGE CIRCUIT TO THE STEERING WHEEL
CONTROLS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Clockspring C218b
 Disconnect: Steering Wheel Controls C2999
 For a concern with the VOL-, VOL+, SEEK-, SEEK+, or MEDIA buttons, measure the voltage
between the clockspring C218b-10, circuit VME14 (GY/YE), harness side and ground.
 For a concern with the VOICE, PHONE, or OK buttons, measure the voltage between the
clockspring C218b-3, circuit VME54 (BU/OG), harness side and ground.
YES : REPAIR the circuit. CLEAR any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to F7.
F7 CHECK THE CIRCUITS TO THE STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS FOR AN OPEN OR
SHORT TO GROUND
NOTE: Circuits RME14 (BU/WH) and RME54 (WH/VT) do not need to be checked
for a short to ground.

 For a concern with the VOL-, VOL+, SEEK-, SEEK+, or MEDIA buttons, measure the resistance
between the clockspring, harness side and the steering wheel controls, harness side; and between
the clockspring, harness side and ground as follows:
Steering
Clockspring Wheel
Connector- Controls Circuit
Pin Connector-
Pin
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
VME14
C218b-10 C2999-2
(GY/YE)
RME24
C218b-11 C2999-4
(BU/WH)
 For a concern with the VOICE, PHONE, or OK buttons, measure the resistance between the
clockspring, harness side and the steering wheel controls, harness side; and between the
clockspring, harness side and ground as follows:
Steering
Clockspring Wheel
Connector- Controls Circuit
Pin Connector-
Pin
VME54
C218b-3 C2999-6
(BU/OG)
RME54
C218b-5 C2999-7
(WH/VT)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the clockspring and the steering wheel controls,

and greater than 10,000 ohms between the clockspring and ground?
operation.
F8 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
 Connect all the ACM connectors and make sure they seat correctly.
normal operation.
F9 CHECK FOR CORRECT APIM OPERATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Disconnect the APIM connector.

 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pints
 Connect the APIM connector and make sure it seats correctly.

 Wait 2 minutes for the APIM to re-initialize.
YES : INSTALL a new APIM. REFER to Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM). TEST
Pinpoint Test G: The Audio Input Jack Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly
Normal Operation - Vehicles Without the SYNC System
Audio signals are sent from the audio input jack to the audio control module (ACM). There are no external
power or ground circuits to the audio input jack.
Vehicles With The SYNC System
Audio signals are sent from the audio input jack to the accessory protocol interface module (APIM). The signals
are then sent to the ACM. There are no external power or ground circuits to the audio input jack.

 ACM
PINPOINT TEST G: THE AUDIO INPUT JACK IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE

CORRECTLY
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Before carrying out this pinpoint test, make sure the MP3 device is operating
correctly.
G1 CHECK THE AUDIO INPUT JACK AUDIO

 Connect: Known Good MP3 Device (to Audio Input Jack)
 Using the known good MP3 device, attempt to play a file using the audio input jack.
 Does the file play correctly?
YES : The system is operating correctly at this time. The concern may be with the customer device.
NO : Go to G2.
G2 DETERMINE THE VEHICLE CONTENT
 Determine if the vehicle is equipped with the SYNC system.
 Is the vehicle equipped with the SYNC system?
YES : Go to G3.
NO : Go to G4.
G3 CHECK THE APIM AUDIO OUTPUT
 Attempt to play an audio file using either the universal serial bus (USB) port or a Bluetooth®
device.
 Is the audio output OK for devices connected through the USB port or Bluetooth®?
YES : Go to G4.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test S .
G4 CHECK THE AUDIO INPUT JACK CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Audio Input Jack C3312
 Disconnect: ACM C240b or APIM C3342 (if equipped)
 Measure the voltage between the audio input jack, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
VME46
C3312-1
(BU/GN)
RME46
C3312-2
(WH/GN)
RME45
C3312-3
(YE/GN)
VME45
C3312-4
(BU)

YES : REPAIR the circuit in question. TEST the system for normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to G5.
G5 CHECK THE AUDIO INPUT JACK CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the audio input jack, harness side and the ACM (or APIM, if
equipped), harness side; and between the audio input jack, harness side and ground as follows:
Audio ACM or
Input Jack APIM
Circuit
Pin Pin
C240b-6 or VME46
C3312-1
C3342-47 (BU/GN)
C240b-14
RME46
C3312-2 or C3342-
(WH/GN)
48
C240b-8 or RME45
C3312-3
C3342-46 (YE/GN)
C240b-7 or VME45
C3312-4
C3342-45 (BU)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the audio input jack and the ACM (or APIM), and

greater than 10,000 ohms between the audio input jack and ground?
YES : Go to G6.
G6 SUBSTITUTE THE AUDIO INPUT JACK
 Install a known good audio input jack.
 Operate the audio system using a device plugged into the audio input jack.
 Does the system operate correctly?
YES : INSTALL a new audio input jack. REFER to Audio Input Jack. TEST the system for
normal operation.
NO : INSTALL the original audio input jack. For vehicles without the SYNC system, go to G7.
For vehicles with the SYNC system, go to G8.
G7 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION

 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connect all the ACM connectors and make sure they seat correctly.

normal operation.
G8 CHECK FOR CORRECT APIM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
Pinpoint Test H: The Satellite Audio Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Vehicles Without DVD
Entertainment
Normal Operation
The satellite digital audio receiver system (SDARS) module receives voltage through circuit CBP13 (GY/BN)
and ground through circuit GD148 (BK/YE). Digital signals are received by the satellite radio antenna and sent
to the SDARS module, which converts the signals to analog and send them to either the audio control module
(ACM) or the accessory protocol interface module (APIM) (if equipped).
If there is an open in the satellite antenna circuit, there will be no satellite audio. The ACM display will indicate
a satellite antenna concern (the method varies according to the type of ACM) when the audio system is operated
in satellite radio mode. To diagnose an open in the satellite antenna circuit, go to Pinpoint Test J .
The SDARS module transmits left and right channel audio signals. When there is a fault on any of these
circuits, the audio quality is reduced. If the circuits for a specific channel are shorted together, loss of audio on
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
that entire channel will occur. This can be detected by using the SDARS module tones test.
 DTC U0184 (Lost Communication With Radio [ACM]) - set by the SDARS module when certain
medium speed controller area network (MS-CAN) messages are missing from the ACM.
 DTC U0193 (Lost Communication With Digital Audio Control Module [SDARS]) - set by the ACM
when certain MS-CAN messages are missing from the SDARS module.
 DTC U0197 (Lost Communication With Telephone Control Module) - set by the SDARS module when
certain MS-CAN messages are missing from the APIM.
 Subscription status
 SDARS module
 ACM
PINPOINT TEST H: THE SATELLITE AUDIO IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE

CORRECTLY - VEHICLES WITHOUT DVD ENTERTAINMENT
H1 VERIFY AN ACTIVE SUBSCRIPTION

 Operate the audio system in satellite radio mode and observe the display.
 Does the display read CALL SIRIUS?
YES : The subscription has expired. INFORM the customer to contact Sirius to re-activate the
subscription.
NO : If the display indicates a satellite antenna fault, go to Pinpoint Test J .
Otherwise, go to H2.
H2 CHECK FOR NON-NETWORK DTCs

 Carry out the SDARS module self-test using the scan tool.
 Are any non-network DTCs present?
YES : For DTC B1031 or DTC B1032, go to Pinpoint Test J .
For all other DTCs, REFER to DTC Charts in this service information.
NO : Go to H3.
H3 CHECK FOR COMMUNICATION WITH THE ACM AND APIM
 Carry out the network test using the scan tool.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Does the scan tool communicate with the ACM and the APIM (if equipped)?

YES : Go to H4.
NO : REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose no
communication with the ACM or APIM.
H4 CHECK FOR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCs
 Using the scan tool, clear any ACM and SDARS module continuous DTCs.
 Wait at least 10 seconds.
 Retrieve the ACM and SDARS module continuous DTCs.
 Is DTC U0184 (SDARS module), U0193 (ACM), or U0197 (SDARS module, if equipped with
the SYNC system) present?
YES : For DTC U0184, go to H13.
For DTC U0193, go to H11.
For DTC U0197, go to H12.
NO : Go to H5.
H5 CHECK THE SATELLITE AUDIO OUTPUT
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: SDARS Module Tones Test
 Carry out the SDARS module tones test.
 Are alternating LH/RH tones audible?
YES : Go to H11.
NO : If the vehicle is equipped with the SYNC system, go to H6.
H6 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE SYNC SYSTEM AUDIO

 Connect: Known Good MP3 Device (To Audio Input Jack)
 Using the ACM buttons, press AUX until "SYNC LINE IN" appears on the display (except
navigation), or press MEDIA, select "USER DEVICE", and press "SOURCE" repeatedly until
"LINE IN" appears (navigation).
 Using the known good device, attempt to play a file through the audio input jack.
 Does the SYNC system audio operate correctly?
YES : Go to H7.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test S .
H7 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS TO THE APIM FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Disconnect: APIM C3342
 Disconnect: SDARS Module C4344
 Measure the voltage between the SDARS module, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
VME41
C4344-5
(GN/OG)
VME42
C4344-6
(VT/BN)
RME41
C4344-11
(BU/BN)
RME42
C4344-12
(YE/BU)


NO : Go to H8.
H8 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS TO THE APIM FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the APIM, harness side and the SDARS module, harness side; and
between the APIM, harness side and ground as follows:
SDARS
APIM
Module
Connector- Circuit
Connector-
Pin
Pin
VME41
C3342-10 C4344-5
(GN/OG)
VME42
C3342-7 C4344-6
(VT/BN)
RME41
C3342-11 C4344-11
(BU/BN)
RME42
C3342-8 C4344-12
(YE/BU)
 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the APIM and the SDARS module, and greater
than 10,000 ohms between the APIM and ground?
YES : Go to H11.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
H9 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS TO THE ACM FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

 Disconnect: ACM C240b
 Measure the voltage between the ACM, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
VME52
C240b-1
(BU)
RME52
C240b-2
(GY/OG)
VME53
C240b-9
(VT/GN)
RME53
C240b-10
(BN/WH)


NO : Go to H10.
H10 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS FROM THE SDARS MODULE FOR AN OPEN OR
SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the SDARS module, harness side and the ACM, harness side; and
between the SDARS module, harness side and ground as follows:
SDARS
ACM
Module
Connector-
Connector-
Pin/Circuit
Pin/Circuit
C4344-5 C240b-1
VME41 VME52
(GN/OG) (BU)
C4344-6 C240b-9
VME42 RME52
(VT/BN) (GY/OG)
C4344-11 C240b-2
RME41 VME53
(BU/BN) (VT/GN)
C4344-12 C240b-10
RME42 RME53
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(YE/BU) (BN/WH)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the SDARS module and the ACM, and greater

than 10,000 ohms between the SDARS module and ground?
YES : Go to H11.
H11 ISOLATE THE SDARS MODULE
 Connect: ACM C240b
 Connect: APIM C3342 (If Equipped)
 Install a new SDARS module. Refer to Satellite Digital Audio Receiver System (SDARS)
Module.
 Operate the audio system in satellite radio mode.
YES : The concern was caused by an inoperative SDARS module. The system is operating
correctly at this time.
NO : If equipped with the SYNC system, go to H12.
H12 CHECK FOR CORRECT APIM OPERATION

 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
the system for normal operation. If the concern is still present, go to H13.
H13 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
Pinpoint Test I: The Satellite Audio Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Vehicles With DVD
Entertainment
Normal Operation
The satellite digital audio receiver system (SDARS) module receives voltage through circuit CBP13 (GY/BN)
and ground through circuit GD148 (BK/YE). Digital signals are received by the satellite radio antenna and sent
to the SDARS module, which converts the signals to analog and sends them to either the rear entertainment
module (RETM), or the accessory protocol interface module (APIM) (if equipped).
The satellite audio signals utilize separate circuitry from the remaining audio signals. This allows the audio
control module (ACM) to distinguish between satellite audio and SYNC or DVD audio, in order to provide for
more dual-play options.
If there is an open in the satellite antenna circuit, there will be no satellite audio. The ACM display will indicate
a satellite antenna concern (the method varies according to the type of ACM) when the audio system is operated
in satellite radio mode. To diagnose an open in the satellite antenna circuit, go to Pinpoint Test J .
Circuits VME41 (GN/OG), RME41 (BU/BN), VME42 (VT/BN), and RME42 (YE/BU) transmit left and right
channel audio signals. When there is a fault on any of these circuits, the audio quality is reduced. If the circuits
for a specific channel are shorted together, loss of audio on that entire channel will occur. This can be detected
by using the SDARS module tones test.
DTC Description Fault Set Conditions

Set by the SDARS module when certain
U0184 - Lost Communication With Radio (ACM) medium speed controller area network (MS-
CAN) messages are missing from the ACM.
Set by the ACM or the RETM when certain
U0193 - Lost Communication With Digital Audio Control
MS-CAN messages are missing from the
Module (SDARS)
SDARS module.
U0196 - Lost Communication With Entertainment Control Set by the SDARS module when certain
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Module - Rear (AUX) MS-CAN messages are missing from the

RETM.
Set by the SDARS module when certain
U0197 - Lost Communication With Telephone Control
MS-CAN messages are missing from the
Module
APIM.
 Subscription status
 SDARS module
 RETM
 ACM
PINPOINT TEST I: THE SATELLITE AUDIO IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE

CORRECTLY - VEHICLES WITH DVD ENTERTAINMENT
I1 VERIFY AN ACTIVE SUBSCRIPTION

 Operate the audio system in satellite radio mode and observe the display.
 Does the display read CALL SIRIUS?
YES : The subscription has expired. INFORM the customer to contact Sirius to re-activate the
subscription.
NO : If the display indicates a satellite antenna fault, go to Pinpoint Test J .
Otherwise, go to I2.
I2 CHECK FOR NON-NETWORK DTCs

 Carry out the SDARS module self-test using the scan tool.
 Are any non-network DTCs present?
YES : For DTC B1031 or DTC B1032, go to Pinpoint Test J .
NO : Go to I3.
I3 CHECK FOR COMMUNICATION WITH THE ACM AND APIM
 Does the scan tool communicate with the ACM, the RETM, and the APIM (if equipped)?
YES : Go to I4.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

communication with the ACM or APIM.
I4 CHECK FOR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCs
 Using the scan tool, clear any ACM and SDARS module continuous DTCs.
 Retrieve the ACM and SDARS module continuous DTCs.
 Is DTC U0184 (SDARS module), U0193 (ACM), U0196 (SDARS module), or U0197 (SDARS
module, if equipped with the SYNC system) present?
YES : For DTC U0184, go to I16.
For DTC U0193, go to I13.
NO : Go to I5.
I5 CHECK THE SATELLITE AUDIO OUTPUT
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: SDARS Module Tones Test
 Carry out the SDARS module tones test.
 Are alternating LH/RH tones audible?
YES : Go to I13.
NO : Go to I6.
I6 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE DVD AUDIO
 Insert a known good DVD, and operate the audio system in DVD mode.
 Observe the audio output from the DVD.
 Does the DVD audio operate correctly?
YES : If the vehicle is equipped with the SYNC system, go to I7.
NO : Go to Symptom Chart - Audio System to diagnose the observed symptom.

I7 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS TO THE APIM FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
VME41
C4344-5
(GN/OG)
VME42
C4344-6
(VT/BN)
RME41
C4344-11
(BU/BN)
RME42
C4344-12
(YE/BU)


NO : Go to I8.
I8 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS TO THE APIM FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the SDARS module, harness side and the APIM, harness side; and
SDARS
APIM
Module
Connector- Circuit
Connector-
Pin
Pin
VME41
C4344-5 C3342-10
(GN/OG)
VME42
C4344-6 C3342-7
(VT/BN)
RME41
C4344-11 C3342-11
(BU/BN)
RME42
C4344-12 C3342-8
(YE/BU)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the SDARS module and the APIM, and greater

YES : Go to I9.
I9 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS FROM THE APIM TO THE RETM FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Measure the voltage between the RETM, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
VME41
C949-5
(GN/OG)
RME41
C949-6
(BU/BN)
VME42
C949-21
(VT/BN)
RME42
C949-22
(YE/BU)


NO : Go to I10.
I10 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS FROM THE APIM TO THE RETM FOR AN OPEN OR
SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the APIM, harness side and the RETM, harness side; and between
the APIM, harness side and ground as follows:
APIM RETM
Pin Pin
VME41
C3342-40 C949-5
(GN/OG)
RME41
C3342-41 C949-6
(BU/BN)
VME42
C3342-42 C949-21
(VT/BN)
RME42
C3342-43 C949-22
(YE/BU)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the APIM and the RETM, and greater than 10,000

ohms between the APIM and ground?
YES : Go to I13.
I11 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS FROM THE SDARS MODULE FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Connector-
Circuit
Pin
VME41
C4344-5
(GN/OG)
VME42
C4344-6
(VT/BN)
RME41
C4344-11
(BU/BN)
RME42
C4344-12
(YE/BU)


NO : Go to I12.
I12 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS FROM THE SDARS MODULE FOR AN OPEN OR
SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the SDARS module, harness side and the RETM, harness side; and
SDARS
RETM
Module
Connector- Circuit
Connector-
Pin
Pin
VME41
C4344-5 C949-5
(GN/OG)
VME42
C4344-6 C949-21
(VT/BN)
RME41
C4344-11 C949-6
(BU/BN)
RME42
C4344-12 C949-22
(YE/BU)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the SDARS module and the RETM, and greater

YES : Go to I13.
I13 ISOLATE THE SDARS MODULE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Connect: RETM C949
 Connect: APIM C3342 (If Equipped)
 Install a new SDARS module. Refer to Satellite Digital Audio Receiver System (SDARS)
Module.
 Operate the audio system in satellite radio mode.
YES : The concern was caused by an inoperative SDARS module. The system is operating
correctly at this time.
NO : If equipped with the SYNC system, go to I14.
I14 CHECK FOR CORRECT APIM OPERATION

 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
the system for normal operation. If the concern is still present, go to I15.
I15 CHECK FOR CORRECT RETM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
system for normal operation. If the concern is still present, go to I16.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
I16 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
Pinpoint Test J: Poor Reception/No Sound - Satellite Audio
Normal Operation
Digital signals are received by the satellite radio antenna and sent to the satellite digital audio receiver system
(SDARS) module, which then converts the signals and provides analog audio signals to the audio control
module (ACM), the accessory protocol interface module (APIM), or to the rear entertainment module (RETM),
depending on vehicle configuration.
A short to ground typically has no effect on the antenna signal. However, an open in the antenna circuit will
result in no sound from the satellite radio system. A short to voltage in the antenna circuit can have varying
effects on the system.
 DTC B1031 (SDARS Satellite Antenna Open) - sets when an open or high resistance is detected in the
satellite antenna circuit. This DTC can be either continuous or on-demand.
 DTC B1032 (SDARS Satellite Antenna Short) - sets when a short to ground or short to voltage is detected
in the satellite antenna circuit. This DTC can be either continuous or on-demand.
 Obstructions to the line of sight

 Satellite radio antenna cable
 Satellite radio antenna
 SDARS module
PINPOINT TEST J: POOR RECEPTION/NO SOUND - SATELLITE AUDIO
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
J1 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE SATELLITE AUDIO SYSTEM

 Drive the vehicle to an open location, free of obstacles.
 Operate the audio system in satellite audio mode.
YES : The system is OK at this time. ADVISE the customer that the satellite signal can be affected
by obstructions to the satellite radio antenna line of sight.
NO : Go to J2.
J2 CHECK FOR A SATELLITE ANTENNA FAULT MESSAGE
 Operate the audio system in satellite audio mode and observe the ACM display.
 Does the ACM display indicate a satellite radio antenna fault?
YES : Go to J3.
NO : For vehicles without a DVD entertainment system, go to Pinpoint Test H .
For vehicles with a DVD entertainment system, go to Pinpoint Test I .
J3 CHECK THE SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA CABLE
 Disconnect: Satellite Radio Antenna Connection (At SDARS Module)
 Disconnect: Satellite Radio Antenna Connection (At Satellite Radio Antenna)
 Measure the resistance of the satellite radio antenna cable between the SDARS module and the
satellite radio antenna connection.
 Is the resistance less than 1 ohm?
YES : Go to J4.
NO : INSTALL a new satellite radio antenna cable. REFER to Antenna Cable - Satellite Radio.
CLEAR any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation.
J4 SUBSTITUTE THE SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA
 Install a known good satellite radio antenna.
 Operate the audio system in satellite audio mode.
YES : INSTALL a new satellite radio antenna. REFER to Antenna - Satellite Radio. CLEAR any
DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to J5.
J5 CHECK FOR CORRECT SDARS MODULE OPERATION
 Disconnect the SDARS module connector.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 pushed-out pins
 Connect the SDARS module connector and make sure it seats correctly.
YES : INSTALL a new SDARS module. REFER to Satellite Digital Audio Receiver System
(SDARS) Module. TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test K: The Video System Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly
Normal Operation
The rear entertainment module (RETM) routes audio signals to the audio control module (ACM). In single-play
mode, the ACM plays the DVD audio on all speakers. In dual-play mode, the audio to the rear speakers is
muted and the RETM continues to control the rear audio source to the headphones.
If the vehicle is equipped with satellite audio and/or the SYNC system, the audio signals from these sources are
routed through the RETM to the ACM. This allows for single-play and dual-play to include these audio sources.

 RETM
 ACM
PINPOINT TEST K: THE VIDEO SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY
NOTE: Before diagnosing the RETM, make sure a known good DVD is installed.
K1 IDENTIFY THE SYMPTOM

 Operate the audio system in DVD single-play mode and observe the DVD audio.
 Does the DVD audio operate correctly?
YES : Go to K2.
NO : If the vehicle is equipped with satellite audio or the SYNC system, go to K3.
Otherwise, go to K4.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
K2 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE DVD VIDEO

 Operate the audio system in DVD single-play mode.
 Does the DVD video operate correctly?
YES : The system is operating correctly at this time. The concern was caused by an incorrect
system setting. INFORM the customer that pressing the power button or the VIDEO button while a
DVD is playing can cause the display to go blank.
NO : Go to K6.
K3 CHECK THE RETM AUDIO PASS-THROUGH
 Operate the audio system in satellite audio or SYNC mode.
 Does the satellite audio (or SYNC) audio operate correctly?
YES : Go to K6.
NO : Go to K4.
K4 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS TO THE ACM FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
VME17
C240b-1
(GN)
RME17
C240b-2
(GY)
VME18
C240b-9
(VT)
RME18
C240b-10
(YE)


NO : Go to K5.
K5 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS TO THE ACM FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the ACM, harness side and the RETM, harness side; and between
the ACM, harness side and ground as follows:
ACM RETM Circuit

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pin Pin
VME17
C240b-1 C949-10
(GN)
RME17
C240b-2 C949-9
(GY)
VME18
C240b-9 C949-26
(VT)
RME18
C240b-10 C949-25
(YE)

YES : Go to K6.
K6 CHECK FOR CORRECT RETM OPERATION
 Disconnect all the RETM connectors.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
 Connect all the RETM connectors and make sure they seat correctly.
system for normal operation. If the concern is still present, Go to K7
K7 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pinpoint Test L: No Auxiliary Headphone Audio - THX®
Normal Operation
The audio control module (ACM) receives audio input from the rear entertainment module (RETM). The audio
signals are then routed to the audio digital signal processing (DSP) module. In dual-play mode, the rear speaker
audio is muted and the RETM controls the rear audio source to the headphones.
It is important to note that if the vehicle is equipped with the SYNC system, the headphones must be set to
channel A in order to listen to SYNC media. Channel B only allows audio from the RETM, which can be either
DVD audio or audio from a peripheral device plugged into the RETM.

 Headphones
 RETM
PINPOINT TEST L: NO AUXILIARY HEADPHONE AUDIO - THX®
NOTE: Before diagnosing this condition, make sure the headphone batteries are OK.
L1 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE BASE AUDIO SYSTEM

 Does the audio system operate correctly?
YES : Go to L2.
NO : Go to Symptom Chart - Audio System.
L2 CHECK THE ACM OUTPUT TO THE RETM
NOTE: Make sure the headphones are set to "Radio" as their audio source.
 Operate the audio system in radio tuner (AM/FM) dual-play mode.

 Measure the AC voltage between the RETM pins, harness side as follows:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
C949-11 C949-12
VME12 RME12
(BN/WH) (BN/BU)
C949-27 C949-28
VME09 RME09
(WH/GN) (BN/YE)


YES : Go to L5.
NO : Go to L3.
L3 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS FROM THE ACM FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
VME09
C240a-9
(WH/GN)
VME12
C240a-10
(BN/WH)
RME09
C240a-22
(BN/YE)
RME12
C240a-23
(BN/BU)


NO : Go to L4.
L4 CHECK THE AUDIO CIRCUITS FROM THE ACM FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO
GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the ACM, harness side and the RETM, harness side; and between
ACM RETM
Pin Pin
VME09
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
C240a-9 C949-27 (WH/GN)

VME12
C240a-10 C949-11
(BN/WH)
RME09
C240a-22 C949-28
(BN/YE)
RME12
C240a-23 C949-12
(BN/BU)

YES : Go to L5.
L5 ISOLATE THE HEADPHONES
 Connect: ACM C240a
 Connect: RETM C949
 Install a set of known good headphones.
NOTE: Make sure the headphones are set to "Radio" as their audio source.
Operate the audio system in radio tuner (AM/FM) dual-play mode and listen through the

headphones.
 Do the headphones operate correctly?
YES : The concern was caused by inoperative headphones. The system is OK at this time.
NO : Go to L6.
L6 CHECK FOR CORRECT RETM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test M: No Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Signal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Normal Operation
The global positioning system (GPS) antenna provides information from the GPS satellite system to the GPS
receiver in the navigation module (part of the navigation audio control module [ACM]). This information is
used to calculate vehicle position and direction of travel.
 DTC B2204 (GPS Antenna Connection Open or Short) - sets when an open or short to ground is detected
in the GPS antenna circuit.
 GPS antenna
 ACM
PINPOINT TEST M: NO GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) ANTENNA SIGNAL
M1 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM

 Move the vehicle outside of any enclosed structure to an area that is unobstructed by trees, tall
buildings, and bridges.
Fig. 16: Checking Operation Of Navigation System

Operate the audio system in navigation mode.


 Does the GPS icon appear, then disappear?
YES : The system is operating correctly at this time. NOTIFY the customer that obstructions to the
line of sight may affect the GPS antenna.
NO : Go to M2.
M2 CHECK THE ACM DTCs
 Retrieve the ACM continuous and on-demand DTCs.
YES : Go to M4.
NO : Go to M3.
M3 CHECK THE GPS ANTENNA MOUNTING
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Verify the GPS antenna is installed correctly and no aftermarket equipment is obstructing the

antenna.
 Is the GPS antenna mounted correctly?
YES : Go to M4.
NO : Correctly INSTALL the GPS antenna. REFER to Global Positioning System (GPS)
Antenna. TEST the system for normal operation.
M4 SUBSTITUTE THE GPS ANTENNA
 Install a known good GPS antenna.



YES : INSTALL a new GPS antenna. REFER to Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna.
CLEAR any DTCs present. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : INSTALL the original GPS antenna. Go to M5.
M5 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pinpoint Test N: The Audible Switch Feedback Is Inoperative
Normal Operation
The audible switch feedback settings are controlled by the audio control module (ACM). The audible switch
feedback can be set to ALL, TOUCH SCREEN, or NONE, depending on user preference.
 Audible switch feedback setting

 ACM
PINPOINT TEST N: THE AUDIBLE SWITCH FEEDBACK IS INOPERATIVE
N1 CHECK THE SWITCH DISPLAY

 Turn the ACM on.
 Press the MENU button.
Fig. 18: Checking Switch Display

Select the FEEDBACK tab.


 Is NONE highlighted on the audible feedback settings?
YES : SELECT "ALL BUTTONS". TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to N2.
N2 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

normal operation.
Pinpoint Test O: The Voice Guidance Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly
Normal Operation
The voice guidance settings are controlled by the audio control module (ACM). The voice guidance volume can
be adjusted or turned off depending on user preference.
For the THX® audio system, the ACM sends the voice guidance signal to the audio digital signal processing
(DSP) module through circuits VME22 (VT/GN) and RME22 (GN/WH).
 Incorrect system setting

 Wiring, terminals or connectors (THX® only)
 DSP module (if equipped)
 ACM
PINPOINT TEST O: THE VOICE GUIDANCE IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE

CORRECTLY
O1 CHECK THE VOICE GUIDANCE SETTINGS

 Operate the audio system in navigation mode.
 Press the MENU button.
Fig. 19: Checking Switch Display

 Select the FEEDBACK tab.

 Select DEFAULT SETTING.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Verify the operation of the voice guidance.

 Does the voice guidance operate correctly?
YES : The system is operating correctly at this time. The concern was caused by a customer-
selected setting.
NO : If the vehicle is equipped with THX® audio, go to O2.
Otherwise, go to O4.
O2 CHECK THE VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUITS TO THE DSP MODULE FOR A SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: DSP Module C4348a

Measure the voltage between the DSP module C4348a-15, circuit VME22 (VT/GN), harness side

and ground; and between the DSP module C4348a-16, circuit RME22 (GN/WH), harness side and
ground.
NO : Go to O3.
O3 CHECK THE VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUITS TO THE DSP MODULE FOR AN OPEN OR
SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the DSP module and the ACM, harness side; and between the DSP
module, harness side and ground as follows:
DSP ACM
Module Connector- Circuit
Connector- Pin
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pin
VME22
C4348a-15 C240c-1
(VT/GN)
RME22
C4348a-16 C240c-2
(GN/WH)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the DSP module and the ACM, and greater than

YES : Go to O5.
O4 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
O5 CHECK FOR CORRECT DSP MODULE OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test P: The Position Cursor Is Inaccurate
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Normal Operation
The primary source of vehicle location for the navigation system is the audio control module (ACM) receiving
the position signal through the global positioning system (GPS) antenna.
In addition, the ACM receives the wheel pulse signal from the instrument cluster (IC), which gateways the
signal from the ABS module. This secondary signal is used to calculate vehicle position when the GPS signal is
lost. It also supports the adaptive learning function of the ACM, whereby the ACM can compensate for long-
term differences between the GPS signal location, and the actual distance traveled by the vehicle.
 DTC B2204 (GPS Antenna Connection Open or Short) - sets when an open, short to ground, or short to
voltage is detected in the GPS antenna circuit. If DTC B2204 is present, go to Pinpoint Test M .
 DTC U0155 (Lost Communication With Instrument Panel Cluster [IC] Control Module) - sets when the
ACM is missing messages from the IC for greater than 5 seconds. For this symptom, the message in
question is the wheel pulse data message.
 DTC U2473 (Unexpected Vehicle Speed [VSS]) - sets when the calculated vehicle distance traveled
based on the wheel pulse signal does not agree with the GPS antenna location. To do this, the ACM
compares the wheel pulse signal during a 4-second range and compares it with the change in GPS antenna
location. If the ACM finds that the variation is greater than 0.5% after carrying out this check 4 times, it
sets DTC U2473. When DTC U2473 is set, the adaptive learn function is disabled. This DTC is also set
when the navigation rolling wheel count signal is missing for greater than 2 seconds with the key in RUN.
 VSS signal concern

 ACM
PINPOINT TEST P: THE POSITION CURSOR IS INACCURATE
P1 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


YES : Go to P2.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test M .
P2 CHECK THE ACM DTCs
 Retrieve the continuous DTCs from the ACM self-test.
 Is DTC U2473 or U0155 present?
YES : Go to P3.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test M .
P3 CHECK FOR COMMUNICATION WITH THE IC
 Does the scan tool communicate with the IC?
YES : Go to P4.
communication with the IC.
P4 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
Pinpoint Test Q: The Audio Does Not Reduce When The Parking Aid Tone Sounds
Normal Operation
The parking aid module (PAM) sends the volume cutback message to the audio control module (ACM) via the
medium speed controller area network (MS-CAN). When the ACM receives this message, it reduces the
speaker output so that the parking aid tone can be heard more clearly.
 DTC U0159 (Lost Communication With Parking Assist Control Module [PAM]) - sets when the volume
cutback message is missing for greater than 5 seconds. When the message is missing, the ACM defaults
to no volume cutback when the parking aid tone is sounding.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Parking aid system concern

 ACM
PINPOINT TEST Q: THE AUDIO DOES NOT REDUCE WHEN THE PARKING AID TONE
SOUNDS
Q1 CHECK THE ACM CONFIGURATION

 Place an object behind the vehicle within the range of the parking aid sensors. Refer to PARKING
AID article.
 Place the transmission in REVERSE (R).
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: ACM DataLogger
 Monitor the RPA_STAT (Parking Aid Input Status) PID while the parking aid tone is sounding.
 Does the RPA_STAT PID read "Enabled" while the parking aid tone is sounding?
YES : Go to Q2.
NO : REFER to PARKING AID article to continue diagnosis of the parking aid system.
Q2 CHECK FOR COMMUNICATION WITH THE PAM
 Does the scan tool communicate with the PAM?
YES : Go to Q3.
communication with the PAM.
Q3 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
Pinpoint Test R: Voice Recognition Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Vehicles Without The
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SYNC System
Normal Operation
When the VOICE switch is pressed, it changes the reference voltage from the audio control module (ACM) on
circuit VMN54 (BU/OG), and the ACM enters voice recognition mode. A microphone located in the interior
rear view mirror receives the voice command and sends a signal to the ACM through circuits VMM13 (YE/GN)
and RMM13 (BU). Power to the interior rear view mirror is provided through circuit CBP41 (BU). Ground is
provided through circuit GD133 (BK).
The microphone test is available through the integrated diagnostic system (IDS). Running this test causes the
ACM to produce a test tone. If the system is operating correctly, the microphone detects the tone and produces a
signal to the ACM indicating the tone was heard.
 DTC B2633 (Driver-Front Microphone Circuit Failure) - set by the ACM during the microphone test
when the ACM does not receive an adequate signal from the microphone when the test tone is sounded.
 Fuse
 Microphone (part of the interior rear view mirror)
 ACM
PINPOINT TEST R: VOICE RECOGNITION IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE

CORRECTLY - VEHICLES WITHOUT THE SYNC SYSTEM
R1 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS

 Press the VOICE button on the steering wheel controls.
 Does the audio system enter voice recognition mode?
YES : Go to R2.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test F \ to diagnose the steering wheel controls system.
R2 CHECK CIRCUIT CBP41 (BU) FOR VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Interior Rear View Mirror C911
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between the interior rear view mirror C911-1, circuit CBP41 (BU), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to R3.
TEST the system for normal operation. If not OK, REFER to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING
DIAGRAMS article to identify the possible sources of the circuit short.
R3 CHECK CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between the interior rear view mirror C911-10, circuit GD133 (BK), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to R4.
R4 CHECK THE MICROPHONE CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Measure the voltage between the interior rear view mirror C911-4, circuit VMM13 (YE/GN),

harness side and ground; and between the interior rear view mirror C911-5, circuit RMM13 (BU),
NO : Go to R5.
R5 CHECK THE MICROPHONE CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the inside rear view mirror, harness side and the ACM, harness
side; and between the interior rear view mirror, harness side and ground as follows:
Interior
Rear View ACM
Mirror Connector-
Connector- Pin/Circuit
Pin/Circuit
C911-4 C240b-11
VMM13 VMN01
(YE/GN) (BU/BN)
C911-5 C240b-12
RMM13 RMN01
(BU) (GN)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the interior rear view mirror and the ACM, and

greater than 10,000 ohms between the interior rear view mirror and ground?
YES : Go to R6.
R6 ISOLATE THE INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connect: ACM C240b


 Install a new interior rear view mirror. Refer to REAR VIEW MIRRORS article.
 Press the VOICE button on the steering wheel controls, and attempt several voice commands.
 Does the voice recognition operate correctly?
YES : The fault was caused by an inoperative inside rear view mirror. The system is now operating
correctly.
NO : Go to R7.
R7 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
Pinpoint Test S: The SYNC System Is Completely Inoperative
Normal Operation
The accessory protocol interface module (APIM) receives voltage at all times from circuit SBP03 (BU/RD), and
ground through circuit GD148 (BK/YE). The wake-up signal is sent to the APIM by the audio control module
(ACM) via the medium speed controller area network (MS-CAN).
 DTC U0184 (Lost Communication With Radio [ACM]) - set by the APIM when it is missing messages
from the ACM over the MS-CAN for greater than 5 seconds.
 DTC U0196 (Lost Communication With Entertainment Control Module - Rear [AUX]) - set by the APIM
when it is missing messages from the rear entertainment module (RETM) over the MS-CAN for greater
than 5 seconds.
 DTC U0197 (Lost Communication With Telephone Control Module) - set by the ACM when it is missing
messages from the APIM over the MS-CAN for greater than 5 seconds.
 Audio system concern
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Communication network concern

 Customer error
 Customer device
 APIM
 ACM
PINPOINT TEST S: THE SYNC SYSTEM IS COMPLETELY INOPERATIVE
S1 CHECK THE AUDIO SYSTEM OPERATION

 Press the AUX button repeatedly until "SYNC LINE IN" appears on the display (except
navigation), or look for the presence of the "USER DEVICE" tab (navigation).
 Is "SYNC LINE IN" available when pressing the AUX button (except navigation), or is the
"USER DEVICE" tab present (navigation)?
YES : Go to S2.
NO : Go to S3.
S2 CHECK THE SYNC SYSTEM OPERATION
NOTE: Make sure no universal serial bus (USB) device is plugged-in, and no
Bluetooth® device is active for this step.
 Using the known good MP3 device, attempt to play a file using the audio input jack.
 Disconnect: Known Good MP3 Device (From Audio Input Jack)
 Connect: Known Good USB Device (To USB Port)
 Using the ACM buttons, press AUX until "SYNC USB" appears on the display (except navigation),
or press MEDIA, select "USER DEVICE", and press "SOURCE" repeatedly until "USB" appears
(navigation).
NOTE: If a USB mass storage device is used to play the audio files, the
SYNC system will only play audio files that do not have digital rights
management (DRM) protection.
 Using a known good MP3 device or a mass storage device, attempt to play a file using the USB
port.
 Disconnect: Known Good USB Device (From USB Port)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Using a known good Bluetooth® device capable of streaming audio, attempt to pair to the APIM
using Bluetooth®, and attempt to play an audio file using Bluetooth® connection. Refer to the
Owner's Literature.
 Do all of the SYNC inputs function correctly?
YES : The SYNC system is operating correctly. REVIEW the system operation with the customer.
If the customer device still does not operate correctly, the fault is with the customer device.
NO : If only some of the inputs are inoperative, go to Symptom Chart - SYNC System to
diagnose the observed symptom.
If all inputs have poor quality/distorted sound, go to Pinpoint Test U .
S3 CHECK FOR SCAN TOOL COMMUNICATION

 Does the APIM pass the network test?
YES : Go to S4.
NO : REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article.
S4 CHECK FOR CORRECT APIM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
Pinpoint Test T: Unable To Pair Bluetooth® Device
Normal Operation
When a new Bluetooth® device is added, the accessory protocol interface module (APIM) and the Bluetooth®
device must be paired together. Most Bluetooth® devices will pair with the SYNC system, although
functionality will vary. To determine if a Bluetooth® device is supported, retrieve the consumer interface
processor (CIP) software level using the Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) Software Level
Check , and verify the customer device is on the compatibility list for the current CIP software level.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pairing a Bluetooth® device is accomplished through the "Add Device" selection of the phone menu. When
pairing a device, the SYNC system generates a unique personal identification number (PIN) that must be
entered on the Bluetooth® device in order for the pairing process to be successful. There are also some device-
specific actions that must take place. For additional information on the pairing process, refer to the Owner's
Literature.
 Incompatible Bluetooth® device

 Customer error
 Customer Bluetooth® device
 APIM
PINPOINT TEST T: UNABLE TO PAIR BLUETOOTH® DEVICE
T1 CHECK THE BLUETOOTH® CONNECTION
NOTE: Carrying out a Master Reset will return all preference settings to the
factory defaults, erase all the phone book and call histories and delete any
devices paired with the SYNC system.
NOTE: Refer to www.syncmyride.com for a list of compatible devices.
 Using a known good Bluetooth® device, attempt to pair to the SYNC system using Bluetooth®.
Refer to the Owner's Literature.
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: APIM DataLogger
 Monitor the BT_PAIR (Bluetooth® device paired) and BT_CONN (Bluetooth® device connected)
PIDs.
 Do the BT_PAIR and BT_CONN PIDs both read "Yes"?
YES : The SYNC system is operating correctly at this time. CARRY OUT a SYNC system Master
Reset.
For vehicles without navigation, PRESS the "PHONE" button on the steering wheel controls,
SCROLL until "SYSTEM SETTINGS" displays on the screen, PRESS "OK", SCROLL until
"ADVANCED" displays on the screen, PRESS "OK", SCROLL until "MASTER RESET" displays
on the screen, and PRESS "OK" twice.
For vehicles with navigation, PRESS "PHONE" on the ACM display, SELECT the "SETTINGS"
tab, PRESS "ADVANCED", SELECT "Master Reset", and PRESS "YES".
REVIEW the pairing process with the customer. If the customer device still does not pair, the fault
is with the customer device.
NO : Go to T2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
T2 CHECK FOR CORRECT APIM OPERATION

 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
Pinpoint Test U: The Universal Serial Bus (USB) Port Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly
Normal Operation
The universal serial bus (USB) port is connected to the accessory protocol interface module (APIM) through the
USB cable. The USB port can be used for mass storage devices, or for connecting a media device.
If supported by the user device, the USB can provide charging. Because of this feature, when a USB device is
plugged into the USB port, the SYNC system does not automatically switch to the device.
The USB cable and port are not serviceable separately.
 DTC U261C (USB #1 Device Error) - sets when the APIM detects an over-current or over-temperature
condition in the USB circuit. This can be caused by a fault in the USB cable or port, or by the customer
USB device.
 Customer USB device

 USB cable and port
 APIM
PINPOINT TEST U: THE UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS (USB) PORT IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT
OPERATE CORRECTLY
U1 CHECK THE USB CONNECTION

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
or press AUX until "SYNC USB" appears on the display (except navigation), or press MEDIA,
select "USER DEVICE", and press "SOURCE" repeatedly until "USB" appears (navigation)
NOTE: If a USB mass storage device is used to play the audio files, SYNC
will only play audio files that do not have digital rights management
(DRM) protection.
Using a known good MP3 device or a mass storage device, attempt to play a file using the USB

port.
 Does the known good device successfully play an audio file using the USB connection?
YES : The SYNC system is operating correctly. REVIEW the operation of the USB port with the
customer. If the customer device still does not operate correctly, the fault is with the customer
device.
NO : Go to U2.
U2 INSPECT THE USB CABLE
 Disconnect: USB Cable (At APIM)
 Inspect the USB cable for damage.
 Connect: USB Cable (At APIM)
select "USER DEVICE", and press "SOURCE" repeatedly until "USB" appears (navigation).
port.
YES : The concern was caused by the USB connection not being seated correctly. The system is
now operating correctly.
NO : Go to U3.
U3 ISOLATE THE USB CABLE AND PORT
 Install a new USB cable and port. Refer to Universal Serial Bus (USB) Cable and Port.
select "USER DEVICE", and press "SOURCE" repeatedly until "USB" appears (navigation).
port.
YES : The concern was caused by an inoperative USB cable. The system is now operating
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
correctly.
NO : Go to U4.
U4 CHECK FOR CORRECT APIM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
Pinpoint Test V: The SYNC System Audible Prompts Are Inoperative/Do Not Operate Correctly
Normal Operation
The text-to-speech (TTS) and voice prompt features speak certain text information and interaction requests in
order to minimize driver distraction by having to look at the audio control module (ACM) while driving. The
ring tone alerts the driver to an incoming call.
Audible prompts can range from a simple tone to more elaborate spoken text, based on the customer setting.
When interaction mode is set to standard, detailed guidance is provided. When interaction mode is set to
advanced, most prompts are tones only and minimal audible guidance is provided. Refer to the Owner's
Literature for further information on voice interaction.
The audio signals for the TTS and voice prompt features, the ring tones, and audio from the outside device
during a phone call, are sent from a accessory protocol interface module (APIM) to the ACM through circuits
VMN14 (WH/VT) and RMN14 (GY/BN).
 Customer setting
 ACM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 APIM
PINPOINT TEST V: THE SYNC SYSTEM AUDIBLE PROMPTS ARE INOPERATIVE/DO NOT
OPERATE CORRECTLY
V1 CHECK THE AUDIBLE PROMPT SETTING

 Operate the audio system in SYNC mode.
 Verify the audible prompts are enabled. Refer to "SYNC Voice Recognition Feature" in the
Owner's Literature.
 Press the VOICE button on the steering wheel controls and observe the SYNC voice prompt.
 Does the SYNC system produce a voice prompt correctly?
YES : The concern was caused by a customer setting. ADVISE the customer on the operation of
the TTS feature.
NO : Go to V2.
V2 CHECK THE AUDIBLE PROMPT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Fig. 25: Checking Audible Prompt Circuits For A Short To Voltage

Measure the voltage between the APIM C3342-3, circuit VMN14 (WH/VT), harness side and

ground; and between the APIM C3342-4, circuit RMN14 (GY/BN), harness side and ground.
NO : Go to V3.
V3 CHECK THE AUDIBLE PROMPT CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Measure the resistance between the APIM, harness side and the ACM, harness side; and between
the APIM, harness side and ground as follows:
APIM ACM
Pin Pin
VMN14
C3342-3 C240b-4
(WH/VT)
RMN14
C3342-4 C240b-5
(GY/BN)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the APIM and the ACM, and greater than 10,000

ohms between the APIM and ground?
YES : Go to V4.
V4 CHECK FOR A VOLTAGE SIGNAL FROM THE APIM
 Connect: ACM C240b
 Connect: APIM C3342
 Operate the audio system in SYNC mode, and verify the audible prompts are enabled. Refer to
"Voice Prompts" in the Owner's Literature.
 While pressing the VOICE button repeatedly, measure the AC voltage by backprobing between the
ACM C240b-4, circuit VMN14 (WH/VT), harness side and the ACM C240b-5, circuit RMN14
(GY/BN), harness side.
 Is an AC voltage produced each time the VOICE button is pressed?
YES : Go to V5.
NO : Go to V6.
V5 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
V6 CHECK FOR CORRECT APIM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test W: Voice Recognition Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Vehicles With The
SYNC System
Normal Operation
When the VOICE button (represented by an icon of someone speaking) is pressed, it changes the reference
voltage on circuit VMN54 (BU/OG), and the audio system enters voice recognition mode. If the vehicle is
equipped with navigation, the VOICE switch is wired to the audio control module (ACM). If the vehicle is not
equipped with navigation, the VOICE switch is wired to the accessory protocol interface module (APIM). A
microphone located in the interior rear view mirror receives the voice command and sends a signal to the APIM
through circuits VMM13 (YE/GN) and RMM13 (BU). Power to the interior rear view mirror is provided
through circuit CBP41 (BU). Ground is provided through circuit GD133 (BK). The microphone is also used to
detect outgoing audio during a phone call.
The microphone test (with navigation only) is available through the scan tool. Running this test causes the ACM
to produce a test tone. If the system is operating correctly, the microphone detects the tone and produces a
signal to the ACM indicating the tone was heard.
If the vehicle is equipped with navigation, the APIM receives the microphone input, and also broadcasts it to the
ACM through circuits VMN01 (BU/BN) and RMN01 (GN). This allows voice commands specific to the
navigation system to be handled directly by the ACM. The first voice commands spoken determine which
system handles the voice commands.
 DTC B1038 (Microphone Input Circuit Failure) - set by the APIM during the on-demand self-test if the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
APIM does not detect the microphone.

 DTC B2633 (Driver-Front Microphone Circuit Failure) - set by the ACM during the microphone test
when the ACM does not receive an adequate signal from the microphone when the test tone is sounded.
 Fuse
 Microphone (part of the interior rear view mirror)
 ACM (if equipped with navigation)
 APIM
PINPOINT TEST W: VOICE RECOGNITION IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE

CORRECTLY - VEHICLES WITH THE SYNC SYSTEM
W1 VERIFY THE OPERATION OF THE STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS

 Does the audio system enter voice recognition mode?
YES : Go to W2.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test F to diagnose the steering wheel controls system.
W2 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE VOICE RECOGNITION
 Wait for the SYNC system to acknowledge the VOICE button being pressed.
 While still in voice recognition mode, speak the command "PHONE", and observe the audio
system.
 Does the SYNC system acknowledge the command "PHONE"?
YES : If the vehicle is equipped with navigation, go to W3.
Otherwise, the system is operating correctly at this time. ADVISE the customer on the correct
operation of the voice recognition system.
NO : Go to W6.
W3 CHECK THE MICROPHONE SIGNAL TO THE ACM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: ACM C240a must remain connected for this step to produce accurate
results.

Fig. 26: Checking Microphone Signal To ACM

While speaking a command, measure the AC voltage between the ACM C240b-11, circuit VMN01

(BU/BN), harness side and the ACM C240b-12, circuit RMN01 (GN), harness side.
YES : Go to W12.
NO : Go to W4.
W4 CHECK THE MICROPHONE CIRCUITS TO THE ACM FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Fig. 27: Checking Microphone Circuits To ACM For A Short To Voltage

 Measure the voltage between the ACM C240b-11, circuit VMN01 (BU/BN), harness side and
ground; and between the ACM C240b-12, circuit RMN01 (GN), harness side and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


NO : Go to W5.
W5 CHECK THE MICROPHONE CIRCUITS TO THE ACM FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO
GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the ACM, harness side and the APIM, harness side; and between
ACM APIM
Pin Pin
VMN01
C240b-11 C3342-12
(BU/BN)
RMN01
C240b-12 C3342-13
(BU)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the ACM and the APIM, and greater than 10,000

YES : Go to W11.
W6 CHECK CIRCUIT CBP41 (BU) FOR VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Interior Rear View Mirror C9012

 Measure the voltage between the interior rear view mirror C9012-1, circuit CBP41 (BU), harness
side and ground.
YES : Go to W7.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
TEST the system for normal operation. If not OK, REFER to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING
DIAGRAMS article to identify the possible sources of the circuit short.
W7 CHECK CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between the interior rear view mirror C9012-10, circuit GD133 (BK),

YES : Go to W8.
W8 CHECK THE MICROPHONE CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

 Measure the voltage between the interior rear view mirror C9012-4, circuit VMM13 (YE/GN),
harness side and ground; and between the interior rear view mirror C9012-5, circuit RMM13 (BU),
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to W9.
W9 CHECK THE MICROPHONE CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the inside rear view mirror, harness side and the APIM, harness
side; and between the interior rear view mirror, harness side and ground as follows:
Interior
Rear View APIM
Mirror Connector- Circuit
Connector- Pin
Pin
VMM13
C9012-4 C3342-5
(YE/GN)
RMM13
C9012-5 C3342-6
(BU)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the interior rear view mirror and the APIM, and

greater than 10,000 ohms between the interior rear view mirror and ground?
YES : Go to W10.
W10 ISOLATE THE INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR
 Connect: APIM C3342
 Install a new interior rear view mirror. Refer to REAR VIEW MIRRORS article.
 Operate the audio system in SYNC mode.
 Press the VOICE button on the steering wheel controls, and attempt several voice commands.
 Does the voice recognition operate correctly?
YES : The fault was caused by an inoperative inside rear view mirror. The system is now operating
correctly.
NO : Go to W11.
W11 CHECK FOR CORRECT APIM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
W12 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
Pinpoint Test X: Poor Quality/Distorted/No Sound While In SYNC Mode
Normal Operation
The accessory protocol interface module (APIM) sends left and right channel analog audio signals through
circuits VME52 (BU), RME52 (GY/OG), VME53 (VT/GN), and RME53 (BN/WH). If the vehicle is equipped
with a DVD entertainment system, these audio signals are sent to the rear entertainment module (RETM), then
to the audio control module (ACM). In vehicles without a DVD entertainment system, the audio signals are sent
directly to the ACM.

 RETM (if equipped)
 ACM
 APIM
PINPOINT TEST X: POOR QUALITY/DISTORTED/NO SOUND WHILE IN SYNC MODE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
X1 VERIFY THE OPERATION OF THE SYNC AUDIO SOURCES

NOTE: Make sure no universal serial bus (USB) device is plugged-in, and no
Bluetooth® device is active for this step.
 Using a known good MP3 device, attempt to play a file using the audio input jack, and listen to the
audio output.
 Disconnect: Known Good MP3 Device (From Audio Input Jack)
or press MEDIA, select "USER DEVICE", and press "SOURCE" repeatedly until "USB" appears
(navigation).
NOTE: If a USB mass storage device is used to play the audio files, SYNC
will only play audio files that do not have digital rights management
(DRM) protection.
port.
 Using a known good Bluetooth® device capable of streaming audio, attempt to pair to the APIM
using Bluetooth®, and attempt to play an audio file using the Bluetooth® connection. Refer to the
Owner's Literature.
 Is there poor quality/distorted/no sound from each SYNC audio source?
YES : If the vehicle is equipped with a DVD entertainment system, go to X2.
Otherwise, go to X3.
NO : If the concern is only with some of the audio sources, go to Symptom Chart - SYNC System
to diagnose the observed symptom.
If all audio sources operate correctly, the concern is with the customer device.
X2 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE DVD AUDIO
NOTE: Make sure a known good DVD is inserted in the RETM before
carrying out this step.
 Operate the audio system in DVD mode.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Observe the audio output.


 Is there poor quality/distorted sound while in DVD mode?
YES : Go to Pinpoint Test K .

NO : Go to X3.
X3 CHECK THE CIRCUITS FROM THE APIM FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: ACM C240b (Without DVD Entertainment)
 Disconnect: RETM C949 (With DVD Entertainment)
 Measure the voltage between the APIM pins, harness side as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
VME53
C3342-23
(VT/GN)
RME53
C3342-24
(BN/WH)
VME52
C3342-25
(BU)
RME52
C3342-26
(GY/OG)


NO : Go to X4.
X4 CHECK THE CIRCUITS FROM THE APIM FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the APIM, harness side, and the ACM or RETM (if equipped with
DVD entertainment), harness side; and between the APIM, harness side and ground as follows:
ACM or
APIM
RETM
Connector- Circuit
Connector-
Pin/Circuit
Pin/Circuit
C3342-23
C240b-9 or VME53
VME53
C949-20 (VT/GN)
(VT/GN)
C3342-23
C240b-10 RME53
RME53
or C949-19 (BN/WH)
(BN/WH)
C3342-23 C240b-1 or VME52

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
VME52 C949-4 (BU)

(BU)
C3342-23
C240b-2 or RME52
RME52
C949-3 (GN/OG)
(GN/OG)
Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the APIM and the ACM (or RETM), and greater

than 10,000 ohms between the APIM and ground?
NO : Go to X5.
X5 CHECK FOR CORRECT APIM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
the system for normal operation. If the concern is still present and the vehicle is equipped with a
DVD entertainment system, go to X6. If the concern is still present and the vehicle is not equipped
with a DVD entertainment system, go to X7.
X6 CHECK FOR CORRECT RETM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
system for normal operation. If the concern is still present, go to X7.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
X7 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION

 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
Pinpoint Test Y: The Speed Sensitive Volume Does Not Operate Correctly
Normal Operation
The speed sensitive volume function adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed sensor (VSS) signal from
the instrument cluster (IC). The IC does not generate the VSS signal; it gateways the signal from the PCM.
For vehicles without THX® sound, the audio control module (ACM) receives the VSS signal from the IC. For
vehicles with THX® sound, the audio digital signal processing (DSP) module receives the VSS signal from the
IC and controls the speed sensitive volume based on the ACM setting.
 DTC U0155 (Lost Communication With Instrument Panel Cluster Control [IC] Module) - sets when the
VSS signal is lost for greater than 5 seconds. When the signal is lost, the ACM turns the speed sensitive
volume feature off. The smart junction box (SJB) and HVAC module also receive this signal, and should
demonstrate symptoms if the VSS signal is lost. If no symptoms are present, this DTC can be ignored, as
it may have been set by a low battery voltage condition.
 DTC U0184 (Lost Communication With Radio [ACM]) - set by the DSP module when expected medium
speed controller area network (MS-CAN) messages are missing from the ACM lost for greater than 5
seconds. This includes the speed sensitive volume setting. If the speed sensitive volume setting message
is missing, the DSP module turns the speed sensitive volume feature off.
 Speed sensitive volume setting

 VSS signal concern
 ACM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PINPOINT TEST Y: THE SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUME DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY
Y1 CHECK THE SPEEDOMETER OPERATION

 Drive the vehicle and observe the speedometer.
 Does the speedometer operate correctly?
YES : Go to Y2.
NO : REFER to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING
CHIMES article to diagnose the inoperative speedometer.
Y2 CHECK THE SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUME SETTING
 Turn the speed sensitive volume off.
 For vehicles without navigation, press MENU until the speed sensitive volume prompt is
reached, then press TUNE DOWN until the feature is turned off.
 For vehicles with navigation, press SOUND, select the SCV tab, and turn the feature off.
 Drive the vehicle at various speeds and observe the speaker volume.
 Set the speed sensitive volume to maximum compensation.
 For vehicles without navigation, press MENU until the speed sensitive volume prompt is
reached, then press TUNE UP until the feature is set to setting "7".
 For vehicles with navigation, press SOUND, select the SCV tab, then press "7".
 Drive the vehicle at various speeds and observe the speaker volume.
 Does the volume remain constant with the speed sensitive volume turned off, and increase
and decrease with vehicle speed with the speed sensitive volume set to maximum?
YES : The system is operating correctly at this time. ADVISE the customer on the correct
operation of the speed sensitive volume feature.
NO : Go to Y3.
Y3 CHECK FOR DTC U0155 (ACM) OR U0184 (DSP)
 Using the scan tool, clear any ACM and DSP module continuous DTCs.
 Retrieve the ACM and DSP module continuous DTCs.
 Is DTC U0155 (ACM) or U0184 (DSP) present?
YES : Go to Y4.
NO : If the vehicle is equipped with THX® sound, go to Y5.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Otherwise, go to Y6.
Y4 CHECK FOR COMMUNICATION WITH THE ACM AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC)
 Does the scan tool communicate with the ACM and the IC?
YES : If the vehicle is equipped with THX® sound, go to Y5.
Otherwise, go to Y6.

communication with the ACM or IC.
Y5 CHECK FOR CORRECT DSP MODULE OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Y6 CHECK FOR CORRECT ACM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
normal operation.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
AUDIO UNIT PART NUMBER RETRIEVAL
Audio Systems Without Navigation
NOTE: The terms "Audio Control Module (ACM)" and "audio unit" refer to the same
component.
1. Turn the ACM on.

2. Press and hold preset buttons 3 and 6 for 3 seconds. The speaker walk-around test will begin.
3. Before the speaker walk-around test is complete, press preset button 6.
NOTE: This step will cause the ACM to auto-scroll through configuration 1,
configuration 2, EEPROM number, and ACM part number.
4. Press the TUNE UP button.
NOTE: Step 4 may need to be repeated until the ACM part number can be
recorded.
5. Record the ACM part number.

6. Turn the ACM off.
Navigation Audio System
1. Turn the ACM on.

2. Press and hold preset buttons 3 and 6 for 3 seconds. The speaker walk-around test will begin.
3. Before the speaker walk-around test is complete, press END TEST on the display screen.
4. Select SYSTEM INFO from the menu.
5. Record the ACM part number.
6. Turn the ACM off.
SATELLITE RADIO RECEIVER ELECTRONIC SERIAL NUMBER (ESN) RETRIEVAL
Audio Systems Without Navigation
1. Operate the audio system in satellite radio mode.

2. Press and hold the AUX button and preset button 1, simultaneously.
 The satellite radio receiver Electronic Serial Number (ESN) will be displayed on the screen.
3. Record the satellite radio receiver ESN.

4. Turn the audio system off.
Audio Systems With Navigation
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Turn the audio system on.

2. Press the MENU button.
3. Select the SYSTEM INFO tab.
NOTE: The satellite radio receiver ESN is shown on the lower left corner of the
screen with the text "SR ESN:".
4. Record the satellite radio receiver ESN.

5. Turn the audio system off.
ACCESSORY PROTOCOL INTERFACE MODULE (APIM) SOFTWARE LEVEL CHECK
Special Tools
scan tool
Universal Serial Bus (USB) Male- CCMUSB2-AM-AM-10 or

A to Male-A Cable equivalent
1. Turn the Audio Control Module (ACM) on.

2. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
3. Connect one end of the Universal Serial Bus (USB) male-A to male-A cable to the scan tool.
4. Connect the other end of the USB male-A to male-A cable to the vehicle USB port.
5. From the technician service publication website, run On-Line Automotive Service Information System
(OASIS) using Quick Start or by manually entering the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
6. From the OASIS tab, select the "Sync/APIM" bullet.
7. Select the "Read APIM" button to verify the current Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM)
software level.
 The display shows both the Vehicle Interface Processor (VIP) and Consumer Interface Processor
(CIP) software levels.
8. The scan tool displays the following information:
 Last Recorded State - Hardware
 VIN: vehicle identification number associated with the current APIM
 Installed date: date the APIM was installed
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Radio: currently identified ACM in the vehicle

 HW Part No.: APIM hardware part number
 Un-installed date: date (if any) the APIM was uninstalled
 S/N: APIM serial number
 Last Recorded State - Software
 Date/Time: date and time of last recorded software installation
 VIP: VIP software that was installed at that time
 CIP: CIP software that was installed at that time
 Description: a description of the content of the software revision
 History - Software
 Date/Time: date and time of any recorded software installation
 VIP: VIP software that was installed at that time
 CIP: CIP software that was installed at that time
 Available Software for Programming
 Select: allows the software package to be selected
 Lineage: the original software release, if the software available is a revision
 VIP: VIP software level that is available with the selection
 CIP: CIP software level that is available with the selection
9. Click a CIP software level to view the device compatibility list associated with the CIP software level, if
desired.
10. To exit the APIM software level check, disconnect the scan tool from the DLC and the USB port, or exit
the OASIS screen.

AUDIO DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (DSP) MODULE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 31: Exploded View Of Audio Amplifier - THX(R)


Audio digital signal processing (DSP)
1 W505425-S
module screws (2 required)
2 N811309-S Audio DSP module nut
Audio DSP module electrical connectors
3 -
(part of 14A005)
4 18A849 Audio DSP module
NOTE: Module configuration is only required if a new audio digital signal

processing (DSP) module is being installed.
1. Upload the audio DSP module configuration information to the scan tool. For additional information,
refer to Programmable Module Installation (PMI) in MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
2. Remove the subwoofer speaker. For additional information, refer to Subwoofer Speaker.
3. Disconnect the audio DSP module electrical connectors.
4. Remove the 2 screws, the nut, and the audio DSP module.
 Download the configuration information to the audio DSP module. For additional information,
refer to PMI in MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
AUDIO INPUT JACK
NOTE: Vehicle equipped with SYNC shown, others similar.
Fig. 32: Identifying Audio Input Jack Connectors


Audio input jack bezel (part of
1 -
78045A06)
2 19A164 Audio input jack
Audio input jack electrical connector
3 -
(part of 14B079)
1. Using a suitable tool, pry the audio input jack bezel out from the floor console storage bin.
 Disconnect the universal serial bus (USB) connector, if equipped.
2. Disconnect the audio input jack electrical connector.

3. Release the tabs and remove the audio input jack.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 33: Identifying Tabs On Audio Input Jack

AUDIO CONTROL MODULE (ACM)
Fig. 34: Exploded View Of Audio Unit


Audio control module (ACM) screws (4
1 W707628
required)
2 18C815 ACM
ACM electrical connectors (part of 14401
3 -
or 18812)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the audio control module (ACM) to retrieve the
part number. For additional information, refer to Audio Unit Part Number
Retrieval.
NOTE: Module configuration is only required if a new ACM is being installed.
1. Upload the ACM configuration information to the scan tool. For additional information, refer to
PANEL AND CONSOLE article.
3. Remove the 4 screws and the ACM.
 Disconnect the electrical connectors and the antenna cable.

 Download the configuration information to the ACM. For additional information, refer to
SATELLITE DIGITAL AUDIO RECEIVER SYSTEM (SDARS) MODULE
Fig. 35: Exploded View Of Satellite Radio Receiver With Torque Specification

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Satellite digital audio receiver system

1 W707293-S
(SDARS) module nuts (2 required)
2 19A397 Satellite radio antenna connector
SDARS module electrical connector (part
3 -
of 14A005)
4 18C960 SDARS module
NOTE: Module configuration is only required if a new satellite digital audio

receiver (SDARS) module is being installed.
1. Upload the SDARS module configuration information to the scan tool. For additional information, refer
to Programmable Module Installation (PMI) in MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
2. Remove the liftgate scuff plate. For additional information, refer to Interior Trim - Exploded View in
INTERIOR TRIM AND ORNAMENTATION article.
3. Remove the 2 nuts and the SDARS module.
 Disconnect the satellite radio antenna connector and the electrical connector.
 To install, tighten the nuts to 7 Nm (62 lb-in).

 Download the configuration information to the SDARS module. For additional information, refer to
PMI in MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 36: Exploded View Of Steering Wheel Controls - Edge


1 9C888 Steering wheel controls
Steering wheel controls electrical
2 -
Fig. 37: Exploded View Of Steering Wheel Controls - MKX

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Steering wheel controls bezel screws (4
1 -
required)
2 - Steering wheel controls bezel
3 9C888 Steering wheel controls
Steering wheel controls electrical
4 -
MKX
1. Remove the driver air bag module. For additional information, refer to SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM article.
2. Remove the 4 screws and the steering wheel controls bezel.
All vehicles
3. Remove the steering wheel controls by pulling the switch toward the rear of the vehicle.
ANTENNA - AM/FM
Fig. 38: Exploded View Of AM/FM Antenna With Torque Specifications

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

AM/FM antenna base bolt (part of
1 -
18812)
2 18813 AM/FM antenna mast
3 18936 AM/FM antenna
1. Remove the AM/FM antenna mast, if desired.

2. Remove the dome lamp. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR LIGHTING article.
3. Loosen the AM/FM antenna base bolt.
4. Remove the AM/FM antenna.

ANTENNA - SATELLITE RADIO
Fig. 39: Exploded View Of Satellite Radio Antenna With Torque Specification

Satellite radio antenna cable bolt (part of
1 -
18812)
Satellite radio antenna cable electrical
2 -
3 10E893 Satellite radio antenna

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the spoiler. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM AND ORNAMENTATION
article.
 Disconnect the satellite radio antenna electrical connector.
2. Loosen the satellite radio antenna cable bolt.

3. Remove the satellite radio antenna.

ANTENNA CABLE - AM/FM
Fig. 40: Antenna Cable-to-Antenna With Torque Specifications


1 - AM/FM antenna cable bolt
AM/FM antenna base bolt (part of
2 -
18812)
3 18812 Upper AM/FM antenna cable
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 41: Upper Antenna Cable-to-Lower Antenna Cable


4 18812 Upper AM/FM antenna cable
5 18812 Lower AM/FM antenna cable
Lower antenna cable
1. Remove the audio control module (ACM). For additional information, refer to Audio Control Module
(ACM).
Upper antenna cable
2. Remove the RH A-pillar trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM AND
3. Remove the interior dome lamp. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR LIGHTING article.
4. Loosen the AM/FM antenna base bolt and disconnect the antenna cable from the antenna.
5. Remove the RH sun visor. For additional information, refer to Headliner in INTERIOR TRIM AND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Lower the headliner, as necessary.
6. Remove the AM/FM antenna cable bolt and the antenna cable.
 To install, tighten the bolt to 12 Nm (106 lb-in).
Both antenna cables
7. Remove the RH front door scuff plate. For additional information, refer to Interior Trim - Exploded View
in INTERIOR TRIM AND ORNAMENTATION article.
8. Disconnect the upper antenna cable from the lower antenna cable.
9. Release the pin-type retainers and remove the antenna cable.
ANTENNA CABLE - SATELLITE RADIO
Fig. 42: Exploded View Of Satellite Radio Antenna Cable


Satellite radio antenna cable-to-satellite
1 - radio antenna electrical connector (part of
19A397)
2 - Satellite radio antenna cable-to-satellite

digital audio receiver system (SDARS)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
module electrical connector (part of

19A397)
3 19A397 Satellite radio antenna cable
1. Remove the LH quarter trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM AND
2. Remove the D-pillar trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM AND
3. Remove the liftgate scuff plate. For additional information, refer to Interior Trim - Exploded View in
INTERIOR TRIM AND ORNAMENTATION article.
4. Disconnect the satellite radio antenna cable from the satellite digital audio receiver system (SDARS)
module.
5. Disconnect the satellite radio antenna cable from the satellite radio antenna, and remove the cable.
DOOR SPEAKER
Fig. 43: Front or Rear Door


1 18808 Door speaker
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2 973791 Door speaker screws (4 required)

Door speaker electrical connector(s) (part
3 -
of door harness)
Fig. 44: Front Door Tweeter


1 - Door trim panel
Front door tweeter speaker nuts (2
2 W706675-S
required)
3 19B170 Front door tweeter speaker
All speakers
1. Remove the door trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM AND
Front door tweeter speaker
2. Remove the 2 screws and the front door tweeter speaker from the door trim panel.
Front or rear door speaker

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Remove the 4 screws and the door speaker.

 Disconnect the electrical connector(s).
All speakers
INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER
Fig. 45: Exploded View Of Instrument Panel Speaker


1 78044A92 Instrument panel speaker cover
2 18808 Instrument panel speaker
Instrument panel speaker electrical
3 -
connector (part of 14401)
Instrument panel speaker screws (4
4 W707628-S
required)
1. Remove the center instrument panel finish panel. For additional information, refer to INSTRUMENT
2. Remove the instrument panel speaker cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Remove the 4 screws and the instrument panel speaker.

SUBWOOFER SPEAKER
Fig. 46: Exploded View Of Subwoofer Speaker With Torque Specification - Edge

1 W505425-S Subwoofer speaker bolts (3 required)
2 18C804 Subwoofer speaker
Subwoofer speaker electrical connector
3 -
(part of 14A005)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 47: Exploded View Of Subwoofer Speaker With Torque Specification - MKX

1 W505425-S Subwoofer speaker bolts (3 required)
2 18808 Subwoofer speaker
Subwoofer speaker electrical connector
3 -
(part of 14A005)
1. Remove the quarter panel trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM AND
2. Remove the 3 bolts and the subwoofer speaker.
 To install, tighten the bolts to 7 Nm (62 lb-in).
REAR ENTERTAINMENT MODULE (RETM)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 48: Exploded View Of Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) Player


Rear entertainment module (RETM)
1 W704875-S
screws (4 required)
2 - J-hook (part of 10E957)
3 - U-hook (part of 10E947)
4 10E947 RETM
RETM electrical connector (part of
5 -
15A657)
REMOVAL
NOTE: Programmable module installation (PMI) only needs to be carried out if the rear
entertainment module (RETM) is being replaced.
1. Upload the RETM configuration to the scan tool. For additional information, refer to MODULE
NOTE: Open the display to access the screws.
2. Remove the 4 screws.

3. Remove the RETM.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Pull down on the sides of the RETM to disengage the clips from the bracket.
 Using a suitable tool, push the rear most U-hook forward and release the U-hooks.
 Hang the RETM on the J-hooks and disconnect the electrical connector.
 Remove the RETM from the J-hooks.
INSTALLATION
1. Hang the RETM on the J-hooks.

3. Remove the RETM from the J-hooks.
NOTE: Tilt the RETM, as necessary, to align it correctly.
4. Align the left side guide pin with the left side locating hole.
5. Lift up the right side of the RETM and engage the U-hooks.
6. Install the 4 screws.
7. Push on the left and right sides of the RETM to engage the clips.
8. Download the RETM configuration from the scan tool. For additional information, refer to MODULE
GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) ANTENNA
NOTE: The view is shown from the back side of the instrument panel; however, the
instrument panel does not have to be removed to carry out this procedure.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 49: Exploded View Of Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna


Global positioning system (GPS) antenna
1 -
clip (part of 10E893)
2 10E893 GPS antenna
MKX
1. Remove the instrument cluster (IC). For additional information, refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES article.
All vehicles
2. Remove the audio control module (ACM). For additional information, refer to Audio Control Module
(ACM).
NOTE: For vehicles without THX® audio, the vehicle will have an upper storage
bin, rather than an instrument panel speaker.
3. Remove the instrument panel speaker. For additional information, refer to Instrument Panel Speaker.
4. Release the clip and remove the global positioning system (GPS) antenna.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
ACCESSORY PROTOCOL INTERFACE MODULE (APIM)
Fig. 50: Identifying Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM)


Accessory protocol interface module
1 - (APIM) screws (4 required) (part of
78045A06)
2 14D212 APIM
3 14D202 Universal serial bus (USB) cable
APIM electrical connector (part of
4 -
14B079)
NOTE: Accessory protocol interface module (APIM) reprogramming is only necessary

if a new module is being installed.
1. Verify the current APIM software and hardware level. For additional information, refer to Accessory
Protocol Interface Module (APIM) Reprogramming in MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
2. Remove the floor console rear trim panel by pulling straight back to disengage the clips.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Disconnect the universal serial bus (USB) cable and the electrical connector.
4. Remove the 4 screws and the APIM.
 Reprogram the APIM. For additional information, refer to MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS (USB) CABLE AND PORT
Fig. 51: Universal Serial Bus (USB) Cable-To-Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM)

Universal Serial Bus (USB) cable-to-
1 - Accessory Protocol Interface Module
(APIM) connector (part of 14D202)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 52: Universal Serial Bus (USB)-To-Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM)

2 - USB cable-to-bezel connector
3 14D202 USB cable and port
CONSOLE article.
2. Remove the floor console rear trim panel by pulling straight rearward to disengage the clips.
3. Disconnect the Universal Serial Bus (USB) cable-to-Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM)
connector.
4. Disconnect the USB cable-to-bezel connector.
 Disengage the push-pin near the connection.
5. Disconnect the USB cable-to-bezel connector.

6. Remove the 3 screws holding the front of the RH panel to the floor console.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 53: Identifying Screws

7. Remove the 2 screws and the APIM and bracket as an assembly.


8. Remove the screw holding the upper rear of the RH panel to the floor console.

9. Remove the screw holding the lower rear of the RH panel to the floor console.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

10. Remove the RH panel from the floor console by sliding it upward to disengage the clips.
11. Disengage the push-pins and remove the USB cable and port.
Fig. 57: Identifying push-pins

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Evaporative Emissions - Edge & MKX
Evaporative Emissions - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister bolts 9 - 80
EVAP shield bolts 9 - 80
Fuel tank bolts 25 18 -
Fuel tank bracket bolts 25 18 -

EVAPORATIVE EMISSIONS
NOTE: The vehicle emission vacuum routing diagrams are contained in the Description
and Operation subsection of the Engine Emissions Control part. Refer to
ENGINE EMISSION CONTROL article.
The evaporative emission (EVAP) system consists of the:
 EVAP canister purge valve.

 EVAP canister.
 EVAP canister vent solenoid (includes the dust separator).
 fuel vapor tube assembly (includes the fuel tank pressure [FTP] sensor).
 fuel tank filler cap.
The EVAP system:
 prevents hydrocarbon emissions from reaching the atmosphere.

 stores fuel vapors in the EVAP canisters, that are generated during vehicle operation or hot soak, until
they can be consumed by the engine during normal engine operation.
 routes the stored fuel vapors to the engine during engine operation.
 is controlled by the PCM which, using various sensor inputs, calculates the desired amount of purge flow.
The PCM regulates the purge flow, induced by the application of intake manifold vacuum, by varying the
duty cycle applied to the vapor tube.
The fuel vapors are routed:
 from the fuel tank through the vapor vent valve (internal to the tank).
 to the EVAP canisters through a vapor tube.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 from the EVAP canister to the engine when the EVAP canister purge valve is opened by the PCM.
The FTP sensor (part of fuel vapor tube assembly):
 monitors the pressure levels in the fuel tank.

 communicates the pressure reading to the PCM during the OBD II leak test.
The fuel vapor tube assembly:
 is located midway under the vehicle along the LH frame rail.

 is used to route the flow of fuel vapors entering the EVAP system.
The EVAP canister:
 is located on the underside of the vehicle directly below the driver seat.
 contains activated carbon.
 stores fuel vapors.
The fuel tank filler cap:
 is sealed against the fuel tank filler pipe and does not relieve system pressure.
The EVAP canister vent solenoid:
 is normally open.
 seals the EVAP system for the inspection and maintenance (I/M 240) test and OBD II leak and pressure
tests.
 is mounted to the EVAP canister bracket.
The EVAP canister purge valve:
 is normally closed.
 regulates the purging of the EVAP canister.
 is controlled by the PCM.
 is repaired as a separate item.
 is mounted to the cowl on a bracket.
The EVAP dust separator:
 is attached to the EVAP canister vent solenoid mounted on the EVAP canister bracket.
 prevents suspended dust and dirt particles from entering the EVAP system.
 is repaired as an assembly with the EVAP canister vent solenoid.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The EVAP system monitor:
 is a self-test strategy within the PCM which tests the integrity of the EVAP system.
 monitors the EVAP system for leaks.
 monitors electronic EVAP components for irrationally high or low voltages.
 monitors for correct EVAP system operation.
 uses negative and positive leak test methods to test and activate the EVAP system.
The engine ON EVAP leak-check monitor:
 is executed by the individual components of the enhanced EVAP system. Intake manifold vacuum is
utilized to reach a target vacuum on the EVAP system. The FTP sensor is used by the engine ON EVAP
leak-check monitor to determine if the target vacuum necessary to carry out the leak-check on the EVAP
system has been reached. Once target vacuum on the EVAP system is achieved, the change in EVAP
system vacuum over a calibrated period of time determines if a leak exists.
The Engine Off Natural Vacuum (EONV) EVAP leak-check monitor is executed:
 once the engine ON EVAP leak-check monitor is completed and the key is turned OFF. The EONV
EVAP leak-check monitor determines if a leak is present when the naturally occurring change in the fuel
tank pressure or vacuum does not exceed a calibrated limit during a calibrated amount of time. A
separate, low-power consuming microprocessor in the PCM manages the EONV leak-check. The engine
OFF EVAP leak-check monitor is executed by the individual components of the enhanced EVAP system.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
EVAPORATIVE EMISSIONS
GENERAL PROCEDURES
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM LEAK TEST
Special Tools
VACUTEC Smoke Machine Fuel

Evaporative Emission System 218-0002 or equivalent
Tester

(VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic software with appropriate
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
System (IDS) hardware, or equivalent scan tool
Phase 1 - Leak Verification
1. Run the EVAP Test with the scan tool.
NOTE: Some small leaks may not be detected using the EVAP Test. If the system
has passed the test but a leak is still suspected, then proceed to Phase 2.
2. If the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system failed the EVAP Test, then proceed to Phase 2.
Phase 2 - System Leak Check
1. Disconnect the upper vapor tube-to-EVAP canister purge valve quick connect coupling. For additional
information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
2. Connect the VACUTEC Smoke Machine Fuel Evaporative Emission System Tester to the upper EVAP
canister purge valve fitting. For additional information, refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
NOTE: The battery ground cable was previously disconnected in the vapor tube
quick connect coupling procedure.
3. Connect the battery ground cable. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING AND
CABLES article.
NOTE: In the scan tool, the EVAP canister purge valve is referred to as the EVAP
vapor management valve.
4. Open the EVAP canister purge valve with the scan tool.
5. Close the canister vent solenoid with the scan tool.
6. Carefully turn the fuel tank filler cap counterclockwise until the thread disengages and position aside.
NOTE: If smoke does not exit the fuel tank filler pipe neck area after the system is
pressurized, open the canister vent solenoid with the scan tool to allow
the air to purge. Once smoke is seen at the canister vent solenoid, close
the canister vent solenoid with the scan tool.
7. Introduce smoke from the VACUTEC Smoke Machine Fuel Evaporative Emission System Tester into the
EVAP system and verify that smoke is exiting the fuel tank filler pipe neck area. For additional
information, refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
8. Install the fuel tank filler cap once smoke is observed exiting the fuel tank filler pipe neck area.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
9. Continue to enter smoke into the system for 60 seconds to obtain pressure.
10. Press and release the remote start button in intervals of 15 seconds ON and 15 seconds OFF while
checking for exiting smoke.
11. Use the halogen light provided with the VACUTEC Smoke Machine Fuel Evaporative Emission System
Tester to follow the EVAP system path and look for smoke exiting at the source of the leak(s).
12. Repair any leaks as necessary.
13. Repeat the leak test until the system passes.

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CANISTER PURGE VALVE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve


Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister
1 14A464
purge valve electrical connector
2 9F931 EVAP canister purge valve bracket
3 9G641 EVAP canister purge valve
EVAP canister purge valve vapor tube
4 -
quick connect coupling (part of 9G271)
EVAP canister purge valve vapor tube
5 -
quick connect coupling (part of 9D661)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
WARNING: Do not carry personal electronic devices such as cell phones, pagers or
audio equipment of any type when working on or near any fuel-related
component. Highly flammable mixtures are always present and may be
ignited. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal
injury.
1. Disconnect the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve electrical connector.
2. Disconnect the 2 EVAP canister purge valve vapor tube quick connect couplings. For additional
3. Depress the tab and remove the EVAP canister purge valve from the bracket.
Fig. 2: Depressing Tab & Removing EVAP Canister Purge Valve From Bracket

 Carry out the Evaporative Emission System Leak Test. For additional information, refer to
Evaporative Emission System Leak Test.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CANISTER
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Evaporative Emission Canister With Torque Specifications


1 14A464 Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister vent solenoid electrical
connector
2 9E857 EVAP canister
3 - Fuel vapor tube (part of 9E857)
4 9G676 EVAP canister vent solenoid/dust separator
5 W705681 EVAP canister pin-type retainer
6 W710330 EVAP canister bolt (3 required)
7 - Fuel vapor tube-to-EVAP canister quick connect coupling (part of
9S284)
8 - Fuel vapor tube assembly-to-EVAP canister quick connect coupling
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(part of 9S284)
9 9H296 EVAP shield
10 W710330 EVAP shield bolt (3 required)
11 W705681 EVAP shield pin-type retainer
injury.
NOTE: Correct placement of the hoist arm to the frame lifting point is essential for
the removal and installation of the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister.
2. Disconnect the battery ground cable. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING
AND CABLES article.
3. Remove the 3 bolts, pin-type retainer and the EVAP shield.
4. Disconnect the EVAP canister vent solenoid electrical connector.

5. Disconnect the fuel vapor tube-to-EVAP canister quick connect coupling. For additional information,
refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
6. Disconnect the fuel vapor tube assembly-to-EVAP canister quick connect coupling. For additional
7. Disconnect the fuel vapor tube to the dust separator.
8. Remove the 3 EVAP canister bolts.
9. Release the pin-type retainer and remove the EVAP canister.
NOTE: When installing the EVAP canister, insert the alignment tab into the body
first, then install the pin-type retainer and 3 bolts.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CANISTER VENT SOLENOID
Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid With Torque Specification

1 9E857 Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister
EVAP canister vent solenoid electrical
3 14A464
connector
EVAP canister vent solenoid/dust
4 9G676
separator
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

6 9H296 EVAP shield
injury.
WARNING: Always disconnect the battery ground cable at the battery when working
on an evaporative emission (EVAP) system or fuel-related component.
Highly flammable mixtures are always present and may be ignited. Failure
NOTE: The evaporative emission (EVAP) canister vent solenoid and the dust separator
are serviced as an assembly.
AND CABLES article.
3. Remove the 3 bolts, pin-type retainer and the EVAP shield.
4. Disconnect the EVAP canister vent solenoid electrical connector.

5. Disconnect the 2 fuel vapor tubes from the EVAP canister vent solenoid/dust separator.
6. Depress the tab and remove the EVAP canister vent solenoid/dust separator from the EVAP canister
bracket.
FUEL VAPOR TUBE ASSEMBLY
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 5: Exploded View Of Fuel Vapor Tube Assembly With Torque Specifications

1 9E857 Evaporative emission (EVAP) canister
2 - Fuel vapor tube assembly-to-EVAP canister quick connect
coupling (part of 9S284)
3 9H296 EVAP shield
6 9F931 Fuel tube bundle retainer clip (4 required)
7 9S284 Fuel vapor tube assembly
8 - Fuel vapor tube assembly-to-fuel tank quick connect coupling
(part of 9S284)
9 - Fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor (part of 9S284)
10 14A464 FTP sensor electrical connector
11 9K007 Fuel tank
12 W712826 Fuel tank bolt (4 required)
13 W712826 Fuel tank bracket bolt (2 required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
injury.
2. Disconnect the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor electrical connector.
3. Remove the 3 bolts, pin-type retainer and the evaporative emission (EVAP) shield.
4. Disconnect the fuel vapor tube assembly-to-EVAP canister quick connect coupling. For additional
5. Disconnect the fuel vapor tube assembly-to-fuel tank quick connect coupling. For additional information,
6. Position a suitable lifting device under the fuel tank.
7. Remove the 2 fuel tank bracket bolts and the 4 fuel tank bolts and partially lower the fuel tank.
8. Release the 4 fuel tube bundle retainer clips and remove the fuel vapor tube assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ENGINE Exhaust System - Edge & MKX
2008 ENGINE
Exhaust System - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Bracket-to-catalytic converter bolts 20 15
Catalytic converter support bracket-to-engine block bolts 40 30
Catalytic converter support bracket-to-engine block nut 40 30
Catalytic converter support bracket-to-transmission bolts 48 35
Catalytic converter-to-exhaust manifold nuts 40 30
Catalytic converter-to-exhaust manifold studs 25 18
Exhaust flexible pipe-to-exhaust Y-pipe nuts 40 30
Exhaust Y-pipe-to-catalytic converter nuts 40 30
Power steering rack shield bolts 15 11
Roll restrictor bolt 90 66
Roll restrictor shield nuts 11 8
Torca® clamp 47 35
Universal joint (U-joint) flange bolts 70 52

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system consists of:
 an exhaust flexible pipe.

 two muffler assemblies.
 one resonator assembly.
 muffler brackets with isolators bolted to the body.
 an exhaust Y-pipe.
 a catalyst monitor sensor mounted to each catalytic converter.
 a LH and RH catalytic converter.
The exhaust system provides an exit for exhaust gases and reduces engine noise by passing exhaust gases
through the catalytic converters, a muffler assembly and resonator. Rubber exhaust hanger isolators attach the
exhaust system to the mounting hooks.
Catalytic Converter
The catalytic converter plays a major role in the emission control system. The catalytic converter operates as a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
gas reactor. Its catalytic function is to speed the heat-producing chemical reaction of components in the exhaust
gases in order to reduce air pollutants.
The catalyst material inside the catalytic converter consists of a ceramic substrate.
Precautions
CAUTION: Do not use leaded fuel in a vehicle equipped with a catalytic converter. In a
vehicle that is continually misfueled, the lead in the fuel will be deposited
in the catalytic converter and completely blanket the catalyst. Lead reacts
with platinum to "poison" the catalyst. Continuous use of leaded fuel can
destroy the catalyst and render the catalytic converter useless.
CAUTION: The addition of lead to the catalytic converter can also solidify the
catalyst, causing excessive back pressure in the exhaust system and
possibly causing engine damage.
CAUTION: Extremely high temperatures of 1,100°C (2,012°F) or above due to misfiring

or an over-rich fuel/air mixture will cause the ceramic substrate to sinter or
burn, destroying the catalytic converter. Do not continue to operate the
vehicle if the engine is misfiring, there is a power loss, or other unusual
operating conditions, such as engine overheating and backfiring.
The catalytic converter is designed to provide a long life. No maintenance is necessary for the catalytic
converter.
Sound Insulators and Shields
Sound insulators and shields, attached to the underbody, protect the vehicle from exhaust system heat and
should be inspected at regular intervals to make sure they are not dented or out of position. If a sound insulator
and shield is damaged or shows evidence of deterioration, it should be replaced. The sound insulators and
shields for the muffler, muffler pipe, resonator and catalytic converter pipe are installed separately.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
EXHAUST SYSTEM
Special Tools
Electronic Vibration Analyzer or

100-F027 (014-00344)
equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

2. Visually inspect the components of the exhaust system and related controls that may affect exhaust gas
quality or loss of power.

Mechanical
 Exhaust pipe pinched or crushed
 Damaged muffler
 Broken or damaged exhaust hanger brackets
 Damaged catalytic converter
 Cracked exhaust manifold
 Loose or damaged heat shields
4. Verify that the exhaust system is installed correctly, with clamps correctly located and tightened to
specification.
5. If the fault is not visually evident, determine the symptom. Go to Symptom Chart - Exhaust System or
Go to Symptom Chart - Noise, Vibration and Harshness (NVH).
Symptom Chart - Exhaust System
Symptom Chart - Exhaust System

 INSPECT the exhaust
components for damage.
REPAIR or INSTALL
 Exhaust pipe pinched or crushed new components as
 Vehicle has low or no
necessary. TEST the
power - vehicle  Damaged catalytic converter
system for normal
performance complaint  Loose obstruction in exhaust operation. If the concern is
still present, REFER to the
Introduction - Gasoline
Engines article.
 CHECK drain holes for
debris. PARK the vehicle
inside to thaw. TEST the
 Restricted exhaust (possible vehicle for normal
frozen condensate in muffler) operation. If the concern is
still present, REFER to the
Engines article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

system for debris or
Foreign material caught in missing heat shields.
 Burning smell - usually 
exhaust system REPAIR or INSTALL
occurs at idle, with
new components as
possible traces of smoke  Missing heat shields necessary. TEST the
system for normal
 At times, a slight sulfur
smell is normal for
Catalytic converter catalytic converters. The
 Odor - described as a 
cause is the sulfur content
sulfur or rotten egg smell  Excessive sulfur content in fuel in the gasoline being used.
ADVISE the customer no
repair is required.
 Rich fuel conditions  REFER to the
 Misfire conditions Engines article.
 Surface rust is a
characteristic of materials
used on exhaust systems.
Exposure to heat or road
 Visible rust on surface of  Catalytic converter/exhaust
salt may result in surface
exhaust pipes system
rust. INSPECT for
perforations. If there are
no perforations, the
condition is normal.

 INSPECT the exhaust system
for loose or missing heat
shields or foreign material
trapped between the heat
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
shields and the exhaust

system components. If any
heat shields are loose,
INSTALL worm gear clamp
7L5Z-5A231-AA and tighten
to 7 Nm (62 lb-in). If the heat
 Rattle, squeaks or buzz shields are missing,
type noise - from the  Loose or damaged heat shield INSTALL new heat shields or
bottom of the vehicle exhaust system components as
necessary. If a rattle, noise or
buzz condition persists,
INSTALL a new heat shield
or component as necessary.
 VERIFY that the exhaust
isolators are correctly
installed. INSPECT the
 Loose or damaged exhaust exhaust isolators for wear or
isolators damage. INSTALL new
isolators as necessary. TEST
components for damage or
broken hangers. INSTALL
CHECK for loose or damaged
 Damaged exhaust isolator
exhaust hanger brackets or
hanger bracket
fasteners. TIGHTEN the bolts
to specification or INSTALL
 MOVE the exhaust system to

simulate the bouncing action
of the vehicle, checking for
exhaust-to-body contact while
moving the exhaust system.
 Loose or damaged catalytic Using a rubber mallet, TAP
converter or muffler on the exhaust components to
duplicate the noise concern.
Lightly TAP on the muffler,
then the catalytic converter.
DETERMINE if there are
loose or broken baffles in the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
muffler or a loose or broken

element in the catalytic
converter. REPAIR or
necessary. TEST the system
for normal operation after the
repair.
 INSPECT for signs of exhaust
components-to-body contact.
 Exhaust grounded to chassis If necessary, CARRY OUT
the Exhaust System
Alignment.
isolators for wear or damage.
 Drone or clunk type
 Loose or damaged exhaust INSTALL new isolators as
noise - from the bottom
isolators necessary. TEST the system
of the vehicle
repair.
 INSPECT for signs of exhaust
components-to-body contact.
 Exhaust grounded to chassis If necessary, CARRY OUT
the Exhaust System
Alignment.
 INSPECT the entire exhaust
system for leaks. CHECK for
punctures, loose or damaged
clamps/fasteners, gaskets,
sensors or broken welds.
 Whistles, boom, hum or EXAMINE the chassis for
ticking type noise - grayish-white or black
noise tends to change as exhaust soot, which indicates
the engine warms. The  Exhaust system leak exhaust leakage at that point.
noises are often To magnify a small leak, have
accompanied by an assistant hold a rag over
exhaust fumes the tailpipe outlet while
listening for a leak. REPAIR
as necessary. TEST the
system for normal operation
after the repair.
 MOVE the exhaust system to

simulate the bouncing action
of the vehicle, checking for
exhaust-to-body contact while
moving the exhaust system.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Using a rubber mallet, TAP

on the exhaust components to
duplicate the noise concern.
Lightly TAP on the muffler
and the catalytic converter.
DETERMINE if there are
loose or broken baffles in the
 Catalytic converter muffler, or a loose or broken
element in the catalytic
converter. REPAIR or
repair.
 CONFIRM the drain holes are
 Exhaust muffler/resonator the noise source. INSTALL
drain hole enlarged due to new components as necessary.
corrosion TEST the system for normal
 CHECK the exhaust system
for leaks. Using a rubber
mallet, TAP on the exhaust
components to duplicate the
noise concern. Lightly TAP
 Hissing or rushing on the muffler and the
noise - high frequency catalytic converter. Determine
 Exhaust system. Exhaust flow
sound. Vehicle if there are loose or broken
through pipes
performance is baffles in the muffler, or a
unaffected loose or broken element in the
catalytic converter. REPAIR
after the repair.
 Cool down pinging is a result
 Pinging noise - occurs of the exhaust system
 Catalytic converter/exhaust
when exhaust system is expanding and contracting
system
hot, engine turned off during heating and cooling.
This is a normal condition.
 Vibration - occurs at
isolators for wear or damage.
idle and at low speeds.
 Loose or damaged exhaust INSTALL new isolators as
Also accompanied by a
isolator necessary. TEST the system
clunk or buzz type
noise
repair.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 INSPECT the exhaust isolator

hanger brackets for wear or
 Loose or damaged exhaust damage. INSTALL or
isolator hanger brackets REPAIR as necessary. TEST
 CHECK for the correct
damper orientation .
RELOCATE to the correct
position and tighten the nuts
 Damper broken or out of to specification. INSPECT for
position missing or damaged damper.
repair.
 Exhaust system grounded to  CARRY OUT the Exhaust
chassis System Alignment.
 Engine drumming noise
for loose or damaged
- normally  Damaged or misaligned
fasteners, Torca® clamps, or
accompanied by exhaust system
isolators. CARRY OUT the
vibration
Exhaust System Alignment.
 Sputter type noise -  INSPECT the exhaust system
noise worse when cold, for leaks or damage. REPAIR
 Damaged or worn exhaust
lessens or disappears as necessary. TEST the
system
when the vehicle is at system for normal operation
operating temperature after the repair.
 CHECK the exhaust system to
chassis clearance. CHECK the
 Thumping noise - from
exhaust system isolators for
the bottom of the
 Misaligned exhaust system damage. REPAIR as
vehicle, worse at
acceleration
repair.
 CARRY OUT the Exhaust
 Engine vibration - is
System Alignment. REPAIR
felt with increases and  Strain on exhaust system
decreases in engine isolators
RPM
after the repair.
 Drumming noise -
occurs inside the  Go to Pinpoint Test A .
vehicle during idle or  Exhaust system vibration
high idle, hot or cold. excites the body resonances
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Very low-frequency inducing interior noise

drumming is very RPM
dependent
Pinpoint Test
PINPOINT TEST A: DRUMMING NOISE
A1 CHECK THE EXHAUST SYSTEM

 Increase the engine RPM until the noise is the loudest. Note the engine RPM.
Fig. 1: Exhaust System

 Add approximately 9 kg (20 lb) of weight to the exhaust system. First place the weight at the tail
pipe and test, then at the front pipe.
 Increase the engine RPM and listen for the drumming noise. Note the engine RPM if the noise
occurs.
 Using a vibration analyzer (VA), determine the amount of vibration that occurs with the drumming
noise.
 Is the noise/vibration reduced or eliminated, or does the noise/vibration occur at a different
RPM?
YES : REFER to Exhaust System Alignment. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : CONDUCT a diagnosis on other suspect systems. REFER to NOISE, VIBRATION AND
HARSHNESS article.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
EXHAUST SYSTEM ALIGNMENT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Loosen all fasteners joining the exhaust system components.
3. Beginning at the front of the vehicle, align the exhaust system to establish the maximum clearance. Make
sure all fit pipes are pushed all the way into the preceding pipe and the notches are correctly lined up with
the tabs.
4. Beginning at the front of the vehicle, tighten all fasteners and clamps to specification. For additional
information, refer to SPECIFICATIONS.
5. Start the engine and check the exhaust system for leaks.
TORCA® CLAMP
1. Remove the nut from the Torca® clamp.

2. Grind the spot weld from the Torca® clamp and remove the clamp.
3. Clean the uneven surface area and position a Torca® clamp.
Fig. 2: Locating Uneven Surface Area

NOTE: Make sure the clamp position is no more than 27.5 mm (1.08 in) or less
than 25.5 mm (1 in) from the inlet of the resonator pipe.
4. Make sure the back of the slot is covered by the clamp and the button is fully seated inside the notch.
Fig. 3: Making Sure Back Of Slot Is Covered By Clamp & Button Is Fully Seated Inside Notch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
With Specifications
NOTE: Do not tighten the clamp until the exhaust system has been aligned.
5. Tighten the Torca® clamp.


EXHAUST SYSTEM - EXPLODED VIEW
Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Exhaust System With Torque Specifications (1 Of 3)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

LH catalyst monitor sensor electrical
1 14A464
connector
LH catalytic converter support bracket-
2 W710656
to-transmission bolts (2 required)
LH catalytic converter-to-exhaust
3 W705443
manifold nut (4 required)
4 5F263 Gasket
Bracket-to-LH catalytic converter bolt (2
5 5G228
required)
6 5E213 LH catalytic converter
7 9451 Gasket
Exhaust Y-pipe-to-LH catalytic converter
8 W705443
nut
Exhaust flexible pipe-to-exhaust Y-pipe
9 W705443
nut (2 required)
10 9451 Gasket
11 5G274 Exhaust Y-pipe
12 5G203 Exhaust flexible pipe
13 5G213 Muffler and tailpipe
LH catalytic converter-to-exhaust
14 W712458
manifold stud (4 required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


RH catalyst monitor sensor electrical
15 14A464
connector
RH catalytic converter support bracket-
16 W710512/ W705443 to-engine block bolt (2 required) (front
wheel drive [FWD] nut)
Bracket-to-RH catalytic converter bolt (2
17 5G228
required)
RH catalytic converter-to-exhaust
18 W705443
manifold nut (4 required)
19 5F263 Gasket
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
20 5E211 RH catalytic converter

Exhaust Y-pipe-to-RH catalytic converter
21 W705443
nut (2 required)
22 5E241 Gasket
Exhaust flexible pipe isolators (2
23 5F262
required)
24 5221 Torca® clamp
25 5F262 Muffler and tailpipe isolator (4 required)
RH catalytic converter-to-exhaust
26 W712458
manifold stud (4 required)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

U-joint flange bolts (4 required) (all
27 W711918
wheel drive [AWD] only)
28 4K357 Front driveshaft (AWD only)
Power steering rack shield bolts (2
29 W500210
required)
30 - Power steering rack shield
31 W700101 Roll restrictor shield nut (2 required)
32 6C038 Roll restrictor shield
33 W706674 Roll restrictor bolt
1. For additional information, refer to the appropriate procedure.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER - LH
NOTE: Always install new fasteners and gaskets. Clean flange faces prior to new
gasket installation to make sure of correct sealing.
3. Remove the exhaust Y-pipe. For additional information, refer to Exhaust Y-Pipe.
4. Remove the 2 catalytic converter support bracket-to-transmission bolts.
5. Remove the 4 nuts and the LH catalytic converter.


 Install a new gasket and nuts.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER - RH
All vehicles
NOTE: If necessary, the catalytic converter heat shield can be serviced

separately.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Remove the catalyst monitor sensor. For additional information, refer to ELECTRONIC ENGINE
CONTROLS article.
3. Remove the exhaust Y-pipe. For additional information, refer to Exhaust Y-Pipe.
4. Remove and discard the 4 U-joint flange bolts and separate the front driveshaft and secure it with a length
of mechanic's wire.
5. Remove the intermediate shaft. For additional information, refer to FRONT DRIVE HALFSHAFTS
article.
6. Remove the 2 catalytic converter support bracket-to-engine block bolts.
All vehicles
7. Remove the 2 bolts and the power steering rack shield.

8. Remove the catalytic converter support bracket-to-engine block bolt and nut.
All vehicles
9. Remove the 2 nuts and the roll restrictor shield.

10. Remove the roll restrictor bolt and rotate the engine forward.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 7: Locating Roll Restrictor Bolt

11. Remove the 2 bracket-to-RH catalytic converter bolts.


 Discard the 4 RH catalytic converter nuts and gasket.

 Install a new gasket, nuts and studs.
EXHAUST FLEXIBLE PIPE
CAUTION: Do not excessively bend, twist or allow the exhaust to hang from the
flexible pipe or damage to the exhaust system may occur.
2. Remove and discard the 2 exhaust flexible pipe-to-exhaust Y-pipe nuts.
3. Remove the Torca® clamp. For additional information, refer to Torca® Clamp.
4. Separate the 2 exhaust flexible pipe isolators and remove the exhaust flexible pipe.
 Install a new gasket and nuts.
6. Start the engine and check for exhaust leaks.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
EXHAUST Y-PIPE
CAUTION: Do not excessively bend, twist or allow the exhaust to hang from the
flexible pipe or damage to the exhaust system may occur.
2. Remove and discard the 4 exhaust Y-pipe-to-LH and RH catalytic converter nuts.
3. Remove and discard the exhaust Y-pipe-to-exhaust flexible pipe nuts and remove the exhaust Y-pipe.

 Install new gaskets and nuts.
MUFFLER AND TAILPIPE
NOTE: Do not use oil or grease-based lubricants on the isolators. They may cause
deterioration of the rubber.
NOTE: Oil or grease-based lubricants on the isolators may cause the exhaust hanger
isolator to separate from the exhaust hanger bracket during vehicle operation.
2. Support the muffler and tailpipe with a suitable jackstand.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 8: Supporting Muffler & Tailpipe With A Suitable Jackstand

3. Remove the Torca® clamp. For additional information, refer to Torca® Clamp.
NOTE: Do not damage or tear the isolators during removal.
4. Using soapy water, separate the 4 muffler and tailpipe isolators from the vehicle.
5. Separate the muffler and tailpipe from the exhaust flexible pipe and remove the muffler and tailpipe.
 Inspect and replace any isolators damaged or torn during the removal process.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Exterior Lighting - Edge & MKX
Exterior Lighting - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Headlamp assembly bolts 4 35
Liftgate lamp assembly nuts 6 53
Rear lamp screws 3 27

EXTERIOR LIGHTING
NOTE: If equipped, the perimeter lighting feature can be enabled or disabled. When
enabled, the exterior lamps are illuminated when the UNLOCK button is pressed
on the remote keyless entry (RKE) transmitter. Refer to HANDLES, LOCKS,
LATCHES AND ENTRY SYSTEMS article.
(GEM).
Battery Saver
NOTE: Time-out is 1 minute if the vehicle has less than 80 km (50 miles).
The battery saver is internal to the SJB and provides automatic shut-off of the headlamps and parking lamps
after 10 minutes in order to save battery voltage. A timer is started when the ignition switch is turned to the OFF
position with the headlamp switch in the HEADLAMPS ON position, or the headlamp switch is placed in the
HEADLAMPS ON position with the ignition switch off. When the time-out period has elapsed, the voltage is
automatically shut off to the lamps by the battery saver.
The battery saver does not control the parking lamps if the headlamp switch is in the PARKING LAMPS ON
position.
Headlamps
The headlamp system is a quad-beam pattern system. It consists of replaceable low and high beam bulbs. The
headlamp assembly has the park/turn indicator lamp integrated into the headlamp assembly. The SJB supplies
voltage to the headlamps when demanded.
NOTE: Some vehicles are equipped with the adaptive headlighting option. Refer to
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Adaptive Headlighting .
If the headlamps are on when the ignition switch is turned off, the battery saver feature turns off the headlamps
after 10 minutes have elapsed.
Autolamps
The autolamp system provides light sensitive automatic on/off control of the exterior lamps. The autolamp
system keeps the exterior lamps on for a pre-selected period of time after the ignition switch is turned to the
OFF position (20 seconds is the factory default setting). The pre-selected time lapse is adjustable up to
approximately 3 minutes.
Headlamps On With Wipers On Feature
On vehicles equipped with autolamps, there is also a feature called the headlamps on with wipers on feature. If
the headlamp switch is in the AUTOLAMPS ON position and the front wipers are on for more than 10 seconds
(except during a mist wipe or while the wipers are on to clear washer fluid during a wash condition), the
exterior lamps are turned on. The exterior lamps are turned off when the ignition switch is changed to the OFF
or ACC position, the headlamp switch is placed in the OFF position, or the front wipers are off for more than 30
seconds. The exception to this is when the exterior lights are on because of darkness determined by the light
sensor.
For the headlamps on with wipers on feature, refer to WIPERS AND WASHERS article.
Stoplamps
The stoplamp switch is located on the brake pedal assembly. The stoplamps are supplied voltage when the brake
pedal is applied.
Turn Signal/Hazard Lamps
The front turn signal lamps are located within the headlamp assemblies. The rear lamps share functionality with
the stoplamps. When the multifunction switch is placed in the LH or RH TURN positions, the SJB routes
voltage to the LH or RH turn signal lamps. The SJB then cycles the voltage on and off approximately 80 times
per minute. If a front or rear turn bulb is inoperative, the SJB cycles the voltage on and off approximately 160
times per minute.
The hazard switch is located on the center instrument panel finish panel. When the hazard switch is pressed, the
SJB supplies voltage to all the turn lamps. The SJB cycles the voltage on and off approximately 80 times per
minute.
Parking Lamps
The SJB supplies voltage to the parking lamps when demanded. The parking lamp system includes the
following:
 Front parking lamps

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Front side marker lamps

 Rear parking lamps
 Rear side marker lamps
 License plate lamps
 Liftgate lamp assembly (MKX only)
Fog Lamps
The fog lamp switch is integrated into the headlamp switch. When the fog lamp switch is engaged, the SJB
provides ground for the fog lamp relay coil (integrated into the SJB), which then energizes and routes voltage to
the fog lamps. The fog lamps can be turned on when the ignition switch is in the RUN or ACC position, the
parking lamps are on, and the high beam headlamps are off.
Reversing Lamps
When the transmission is placed in REVERSE (R), the PCM provides ground for the reversing lamp relay coil.
The reversing lamps receive voltage when the reversing lamp relay is energized. The reversing lamps are
located within the rear lamp assemblies.
For MKX, the reversing lamps are LEDs integrated into the rear lamp assemblies.
Trailer Tow
When the vehicle's rear stop/turn or parking lamps are illuminated, voltage is also supplied to a corresponding
trailer tow relay (coil side) located in the battery junction box (BJB).
Adaptive Headlighting
Vehicles equipped with adaptive front lighting have a module (located on the bottom of the LH headlamp
assembly) to control the left/right aiming of the headlamp bulbs. Depending on the inputs received (steering
wheel angle and vehicle speed for example), the adaptive front lighting module can change the angle at which
the headlamps are aimed (left or right) to improve nighttime visibility around curves.
There are sensors and motors within each headlamp that the module uses to control the angle of the headlamp
beams and are not repaired separately.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
The SJB can be configured to turn the DRL on for this vehicle. Refer to MODULE CONFIGURATION
article for additional information on this programmable parameter.
The DRL system operates the low beam headlamps at a reduced intensity.
The SJB supplies pulse-width modulated (PWM) voltage to illuminate the low beam headlamps at a reduced
intensity when the following conditions are met:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 The ignition switch is in the RUN position.

 The headlamps have not been turned on by the autolamp system or the headlamp switch.
 The transmission is not in PARK (P).
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
HEADLAMPS
Special Tools

scan tool
(GEM).
Exterior Lighting
The SJB monitors the headlamp switch position by sending voltage reference signals on multiple circuits to the
headlamp switch. There is one circuit for each headlamp switch position. At any given time, one of the signal
circuits is routed to ground.
If the SJB does not detect any of the inputs to the headlamp switch are active (routed to ground) for 5 seconds,
the SJB turns on the exterior lights and keeps them on for 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off (or
10 minutes from the time the SJB does not detect any headlamp switch input if the ignition switch was already
off). Additionally, if the SJB detects multiple circuits short to ground, the SJB implements a planned strategy
depending on the multiple inputs received.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
If either of these situations occur, the SJB should NOT be ruled immediately as being at fault. This is normal
behavior of the SJB design as it has detected a fault with the inputs from the headlamp switch.
High Beam and Flash-to-Pass
The SJB also monitors the multifunction switch for a flash-to-pass or high beam request. There are 2 voltage
reference circuits which monitor this. When the multifunction switch is in the FLASH-TO-PASS or HIGH
BEAM position, the voltage signal is routed to ground.
NOTE: The flash-to-pass feature does not require any input from the headlamp switch.
When the SJB receives an input requesting the headlamps on, the SJB supplies voltage to the low beams. If the
low beams are on and the SJB receives a request for high beams (or just a flash-to-pass request), the SJB
energizes an internal relay which routes voltage to the headlamps.
stored at that time of the fault. The circuit then resets after a customer demand of the function (switching the
component on, battery saver being energized). When an excessive circuit load occurs several times, the module
shuts down the output until a repair procedure is carried out. At the same time, the continuous DTC that was
stored on the first failure, does not clear by a command to clear the continuous DTCs. The module does not
allow this code to be cleared or the circuit restored to normal operation until a successful on-demand self-test
proves that the fault has been repaired. After the on-demand self-test has successfully completed (no on-demand
DTCs present), the continuous DTC clears and the circuit function returns.
B1342 set along with the associated continuous DTC. This DTC cannot be cleared and the module must be
replaced.
The SJB FET protected output circuits for the headlamp system are for the LH low beam output and the RH low
beam output circuits.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(SJB) fuse(s):
 7 (10A) (LH low
beam)
 8 (10A) (RH low
beam)
 Headlamp switch
 23 (15A) (high
 Multifunction switch beams)
 Headlamp assembly  Bulb(s)
 Bulb holder(s)
connectors
 SJB
NOTE: Make sure the headlamp switch is in the OFF position.
NOTE: Make sure the multifunction switch is in the LOW BEAM position.



PCM.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DTC Charts

Lamp Headlamp Input Circuit
B1472 Go to Pinpoint Test D .
Short to Ground
Flash To Pass Switch Circuit
Short to Ground
Autolamp On Circuit Short To
Ground
Wipers On Signal Circuit
Short to Ground
ADDRESS any other DTCs first. Go to Pinpoint Test
B2A22 Headlamp Off Circuit Open
D.
High Beam Input Circuit Short
B2A23 Go to Pinpoint Test D .
to Ground
If the low beam is inoperative, go to Pinpoint Test
Right Front Lamp Low Beam
B2A2E B.
Circuit Open
If the low beam is always on, go to Pinpoint Test D .
Right Front Lamp Low Beam
B2A2F Go to Pinpoint Test B .
Circuit Short to Ground
If the low beam is inoperative, go to Pinpoint Test
Left Front Lamp Low Beam
B2A30 B.
Circuit Open
If the low beam is always on, go to Pinpoint Test D .
Left Front Lamp Low Beam
B2A31 Go to Pinpoint Test B .
All other DTCs -
MODULES article.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 Fuse
 No communication  REFER to MODULE
with the smart junction COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
connectors
box (SJB) article.
 SJB
NOTE:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Due to varying
wattage ratings and
resulting current
draw, certain  VERIFY that the bulbs meet Ford
aftermarket
headlamp bulbs
specifications. If the bulbs do not meet
may cause the SJB Ford specifications, INSTALL the
 Both low beams are to shut down the correct bulbs. RUN the on-demand self-
inoperative short circuit test (required to clear certain DTCs and
protection, reset the SJB). CORRECT any
resulting in the low unresolved DTCs. CLEAR all DTCs.
beams becoming TEST the system for normal operation.
inoperative.
 Incorrect bulbs
 CHECK for recorded SJB DTCs.
 If DTCs are present, REFER to
DTC Charts in this service
information.
 SJB  If no DTCs are present, INSTALL
a new SJB. REFER to
MULTIFUNCTION
ELECTRONIC MODULES
article. TEST the system for
normal operation.
 Fuse
 Both high beams are connectors
inoperative  Joint connector
 Multifunction switch
 SJB
 Fuse
 One low beam connectors
headlamp is  Joint connector  Go to Pinpoint Test B .
inoperative  Headlamp assembly
(MKX)
 SJB
 One high beam connectors
headlamp is  Joint connector  Go to Pinpoint Test C .
inoperative  Headlamp assembly
(MKX)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
connectors
 Joint connector
 The headlamp(s) are on  Headlamp switch
 Go to Pinpoint Test D .
continuously  Multifunction switch
 Windshield wiper
motor
 SJB
 The flash-to-pass connectors
 Go to Pinpoint Test E .
feature is inoperative  Multifunction switch
 SJB
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test A: Both High Beams Are Inoperative
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Headlamps/Autolamps for schematic and
Normal Operation
When the headlamp switch is placed in the HEADLAMPS ON position, the smart junction box (SJB) monitors
the high beam request circuit from the multifunction switch through circuit CLF17 (WH/OG). When the
multifunction switch is placed in the HIGH BEAM position, the signal is routed to ground through circuit
GD116 (BK/VT) (which routes through a joint connector). The SJB then energizes the high beam relay
(integrated into the SJB) which supplies voltage to the headlamps through circuit CLF08 (YE/VT).
 Fuse
 Joint connector
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST A: BOTH HIGH BEAMS ARE INOPERATIVE
A1 CHECK THE HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Key in ON position.

 Place the headlamp switch in the HEADLAMPS ON position.
 Place the multifunction switch in the HIGH BEAM position.
 Does the high beam indicator illuminate?
YES : Go to A6.
NO : Go to A2.
A2 CHECK THE MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
 Place the headlamp switch in the OFF position.
 Disconnect: Multifunction Switch C202

Connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the multifunction switch C202-6, circuit CLF17

(WH/OG), harness side and the multifunction switch C202-8, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness
side.
 Do the high beams illuminate?
YES : REMOVE the jumper wire. INSTALL a new multifunction switch. REFER to STEERING
COLUMN SWITCHES article. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : REMOVE the jumper wire. Go to A3.
A3 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR CONTINUITY TO GROUND
NOTE: The battery ground cable must be disconnected for accurate test results
when checking ground circuits for continuity to ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between the multifunction switch C202-8, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to A5.
NO : Go to A4.
A4 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: Joint Connector 6 C2365
Fig. 3: Measuring Resistance Between Multifunction Switch C202-8, Circuit GD116 (BK/VT)
& Joint Connector 6 C2365-D
Measure the resistance between the multifunction switch C202-8, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness

side and the joint connector 6 C2365-D, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new joint connector. TEST the system for normal operation.
A5 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF17 (WH/OG) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: SJB C2280b
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between the multifunction switch C202-6, circuit CLF17 (WH/OG), harness

side and the SJB C2280b-27, circuit CLF17 (WH/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to A7.
A6 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF08 (YE/VT) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: SJB C2280e

Connect a fused (20A) jumper wire between the SJB C2280e-1, circuit CBB53 (GY/BN), harness

side and the SJB C2280e-2, circuit CLF08 (YE/VT), harness side.
YES : VERIFY the SJB fuse 23 (15A) is OK. If OK, go to A7.

 Check for:
 corrosion
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test B: One Low Beam Headlamp Is Inoperative
Normal Operation
When the smart junction box (SJB) detects the headlamp switch in the HEADLAMPS ON position and the
multifunction switch in the LOW BEAM position, the SJB provides voltage through circuits CLF04 (BN/BU)
and CLF05 (BU/GN) to the LH and RH low beam headlamps, respectively. Ground is supplied on circuit
GD123 (BK/GY) for RH headlamp. Ground for the LH headlamp is routed through a joint connector through
circuit GD120 (BK/GN).

An on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB detects
B2A2E - Right Front Lamp Low Beam Circuit Open
an open in the RH low beam output circuit.
A continuous and on-demand DTC that sets when
B2A2F - Right Front Lamp Low Beam Circuit Short
the SJB detects a short to ground in the RH low
to Ground
beam output circuit.
B2A30 - Left Front Lamp Low Beam Circuit Open
an open in the LH low beam output circuit.
B2A31 - Left Front Lamp Low Beam Circuit Short to
the SJB detects a short to ground in the LH low
Ground
beam output circuit.
 Fuse
 Joint connector
 Headlamp assembly (MKX)
 SJB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PINPOINT TEST B: ONE LOW BEAM HEADLAMP IS INOPERATIVE
NOTE: Due to varying wattage ratings and resulting current draw, certain aftermarket
headlamp bulbs may cause the SJB to shut down the short circuit protection,
resulting in the low beams becoming inoperative. Verify that the bulbs meet
Ford specifications. If the bulbs do not meet Ford specifications, install the
correct bulbs. Run the on-demand self-test (required to clear certain DTCs and
reset the SJB). Correct any unresolved DTCs. Clear all DTCs. Test the system
NOTE: The battery ground cable must be disconnected for accurate test results when
checking ground circuits for continuity to ground.
B1 USE THE RECORDED DTCs FROM THE SJB SELF-TEST

 Is DTCs B2A2F or B2A31 recorded?
YES : For MKX, go to B7.
For Edge, go to B8.
NO : Go to B2.
B2 CHECK THE HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR CONTINUITY TO GROUND
 Disconnect: Inoperative Headlamp
Fig. 6: Measuring Resistance Between Inoperative Headlamp, Harness Side & Ground
 Measure the resistance between the inoperative headlamp, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pin Circuit
Edge
LH low
GD120
beam
(BK/GN)
C1111-A
RH low
GD123
beam
(BK/GY)
C1112-A
MKX
LH
GD120
headlamp
(BK/GN)
C1021a-2
RH
GD123
headlamp
(BK/GY)
C1041a-2

YES :
For MKX, go to B5.
For Edge, VERIFY the SJB fuse 7 (10A) (LH low beam) or fuse 8 (10A) (RH low beam) is OK. If
OK Go to B6.
NO : For RH headlamp, REPAIR circuit GD123 (BK/GY) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs.
For LH headlamp, go to B3.
B3 CHECK CIRCUIT GD120 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN (JOINT CONNECTOR TO GROUND)

Fig. 7: Measuring Resistance Between Joint Connector 7 C2200-J, Circuit GD120 (BK/GN) &
Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between the joint connector 7 C2200-J, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to B4.
B4 CHECK CIRCUIT GD120 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN (HEADLAMP TO JOINT
CONNECTOR)
Fig. 8: Measuring Resistance Between LH Low Beam C1111-A, Circuit GD120 (BK/GN) &
Joint Connector 7 C2200-E
 For Edge, measure the resistance between the LH low beam C1111-A, circuit GD120 (BK/GN),
harness side and the joint connector 7 C2200-E, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), harness side.
Fig. 9: Measuring Resistance Between LH Headlamp C1021A-2, Circuit GD120 (BK/GN) &
Joint Connector 7 C2200-A
For MKX, measure the resistance between the LH headlamp C1021a-2, circuit GD120 (BK/GN),

harness side and the joint connector 7 C2200-A, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new joint connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
B5 CHECK THE SJB HEADLAMP VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 10: Measuring Voltage Between Inoperative Headlamp, Harness Side & Ground
 Measure the voltage between the inoperative headlamp, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
LH
CLF04
headlamp
(BN/BU)
C1021a-1
RH
CLF05
headlamp
(BU/GN)
C1041a-1


YES : REPAIR or INSTALL a new headlamp assembly. REFER to Headlamp Assembly. CLEAR
NO : VERIFY the SJB fuse 7 (10A) (LH low beam) or fuse 8 (10A) (RH low beam) is OK. If OK,
go to B6.
B6 CHECK THE SJB HEADLAMP VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
 Measure the resistance between the inoperative headlamp, harness side and the SJB as follows:
Headlamp SJB
Pin Pin
Edge
LH low
SJB CLF04
beam
C2280e-13 (BN/BU)
C1111-B
RH low
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
beam SJB CLF05

C1112-B C2280e-4 (BU/GN)
MKX
LH
SJB CLF04
headlamp
C2280e-13 (BN/BU)
C1021a-1
RH
SJB CLF05
headlamp
C2280e-4 (BU/GN)
C1041a-1


YES : Go to B9.
B7 CHECK THE HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
 Is DTC B2A2F or B2A31 retrieved again?
YES : Go to B8.
NO : INSTALL a new headlamp assembly. REFER to Headlamp Assembly. TEST the system for
normal operation.
B8 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF04 (BN/BU) (LH HEADLAMP) OR CIRCUIT CLF05 (BU/GN) (RH
HEADLAMP) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 11: Measuring Resistance Between Inoperative Headlamp, Harness Side & Ground
 Measure the resistance between the inoperative headlamp, harness side and ground as follows:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
Edge
LH low
CLF04
beam
(BN/BU)
C1111-B
RH low
CLF05
beam
(BU/GN)
C1112-B
MKX
LH
CLF04
headlamp
(BN/BU)
C1021a-1
RH
CLF05
headlamp
(BU/GN)
C1041a-1


YES : Go to B9.
NO : REPAIR the circuit in question. RUN the on-demand self-test (required to clear certain
DTCs). CORRECT any unresolved DTCs. CLEAR all DTCs. TEST the system for normal
operation.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test C: One High Beam Headlamp Is Inoperative
Normal Operation
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
When the smart junction box (SJB) detects the headlamp switch in the HEADLAMPS ON position and the
multifunction switch in the HIGH BEAM position, the SJB energizes an internal relay. When the relay is
energized, the relay routes voltage through circuit CLF08 (YE/VT) to the high beams. Ground is supplied on
circuit GD123 (BK/GY) for the RH headlamp. Ground for the LH headlamp is routed through a joint connector
through circuit GD120 (BK/GN).

 Joint connector
PINPOINT TEST C: ONE HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP IS INOPERATIVE
C1 CHECK THE LOW BEAM OPERATION

 Check the operation of the low beams.
 Do the low beams operate correctly?
YES : Go to C2.
C2 CHECK FOR CONTINUITY TO GROUND
Fig. 12: Measuring Resistance Between Inoperative Lamp, Harness Side & Ground
 Measure the resistance between the inoperative lamp, harness side and ground as follows:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Inoperative Connector-
Circuit
Lamp Pin
Edge
LH high GD120
C1020-A
beam (BK/GN)
RH high GD123
C1040-A
beam (BK/GY)
MKX
LH GD120
C1021a-4
headlamp (BK/GN)
RH GD123
C1041a-4
headlamp (BK/GY)

YES : For Edge, REPAIR circuit CLF08 (YE/VT) for an open. TEST the system for normal
operation.
For MKX, go to C4.
NO : For the RH headlamp, REPAIR circuit GD123 (BK/GY) for an open. TEST the system for
normal operation.
For the LH headlamp, go to C3.
C3 CHECK CIRCUIT GD120 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN (HEADLAMP TO JOINT

CONNECTOR)
Fig. 13: Measuring Resistance Between LH High Beam C1020-A, Circuit GD120 (BK/GN) &
Joint Connector 7 C2200-A
 For Edge, measure the resistance between the LH high beam C1020-A, circuit GD120 (BK/GN),
harness side and the joint connector 7 C2200-A, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 14: Measuring Resistance Between LH High headlamp C1021A-4, Circuit GD120
(BK/GN) & Joint Connector 7 C2200-C
For MKX, measure the resistance between the LH headlamp C1021a-4, circuit GD120 (BK/GN),

harness side and the joint connector 7 C2200-C, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), harness side.
C4 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF08 (YE/VT) FOR AN OPEN
 Place the multifunction switch in the HIGH BEAM position.
Fig. 15: Measuring Voltage Between Inoperative Lamp, Harness Side & Ground
 Measure the voltage between the inoperative lamp, harness side and ground as follows:
Circuit
Lamp Pin
LH CLF08
C1021a-3
headlamp (YE/VT)
RH CLF08
C1041a-3
headlamp (YE/VT)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

YES : REPAIR or INSTALL a new headlamp assembly. REFER to Headlamp Assembly. TEST
Pinpoint Test D: The Headlamp(s) Are On Continuously
Normal Operation - Low Beams
The smart junction box (SJB) sends reference signals to the headlamp switch through circuits CLF19 (VT/GN)
(AUTOLAMPS), CLF23 (WH/VT) (OFF), CLS34 (GY) (PARKING LAMPS) and CLF18 (BU/WH)
(HEADLAMPS). At any given time, the headlamp switch routes one of the input circuits to ground through
joint connector 6 through circuit GD116 (BK/VT).
When the SJB detects the headlamp switch in the HEADLAMPS ON position and the multifunction switch in
the LOW BEAM position, the SJB provides voltage through circuits CLF04 (BN/BU) and CLF05 (BU/GN) to
the LH and RH low beam headlamps, respectively.
On vehicles equipped with autolamps, the SJB also monitors input from the windshield wiper motor through
circuit CRW01 (WH) for the headlamps on with wipers on feature.
High Beams
The SJB sends a reference signal to the multifunction switch through circuits CLF27 (GN/BN) and CLF17
(WH/OG). When the multifunction switch is placed in the FLASH-TO-PASS or HIGH BEAM position, the
voltage signal is routed to ground. When the SJB detects a request for flash-to-pass or high beams (when the
low beams are on), the SJB energizes the high beam relay (integrated into the SJB), which routes voltage
through circuit CLF08 (YE/VT) to the headlamps.

B1472 - Lamp Headlamp Input Circuit Short to An on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB detects
Ground the headlamps on input circuit is short to ground.
B1510 - Flash To Pass Switch Circuit Short to
the flash-to-pass request input circuit is short to
Ground
ground.
B1696 - Autolamp On Circuit Short To Ground the autolamps on request input circuit is short to
ground.
B2008 - Wipers On Signal Circuit Short to Ground
the wipers on input circuit is short to ground.
B2A22 - Headlamp Off Circuit Open
the headlamp switch off input circuit open.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

B2A23 - High Beam Input Circuit Short to Grounda short to ground on the high beam request input
circuit.
B2A2E - Right Front Lamp Low Beam Circuit Open
the RH low beam output circuit shorted to voltage.
B2A30 - Left Front Lamp Low Beam Circuit Open
the LH low beam output circuit shorted to voltage.

 Joint connector
 Headlamp switch
 Windshield wiper motor
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST D: THE HEADLAMP(S) ARE ON CONTINUOUSLY
D1 VERIFY THE HEADLAMP OPERATION

 Are the high beam headlamps illuminated?
YES : Go to D13.
NO : Go to D2.
D2 CHECK THE SJB HEADLAMP SWITCH PIDs
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: SJB Data Logger
NOTE: Make sure the headlamp switch is lined up in the correct position
when monitoring the PIDs.
 Monitor the SJB headlamp switch PIDs (HD_LMP_S2 and HEAD_L) while moving the headlamp
switch through all positions. Refer to the following chart.
Headlamp HD_LMP_S2 HEAD_L

Switch Expected Expected
Position Value Value
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Autolamps AUTOLAMP OFF

OFF - OFF
Parklamps - -
Headlamp - HEADLAMP
Do the headlamp switch positions agree with the PIDs?


YES : Go to D9.
NO : Go to D3.
D3 CHECK THE HEADLAMP SWITCH
 Disconnect: Headlamp Switch C205
 Carry out the headlamp switch component test. Refer to appropriate COMPONENT TESTING
article.
 Is the headlamp switch OK?
YES : Go to D4.
NO : INSTALL a new headlamp switch. REFER to Headlamp Switch. CLEAR the DTCs.
D4 CHECK FOR CONTINUITY TO GROUND FROM THE HEADLAMP SWITCH

Measure the resistance between the headlamp switch C205-1, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness side

and ground.
YES : Go to D7.
NO : Go to D5.
D5 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN (JOINT CONNECTOR TO GROUND)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 17: Measuring Resistance Between Joint Connector 6 C2365-A, Circuit GD116 (BK/VT)
& Ground
Measure the resistance between the joint connector 6 C2365-A, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to D6.
D6 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN (HEADLAMP SWITCH TO JOINT
CONNECTOR)
Fig. 18: Measuring Resistance Between Headlamp Switch C205-1, Circuit GD116 (BK/VT) &
Joint Connector 6 C2365-J

and joint connector 6 C2365-J, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness side.
D7 CHECK THE HEADLAMP SWITCH INPUT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 19: Measuring Resistance Between Headlamp Switch, Harness Side & Ground
 Measure the resistance between the headlamp switch, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
C205-9 (if
equipped CLF19
with (VT/GN)
autolamps)
CLF18
C205-8
(BU/WH)


YES : Go to D8.
D8 CHECK THE HEADLAMP SWITCH INPUT CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 20: Measuring Resistance Between Headlamp Switch, Harness Side & SJB
 Measure the resistance between the headlamp switch, harness side and the SJB, harness side as
follows:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Headlamp
SJB
Switch
Connector- Circuit
Connector-
Pin
Pin
C205-9 (if
equipped CLF19
C2280b-50
with (VT/GN)
autolamps)
CLF23
C205-4 C2280b-47
(WH/VT)
CLS34
C205-3 C2280b-31
(GY)


YES : Go to D16.
D9 CHECK FOR SJB DTC B2008
 Is DTC B2008 present?
YES : Go to D10.
NO : Go to D12.
D10 CHECK THE WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
 Disconnect: Windshield Wiper Motor C1552
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: SJB Self-Test
 Repeat the SJB self-test.
 Is DTC B2008 still present?
YES : Go to D11.
NO : INSTALL a new windshield wiper motor. REFER to WIPERS AND WASHERS article.
D11 CHECK CIRCUIT CRW01 (WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Disconnect: SJB C2280f
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between the windshield wiper motor C1552-2, circuit CRW01 (WH),

YES : Go to D16.
D12 CHECK THE SJB OUTPUT
 Does the LH or RH headlamp continue to illuminate?
YES : REPAIR circuit CLF04 (BN/BU) (LH headlamp) or circuit CLF05 (BU/GN) (RH headlamp)
for a short to voltage as necessary. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : Go to D16.
D13 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF08 (YE/VT) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Do the high beams continue to illuminate?
NO : Go to D14.
D14 CHECK THE MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
 Connect: SJB C2280e
 Do the high beams continue to illuminate?
YES : Go to D15.
NO : INSTALL a new multifunction switch. REFER to STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES
D15 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF17 (WH/OG) (HIGH BEAM) OR CIRCUIT CLF27 (GN/BN)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(FLASH-TO-PASS) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND


Measure the resistance between the multifunction switch C202-6, circuit CLF17 (WH/OG), harness

side and ground; and between the multifunction switch C202-4, circuit CLF27 (GN/BN), harness
side and ground.
YES : Go to D16.
D16 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test E: The Flash-To-Pass Feature Is Inoperative
Normal Operation
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The smart junction box (SJB) sends a reference signal to the multifunction switch through circuit CLF27
(GN/BN). When the multifunction switch is placed in the FLASH-TO-PASS position, the voltage signal is
routed to ground. When the SJB detects a request for the flash-to-pass, the SJB provides voltage to the high
beam headlamps.

 SJB
PINPOINT TEST E: THE FLASH-TO-PASS FEATURE IS INOPERATIVE
E1 VERIFY THE HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP OPERATION

 Place the multifunction switch in the HIGH BEAM position while observing the headlamps.
 Do the high beam headlamps illuminate?
YES : Go to E2.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test A .
E2 CHECK THE MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
Fig. 23: Checking Multifunction Switch

 Connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the multifunction switch C202-4, circuit CLF27
(GN/BN), harness side and the multifunction switch C202-8, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : REMOVE the jumper wire. Go to E3.
E3 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF27 (GN/BN) FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance between the multifunction switch C202-4, circuit CLF27 (GN/BN), harness

side and the SJB C2280b-43, circuit CLF27 (GN/BN), harness side.
YES : Go to E4.
E4 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

AUTOLAMPS
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

scan tool
NOTE: For the perimeter lighting feature, refer to HANDLES, LOCKS, LATCHES AND
ENTRY SYSTEMS article.
NOTE: For the headlamps on with the wipers on feature, refer to WIPERS AND
WASHERS article.
(GEM).
Exterior Lighting
Autolamps Feature
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The SJB monitors the light sensor with a voltage reference signal. The light sensor input to the SJB varies with
the ambient light conditions.
When the SJB receives an input from the headlamp switch indicating a request for the autolamps, the SJB
monitors the light sensor for the ambient light condition. If the SJB determines the ambient light level is dark,
the SJB supplies voltage to the exterior lamps.
If the ignition switch is already in the RUN position and the vehicle enters a dark/lighted area (such as when
entering/exiting a non-lighted tunnel during the daytime), the transition from light to dark (or dark to light)
needs to last 15 seconds before the SJB turns the exterior lamps on or off. This strategy is to prevent the exterior
lamps from unnecessarily flashing on and off.
The SJB does react quicker under extreme light conditions. If the SJB has detected a very dark condition, the
exterior lamps are turned on after 1.5 seconds. If the SJB has detected a very high ambient light level, the
exterior lamps are turned off after 4 seconds.


connectors
 Headlamp switch  Light sensor
(SJB)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



PCM.
DTC Charts

Lamp Headlamp Input Circuit
B1472 Go to Pinpoint Test G .
Short to Ground
Autolamp On Circuit Short To
Ground
Autolamp Sensor Input Circuit
Open
Autolamp Sensor Input Circuit
Short to Ground
Wipers On Signal Circuit
Short to Ground
ADDRESS any other DTCs first. Go to Pinpoint Test
B2A22 Headlamp Off Circuit Open
G.
All other DTCs -
MODULES article.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 Fuse
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

the smart junction box connectors COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
(SJB)  SJB article.
 The autolamps are  Light sensor
 Go to Pinpoint Test F .
inoperative  SJB
connectors
 Joint connector
 The autolamps are on  Light sensor
 Go to Pinpoint Test G .
continuously  Headlamp switch
 Windshield wiper
motor
 SJB
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test F: The Autolamps Are Inoperative
Normal Operation
When the smart junction box (SJB) detects the headlamp switch in the AUTOLAMPS ON position, the SJB
monitors the light sensor input. The light sensor determines the amount of light based on the input received
from the ambient lighting conditions. When the ambient light level has reached a point (determined by the
internal programming of the SJB), the SJB provides voltage to the headlamps, parking and license plate lamps.
 Light sensor
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST F: THE AUTOLAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE
F1 CHECK THE MANUAL HEADLAMP OPERATION

 Do the headlamps operate correctly?
YES : Go to F2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : REFER to Headlamps.
F2 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE LIGHT SENSOR
 Disconnect: Light Sensor C286 or C287
 Place the headlamp switch in the AUTOLAMPS ON position.

 For vehicles with EATC, measure the voltage between the light sensor C286-2, circuit VLF14
(BU/BN), harness side and ground.

For vehicles with manual temperature control, measure the voltage between the light sensor C287a-

A, circuit VLF14 (BU/BN), harness side and ground.
 Is the voltage approximately 5 volts?
YES : INSTALL a new light sensor. REFER to Light Sensor. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the
self-test.
NO : Go to F3.
F3 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test G: The Autolamps Are On Continuously
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) sends a reference voltage signal to the headlamp switch through circuit CLF19
(VT/GN) and a reference voltage signal to the light sensor through circuit VLF14 (BU/BN). Ground for the
light sensor is provided by circuit GD115 (BK/GY).
When the headlamp switch is placed in the AUTOLAMPS ON position, the voltage signal is routed to ground.
When the SJB detects the headlamp switch in the AUTOLAMPS ON position, the SJB monitors the light sensor
input. The light sensor determines the amount of light based on the input received from the ambient lighting
conditions. When the ambient light level has reached a point (determined by the internal programming of the
SJB), the SJB provides voltage to the headlamps, parking and license plate lamps.

B1472 - Lamp Headlamp Input Circuit Short to
the headlamps on input circuit is shorted to
Ground
ground.
B1696 - Autolamp On Circuit Short To Ground
the autolamps on input circuit shorted to ground.
B1791 - Autolamp Sensor Input Circuit Open
an open on the light sensor input circuit.
B1793 - Autolamp Sensor Input Circuit Short to
the SJB detects a short to ground on the light
Ground
sensor input circuit.
A n on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB
B2008 - Wipers On Signal Circuit Short to Ground detects the wipers on input circuit is short to
ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
B2A22 - Headlamp Off Circuit Open the headlamp switch off circuit open.

 Joint connector
 Light sensor
 Headlamp switch
 Windshield wiper motor
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST G: THE AUTOLAMPS ARE ON CONTINUOUSLY
G1 USE THE RECORDED DTCs FROM THE SJB SELF-TEST

 Was DTC B2008, B1791 or B1793 recorded?
YES : For DTC B2008, go to G10.
For DTC B1791, go to G12.
For DTC B1793, go to G16.
NO : Go to G2.
G2 CHECK THE SJB HEADLAMP SWITCH PIDs
NOTE: Make sure the headlamp switch is lined up in the correct position
when monitoring the PIDs.
 Monitor the SJB headlamp switch PIDs (HD_LMP_S2 and HEAD_L) while moving the headlamp
switch through all positions. Refer to the following chart.
Headlamp HD_LMP_S2 HEAD_L

Switch Expected Expected
Position Value Value
Autolamps AUTOLAMP OFF
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
OFF - OFF
PARKING
- -
LAMPS
HEADLAMPS - HEADLAMP
Do the headlamp switch positions agree with the PIDs?


YES : Go to G9.
NO : Go to G3.
G3 CHECK THE HEADLAMP SWITCH
article.
YES : Go to G4.
G4 CHECK FOR CONTINUITY TO GROUND FROM THE HEADLAMP SWITCH


and ground.
YES : Go to G7.
NO : Go to G5.
G5 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN (JOINT CONNECTOR TO GROUND)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 28: Measuring Resistance Between Joint Connector 6 C2365-A, Circuit GD116 (BK/VT)
& Ground
Measure the resistance between the joint connector 6 C2365-A, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to G6.
G6 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN (HEADLAMP SWITCH TO JOINT
CONNECTOR)
Fig. 29: Measuring Resistance Between Headlamp Switch C205-1, Circuit GD116 (BK/VT) &
Joint Connector 6 C2365-J

and joint connector 6 C2365-J, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness side.
G7 CHECK THE HEADLAMP SWITCH INPUT CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 30: Measuring Resistance Between Headlamp Switch, Harness Side & Ground
 Measure the resistance between the headlamp switch, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
CLF19
C205-9
(VT/GN)
CLF18
C205-8
(BU/WH)


YES : Go to G8.
G8 CHECK THE HEADLAMP SWITCH INPUT CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 31: Measuring Resistance Between Headlamp Switch, Harness Side & SJB
 Measure the resistance between the headlamp switch, harness side and the SJB, harness side as
follows:
Headlamp SJB Circuit

Switch Connector-
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connector- Pin
Pin
CLF19
C205-9 C2280b-50
(VT/GN)
CLF23
C205-4 C2280b-47
(WH/VT)
CLS34
C205-3 C2280b-31
(GY)


YES : Go to G18.
G9 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE LIGHT SENSOR

 For vehicles with EATC, measure the voltage between the light sensor C286-2, circuit VLF14

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
For vehicles with manual temperature control, measure the voltage between the light sensor C287a-

self-test.
NO : Go to G18.
G10 CHECK THE WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
 Disconnect: Windshield Wiper Motor C1552
YES : Go to G11.
NO : INSTALL a new windshield wiper motor. REFER to WIPERS AND WASHERS article.
G11 CHECK CIRCUIT CRW01 (WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between the windshield wiper motor C1552-2, circuit CRW01 (WH),

YES : Go to G18.
G12 CHECK CIRCUIT GD115 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 On vehicles with EATC, measure the resistance between the light sensor C286-4, circuit GD115
(BK/GY), harness side and ground.

On vehicles with manual climate control, measure the resistance between the light sensor C287-B,

circuit GD115 (BK/GY), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to G13.
G13 CHECK CIRCUIT VLF14 (BU/BN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 On vehicles with EATC, measure the voltage between the light sensor C286-2, circuit VLF14

On vehicles with manual climate control, measure the voltage between the light sensor C287-A,

circuit VLF14 (BU/BN), harness side and ground.
NO : Go to G14.
G14 CHECK CIRCUIT VLF14 (BU/BN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 On vehicles with EATC, measure the resistance between the light sensor C286-2, circuit VLF14
(BU/BN), harness side and the SJB C2280b-46, circuit VLF14 (BU/BN), harness side.

On vehicles with manual climate control, measure the resistance between the light sensor C287-A,

circuit VLF14 (BU/BN), harness side and the SJB C2280b-46, circuit VLF14 (BU/BN), harness
side.
YES : Go to G15.
G15 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE LIGHT SENSOR (DTC B1791)
 Connect: SJB C2280b
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


On vehicles with manual climate control, measure the voltage between the light sensor C287-A,

circuit VLF14 (BU/BN), harness side and ground.
self-test.
NO : Go to G18.
G16 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE LIGHT SENSOR (DTC B1793)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


On vehicles with manual temperature control, measure the voltage between the light sensor C287-

self-test.
NO : Go to G17.
G17 CHECK CIRCUIT VLF14 (BU/BN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 On vehicles with EATC, measure the resistance between the light sensor C286-2, circuit VLF14

On vehicles with manual temperature control, measure the resistance between the light sensor

C287-A, circuit VLF14 (BU/BN), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to G18.
G18 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

STOPLAMPS
Special Tools

scan tool
(GEM).
The SJB monitors the input from the stoplamp switch. When the brake pedal is applied, voltage is routed to the
SJB and the high mounted stoplamp. The SJB then supplies voltage to the stoplamps.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
replaced.
The SJB FET protected output circuits for the stoplamp system are for the LH rear stop/turn lamp output and
the RH rear stop/turn lamp output circuits.


(BJB) fuse 71 (10A)
(stoplamp switch)
(SJB) fuse 6 (20A) (rear
 Stoplamp switch stoplamps)
 Bulb(s)
 Bulb holder(s)
connectors
 SJB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



PCM.
DTC Charts

Brake Pedal Input Short to
B1485 Go to Pinpoint Test J .
Battery
Left Rear Stop Lamp Circuit
Short to Ground
Left Rear Stop Lamp Circuit If the lamp is inoperative, go to Pinpoint Test I .
B2045
Open If the lamp is always on, go to Pinpoint Test J .
Right Rear Stop Lamp Circuit
Short to Ground
Right Rear Stop Lamp Circuit If the lamp is inoperative, go to Pinpoint Test I .
B2047
Open If the lamp is always on, go to Pinpoint Test J .
All other DTCs -
MODULES article.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 No communication with  Fuse  REFER to MODULE

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
the smart junction box  Wiring, terminals COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK

(SJB) or connectors article.
 SJB
 Fuse
 All the stoplamps are  Wiring, terminals
inoperative or connectors
 Stoplamp switch
or connectors
 One or more stoplamps  Bulb holder
 Go to Pinpoint Test I .
are inoperative  High mounted
stoplamp
 SJB
or connectors
 The stoplamps are on Stoplamp switch
  Go to Pinpoint Test J .
continuously
 PCM
 SJB
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test H: All The Stoplamps Are Inoperative
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Turn Signal/Stop/Hazard Lamps for schematic
Normal Operation
The stoplamp switch is supplied voltage through circuit SBB71 (WH/RD) from the battery junction box (BJB).
When the brake pedal is applied, the stoplamp switch routes voltage to the smart junction box (SJB) and the
high mounted stoplamp through circuit CCB08 (VT/WH).
 Fuse
 Stoplamp switch
PINPOINT TEST H: ALL THE STOPLAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
H1 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB71 (WH/RD) FOR AN OPEN


Measure the voltage between the stoplamp switch C2064-1, circuit SBB71 (WH/RD), harness side

and ground.
YES : Go to H2.
NO : VERIFY the BJB fuse 71 (10A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for
normal operation.
H2 CHECK THE STOPLAMP SWITCH
Fig. 48: Checking Stoplamp Switch

 Connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the stoplamp switch C2064-1, circuit SBB71 (WH/RD),
harness side and the stoplamp switch C2064-4, circuit CCB08 (VT/WH), harness side.
 Are the stoplamps illuminated?
YES : INSTALL a new stoplamp switch. REFER to Stoplamp Switch. TEST the system for
normal operation.
NO : REPAIR circuit CCB08 (VT/WH) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pinpoint Test I: One Or More Stoplamps Are Inoperative
Normal Operation
When the brake pedal is applied, the stoplamp switch routes voltage to the smart junction box (SJB) and the
high mounted stoplamp through circuit CCB08 (VT/WH).
When the SJB detects the brake pedal is applied, the SJB provides voltage to the LH and RH rear stoplamps
through circuits CLS18 (GY/BN) and CLS19 (VT/OG), respectively.
Ground for the LH and RH rear stoplamps is provided through circuits GD149 (BK/GY) and GD151 (BK/GN),
respectively. Ground for the high mounted stoplamp is provided through circuit GD149 (BK/GY).

B2044 - Left Rear Stop Lamp Circuit Short to
the SJB detects a short to ground on the LH rear
Ground
stop/turn lamp voltage supply circuit.
B2045 - Left Rear Stop Lamp Circuit Open an open on the LH rear stop/turn lamp voltage
supply circuit.
B2046 - Right Rear Stop Lamp Circuit Short to
the SJB detects a short to ground on the RH rear
Ground
stop/turn lamp voltage supply circuit.
B2047 - Right Rear Stop Lamp Circuit Open an open on the RH rear stop/turn lamp voltage
supply circuit.

 Bulb holder
 High mounted stoplamp
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST I: ONE OR MORE STOPLAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
I1 DETERMINE THE INOPERATIVE STOPLAMP

 Apply the brake pedal and observe the stoplamps.
 Is the high mounted stoplamp illuminated?
YES : Go to I4.
NO : Go to I2.
I2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD149 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: High Mounted Stoplamp C904

Measure the resistance between the high mounted stoplamp C904-2, circuit GD149 (BK/GY),

YES : Go to I3.
I3 CHECK CIRCUIT CCB08 (VT/WH) FOR AN OPEN (TO HIGH MOUNTED STOPLAMP)

 While applying the brake pedal, measure the voltage between the high mounted stoplamp C904-1,
circuit CCB08 (VT/WH), harness side and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


YES : INSTALL a new high mounted stoplamp. TEST the system for normal operation.
I4 USE THE RECORDED DTCs FROM THE SJB SELF-TEST
 Check the recorded results from the SJB on-demand self-test.
YES : For DTCs B2044 or B2046, go to I6.
For DTCs B2045 or B2047, go to I8.
NO : Go to I5.
I5 CHECK CIRCUIT CCB08 (VT/WH) FOR AN OPEN (TO SJB)

While applying the brake pedal, measure the voltage between the SJB C2280b-40, circuit CCB08

(VT/WH), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to I11.
I6 CHECK THE BULB HOLDER
 Disconnect: LH Rear Lamp C412 (DTC B2044)
 Disconnect: RH Rear Lamp C415 (DTC B2046)
 Is on-demand DTC B2044 or B2046 retrieved again?
YES : Go to I7.
NO : INSTALL a new bulb holder. CORRECT any unresolved DTCs. CLEAR all DTCs. TEST the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
I7 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS18 (GY/BN) OR CIRCUIT CLS19 (VT/OG) FOR A SHORT TO

GROUND

Measure the resistance between the SJB C2280d-25, circuit CLS18 (GY/BN), harness side and

ground; or between the SJB C2280d-26, circuit CLS19 (VT/OG), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to I11.
operation.
I8 CHECK CIRCUIT GD149 (BK/GY) (LH STOPLAMP) OR CIRCUIT GD151 (BK/GN) (RH
STOPLAMP) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: Inoperative Rear Lamp

 Measure the resistance between the LH rear lamp C412-1, circuit GD149 (BK/GY), harness side
and ground; or between the RH rear lamp C415-1, circuit GD151 (BK/GN), harness side and
ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


YES : Go to I9.
I9 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE BULB HOLDER
Fig. 54: Measuring Voltage Between LH Rear Lamp C412-3 & C415-3, Circuit CLS18
(GY/BN) & CLS19 (VT/OG)
While applying the brake pedal, measure the voltage between the LH rear lamp C412-3, circuit

CLS18 (GY/BN), harness side and ground; or between the RH rear lamp C415-3, circuit CLS19
(VT/OG), harness side and ground.
YES : INSTALL a new bulb holder. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
NO : Go to I10.
I10 CHECK THE CIRCUIT CLS18 (GY/BN) OR CIRCUIT CLS19 (VT/OG) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 55: Measuring Resistance Between LH Rear Lamp C412-3, Circuit CLS18 (GY/BN) &
SJB C2280D-25
 Measure the resistance between the LH rear lamp C412-3, circuit CLS18 (GY/BN), harness side
and the SJB C2280d-25, circuit CLS18 (GY/BN), harness side; or between the RH rear lamp C415-
3, circuit CLS19 (VT/OG), harness side and the SJB C2280d-26, circuit CLS19 (VT/OG), harness
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
side.
YES : Go to I11.
I11 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test J: The Stoplamps Are On Continuously
When the brake pedal is applied, the stoplamp switch routes voltage to the smart junction box (SJB), the high
mounted stoplamp and the PCM through circuit CCB08 (VT/WH). When the SJB detects the brake pedal
applied, the SJB provides voltage to the LH and RH rear stoplamps through circuits CLS18 (GY/BN) and
CLS19 (VT/OG), respectively. If equipped with trailer tow, voltage is also supplied to the respective trailer tow
stop/turn relay.
 DTC B1485 (Brake Pedal Input Short to Battery) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB detects a
short to voltage from the stoplamp switch input circuit.
 DTC B2045 (Left Rear Stop Lamp Circuit Open) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB detects a
short to voltage on the LH rear stop/turn lamp voltage supply circuit.
 DTC B2047 (Right Rear Stop Lamp Circuit Open) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB detects
a short to voltage on the RH rear stop/turn lamp voltage supply circuit.

 Stoplamp switch
 PCM
 SJB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PINPOINT TEST J: THE STOPLAMPS ARE ON CONTINUOUSLY
J1 DETERMINE IF ALL THE STOPLAMPS ARE ILLUMINATED

 Observe the stoplamps with the brake pedal released.
 Are all of the stoplamps illuminated?
YES : Go to J3.
NO : Go to J2.
J2 CHECK THE STOPLAMPS VOLTAGE SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Do the stoplamps continue to illuminate?
YES : If the LH rear lamp continues to illuminate, REPAIR circuit CLS18 (GY/BN). CLEAR the
If the RH rear lamp continues to illuminate, REPAIR circuit CLS19 (VT/OG). CLEAR the DTCs.
NO : Go to J7.
J3 CHECK THE STOPLAMP SWITCH
YES : Go to J4.
NO : INSTALL a new stoplamp switch. REFER to Stoplamp Switch. CLEAR the DTCs.
J4 CHECK THE PCM
YES : Go to J5.
NO : Go to J6.
J5 CHECK CIRCUIT CCB08 (VT/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Does the high mounted stoplamp continue to illuminate?
NO : Go to J7.
J6 CHECK FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 pushed-out pins

J7 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD LAMPS
Special Tools

scan tool
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(GEM).
The SJB monitors the multifunction switch position by sending multiple voltage reference signals to the
multifunction switch. When the multifunction switch is in the LH or RH TURN positions, or the hazard lamp
switch is pressed, that input signal is routed to ground.
When the SJB receives a request for a turn signal or hazard lamps, the SJB supplies voltage to the appropriate
turn lamps.
The timed on/off cycle is determined by the SJB and is set to flash approximately 80 times per minute if both
the front and rear turn lamps operate correctly. If an individual turn signal lamp is inoperative, the SJB flashes
the remaining turn lamp approximately 160 times per minute.
The timed on/off cycle for the hazard lamps is set to flash approximately 80 times per minute.
replaced.
The SJB FET protected output circuits for the turn lamp system are for the LH front turn lamp output and the
RH front turn lamp output circuits. The rear turn lamps utilize the stoplamp circuitry and are also protected. For
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
information regarding the rear stoplamps, refer to Stoplamps.


 Bulb(s)
 Multifunction switch  Wiring, terminals or
 Hazard flasher lamp connectors
switch  Smart junction box
(SJB)



PCM.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
If the network test passes, retrieve and record the continuous memory DTCs.

DTC Charts

Hazard Switch Signal Short to
B2071 Go to Pinpoint Test N .
Ground
Right Turn Switch Short to
B2281 Go to Pinpoint Test L .
Ground
Left Turn Switch Short to
B2282 Go to Pinpoint Test L .
Ground
Right Front Turn Lamp
B2A27 Go to Pinpoint Test M .
Circuit Open
Right Front Turn Lamp
Left Front Turn Lamp Circuit
Open
Left Front Turn Lamp Circuit
B2A2A Go to Pinpoint Test M .
Short to Ground
All other DTCs -
MODULES article.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 Fuse
 REFER to MODULE
 No communication with the  Wiring, terminals or
COMMUNICATIONS
smart junction box (SJB) connectors
NETWORK article.
 SJB
 The turn signal lamps are connectors
 Go to Pinpoint Test K .
inoperative  Multifunction switch
 SJB
 The turn signal lamps are
connectors  Go to Pinpoint Test L .
always on
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 SJB
connectors
 Joint connector
 One turn signal/hazard lamp
 Bulb holder (Edge)  Go to Pinpoint Test M .
is inoperative/always on
 Headlamp assembly
(MKX)
 SJB
connectors
 The hazard lamps are  Joint connector
 Go to Pinpoint Test N .
inoperative/always on  Hazard flasher lamp
switch
 SJB
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test K: The Turn Signal Lamps Are Inoperative
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) sends reference signals to the multifunction switch through circuit CLS39
(VT/WH) (LH turn input) and circuit CLS41 (GY/YE) (RH turn input). When the multifunction switch is
switched to the LH or RH TURN positions, the voltage signal is routed to ground. When the SJB detects the
multifunction switch in the LH or RH TURN position, the SJB sends voltage to the appropriate turn lamps.

 SJB
PINPOINT TEST K: THE TURN SIGNAL LAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE
K1 CHECK FOR CORRECT HIGH BEAM OPERATION

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Place the multifunction switch in the HIGH BEAM position while observing the high beam

headlamps.
 Do the high beams operate correctly?
YES : PLACE the headlamp switch in the OFF position. Go to K2.

K2 CHECK THE MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
Fig. 56: Connecting Fused (5A) Jumper Wire Between Multifunction Switch C202-2 & C202-
8, CLS39 (VT/WH) & GD116 (BK/VT)
 For an inoperative LH turn signal, connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the multifunction
switch C202-2, circuit CLS39 (VT/WH), harness side and the multifunction switch C202-8, circuit
GD116 (BK/VT), harness side.
Fig. 57: Connecting Fused (5A) Jumper Wire Between Multifunction Switch C202-3, CLS41
(GY/YE) & GD116 (BK/VT)
 For an inoperative RH turn signal, connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the multifunction
switch C202-3, circuit CLS41 (GY/YE), harness side and the multifunction switch C202-3, circuit
GD116 (BK/VT), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Do the turn signals in question flash on and off?


NO : REMOVE the jumper wire. Go to K3.
K3 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS39 (VT/WH) (LH TURN SIGNAL) OR CLS41 (GY/YE) (RH TURN
SIGNAL) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 58: Measuring Resistance Between Multifunction Switch C202-2, Circuit CLS39
(VT/WH) & SJB C2280B-42
 For an inoperative LH turn signal, measure the resistance between the multifunction switch C202-
2, circuit CLS39 (VT/WH), harness side and the SJB C2280b-42, circuit CLS39 (VT/WH), harness
side.
Fig. 59: Measuring Resistance Between Multifunction Switch C202-3, Circuit CLS41
(GY/YE) & SJB C2280B-29
 For an inoperative RH turn signal, measure the resistance between the multifunction switch C202-
3, circuit CLS41 (GY/YE), harness side and the SJB C2280b-29, circuit CLS41 (GY/YE), harness
side.
YES : Go to K4.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
K4 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test L: The Turn Signal Lamps Are Always On
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) sends reference signals to the multifunction switch through circuits CLS39
(VT/WH) (LH turn input) and CLS41 (GY/YE) (RH turn input). When the multifunction switch is switched to
the LH or RH TURN positions, the voltage signal is routed to ground. When the SJB detects the multifunction
switch in the LH or RH TURN position, the SJB sends voltage to the appropriate turn lamps.
 DTC B2281 (Right Turn Switch Short to Ground) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB detects
the RH turn signal switch input is short to ground.
 DTC B2282 (Left Turn Switch Short to Ground) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB detects
the LH turn signal switch input is short to ground.

 SJB
PINPOINT TEST L: THE TURN SIGNAL LAMPS ARE ALWAYS ON
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
L1 CHECK THE MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH

 Do the turn lamps continue to flash on and off?
YES : Go to L2.
NO : INSTALL a new multifunction switch. REFER to STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES
L2 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS39 (VT/WH) (LH TURN SIGNAL) OR CIRCUIT CLS41 (GY/YE) (RH
TURN SIGNAL) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between the multifunction switch C202-2 (LH turn lamps), circuit CLS39

(VT/WH), harness side and ground; or between the multifunction switch C202-3 (RH turn lamps),
circuit CLS41 (GY/YE), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to L3.
L3 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

or corroded connector. CLEAR any DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
Pinpoint Test M: One Turn Signal/Hazard Lamp Is Inoperative/Always On
Normal Operation
When the smart junction box (SJB) detects the multifunction switch in the LH TURN position, the SJB provides
voltage through circuit CLS21 (BU/GN) to the LH front turn lamp. When the SJB detects the multifunction
switch in the RH TURN position, the SJB provides voltage through circuit CLS25 (YE/VT) to the RH front turn
lamp. Circuits GD123 (BK/GY) and GD120 (BK/GN) provide ground for the LH and RH front turn lamps,
respectively. The rear turn lamps are controlled utilizing the rear stoplamp circuitry.

B2A27 - Right Front Turn Lamp Circuit Open an open or short to voltage on the RH front turn
lamp voltage supply circuit.
B2A28 - Right Front Turn Lamp Circuit Short to
the SJB detects a short to ground on the RH front
Ground
turn lamp voltage supply circuit.
B2A29 - Left Front Turn Lamp Circuit Open an open or short to voltage on the LH front turn
lamp voltage supply circuit.
B2A2A - Left Front Turn Lamp Circuit Short to
the SJB detects a short to ground on the LH front
Ground
turn lamp voltage supply circuit.

 Joint connector
 Bulb holder (Edge)
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST M: ONE TURN SIGNAL/HAZARD LAMP IS INOPERATIVE/ALWAYS ON
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
M1 CHECK THE STOPLAMPS

 Apply and release the brake pedal while observing the stoplamps.
 Do the stoplamps operate correctly?
YES : Go to M2.
NO : REFER to Stoplamps.
M2 DETERMINE IF A TURN LAMP IS ALWAYS ON
 Monitor the turn lamps.
 Is either front turn lamp always on?
YES : Go to M3.
NO : Go to M4.
M3 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS21 (BU/GN) (LH TURN) OR CIRCUIT CLS25 (YE/VT) (RH TURN)
FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Does the front turn lamp in question continue to illuminate?
YES : For the LH front turn lamp, REPAIR circuit CLS21 (BU/GN). CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT
the self-test.
For the RH front turn lamp, REPAIR circuit CLS25 (YE/VT). CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the
self-test.
NO : Go to M11.
M4 USE THE RECORDED DTCs FROM THE SJB SELF-TEST
 Check the recorded results from the SJB on-demand self-test.
 Was DTC B2A28 or B2A2A present?
YES : Go to M5.
NO : Go to M7.
M5 CHECK THE BULB HOLDER FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Disconnect: Inoperative Front Turn Lamp
 Is DTC B2A28 or B2A2A still present?
YES : Go to M6.
NO : INSTALL a new bulb holder. TEST the system for normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
M6 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS21 (BU/GN) (DTC B2A2A) OR CIRCUIT CLS25 (YE/VT) (DTC
B2A28) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 61: Checking Circuits For Short To Ground

Measure the resistance between the SJB C2280f-21 (DTC B2A2A), circuit CLS21 (BU/GN),

harness side and ground; or between the SJB C2280f-23 (DTC B2A28), circuit CLS25 (YE/VT),
YES : Go to M11.
operation.
M7 CHECK THE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
NOTE: Make sure the headlamps operate correctly before continuing with
diagnostics for the turn lamps.

 Disconnect: Inoperative Turn Lamp
Fig. 62: Measuring Resistance Between Inoperative Turn Lamp, Harness Side & Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Measure the resistance between the inoperative turn lamp, harness side and ground as follows
Inoperative
Connector-
Turn Circuit
Pin
Lamp
Edge
GD123
LH front C1023-1
(BK/GY)
GD120
RH front C1043-1
(BK/GN)
MKX
LH front GD123
C1021a-6
headlamp (BK/GY)
RH front GD123
C1041a-6
headlamp (BK/GY)

YES : Go to M9.
NO : For MKX, REPAIR the ground circuit in question for an open. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT
the self-test.
For Edge LH front turn lamp, REPAIR circuit GD123 (BK/GY) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs.
For the Edge RH front turn lamp, go to M8.
M8 CHECK CIRCUIT GD120 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN

Fig. 63: Measuring Resistance Between RH Front Turn Lamp C1043-1, Circuit GD120
(BK/GN) & Joint Connector 7 C2200-C
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between the RH front turn lamp C1043-1, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), harness

side and the joint connector 7 C2200-C, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), harness side.
M9 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE TURN LAMP
 Turn the hazard lamps on.
Fig. 64: Measuring Resistance Between Inoperative Turn Lamp, Harness Side & Ground
 Measure the voltage between the inoperative turn lamp, harness side and ground as follows:
Inoperative
Turn
Lamp Circuit
Connector-
Pin
Edge
LH front CLS21
C1023-3 (BU/GN)
RH front CLS25
C1043-3 (YE/VT)
MKX
LH front
CLS21
headlamp
(BU/GN)
C1021a-5
RH front
CLS25
headlamp
(YE/VT)
C1041a-5
 Does the voltage alternate from 0 volts to greater than 10 volts?

YES : For Edge, INSTALL a new bulb holder. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
For MKX, REPAIR or INSTALL a new headlamp. REFER to Headlamp Assembly. CLEAR the
NO : Go to M10.
M10 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS21 (BU/GN) (LH TURN) OR CIRCUIT CLS25 (YE/VT) (RH TURN)
FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 65: Measuring Resistance Between Inoperative Turn Lamp, Harness Side & SJB
 Measure the resistance between the inoperative turn lamp, harness side and the SJB, harness side as
follows:
Inoperative
Turn SJB
Lamp Connector- Circuit
Connector- Pin
Pin
Edge
LH front CLS21
C2280f-21
C1023-3 (BU/GN)
RH front CLS25
C2280f-23
C1043-3 (YE/VT)
MKX
LH front
CLS21
headlamp C2280f-21
(BU/GN)
C1021a-5
RH front
CLS25
headlamp C2280f-23
(YE/VT)
C1041a-5

YES : Go to M11.
NO : REPAIR the circuit in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
M11 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION

 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test N: The Hazard Lamps Are Inoperative/Always On
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) sends a voltage reference signal to the hazard lamp switch through circuit CLS32
(BN/YE). The hazard flasher lamp switch is a momentary contact switch. When the hazard flasher lamp switch
is engaged, the voltage signal is routed to ground through circuit GD116 (BK/VT). When the SJB detects a
request for the hazard lamps, the SJB provides on/off voltage to all the turn lamps.
 DTC B2071 (Hazard Switch Signal Short to Ground) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB
detects a short to ground from the hazard flasher lamp switch input circuit.

 Joint connector
 Hazard flasher lamp switch
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST N: THE HAZARD LAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE/ALWAYS ON
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
N1 CHECK THE RECORDED DTCs FROM THE SJB SELF-TEST

 Check the recorded DTCs from the SJB self-test.
YES : Go to N2.
NO : Go to N4.
N2 CHECK THE HAZARD FLASHER LAMP SWITCH
 Disconnect: Hazard Flasher Lamp Switch C2355
YES : Go to N3.
NO : INSTALL a new hazard flasher lamp switch. REFER to Hazard Flasher Lamp Switch.
N3 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS32 (BN/YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 66: Measuring Resistance Between Hazard Flasher Lamp Switch C2355-5, Circuit
CLS32 (BN/YE) & Ground
Measure the resistance between the hazard flasher lamp switch C2355-5, circuit CLS32 (BN/YE),

YES : Go to N8.
N4 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR CONTINUITY TO GROUND
diagnostics for the hazard lamps.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Disconnect: Hazard Flasher Lamp Switch C2355
Fig. 67: Measuring Resistance Between Hazard Flasher Lamp Switch C2355-1, Circuit
GD116 (BK/VT) & Ground
Measure the resistance between the hazard flasher lamp switch C2355-1, circuit GD116 (BK/VT),

YES : Go to N6.
NO : Go to N5.
N5 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN
diagnostics for the hazard lamps.

Fig. 68: Measuring Resistance Between Hazard Flasher Lamp Switch C2355-1, GD116
(BK/VT) & Joint Connector 6 C2365-H
 Measure the resistance between the hazard flasher lamp switch C2355-1, circuit GD116 (BK/VT),
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
harness side and the joint connector 6 C2365-H, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness side.
N6 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS32 (BN/YE) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 69: Measuring Resistance Between SJB C2280B-48, Circuit CLS32 (BN/YE) & Hazard
Flasher Lamp Switch C2355-5
Measure the resistance between the SJB C2280b-48, circuit CLS32 (BN/YE), harness side and the

hazard flasher lamp switch C2355-5, circuit CLS32 (BN/YE), harness side.
YES : Go to N7.
N7 CHECK THE HAZARD FLASHER LAMP SWITCH
 Connect: Hazard Flasher Lamp Switch C2355
Fig. 70: Checking Hazard Flasher Lamp Switch

 While pressing and releasing the hazard flasher lamp switch, measure the resistance between the
SJB C2280b-48, circuit CLS32 (BN/YE), harness side and ground.
 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms with the switch pressed and greater than 10,000 ohms with
the switch released?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to N8.
NO : INSTALL a new hazard flasher lamp switch. REFER to Hazard Flasher Lamp Switch.
N8 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

PARKING, REAR AND LICENSE PLATE LAMPS
Special Tools

scan tool
(GEM).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
When the SJB receives an input from the headlamp switch indicating a request for the parking lamps, the SJB
energizes the parking lamp relay (internal to the SJB), which supplies voltage to the exterior lamps.


(SJB) fuse 22 (15A)
 Bulb(s)
 Headlamp switch  Bulb holder(s)
connectors
 SJB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



PCM.
DTC Charts

Lamp Park Input Circuit Short
B1578 Go to Pinpoint Test P .
to Ground
All other DTCs -
MODULES article.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 Fuse
 No communication with  REFER to MODULE
the smart junction box COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
or connectors
(SJB) article.
 SJB
 Fuse
or connectors
 One or more parking, rear  Bulb Holder
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
or license plate lamps is  Liftgate lamp

inoperative
 Liftgate release
handle
 Go to Pinpoint Test O .
 Headlamp
assembly
 SJB
 The parking, rear or or connectors
license plate lamps are on  Go to Pinpoint Test P .
 Headlamp switch
continuously
 SJB
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test O: One Or More Parking, Rear or License Plate Lamps Is Inoperative
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Parking, Rear and License Lamps for schematic
Normal Operation
When the headlamp switch is placed in the PARKING LAMPS ON position, the smart junction box (SJB)
provides a ground for the parking lamp relay coil (integrated into the SJB). When the parking lamp relay is
energized, voltage is routed through circuit CLS30 (VT/WH) to the rear and front parking lamps. Ground is
provided to the rear parking, liftgate and license plate lamps through circuit GD149 (BK/GY) or circuit GD151
(BK/GN). Ground is provided to the front parking and side marker lamps through circuit GD120 (BK/GN) or
circuit GD123 (BK/GY).
 Fuse
 Bulb Holder
 Liftgate lamp
 Liftgate release handle
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST O: ONE OR MORE PARKING, REAR OR LICENSE PLATE LAMPS IS

INOPERATIVE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
O1 DETERMINE IF ALL THE PARKING LAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE

 Place the headlamp switch to the PARKING LAMPS ON position.
 Are all the parking lamps inoperative?
YES : PLACE the headlamp switch in the OFF position. VERIFY the SJB fuse 22 (15A) is OK. If
OK, go to O6.
NO : If all the front parking lamps are inoperative, go to O2.
If all the rear parking and license plate lamps are inoperative, go to O3.
For all others, go to O4.
O2 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS30 (VT/WH) FOR AN OPEN (FRONT LAMPS)



side and the SJB C2280e-6, circuit CLS30 (VT/WH), harness side.
 Do the front parking lamps illuminate?
YES : REMOVE the jumper wire. Go to O6.

NO : REMOVE the jumper wire. REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
O3 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS30 (VT/WH) FOR AN OPEN (REAR LAMPS)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the positive battery terminal and the SJB C2280d-20,

circuit CLS30 (VT/WH), harness side.
 Do the rear parking lamps illuminate?
YES : REMOVE the jumper wire. Go to O6.

NO : REMOVE the jumper wire. REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
O4 CHECK THE PARKING LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
NOTE: If a front parking lamp is inoperative, make sure the front turn signal
operates correctly before continuing diagnostics for the front parking
lamp.
 Disconnect: Inoperative Lamp

 Measure the resistance between the inoperative lamp, harness side and ground as follows:
EDGE
Circuit
Lamp Pin
GD123
LH front C1023-1
(BK/GY)
GD120
RH front C1043-1
(BK/GN)
GD149
LH rear C412-1
(BK/GY)
GD151
RH rear C415-1
(BK/GN)
LH rear GD149
C4136-1
side marker (BK/GY)
RH rear GD151
C4138-1
side marker (BK/GN)
Liftgate
release GD149
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
handle (BK/GY)
(license C4353-2
plate lamps)
MKX
Circuit
Lamp Pin
LH front GD123
C1021a-6
(headlamp) (BK/GY)
RH front GD123
C1041a-6
(headlamp) (BK/GY)
LH front GD120
C151-2
side marker (BK/GN)
RH front GD123
C161-2
side marker (BK/GY)
GD149
LH rear C412-1
(BK/GY)
GD151
RH rear C415-1
(BK/GN)
Liftgate
GD149
(rear C4352-2
(BK/GY)
applique)
LH rear GD149
C4355-2
side marker (BK/GY)
RH rear GD149
C4356-2
side marker (BK/GY)
LH license GD149
C452-2
plate (BK/GY)
RH license GD149
C462-2
plate (BK/GY)


YES : Go to O5.
NO : REPAIR the ground circuit in question. TEST the system for normal operation.
O5 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS30 (VT/WH) FOR AN OPEN
 Place the headlamp switch in the PARKING LAMPS ON position.
 Measure the voltage between the inoperative lamp, harness side and ground as follows:
EDGE
Circuit
Lamp Pin
CLS30
LH front C1023-2
(VT/WH)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CLS30
RH front C1043-2
(VT/WH)
CLS30
LH rear C412-2
(VT/WH)
CLS30
RH rear C415-2
(VT/WH)
LH rear CLS30
C4136-2
side marker (VT/WH)
RH rear CLS30
C4138-2
side marker (VT/WH)
Liftgate
release
CLS30
handle C4353-1
(VT/WH)
(license
plate lamps)
MKX
Circuit
Lamp Pin
LH front CLS30
C1021a-7
(headlamp) (VT/WH)
RH front CLS30
C1041a-7
(headlamp) (VT/WH)
LH front CLS30
C151-1
side marker (VT/WH)
RH front CLS30
C161-1
side marker (VT/WH)
CLS30
LH rear C412-2
(VT/WH)
CLS30
RH rear C415-2
(VT/WH)
Liftgate
CLS30
(rear C4352-1
(VT/WH)
applique)
LH rear CLS30
C4355-1
side marker (VT/WH)
RH rear CLS30
C4356-1
side marker (VT/WH)
LH license CLS30
C452-1
plate (VT/WH)
RH license CLS30
C462-1
plate (VT/WH)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : REPAIR or INSTALL a new bulb holder or component in question. REFER to Headlamp
Assembly, Rear Lamp Assembly - Liftgate, or HANDLES, LOCKS, LATCHES AND ENTRY
SYSTEMS article for the liftgate release handle. TEST the system for normal operation.
O6 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test P: The Parking, Rear Or License Plate Lamps Are On Continuously
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Parking, Rear and License Lamps for schematic
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) monitors the parking lamp request input from the headlamp switch through circuit
CLS34 (GY). The SJB provides a ground for the parking lamp relay coil (integrated into the SJB) when a
request for the parking lamps is received. When the parking lamp relay is energized, voltage is routed through
circuit CLS30 (VT/WH) to the rear and front parking lamps.
 DTC B1578 (Lamp Park Input Circuit Short to Ground) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB
detects a short to ground in the parking lamps on input circuit.

 Headlamp switch
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST P: THE PARKING, REAR OR LICENSE PLATE LAMPS ARE ON

CONTINUOUSLY
P1 USE THE RECORDED DTCs FROM THE SJB SELF-TEST

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Check the recorded results from the SJB self-test.


 Was DTC B1578 recorded?
YES : Go to P2.
NO : Go to P4.
P2 CHECK THE HEADLAMP SWITCH
article.
YES : Go to P3.
P3 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS34 (GY) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 73: Checking Circuit For A Short To Ground

Measure the resistance between the headlamp switch C205-3, circuit CLS34 (GY), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to P6.
P4 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS30 (VT/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (TO REAR LAMPS)
 Do the rear parking lamps continue to illuminate?
YES : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to P5.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
P5 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS30 (VT/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (TO FRONT LAMPS)
 Do the front parking lamps continue to illuminate?
NO : Go to P6.
P6 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

FOG LAMPS
Special Tools

scan tool
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(GEM).
The SJB monitors the headlamp switch position by sending a voltage reference signal to the headlamp switch.
When the fog lamp switch (part of the headlamp switch) is engaged, the voltage reference signal is routed to
ground.
The fog lamps can be turned on when the following conditions are met:
 The ignition switch is in the RUN or START position.

 The low beam headlamps or the parking lamps are on.
 The high beams are off.
When the SJB receives an input from the headlamp switch indicating a request for the fog lamps, the SJB
provides voltage to the fog lamp relay. When the fog lamp relay is energized, voltage is routed to the fog lamps.

2. Visually inspect for obvious signs of electrical damage.

Electrical
 Smart junction box (SJB) fuse 21 (15A)
 Bulb(s)
 Headlamp switch
 SJB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



PCM.
DTC Charts

B2254 Front Fog Lamp Switch Failure Go to Pinpoint Test S .
All other DTCs -
MODULES article.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 Fuse
 No communication with  REFER to MODULE
the smart junction box COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
or connectors
(SJB) article.
 SJB
 Fuse
 Both fog lamps are  Wiring, terminals  Go to Pinpoint Test Q .
inoperative or connectors
 Headlamp switch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 SJB
NOTE:
 Wiring, terminals Make sure the fog lamp bulb is OK
 An individual fog lamp is or connectors before carrying out diagnostics.
inoperative
 Joint connector
 Go to Pinpoint Test R .
 The fog lamps are on or connectors
 Go to Pinpoint Test S .
continuously  Headlamp switch
 SJB
 The fog lamps on or connectors
 Go to Pinpoint Test T .
indicator is inoperative  Headlamp switch
 SJB
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test Q: Both Fog Lamps Are Inoperative
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Fog Lamps for schematic and connector
information.
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) sends a voltage reference signal to the headlamp switch through circuit CLF21
(GY/VT) to monitor the fog lamp request. When the fog lamp switch is engaged, the voltage signal is routed to
ground.
When the SJB detects the fog lamps on request, the SJB provides ground to the fog lamp relay coil (integrated
into the SJB). When the fog lamp relay is energized, voltage is routed through circuit CLF12 (BN/YE) to the
fog lamps.
 Fuse
 Headlamp switch
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST Q: BOTH FOG LAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Q1 CHECK THE SJB FOG LAMP SWITCH PID

 Monitor the SJB fog lamp PID (FOG SW) while engaging the fog lamp switch.
 Does the PID indicate the fog lamp switch is on?
YES : Go to Q4.
NO : Go to Q2.
Q2 CHECK THE HEADLAMP SWITCH
article.
YES : Go to Q3.
NO : INSTALL a new headlamp switch. REFER to Headlamp Switch. TEST the system for
normal operation.
Q3 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF21 (GY/VT) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 74: Measuring Resistance Between Headlamp Switch C205-6, Circuit CLF21 (GY/VT) &
SJB C2280B-49
Measure the resistance between the headlamp switch C205-6, circuit CLF21 (GY/VT), harness side

and the SJB C2280b-49, circuit CLF21 (GY/VT), harness side.
YES : Go to Q5.
Q4 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF12 (BN/YE) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


side and the SJB C2280e-3, circuit CLF12 (BN/YE), harness side.
 Do the fog lamps illuminate?
YES : REMOVE the jumper wire. VERIFY the SJB fuse 21 (15A) is OK. If OK, go to Q5.
Q5 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test R: An Individual Fog Lamp Is Inoperative
information.
Normal Operation
When the fog lamp relay is energized, voltage is routed through circuit CLF12 (BN/YE) to the fog lamps.
Ground is provided on circuits GD120 (BK/GN) and GD123 (BK/GY) to the LH and RH fog lamps,
respectively.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Joint connector
PINPOINT TEST R: AN INDIVIDUAL FOG LAMP IS INOPERATIVE
NOTE: Verify that the headlamps operate correctly before proceeding with this pinpoint
test.
R1 CHECK THE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR CONTINUITY

 Disconnect: Inoperative Fog Lamp
Fig. 76: Measuring Resistance Between LH Fog Lamp C152-B & C162-B, Circuit GD120
(BK/GN) & GD123 (BK/GY)
 Measure the resistance between the LH fog lamp C152-B, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), harness side
and ground; or between the RH fog lamp C162-B, circuit GD123 (BK/GY), harness side and
ground.
YES : REPAIR circuit CLF12 (BN/YE) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : For the RH fog lamp, REPAIR circuit GD123 (BK/GY) for an open. TEST the system for
normal operation.
For the LH fog lamp, go to R2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
R2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD120 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN

Fig. 77: Measuring Resistance Between LH Fog Lamp C152-B, Circuit GD120 (BK/GN) &
Joint Connector 7 C2200-K
 For Edge, measure the resistance between the LH fog lamp C152-B, circuit GD120 (BK/GN),
harness side and the joint connector 7 C2200-K, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), harness side and ground.
Fig. 78: Measuring Resistance Between LH Fog Lamp C152-B, Circuit GD120 (BK/GN) &
Joint Connector 7 C2200-E
 For MKX, measure the resistance between the LH fog lamp C152-B, circuit GD120 (BK/GN),
harness side and the joint connector 7 C2200-E, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), harness side and ground.
Pinpoint Test S: The Fog Lamps Are On Continuously
information.
Normal Operation
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The smart junction box (SJB) sends a voltage reference signal to the headlamp switch through circuit CLF21
(GY/VT) to monitor the fog lamp request. When the fog lamp switch is engaged, the voltage signal is routed to
ground.
When the SJB detects the fog lamps on request, the SJB provides ground to the fog lamp relay coil (integrated
into the SJB). When the fog lamp relay is energized, voltage is routed through circuit CLF12 (BN/YE) to the
fog lamps, and on a separate output, circuit CLF12 (BN/YE) to the headlamp switch for the fog lamps on
indicator.
 DTC B2254 (Front Fog Lamp Switch Failure) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB detects a
short to ground on the fog lamp on input circuit.

 Headlamp switch
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST S: THE FOG LAMPS ARE ON CONTINUOUSLY
S1 CHECK FOR RECORDED SJB DTCs

YES : Go to S2.
NO : Go to S4.
S2 CHECK THE HEADLAMP SWITCH
article
YES : Go to S3.
S3 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF21 (GY/VT) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between the headlamp switch C205-6, circuit CLF21 (GY/VT), harness side

and ground.
YES : Go to S6.
S4 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF12 (BN/YE) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (TO HEADLAMP
SWITCH)
 Disconnect: SJB C2280a
 Do the fog lamps continue to illuminate?
YES : Go to S5.
S5 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF12 (BN/YE) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE (TO THE FOG LAMPS)
 Do the fog lamps continue to illuminate?
NO : Go to S6.
S6 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Pinpoint Test T: The Fog Lamps On Indicator Is Inoperative
information.
Normal Operation
When the smart junction box (SJB) detects the fog lamps on request, the SJB provides ground to the fog lamp
relay coil (integrated into the SJB). When the fog lamp relay is energized, voltage is routed through circuit
CLF12 (BN/YE) to the fog lamps, and on a separate output, circuit CLF12 (BN/YE) to the headlamp switch for
the fog lamps on indicator.

 Headlamp switch
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST T: THE FOG LAMPS ON INDICATOR IS INOPERATIVE
T1 CHECK THE HEADLAMP SWITCH

 Select the SJB fog lamps (FOG_LMP) active command. Command the fog lamps on.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 80: Measuring Voltage Between Headlamp Switch C205-7, Circuit CLF12 (BN/YE) &
Ground
NOTE: Make sure the fog lamps are illuminated when taking a reading.
Measure the voltage between the headlamp switch C205-7, circuit CLF12 (BN/YE), harness side

and ground.
YES : INSTALL a new headlamp switch. REFER to Headlamp Switch. TEST the system for
normal operation.
NO : Go to T2.
T2 CHECK CIRCUIT CLF12 (BN/YE) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: SJB C2280a
Fig. 81: Measuring Resistance Between Headlamp Switch C205-7, Circuit CLF12 (BN/YE) &
SJB C2280A-6
 Measure the resistance between the headlamp switch C205-7, circuit CLF12 (BN/YE), harness side
and the SJB C2280a-6, circuit CLF12 (BN/YE), harness side.
YES : Go to T3.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
T3 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION

 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

REVERSING LAMPS
Special Tools

scan tool
The transaxle is hardwired to the PCM which monitors the transmission gear status. When the PCM detects the
transaxle is in REVERSE (R), the PCM provides ground for the reversing lamps relay coil. When the reversing
lamps relay is energized, voltage is routed to the reversing lamps.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


Electrical
 Battery junction box (BJB) fuse 44 (10A)
 Bulb(s)
 Bulb holder(s)
 PCM



PCM.
DTC Charts
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
PCM DTC CHART

If the reversing lamps are inoperative, go to Pinpoint
Reverse Lamp Control Test U .
P1910
Circuit/Open If the reversing lamps are always on, go to Pinpoint
Test W .
All other DTCs -
MODULES article.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 Fuse
 The reversing lamps are connectors
 Go to Pinpoint Test U .
inoperative  Reversing lamps relay
 Battery junction box (BJB)
 PCM
 The individual reversing lamp is connectors
 Go to Pinpoint Test V .
inoperative  Bulb holder
 Rear lamps assembly
connectors
 The reversing lamps are on  Reversing lamps relay
 Go to Pinpoint Test W .
continuously  Auto-dimming interior
mirror
 PCM
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test U: The Reversing Lamps Are Inoperative
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Fuse and Relay Information for schematic and
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Reversing Lamps for schematic and connector
information.
Normal Operation
The PCM monitors the transaxle gear status. When the PCM detects the transaxle in REVERSE (R), the PCM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
provides ground for the reversing lamps relay coil through circuit CLS28 (BU/WH). Voltage is supplied from
the battery junction box (BJB) to the coil and the switched side of the reversing lamps relay. When the reversing
lamps relay is energized, voltage is routed to the reversing lamps through circuit CLS10 (GN/BN).
 DTC P1910 (Reverse Lamp Control Circuit/Open) - sets when the PCM detects no voltage on the
reversing lamp relay coil ground control circuit (if the coil voltage supply circuit or the coil ground
control circuit is open).
 Fuse
 Reversing lamps relay
 BJB
 PCM
PINPOINT TEST U: THE REVERSING LAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE
U1 CHECK FOR PCM TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SENSOR DTCs FROM THE SELF-TEST
 Review the DTCs from the PCM KOEO self-test.
 Are any TR sensor DTCs present?
YES : REFER to AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50 article.

NO : Go to U2.
U2 CHECK THE REVERSING LAMPS RELAY
 Disconnect: Reversing Lamps Relay
 Substitute a known good relay and recheck the reversing lamps operation.
 Do the reversing lamps operate correctly?
YES : REMOVE the known good relay. INSTALL a new reversing lamps relay. TEST the system
NO : REMOVE the known good relay. Go to U3.
U3 CHECK THE BJB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 82: Measuring Voltage Between Reversing Lamps Relay Pin 5, BJB Face Side &
Reversing Lamps Relay Pin 1
Measure the voltage between the reversing lamps relay pin 5, BJB face side and ground; and

between the reversing lamps relay pin 1, BJB face side and ground.
YES : Go to U4.
NO : INSTALL a new BJB. TEST the system for normal operation.
U4 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS10 (GN/BN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 83: Connecting Voltage Between Reversing Lamps Relay Pin 5, BJB Face Side &
Reversing Lamps Relay Pin 3
Connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the reversing lamps relay pin 5, BJB face side and the

reversing lamps relay pin 3, circuit CLS10 (GN/BN), BJB face side.
 Do the reversing lamps illuminate?
YES : REMOVE the jumper wire. Go to U5.

NO : VERIFY the BJB fuse 44 (10A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for
normal operation.
U5 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS28 (BU/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: PCM C175t
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 84: Measuring Voltage Between Reversing Lamps Relay Pin 2, Circuit CLS28 (BU/WH),
BJB Face Side & Ground
Measure the voltage between the reversing lamps relay pin 2, circuit CLS28 (BU/WH), BJB face

side and ground.
NO : Go to U6.
U6 CHECK CIRCUITS CLS28 (BU/WH) FOR AN OPEN
 Connect: Reversing Lamps Relay
Fig. 85: Measuring Voltage Between PCM C175T-3, Circuit CLS28 (BU/WH), Harness Side
& Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the voltage between the PCM C175t-3, circuit CLS28 (BU/WH), harness side and ground.

YES : Go to U7.
U7 CHECK FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test V: The Individual Reversing Lamp Is Inoperative
information.
When the reversing lamps relay is energized, voltage is routed to the reversing lamps through circuit CLS10
(GN/BN). The LH and RH reversing lamps are provided ground through circuits GD149 (BK/GY) and GD151
(BK/GN), respectively.

 Bulb holder
 Rear lamp assembly
PINPOINT TEST V: THE INDIVIDUAL REVERSING LAMP IS INOPERATIVE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
V1 CHECK CIRCUIT GD149 (BK/GY) OR CIRCUIT GD151 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN

 Disconnect: Inoperative Reversing Lamp
Fig. 86: Measuring Resistance Between LH Reversing Lamp C451-1 & C461-1, Circuit
GD149 (BK/GY) & GD151 (BK/GN)
 For Edge, measure the resistance between the LH reversing lamp C451-1, circuit GD149 (BK/GY),
harness side and ground, or between the RH reversing lamp C461-1, circuit GD151 (BK/GN),
Fig. 87: Measuring Resistance Between LH Reversing Lamp C487-2 & C488-2, Circuit
GD149 (BK/GY) & GD151 (BK/GN)
For MKX, measure the resistance between the LH reversing lamp C487-2, circuit GD149

(BK/GY), harness side and ground, or between the RH reversing lamp C488-2, circuit GD151
(BK/GN), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to V2.
NO : REPAIR the ground circuit in question. TEST the system for normal operation.
V2 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS10 (GN/BN) FOR AN OPEN
 Select REVERSE.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 88: Measuring Voltage Between LH Reversing Lamp C451-2, Circuit CLS10 (GN/BN) &
RH Reversing Lamp C461-2
 For Edge, measure the voltage between the LH reversing lamp C451-2, circuit CLS10 (GN/BN),
harness side and ground, or between the RH reversing lamp C461-2, circuit CLS10 (GN/BN),
Fig. 89: Measuring Voltage Between LH Reversing Lamp C487-1, Circuit CLS10 (GN/BN) &
RH Reversing Lamp C488-1
 For MKX, measure the voltage between the LH reversing lamp C487-1, circuit CLS10 (GN/BN),
harness side and ground, or between the RH reversing lamp C488-1, circuit CLS10 (GN/BN),
YES : INSTALL a new bulb holder or rear lamp assembly. REFER to Rear Lamp Assembly.
Pinpoint Test W: The Reversing Lamps Are On Continuously
information.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Normal Operation
The PCM monitors the transaxle gear status. When the PCM detects the transaxle in REVERSE (R), the PCM
provides ground for the reversing lamps relay coil through circuit CLS28 (BU/WH). Voltage is supplied from
the battery junction box (BJB) to the coil and the switched side of the reversing lamps relay. When the reversing
lamps relay is energized, voltage is routed to the reversing lamps through circuit CLS10 (GN/BN).
 DTC P1910 (Reverse Lamp Control Circuit/Open) - sets when the PCM detects no voltage on the
reversing lamp relay coil ground control circuit (if the coil ground control circuit is short to ground).

 Reversing lamps relay
 Auto-dimming interior mirror
 PCM
PINPOINT TEST W: THE REVERSING LAMPS ARE ON CONTINUOUSLY
W1 CHECK FOR PCM TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SENSOR DTCs FROM THE SELF-
TEST
 Review the DTCs from the PCM KOEO self-test.
 Are any TR sensor DTCs present?
YES : REFER to AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50 article.

NO : Go to W2.
W2 CHECK THE REVERSING LAMPS RELAY OUTPUT
 Disconnect: Reversing Lamps Relay
 Do the reversing lamps continue to illuminate?
YES : Go to W3.
NO : Go to W4.
W3 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS10 (GN/BN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror C911 or C9012
YES : INSTALL a new auto-dimming interior mirror. REFER to REAR VIEW MIRRORS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

W4 CHECK THE REVERSING LAMPS RELAY
 Substitute a known good relay.
YES : REMOVE the known good relay. Go to W5.

NO : REMOVE the known good relay. INSTALL a new reversing lamps relay. TEST the system
W5 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS28 (BU/WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Connect: Reversing Lamps Relay
 Disconnect: PCM C175t
NO : Go to W6.
W6 CHECK FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION
 Disconnect the PCM connector.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
 Connect the PCM connector and make sure it seats correctly.
TRAILER LAMPS
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The trailer lamps are supplied power by the trailer tow park lamp relay, the LH trailer tow stop/turn relay and
the RH trailer tow stop/turn relay. They are energized to correspond with the exterior lighting functions of the
vehicle. A common ground is provided to the trailer tow connector for the trailer lamps.

2. Verify the exterior lighting system of the vehicle is operating correctly. If not, refer to the appropriate
pinpoint test in this service information.

Electrical
 Battery junction box (BJB) fuse(s):
 9 (20A) (trailer tow parking lamps)
 24 (15A) (trailer tow LH stop/turn relay)
 46 (15A) (trailer tow RH stop/turn relay)

 Trailer tow stop/turn relays
 Trailer tow parking lamp relay
 Trailer
4. If the concern is not visually evident, verify the symptom. Go to Symptom Chart.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 The trailer lamps are connectors

 Go to Pinpoint Test X .
inoperative - all  Trailer
 Fuse
 The individual trailer lamp is connectors
inoperative - trailer stop/turn  Joint connector  Go to Pinpoint Test Y .
lamp  Trailer tow stop/turn relay
 Trailer
 Fuse
connectors
 The trailer lamps are  Joint connector
inoperative - trailer parking  Go to Pinpoint Test Z .
lamps  Trailer tow parking lamp
relay
 BJB
 Trailer
 The trailer lamps are on connectors  Go to Pinpoint Test
continuously  Trailer tow relay AA .
 Trailer
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test X: The Trailer Lamps Are Inoperative - All
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Trailer/Camper Adapter for schematic and
Normal Operation
The trailer tow connector receives ground through circuit RAT08 (WH)/GD149 (BK/GY) for all of the trailer
lamps.

 Trailer
PINPOINT TEST X: THE TRAILER LAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE - ALL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
X1 CHECK CIRCUIT RAT08 (WH)/GD149 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN

 Disconnect: Trailer Tow C439

 Measure the resistance between the trailer tow C439-4, circuit RAT08 (WH), harness side and
ground.
YES : The vehicle is operating correctly. SEND the trailer to an authorized camper/trailer repair
facility.
Pinpoint Test Y: The Individual Trailer Lamp Is Inoperative - Trailer Stop/Turn Lamp
Normal Operation
The battery junction box (BJB) fuse 24 (15A) supplies voltage to the LH trailer tow stop/turn relay and BJB
fuse 46 (15A) supplies voltage to the RH trailer tow stop/turn relay. The trailer tow stop/turn relay coils are
grounded through circuit GD120 (BK/GN).
The trailer tow LH stop/turn relay coil receives voltage from circuit CLS18 (GY/BN) when the vehicle LH rear
stoplamp is illuminated. When the trailer tow LH stop/turn relay is energized, voltage is routed to the trailer tow
connector through circuit CAT06 (YE).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The trailer tow RH stop/turn relay coil receives voltage through circuit CLS19 (VT/OG) when the vehicle RH
rear stoplamp is illuminated. When the trailer tow RH stop/turn relay is energized, voltage is routed to the trailer
tow connector through circuit CAT09 (GN).
 Fuse
 Joint connector
 Trailer tow stop/turn relay
 BJB
 Trailer
PINPOINT TEST Y: THE INDIVIDUAL TRAILER LAMP IS INOPERATIVE - TRAILER

STOP/TURN LAMP
Y1 CHECK CIRCUIT CAT06 (YE) OR CIRCUIT CAT09 (GN) FOR VOLTAGE

Fig. 91: Measuring Voltage Between Trailer Tow C439-2, Circuit CAT06 (YE), Harness Side
& Ground
 For the LH trailer turn/stoplamp, while applying the brake pedal, measure the voltage between the
trailer tow C439-2, circuit CAT06 (YE), harness side and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 92: Measuring Voltage Between Trailer Tow C439-1, Circuit CAT09 (GN), Harness Side
& Ground
For the RH trailer turn/stoplamp, while applying the brake pedal, measure the voltage between the

trailer tow C439-1, circuit CAT09 (GN), harness side and ground.
facility.
NO : Go to Y2.
Y2 CHECK THE TRAILER TOW STOP/TURN RELAY
 Disconnect: Suspect Trailer Tow Stop/Turn Relay
Fig. 93: Measuring Voltage Between Trailer Tow C439-2, Circuit CAT06 (YE), Harness Side
& Ground
 For the LH trailer turn/stoplamp, while applying the brake pedal, measure the voltage between the
trailer tow C439-2, circuit CAT06 (YE), harness side and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 94: Measuring Voltage Between Trailer Tow C439-1, Circuit CAT09 (GN), Harness Side
& Ground
For the RH trailer turn/stoplamp, while applying the brake pedal, measure the voltage between the

trailer tow C439-1, circuit CAT09 (GN), harness side and ground.
YES : REMOVE the known good relay. INSTALL a new trailer tow stop/turn relay. TEST the
NO : REMOVE the known good relay. Go to Y3.
Y3 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS18 (GY/BN) OR CIRCUIT CLS19 (VT/OG) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 95: Measuring Voltage Between Trailer Tow LH Stop/Turn Relay Pin 1 & Pin 2, CLS18
(GY/BN) & CLS19 (VT/OG)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
While applying the brake pedal, measure the voltage between the trailer tow LH stop/turn relay pin

1, circuit CLS18 (GY/BN), BJB face side and ground; or between the trailer tow RH stop/turn relay
pin 2, circuit CLS19 (VT/OG), BJB face side and ground.
YES : Go to Y4.
Y4 CHECK THE BJB
Fig. 96: Measuring Voltage Between Trailer Tow LH Stop/Turn Relay Pin 3, BJB Face Side
& RH Stop/Turn Relay Pin 5,
Measure the voltage between the trailer tow LH stop/turn relay pin 3, BJB face side and ground; or

between the trailer tow RH stop/turn relay pin 5, BJB face side and ground.
YES : Go to Y5.
NO : VERIFY the BJB fuse 24 (15A) (LH stop/turn relay) or fuse 46 (15A) (RH stop/turn relay) is
OK. If OK, INSTALL a new BJB. TEST the system for normal operation.
Y5 CHECK CIRCUIT GD120 (BK/GN) FOR CONTINUITY TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 97: Measuring Resistance Between Trailer Tow LH Turn Relay Pin 2, Circuit GD120
(BK/GN) & RH Turn Relay Pin 1
Measure the resistance between the trailer tow LH turn relay pin 2, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), BJB

face side and ground; or between the trailer tow RH turn relay pin 1, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), BJB
face side and ground.
YES : REPAIR circuit CAT06 (YE) (LH trailer stop/turn) or circuit CAT09 (GN) (RH trailer
stop/turn) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to Y6.
Y6 CHECK CIRCUIT GD120 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 98: Measuring Resistance Between Trailer Tow LH Stop/Turn Relay Pin 2, GD120
(BK/GN) & Joint Connector 7 C2200-M
 For the LH trailer turn, measure the resistance between the trailer tow LH stop/turn relay pin 2,
circuit GD120 (BK/GN), BJB face side and the joint connector 7 C2200-M, circuit GD120
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 99: Measuring Resistance Between Trailer Tow RH Stop/Turn Relay Pin 1, GD120
(BK/GN) & Joint Connector 7 C2200-B
 For the RH trailer turn, measure the resistance between the trailer tow RH stop/turn relay pin 1,
circuit GD120 (BK/GN), BJB face side and the joint connector 7 C2200-B, circuit GD120
Pinpoint Test Z: The Trailer Lamps Are Inoperative - Trailer Parking Lamps
Normal Operation
The trailer tow parking lamp relay coil receives voltage through circuit CLS30 (VT/WH) when the vehicle
parking lamps are illuminated. The trailer tow parking lamp relay coil is grounded through circuit GD120
(BK/GN). The battery junction box (BJB) fuse 9 (20A) supplies voltage to the trailer tow parking lamp relay
switch side. When the trailer tow parking lamp relay is energized, the voltage is routed to the trailer tow
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
connector through circuit CAT11 (BN).
 Fuse
 Joint connector
 Trailer tow parking lamp relay
 BJB
 Trailer
PINPOINT TEST Z: THE TRAILER LAMPS ARE INOPERATIVE - TRAILER PARKING LAMPS
Z1 CHECK CIRCUIT CAT11 (BN) FOR VOLTAGE


Measure the voltage between the trailer tow C439-3, circuit CAT11 (BN), harness side and ground.

facility.
NO : Go to Z2.
Z2 CHECK THE TRAILER TOW PARKING LAMP RELAY
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Disconnect: Trailer Tow Parking Lamp Relay


Measure the voltage between the trailer tow C439-3, circuit CAT11 (BN), harness side and ground.

YES : REMOVE the known good relay. Go to Z3.

NO : REMOVE the known good relay. INSTALL a new trailer tow parking lamp relay. TEST the
Z3 CHECK CIRCUIT CLS30 (VT/WH) FOR AN OPEN
NOTE: Make sure the parking lamps are still on.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 102: Measuring Voltage Between Trailer Tow Parking Lamp Relay Pin 1, Circuit CLS30
(VT/WH) & Ground
Measure the voltage between the trailer tow parking lamp relay pin 1, circuit CLS30 (VT/WH),

BJB face side and ground.
YES : Go to Z4.
Z4 CHECK THE BJB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 103: Measuring Voltage Between Trailer Tow Parking Lamp Relay Pin 5, BJB Face Side
& Ground
Measure the voltage between the trailer tow parking lamp relay pin 5, BJB face side and ground.

YES : Go to Z5.
NO : VERIFY the BJB fuse 9 (20A) is OK. If OK, INSTALL a new BJB. TEST the system for
normal operation.
Z5 CHECK CIRCUIT GD120 (BK/GN) FOR CONTINUITY TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 104: Measuring Resistance Between Trailer Tow Parking Lamp Relay Pin 2, Circuit
Measure the resistance between the trailer tow parking lamp relay pin 2, circuit GD120 (BK/GN),

BJB face side and ground.
YES : REPAIR circuit CAT11 (BN) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to Z6.
Z6 CHECK CIRCUIT GD120 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 105: Measuring Resistance Between Trailer Tow Parking Lamp Relay Pin 2, GD120
(BK/GN) & Joint Connector 7 C2200-H
 Measure the resistance between the trailer tow parking lamp relay pin 2, circuit GD120 (BK/GN),
BJB face side and the joint connector 7 C2200-H, circuit GD120 (BK/GN), harness side.
Pinpoint Test AA: The Trailer Lamps Are On Continuously
Normal Operation - Trailer Tow Stop/Turn Lamp
The trailer tow LH stop/turn relay coil receives voltage through circuit CLS18 (GY/BN) when the vehicle LH
rear stoplamp is illuminated. When the trailer tow LH stop/turn relay is energized, voltage is routed to the trailer
tow connector through circuit CAT06 (YE).
The trailer tow RH stop/turn relay coil receives voltage through circuit CLS19 (VT/OG) when the vehicle RH
rear stoplamp is illuminated. When the trailer tow RH stop/turn relay is energized, voltage is routed to the trailer
tow connector through circuit CAT09 (GN).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Trailer Tow Parking
The trailer tow parking lamp relay coil receives voltage through circuit CLS30 (VT/WH) when the vehicle
parking lamps are illuminated. When the trailer tow parking lamp relay is energized, voltage is routed to the
trailer tow connector through circuit CAT11 (BN).

 Trailer tow relay
 Trailer
PINPOINT TEST AA: THE TRAILER LAMPS ARE ON CONTINUOUSLY
AA1 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE AT THE TRAILER TOW CONNECTOR

 Measure the voltage the between trailer tow connector, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
CAT06
C439-2
(YE)
CAT09
C439-1
(GN)
CAT11
C439-3
(BN)


YES : Go to AA2.
NO : The vehicle is operating correctly. SEND the trailer to an authorized camper/trailer repair
facility.
AA2 CHECK THE SUSPECT RELAY
 Disconnect: Suspect Trailer Tow Relay
 Measure the voltage the between trailer tow connector, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
C439-2 CAT06
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(YE)
CAT09
C439-1
(GN)
CAT11
C439-3
(BN)

YES : REPAIR circuit CAT06 (YE) (LH turn), circuit CAT09 (GN) (RH turn), or circuit CAT11
(BN) (parking lamps) for a short to voltage. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : INSTALL a new trailer tow relay in question. TEST the system for normal operation.
ADAPTIVE HEADLIGHTING
Special Tools

scan tool
(GEM).
The headlamp control module (HCM) receives information from the communication network such as vehicle
speed, steering wheel angle and headlamps on status. Based on the information received, the HCM determines
if the headlamps need to be angled left or right as well as the degree of angle.
The HCM does not operate the adaptive headlamps until the vehicle speed is above 5 km/h (3 mph).
When the ignition is placed in the RUN/START position, the HCM runs an initialization check to determine the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
straight-ahead position of the headlamps. The lamps track left to right, then back to center to signify that the
system is operating correctly.
If the HCM does not receive the required information over the communication network or determines that there
is a fault with the circuitry to the sensors or control motors, it defaults the headlamps to the straight-ahead
position and sets DTC(s).


(BJB) fuse 51 (5A)
connectors
 Headlamp control
module (HCM)



PCM.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

8. Clear the continuous DTCs and carry out the self-test diagnostics for the HCM.
DTC Charts
HEADLAMP CONTROL MODULE (HCM) DTC CHART

INSTALL a new HCM. REFER to Headlamp
B1342 ECU Is Faulted Control Module (HCM). TEST the system for
normal operation.
ECU Output to Left Headlamp
B2609 Go to Pinpoint Test AF .
Stepper Motor Circuit Failure
ECU Output to Right Headlamp
B2612 Go to Pinpoint Test AF .
Stepper Motor Circuit Failure
Left Headlamp Swivel Control
B100B Go to Pinpoint Test AF .
Failure
Right Headlamp Swivel Control
B100C Go to Pinpoint Test AF .
Failure
Steering Wheel Angle 1 and 2
C1278 Go to Pinpoint Test AF .
Signal Faulted
Control Module Communication REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS
U0073
Bus A Off NETWORK article.
U0100 Go to Pinpoint Test AB .
ECM/PCM
U0126 Go to Pinpoint Test AC .
Steering Angle Sensor Module
U0155 Instrument Panel Cluster (IC) Go to Pinpoint Test AD .
Control Module
CARRY OUT the programmable module installation
U2050 No Application Present (PMI). REFER to MODULE CONFIGURATION
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Fuse
 No communication with  Wiring, terminals  REFER to MODULE
the adaptive front lighting or connectors COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
module  Headlamp control article.
module (HCM)
 The adaptive front lighting or connectors
is inoperative/does not  Headlamp  Go to Pinpoint Test AF .
operate correctly assembly
 HCM
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test AB: DTC U0100 - Lost Communication With ECM/PCM
Normal Operation
The headlamp control module (HCM) receives vehicle speed information from the PCM. If the HCM does not
receive communication from the PCM, DTC U0100 is set.
 HCM
 PCM
PINPOINT TEST AB: DTC U0100 - LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ECM/PCM
AB1 REPEAT THE ON-DEMAND SELF-TEST

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: HCM Self-Test
 Clear the DTCs and repeat the HCM on-demand self-test.
 Is DTC U0100 retrieved again?
YES : Go to AB2.
NO : The vehicle is operating correctly at this time. The HCM may have temporarily lost
communication with the PCM.
AB2 CHECK OTHER MODULES FOR DTC U0100
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Instrument Cluster (IC) Self-Test
 Carry out the on-demand self-test for other modules on the high speed controller area network (HS-
CAN). The IC, ABS module and restraints control module (RCM), for example, communicate on
the HS-CAN.
 Is DTC U0100 retrieved from any other module?
YES : Go to AB3.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to AB4.
AB3 CHECK FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
AB4 CHECK FOR CORRECT HCM OPERATION
 Disconnect the HCM connector.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
 Connect the HCM connector and make sure it seats correctly.
YES : INSTALL a new HCM. REFER to Headlamp Control Module (HCM). TEST the system
Pinpoint Test AC: DTC U0126 - Lost Communication With Steering Wheel Angle Sensor Module
Normal Operation
The headlamp control module (HCM) receives steering wheel angle information from the steering angle sensor
module (SASM). If the HCM does not receive communication from the SASM, DTC U0126 is set.
 HCM
 SASM
PINPOINT TEST AC: DTC U0126 - LOST COMMUNICATION WITH STEERING WHEEL ANGLE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SENSOR MODULE
AC1 REPEAT THE ON-DEMAND SELF-TEST

YES : Go to AC2.
communication with the SASM.
AC2 CHECK THE ABS MODULE FOR DTC U0126
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: ABS Module Self-Test
 Carry out the on-demand self-test for the ABS module.
 Is DTC U0126 retrieved?

NO : Go to AC3.
AC3 CHECK FOR CORRECT HCM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test AD: DTC U0155 - Lost Communication With Instrument Panel Cluster (IC) Control
Module
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) communicates the headlamps on status to the instrument cluster (IC) over the
medium speed controller area network (MS-CAN). The IC acts as a gateway module and relays the information
through the high speed controller area network (HS-CAN). The headlamp control module (HCM) receives
headlamps on status information from the IC gateway. If the HCM does not receive communication from the
IC, DTC U0155 is set.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 HCM
 IC
PINPOINT TEST AD: DTC U0155 - LOST COMMUNICATION WITH INSTRUMENT PANEL
CLUSTER (IC) CONTROL MODULE
AD1 REPEAT THE ON-DEMAND SELF-TEST

YES : Go to AD2.
communication with the PCM.
AD2 CHECK OTHER MODULES FOR DTC U0155
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: ABS Module Self-Test
 Carry out the on-demand self-test for other modules on the HS-CAN. The PCM, ABS module and
restraints control module (RCM), for example, communicate on the HS-CAN.
 Is DTC U0155 retrieved from any other module?

NO : Go to AD3.
AD3 CHECK FOR CORRECT HCM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test AE: DTC C1278 - Steering Wheel Angle 1 and 2 Signal Faulted
Normal Operation
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The headlamp control module (HCM) receives steering wheel angle information from the steering angle sensor
module (SASM). If the HCM receives faulty steering wheel angle data from the SASM, DTC C1278 is set.
 HCM
 SASM
PINPOINT TEST AE: DTC C1278 - STEERING WHEEL ANGLE 1 AND 2 SIGNAL FAULTED
AE1 REPEAT THE ON-DEMAND SELF-TEST

 Is DTC C1278 retrieved again?
YES : Go to AE2.
NO : The vehicle is operating correctly at this time. The HCM may have temporarily received
incorrect data from the steering wheel angle sensor module.
AE2 CHECK THE ABS MODULE FOR DTC C1278
 Carry out the on-demand self-test for the ABS module.
 Is DTC C1278 retrieved?
YES : Go to AE3.
NO : Go to AE4.
AE3 CHECK FOR CORRECT SASM OPERATION
 Disconnect the SASM connector.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
 Connect the SASM connector and make sure it seats correctly.
YES : INSTALL a new SASM. REFER to Steering Wheel Rotation Sensor in VEHICLE
DYNAMIC SYSTEMS article. TEST the system for normal operation.
AE4 CHECK FOR CORRECT HCM OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test AF: The Adaptive Front Lighting Is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly
Normal Operation
The headlamp control module (HCM) receives information from the high speed controller area network (HS-
CAN), such as steering wheel angle, vehicle speed, and headlamps on status. Based on the information
received, the HCM determines what angle (left to right of straight ahead) the headlamps should be.
The HCM does not operate the adaptive headlamps until the headlamps are on and the vehicle speed is above 5
km/h (3 mph). Depending on vehicle speed and steering wheel angle, the HCM determines and positions the
headlamps at an angle to improve visibility while the vehicle is in a turn. At low and high vehicle speeds (8
km/h [5 mph] and 97 km/h [60 mph] for example), the angle of the headlamps is changed minimally. At vehicle
speeds of 32-40 km/h (20-25 mph), the headlamp angle change is greater.
The HCM monitors the position of the headlamps and controls the motors, which changes the angle of the
headlamps.

B2609 - ECU Output to Left Headlamp Stepper
the HCM detects a failure from the LH headlamp
Motor Circuit Failure
stepper motor or circuitry.
B2612 - ECU Output to Right Headlamp Stepper
the HCM detects a failure from the RH headlamp
Motor Circuit Failure
stepper motor or circuitry.
B100B - Left Headlamp Swivel Control Failure the HCM detects a failure from the LH headlamp
position sensor or circuitry.
B100C - Right Headlamp Swivel Control Failure the HCM detects a failure from the RH headlamp
position sensor or circuitry.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 HCM
PINPOINT TEST AF: THE ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT

OPERATE CORRECTLY
AF1 CHECK THE RECORDED DTCs FROM THE HCM SELF-TEST

 Check the recorded results from the HCM self-test.
YES : For DTC B2612 or B100C, go to AF3.
For DTC B2609 or B100B, go to AF11.
NO : Go to AF2.
AF2 ACTIVE COMMAND THE HEADLAMP ANGLE
 Turn the headlamps on.
 Select the HCM headlamp angle control (BEAM_CTRL_LFT, BEAM_CTRL_RGT) active

commands. Command the headlamps to the full left and full right positions while observing the
headlamp beam patterns on a wall.
 Do the headlamps move left and right?
YES : Go to AF10.
NO : Go to AF11.
AF3 CHECK THE CIRCUITRY BETWEEN THE LH AND RH HEADLAMPS FOR A SHORT
TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: LH Headlamp C1021b and RH Headlamp C1041b
 Measure the voltage between the LH headlamp, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
CLF46
C1021b-1
(YE/GY)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CLF45
C1021b-2
(VT/GY)
LLF43
C1021b-4
(GN/VT)
LLF44
C1021b-5
(BU/GY)
CLF48
C1021b-7
(GN/BN)
CLF47
C1021b-8
(BU/GN)
RLF45
C1021b-10
(GY/VT)


NO : Go to AF4.
AF4 CHECK THE CIRCUITRY BETWEEN THE LH AND RH HEADLAMPS FOR A SHORT
TO GROUND
 Measure the resistance between the LH headlamp, harness side and ground as follows:
Connector-
Circuit
Pin
CLF46
C1021b-1
(YE/GY)
CLF45
C1021b-2
(VT/GY)
LLF43
C1021b-4
(GN/VT)
LLF44
C1021b-5
(BU/GY)
CLF48
C1021b-7
(GN/BN)
CLF47
C1021b-8
(BU/GN)
RLF45
C1021b-10
(GY/VT)


YES : Go to AF5.
AF5 CHECK THE CIRCUITRY BETWEEN THE LH AND RH HEADLAMPS FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Measure the resistance between the LH headlamp, harness side and RH headlamp, harness side:
LH RH
Headlamp Headlamp
Circuit
Pin Pin
CLF46
C1021b-1 C1041b-3
(YE/GY)
CLF45
C1021b-2 C1041b-2
(VT/GY)
LLF43
C1021b-4 C1041b-4
(GN/VT)
LLF44
C1021b-5 C1041b-5
(BU/GY)
CLF48
C1021b-7 C1041b-9
(GN/BN)
CLF47
C1021b-8 C1041b-8
(BU/GN)
RLF45
C1021b-10 C1041b-10
(GY/VT)


YES : Go to AF6.
AF6 CHECK FOR SHORTED TOGETHER CIRCUITS BETWEEN THE LH AND RH
HEADLAMPS
 Measure the resistance between each circuit on the LH headlamp, harness side as follows:
Pin Circuit Pin Circuit
C1021b-2
CLF45
(VT/GY)
C1021b-4
LLF43
C1021b-1 (GN/VT)
CLF46 C1021b-5
(YE/GY) LLF44
(BU/GY)
C1021b-7
CLF48
(GN/BN)
C1021b-8
CLF47
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(BU/GN)
C1021b-10
RLF45
(GY/VT)
C1021b-4
LLF43
(GN/VT)
C1021b-5
LLF44
(BU/GY)
C1021b-2 C1021b-7
CLF45 CLF48
(VT/GY) (GN/BN)
C1021b-8
CLF47
(BU/GN)
C1021b-10
RLF45
(GY/VT)
C1021b-5
LLF44
(BU/GY)
C1021b-7
CLF48
C1021b-4
(GN/BN)
LLF43
C1021b-8
(GN/VT)
CLF47
(BU/GN)
C1021b-10
RLF45
(GY/VT)
C1021b-7
CLF48
(GN/BN)
C1021b-5 C1021b-8
LLF44 CLF47
(BU/GY) (BU/GN)
C1021b-10
RLF45
(GY/VT)
C1021b-8
CLF47
C1021b-7
(BU/GN)
CLF48
C1021b-10
(GN/BN)
RLF45
(GY/VT)
C1021b-8 C1021b-10
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CLF47 RLF45
(BU/GN) (GY/VT)
Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms between each circuit?

YES : Go to AF7.
NO : REPAIR the circuits in question. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
AF7 CHECK THE RH STEPPER MOTOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
 Remove the LH headlamp. Refer to Headlamp Assembly.
 Disconnect: HCM

 Measure the resistance between the HCM, harness side and the LH headlamp, component side as
follows:
LH
HCM
Headlamp Circuit
Connector
Connector
Pin 21 Pin 1 CLF46
Pin 30 Pin 2 CLF45
Pin 24 Pin 7 CLF48
Pin 27 Pin 8 CLF47


YES : Go to AF8.
NO : REPAIR or INSTALL a new LH headlamp. REFER to Headlamp Assembly. CLEAR the
AF8 CHECK THE RH SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Measure the resistance between the HCM, harness side and the LH headlamp, component side as
follows:
LH
HCM
Headlamp Circuit
Connector
Connector
Pin 13 Pin 4 LLF43
Pin 11 Pin 5 LLF44
Pin 16 Pin 10 RLF45


YES : Go to AF9.
NO : REPAIR or INSTALL a new LH headlamp. REFER to Headlamp Assembly. CLEAR the
AF9 CHECK FOR CORRECT HCM OPERATION (RH HEADLAMP DTCs)
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
If the concern remains, REINSTALL the original HCM. INSTALL a new RH headlamp. REFER to
Headlamp Assembly. TEST the system for normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
AF10 CHECK THE STEERING WHEEL ROTATION SENSOR FOR CORRECT
INSTALLATION
NOTE: If the PID indicates that the steering wheel rotation sensor is out of
synchronization by 360 degrees, this is an indication that the steering
column shaft was disconnected and the steering wheel was rotated one
full turn prior to reconnecting it. The clockspring may be damaged and
should be checked for correct installation.
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Steering Angle Sensor Module
(SASM) DataLogger
 Visually inspect the front wheels and make sure they are aligned to the straight-ahead position.
NOTE: The PID could read +360 degrees or -360 degrees. The PID should
indicate 0 when the wheels are in the straight-ahead position.
Monitor the SASM steering wheel angle (SWA_SEN) PID.


 Does the PID indicate the steering wheel at approximately 0 degrees?
YES : Go to AF11.
NO : REMOVE and correctly INSTALL the steering wheel rotation sensor. REFER to VEHICLE
DYNAMIC SYSTEMS article. MAKE SURE the clockspring is also correctly indexed. TEST the
AF11 CHECK FOR CORRECT HCM OPERATION (LH HEADLAMP DTCs)
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
If the concern remains, INSTALL a new LH headlamp. REFER to Headlamp Assembly. TEST
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (DRL)
Special Tools
scan tool
(GEM).
NOTE: When installing a new SJB, it must be configured for this feature, if originally
equipped. Refer to MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
The SJB controls the daytime running lamps (DRL) by using various inputs to determine whether or not the
DRL should be illuminated. These inputs include:
 Ignition switch position

 Headlamp switch position
 Headlamps on or off
 Transaxle gear selection
When the DRL is active, the SJB provides a pulse-width modulated (PWM) voltage to the low beam
headlamps. This illuminates the headlamps at a reduced intensity.
The SJB can be configured to turn the DRL on for this vehicle. Refer to MODULE CONFIGURATION
article for additional information on this programmable parameter.

NOTE: Make sure the multifunction switch is not in the HIGH BEAM position.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



PCM.
7. Check the smart junction box (SJB) and make sure the daytime running lamps (DRL) configuration is
enabled.
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 Exterior lighting system
input/output
 The daytime running lamps configuration  Go to Pinpoint Test
(DRL) are inoperative AG .
 Ignition switch input
 Transaxle gear input
 SJB
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test AG: The Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Are Inoperative
Normal Operation
When the ignition switch is in the RUN position, the headlamps are not on (from the autolamp system or
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
manual control from the headlamp switch), the transaxle is not in PARK (P), the smart junction switch (SJB)
provides a pulse-width modulated (PWM) voltage to the low beam headlamps. This illuminates the headlamps
at a reduced intensity.
 Exterior lighting system input/output

 SJB configuration
 Ignition switch input
 Transaxle gear input
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST AG: THE DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (DRL) ARE INOPERATIVE
AG1 VERIFY THE DRL OPERATION

 Place the gear selector lever in any gear other than PARK (P).
 Are the DRL illuminated?
YES : The system is operating correctly. INFORM the customer of the conditions required for the
DRL to operate correctly.
NO : Go to AG2.
AG2 CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE HEADLAMPS
 Place the headlamp switch in the HEADLAMPS ON position and observe the headlamps.
 Do the headlamps operate correctly?
YES : Go to AG3.
AG3 CHECK THE IGNITION SWITCH INPUT
 Monitor the SJB ignition switch PID (IGN SW) while cycling the ignition switch through all
positions.
 Does the PID agree with the ignition switch positions?
YES : Go to AG4.
NO : REFER to STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES article to diagnose the input from the
ignition switch.
AG4 CHECK THE TRANSAXLE GEAR INPUT
 Monitor the PCM transmission gear status PID (TR) while placing the gear selector lever through
all positions.
 Does the PID agree with the gear selection?
YES : Go to AG5.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : REFER to AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6F50 article to diagnose the

transmission range input.
AG5 CHECK SJB FOR DRL CONFIGURATION
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: SJB Module Programming
 Check the SJB configuration and make sure the DRL feature is enabled.
 Is the SJB DRL configuration enabled?

NO : ENABLE the DRL configuration. TEST the system for normal operation.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
HEADLAMP ADJUSTMENT
Special Tools
Vision 100 Headlamp Aimer 196-00005 or equivalent
Headlamp Aiming
1. The headlamp aiming procedure depends on what type of beam pattern the headlamp is equipped with.
Vehicles may come equipped with VOL or VOR headlamps. To identify the headlamp beam pattern, look
on the headlamp lens. Molded in small letters on the headlamp lens is one of the following:
 VOL and SAE
 VOR and SAE
2. Once the headlamp beam pattern is identified, aim the headlamps using one of the following methods as
applicable.
 Photometric aimers can aim VOL- and VOR- headlamps. This is the preferred method of headlamp
aiming.
 Visual or screen method aiming can be used to aim VOL- and VOR- headlamps.
 Mechanical aimers cannot be used with VOR- or VOL-type headlamps. Aerodynamic lamps that
can be aimed mechanically have 3 nibs molded into the lens of the lamp.
Photometric Aiming
1. For the photometric aiming procedure, refer to the appropriate photometric headlamp aimer instruction
manual.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Screen Method Aiming
All headlamp types
NOTE: Horizontal aim is not necessary for VOL or VOR headlamps.
NOTE: Consult your state vehicle inspection manual for recommended tolerance
ranges for visual aiming.
NOTE: The sight shield may need to be positioned or removed for access to the
adjusters.
1. Before starting headlamp adjustment:

 check the tire inflation.
 check that no other load is in the vehicle other than a half tank of fuel.
 check that the headlamps are clean.
 check for correct headlamp operation.
 check that the vehicle is on level ground.
 if the vehicle is equipped with air suspension, make sure that the switch is on.
NOTE: The vertical wall or screen must be a minimum of 2.4-m (8-ft) wide.
2. Park the vehicle on a level surface approximately 7.6-m (25-ft) from the vertical wall or screen directly in
front of it.
Fig. 108: Identifying Distance Between Vehicle And Vertical Wall Or Screen
NOTE: The center of the lamp is marked either on the lens (circle, crosshair or
other mark) or on the bulb shield internal to the lamp (crosshair or other
mark).
3. Mark a horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen.

1. Measure the center of the headlamp height to ground and record the measurement.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Make a 2.4-meter (8-ft) horizontal mark (using masking tape) on the vertical wall or screen at the
same distance from the ground as previously recorded.
Fig. 109: Aiming Headlights

NOTE: This procedure should be done in a dark environment to effectively see

the headlamp beam pattern.
4. Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood.
5. On the wall or screen, locate the high intensity area of the beam pattern.
VOR-type headlamps
NOTE: The appearance of the VOR beam pattern may vary between vehicles.
6. Identify at the top edge of this high intensity area a distinct horizontal cutoff in the beam pattern. If the
top edge of this cutoff is not even with the horizontal reference line, the headlamp beam needs to be
adjusted using the headlamp adjusting screw.
Fig. 110: Identifying High Intensity Area (VOR Type Headlamps)

VOL-type headlamps
7. For VOL-type headlamps, there is a distinct cutoff in the left portion of the beam pattern. The edge of this
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
cutoff should be positioned 50.2 mm (2 in) below the horizontal reference line. Adjust the headlamp as
necessary using the headlamp adjusting screw.
1. Horizontal reference line.
2. Top edge of the beam pattern.
3. High intensity zone.
Fig. 111: Identifying VOL-Type Headlamps Beam Pattern

FRONT FOG LAMP ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is not adjustable.
Consult your state vehicle inspection center for recommended tolerance
ranges for visual aiming.
1. Before starting the fog lamp assembly adjustment:

 check the tire inflation.
 make sure there are no other loads in the vehicle other than a half tank of fuel.
 make sure the vehicle is on level ground.
 make sure the fog lamps and headlamps are clean.
 make sure the headlamps are operating and are correctly aimed.
NOTE: The vertical wall screen must be a minimum of 2.4-m (8-ft) wide.
2. Park the vehicle on a level surface approximately 7.6 m (25 ft) from the vertical wall or screen directly in
front of it.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 112: Identifying Distance Between Vehicle And Vertical Wall Or Screen
3. The correct visual aim for the fog lamps is with the top edge of the high-intensity zone 10 cm (4 in)
below the horizontal center of the fog lamps.
Fig. 113: Identifying Correct Visual Aim For Fog Lamps

AUTOLAMPS TIME DELAY ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: The time delay can be programmed through the instrument cluster message
center using the message center buttons (if equipped) or using the following
steps.
NOTE: Steps 2 through 5 must be carried out within a 10-second period.
1. Start with the ignition switch off and the headlamp switch in the AUTOLAMPS ON position.
2. Place the headlamp switch in the OFF position.
3. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position.
4. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
5. Place the headlamp switch in the AUTOLAMPS ON position. The exterior lamps turn on at this point.
6. Wait the desired amount of time and place the headlamp switch in the OFF position (maximum of 3
minutes). The exterior lamps turn off and the autolamp time delay is now set.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
Fig. 114: Identifying Headlamp Assembly


1 W711676 Headlamp assembly bolts (4 required)
2 13005/13006 Headlamp assembly (LH/RH)
Headlamp electrical connectors (part of
3 -
14290)
NOTE: Make sure the headlamp switch and the ignition switch are in the OFF position.
2. Remove the 4 bolts and the headlamp assembly.
 Disconnect the electrical connectors.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
HEADLAMP BULB
Fig. 115: Exploded View Of Headlamp Bulb Edge Low Beam


Headlamp bulb electrical connector (part
1 -
of 14290)
2 13N021 Headlamp bulb
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 116: Identifying Edge High Beam


1 -
of 14290)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 117: Identifying MKX Low Beam


Headlamp bulb access cover (part of
1 -
13005/13006)
3 -
of 13005/13006)
NOTE: The air cleaner assembly is shown removed for clarity.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 118: Identifying MKX High Beam


1 -
13005/13006)
3 -
of 13005/13006)
WARNING: The bulb contains gas under pressure. The bulb may shatter if the glass
envelope is scratched or if the bulb is dropped. Handle the bulb only by
its base. Avoid touching the glass envelope. Failure to follow these
instructions may result in personal injury.
NOTE: The headlamp bulb should not be removed from the headlamp until just before
a new bulb is installed. Removing the bulb for an extended period of time may
affect headlamp bulb performance. Contaminants may enter the headlamp
where they can settle on the lens and reflector. Never turn on the headlamps
with the bulb removed from the headlamp.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
MKX
1. Remove the headlamp bulb access cover.
All vehicles
NOTE: To remove, rotate the headlamp bulb approximately 1/8 turn

counterclockwise.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb.

HEADLAMP CONTROL MODULE (HCM)
NOTE: The headlamp control module (HCM) can be accessed from under the vehicle.
Fig. 119: Exploded View Of Headlamp Control Module (HCM)


Headlamp control module (HCM) screws
1 -
(3 required) (part of 13005)
2 13C148 HCM
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3 - HCM electrical connector (part of 13005)
2. Remove the 2 screws and position the fender splash shield aside.
Fig. 120: Locating Screws On Fender Splash Shield

3. Remove the 3 screws and the HCM.

FOG LAMP
Fig. 121: Exploded View Of Fog Lamp

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1 17E811 Fog lamp bezel

2 15K200 Fog lamp
Fog lamp electrical connector (part of
3 -
14290)

3. Release the tabs and remove the fog lamp bezel.

4. Release the locking tabs and remove the fog lamp.
FOG LAMP BULB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 123: Exploded View Of Fog Lamp Bulb


Fog lamp electrical connector (part of
1 -
14290)
2 13N021 Fog lamp bulb
WARNING: The bulb contains gas under pressure. The bulb may shatter if the glass
envelope is scratched or if the bulb is dropped. Handle the bulb only by
its base. Avoid touching the glass envelope. Failure to follow these
instructions may result in personal injury.
NOTE: The fog lamp bulb should not be removed from the fog lamp until just before a
new bulb is installed. Removing the bulb for an extended period of time may
affect fog lamp bulb performance. Contaminants may enter the fog lamp where
they can settle on the lens and reflector. Never turn on the fog lamps with the
bulb removed.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

3. Disconnect the electrical connector and remove the fog lamp bulb.
PARKING LAMP BULB - FRONT
Fig. 125: Exploded View Of Front Parking Lamp Bulb - Edge


1 13411 Front parking lamp bulb holder
Front parking lamp electrical connector
2 -
(part of 14290)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3 13466 Front parking lamp bulb
Fig. 126: Exploded View Of Front Parking Lamp Bulb - MKX


1 -
13005/13006)
Front parking lamp electrical connector
2 -
(part of 13005/13006)
3 13466 Front parking lamp bulb
MKX
1. Remove the headlamp bulb access cover.
All vehicles
2. Remove the front parking lamp holder from the headlamp assembly.
 Remove the front parking lamp bulb.
SIDE MARKER LAMP - FRONT

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 127: Exploded View Of Front Side Marker Lamp


Side marker lamp electrical connector
1 -
(part of 14290)
2 - Side marker bulb holder
3 13200/13201 Side marker lamp (LH/RH)
4 - Side marker bulb

3. Release the tabs and remove the side marker lamp.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
LIGHT SENSOR
Fig. 129: Exploded View Of Light Sensor


1 13A018 Light sensor
Light sensor electrical connector (part of
2 -
14401)
1. Using a suitable tool, remove the light sensor.

STOPLAMP SWITCH
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 130: Exploded View Of Stoplamp Switch


Stoplamp switch electrical connector
1 -
(part of 14290)
2 9G854 Stoplamp switch
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the stoplamp switch electrical connector.
NOTE: The stoplamp switch will be difficult to remove if the switch plunger is not
depressed. A slight rearward force should be adequate to depress the
plunger.
2. With a light force (approximately 1-4 N [1-3 lb]), pull rearward on the brake pedal, rotate the stoplamp
switch 45 degrees clockwise and remove the stoplamp switch.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: It is very important to not press, pull or touch the brake pedal assembly
during the installation of the stoplamp switch. Failure to follow these
instructions may damage the stoplamp switch.
1. Without movement to the brake pedal assembly, install the stoplamp switch and rotate 45 degrees
counterclockwise.
2. Connect the stoplamp switch electrical connector.
HEADLAMP SWITCH
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 131: Exploded View Of Headlamp Switch


1 7804481 Instrument panel side finish panel
2 11654 Headlamp switch
Headlamp switch electrical connector
3 -
(part of 14401)
1. Remove the instrument panel side finish panel.
NOTE: The headlamp switch is removed by pushing from behind.
2. Release the tabs and remove the headlamp switch.

HAZARD FLASHER LAMP SWITCH
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 132: Exploded View Of Hazard Flasher Lamp Switch


1 78044D70 Instrument panel center finish panel
2 13D733 Hazard flasher lamp switch
2. Release the tabs and remove the hazard flasher lamp switch.
PUDDLE LAMP
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 133: Exploded View Of Puddle Lamp


1 13B375 Puddle lamp
Puddle lamp electrical connector (part of
2 -
17683)
1. Release the tab to remove the puddle lamp from the mirror housing.
Fig. 134: Locating Puddle Lamp

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: An audible click can be heard when the puddle lamp is fully seated.
REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY
Fig. 135: Exploded View Of Rear Lamp Assembly


1 W712801 Rear lamp assembly screws (2 required)
2 13A505/13A504 Rear lamp assembly (LH/RH)
Rear lamp assembly electrical
3 -
connectors (part of 14A005)
NOTE: The rear lamp assembly is held in place by snap-type retainers. The lamp
should be pulled straight and rearward to remove.
1. Remove the 2 screws and the rear lamp assembly.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 An audible click should be heard when the rear lamp assembly is fully seated to the quarter panel.
REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY - LIFTGATE
Fig. 136: Identifying Rear Lamp Assembly With Torque Specifications


1 W704141 Liftgate lamp nuts (8 required)
Liftgate lamp electrical connector (part of
2 -
14A583)
3 13A565 Liftgate lamp
1. Remove the luggage trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM AND
2. Disconnect the liftgate lamp electrical connector.
3. Remove the 8 nuts and the liftgate lamp.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Exterior Trim and Ornamentation - Edge & MKX
Exterior Trim and Ornamentation - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Roof rack bolts 6 53
Spoiler nuts 6 53

RADIATOR GRILLE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Edge Radiator Grille


Isolator-to-bumper cover bolt (2
1 W506413-S
required)
Isolator-to-radiator grille reinforcement
2 W505003-S
screw (5 required)
3 17E898 Isolator
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Radiator grille reinforcement-to-radiator

4 N800488-S
grille nut (11 required)
5 8A164 Radiator grille reinforcement
6 16A912 Radiator grille
7 N800488-S Emblem retainer
8 8B262 Emblem
9 17D957 Front bumper cover
Fig. 2: Exploded View Of MKX Radiator Grille


Isolator-to-bumper cover bolt (2
1 W506413-S
required)
Isolator-to-radiator grill reinforcement
2 W505003-S
screw (3 required)
3 17E898 Isolator
Radiator grille reinforcement-to-radiator
4 N800488-S
grille nut (12 required)
5 8A164 Radiator grill reinforcement
6 16A912 Radiator grille
7 - Emblem retainer
8 8B262 Emblem
9 17D957 Bumper cover
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Remove the isolator-to-bumper cover bolts.
3. Remove the isolator-to-radiator grille reinforcement screws.
4. Remove the isolator.
 Release the isolator from the clips on the bumper cover.
5. Remove the radiator grille and radiator grille reinforcement.

 Release the radiator grille reinforcement from the clips on the bumper cover.
6. Remove the radiator grille-to-radiator grille reinforcement nuts and remove the radiator grille.
ROOF RACK
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Roof Rack With Torque Specifications


1 551A92-3 Roof rack bolt cover rear (RH)
2 551A90-1 Roof rack bolt cover front (RH)
3 551A92-4 Roof rack bolt cover rear (LH)
4 551A90-2 Roof rack bolt cover front (LH)
5 W712668-S Roof rack bolts (8 required)
6 55128-8 Roof rack side rail (RH)
7 55128-9 Roof rack side rail (LH)
8 W712668-S Roof rack retainer bolts (2 required)
9 02684 Roof rack retainer (RH)
10 02684 Roof rack retainer (LH)
1. Remove the rear roof rack bolt cover.

 Lift upward on the rear of the bolt cover and then pull rearward.
Fig. 4: Lifting Upward On Rear Of Bolt Cover & Pulling Rearward

2. Remove the front roof rack bolt cover.

 Lift upward on the front of the bolt cover and then pull forward.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 5: Lifting Upward On Front Of Bolt Cover & Pulling Rearward

3. Remove the 2 front roof rack bolts.

Fig. 6: Identifying Front Roof Rack Bolts

4. Remove the 2 rear roof rack bolts.

Fig. 7: Identifying Rear Roof Rack Bolts

NOTE: The roof rack side rail has a tab located at the front of the ditch moulding
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
and it is installed under the windshield moulding. When installing the roof
rack side rail, start at the front of the vehicle and work toward the rear.
5. Remove the roof rack side rail.

 Start at the rear of the roof rack side rail working toward the front of the vehicle.
Fig. 8: Identifying Roof Rack Side Rail


 The 4 roof rack bolts are installed in a specific order starting with the front bolt and working toward
the rear of the vehicle. The bolts must be installed in that order to make sure the roof rack side rail
is correctly aligned.
SPOILER
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Exploded View Of Spoiler With Torque Specifications


1 W651016-S Spoiler nut covers (2 required)
2 W621926-S Spoiler nuts (5 required)
3 010807 Spoiler
4 7841602 Spoiler retainers (4 required)
1. Remove the liftgate trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM AND
2. Disconnect the electrical connector and the rear windshield washer hose from the rear spoiler.
Fig. 10: Identifying Electrical Connector & Rear Windshield Washer Hose
3. Remove the 5 rear spoiler nuts.

 Remove the 2 nut covers.
 Remove the 5 nuts.
Fig. 11: Locating Rear Spoiler Nuts

4. Place a piece of tape on the liftgate to protect the paint.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 12: Placing A Piece Of Tape On Liftgate To Protect Paint

NOTE: There are 4 pin-type retainers on the bottom of the spoiler. When removing
the spoiler it is difficult to access the retainers to release them from the
liftgate. It may be necessary to pry upward on the rear spoiler to release it
from the retainers. Do not pry on the window.
5. Remove the rear spoiler.

 Place a pry bar between the liftgate and the spoiler.
Fig. 13: Placing A Pry Bar Between Liftgate & Spoiler


 Replace any retainers broken during removal.
ROCKER PANEL MOULDING
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 14: Exploded View Of Rocker Panel Moulding


Rocker panel moulding rear screw (2
1 W706805-S
required)
Rocker panel moulding cap front screw
2 W706805-S
(2 required)
3 7810154 RH/ 7810155 LH Rocker panel moulding cap
4 78101A04 RH/ 78101A05 LH Rocker panel moulding
1. Remove the rocker panel moulding front cap.

 Remove the 2 screws.
 Remove the front cap.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 15: Identifying Rocker Panel Molding End Cap & Screws
2. Remove the 2 screws from the rocker panel moulding inside the rear wheelhouse.
Fig. 16: Identifying Screws From Rocker Panel Moulding Inside Rear Wheelhouse
3. Open the front and rear doors.

4. Release the retainers on the bottom of the rocker panel moulding.
Fig. 17: Identifying Retainers On Bottom Of Rocker Panel Moulding

5. Pull outward to release the rocker panel moulding from the body, starting from the front of the vehicle
moving rearward.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 BRAKES Front Disc Brake - Edge & MKX
2008 BRAKES
Front Disc Brake - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
A1
High Temperature Nickel Anti-
Seize Lubricant ESE-M12A4-A -
Metal Brake Parts Cleaner
PM-4-A or PM-4-B (US); CPM-4 - -
(Canada)
Item Specification
Brake disc minimum thickness 26 mm (1.023 in)
Brake pad maximum taper wear (in any direction) 3.0 mm (0.118 in)
Brake pad minimum thickness 3.0 mm (0.118 in)
Bleeder screw 8 - 71
Brake caliper anchor plate bolts 133 98 -
Brake caliper flow bolt 25 18 -
Brake caliper guide pin bolts 88 65 -
Brake flexible hose bracket bolt 20 15 -
Brake tube fitting 17 13 -

FRONT DISC BRAKE
The front brake disc system consists of the following components:
 Brake caliper anchor plate

 Brake caliper
 Brake disc
 Brake disc shield
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Brake flexible hose
When mechanical force is applied by the driver to the brake pedal, the force is converted into hydraulic pressure
by the master cylinder. The hydraulic force is directed to the disc brake calipers and transferred to the brake
pads. The brake pads are then forced against the brake friction surfaces by the brake caliper pistons. The friction
of the brake pads on the brake disc causes the slowing of wheel rotation and the vehicle.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
FRONT DISC BRAKE

BRAKE PADS
Material
Item Specification
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Brake Pads With Torque Specifications

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Stainless steel shim (2 required) (part of
1 -
2001)
2 2001 Brake pad (2 required)
Brake pad slide (4 required) (part of
3 -
2001)
4 2B120 RH/ 2B121 LH Brake caliper
5 2C150 Brake caliper guide pin bolt (2 required)
REMOVAL
injury.

WARNING: Always install new brake shoes or pads at both ends of an axle to reduce
the possibility of brakes pulling vehicle to one side. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in uneven braking and serious personal injury.
CAUTION: Brake fluid is harmful to painted and plastic surfaces. If brake fluid is
spilled onto a painted or plastic surface, immediately wash it with water.
1. Check the brake fluid level in the brake master cylinder reservoir.
 If required, remove the fluid until the brake master cylinder reservoir is 1/2 full.
CAUTION: Do not pry in the caliper sight hole to retract the pistons as this can
damage the pistons and boots.
CAUTION: Do not allow the brake caliper to hang from the brake hose or
damage to the hose can occur.
3. Remove the 2 brake caliper guide pin bolts and position the caliper aside.
 Support the caliper using mechanic's wire.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Remove the brake pads, brake pad shims and stainless steel shims.
 Inspect the brake pads and shims for wear or contamination.
5. Remove the brake pad slides.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Protect the caliper pistons and boots when pushing the caliper
piston into the caliper piston bores or damage to components may
occur.
CAUTION: Make sure that the caliper guide pin boots are fully seated or damage
to the caliper guide pin boots can occur.
1. If installing new brake pads, using a suitable tool and a worn brake, compress the disc brake caliper
pistons into the caliper.
Fig. 2: Compressing Brake Caliper Pistons Into Caliper

2. Install the brake pad slides.

3. Apply a thin coating of the supplied grease to the shims and the shim contact area of the brake pads.
4. Install the stainless steel shims to the brake pads.
NOTE: The guide pin bolts are different sizes. The longer/bigger bolt is the upper
guide pin bolt.
5. Position the brake caliper and install the 2 guide pin bolts.
7. Fill the brake master cylinder reservoir with clean, specified brake fluid.
 Apply brakes several times to verify correct brake operation.
BRAKE CALIPER
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Material
Item Specification
Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Brake Caliper With Torque Specifications


2 2C150 Brake caliper guide bolt (2 required)
3 2078 RH/ 2B557 LH Front brake hose
4 W711784 Copper washers (2 required)
5 2M085 Brake caliper flow bolt
injury.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

2. Remove the brake caliper flow bolt and position the hose aside.
 Discard the 2 copper washers.
 Install new copper washers.
NOTE: The guide pin bolts are different sizes. The longer/bigger bolt is the upper
guide pin bolt.
3. Remove the 2 brake caliper guide pin bolts.

4. Remove the brake caliper.
NOTE: During installation, make sure that the brake caliper hose is not twisted.

BRAKE CALIPER ANCHOR PLATE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Brake Caliper Anchor Plate With Torque Specifications

2 2C150 Brake caliper guide pin bolt (2 required)
Brake pad slide (4 required) (part of
3 -
2001)
4 2001 Brake pad (2 required)
Brake caliper anchor plate bolt (2
5 2248
required)
6 2B292 RH/ 2B293 LH Brake caliper anchor plate
1. Check the brake fluid level in the brake master cylinder reservoir.
 If required, remove the fluid until the brake master cylinder reservoir is 1/2 full.
CAUTION: Do not pry in the caliper sight hole to retract the pistons as this can
damage the pistons and boots.
CAUTION: Do not allow the brake caliper to hang from the brake hose or
damage to the hose can occur.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Remove the 2 brake caliper guide pin bolts and position the caliper aside.
 Support the caliper using mechanic's wire.
4. Remove the brake pads, brake pad shims and stainless steel shims.
5. Remove the brake pad slides.
6. Remove the 2 brake caliper anchor plate bolts and the anchor plate.

BRAKE DISC
Material
Item Specification
ESE-M12A4-A
Metal Brake Parts Cleaner
-
PM-4-A or PM-4-B (US); CPM-4 (Canada)
Fig. 5: Exploded View Of Brake Disc With Torque Specifications

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

1 - Brake caliper and anchor plate assembly
2 1032 Brake disc
Brake caliper anchor plate bolts (2
3 2248
required)
REMOVAL
CAUTION: Do not allow the brake caliper and anchor plate assembly to hang
from the brake hose or damage to the hose can occur.
2. Remove the brake caliper anchor plate bolts and position the brake caliper and anchor plate assembly
aside.
 Support the caliper and anchor plate assembly using mechanic's wire.
3. Remove the brake disc.
INSTALLATION
1. Clean and dry the brake disc-to-wheel hub mounting surface and apply a thin coat of anti-seize where
indicated.
Fig. 6: Locating Brake Disc Screws

NOTE: Make sure the brake disc is clean and free of any foreign material.
2. Install the brake disc.

3. Position the brake caliper and anchor plate assembly and install the brake caliper anchor plate bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
BRAKE DISC SHIELD
Fig. 7: Exploded View Of Brake Disc Shield


1 2K005 LH/ 2K004 RH Brake disc shield
2 3K186 LH/ 3K185 RH Wheel knuckle
REMOVAL
1. Remove the wheel bearing and wheel hub. For additional information, refer to FRONT SUSPENSION
article.
2. Index-mark the brake disc shield to the wheel knuckle, then align the new brake disc shield to the existing
shield and transfer the index mark.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 8: Locating Index-Mark On Brake Disc Shield

3. Cut the brake disc shield and remove it from the wheel knuckle.
INSTALLATION
1. Position the brake disc shield onto the wheel knuckle.

2. Align the index marks and install the brake disc shield onto the wheel knuckle.
3. Install the wheel bearing and wheel hub. For additional information, refer to FRONT SUSPENSION
article.
BRAKE FLEXIBLE HOSE
Material
Item Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Identifying Brake Flexible Hose With Torque Specifications


1 2K573 Brake caliper flow bolt
2 W711784 Copper washers (2 required)
Brake tube fitting (part of 2263 RH/2264
3 -
LH)
4 2B223 Brake flexible hose retaining clip
5 W708004 Brake flexible hose bracket bolt
6 2078 Brake flexible hose
injury.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the brake caliper flow bolt and discard the 2 copper washers.
 Install new copper washers.
2. Disconnect the brake tube fitting from the brake flexible hose.
3. Remove the brake flexible hose retaining clip.

4. Remove the brake flexible hose bracket bolt and the brake flexible hose.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Front End Body Panels - Edge & MKX
Front End Body Panels - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Cowl grille panel extension bolts 6 - 53
Fender cowl bolt 9 - 80
Front fender bolts 9 - 80
Fender-to-stud nut 9 - 80
Hood hinge-to-body bolts 12 9 -
Hood hinge-to-hood bolts 23 17 -
Hood latch bolts 10 - 89
Hood striker bolts 11 8 -
Lower cowl grille panel bolts 9 - 80
Lower cowl panel-to-front of dash bolt 20 15 -
Lower fender bolt 9 - 80
Upper cowl grille panel bolts 6 - 53
Upper fender bolts 9 - 80
Upper rear fender bolt 9 - 80
Wiper mounting arm and pivot shaft assembly bolts 7 - 62
Wiper pivot arm nuts 20 15 -

FRONT END BODY PANELS - EXPLODED VIEW
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Front End Body Panels With Torque Specifications

Splash shield pin-type retainer (10
2 W712196
required)
3 16054 RH/ 16055 LH Splash shield
4 W505421 Fender bolt (7 required)
5 W709603 Fender rear nut
6 16015 RH/ 16016 LH Fender
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
FENDER
1. Remove the 2 screws and the rocker panel moulding end cap.
Fig. 2: Identifying Rocker Panel Molding End Cap & Screws

2. Remove the front fender splash shield. For additional information, refer to Fender Splash Shield.
3. Remove the lower fender bolt.
Fig. 3: Locating Lower Fender Bolt

4. Remove the nut from the stud inside the fender well.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Identifying Stud Inside Fender Well

CAUTION: The front bumper cover may be damaged if pulled outward too far
while trying to access the bolts.
5. Remove the front fender bolts.

 Remove the front bumper cover corner.
 Remove the bolts.
Fig. 5: Locating Front Bumper Cover Corner & Bolts

6. Remove the upper rear fender bolt cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 6: Locating Upper Rear Fender Bolt Cover

7. Remove the upper rear fender bolt.

Fig. 7: Locating Upper Rear Fender Bolt

8. Remove the 2 upper fender bolts.

Fig. 8: Locating Upper Fender Bolts

9. Remove the fender cowl bolt.

 Position the cowl cover aside.
 Remove the bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Locating Fender Cowl Bolt

10. Remove the front fender.

 If necessary, transfer parts.
FENDER SPLASH SHIELD
1. Remove the fender splash shield screws.

2. Remove the fender splash shield pin-type retainers.
COWL PANEL GRILLE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 10: Exploded View Of Cowl Panel Grille With Torque Specifications

1 020A26 RH cowl side outer panel
2 020A27 LH cowl side outer panel
Upper cowl grille panel screws (4
3 W712648
required)
Upper cowl grille panel scrivet (4
4 N804837
required)
5 02222 RH upper cowl panel
6 02223 LH upper cowl panel
Wiper pivot arm assembly bolt (2
7 17526
required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
8 17508B Wiper pivot arm assembly

9 W707257 Cowl panel extension bolts (6 required)
10 021A37 LH cowl panel extension
11 W707257 RH cowl panel extension
12 W710593 Lower cowl panel bolt (5 required)
13 W702751 Lower cowl panel nut (3 required)
14 W710309 Lower cowl panel-to-front of dash bolt
15 02106 Lower cowl panel
Upper and lower cowl grille panel
NOTE: The upper cowl panel grille must be removed before the lower cowl panel
grille can be removed.
1. Remove the LH and RH wiper pivot arms. For additional information, refer to WIPERS AND
WASHERS article.
Upper cowl panel grille
2. Remove the RH cowl side outer panel.

3. Remove the LH cowl side outer panel.
4. Remove the 2 scrivets from the RH upper cowl panel grille.
5. Remove the 2 bolts from the RH upper cowl grille panel and remove the RH upper cowl grille panel.
6. Remove the 2 scrivets from the LH upper cowl grille panel.

7. Remove the 2 bolts from the LH upper cowl grille panel and remove the LH upper cowl grille panel.
Lower cowl panel grille
8. Remove the wiper arm and wiper pivot shaft assembly.

 Remove the 2 bolts.
9. Remove the 2 bolts from the upper left lower cowl grille panel extension and remove the panel.
10. Remove the 4 bolts from the upper right lower cowl panel extension and remove the panel.
11. Disconnect the wiring harness from the retainer on the left front of the lower cowl grille panel.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 11: Identifying Wiring Harness From Retainer

12. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the PCM.
Fig. 12: Identifying Electrical Connectors From PCM

13. Remove the evaporative purge valve and bracket from the center of the lower cowl panel grille and set
aside.
14. Remove the 5 bolts and 3 nuts from inside the lower cowl grille panel.
15. Remove the bolt from the lower cowl panel-to-front of dash.
16. Remove the lower cowl grille panel and PCM from the vehicle.
Upper and lower cowl grille panel
CAUTION: Incorrect installation of the lower/upper cowl panel grille may cause
damage to the windshield. Make sure the cowl panel grille clips are
located under the windshield prior to installation.

 Transfer the components as necessary.
 Adjust the pivot arms. For additional information, refer to WIPERS AND WASHERS article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Edge & MKX
2008 SUSPENSION
Front Suspension - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Brake caliper anchor plate bolt 133 98 -
Brake flexible hose bracket bolt 20 15 -
Driveshaft bolts 70 52 -
Engine roll restrictor heat shield nut 11 8 -
Engine roll restrictor-to-subframe bolt 103 76 -
Exhaust flexible pipe nuts 40 30 -
Front lower bumper-to-subframe nuts 9 - 80
Halfshaft nut 275 203 -
Lower arm-to-frame forward bolt 150 111 -
Lower arm-to-frame rearward bolt 80 59 -
Lower ball joint nut 55 41 -
Lower steering shaft coupler bolt 25 18 -
Outer tie-rod end nuts 48 35 -
Power steering fluid cooler hose bracket bolt 9 - 80
Steering shaft coupler bolt 25 18 -
Shock absorber lower nuts 225 166 -
Shock absorber rod nut 115 85 -
Shock absorber upper mount nuts 30 22 -
Stabilizer bar bracket bolts 63 46 -
Stabilizer bar link upper and lower nuts 90 66 -
Subframe support bracket bolts 90 66 -
Subframe support bracket nuts 133 98 -
Wheel speed sensor bolt 7 - 62
Y-pipe clamp 40 30 -

FRONT SUSPENSION
The front suspension consists of the following components:
 Wheel bearings
 Wheel hubs
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Wheel studs
 Lower arms
 Stabilizer bar
 Stabilizer bar brackets
 Stabilizer bar bushings
 Stabilizer bar links
 Shock absorber and spring assemblies
 Wheel knuckles
The front suspension system incorporates a strut assembly that takes the place of the upper arm and ball joint.
The strut carries out the function of a shock absorber and is encompassed by a coil spring. The strut and spring
assembly supports the weight of the vehicle and is also the pivot point for the steering spindle. This system uses
a lower control arm and ball joint for the lower (unloaded) pivot point of the steering wheel knuckle. The
stabilizer bar and links are included to control lean/sway during turns.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
FRONT SUSPENSION
Refer to SUSPENSION SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.

WHEEL BEARING AND WHEEL HUB
Special Tools
205-D002 (D79L-4621-A) or
Pinion Bearing Cone Remover
equivalent
Installer, Wheel Hub Bearing Cup 205-147
Remover/Installer, Wheel Hub Cup 204-020
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Stop Plate 205-117
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Wheel Bearing & Wheel Hub


1 1104 Wheel hub
2 3B625 Snap ring
3 1215 Wheel bearing
4 2K005 LH/ 2K004 RH Brake disc shield
REMOVAL
NOTE: If removing the wheel hub, the wheel bearing must be replaced.
1. Remove the wheel knuckle. For additional information, refer to Wheel Knuckle.
2. Using the special tool, press the wheel hub from the wheel bearing.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 2: Pressing Wheel Hub From Wheel Bearing Using Special Tool (205-117)
NOTE: This step may not be necessary if the inner wheel bearing race remains in
the wheel knuckle after removing the wheel hub.
3. Using the special tool, press the inner wheel bearing race from the wheel hub.
Fig. 3: Pressing Inner Wheel Bearing Race From Wheel Hub Using Special Tool (205-D002)
4. Remove the snap ring.

5. Using the special tool, press the outer wheel bearing race from the wheel knuckle.
Fig. 4: Pressing Outer Wheel Bearing Race From Wheel Knuckle Using Special Tool (204-020)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
INSTALLATION
1. Using the special tool, press the wheel bearing into the wheel knuckle.
Fig. 5: Pressing Wheel Bearing Into Wheel Knuckle Using Special Tool (205-147)
2. Install the snap ring.

3. Using the special tools, press the wheel hub into the wheel bearing.
Fig. 6: Pressing Wheel Hub Into Wheel Bearing Using Special Tools (205-117) & (205-147)
4. Install the wheel knuckle. For additional information, refer to Wheel Knuckle.
WHEEL STUDS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 7: Exploded View Of Wheel Studs


1 1107 Wheel stud
2 1104 Wheel hub
REMOVAL
1. Remove the wheel bearing and wheel hub. For additional information, refer to Wheel Bearing and
Wheel Hub.
2. Using a press, remove the wheel stud from the wheel bearing and hub assembly.
Fig. 8: Removing Wheel Stud From Wheel Bearing & Hub Assembly
INSTALLATION
1. Position the new wheel stud in the wheel hub, aligning the serrations in the wheel hub flange made by the
original wheel stud.
2. Using a press, install a new wheel stud.
Fig. 9: Installing New Wheel Stud Using A Press

3. Install the wheel bearing and wheel hub. For additional information, refer to Wheel Bearing and Wheel
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Hub.
LOWER ARM
Fig. 10: Exploded View Of Lower Arm Components With Torque Specifications

1 3A423 RH/ 3A424 LH Lower arm
2 W520213 Lower ball joint nut
4 W712481 Lower ball joint bolt
6 W712734 Lower arm-to-frame forward bolt
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Lower arm-to-frame rearward bolts (2

7 W712850
required)
REMOVAL
CAUTION: Suspension fasteners are critical parts because they affect performance of
vital components and systems and their failure may result in major service
expense. New parts must be installed with the same part numbers or
equivalent part, if replacement is necessary. Do not use a replacement part
of lesser quality or substitute design. Torque values must be used as
specified during reassembly to make sure correct retention of these parts.
2. Remove and discard the stabilizer bar link lower nut.
3. Remove and discard the lower ball joint nut and bolt.
4. Remove the lower arm-to-frame forward bolt and spacer.
5. Remove the 2 lower arm-to-frame rearward bolts and the lower arm.
 Discard the 2 bolts.
INSTALLATION
1. Position the lower arm and loosely install the 2 lower arm-to-frame rearward bolts.
2. Loosely install the lower arm-to-frame forward bolt and spacer.

3. Install the lower arm ball joint bolt and nut.
4. Install the stabilizer bar link lower nut.

6. With the weight of the vehicle resting on the wheels and tires, tighten the lower arm-to-frame forward
bolts to 150 Nm (111 lb-ft).
7. With the weight of the vehicle resting on the wheels and tires, tighten the 2 lower arm-to-frame rearward
bolts to 80 Nm (59 lb-ft).
8. Check and, if necessary, align the front end. For additional information, refer to WHEELS AND TIRES
article.
STABILIZER BAR AND LINK

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Special Tools
Tie-Rod End Remover 211-105 (T85M-3395-A)
Fig. 11: Replacing Bar & Link With Torque Specifications (1 Of 4)


1 W712802 Stabilizer bar bracket bolts (4 required)
2 5486 Stabilizer bar bracket (2 required)
3 5484 Stabilizer bar bushing (2 required)
4 5494 Stabilizer bar
5 W520214 Stabilizer bar link upper nut (2 required)
6 3B438 Stabilizer bar link (2 required)
7 W520214 Stabilizer bar link lower nut (2 required)
9 W520213 Lower ball joint nut (2 required)
10 W711889 Outer tie-rod end nut (2 required)
11 - Lower steering shaft coupler bolt
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 12: Replacing Stabilizer Bar & Link With Torque Specifications (2 Of 4)

Front lower bumper-to-subframe nut (6
12 W708229
required)
Front subframe mounting nut (2
13 W712858
required)
Front subframe mounting nut (2
14 W712858
required)
Subframe support bracket bolt (4
15 W712858
required)
Subframe support bracket nut (2
16 W712733
required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Exhaust flexible pipe isolators (2
17 5F262
required)
Exhaust flexible pipe-to-exhaust Y-pipe
18 W705443
nut (2 required)
19 9451 Gasket
20 9451 Y-pipe clamp
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

21 6C038 Roll restrictor heat shield
Roll restrictor heat shield nuts (2
22 W700101
required)
23 W711843 Roll restrictor-to-subframe bolt
24 W711787 Power steering cooler hose bracket bolt
25 W711918 Driveshaft bolts (4 required)
26 4K357 Driveshaft assembly
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: If replacing only the stabilizer bar bushings, proceed to Step 23 of this
procedure.
All vehicles
2. Remove the lower steering shaft coupler bolt and disconnect the coupler from the steering gear.
3. Index-mark the relationship of the front subframe to the underbody at the mounting locations.
4. Remove the 4 pin-type retainers and the RH fender splash shield.
Fig. 15: Locating Pin-Type Retainers On RH Fender Splash Shield

5. Remove the 3 pushpin fasteners, the 7 screws and the front splash shield.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
6. Remove the 3 RH front lower bumper-to-subframe nuts.

7. Remove the 3 LH front lower bumper-to-subframe nuts and separate the lower bumper from the
subframe.
8. Remove the power steering fluid cooler hose bracket bolt.

9. Loosen the Y-pipe clamp and disconnect the 2 exhaust hangers.

10. Remove the 2 nuts and separate the flex pipe from the Y-pipe assembly.
11. Index-mark the driveshaft, remove the 4 bolts and position the driveshaft aside.
All vehicles
NOTE: Use the holding feature to prevent the ball stud from turning while
removing or installing the stabilizer bar link nuts.
12. Remove the stabilizer link upper and lower nuts and the stabilizer links.
 Discard the nuts.
13. Remove the 2 outer tie-rod end nuts.

14. Using the special tool, separate the outer tie-rod ends from the wheel knuckles.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
15. Remove the 2 lower ball joint bolts and nuts and separate the lower ball joints from the wheel knuckles.
 Discard the bolts and nuts.
16. Remove the upper nut, loosen the lower nut and remove the engine roll restrictor heat shield.
17. Remove the engine roll restrictor-to-subframe bolt.

18. Using a suitable jack, support the subframe.

 Support the subframe in the center rear area of the subframe.
NOTE: During installation, the subframe brackets are loosely installed with the
support bracket bolts. Align the index marks made in Step 2, then tighten
the rear subframe nuts prior to tightening the support bracket bolts.
 Discard the nuts and bolts.
 To install, tighten the nuts to 133 Nm (98 lb-ft).
 To install, tighten the bolts to 90 Nm (66 lb-ft).
20. Remove and discard the 4 subframe nuts.

21. Using the jack, lower the subframe approximately 76.2 mm (3 in).
22. Remove the 4 bolts, 2 stabilizer bar brackets and bushings.
 Discard the bolts.
23. Remove the stabilizer bar.

25. Check and, if necessary, align the front end. For additional information, refer to SUSPENSION
SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
WHEEL KNUCKLE
Special Tools
205-D070 (D93P-1175-B) or
Remover, Front Hub
equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Remover, Tie-Rod End 211-105 (T85M-3395-A)
Fig. 18: Exploded View Of Wheel Knuckle With Torque Specifications


2 2C204 RH/ 2C205 LH Wheel speed sensor
4 W711889 Tie-rod end nut
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5 3K176 Tie-rod end cotter pin

7 W712981 Lower ball joint nut
Brake caliper anchor plate bolts (2
8 2248
required)
9 - Brake caliper and anchor plate assembly
10 1032 Brake disc
11 - Halfshaft hub seal
12 - Halfshaft hub washer
13 3N404 Halfshaft nut
Lower shock absorber flag bolts (2
14 W713856
required)
15 W520216 Lower shock absorber nuts (2 required)
REMOVAL
2. Remove the halfshaft nut, halfshaft hub seal and halfshaft washer.
 Discard the nut, seal and washer.
3. Remove the wheel speed sensor bolt and position the wheel speed sensor aside.
CAUTION: Do not allow the caliper and anchor plate assembly to hang from the
brake hose or damage to the hose can occur.
4. Remove the 2 bolts and position the caliper and anchor plate assembly aside.
 Support the caliper and anchor plate assembly using mechanic's wire.
5. Remove the brake disc.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 19: Pressing Halfshaft From Wheel Bearing & Hub

7. Remove and discard the tie-rod end cotter pin and nut.
CAUTION: Do not use a hammer to separate the tie-rod end from the wheel
knuckle or damage to the wheel knuckle can result.
8. Using the special tool, separate the tie-rod end from the wheel knuckle.
9. Remove the shock absorber lower nuts and flag bolts.

 Discard the nuts and flag bolts.
10. Remove the lower ball joint bolt, nut and the wheel knuckle.
 Discard the bolt and nut.
INSTALLATION
1. Position the wheel knuckle and install the lower ball joint bolt and nut.
 Tighten the nut to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
2. Install the shock absorber lower nuts and flag bolts.

3. Position the tie-rod end and install the nut and cotter pin.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Tighten to 48 Nm (35 lb-ft).

4. Position the wheel speed sensor and install the bolt.
5. Install the brake disc.

6. Position the brake caliper and anchor plate assembly and install the 2 bolts.
7. Using a suitable installation tool, install the halfshaft into the wheel hub.
CAUTION: Do not tighten the halfshaft nut with the vehicle on the ground. The
nut must be tightened to specification before the vehicle is lowered
onto the wheels. Wheel bearing damage will occur if the wheel
bearing is loaded with the weight of the vehicle applied.
8. Install the halfshaft hub seal, washer and nut.

SHOCK ABSORBER AND SPRING ASSEMBLY
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 21: Exploded View Of Shock Absorber & Spring Assembly With Torque Specifications

1 - Shock absorber and spring assembly
Shock absorber upper mount nut (4
2 W704790
required)
Shock absorber lower flag bolts (2
3 W713856
required)
4 W520216 Shock absorber lower nuts (2 required)
5 - Wheel speed sensor harness clip
6 W708004 Brake flexible hose bracket bolt
7 2078 Brake flexible hose
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove and discard the 4 shock absorber upper mount nuts.

3. Remove the brake flexible hose bracket bolt and disconnect the hose from the shock absorber.
4. Disconnect the wheel speed sensor harness from the shock absorber bracket.
5. Remove the shock absorber lower nuts, flag bolts and the shock absorber and spring assembly.
 Discard the nuts and flag bolts.

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

SHOCK ABSORBER AND SPRING ASSEMBLY
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 22: Exploded View Of Shock Absorber & Spring Assembly With Torque Specification

1 18K001 LH/ 18045 RH Shock absorber
2 18061 Jounce bumper
3 3K036 Dust boot
4 5A307 Spring lower seat
5 5310 Spring
6 18183 Spring upper mount and seat
7 W520215 Shock absorber rod nut
DISASSEMBLY
WARNING: Do not apply heat or flame to the shock absorber or strut tube. The shock
absorber and strut tube are gas pressurized and could explode if heated.
Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING: Keep all body parts clear of shock absorbers or strut rods. Shock
absorbers or struts can extend unassisted. Failure to follow this
WARNING: The coil spring is under extreme load. Care must be taken at all times
when removing or installing a loaded spring. Failure to follow this
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: The coil spring is coated with long-term corrosion protective paint. Do not
damage the paint during component servicing or spring failure may result.
1. Remove the shock absorber and spring assembly. For additional information, refer to Shock Absorber
and Spring Assembly.
WARNING: Always wear eye protection when servicing a vehicle. Failure to

follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury.
2. Position the shock and spring assembly in a suitable spring compressor.

3. Compress the spring enough to relieve the tension on the shock and spring assembly.
CAUTION: Do not use an impact wrench on the shock absorber rod nut or
damage to the shock absorber may occur.
NOTE: Use the holding feature to prevent the shock absorber rod from turning
while removing the nut.
4. While holding the shock absorber rod, remove and discard the rod nut.
5. Remove the shock absorber assembly and spring lower seat.
6. Remove the dust boot and jounce bumper.
7. Remove the shock absorber upper mount and spring upper seat.
8. Carefully release the tension on the spring compressor and remove the spring.
ASSEMBLY
1. Install the lower spring seat, jounce bumper and dust boot onto the shock absorber.
2. Position the shock and spring assembly in a suitable spring compressor.
3. Install the spring, shock absorber upper mount and spring upper seat.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Align the arrow on the upper mount perpendicular to the center of the shock absorber lower mount.
Fig. 23: Aligning Arrow On Upper Mount Perpendicular To Center Of Shock Absorber Lower
Mount
5. Compress the spring enough to relieve the tension on the shock and spring assembly.
6. Position the end of spring within 0-10 mm (0-0.39 in) of the upper spring mount.
Fig. 24: Positioning End Of Spring With Specifications

NOTE: Before tightening the shock absorber rod nut, position the end of the
spring within 0-10 mm (0-0.39 in) of the step on the lower spring mount.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Use the holding feature to prevent the shock absorber rod from turning
while installing the nut.
7. Install the shock absorber rod nut.

Fig. 25: Positioning End Of Spring Step With Specifications

8. Release the tension on the shock and spring assembly.

9. Install the shock absorber and spring assembly. For additional information, refer to Shock Absorber and
Spring Assembly.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Charging & Controls - 3.5L - Edge & MKX
Fuel Charging & Controls - 3.5L - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Material
WSS-M2C930-A -
Fuel rail bolts 10 89
Throttle Body (TB) bolts 10 89

FUEL CHARGING AND CONTROLS
Sequential Multi-Port Fuel Injection (SFI)
The fuel charging and controls system consists of the:
 Throttle Body (TB).

 fuel injectors.
 fuel rail.
The fuel charging and controls system is:
 a Sequential Multi-Port Fuel Injection (SFI) system.

 pulse-width modulated.
 Mass Air Flow (MAF) controlled.
Fuel is metered into each intake port in a sequential firing order. Fuel injectors pulse to follow engine firing
order, in accordance with engine demand, on a tuned intake manifold.
The basic fuel requirement of the engine is determined from the data supplied to the PCM by the MAF sensor,
which measures the amount of air being drawn into the engine.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The various sensors detect any changes in the operating conditions and send signals to the PCM. This permits
the PCM to control the opening duration (pulse width) of the fuel injectors and maintain optimum exhaust
emission control and engine performance for all operating conditions.
Throttle Body (TB)
The TB:
 controls air supply to the intake manifold by electronically positioning the throttle plate.
 is not adjustable.
Fuel Injectors
The fuel injectors:
 are electronically operated by the PCM.

 atomize the fuel as the fuel is delivered.
 each have an internal solenoid that opens a needle valve, which injects fuel into the intake port in the
cylinder head.
 are deposit resistant.
Fuel Rail
The fuel rail:
 receives fuel from the fuel supply tube.

 delivers fuel to the fuel injectors.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
FUEL CHARGING AND CONTROLS

THROTTLE BODY
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Throttle Body With Torque Specification


Electronic throttle control electrical
1 14A464
connector (part of 12B637)
2 W503285 Throttle body (TB) bolt (4 required)
3 9E926 TB
4 9E936 TB gasket
CAUTION: The throttle body (TB) must be removed from the vehicle to be cleaned. Do
not hold the throttle plate open with any object that could scratch the bore
or plate while servicing or cleaning the TB.
2. Disconnect the electronic throttle control electrical connector.
3. Remove the 4 bolts and the throttle body (TB).
 Discard the TB gasket.
NOTE: Install a new TB gasket.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
FUEL RAIL AND FUEL INJECTOR - EXPLODED VIEW
Fig. 2: Exploded View Of Fuel Rail & Fuel Injector With Torque Specification

Fuel tube-to-fuel rail quick connect
1 9J279
coupling
Fuel injector electrical connector (6
2 14A464
required) (part of 12B637)
3 W503279 Fuel rail bolt (4 required)
4 9F792 Fuel rail
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5 9N976 Fuel injector clip (6 required)

6 9F593 Fuel injector (6 required)
Upper fuel injector O-ring seal (6
7 9229
required)
Lower fuel injector O-ring seal (6
8 9229
required)
FUEL RAIL
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil
XO-5W20-QSP (in Canada Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 WSS-M2C930-A
Super Premium Motor Oil CXO-5W20-LSP12) or
equivalent
REMOVAL
WARNING: Before working on or disconnecting any of the fuel tubes or fuel system
components, relieve the fuel system pressure to prevent accidental
spraying of fuel. Fuel in the fuel system remains under high pressure,
even when the engine is not running. Failure to follow this instruction
may result in serious personal injury.
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable. For additional information refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING AND
CABLES article.
3. Remove the upper intake manifold. For additional information, refer to ENGINE - 3.5L article.
4. Disconnect the fuel tube-to-fuel rail quick connect coupling. For additional information, refer to FUEL
5. Disconnect the 6 fuel injector electrical connectors.
6. Remove the 4 fuel rail bolts.
7. Remove the fuel rail and injectors as an assembly.
8. Remove the 6 fuel injector clips and the 6 fuel injectors.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Remove and discard the 12 fuel injector O-ring seals.
INSTALLATION
use of ordinary O-rings seals can cause the fuel system to leak. Do
not reuse the O-ring seals.
NOTE: Install new fuel injector O-ring seals and lubricate them with clean engine
oil.
1. Install the 6 fuel injectors and the 6 fuel injector clips into the fuel rail.
2. Install the fuel rail and fuel injectors as an assembly.
3. Install the 4 fuel rail bolts.
4. Connect the 6 fuel injector electrical connectors.

5. Connect the fuel tube-to-fuel rail quick connect coupling. For additional information, refer to FUEL
CABLES article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 GENERAL INFORMATION Fuel System - General Information - Edge & MKX
Fuel System - General Information - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL
WSS-M2C930-A -
Item Specification
Fuel tank capacity (all wheel drive [AWD] vehicles) 76L (20 gal)
Fuel tank capacity (front wheel drive [FWD]
72L (19 gal)
vehicles)
Fuel Pressure
Engine running fuel pressure 450 kPa (65 psi)

FUEL SYSTEM
injury.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
WARNING: When handling fuel, always observe fuel handling precautions and be
prepared in the event of fuel spillage. Spilled fuel may be ignited by hot
vehicle components or other ignition sources. Failure to follow these
The fuel system consists of:
 a mechanical returnless fuel system.

 a fuel rail.
 a multi-port fuel injection (MFI) system.
 an all wheel drive (AWD) saddle-type or front wheel drive (FWD) L-shaped fuel tank.
 fuel, vapor and brake tubes in an integrated bundle assembly.
 a fuel tank filler pipe assembly, which cannot be modified in any way.
 a 1/4 turn-type fuel tank filler cap.
 an inertia fuel shutoff (IFS) switch.
 a separate fuel level sensor assembly on AWD saddle-type fuel tank.
 a fuel pump (FP) module containing:
 the electric FP module, which provides pressurized fuel to the fuel rail.
 a serviceable fuel level sender.
 a check valve, which maintains system pressure after the FP module is shut off.
 a pressure relief valve for overpressure protection in the event of restricted fuel flow.
 an in-tank fuel filter providing filtration to protect the fuel injectors from foreign material.
The FP module is controlled by the PCM. Electrical power to the FP is provided through the IFS switch located
under the left rear quarter trim panel.
The engines are equipped with sequential MFI injection.
The fuel pressure is regulated to a constant pressure by a fuel pressure regulator.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
FUEL SYSTEM
SPECIAL TOOLS
System (IDS) software with -
scan tool
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: The following procedure diagnoses a slow to fill concern only. For all other
concerns, refer to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article.
The fuel tank filler pipe assembly is used to refuel the vehicle. The fuel tank filler pipe flapper valve prevents
spitback of fuel during and after refueling. The fuel tank stores the fuel. The fuel tank contains a fuel pump (FP)
module. The FP module consists of a fuel level sender and a FP. The fuel level sender sends a signal to the fuel
gauge informing the driver of how much fuel is in the fuel tank. The FP provides fuel to the fuel tubes which
supply the fuel rail.
During refueling, the fuel tank vents to the atmosphere through the vent and filler pipes, on vehicles without on-
board refueling vapor recovery (ORVR) systems. In vehicles equipped with ORVR, the fuel tank and filler pipe
are designed so that when the vehicle is being refueled, fuel vapors in the fuel tank travel to the evaporative
emission (EVAP) canister, which absorbs the fuel vapors and vents the pressure from the fuel tank during
refueling.
injury.
1. Verify the customer's concern by refueling the vehicle and observe the fuel fill rate.
2. Inspect to determine if any of the following mechanical concerns apply.

Mechanical
 Bent, kinked or damaged fuel tank filler pipe

 Bent, kinked or damaged fuel tank filler pipe vent tube (if
equipped)
 Incorrect routing of the fuel tank filler pipe
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Incorrect routing of the fuel tank filler pipe vent tube (if
equipped)
 Incorrect position of fuel tank filler pipe clamps
 Incorrect position of fuel tank filler pipe vent tube clamps (if
equipped)
 Fuel tank mounted vapor tubes bent or damaged
 Evaporative emission (EVAP) system tubes or hoses bent or
damaged
 Accident damage to the fuel tank
 Accident damage to the vehicle effecting the fuel tank filler
pipe-to-body connection
 Unauthorized modifications and/or alterations to the vehicle
 EVAP system fresh air tube plugged (dirt, spider webbing)



PCM.
8. Clear the continuous DTCs and carry out the self-test diagnostics for the EVAP system.
9. If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM DTC
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CHART. For PCM related DTCs, refer to the INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article. For
all other DTCs, refer to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article.
10. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, go to SYMPTOM CHART.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM DTC CHART

P0446 Evaporative Emission System Vent Control Circuit Go to PINPOINT TEST A.
Evaporative Emission System Pressure
P0451 Go to PINPOINT TEST A.
Sensor/Switch Range/Performance
Sensor/Switch Low
Sensor/Switch High
Sensor/Switch Intermittent
Evaporative Emission System Control Valve
(Low/No Flow)
P1450 Unable to Bleed up Fuel Tank Vacuum Go to PINPOINT TEST A.
P1451 Evaporative Emission System Vent Control Circuit Go to PINPOINT TEST A.
P260F Emission System Monitoring Processor Performance Go to PINPOINT TEST A.
Symptom Chart
SYMPTOM CHART
 Fuel tank filler pipe
 Fuel tank filler pipe vent
tube, if equipped
 Evaporative emission
(EVAP) system
 Slow to fill  Fuel tank filler pipe  Go to PINPOINT TEST A.
flapper valve (part of the
fuel tank filler pipe
assembly)
 Fuel level vent valve, if
equipped (part of the fuel
tank)
 All other fuel system  REFER to the INTRODUCTION -
 Fuel system components
concerns GASOLINE ENGINES article.
Pinpoint Test A
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pinpoint Test A: Slow to Fill
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, fuel should flow at a steady rate through the fuel tank filler pipe into the fuel tank. As
fuel enters the fuel tank, air is vented through the filler pipe or the on-board refueling vapor recovery (ORVR)
system.
 Fuel tank filler pipe vent tube, if equipped

 Fuel tank filler pipe
 Evaporative emission (EVAP) system
 Fuel tank filler pipe flapper valve (part of the fuel tank filler pipe assembly)
 Fuel level vent valve, if equipped (part of the fuel tank)
PINPOINT TEST A: SLOW TO FILL
A1 CARRY OUT INSPECTION AND VERIFICATION

 Carry out inspection and verification.
 Was the cause of the concern found?
YES : REPAIR or INSTALL new components to correct the concern.

NO : Go to A2.
A2 CHECK THE SYSTEM FOR ANY EVAP DTCs
 Connect the scan tool.
 Check the system for any of the following EVAP DTCs: P0446, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0454,
P1443, P1450, P1451 and P260F.
 Are any of these DTCs present?
YES : REFER to INTRODUCTION - GASOLINE ENGINES article to diagnosis the EVAP

system.
NO : Go to A3.
A3 MONITOR THE FUEL TANK PRESSURE (FTP) WHILE FILLING THE FUEL TANK
 Monitor the FTP reference value while filling the fuel tank. Refer to INTRODUCTION -
 Is FTP within specification?
YES : Go to A5.
NO : Go to A4.
A4 MONITOR THE FTP WHILE FILLING THE FUEL TANK WITH THE EVAP SYSTEM
DISCONNECTED
 Disconnect the fuel tank-to-EVAP canister quick connect coupling at the EVAP canister.
 Monitor the FTP reference value while filling the fuel tank. Refer to INTRODUCTION -
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Is FTP within specification?
YES : INSPECT the EVAP system for blockage or restrictions. REPAIR the blockage or
restriction. If the blockage or restriction cannot be repaired, INSTALL new EVAP system
components.
NO : Go to A5.
A5 CHECK THE FUEL TANK FILLER PIPE ASSEMBLY FOR BLOCKAGE OR
RESTRICTION
 Remove the fuel tank filler pipe assembly. Refer to FUEL TANK AND LINES article.
 Inspect the fuel tank filler pipe and fuel tank filler pipe vent tube (if equipped) for a blockage or
restriction.
 Is the fuel tank filler pipe or fuel tank filler pipe vent tube (if equipped) blocked or
restricted?
YES : If possible, REPAIR the blockage or restriction. If the blockage or restriction cannot be
repaired, INSTALL a new fuel tank filler pipe or fuel tank filler pipe vent tube.
NO : INSTALL a new fuel tank. REFER to FUEL TANK AND LINES article.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE RELEASE
injury.
1. Remove the LH rear quarter trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM AND
NOTE: The inertia fuel shutoff (IFS) switch is located behind a shield and requires
the use of a small screwdriver to release the electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Disconnect the IFS switch electrical connector.
Fig. 1: Identifying IFS Switch Electrical Connector

3. Start the engine and allow to idle until the engine stalls.
4. After the engine stalls, crank the engine for approximately 5 seconds to make sure the fuel injection
supply manifold pressure has been released.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.
6. When the fuel system service is complete, connect the IFS switch electrical connector.
NOTE: It may take more than one key cycle to pressurize the fuel system. Cycle
the ignition key and wait 3 seconds to pressurize the fuel system. Check
for leaks prior to starting the engine.
7. Start the vehicle and check the fuel system for leaks.
FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST
SPECIAL TOOLS
Fuel Pressure Test Kit 310-D009 (D95L-7211A)
Adapter, Fuel Pressure Test 310-180
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

injury.
WARNING: When working on or near the evaporative emission (EVAP) system,

disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery. The EVAP system
contains fuel vapor and condensed fuel vapor, so an electrical spark may
cause a fire or explosion. Failure to follow this instruction may result in
serious personal injury.
1. Release the fuel system pressure. For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE
RELEASE.
AND CABLES article.
4. Disconnect the fuel tube-to-fuel rail quick connect coupling. For additional information, refer to QUICK
CONNECT COUPLING.
5. Install the Fuel Pressure Test Adapter and the Fuel Pressure Test Kit between the fuel tube and the fuel
rail.
Fig. 2: Identifying Fuel Pressure Test Adapter Fuel Pressure Test Kit
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: The air cleaner outlet pipe must be installed prior to completing the fuel
system pressure test.
6. Install the air cleaner outlet pipe. For additional information, refer to INTAKE AIR DISTRIBUTION
NOTE: The inertia fuel shutoff (IFS) switch electrical connector was previously
disconnected to release the fuel system pressure and must be
reconnected to test the fuel system pressure.
7. Connect the IFS switch electrical connector.

CABLES article.
NOTE: Carry out a key ON engine OFF (KOEO) visual inspection for fuel leaks
prior to the Fuel System Pressure Test.
NOTE: After completing the fuel system pressure test, open the drain valve on the
special tool and release any residual fuel into a suitable container prior to
removing the tool.
9. Test the fuel system pressure to make sure it is within the specified range. For additional information,
refer to SPECIFICATIONS.
FUEL TANK DRAINING
SPECIAL TOOLS
Fuel Storage Tanker 164-R3202 or equivalent
injury.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
All vehicles
2. Release the fuel system pressure. For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE
RELEASE.
AND CABLES article.
4. Release the fuel tank filler cap and position it aside.
5. Insert a suitable fuel drain tube into the fuel tank filler pipe until it enters the fuel tank.
Fig. 3: Inserting Suitable Fuel Drain Tube Into Fuel Tank Filler Pipe
6. Attach the fuel storage tanker to the fuel drain tube and drain as much fuel as possible from the fuel tank.
7. Remove the rear seats. For additional information, refer to SEATING article.
8. Remove the 4 bolts and the fuel level sensor access cover.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Identifying Fuel Level Sensor Access Cover & Bolts

NOTE: Clean the fuel level sensor connection, flange surface and the immediate
surrounding area of any dirt or foreign material.
9. Disconnect the fuel level sensor electrical connector.
Fig. 5: Identifying Fuel Level Sensor Electrical Connector

NOTE: Place absorbent pads in the general work area in case of fuel spillage.
10. Release the lock tab, and using a suitable tool, rotate the fuel level sensor counterclockwise
approximately 1/4 turn, lift and position aside.
Fig. 6: Rotating Fuel Level Sensor Counterclockwise Approximately 1/4 Turn & Lift Upward
11. Using the special tool and a suitable fuel drain tube, drain the remaining fuel through the fuel level sensor
aperture.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 7: Draining Remaining Fuel Through Fuel Level Sensor Aperture

QUICK CONNECT COUPLING
SPECIAL TOOLS
Disconnect Tool, Fuel Pipe

310-040
(5/16")
MATERIAL
Item Specification
Motor Oil
Disconnect - Type I
injury.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


CAUTION: When reusing liquid or vapor tube connectors, make sure to use
compressed air to remove any foreign material from the connector
retaining clip area before separating from the tube or damage to the tube
or connector retaining clip can occur. Apply clean engine oil to the end of
the tube before inserting the tube into the connector.
CAUTION: Fuel injection equipment is manufactured to very precise tolerances and

fine clearances. It is essential that absolute cleanliness is observed when
working with these components or component damage can occur. Always
install plugs to any open orifices or tubes.
CAUTION: Do not use any tools. The use of tools may cause a deformity in the clip
components which may cause fuel leaks.
1. If servicing a liquid fuel tube quick connect coupling, release the fuel system pressure. For additional
information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE RELEASE.
AND CABLES article.
3. Depress the locking tab and release the quick connect coupling from the tube.
Fig. 8: Locating Fuel Tube Quick Connect Coupling Button

Connect - Type I
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Make sure the fuel tube clicks into place when installing the quick connect
coupling onto the tube.
1. Install the quick connect coupling onto the tube until it is fully seated.
Fig. 9: Installing Quick Connect Coupling Onto Tube

2. Pull on the quick connect coupling and the tube to make sure it is securely fastened.
CABLES article.
Disconnect - Type II
injury.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

AND CABLES article.
3. Release the quick connect coupling primary locking tab.
Fig. 10: Releasing Quick Connect Coupling Lock Tab

4. Rotate the primary locking tab to the fully opened position and squeeze the secondary locking tabs to
release the locking mechanism.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 11: Releasing Locking Mechanism

5. Push the locking mechanism outward and release the tube.
Fig. 12: Pushing Locking Mechanism Outward And Releasing Fuel Supply Tube
6. Remove the quick connect coupling from the tube.
Fig. 13: Removing Quick Connect Coupling From Tube

Connect - Type II
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

2. Depress the locking mechanism until it is flush with the quick connect coupling housing and is fully
seated onto the tube.
Fig. 15: Depressing Retainer Clip

3. Rotate the primary locking tab on the retainer clip to the closed position.
Fig. 16: Rotating Primary Locking Tab On Retainer Clip To Closed Position
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CABLES article.
Disconnect - Type III
injury.


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

AND CABLES article.
3. Squeeze the quick connect coupling retainer locking tabs to release the locking mechanism.
Fig. 17: Releasing Locking Mechanism

4. Push the locking mechanism outward to release the tube.
Fig. 18: Pushing Locking Mechanism Outward To Releasing Tube


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connect - Type III
1. Install the quick connect coupling onto the tube.

2. Depress the quick connect coupling locking mechanism into the locked position.
Fig. 21: Depressing Quick Connect Coupling Locking Mechanism Into Locked Position
3. Visually inspect and verify that the locking mechanism is flush with the quick connect coupling housing
and that the locking tabs are securely fastened.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 22: Identifying Locking Mechanism And Quick Connect Coupling Housing
CABLES article.
Disconnect - Type IV
injury.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

AND CABLES article.
3. Install the special tool on the tube and push into the quick connect coupling locking clip to release the
locking tabs.
Fig. 23: Disconnecting Quick Connect Coupling From Tube Using Special Tool (310-040)
Connect - Type IV
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 24: Installing Quick Connect Coupling Onto Tube Until Fully Seated
CABLES article.
Disconnect - Type V
injury.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

AND CABLES article.
2. Squeeze the outer edges of the quick connect coupling to release the locking tabs.
Fig. 25: Squeezing Outer Edges Of Quick Connect Coupling To Release Locking Tabs

Connect - Type V
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 27: Installing Quick Connect Coupling Onto Tube Until It Is Fully Seated
CABLES article.
Disconnect - Type VI
injury.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

1. Release the lock tab on the quick connect coupling.
Fig. 28: Positioning Locking Tab Into Unlatched Position

2. Separate the quick connect coupling from the fitting.
Fig. 29: Identifying Quick Connect Coupling

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Connect - Type VI
1. Release the lock tab and install the quick connect coupling onto the fitting.
Fig. 30: Identifying Quick Connect Coupling

2. Apply the lock tab into the latched position.
Fig. 31: Positioning Locking Tab Into Latched Position

3. Pull on the quick connect coupling to make sure it is securely fastened.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ELECTRICAL Fuse & Relay Information - Edge & MKX
2008 ELECTRICAL
Fuse & Relay Information - Edge & MKX
IDENTIFICATION
CAUTION: When battery is disconnected, vehicle computer and memory systems

may lose memory data. Driveability problems may exist until computer
systems have completed a relearn cycle. See COMPUTER RELEARN
PROCEDURES article in GENERAL INFORMATION before disconnecting
battery.
BATTERY JUNCTION BOX (BJB)
NOTE: For component location, see appropriate ELECTRICAL COMPONENT

LOCATIONS article.
Fig. 1: Battery Junction Box Components

BATTERY JUNCTION BOX COMPONENTS LEGEND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fuse/Relay Fuse Amp

Battery Junction Box Description
Location Rating
Mega 100
F1 - Not used
F3 - Not used
60 (1) Cooling fan module - without trailer tow
F5
40(1) Cooling fan module - with trailer tow
F6 40(1) Cooling fan module - with trailer tow
F7 30(1) Heated seat module, left rear
F8 10(2) Generator
F9 20(2) Trailer tow park lamp relay
F12 - Not used
F15 40(1) Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) module
Dual Climate controlled Seat Module (DCSM). Heated seat module
F16 30(1) passenger side front
F17 20(1) Power point, instrument panel - Edge, Power point, console 1 - MKX
F18 20(1) Roof opening panel motor assembly
F21 7.5(2) EVAP canister vent control solenoid. Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
F23 - Not used
F24 10(2) Trailer tow left stop/turn lamp relay
F27 10(2) Rear seat release relay
F28 15(2) Heated mirror relay
F30 15(2) Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
F31 10(2) Not Used
Brake Pedal Position (BPP) switch. Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature
F32 10(2) (MAF/IAT) sensor. EVAP canister purge valve. Variable Camshaft Timing
(VCT valves. Heated oxygen sensors
F33 15(2) Coil on Plugs, Ignition transformer capacitors - early production
F34 - Not used
F35 10(2) A/C clutch relay
F36 - Not used
F39 40(1) Rear window defrost grid
F40 - Not used
F41 30(1) Starter relay
F44 10(2) Auto-dimming interior mirror, Reversing lamps
F45 - Not used
F46 10(2) Trailer tow right stop/turn lamp relay
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
F49 10(2) Powertrain Control Module (PCM)

F50 10(2) Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) module, ABS test connector
F51 5(2) Headlamp, left-with adaptive headlamps
F52 5(2) Fuel pump relay
Smart Junction Box (SJB) - F29, F30, F31, F32, F33, F34, F35, F36, F37,
F53 30(1) F46
F57 40(1) Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) module, ABS test connector
F58 30(1) Smart wiper module
F59 30(1) Liftgate/Trunk Module (LTM)
Driver Seat Module (DSM) - with memory, Power seat switch, left - without
F50 30(1) memory
F61 30(1) Power seat switch, right
F62 - Not used
F63 40(1) Blower motor relay
F64 20(1) Power point console 2
F65 20(1) Power point console, rear
F66 20(1) Power point, cargo area
F67 - Not used
F68 15(2) Fuel pump relay
F69 - Not used
F70 - Not used
F71 10(2) Brake Pedal Position (BPP) switch
F72 - Not used
(1) Cartridge fuse
(2) Mini fuse
SMART JUNCTION BOX (SJB)
NOTE: For component location, see appropriate ELECTRICAL COMPONENT

LOCATIONS article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 2: Smart Junction Box Components

SMART JUNCTION BOX COMPONENTS LEGEND

Fuse
Fuse/Relay
Amp Smart Junction Box Description
Location
Rating
F1 30 Power window motor, passenger side front - MKX
F2 15 Not used
Rear Entertainment Module (RETM) - with DVD rear entertainment center,
F3 15
Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) - with SYNC
F4 30 Power window motor, driver side front
F5 10 Keyless entry keypad, Rear seat release relay, Floor shifter
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Rear park/stop/turn lamps. Trailer tow left stop/turn lamp relay, Trailer tow right
F6 20
stop/turn lamp relay, Front park/turn lamps - Edge, Headlamps - MKX
F7 10 Low beam lamp, left front - Edge, Headlamp, left - MKX
F8 10 Low beam lamp, right front - Edge, Headlamp, right - MKX
F9 15 Cargo lamp, Overhead console, Interior lamps
Exterior rear view mirrors, Floor shifter, Message center switch,
Hazard/PAD/Traction switch, Headlamp switch, HVAC module, EMTC - with
F10 15 manual a/c, Steering wheel switches, Roof opening panel switch, Window adjust
switches, Seat heater switches, Door lock switches, Memory set switch, Power
liftgate release switch
F11 10 All Wheel Drive (AWD) module
Exterior rear view mirror switch, Driver Seat Module (DSM), Left power seat
F12 7.5
switch
F13 5 Satellite Digital Audio Receiver System (SDARS) module
F14 10 Liftgate/Trunk Module (LTM)
HVAC module, EMTC-with manual a/c, HVAC module, DATC - with automatic
F15 10
a/c
F16 15 Not used
Door lock actuators, Roof opening panel motor assembly, Power window motors,
F17 20
Liftgate ajar switch - without power liftgate, Liftgate/Trunk Module (LTM)
F18 20 Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) module
F19 25 Rear window wiper motor
F20 15 Data Link Connector (DLC)
F21 15 Headlamp switch, Fog lamps
Side lamps, Front park/turn lamps - Edge, Headlamps - MKX, Trailer tow park
lamp relay, Rear park/stop/turn lamps, Rear marker lamps, License lamps/liftgate
F22 15
release switch - Edge, License plate lamps - MKX Illuminated liftgate applique -
MKX
F23 15 High beam lamps - Edge, Headlamps - MKX
F24 20 Horn
F25 10 Vanity mirror lamps, Overhead console, Interior lamps
F26 10 Instrument Cluster (C)
F27 20 Ignition switch
F28 5 Audio Control Module (ACM)
F29 5 Instrument Cluster (C)
F30 5 Floor shifter
F31 10 Not used
F32 10 Not used
F33 10 Not used
F34 5 Steering Angle Sensor Module (SASM)
All Wheel Drive (AWD) module, Parking Aid Module (PAM), Stability control
F35 10
sensor cluster, Heated seat modules
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
F36 5 Passive anti-theft transceiver

Air inlet door actuator, HVAC module, EMTC - with manual a/c, HVAC
F37 10
module, DATC - with automatic a/c
F38 20 Radio amplifier, Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) module
F39 20 Audio unit
F40 20 Not used
Audio Control Module (ACM), Roof opening panel, Door lock switches Power
F41 15 window motors, Master window adjust switch, Auto-dimming interior mirror
unit
F42 10 Not used
F43 10 Rear window wiper motor
F44 10 Not used
Smart wiper module, Blower motor relay, Rear window defrost relay, Heated
F45 5
mirror relay
Restraints Control Module (RCM), Hazard/Pad/Traction switch, Occupant
F46 7.5
Classification System Module (OCSM)
F47 30c.b. Master window adjust switch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ENGINE Fuel Tank & Lines - Edge & MKX
2008 ENGINE
Fuel Tank & Lines - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
WSS-M2C930-A -
Item Specification
Fuel tank capacity (all wheel drive [AWD] vehicles) 76L (20 gal)
Fuel tank capacity (front wheel drive [FWD]
72L (19 gal)
vehicles)
Evaporative emission (EVAP) shield bolts 9 - 80
Fuel tank bolts 25 18 -
Fuel tank bracket bolts 25 18 -
Fuel tank filler pipe bracket bolts 9 - 80
Fuel tank filler pipe flange screws 3 - 27
Fuel tank filler pipe hose clamps 4 - 35
Inertia fuel shutoff (IFS) switch bolts 2 - 18
Parking brake cable bracket bolts 23 17 -

FUEL TANK AND LINES
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

injury.
The fuel system consists of:
 an all wheel drive (AWD) saddle-type or front wheel drive (FWD) L-shaped fuel tank.
 fuel, vapor and brake tubes in an integrated bundle assembly.
 quick connect fuel and vapor tube couplings.
 a fuel tank filler pipe assembly, which cannot be modified in any way, that also contains a restrictor plate
to permit only unleaded fuel to be pumped into the tank.
 a 1/4 turn-type fuel tank filler cap.
 an inertia fuel shutoff (IFS) switch.
 a mechanical returnless fuel system.
 a separate fuel level sensor assembly on AWD saddle-type fuel tank.
 a fuel pump (FP) module containing:
 the electric FP module which provides pressurized fuel to the engine.
 a serviceable fuel level sender.
 a check valve which maintains system pressure after the pump is shut off.
 a pressure relief for overpressure protection in the event of restricted airflow.
 a fuel filter providing filtration to protect the fuel injectors from foreign material.
The FP module is controlled by the PCM. Electrical power to the FP module is provided through the IFS switch
located under the LH rear quarter trim panel.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
FUEL TANK AND LINES
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

FUEL TANK AND FILLER PIPE - EXPLODED VIEW
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Fuel Tank & Filler Pipe With Torque Specifications - Front Wheel Drive
(FWD) Vehicle

1 9S284 Fuel tube
Fuel tank jumper tube-to-fuel tube quick
2 -
connect coupling (part of 9324A)
3 9324A Fuel tank jumper tube
Fuel tank jumper tube-to-fuel pump (FP)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
module quick connect coupling (part of

4 -
9324A)
5 W705909 FP module access cover bolt (4 required)
6 9C335 FP module access cover
FP module electrical connector (part of
7 -
14407A)
8 9C385 FP module lock ring
9 14407A Fuel tank wiring harness
Fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor electrical
10 -
connector (part of 14407A)
Fuel tank wiring harness electrical
11 -
12 9H307 FP module
13 9276A FP module O-ring seal
14 9034A Fuel tank filler pipe
Fuel tank filler pipe flange screw (3
15 W505253
required)
16 9030A Fuel tank filler cap
17 9K007 Fuel tank
Fuel tank filler pipe hose clamp (2
18 W525937
required)
Parking brake cable bracket bolt (2
20 W708004
required)
21 2A604 Rear, RH parking brake cable
22 2A823 Rear, LH parking brake cable
Fuel vapor tube assembly-to-fuel tank
24 -
quick connect coupling (part of 9S284)
25 - FTP sensor (part of 9S284)
Fuel tank filler pipe bracket bolt (2
27 W710330
required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 2: Exploded View Of Fuel Tank & Filler Pipe With Torque Specifications - All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Vehicle

1 9S284 Fuel tube
2 -
connect coupling (part of 9324A)
3 9324A Fuel tank jumper tube
4 - module quick connect coupling (part of
9324A)
Fuel level sensor O-ring seal (part of
5 -
9275B)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
6 9275B Fuel level sensor

7 9C335 Fuel level sensor access cover
Fuel level sensor electrical connector
8 -
(part of 14407A)
Fuel level sensor access cover bolt (4
9 W705909
required)
FP module electrical connector (part of
10 -
14407A)
Internal fuel tube-to-FP module quick
11 -
connect coupling (part of 9K007)
12 W705909 FP module access cover bolt (4 required)
13 9C355 FP module access cover
14 14407A Fuel tank wiring harness
Fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor electrical
15 -
Fuel tank wiring harness electrical
16 -
17 9C385 FP module lock ring
18 9H307 FP module
19 9276A FP module O-ring seal
20 9034A Fuel tank filler pipe
Fuel tank filler pipe flange screw (3
21 W505253
required)
22 9K007 Fuel tank
Fuel tank filler pipe hose clamp (2
23 W525937
required)
24 9030A Fuel tank filler cap
Parking brake cable bracket bolt (2
26 W708004
required)
27 2A604 Rear, RH parking brake cable
28 2A823 Rear, LH parking brake cable
Fuel vapor tube assembly-to-fuel tank
30 -
31 - FTP sensor (part of 9S284)
Fuel tank filler pipe bracket bolt (2
33 W710330
required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Fuel Tank & Filler Pipe - All Vehicles

1 - LH rear splash shield
Splash shield pin-type retainer (4
2 W712196
required)
FUEL TANK
injury.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
WARNING: Remove the fuel filler cap slowly. The fuel system may be under pressure.
If the fuel filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound, wait
until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out. Failure to follow these instructions may result in
All vehicles
1. Drain the fuel tank. For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL
2. Remove the muffler and tailpipe. For additional information, refer to EXHAUST SYSTEM article.
3. Remove the driveshaft. For additional information, refer to DRIVESHAFT article.
All vehicles
4. Install a suitable lifting device under the fuel tank.

5. Disconnect the fuel tank wiring harness electrical connector.
6. Disconnect the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor electrical connector.
7. Disconnect the fuel vapor tube assembly-to-fuel tank quick connect coupling. For additional information,
8. Release the clamp and disconnect the fuel tank filler pipe hose from the fuel tank.
9. Disconnect the fuel tank jumper tube-to-fuel tube quick connect coupling. For additional information,
10. Remove the 2 parking brake cable bracket bolts and position cables aside.
CAUTION: Remove all bolts prior to lowering the fuel tank. Fuel tank damage
can occur if all of the bolts are not removed.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
11. Remove the 2 fuel tank bracket bolts and the 4 fuel tank bolts.
NOTE: All wheel drive (AWD) vehicles require the fuel tank to be positioned
forward, past the rear differential unit (RDU), then lowered.
12. Completely lower and remove the fuel tank.

FUEL TANK FILLER PIPE
Special Tools
injury.
WARNING: Remove the fuel filler cap slowly. The fuel system may be under pressure.
If the fuel filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound, wait
until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out. Failure to follow these instructions may result in
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
AND CABLES article.
3. Release the fuel tank filler cap and position aside.
NOTE: If the fuel tank is completely full, this step will lower the fuel level below
the fuel tank inlet.
5. Attach the fuel storage tanker to the fuel drain tube and drain approximately 1/8 of the fuel from the tank.
6. Remove the 3 fuel tank filler pipe flange retaining screws.
7. Remove the LH rear wheel and tire. For additional information, refer to WHEELS AND TIRES article.
8. Remove the 10 screws, 4 pin-type retainers and the LH rear splash shield.
9. Release the clamp and disconnect the fuel tank filler pipe from the fuel tank.
10. Remove the 2 fuel tank filler pipe bracket bolts.

11. Remove the fuel tank filler pipe from the vehicle.
FUEL PUMP MODULE
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Wrench, Fuel Tank Sender Unit 310-123
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil
injury.
NOTE: The fuel pump (FP) module has a serviceable fuel level sender. For additional
information, refer to Fuel Level Sender.
All vehicles
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
AND CABLES article.
the FP module mounting flange.
7. Remove the 4 bolts and the FP module access cover.
NOTE: Clean the FP module connection, coupling, flange surface and the
immediate surrounding area of any dirt or foreign material.
8. Disconnect the FP module electrical connector.

9. Disconnect the fuel tank jumper tube-to-FP module quick connect coupling. For additional information,
NOTE: Place absorbent pads on the floor pan in the immediate area in case of fuel
spills. Carefully remove the FP module from the vehicle to avoid fuel
spillage inside the vehicle.
10. Using the special tool, remove the FP module lock ring.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 6: Removing FP Module Lock Ring Using Special Tool (310-123)

CAUTION: The fuel pump (FP) module must be handled carefully to avoid
damage to the FP module and/or float arm.
11. Carefully lift the FP module out of the fuel tank enough to access and disconnect the internal fuel tube-to-
FP module quick connect coupling. For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL
All vehicles
NOTE: The FP module will have residual fuel remaining internally, drain into a
suitable container.
12. Completely remove the FP module from the fuel tank.
NOTE: Inspect the mating surfaces of the FP module flange and the fuel tank O-
ring seal contact surfaces. Do not polish or adjust the O-ring seal contact
area of the fuel tank flange or the fuel tank. Install a new FP module or fuel
tank if the O-ring seal contact area is bent, scratched or corroded.
NOTE: Make sure to install a new FP module O-ring seal. Install a new lock ring if
it is bent, damaged or corroded.
13. Remove the FP module O-ring seal.
NOTE: Make sure the alignment tab on the FP module and the fuel tank meet
before tightening the FP module lock ring.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Special Tools
Material
Item Specification
Motor Oil
injury.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
AND CABLES article.
the fuel level sensor mounting flange.
7. Remove the 4 bolts and the fuel level sensor access cover.
NOTE: Clean the fuel level sensor connection, flange surface and the immediate
surrounding area of any dirt or foreign material.
8. Disconnect the fuel level sensor electrical connector.
NOTE: Place absorbent pads in the general work area in case of fuel spillage.
9. Release the lock tab, and using a suitable tool, rotate the fuel level sensor counterclockwise
approximately 1/4 turn and lift upward.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 8: Rotating Fuel Level Sensor Counterclockwise Approximately 1/4 Turn & Lift Upward
CAUTION: The fuel level sensor must be handled carefully to avoid damage to
the float arm.
CAUTION: Carefully remove the fuel level sensor from the fuel tank to avoid fuel
spillage inside the vehicle.
10. Carefully lift and remove the fuel level sensor from the fuel tank.
NOTE: Inspect the mating surfaces of the fuel level sensor flange and the fuel
tank O-ring seal contact surfaces. Do not polish or adjust the O-ring seal
contact area of the fuel tank flange or the fuel tank. Install a new fuel level
sensor or fuel tank if the O-ring seal contact area is bent, scratched or
corroded.
NOTE: Upon installation, correctly seat and press down firmly on the fuel level
sensor, rotate it clockwise until the lock arrow on the sensor aligns with
the notch on the tank. Torque should not exceed 15 Nm (11 lb-ft).
FUEL LEVEL SENDER
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Exploded View Of Fuel Level Sender


1 9H307 Fuel pump (FP) module
2 9A299 Fuel level sender
Fuel level sender electrical connector
3 -
(part of 9A299)
injury.
1. Remove the fuel pump (FP) module. For additional information, refer to Fuel Pump Module.
2. Disconnect the fuel level sender electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Depress the lock tab and slide the fuel level sender upwards and remove.
Fig. 10: Depressing Lock Tab & Sliding Fuel Level Sender Upwards
FUEL LINES
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 11: Exploded View Of Fuel Lines With Torque Specifications


Fuel supply tube-to-fuel rail quick
1 -
connect coupling (part of 9J280)
Fuel vapor tube-to-evaporative emission
2 - (EVAP) canister purge valve quick
connect coupling (part of 9S284)
3 9S284 Fuel vapor tube
4 9J280 Fuel supply tube
Fuel supply tube retainer clip (part of
5 -
9J280)
Fresh air tube-to-fuel vapor vent tube
6 -
Fuel supply tube-to-fuel tube quick
7 -
connect coupling (part of 9J280)
8 9S284 Fuel tube
Fuel vapor vent tube retainer clip (part of
9 -
9S327)
10 9S327 Fuel vapor vent tube
11 9S284 Fresh air tube
12 9F931 Bundle retainer clip (2 required)
13 W707137 Bundle retainer clip nut (2 required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

16 9H296 EVAP shield
17 9F931 Bundle retainer clip (3 required)
Fuel vapor tube-to-EVAP canister quick
18 -
connect coupling (part of 9S284)
19 9E857 Fuel vapor tube
20 -
connect coupling (part of 9324)
21 9324 Fuel tank jumper tube
22 - module quick connect coupling (part of
9324)
23 9F931 Fuel tank jumper tube retainer clip
injury.
3. Disconnect the fuel supply tube-to-fuel rail quick connect coupling. For additional information, refer to
FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
4. Disconnect the fuel supply tube-to-fuel tube quick connect coupling. For additional information, refer to
FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
5. Release the retainer clip and remove the fuel supply tube.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
6. Remove the 3 bolts, pin-type retainer and the evaporative emission (EVAP) shield.
7. Disconnect the fresh air tube-to-fuel vapor vent tube quick connect coupling. For additional information,
8. Release the retainer clip and remove the fuel vapor vent tube.
9. Disconnect the fuel vapor tube-to-EVAP canister purge valve quick connect coupling. For additional
10. Remove the 2 nuts and the 2 bundle retainer clips.
11. Disconnect the fuel vapor tube-to-EVAP canister quick connect coupling. For additional information,
12. Disconnect the fuel vapor tube from the dust separator.
13. Disconnect the fuel tank jumper tube-to-fuel tube quick connect coupling. For additional information,
14. Release the 3 bundle retainer clips and remove the fuel tube, fuel vapor tube and the fresh air tube.
15. Disconnect the fuel tank jumper tube-to-fuel pump (FP) module quick connect coupling. For additional
16. Release the retainer clip and remove the fuel tank jumper tube.
INERTIA FUEL SHUTOFF (IFS) SWITCH
Fig. 12: Exploded View Of Inertia Fuel Shutoff (IFS) Switch With Torque Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Inertia fuel shutoff (IFS) switch bolt (2
1 W504169
required)
2 - IFS switch shield
3 9341 IFS switch
4 14489A IFS switch electrical connector
5 - IFS switch shield rivet (3 required)
1. Remove the LH rear quarter trim panel. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM AND
2. Remove the 3 rivets and the inertia fuel shutoff (IFS) switch shield.
3. Disconnect the IFS switch electrical connector.
CAUTION: Do not overtighten the fasteners or damage to the switch will occur.
4. Remove the 2 bolts and the IFS switch.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Horn - Edge & MKX
Horn - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Horn bolt 10 89

HORN
(GEM).
The horn system consists of the following components:
 Horn switches (part of the steering wheel)

 Clockspring
 Horn relay (part of the SJB)
 Horn
For removal and installation of the steering wheel, refer to STEERING COLUMN article.
For removal and installation of the SJB, refer to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article.
Horn Location
The horn is mounted on the side of the RH wheel well under the front fender splash shield.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
HORN
Special Tools
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

scan tool
(GEM).
The SJB supplies the control and switched voltage to the horn relay (part of the SJB). When the horn switches
(part of the steering wheel) are pressed, ground is supplied through the clockspring to the horn relay. The horn
relay is then energized, directing voltage to the horn and enabling the horn to sound.
The horn switch is comprised of 2 sets of contacts separated by springs. The lower set is connected to ground
and the upper set is connected to the horn signal circuit. When the driver air bag module is pressed, it pushes
down on the upper set of contacts, collapsing the springs and allowing the contacts to touch. When the contacts
touch, it completes the circuit.
When the vehicle security system is armed, the SJB provides a momentary ground to the horn relay control side
to indicate the system is armed, and an on and off ground when an intrusion is detected or the panic alarm is
activated.


 Horn (SJB) fuse 24 (20A)
 Steering wheel switch  Wiring, terminals or
harness connectors
 Horn switches (part of  Clockspring
the steering wheel)
 SJB
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Make sure to use the latest scan tool release software.


diagnose no communication with the vehicle.

PCM.
 If the scan tool responds with no communication with one or more modules, refer to MODULE
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
 Fuse
connectors
 Horn
 The horn is inoperative  Go to Pinpoint Test A .
 Clockspring
 Steering wheel switch harness
 Horn switches (part of the
steering wheel)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

connectors
 Clockspring
 The horn is always on  Steering wheel switch harness  Go to Pinpoint Test B .
 Horn switches (part of the
steering wheel)
 SJB
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test A: The Horn Is Inoperative
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article , Horn/Cigar Lighter for schematic and connector
information.
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) supplies the switched and control voltage to the horn relay (part of the SJB).
When the horn switches (part of the steering wheel) are pressed, the switches are grounded to the steering wheel
through circuit GD165 (BK), and the clockspring to the instrument panel cross-car beam through circuit GD116
(BK/VT). Ground is then supplied to the horn relay through circuit CRH02 (BU/WH), energizing the horn
relay. The horn relay then sends voltage to the horn through circuit CRH04 (VT/GN), enabling the horn to
sound. Ground for the horn is supplied through circuit GD123 (BK/GY).
 Fuse
 Horn
 Clockspring
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST A: THE HORN IS INOPERATIVE
A1 CHECK THE SJB OUTPUT

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: SJB DataLogger

 Select the SJB PID (HORN). Active command the horn on and then off.
 Does the horn sound when commanded on?
YES : Go to A2.
NO : Go to A7.
A2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD165 (BK) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 1: Checking Circuit GD165 (BK) For Open

Measure the resistance between the clockspring C218b-2, circuit GD165 (BK), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to A3.
NO : REPAIR the circuit. INSTALL the driver air bag module. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM article. TEST the system for normal operation.
A3 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 2: Checking Circuit GD116 (BK/VT) For Open

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between the clockspring C218a-7, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to A4.
A4 CHECK CIRCUIT CRH02 (BU/WH) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 3: Checking Circuit CRH02 (BU/WH) For Open

Measure the resistance between the clockspring C218a-8, circuit CRH02 (BU/WH), harness side

and the SJB C2280b-41, circuit CRH02 (BU/WH), harness side.
YES : Go to A5.
A5 CHECK THE CLOCKSPRING FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 4: Checking Clockspring For Open

 Measure the resistance between the clockspring C218a pin 7, component side and the clockspring
C218b pin 2, component side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 5: Checking Clockspring For Open

Measure the resistance between the clockspring C218a pin 8, component side and the clockspring

C218b pin 1, component side.
YES : Go to A6.
NO : INSTALL a new clockspring. INSTALL the driver air bag module. REFER to
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article. TEST the system for normal operation.
A6 CHECK THE STEERING WHEEL SWITCH HARNESS FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: Horn Switch C2996 and C2997
Fig. 6: Checking Steering Wheel Switch Harness For Open

 Measure the resistance between the clockspring C218b-1, circuit CRH02 (BU/WH), harness side
and the horn switch C2996-1, circuit CRH02 (BU/WH), harness side; and between the clockspring
C218b-1, circuit CRH02 (BU/WH), harness side and the horn switch C2997-1, circuit CRH02
(BU/WH), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new steering wheel. REFER to STEERING COLUMN article. INSTALL the
driver air bag module. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article. TEST the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
A7 CHECK CIRCUIT GD123 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN

 Disconnect: Horn C131
Fig. 7: Checking Circuit GD123 (BK/GY) For Open

Measure the resistance between the horn C131-1, circuit GD123 (BK/GY), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to A8.
A8 CHECK CIRCUIT CRH04 (VT/GN) FOR VOLTAGE
Fig. 8: Checking Circuit CRH04 (VT/GN) For Voltage

Measure the voltage between the horn C131-2, circuit CRH04 (VT/GN), harness side, and the horn

C131-1, circuit GD123 (BK/GY), harness side, while pressing the horn switch.
YES : INSTALL a new horn. REFER to Horn. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : VERIFY the SJB fuse 24 (20A) is OK. If OK, go to A9.
A9 CHECK CIRCUIT CRH04 (VT/GN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Checking Circuit CRH04 (VT/GN) For Open

Measure the resistance between the SJB C2280e-5 , circuit CRH04 (VT/GN), harness side, and the

horn C131-2, circuit CRH04 (VT/GN), harness side.
YES : Go to A10.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

Pinpoint Test B: The Horn Is Always On
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article , Horn/Cigar Lighter for schematic and connector
information.
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) supplies the switched and control voltage to the horn relay (part of the SJB).
When the horn switches (part of the steering wheel) are pressed, the switches are grounded to the steering
wheel, and the clockspring to the instrument panel cross-car beam. Ground is then supplied to the horn relay
through circuit CRH02 (BU/WH), energizing the horn relay. The horn relay then sends voltage to the horn
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
through circuit CRH04 (VT/GN), enabling the horn to sound.

 Clockspring
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST B: THE HORN IS ALWAYS ON
B1 CHECK CIRCUIT CRH04 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

 Does the horn continue to sound?
NO : Go to B2.
B2 CHECK THE HORN SWITCH INPUT
 Does the horn sound continuously?
YES : Go to B6.
NO : Go to B3.
B3 CHECK CIRCUIT CRH02 (BU/WH) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Depower the supplemental restraint system (SRS). Refer to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 10: Checking Circuit CRH02 (BU/WH) For Short To Ground

Measure the resistance between the clockspring C218a-8, circuit CRH02 (BU/WH), harness side

and ground.
YES : Go to B4.
NO : REPAIR the circuit. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM article. TEST the system for normal operation.
B4 CHECK THE CLOCKSPRING FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Connect: Clockspring C218a
Fig. 11: Checking Clockspring For Short To Ground

Measure the resistance between the SJB C2280b-41, circuit CRH02 (BU/WH), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to B5.
NO : INSTALL a new clockspring. INSTALL the driver air bag module. REFER to
B5 CHECK THE STEERING WHEEL SWITCH HARNESS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Disconnect: Horn Switch C2996 and C2997
Fig. 12: Checking Steering Wheel Switch Harness For Short To Ground
Measure the resistance between the clockspring 218b-1, circuit CRH02 (BU/WH), harness side and

ground.
YES : INSTALL a new steering wheel. REFER to STEERING COLUMN article. INSTALL the
driver air bag module. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article. TEST the
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins


HORN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 13: Exploded View Of Horn Components (With Torque Specifications)


Front fender splash shield screws (RH) (5
1 W706805
required)
2 - Horn electrical connector (part of 14290)
3 W605784 Horn bolt
4 13832 Horn
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Remove the 5 RH front fender splash shield screws.

 Pull the RH front fender splash shield downward to access the horn.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.

4. Remove the bolt and the horn.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 HVAC Climate Control System - General Information and Diagnostics - Edge & MKX
2008 HVAC
Climate Control System - General Information and Diagnostics - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
A/C Cooling Coil Coating
- -
YN-29
A/C System Flushing Solvent
- -
YN-23
PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil
(R-134a Systems) WSH-M1C231-B 118 ml (4 fl oz)
YN-12-D
R-134a Refrigerant
0.60kg
YN-19 (US); CYN-16-P or CYN- WSH-M17B19-A
(21 oz)
16-R (Canada)
Item Specification
A/C Compressor
Type 10S20C
A/C Pressure Relief Valvea
3,447-4,137 kPa
Open pressure
(500-600 psi)
Close pressure 2758 kPa (400 psi)
Evaporator Temperature Sensor
ON temperature 3°C (37°F)
OFF temperature 2°C (36°F)
Refrigerant System Dye
R-134a Leak Detection Dye 164-R6060 or 164-
-
R6081
a Manifold gauge set pressures may vary slightly depending on the distance between the service gauge port
valve and the A/C pressure relief valve, the A/C cycling switch or the pressure cutoff switch location.

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
Climate Control System
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
WARNING: Take the following precautions when repairing an air conditioning system
containing R-134a:
 Always wear safety goggles.

 Avoid contact with liquid refrigerant R-134a. R-134a vaporizes at
approximately -25°C (-13°F) under atmospheric pressure and will
freeze skin tissue.
 Never allow refrigerant R-134a gas to escape in quantity in an
occupied space. It will displace the oxygen needed to support life.
 Never use a torch in an atmosphere containing R-134a gas. R-134a is
non-toxic at all normal conditions, but it decomposes when exposed
to high temperatures such as a torch flame. During decomposition it
releases irritating and toxic gasses (as described in the MSDS sheet
from the manufacturer). Decomposition products are hydrofluoric
acid, carbon dioxide and water.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury.
CAUTION: To avoid damaging the vehicle or air conditioning (A/C) components, the
following precautions must be observed.
 The A/C refrigerant of all vehicles must be identified and analyzed

prior to refrigerant charging. Failure to do so can contaminate the
shop bulk refrigerant and other vehicles.
 Do not add R-12 refrigerant to an A/C system that requires the use of
R-134a refrigerant. These 2 types of refrigerant must never be mixed.
Doing so can damage the A/C system.
 Charge the A/C system with R-134a refrigerant gas while the engine
is running only at the low-pressure side, to prevent refrigerant
slugging from damaging the A/C compressor.
 Use only R-134a refrigerant. Due to environmental concerns, when
the A/C system is drained, the refrigerant must be collected using
refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment. Federal, State/Provincial
and/or local laws REQUIRE that R-134a be recovered into appropriate
recovery equipment and the process be conducted by qualified
technicians who have been certified by an approved organization,
such as ASE, MACS, HRAI, etc. Use of a recovery machine dedicated
to R-134a is necessary to reduce the possibility of oil and refrigerant
incompatibility concerns. Refer to the instructions provided by the
equipment manufacturer when removing refrigerant from or charging
the A/C system.
 Refrigerant R-134a must not be mixed with air for leak testing or used
with air for any other purpose above atmospheric pressure. R-134a is
combustible when mixed with high concentrations of air and higher
pressures.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 A number of manufacturers are producing refrigerant products that

are described as direct substitutes for refrigerant R-134a. The use of
any unauthorized substitute refrigerant can severely damage the A/C
components. If repair is required, use only new or recycled
refrigerant R-134a.
CAUTION: To avoid contamination of the air conditioning (A/C) system, the following
precautions must be observed.
 Never open or loosen a connection before recovering the refrigerant.

 When loosening a connection, if any residual pressure is evident,
allow it to leak out before opening the fitting.
 Evacuate a system that has been opened to install a new component
or one that has discharged through leakage before charging.
 Seal open fittings with a cap or plug immediately after disconnecting
a component from the system.
 Clean the outside of the fittings thoroughly before disconnecting a
component from the system.
 Do not remove the sealing caps from a new component until ready to
install.
 Refrigerant oil will absorb moisture from the atmosphere if left
uncapped. Do not open an oil container until ready to use and install
the cap immediately after using. Store the oil in a clean, moisture-free
container.
 Install a new O-ring seal before connecting an open fitting. Coat the
fitting and O-ring seal with PAG oil before connecting.
 When installing a refrigerant line, avoid sharp bends. Position the
line away from the exhaust or any sharp edges that can chafe the
line.
 Tighten threaded fittings only to specifications. The steel and
aluminum fittings used in the refrigerant system will not tolerate
overtightening.
 When disconnecting a fitting, use a wrench on both halves of the
fitting to prevent twisting of the refrigerant lines or tubes.
 Do not open a refrigerant system or uncap a new component unless
it is as close as possible to room temperature. This will prevent
condensation from forming inside a component that is cooler than
the surrounding air.
The electronic manual temperature control (EMTC) system heats or cools the vehicle depending on the HVAC
module - EMTC control panel selection.
 The HVAC module - EMTC control panel selections determine heating or cooling, air distribution and
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
enables blower motor operation.

 The temperature control setting determines the air temperature.
 The blower motor switch varies the blower motor speed.
 During A/C operation the system also reduces the relative humidity of the air.
The dual automatic temperature control (DATC) system maintains the selected vehicle interior temperature by
heating and/or cooling the air.
 During A/C operation the system also reduces the relative humidity of the air.
 The driver may override the automatic mode of operation.
 The temperature control setting determines the air temperature.
 The blower motor control override buttons vary the blower motor speed.
 The driver side and passenger side temperature settings can be individually controlled.
The system consists of the following components:
 A/C compressor
 A/C compressor clutch assembly
 A/C condenser core with A/C receiver/drier
 A/C evaporator core
 Connecting refrigerant lines
 Thermostatic expansion valve (TXV)
 A/C pressure transducer
 Heater core and evaporator core housing
 HVAC module - EMTC or HVAC module - DATC
 Blower switch (EMTC systems)
 Temperature blend door actuators
 Floor/defrost/panel door actuator
 Air inlet door actuator
 Blower motor resistor or speed control module
 Blower motor
 Ambient temperature sensor
 In-vehicle temperature sensor
 Solar radiation sensor
 Evaporator temperature sensor
External Temperature Display
The external temperature is displayed when the EXT button is pressed. While the actual external temperature
can vary continuously, the value that is displayed will update at a specific rate depending on whether or not the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
engine is "hot" and whether or not the vehicle is moving.
When the external temperature is rising, the display will update slowly. Updates (when the actual external
temperature is higher than currently displayed value) will be limited to 0.6°C (1°F) every 20 seconds while the
vehicle is moving at 40 kph (25 mph) or greater for more than 90 seconds or 0.6°C (1°F) every 20 minutes if the
vehicle is not moving at this speed. This is to prevent the heat from the engine compartment from affecting the
accuracy of the display.
When the external temperature is dropping, the display will update quickly.
Updates (when the actual external temperature is lower than currently displayed value) will only be limited to
0.6°C (1°F) every 2 seconds (regardless of vehicle speed). Consequently, the display will essentially follow the
drop experienced by the external temperature thermistor.
Climate Control System Operation
Electronic Manual Temperature Control (EMTC) System
The electronic manual temperature control (EMTC) system operation is determined by the settings on the
HVAC module - EMTC. The EMTC system is composed of the HVAC module - EMTC, blower motor resistor,
mode door actuator, air inlet door actuator and temperature blend door actuator to control the various functions.
The blower motor switch:
 sets the blower motor speed.

 directs the blower motor path to ground through the blower motor resistor to allow blower motor
operation in LO, MED LO and MED HI.
 directs the blower motor path directly to ground, bypassing the blower motor resistor to allow blower
motor operation in HI.
The A/C request button:
 can command the A/C compressor ON (when the function selector switch is in PANEL, FLOOR/PANEL,
FLOOR/DEFROST and FLOOR) when the A/C request switch is pressed. Indicator illuminates when
A/C request switch is toggled ON.
 is inoperative in MAX A/C, OFF and DEFROST.
 indicator illuminates when the function selector switch is in MAX A/C and cannot be toggled.
 indicator does not illuminate in OFF and cannot be toggled.
 indicator does not illuminate in DEFROST but can be toggled ON or OFF. The A/C compressor will
operate regardless of indicator status if the outside air temperature is above 6°C (43°F).
 is serviced only with the climate control module.
The function selector knob:
 selects airflow direction.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The air recirculation button:
 selects either recirculated or outside air source.

 recirculates air in any mode except DEFROST, if requested.
 is disabled in MAX A/C or OFF mode where recirculated air only is used.
 is disabled in DEFROST mode where outside air only is used.
 is serviced only with the climate control module.
The temperature selector knob:
 selects full warm and full cool as well as blended outlet temperatures.
The HVAC module - EMTC also includes:
 a rear window DEFROST button. Refer to GLASS, FRAMES & MECHANISMS article.
Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) System
The dual automatic temperature control (DATC) system operation is determined by the settings on the HVAC
module - DATC. The DATC system automatically maintains a selected temperature for vehicle interior
comfort. The DATC system is composed of the HVAC module - DATC, blower motor speed control, mode
door actuator, air inlet door actuator, temperature blend door actuator, in-vehicle temperature sensor, ambient
temperature sensor, evaporator temperature sensor and solar radiation sensor to control the various functions.
The HVAC module - DATC will display outside air temperature when the EXT button is pressed.
When the HVAC module - DATC is set to AUTO:
 the air distribution direction, blower motor speed and A/C compressor operation are automatically
controlled based on the temperature(s) selected.
The HVAC module - DATC manual override settings:
 allow the air distribution direction to be manually selected.

 allow the blower motor speed to be manually selected.
 allow RECIRCULATION mode to be manually selected in all modes except DEFROST. The A/C request
can be cancelled by pressing the A/C request switch, turning the indicator OFF.
 allow A/C compressor operation to be manually selected except in DEFROST.
The HVAC module - DATC also includes:
 a rear window DEFROST button. Refer to GLASS, FRAMES & MECHANISMS article.
 heated/cooled seat controls. Refer to SEATING article.
System Airflow Description - Electronic Manual Temperature Control (EMTC) System

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Max A/C
When MAX A/C is selected:
 the air inlet door actuator closes off outside air and admits only recirculated air.
 the recirc button is disabled and the indicator is illuminated.
 the floor/defrost/panel door directs airflow to the instrument panel A/C registers.
 blended air temperature is available.
 the A/C request button is illuminated and will be disabled.
 the blower motor is ON.
PANEL
When PANEL is selected:
 the recirc request button is enabled. If the recirc request button is selected (indicator ON), the air inlet
door actuator closes off outside air from entering the passenger compartment. If the recirc request button
is not selected (indicator OFF), the air inlet door actuator admits only outside air into the passenger
compartment.
 the A/C request button is enabled. The A/C compressor will operate and the indicator will illuminate if
the A/C request button is selected.
PANEL/FLOOR
When PANEL/FLOOR is selected:
compartment.
 the floor/defrost/panel door directs airflow to the floor duct and the instrument panel A/C registers. A
small amount of airflow from the side window demisters and defrost duct will be present.
OFF
When OFF is selected:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 the recirc request button is disabled.

 the A/C request button is disabled.
 the blower motor is OFF.
FLOOR
When FLOOR is selected:
compartment.
 the floor/defrost/panel door directs airflow to the floor duct. A small amount of airflow from the defroster
duct and side window demisters will be present.
FLOOR/DEFROST
When FLOOR/DEFROST is selected:
compartment.
 the floor/defrost/panel door directs airflow to the floor duct, the defroster duct and the side window
demisters.
 the A/C request button will toggle the indicator on and off. To reduce fogging, the A/C compressor will
operate automatically, regardless of indicator status.
DEFROST
When DEFROST is selected:
 the air inlet door actuator opens, admitting only outside air into the passenger compartment.
 the floor/defrost/panel door directs airflow to the defroster duct and side window demisters. A small
amount of airflow from the floor duct will be present.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 to reduce fogging, the A/C compressor will operate automatically, regardless of indicator status.
System Airflow Description - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) System
AUTO
When AUTO is selected:
 the temperature control setting is manually set to the desired setting.

 the air inlet door actuator is automatically controlled by the HVAC module - DATC, based on the
temperature setting.
 the mode door actuators are automatically controlled by the HVAC module - DATC based on the
temperature setting.
 the A/C compressor is automatically controlled by the HVAC module - DATC based on the temperature
setting.
 the blower motor is ON. The blower motor speed is automatically controlled by the HVAC module -
DATC based on the temperature setting, but can be manually overridden.
OFF
When OFF is selected:
 the A/C request button is disabled.
 the blower motor is OFF.
PANEL
When PANEL is selected:
compartment.
 blended air temperature is available. Only when A/C compressor operation has been selected by pressing
the A/C request button (indicator ON), can the airflow temperature be cooled below the outside air
temperature.
PANEL/FLOOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
When PANEL/FLOOR is selected:
compartment.
 the floor/defrost/panel door directs airflow to the floor duct and the instrument panel A/C registers. A
small amount of airflow from the side window demisters and defrost duct will be present.
temperature.
FLOOR
When FLOOR is selected:
compartment.
 the floor/defrost/panel door directs airflow to the floor duct. A small amount of airflow from the defroster
duct and side window demisters will be present.
temperature.
FLOOR/DEFROST
When FLOOR/DEFROST is selected:
compartment.
 the floor/defrost/panel door directs airflow to the floor duct, the defroster duct and the side window
demisters.
 the A/C request button is enabled. The A/C compressor will operate automatically and the indicator will
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
illuminate if the A/C request button is selected.

DEFROST
When DEFROST is selected:
 the recirc request button and indicator is disabled. Regardless of button and indicator status, the air inlet
door actuator admits only outside air into the passenger compartment.
 the floor/defrost/panel door directs airflow to the defroster duct and side window demisters. A small
amount of airflow from the floor duct will be present.
 to reduce fogging, the A/C compressor will operate automatically, regardless of indicator status.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
Special Tools
scan tool
Fluke 77 III Automotive Meter 105-R0056 or equivalent
R-134a Manifold Gauge Set 176-R032A or equivalent
A/C Flush Adapter Kit 219-00074 or equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
A/C Flush and Purge Fitting Kit 219-00024 or equivalent
Pressure Test Kit 014-R1072 or equivalent
There are 4 main principles involved with the basic theory of operation:
 Heat transfer
 Latent heat of vaporization
 Relative humidity
 Effects of pressure
Heat Transfer
If 2 substances of different temperature are placed near each other, the heat in the warmer substance will
transfer to the colder substance.
Latent Heat of Vaporization
When a liquid boils (converts to gas) it absorbs heat without raising the temperature of the resulting gas. When
the gas condenses (converts back to a liquid), it gives off heat without lowering the temperature of the resulting
liquid.
Relative Humidity
The amount of moisture (water vapor content) that the air can hold is directly related to the air temperature. The
more heat there is in the air, the more moisture the air can hold. The lower the moisture content in the air, the
more comfortable it is. Removing the moisture from the air lowers its relative humidity and improves personal
comfort.
Effects of Pressure on Boiling or Condensation
As the pressure is increased on a liquid, the temperature at which the liquid boils (converts to gas) also
increases. Conversely, when the pressure on a liquid is reduced, its boiling point is also reduced. When in the
gas state, an increase in pressure causes an increase in temperature, while a decrease in pressure will decrease
the temperature of the gas.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Compressor Anti-Slugging Strategy (CASS)
Liquid refrigerant may accumulate in the A/C compressor under certain conditions. To alleviate damage to the
A/C compressor, the compressor anti-slugging strategy (CASS) is utilized.
CASS is initiated only under specific conditions:
 Ignition is OFF for more than 8 hours

 Ambient temperature is above -4°C (25°F)
 Battery voltage is above 8.5 volts during engine cranking
When these conditions are present, the PCM will activate the A/C control relay prior to cranking of the engine.
The A/C control relay engages the A/C compressor for approximately 4-15 A/C compressor revolutions or a
maximum of 2 seconds (depending upon vehicle application), allowing the liquid refrigerant to be pushed from
the A/C compressor. CASS is initiated by the PCM regardless of the HVAC - EMTC or the HVAC - DATC
system settings.
The Refrigerant Cycle
During stabilized conditions (A/C system shutdown), the refrigerant pressures are equal throughout the system.
When the A/C compressor is in operation it increases pressure on the refrigerant vapor, raising its temperature.
The high-pressure and high-temperature vapor is then released into the top of the A/C condenser core.
The A/C condenser, being close to ambient temperature, causes the refrigerant vapor to condense into a liquid
when heat is removed from the refrigerant by ambient air passing over the fins and tubing. The now liquid
refrigerant, still at high pressure, exits from the bottom of the A/C condenser and enters the inlet side of the A/C
receiver/drier. The receiver/drier is designed to remove moisture from the refrigerant.
The outlet of the receiver/drier is connected to the thermostatic expansion valve (TXV). The TXV provides the
orifice which is the restriction in the refrigerant system and separates the high and low pressure sides of the A/C
system. As the liquid refrigerant passes across this restriction, its pressure and boiling point are reduced.
The liquid refrigerant is now at its lowest pressure and temperature. As it passes through the A/C evaporator, it
absorbs heat from the airflow passing over the plate/fin sections of the A/C evaporator. This addition of heat
causes the refrigerant to boil (convert to gas). The now cooler air can no longer support the same humidity level
of the warmer air and this excess moisture condenses on the exterior of the evaporator coils and fins and drains
outside the vehicle.
The refrigerant cycle is now repeated with the A/C compressor again increasing the pressure and temperature of
the refrigerant.
A thermistor which monitors the temperature of the air that has passed through the evaporator core controls A/C
clutch cycling. If the temperature of the evaporator core discharge air is low enough to cause the condensed
water vapor to freeze, the A/C clutch is disengaged by the vehicle PCM.
The high-side line pressure is also monitored so that A/C compressor operation will be interrupted if the system
pressure becomes too high or is determined to be too low (low charge condition).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The A/C compressor thermal protection switch will interrupt compressor operation if the compressor housing
exceeds temperature limits.
The A/C compressor relief valve will open and vent refrigerant to relieve unusually high system pressure.
Fig. 1: Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) Type Refrigerant System

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Item Description
1 A/C evaporator core
2 A/C evaporator core temperature sensor
3 Thermostatic expansion valve (TXV)
4 A/C charge valve port (low side)
5 A/C suction line
6 A/C compressor
7 A/C pressure relief valve
8 A/C pressure transducer
9 Low-pressure vapor
10 High-pressure vapor
11 Low-pressure liquid
12 High-pressure liquid
13 Compressor discharge line
14 A/C desiccant cartridge
15 A/C condenser core with A/C receiver/drier
16 Condenser-to-evaporator line
17 A/C charge valve port (high side)
1. Verify the customer's concern by operating the climate control system to duplicate the condition.
2. Inspect to determine if one of the following mechanical or electrical concerns apply:


 Loose, missing or (SJB) fuse(s):
damaged A/C  15 (10A)
compressor drive belt
 37 (10A)
 Loose or disconnected
 45 (5A)
A/C clutch
 66 (40A)
 Broken or binding
door/actuator  Battery junction box
 Broken or leaking (BJB) fuse 35 (10A)
refrigerant lines  Blower motor
 Obstructed in-vehicle inoperative
temperature sensor  A/C compressor
 Disconnected in-vehicle inoperative
temperature aspirator  Circuitry open/shorted
hose  Disconnected electrical
connectors
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Cooling fan inoperative
3. As pinpoint tests and measurements are being carried out, be sure to inspect for any disconnected, loose-
fitting or incorrectly installed component, module and in-line electrical connectors and pins.



PCM, HVAC module - dual automatic temperature control (DATC).
 If the scan tool responds with no communication from one or more modules, refer to MODULE
9. Clear the continuous DTCs and carry out the self-test diagnostics for the HVAC module - DATC.
NOTE: Some PCM DTCs may inhibit A/C operation. If any PCM DTCs are retrieved,
diagnose those first. Refer to Introduction - Gasoline Engines article.
10. If the HVAC module - DATC DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to the HVAC MODULE -
DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DTC CHART. If the PCM DTCs retrieved are
related to the concern, go to the Introduction - Gasoline Engines article. For all other DTCs, refer to
11. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, go to Symptom Chart - Climate Control System.
HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) - Diagnostic Methods
The dual automatic temperature control (DATC) system must be diagnosed by first retrieving any DTCs, if
present.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 An on-demand (hard fault) DTC indicates that the fault is currently present. An on-demand DTC suggests
a wiring fault, disconnected connector or component failure.
 A continuous (intermittent) DTC alone (corresponding on-demand DTC is not present) indicates that the
fault is an intermittent condition and may not be currently present. A continuous only DTC suggests a
poor wiring connection, loose pin or terminal or intermittent component failure.
On-demand (hard fault) or continuous (intermittent fault) DTCs can be retrieved using a scan tool. If using a
scan tool, refer to the scan tool operating manual.
On-demand DTCs can also be retrieved by carrying out the Dual Automatic Temperature Control Module On-
Demand Self Test. To retrieve and/or clear continuous DTCs, carry out the HVAC Module - Dual Automatic
Temperature Control (DATC) - Retrieve Continuous DTCs procedure. Always carry out the HVAC Module -
Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) On-Demand Self Test before retrieving continuous DTCs.
If no DTCs are present, go to Symptom Chart - Climate Control System or Go to Symptom Chart - Noise,
Vibration and Harshness (NVH) for the appropriate diagnostic action.
HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) On-Demand Self Test
The HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) On-Demand Self Test will retrieve on-
demand (hard fault) DTCs only, it will not retrieve continuous DTCs. Continuous DTCs can be cleared when
exiting the HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) On-Demand Self Test. Make sure to
retrieve continuous DTCs by carrying out the HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) -
Retrieve Continuous DTCs procedure before clearing any continuous DTCs.
 The HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) On-Demand Self Test will not
detect concerns associated with data link messages like engine coolant temperature or vehicle speed
signals. A scan tool must be used to retrieve these concerns.
 The HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) On-Demand Self Test will detect
concerns in the system control functions and will display on-demand (hard fault) DTCs for concerns that
are present during the self-test. The vehicle interior temperature should be between 4°C-38°C (40°F-100°
F) when carrying out the self-test. If the temperatures are not within the specified ranges, false DTCs may
be displayed.
 The self-test can be initiated after cycling the ignition switch from OFF to ON. Normal operation of the
climate control system stops when the self-test is activated.
 To enter the self-test, press the OFF and DEFROST buttons simultaneously and release, then press the
AUTO button within 2 seconds. The display will show a flashing "----" for a maximum of 20 seconds,
after which "8888" will be displayed if there are no on-demand DTCs present. If DTCs are present, the
HVAC module - DATC will display the on-demand DTCs. Record all DTCs displayed.
 If any DTCs appear during the self-test, carry out the diagnostic procedure. Refer to the HVAC
MODULE - DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DTC CHART and follow the
ACTION for each DTC given.
 If a condition exists, but no DTCs appear during the self-test, go to Symptom Chart - Climate Control
System condition: The DATC System is Inoperative, Intermittent or Incorrect Operation.
 Always exit the self-test before powering the system down (system turned OFF).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Continuous DTCs will be deleted after 80 ignition switch ON cycles after the intermittent fault occurs.
HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) - Retrieve Continuous DTCs
The HVAC module - DATC will retrieve only continuous (intermittent) DTCs when carrying out this
procedure.
 Retrieval of continuous DTCs can be initiated after cycling the ignition switch from OFF to ON. Normal
operation of the climate control system stops when retrieving continuous DTCs.
 To retrieve continuous DTCs, press the OFF and DEFROST buttons simultaneously and release, then
press the RECIRC button within 2 seconds. The display will show a flashing "----" for a maximum of 20
seconds, after which "8888" will be displayed if there are no continuous DTCs present. If DTCs are
present, the HVAC module - DATC will display the continuous DTCs present. Record all DTCs
displayed.
 If any DTCs appear, carry out the diagnostic procedure. Refer to the HVAC MODULE - DUAL
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DTC CHART and follow the ACTION for each DTC
given.
 If a condition exists but no DTCs appear, go to Symptom Chart - Climate Control System condition:
The Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) System is Inoperative, Intermittent or Incorrect
Operation.
 To exit and retain all continuous DTCs, press any button except DEFROST. The HVAC module -
DATC will exit the retrieved continuous DTCs mode and retain all continuous DTCs.
 To exit and clear all continuous DTCs, press the DEFROST button. The HVAC module - DATC will exit
the retrieve continuous DTCs mode and all continuous DTCs will be cleared.
 Always exit the procedure before powering the system down (system turned OFF).
 Continuous DTCs will be deleted after 80 ignition switch ON cycles after the intermittent fault occurs.
HVAC Module Cold Boot Process
The purpose of the cold boot process is to allow the HVAC module to reinitialize. To carry out the cold boot
process, follow the steps below.
NOTE: HVAC module - DATC only.
1. Clear the DTCs.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.
3. Disconnect the HVAC module electrical connectors.
4. Inspect module connectors for:
 corrosion.
 pushed-out connectors.
 incorrectly seated connector.
5. Wait one minute.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
6. Connect the HVAC module electrical connectors.

8. Select any position except OFF on the HVAC module.
The HVAC module will now initialize.
HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) DTC Chart
diagnose those first. Refer to the Introduction - Gasoline Engines article.
HVAC MODULE - DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DTC CHART

DTC Description Action to Take
Air Temperature Internal Sensor
B1251 Go to Pinpoint Test A .
Circuit Open
Air Temperature Internal Sensor
B1253 Go to Pinpoint Test A .
Air Temperature External Sensor
Circuit Open
Air Temperature External Sensor
If the DTC returns and the DTC is not present in
other modules, MEASURE the voltage between
ground and: HVAC module - dual automatic
temperature control (DATC) C228a-12, circuit
CBP37 (WH) and HVAC module - DATC C228a-
13, circuit SBP15 (WH/RD).
 If the voltage is less than 16 volts, INSTALL a

new HVAC module - DATC. REFER to
B1317 Battery Voltage High CLIMATE CONTROL article.
 If the voltage is greater than 16 volts,
INSTALL a new HVAC module - DATC.
REFER to CHARGING SYSTEM -
If the DTC returns and the DTC is present in other

modules, REFER to CHARGING SYSTEM -
B1318 Battery Voltage Low Go to Pinpoint Test G .
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If the
B1342 ECU is Faulted DTC returns, INSTALL a new HVAC module -
DATC. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Climate Control A/C Post

B1947 Evaporator Sensor Circuit Short to Go to Pinpoint Test D .
Ground
Climate Control A/C Post
Evaporator Sensor Open Circuit
B226C Left Blend Door Motor Stall Go to Pinpoint Test F .
B226D Right Blend Door Motor Stall Go to Pinpoint Test F .
B226E Mode Blend Door Motor Stall Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Passenger Solar Radiation Sensor
Circuit Open
Passenger Solar Radiation Sensor
Driver Solar Radiation Sensor
Driver Solar Radiation Sensor
Circuit Open
Driver Blend Door Potentiometer
B295A Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Feedback Circuit Open
Driver Blend Door Potentiometer
B295B Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Feedback Circuit Short to Ground
Passenger Blend Door
B295C Potentiometer Feedback Circuit Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Open
Passenger Blend Door
B295D Potentiometer Feedback Circuit Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Short to Ground
Mode Door Potentiometer
B295E Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Feedback Circuit Open
Mode Door Potentiometer
B295F Go to Pinpoint Test F .
Feedback Circuit Short to Ground
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If the
Control Module Communication DTC returns, REFER to MODULE
U0073
Bus A Off COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to
diagnose the network concern.
CLEAR The DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If the
DTC returns, REFER to MODULE
Lost Communication With Body
U0140 COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to
Control Module (GEM)
diagnose the lost communication with the smart
junction box (SJB).
Lost Communication With DTC returns, REFER to MODULE
U0155 Instrument Panel Cluster Control COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to
Module diagnose the lost communication with the instrument
panel cluster.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

DTC returns, REFER to MODULE
Lost Communication With Seat
U0246 COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to
Control Module (DCSM)
diagnose the lost communication with the heated seat
module.
REFLASH the HVAC module - DATC. REFER to
MODULE CONFIGURATION article. If the DTC
U2050 No Application Present
returns, INSTALL a new HVAC module - DATC.
REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
REFLASH the HVAC module - DATC. REFER to
One or More Calibration Files MODULE CONFIGURATION article. If the DTC
U2051
Missing/Corrupt returns, INSTALL a new HVAC module - DATC.
REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
Symptom Chart - Climate Control System
Symptom Chart - Climate Control System

 No communication  Fuse(s)
with the HVAC module  REFER to MODULE
 Circuitry open
- dual automatic COMMUNICATIONS
temperature control  HVAC module - DATC NETWORK article.
(DATC) communication network
 Circuitry open/shorted
 HVAC module - DATC
 Air inlet door is  HVAC module - electronic
manual temperature  Go to Pinpoint Test E .
inoperative
control (EMTC)
 Air inlet door
actuator/linkage
 Circuitry short/open
 Door actuator
 Defrost/panel/floor door
 Incorrect/erratic
actuator/linkage
direction of airflow  Go to Pinpoint Test F .
from outlets  LH or RH blend door
actuator/linkage
 HVAC module - EMTC or
HVAC module - DATC
 The temperature  Circuitry open/shorted

control is Door actuator
  Go to Pinpoint Test F .
inoperative/does not
operate correctly  LH or RH blend door
actuator/linkage
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

HVAC module - DATC
 The DATC system is
inoperative,  Fuse(s)
intermittent or incorrect  Circuitry open
operation
 Low engine coolant level
 Engine overheating
 Plugged or partially
plugged heater core
 Insufficient, erratic or  Temperature blend door is  Go to Pinpoint Test I .
no heat binding or stuck
 Temperature blend door
actuator
 Heater hose is kinked or
binding
 Open fuse
 PCM
 The air conditioning HVAC module - DATC
(A/C) is
 A/C compressor  Go to Pinpoint Test J .
inoperative/does not
operate correctly  A/C control relay
 A/C evaporator
temperature sensor
 Circuitry shorted
 PCM
HVAC module - DATC
 The air conditioning
 A/C compressor  Go to Pinpoint Test K .
(A/C) is always on
 A/C control relay
 A/C evaporator
temperature sensor
 Fuse(s)
 Circuitry open
 The blower motor is  A/C blower motor switch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
inoperative - EMTC  Blower motor relay

 A/C blower motor  Go to Pinpoint Test L .
 HVAC module - EMTC
 The blower motor does  Circuitry open/shorted
not operate correctly -  A/C blower motor resistor  Go to Pinpoint Test M .
EMTC  A/C blower motor switch
 Fuse(s)
 Blower motor relay
 The blower motor is
 A/C blower motor  Go to Pinpoint Test N .
inoperative - DATC
 Blower motor speed
control
 The blower motor does  Blower motor speed
not operate correctly - control  Go to Pinpoint Test O .
DATC  HVAC module - DATC
 A/C blower motor relay
 CHECK that the A/C system
pressure is above 290 kPa (42
 Temperature blend psi). If the pressure is below 290
door/actuator kPa (42 psi), REFER to
 The dual temperature
broken/binding Fluorescent Dye Leak
control is
Detection. CHECK the
inoperative/does not  HVAC module - DATC
temperature blend doors/actuators
operate correctly  Low A/C refrigerant for a binding or broken condition.
charge If no condition is found,
INSTALL a new HVAC module -
DATC.
 The temperature set  Open fuse  CHECK circuit SBP15 (WH/RD)
point does not repeat for a short or open and repair as
after turning the necessary. If OK, INSTALL a
ignition switch OFF  HVAC module - DATC new HVAC module - DATC.
 If the instrument cluster does not
switch between English and
 The temperature Metric, REFER to
display will not switch  HVAC module - DATC INSTRUMENT CLUSTER &
between Celsius and  Instrument cluster module PANEL ILLUMINATION
Fahrenheit article.
 If only the HVAC module -
DATC does not switch between
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
English and Metric, INSTALL a

new HVAC module - DATC.
 REFER to Description and
Operation of the External
Temperature Display. If the
external temperature display is not
operating as described and no
DTC is present, CARRY OUT the
 HVAC module - DATC ambient temperature sensor
 Inaccurate external component test in this service
temperature display  Ambient temperature information. If the sensor tests
sensor OK, CARRY OUT the HVAC
Module Cold Boot Process. If the
condition returns, INSTALL a
new HVAC module - DATC.
REFER to CLIMATE
CONTROL article. TEST the
NOTE: Noise, vibration and harshness (NVH) symptoms will be identified using the
their uses and a glossary of common terms, refer to NOISE, VIBRATION &

 INSTALL a new A/C
compressor. REFER to
 Noisy A/C compressor  A/C compressor clutch air
CLIMATE CONTROL
clutch gap
normal operation.
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test A: DTC B1251 or B1253 - Air Temperature Internal Sensor Circuit Open or Short to
Ground
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Automatic Climate Control System for schematic
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, the in-vehicle air temperature sensor receives a ground from the HVAC module - dual
automatic temperature control (DATC) through circuit RH111 (GY/BU). A 5-volt reference voltage is supplied
to the in-vehicle air temperature sensor from the HVAC module - DATC through circuit VH414 (GN/BU).
 DTC B1251 Air Temperature Internal Sensor Circuit Open - The module senses no voltage drop on the
sensor reference voltage circuit, indicating an open circuit.
 DTC B1253 Air Temperature Internal Sensor Circuit Short to Ground - The module senses excessive
voltage drop on the sensor reference voltage circuit, indicating a short directly to ground.

 In-vehicle air temperature sensor
PINPOINT TEST A: DTC B1251 OR B1253 - AIR TEMPERATURE INTERNAL SENSOR CIRCUIT
OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
A1 CHECK THE SENSOR RESISTANCE

 Disconnect: In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor C233
 Carry out the In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor component test in this service information.
 Does the in-vehicle temperature sensor test OK?
YES : Go to A2.
NO : INSTALL a new in-car temperature sensor. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST
A2 CHECK THE HVAC MODULE - DATC SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE
 Press the AUTO button.
Fig. 2: Measuring Voltage Between In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor C233-2 & C233-1, Circuit
VH414 (GN/BU) & RH111 (GY/BU)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Measure the voltage between in-vehicle temperature sensor C233-2, circuit VH414 (GN/BU),
harness side and C233-1, circuit RH111 (GY/BU), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new in-vehicle sensor. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If code
returns, go to A7.
NO : If diagnosing DTC B1251, go to A3.
If diagnosing DTC B1253, go to A5.
A3 CHECK CIRCUIT VH414 (GN/BU) FOR AN OPEN

 Disconnect: HVAC Module - DATC C228a
Fig. 3: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-3, Circuit VH414 (GN/BU) &
In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor C233-2
Measure the resistance between HVAC module - DATC C228a-3, circuit VH414 (GN/BU),

harness side and in-vehicle temperature sensor C233-2, circuit VH414 (GN/BU), harness side.
YES : Go to A4.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH414 (GN/BU) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
A4 CHECK CIRCUIT RH111 (GY/BU) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-10, Circuit RH111 (GY/BU) &
In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor C233-1
Measure the resistance between HVAC module - DATC C228a-10, circuit RH111 (GY/BU),

harness side and in-vehicle temperature sensor C233-1, circuit RH111 (GY/BU), harness side.
YES : Go to A7.
NO : REPAIR circuit RH111 (GY/BU) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
A5 CHECK CIRCUIT VH414 (GN/BU) FOR A SHORT TO CIRCUIT RH111 (GY/BU)
Fig. 5: Measuring Resistance Between In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor C233-2 & C233-1,
Circuit VH414 (GN/BU) & RH111 (GY/BU)
Measure the resistance between in-vehicle temperature sensor C233-2, circuit VH414 (GN/BU),

YES : Go to A6.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH414 (GN/BU) for a short to circuit RH111 (GY/BU). CLEAR the DTCs.
A6 CHECK CIRCUIT VH414 (GN/BU) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 6: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-3, Circuit VH414 (GN/BU) &
Ground
Measure the resistance between HVAC module - DATC C228a-3, circuit VH414 (GN/BU),

YES : Go to A7.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH414 (GN/BU) for a short to ground. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-
test. TEST the system for normal operation.
A7 CHECK THE MODULE CONNECTION
 Carry out the HVAC Module Cold Boot Process.
 Carry out the HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) On-Demand Self
Test.
 Operate the system.
 Does the concern return?
YES : INSTALL a new HVAC module - DATC. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article. TEST
or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for normal
operation.
Pinpoint Test B: DTC B1255 or B1257 - Air Temperature External Sensor Circuit Open or Short to
Ground
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, the ambient air temperature sensor receives a ground from the HVAC module - dual
automatic temperature control (DATC) through circuit RH111 (GY/BU). A 5-volt reference voltage is supplied
to the ambient air temperature sensor from the HVAC module - DATC through circuit VH407 (YE/GN).
 DTC B1255 Air Temperature External Sensor Circuit Open - The module senses no voltage drop on the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
sensor reference voltage circuit, indicating an open circuit.

 DTC B1257 Air Temperature External Sensor Circuit Short To Ground - The module senses excessive
voltage drop on the sensor reference voltage circuit, indicating a short directly to ground.

 Ambient air temperature sensor
PINPOINT TEST B: DTC B1255 OR B1257 - AIR TEMPERATURE EXTERNAL SENSOR CIRCUIT
OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
B1 CHECK THE SENSOR RESISTANCE

 Disconnect: Ambient Temperature Sensor C198
 Carry out the Ambient Temperature Sensor component test in this service information.
 Does the ambient temperature sensor test OK?
YES : Go to B2.
NO : INSTALL a new ambient temperature sensor. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
B2 CHECK THE HVAC - DATC SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE
Fig. 7: Measuring Voltage Between Ambient Temperature Sensor C198-2 & C198-1, Circuit
VH407 (YE/GN) & RH111 (GY/BU)
 Measure the voltage between ambient temperature sensor C198-2, circuit VH407 (YE/GN), harness
side and C198-1, circuit RH111 (GY/BU), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new ambient sensor. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. If code returns,
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
go to B7.
NO : If diagnosing DTC B1255, go to B3.
If diagnosing DTC B1257, go to B5.
B3 CHECK CIRCUIT VH407 (YE/GN) FOR AN OPEN

Fig. 8: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-2, Circuit VH407 (YE/GN) &
Ambient Temperature Sensor C198-2
Measure the resistance between HVAC module - DATC C228a-2, circuit VH407 (YE/GN), harness

side and ambient temperature sensor C198-2, circuit VH407 (YE/GN), harness side.
YES : Go to B4.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH407 (YE/GN) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
B4 CHECK CIRCUIT RH111 (GY/BU) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 9: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-10, Circuit RH111 (GY/BU) &
Ambient Temperature Sensor C198-1
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

harness side and ambient temperature sensor C198-1, circuit RH111 (GY/BU), harness side.
YES : Go to B7.
NO : REPAIR circuit RH111 (GY/BU) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
B5 CHECK CIRCUIT VH407 (YE/GN) FOR A SHORT TO CIRCUIT RH111 (GY/BU)
Fig. 10: Measuring Resistance Between Ambient Temperature Sensor C198-2 & C198-1,
Circuit VH407 (YE/GN) & RH111 (GY/BU)
Measure the resistance between ambient temperature sensor C198-2, circuit VH407 (YE/GN),

YES : Go to B6.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH407 (YE/GN) for a short to circuit RH111 (GY/BU). CLEAR the DTCs.
B6 CHECK CIRCUIT VH407 (YE/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 11: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-2, Circuit VH407 (YE/GN) &
Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between HVAC module - DATC C228a-2, circuit VH407 (YE/GN), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to B7.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH407 (YE/GN) for a short to ground. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-
B7 CHECK THE MODULE CONNECTION
Test.
operation.
Pinpoint Test C: DTC B2426, B2427, B2795 or B2796 - Solar Radiation Sensor Circuit Open or Short to
Ground
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, the solar radiation sensor receives a ground through circuit GD115 (BK/GY). A 5-volt
reference voltage is supplied to the solar radiation sensor from the HVAC module - dual automatic temperature
control (DATC) through circuit VH417 (YE/OG) (LH) and circuit VH416 (VT/GY) (RH).

The module senses no voltage drop on
Passenger Solar Radiation Sensor Circuit
B2426 the sensor reference voltage circuit,
Open
indicating an open circuit.
The module senses excessive voltage
Passenger Solar Radiation Sensor Circuit drop on the sensor reference voltage
B2427
Short to Ground circuit, indicating a short directly to
ground.
The module senses no voltage drop on
Driver Solar Radiation Sensor Circuit
B2795 the sensor reference voltage circuit,
Short to Ground
indicating an open circuit.
The module senses excessive voltage
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
drop on the sensor reference voltage

Driver Solar Radiation Sensor Circuit
B2796 circuit, indicating a short directly to
Open
ground.

PINPOINT TEST C: DTC B2426, DTC B2427, DTC B2795 OR DTC B2796 - A/C SOLAR RADIATION
SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND
C1 CHECK THE SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR RESISTANCE

 Disconnect: Solar Radiation Sensor C286
Fig. 12: Checking Sensor Resistance

Measure the resistance between the solar radiation sensor terminals 1 and 4 and terminals 3 and 4.

 Is continuity present and the resistance greater than 0 ohm?
YES : Go to C2.
NO : INSTALL a new solar radiation sensor. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the
C2 CHECK THE SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 Measure the voltage between solar radiation sensor C286-4, circuit GD115 (BK/GY), harness side
and:
 DTC B2426 or B2427 , C286-1, circuit VH416 (VT/GY), harness side.
 DTC B2795 or B2796 , C286-3, circuit VH417 (YE/OG), harness side.
 Are the voltages between 4.7 and 5.1 volts?

YES : Go to C6.
NO : If diagnosing DTC B2426 or B2796, go to C3.
If diagnosing DTC B2427 or B2795, go to C5.
C3 CHECK CIRCUIT GD115 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN


 Measure the resistance between solar radiation sensor C286-4, circuit GD115 (BK/GY), harness
side and ground.
YES : Go to C4.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD115 (BK/GY) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
C4 CHECK CIRCUIT VH417 (YE/OG) OR VH416 (VT/GY) FOR AN OPEN

Fig. 15: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-4 & C228A-5, Circuit VH416
(VT/GY) & VH417 (YE/OG)


 DTC B2426 , HVAC module - DATC C228a-4, circuit VH416 (VT/GY), harness side and
solar radiation sensor C286-1, circuit VH416 (VT/GY), harness side.
 DTC B2796 , HVAC module - DATC C228a-5, circuit VH417 (YE/OG), harness side and
solar radiation sensor C286-3, circuit VH417 (YE/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to C6.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH417 (YE/OG) or VH416 (VT/GY) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs.
C5 CHECK CIRCUIT VH417 (YE/OG) OR VH416 (VT/GY) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 16: Checking Circuits For Short To Ground

 Measure the resistance between ground and:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 DTC B2427 , solar radiation sensor C286-1, circuit VH416 (VT/GY), harness side.
 DTC B2795 , solar radiation sensor C286-3, circuit VH417 (YE/OG), harness side.
YES : Go to C6.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH417 (YE/OG) or VH416 (VT/GY) for a short to ground. CLEAR the
C6 CHECK THE MODULE CONNECTION
Test.
operation.
Pinpoint Test D: DTC B1947 or B2014 - Climate Control A/C Post Evaporator Sensor Circuit Open or
Short to Ground
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, the evaporator temperature sensor receives a ground from the HVAC module - dual
automatic temperature control (DATC) through circuit RH111 (GY/BU)/(BK). A 5-volt reference voltage is
supplied to the evaporator discharge air temperature sensor from the HVAC module - DATC through circuit
VH406 (VT/BN)/(LG/BK).
 DTC B1947 Climate Control A/C Post Evaporator Sensor Circuit Short To Ground - The module senses
excessive voltage drop on the sensor reference voltage circuit, indicating a short directly to ground.
 DTC B2014 Climate Control A/C Post Evaporator Sensor Open Circuit - The module senses no voltage
drop on the sensor reference voltage circuit, indicating an open circuit.

 HVAC module - electronic manual temperature control (EMTC) or HVAC module - DATC
PINPOINT TEST D: DTC B1947 OR DTC B2014 - CLIMATE CONTROL A/C POST EVAPORATOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND
NOTE: The evaporator temperature sensor cannot be installed independently of the

heater core and evaporator core housing.
D1 CHECK THE SENSOR RESISTANCE

 Disconnect: Evaporator Temperature Sensor C296
 Carry out the evaporator temperature sensor component test in this service information.
 Is the resistance within the specified values for the temperatures?
YES : Go to D2.
NO : INSTALL a new heater core and evaporator core housing. REFER to CLIMATE
CONTROL article. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for normal
operation.
D2 CHECK THE HVAC MODULE - DATC SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE
Fig. 17: Measuring Voltage Between Evaporator Temperature Sensor C296-2, Circuit
(LG/BK) & C296-1, Circuit (BK)
 Measure the voltage between evaporator temperature sensor C296-2, circuit (LG/BK), harness side
and C296-1, circuit (BK), harness side.
YES : Go to D7.
NO : If diagnosing DTC B2826, go to D3.
If diagnosing DTC B2827, go to D5.
D3 CHECK CIRCUIT VH406 (VT/BN)/(LG/BK) FOR AN OPEN

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 18: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-6 & C296-2, Circuit VH406
(VT/BN) & (LG/BK)
Measure the resistance between HVAC module - DATC C228a-6, circuit VH406 (VT/BN), harness

side and evaporator temperature sensor C296-2, circuit (LG/BK), harness side.
YES : Go to D4.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH406 (VT/BN)/(LG/BK) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the
self-test. TEST the system for normal operation.
D4 CHECK CIRCUIT RH111 (GY/BU)/(BK) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 19: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-10 & C296-1, Circuit RH111
(GY/BU) & Circuit (BK)

harness side and evaporator temperature sensor C296-1, circuit (BK), harness side.
YES : Go to D7.
NO : REPAIR circuit RH111 (GY/BU)/(BK) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-
D5 CHECK CIRCUIT VH406 (VT/BN)/(LG/BK) FOR A SHORT TO CIRCUIT RH111 (GY/BU)/
(BK)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 20: Measuring Resistance Between Evaporator Temperature Sensor C296-2 & C296-1,
Circuit (LG/BK) & Circuit (BK)
Measure the resistance between evaporator temperature sensor C296-2, circuit (LG/BK), harness

side and C296-1, circuit (BK), harness side.
YES : Go to D6.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH406 (VT/BN)/(LG/BK) for a short to circuit RH111 (GY/BU)/(BK).
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for normal operation.
D6 CHECK CIRCUIT VH406 (VT/BN)/(LG/BK) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 21: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-6, Circuit VH406 (VT/BN) &
Ground
Measure the resistance between HVAC module - DATC C228a-6, circuit VH406 (VT/BN), harness

side and ground.
YES : Go to D7.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH406 (VT/BN)/(LG/BK) for a short to ground. CLEAR the DTCs.
D7 CHECK THE MODULE CONNECTION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Test.
YES : INSTALL a new HVAC module - DATC. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the system for normal operation. If the concern
returns, INSTALL a new heater core and evaporator core housing. REFER to CLIMATE
CONTROL article. CLEAR the DTCs. TEST the system for normal operation.
operation.
Pinpoint Test E: Air Inlet Door is Inoperative
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Manual Climate Control System for schematic
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, the HVAC module - electronic manual temperature control (EMTC) or HVAC module
- dual automatic temperature control (DATC) supplies ground to the air inlet door actuator motor through
circuit CH208 (GN/OG)/(GN) to rotate the air inlet door actuator 180 degrees to the outside air position, or
circuit CH207 (BU/GY)/(BN) to rotate the air inlet door actuator 180 degrees to the recirculated air position.
Ignition voltage is supplied to the air inlet door actuator through circuit CBP37 (WH)/(GY).

 Air inlet door actuator
 Stuck or damaged linkage or door
PINPOINT TEST E: AIR INLET DOOR IS INOPERATIVE
E1 CHECK THE DOOR ACTUATOR OPERATION

 Disconnect: HVAC Module - DATC C228a or HVAC Module - EMTC C2357a
 Remove the door actuator and disengage the actuator driveshaft from the actuator door.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Mark the door actuator driveshaft position.

Fig. 22: Connecting Fused Jumper Wire Between EATC C228A-23 & C2357A-15, Circuit
GD115 (BK/GY) & CH207 (BU/GY)
NOTE: This step positions the actuator for the following steps.
 Connect a fused jumper wire between HVAC module - DATC C228a-23 or HVAC module -
EMTC C2357a-23, circuit GD115 (BK/GY), harness side and HVAC module - DATC C228a-15 or
HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-15, circuit CH207 (BU/GY), harness side.
 Remove the fused jumper wire.
GD115 (BK/GY) & CH208 (GN/OG)
 Connect a second fused jumper wire between: HVAC module - DATC C228a-23 or HVAC module
- EMTC C2357a-23, circuit GD115 (BK/GY), harness side and HVAC module - DATC C228a-16
or HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-16, circuit CH208 (GN/OG), harness side.
 Remove the fused jumper wire.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
GD115 (BK/GY) & CH207 (BU/GY)
Connect a fused jumper wire between HVAC module - DATC C228a-23 or HVAC module -

EMTC C2357a-23, circuit GD115 (BK/GY), harness side and HVAC module - DATC C228a-15 or
HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-15, circuit CH207 (BU/GY), harness side.
 Does the actuator motor rotate 180 degrees in the previous steps (360 degrees total)?
YES : INSPECT for binding or broken linkage. If no condition is found, go to E7.

NO : Go to E2.
E2 CHECK THE ACTUATOR MOTOR FOR VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Air Inlet Door Actuator C2363
Fig. 25: Measuring Voltage Between Ground & Air Inlet Door Actuator C2363-7, Circuit
(GY)
 Measure the voltage between ground and air inlet door actuator C2363-7, circuit (GY), harness
side.
YES : REPAIR circuit CBP37 (WH)/(GY) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to E3.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
E3 CHECK THE ACTUATOR MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN

Fig. 26: Measuring Resistance Between EATC C228A-15 & C228A-16, Circuit CH207
(BU/GY) & CH208 (GN/OG)


 HVAC module - DATC C228a-15 or HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-15, circuit CH207
(BU/GY), harness side and air inlet door actuator C2363-1, circuit (BN), harness side.
(GN/OG), harness side and air inlet door actuator C2363-3, circuit (GN), harness side.
YES : Go to E4.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH207 (BU/GY)/(BN) or CH208 (GN/OG)/(GN) for an open. TEST the
E4 CHECK THE ACTUATOR MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 27: Measuring Resistance Between Ground And Air Inlet Door Actuator C2363-1 &
C2363-3, Circuit (BN)
 Measure the resistance between ground and:

 air inlet door actuator C2363-1, circuit (BN), harness side.
 air inlet door actuator C2363-3, circuit (GN), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


YES : Go to E5.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH207 (BU/GY)/(BN) or CH208 (GN/OG)/(GN) for a short to ground.
E5 CHECK THE ACTUATOR MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
Fig. 28: Measuring Resistance Between Air Inlet Door Actuator C2363-1 & C2363-3, Circuit
(BN)
Measure the resistance between air inlet door actuator C2363-1, circuit (BN), harness side and air

inlet door actuator C2363-3, circuit (GN), harness side.
YES : Go to E6.
NO : REPAIR circuits CH207 (BU/GY)/(BN) and CH208 (GN/OG)/(GN) for a short together.
E6 CHECK THE ACTUATOR CONNECTION
NOTE: DATC systems only.
 Clear the DTCs.

 Disconnect the actuator connector.
 Check for:
 corrosion.
 pushed-out connectors.
 incorrectly seated connector.
 Connect and correctly seat the actuator connector.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Test.
YES : INSTALL a new actuator. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article. TEST the system for
normal operation.
or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs.
E7 CHECK THE MODULE CONNECTION
Test.
YES : INSTALL a new HVAC module - DATC or HVAC module - EMTC. REFER to
CLIMATE CONTROL article. TEST the system for normal operation.
operation.
Pinpoint Test F: Incorrect/Erratic Direction of Airflow From Outlet(s)
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, to rotate the blend door actuator, the HVAC module - electronic manual temperature
control (EMTC) or HVAC module - dual automatic temperature control (DATC) supplies voltage to the
actuator motors through the door actuator clockwise circuits, and supplies ground through the door actuator
counterclockwise circuits. To reverse the actuator rotation, the HVAC module - EMTC or HVAC module -
DATC reverses the voltage and ground circuits.
The actuator feedback resistors are supplied a ground from the HVAC module - EMTC or HVAC module -
DATC by the door actuator return circuits and a 5-volt reference voltage on the door actuator reference circuits.
The HVAC module - EMTC or HVAC module - DATC reads the voltage on the blend door actuator feedback
circuits to determine the door actuator position, by the position of the actuator feedback resistor wiper arm.
Door Actuator Clockwise Circuits

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 (HVAC module - EMTC) Blend - CH233 (VT/BN)/(OG/BK)

 (HVAC module - DATC) LH Blend - CH238 (YE/OG)/(RD/YE)
 (HVAC module - DATC) RH Blend - CH213 (BN/GN)/(VT)
 Defrost/Panel/Floor - CH228 (YE/GN)/(GY/BK)
Door Actuator Counterclockwise Circuits
 (HVAC module - EMTC) Blend - CH234 (YE/GN)/(VT)

 (HVAC module - DATC) LH Blend - CH239 (BU/WH)/(WH)
 (HVAC module - DATC) RH Blend - CH212 (BU/OG)/(OG/BK)
 Defrost/Panel/Floor - CH229 (WH/BU)/(BU)
Door Actuator Return Circuits
 (HVAC module - EMTC) Blend - RH111 (GY/BU)/(BK)

 (HVAC module - DATC) LH Blend - RH111 (GY/BU)/(BK)
 (HVAC module - DATC) RH Blend - RH111 (GY/BU)/(BK)
 Defrost/Panel/Floor - RH111 (GY/BU)/(BK)
Door Actuator Reference Circuits
 (HVAC module - EMTC) Blend - LH111 (BN/WH)/(OG)

 (HVAC module - DATC) LH Blend - LH111 (BN/WH)/(OG)
 (HVAC module - DATC) RH Blend - LH111 (BN/WH)/(OG)
 Defrost/Panel/Floor - LH111 (BN/WH)/(OG)
Door Actuator Feedback Circuits
 (HVAC module - EMTC) Blend - VH439 (GY/VT)/(RD)

 (HVAC module - DATC) LH Blend - VH440 (BU/BN)/(YE)
 (HVAC module - DATC) RH Blend - VH441 (WH/BN)/(RD)
 Defrost/Panel/Floor - VH436 (YE/VT)/(BU/RD)

The module senses no change in
B226C Left Blend Door Motor Stall actuator feedback voltage when the
actuator motor has been energized.
The module senses no change in
B226D Right Blend Door Motor Stall actuator feedback voltage when the
B226E Mode Blend Door Motor Stall The module senses no change in
actuator feedback voltage when the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

The module senses no voltage drop
Driver Blend Door Potentiometer Feedback on the actuator feedback circuit,
B295A
Circuit Open indicating an open or short to
voltage.
The module senses excessive
Driver Blend Door Potentiometer Feedback voltage drop on the actuator
B295B
Circuit short to ground feedback circuit, indicating a short
directly to ground.
Passenger Blend Door Potentiometer on the actuator feedback circuit,
B295C
Feedback Circuit Open indicating an open or short to
voltage.
Passenger Blend Door Potentiometer voltage drop on the actuator
B295D
Feedback Circuit short to ground feedback circuit, indicating a short
directly to ground.
Mode Door Potentiometer Feedback Circuit on the actuator feedback circuit,
B295E
Open indicating an open or short to
voltage.
Mode Door Potentiometer Feedback Circuit voltage drop on the actuator
B295F
short to ground feedback circuit, indicating a short
directly to ground.

 Defrost/panel/floor mode door actuator
 LH blend door actuator
 RH blend door actuator
 Stuck or bound linkage or door
PINPOINT TEST F: INCORRECT/ERRATIC DIRECTION OF AIRFLOW FROM OUTLET(S)
F1 CHECK THE AIRFLOW

 Check the air discharge temperature in full COOL and full WARM and airflow in the all modes.
 Is the air discharge temperature and airflow correct in each setting?
YES : The system is operating normally.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : For DATC systems:
DTC B226C, go to F2.
DTC B226D, go to F3.
DTC B226E, go to F4.
DTC B295A, B295C or B295E, go to F9.
DTC B295B, B295D or B295F, go to F11.
If the RECIRC button does not change the air inlet door position, go to Pinpoint Test E .
For EMTC systems:
If the airflow is incorrect, follow diagnostics for defrost/panel/floor door actuator. Go to F2.
If the temperature control is inoperative/does not operate correctly, follow diagnostics for the LH
blend door actuator. Go to F2.
If the MAX A/C selection does not change the air inlet door position, go to Pinpoint Test E .
F2 CHECK THE LH BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR OPERATION

Fig. 29: Connect A Fused Jumper Wire For 5 Seconds Between EATC Module C228A-13,
Circuit SBP15 (WH/RD)
 Connect a fused jumper wire for 5 seconds between:

 HVAC module - DATC C228a-13 or HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-13, circuit SBP15
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(WH/RD), harness side and HVAC module - DATC C228a-22, circuit CH238 (YE/OG),
harness side or HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-22, circuit CH233 (VT/BN), harness side.
 HVAC module - DATC C228a-23 or HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-23, circuit GD115
(BK/GY), harness side and HVAC module - DATC C228a-21, circuit CH239 (BU/WH),
harness side or HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-21, circuit CH234 (YE/GN), harness side.

(WH/RD), harness side and HVAC module - DATC C228a-21, circuit CH239 (BU/WH),
(BK/GY), harness side and HVAC module - DATC C228a-22, circuit CH238 (YE/OG),

(WH/RD), harness side and HVAC module - DATC C228a-22, circuit CH238 (YE/OG),
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(BK/GY), harness side and HVAC module - DATC C228a-21, circuit CH239 (BU/WH),
 Does the actuator motor move at least 90 degrees in the clockwise and counterclockwise
direction in the previous steps?
YES : DATC systems, INSPECT for binding or broken linkage. If no condition is found, CARRY
OUT the actuator component test in this service information. If the actuator tests OK, go to F14.
EMTC systems, INSPECT for binding or broken linkage. If no condition is found, CARRY OUT
the actuator component test in this service information. If the actuator tests OK, go to F9.
NO : Go to F5.
F3 CHECK THE RH BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR OPERATION
 Disconnect: HVAC Module - DATC C228b

 HVAC module - DATC C228a-13, circuit SBP15 (WH/RD), harness side and HVAC
module - DATC C228b-25, circuit CH213 (BN/GN), harness side.
 HVAC module - DATC C228a-23, circuit GD115 (BK/GY), harness side and HVAC module
- DATC C228b-26, circuit CH212 (BU/OG), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

module - DATC C228b-26, circuit CH212 (BU/OG), harness side.
- DATC C228b-25, circuit CH213 (BN/GN), harness side.
Connect a fused jumper wire for 5 seconds between:


module - DATC C228b-25, circuit CH213 (BN/GN), harness side.
- DATC C228b-26, circuit CH212 (BU/OG), harness side.
direction in the previous steps?
YES : INSPECT for binding or broken linkage. If no condition is found, CARRY OUT the actuator
component test in this service information. If the actuator tests OK, go to F14.
NO : Go to F5.
F4 CHECK THE DEFROST/PANEL/FLOOR DOOR ACTUATOR OPERATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


(WH/RD), harness side and HVAC module - DATC C228a-20 or HVAC module - EMTC
C2357a-20, circuit CH228 (YE/GY), harness side.
(BK/GY), harness side and HVAC module - DATC C228a-19 or HVAC module - EMTC
C2357a-19, circuit CH229 (WH/BU), harness side.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

direction in previous steps?
YES : DATC systems, INSPECT for binding or broken linkage. If no condition is found, CARRY
OUT the actuator component test in this service information. If the actuator tests OK, go to F14.
EMTC systems, INSPECT for binding or broken linkage. If no condition is found, CARRY OUT
the actuator component test in this service information. If the actuator tests OK, go to F9.
NO : Go to F5.
F5 CHECK THE ACTUATOR MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: For DTC B226C or LH Blend Door Actuator, LH Blend Door Actuator C2091
 Disconnect: For DTC B226D, RH Blend Door Actuator C2092
 Disconnect: For DTC B226E or Defrost/Panel/Floor Door Actuator, LH Defrost/Panel/Floor Door

Actuator C2278
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 38: Measuring Resistance Between EMTC Module C2357A-22 & C2357A-21, Circuit
CH233 (VT/BN) & CH234 (YE/GN)
NOTE: For DTC B226C or blend door actuator.

 HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-22, circuit CH233 (VT/BN), harness side and blend door
actuator C2091-7, circuit (OG/BK), harness side.
 HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-21, circuit CH234 (YE/GN), harness side and blend door
actuator C2091-6, circuit (VT), harness side.
 HVAC module - DATC C228a-22, circuit CH238 (YE/OG), harness side and LH blend door
actuator C2091-7, circuit (RD/YE), harness side.
 HVAC module - DATC C228a-21, circuit CH239 (BU/WH), harness side and LH blend door
actuator C2091-6, circuit (WH), harness side.
Fig. 39: Measuring Resistance Between EMTC Module C228B-25 & C228B-26, Circuit
CH213 (BN/GN) & CH212 (BU/OG)
NOTE: For DTC B226D.

 HVAC module - DATC C228b-26, circuit CH212 (BU/OG), harness side and RH blend door
actuator C2092-6, circuit (VT), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 HVAC module - DATC C228b-25, circuit CH213 (BN/GN), harness side and RH blend door
actuator C2092-7, circuit (OG/BK), harness side.
Fig. 40: Measuring Resistance Between EMTC Module C228a-20 & C228a-19, Circuit CH228
(YE/GY) & CH229 (WH/BU)
NOTE: For DTC B226E or defrost/panel/floor door actuator.


(YE/GY), harness side and defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-7, circuit (GY/BK),
harness side.
(WH/BU), harness side and defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-6, circuit (BU), harness
side.
YES : Go to F6.
NO : REPAIR the circuit(s) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
F6 CHECK THE ACTUATOR MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 41: Measuring Resistance Between Ground (EMTC) Blend Door Actuator C2091-7 &
C2091-6, Circuit (OG/BK) & Circuit (VT)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-7, circuit (OG/BK), harness side.
 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-6, circuit (VT), harness side.
 DTC B226C , LH blend door actuator C2091-7, circuit (RD/YE), harness side.
 DTC B226C , LH blend door actuator C2091-6, circuit (WH), harness side.
 DTC B226D , RH blend door actuator C2092-6, circuit (VT), harness side.
 DTC B226D , RH blend door actuator C2092-7, circuit (OG/BK), harness side.
 DTC B226E or defrost/panel/floor door actuator, defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-7,

circuit (GY/BK), harness side.
circuit (BU), harness side.
YES : Go to F7.
NO : REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to ground. TEST the system for normal operation.
F7 CHECK THE ACTUATOR MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Fig. 42: Measuring Voltage Between Ground (EMTC) Blend Door Actuator C2091-7 &
C2091-6, Circuit (OG/BK) & Circuit (VT)

 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-7, circuit (OG/BK), harness side.
 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-6, circuit (VT), harness side.
 DTC B226C , LH blend door actuator C2091-7, circuit (RD/YE), harness side.
 DTC B226C , LH blend door actuator C2091-6, circuit (WH), harness side.
 DTC B226D , RH blend door actuator C2092-6, circuit (VT), harness side.
 DTC B226D , RH blend door actuator C2092-7, circuit (OG/BK), harness side.

circuit (GY/BK), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
circuit (BU), harness side.

YES : REPAIR the circuit(s) for a short to power. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to F8.
F8 CHECK THE ACTUATOR MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
Fig. 43: Measuring Resistance Between (EMTC) LH Blend Door Actuator C2091-7, Circuit
(OG/BK) & Circuit (RD/YE)


 (EMTC) For LH blend door actuator, LH blend door actuator C2091-7, circuit/ (OG/BK),
harness side and LH blend door actuator C2091-6, circuit (VT), harness side.
 DTC B226C or LH blend door actuator, LH blend door actuator C2091-7, circuit (RD/YE),
harness side and LH blend door actuator C2091-6, circuit (WH), harness side.
 DTC B226D , RH blend door actuator C2092-6, circuit (VT), harness side and RH blend
door actuator C2092-7, circuit (OG/BK), harness side.
circuit (GY/BK), harness side and defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-6, circuit (BU),
harness side.
YES : CARRY OUT the actuator component test in this service information. If the actuator tests
OK, go to F13.
NO : REPAIR circuit(s) for a short together. TEST the system for normal operation.
F9 CHECK THE ACTUATOR FEEDBACK CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: DATC Systems Only, HVAC Module - DATC C228b
 Disconnect: LH Blend Door Actuator C2091
 Disconnect: DATC Systems Only, RH Blend Door Actuator C2092
 Disconnect: Defrost/Panel/Floor Door Actuator C2278
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 44: Measuring Resistance Between EMTC Module C2357A-11 & C2357A-10, Circuit
LH111 (BN/WH) & RH111 (GY/BU)
NOTE: For DTC B295A (DATC) or blend door actuator (EMTC).

 HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-11, circuit LH111 (BN/WH), harness side and blend door
actuator C2091-3, circuit (OG), harness side.
 HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-10, circuit RH111 (GY/BU), harness side and blend door
actuator C2091-1, circuit (BK), harness side.
 HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-7, circuit VH439 (GY/VT), harness side and blend door
actuator C2091-5, circuit (RD), harness side.
 HVAC module - DATC C228a-11, circuit LH111 (BN/WH), harness side and LH blend door
 HVAC module - DATC C228a-10, circuit RH111 (GY/BU), harness side and LH blend door
 HVAC module - DATC C228a-7, circuit VH440 (BU/BN), harness side and LH blend door
actuator C2091-5, circuit (YE), harness side.
Fig. 45: Measuring Resistance Between RH Blend Door Actuator C2092-3, C2092-1 & C2092-
5
NOTE: For DTC B295C.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 HVAC module - DATC C228a-11 circuit LH111 (BN/WH), harness side and RH blend door
 HVAC module - DATC C228a-10 circuit RH111 (GY/BU), harness side and RH blend door
 HVAC module - DATC C228b-24 circuit VH441 (WH/BN), harness side and RH blend door
actuator C2092-5, circuit (RD), harness side.
Fig. 46: Measuring Resistance Between Defrost/Panel/Floor Door Actuator C2278-3, C2278-1
& C2278-5
NOTE: For DTC B295E or defrost/panel/floor door actuator.


 HVAC module - DATC C228a-11 or HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-11, circuit LH111
(BN/WH), harness side and defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-3, circuit (OG), harness
side.
 HVAC module - DATC C228a-10 or HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-10, circuit RH111
(GY/BU), harness side and defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-1, circuit (BK), harness
side.
 HVAC module - DATC C228a-8 or HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-8, circuit VH436
(YE/VT), harness side and defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-5, circuit (BU/RD),
harness side.
YES : Go to F10.
NO : REPAIR circuit(s) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
F10 CHECK THE ACTUATOR FEEDBACK CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 47: Measuring Voltage Between (EMTC) Blend Door Actuator C2091-3, C2091-1 &
C2091-5

 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-3, circuit (OG), harness side.
 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-1, circuit (BK), harness side.
 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-5, circuit (RD), harness side.
 (EMTC) Defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2092-5, circuit (BU/RD), harness side.
 DTC B295A , LH blend door actuator C2091-5, circuit (YE), harness side.
 DTC B295C , RH blend door actuator C2092-5, circuit (RD), harness side.
 DTC B295E defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-5, circuit (BU/RD), harness side.

YES : REPAIR circuit(s) for a short to voltage. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : DATC systems, go to F12.
EMTC systems, go to F11.
F11 CHECK THE ACTUATOR FEEDBACK CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Fig. 48: Measuring Resistance Between (EMTC) Blend Door Actuator C2091-3, C2091-1 &
C2091-5
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-3, circuit (OG), harness side.
 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-5, circuit (RD), harness side.
 (EMTC) Defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2092-5, circuit (BU/RD), harness side.
 DTC B295A , LH blend door actuator C2091-5, circuit (YE), harness side.
 DTC B295C , RH blend door actuator C2092-5, circuit (RD), harness side.
 DTC B295E defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-5, circuit (BU/RD), harness side.
YES : Go to F12.
NO : REPAIR circuit(s) for a short to ground. TEST the system for normal operation.
F12 CHECK THE ACTUATOR FEEDBACK CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER
Fig. 49: Measuring Resistance Between (EMTC) Blend Door Actuator C2091-3 & C2091-5,
Blend Door Actuator C2091-1

 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-3, circuit (OG), harness side and blend door actuator
C2091-1, circuit (BK), harness side.
 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-5, circuit (RD), harness side and blend door actuator
C2091-1, circuit (BK), harness side.
 (EMTC) Blend door actuator C2091-5, circuit (RD), harness side and blend door actuator
C2091-3, circuit (OG), harness side.
 (EMTC) Defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-5, circuit (BU/RD), harness side and
defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-1, circuit (BK), harness side.
 (EMTC) Defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-5, circuit (BU/RD), harness side and
defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-3, circuit (OG), harness side.
 DTC B295A , LH blend door actuator C2091-5, circuit (YE), harness side and LH blend
door actuator C2091-1, circuit (BK), harness side.
 DTC B295A , LH blend door actuator C2091-5, circuit/ (YE), harness side and LH blend
door actuator C2091-3, circuit (OG), harness side.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
DTC B295C , RH blend door actuator C2092-5, circuit (RD), harness side and RH blend

door actuator C2092-1, circuit (OG), harness side.
 DTC B295C , RH blend door actuator C2092-5, circuit (RD), harness side and RH blend
door actuator C2092-3, circuit (BK), harness side.
 DTC B295E , defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-5, circuit (BU/RD), harness side and
defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-1, circuit (BK), harness side.
circuit (BU/RD), harness side and defrost/panel/floor door actuator C2278-3, circuit (OG),
harness side.
YES : Go to F14.
NO : REPAIR circuit(s) for a short together. TEST the system for normal operation.
F13 CHECK THE ACTUATOR CONNECTION
 Clear the DTCs.

 Disconnect the actuator connector.
 Check for:
 corrosion.
 pushed-out connectors.
 incorrectly seated connector.
 Connect and correctly seat the actuator connector.

Carry out the HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) On-Demand Self

Test.
YES : INSTALL a new actuator. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article. TEST the system for
normal operation.
or corroded connector. CLEAR the DTCs.
F14 CHECK THE MODULE CONNECTION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Test.
operation.
Pinpoint Test G: DTC: B1318 - Battery Voltage Low
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, the HVAC module - dual automatic temperature control (DATC) receives a ground
through circuit GD115 (BK/GY). The HVAC module - DATC is supplied constant battery voltage through
circuit SBP15 (WH/RD) and ignition switched voltage through circuit CBP37 (WH).
 Fuse(s)
PINPOINT TEST G: DTC: B1318 - BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW
G1 CHECK CIRCUIT GD115 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN

Fig. 50: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-23, Circuit GD115 (BK/GY) &
Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between HVAC module - DATC C228a-23, circuit GD115 (BK/GY),

YES : Go to G2.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD115 (BK/GY). CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test. TEST the
G2 CHECK CIRCUITS SBP15 (WH/RD) AND CBP37 (WH) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 51: Measuring Voltage Between EATC Module C228A-13 & C228A-12, Circuit SBP15
(WH/RD) & CBP37 (WH)
 Measure the voltage between HVAC module - DATC C228a-13, circuit SBP15 (WH/RD), harness
side, HVAC module - DATC C228a-12, circuit CBP37 (WH), harness side and ground.
YES : Go to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose the network
concern.
NO : VERIFY smart junction box (SJB) fuses 15 (10A) and 37 (10A) are OK. If OK, REPAIR
circuit SBP15 (WH/RD) or CBP37 (WH) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
Pinpoint Test H: The DATC System is Inoperative, Intermittent or Incorrect Operation
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, the HVAC module - dual automatic temperature control (DATC) receives a ground
through circuit GD115 (BK/GY). The HVAC module - DATC is supplied constant battery voltage through
circuit SBP15 (WH/RD) and ignition switched voltage through circuit CBP37 (WH).
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: For a complete explanation of the DATC system functions, refer to Description
and Operation in this service information.
 Fuse(s)
PINPOINT TEST H: THE DATC SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE, INTERMITTENT OR INCORRECT

OPERATION
H1 VERIFY AUTOMATIC OPERATION

 With the engine running, press the AUTO button.
 Does the indicator above the AUTO button illuminate and the selected temperature for both
the driver and passenger appear in the display window?
YES : Go to H2.
NO : Go to H11.
H2 CARRY OUT THE HVAC MODULE - DATC SELF-TEST
 Carry out the HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control Module (DATC) Self-Test in
this service information. Record the DTCs displayed, if any.
 Were any DTCs displayed as a result of the self-test?
YES : REFER to the HVAC MODULE - DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL

DTC CHART. CARRY OUT the necessary diagnosis and REPAIR as required.
NO : Go to H3.
H3 CHECK THE VACUUM FLUORESCENT DISPLAY
 Exit the self-test. Refer to the HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control Module
(DATC) Self-Test in this service information. Observe the button indicators and function symbols
displayed on the vacuum fluorescent display while changing the temperature, blower speed and
functions.
 Are the display and indicators correct and complete without any missing elements?
YES : Go to H4.
NO : Go to H14.
H4 CHECK THE BLOWER MANUAL OVERRIDE OPERATION
 Press the blower motor speed override control fully up and fully down.
 Does the blower motor speed increase from low speed to high and high speed to low?
YES : Go to H5.
NO : If the blower motor is inoperative, go to Pinpoint Test N .
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
If the blower motor does not operate correctly, go to Pinpoint Test O .
H5 VERIFY THE DEFROST OVERRIDE OPERATION

 Press the override button for defrost operation.
 Is outside air being discharged from the windshield defroster nozzle and the side window
demisters?
YES : Go to H6.
H6 VERIFY THE FLOOR OVERRIDE OPERATION
 Press the mode override button until floor mode is indicated.
 Is outside air being discharged from the floor duct?
YES : Go to H7.
H7 VERIFY THE PANEL OVERRIDE OPERATION
 Press the mode override button until panel mode is indicated.
 Is outside air being discharged from the instrument panel registers?
YES : Go to H8.
H8 VERIFY THAT THE A/C CLUTCH DOES NOT ENGAGE IN THE PANEL MODE
 In panel operation and with the A/C OFF, listen for the compressor clutch to engage.
 Does the A/C clutch engage with the PANEL override button pressed?
YES : Go to Pinpoint Test K .

NO : Go to H9.
H9 VERIFY A/C CLUTCH ENGAGEMENT IN THE A/C MODE
 Make sure the ambient air temperature is above 6°C (43°F).
 Press the override button for A/C operation.
 Does the A/C clutch engage when the A/C override button is pressed?
YES : Go to H10.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test J .
H10 VERIFY THE RECIRC OVERRIDE OPERATION
 While in PANEL mode, press the RECIRC override button.
 Is recirculated air being discharged from the instrument panel registers?
YES : The test is complete. The system is functioning normally.

H11 CHECK THE HVAC MODULE - DATC MODULE FUNCTIONS
 Press each function button and observe the display.
 Does the HVAC module - DATC carry out and display any functions?
YES : Go to H14.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to H12.
H12 CHECK CIRCUIT GD115 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 52: Measuring Resistance Between EATC Module C228A-23, Circuit GD115 (BK/GY) &
Ground
Measure the resistance between HVAC module - DATC C228a-23, circuit GD115 (BK/GY),

YES : Go to H13.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD115 (BK/GY). TEST the system for normal operation.
H13 CHECK CIRCUITS SBP15 (WH/RD) AND CBP37 (WH) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 53: Measuring Voltage Between EATC Module C228A-13 & C228A-12, Circuit SBP15
(WH/RD) & CBP37 (WH)
 Measure the voltage between HVAC module - DATC C228a-13, circuit SBP15 (WH/RD), harness
side, HVAC module - DATC C228a-12, circuit CBP37 (WH), harness side and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to H14.
NO : VERIFY smart junction box (SJB) fuses 15 (10A) and 37 (10A) are OK. If OK, REPAIR
circuit SBP15 (WH/RD) or CBP37 (WH) for an open. CLEAR the DTCs. REPEAT the self-test.
H14 CHECK THE MODULE CONNECTION
Test.
operation.
Pinpoint Test I: Insufficient, Erratic or No Heat
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, warm coolant flows from the engine through the heater core and back to the engine.
 Plugged heater core

 Coolant level
 Temperature blend door
PINPOINT TEST I: INSUFFICIENT, ERRATIC OR NO HEAT
I1 CHECK FOR CORRECT ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

 Check the engine coolant level when hot and cold.
 Is the engine coolant at the correct level (hot/cold) as indicated on the engine coolant recovery
reservoir?
YES : Go to I3.
NO : Go to I2.
I2 CHECK THE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
 Pressure test the cooling system for leaks. Refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
YES : REPAIR the engine coolant leak. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to I3.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
I3 CHECK FOR COOLANT FLOW TO THE HEATER CORE

 Run the engine until it reaches normal operation temperature. Select the FLOOR position on the
control assembly. Set the temperature control to full warm and the blower to the lowest setting.
Fig. 54: Checking Coolant Flow To Heater Core

Using a suitable thermo-couple temperature measuring device, check the heater core inlet hose to

see if it is hot.
 Is the heater core inlet hose hot?
YES : Go to I4.
NO : REFER to ENGINE COOLING article to check cooling system function.
I4 CHECK FOR A PLUGGED OR RESTRICTED HEATER CORE
Fig. 55: Check Plugged Or Restricted Heater Core

 Using a suitable thermo-couple temperature measuring device, measure the heater core outlet hose
temperature.
 Is the heater core outlet hose temperature similar to the inlet hose temperature (within
approximately 6-17°C [10-30°F])?
YES : Go to Pinpoint Test F and diagnose for a blend door actuator.
NO : INSTALL a new heater core. TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test J: The Air Conditioning (A/C) is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, when A/C is requested, in the dual automatic temperature control (DATC) system, a
message is sent over the medium-speed controller area network (MS-CAN) bus to the instrument cluster, then
from the instrument cluster through the high-speed controller area network (HS-CAN) bus to the PCM; or in
electronic manual temperature control (EMTC) systems, voltage is sent to the instrument cluster through circuit
CH434 (GY/YE), then a message is sent from the instrument cluster through the HS-CAN bus to the PCM.
Ignition voltage is provided to the A/C clutch relay switch. When the PCM energizes the relay, ignition voltage
is supplied to the A/C clutch through circuit CH401 (VT/WH). Ground is supplied for the A/C clutch through
 Fuse
 PCM
 A/C evaporator discharge temperature sensor
 A/C compressor
PINPOINT TEST J: THE AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE

CORRECTLY
CAUTION: It is important to install relays in their correct position in the battery

junction box (BJB). Installing a relay incorrectly may cause wiring shorts
or damage to modules. While carrying out diagnostics on BJB relays, have
only one BJB relay removed at a time. Failure to follow these instructions
may result in damage to the vehicle circuitry or to control modules.
diagnose those first. Refer to Introduction - Gasoline Engines article.
NOTE: When disconnecting and reconnecting the pressure transducer electrical

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
connector, make sure that the connector-locking device is in place and that the
locking device and connector are correctly and fully seated.
NOTE: Before carrying out the following test, check that the A/C system pressure is
above 290 kPa (42 psi). If the pressure is below 290 kPa (42 psi), refer to
Fluorescent Dye Leak Detection.
J1 CHECK THE A/C PRESSURE SENSOR (ACP_PSI) PCM PID

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: ACP_PSI PCM PID
 With the manifold gauge set connected, compare the pressure readings of the manifold gauge set
and the ACP_PSI PID.
 Are the pressure values of the manifold gauge set and the ACP_PSI PID similar?
YES : Go to J2.
NO : INSTALL a new A/C pressure transducer. TEST the system for normal operation.
J2 CHECK THE POST EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT (PEVAP_TMP)
HVAC PID
 Allow the vehicle exterior and interior to stabilize to an ambient temperature above 16°C (60°F).
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: PEVAP_TMP HVAC PID
 Does the PEVAP_TMP HVAC PID read similar to the ambient temperature?
YES : DATC systems, go to J3.
EMTC systems, go to J4.
NO : CARRY OUT the A/C evaporator discharge temperature sensor component test in this service
information. If the sensor tests OK, go to J13. If the sensor does not test OK, INSTALL a new
heater core and evaporator core housing. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article. CLEAR the
J3 CHECK THE AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH STATUS (CC_AC) HVAC PID WITH THE
A/C ON
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: CC_AC HVAC PID
 Press the PANEL and A/C manual override buttons on the HVAC module - DATC.
 Does the CC_AC HVAC PID read ON?
YES : Go to J5.
NO : Go to J13.
J4 CHECK THE HVAC MODULE - EMTC A/C SIGNAL WITH THE A/C ON
 Disconnect: Instrument Cluster C220
 Select PANEL mode and press the A/C button on the HVAC module - EMTC.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between instrument cluster C220-23, circuit CH434 (GY/YE), harness side

and ground.
YES : Go to J5.
NO : Go to J7.
J5 CHECK THE AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CYCLING SWITCH (ACCS) PCM PID
WITH THE A/C ON
NOTE: EMTC systems only.
 Connect: Instrument Cluster C220
Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: ACCS PCM PID

 With the engine running, press the PANEL and A/C manual override buttons on the HVAC module
- DATC or select MAX A/C on the HVAC module - EMTC.
 Does the ACCS PCM PID read ON?
YES : Go to J6.
NO : Go to J14.
J6 CHECK THE AIR CONDITIONING CLUTCH (WAC/ACCR) PCM PID WITH THE A/C ON
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: WAC/ACCR PCM PID
 Does the WAC/ACCR PCM PID read ON?
YES : Go to J9.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to J14.
J7 CHECK CIRCUIT CH434 (GY/YE) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: HVAC Module - EMTC C2357a
Fig. 57: Measuring Resistance Between EMTC Module C2357A-2, Circuit CH434 (GY/YE) &
IC C220-23
Measure the resistance between HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-2, circuit CH434 (GY/YE),

harness side and IC C220-23, circuit CH434 (GY/YE), harness side.
YES : Go to J8.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH434 (GY/YE) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
J8 CHECK CIRCUIT CH434 (GY/YE) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Fig. 58: Measuring Voltage Between EMTC Module C2357A-2, Circuit CH434 (GY/YE) &
Ground
 Measure the voltage between HVAC module - EMTC C2357a-2, circuit CH434 (GY/YE), harness
side and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to J14.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH434 (GY/YE) for a short to voltage. TEST the system for normal
operation.
J9 CHECK THE VOLTAGE AT THE A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH FIELD COIL
 Disconnect: A/C Compressor Clutch Field Coil C100
 With the engine running, press the PANEL and A/C manual override buttons on the HVAC module
- DATC or select MAX A/C on the HVAC module - EMTC.
Fig. 59: Measuring Voltage Between A/C Compressor Clutch Field Coil C100-1, Circuit
CH401 (VT/WH) & Ground
Measure the voltage between A/C compressor clutch field coil C100-1, circuit CH401 (VT/WH),

YES : Go to J10.
NO : CARRY OUT the A/C Control Relay Component Test. Refer to appropriate COMPONENT
TESTING article. If the relay tests OK, go to J11.
J10 CHECK THE GROUND AT THE A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH FIELD COIL
Fig. 60: Measuring Resistance Between A/C Compressor Clutch Field Coil C100-2, Circuit
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between A/C compressor clutch field coil C100-2, circuit GD120 (BK/GN),

YES : INSTALL a new A/C compressor. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article. TEST the
NO : REPAIR circuit GD120 (BK/GN) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
J11 CHECK THE RELAY SWITCH FOR VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: A/C Clutch Relay
Fig. 61: Measuring Voltage Between A/C Clutch Relay Socket & Ground
Measure the voltage between A/C clutch relay socket and ground.

YES : Go to J12.
NO : VERIFY BJB fuse 35 (10A) is OK. If OK, INSTALL a new BJB. TEST the system for
normal operation.
J12 CHECK CIRCUIT CH401 (VT/WH) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 62: Measuring Resistance Between A/C Clutch Relay Socket, Circuit CH401 (VT/WH) &
A/C Compressor Clutch Field Coil C100-1
Measure the resistance between A/C clutch relay socket, circuit CH401 (VT/WH) and A/C

compressor clutch field coil C100-1, circuit CH401 (VT/WH), harness side.
YES : Go to J14.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH401 (VT/WH) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
J13 CHECK THE MODULE CONNECTION
Test.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
operation.
J14 CHECK THE PCM MODULE CONNECTION
 Check the DTCs.
 Check for:
 corrosion.
 Connect and correctly seat all the PCM connectors.
YES : INSTALL a new PCM. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : The system is operating correctly at this time. The concern may have been cause by a loose or
corroded connector.
Pinpoint Test K: The Air Conditioning (A/C) is Always On
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, when A/C is requested, in the dual automatic temperature control (DATC) system, a
message is sent over the medium-speed controller area network (MS-CAN) bus to the instrument cluster, then
from the instrument cluster through the high-speed controller area network (HS-CAN) bus to the PCM; or in
electronic manual temperature control (EMTC) systems, voltage is sent to the instrument cluster through circuit
CH434 (GY/YE), then a message is sent from the instrument cluster through the HS-CAN bus to the PCM.
Ignition voltage is provided to the A/C clutch relay switch. When the PCM energizes the relay, ignition voltage
is supplied to the A/C clutch through circuit CH401 (VT/WH). Ground is supplied for the A/C clutch through

 PCM
 A/C evaporator discharge temperature sensor
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

 A/C compressor
PINPOINT TEST K: THE AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) IS ALWAYS ON
NOTE: When disconnecting and reconnecting the pressure transducer electrical

connector, make sure that the connector-locking device is in place and that the
locking device and connector are correctly and fully seated.
K1 CHECK THE A/C PRESSURE SENSOR (ACP_PSI) PCM PID

 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: A/C Pressure PCM PID
 With the manifold gauge set connected, compare the pressure readings of the manifold gauge set
and the ACP_PSI PID.
 Are the pressure values of the manifold gauge set and the ACP_PSI PCM PID similar?
YES : Go to K2.
NO : INSTALL a new A/C pressure transducer. TEST the system for normal operation.
K2 CHECK THE POST EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT (PEVAP_TMP)
HVAC PID
 Allow the vehicle exterior and interior to stabilize to an ambient temperature above 16°C (60°F).
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: PEVAP_TMP HVAC PID
 Does the PEVAP_TMP HVAC PID read similar to the ambient temperature?
YES : Go to K3.
NO : CARRY OUT the A/C evaporator discharge temperature sensor component test in this service
information. If the sensor tests OK, go to K11. If the sensor does not test OK, INSTALL a new
heater core and evaporator core housing. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article. CLEAR the
K3 CHECK THE AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CYCLING SWITCH (ACCS) PCM PID
WITH THE A/C OFF
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: ACCS PCM PID
 Does the ACCS PCM PID read ON?
YES : DATC systems, go to K4.
EMTC systems, go to K5.
NO : Go to K7.
K4 CHECK THE AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH STATUS (CC_AC) HVAC PID WITH THE
A/C OFF
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: CC_AC HVAC PID
 Does the CC_AC HVAC PID read ON?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to K10.
NO : Go to K11.
K5 CHECK HVAC - EMTC A/C REQUEST OUTPUT
 Disconnect: Instrument Cluster (IC) C220
 Select the OFF position on the HVAC module - EMTC.

Measure the resistance between IC C220-23, circuit CH434 (GY/YE), harness side and ground.

YES : Go to K11.
NO : Go to K6.
K6 CHECK CIRCUIT CH434 (GY/YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Disconnect: HVAC Module - EMTC C2357a

 Measure the resistance between IC C220-23, circuit CH434 (GY/YE), harness side and ground.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE


YES : Go to K10.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH434 (GY/YE) for a short to ground. TEST the system for normal
operation.
K7 CHECK THE AIR CONDITIONING CLUTCH (WAC_ACCR) PCM PID WITH THE A/C
OFF
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: WAC_ACCR PCM PID
 Does the WAC_ACCR PCM PID read ON?
YES : REFER to Introduction - Gasoline Engines article.

NO : Go to K8.
K8 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH FIELD COIL
 Disconnect: A/C Compressor Clutch Field Coil C100
 Select the OFF position on the HVAC module - EMTC.

YES : Go to K9.
NO : INSTALL a new A/C compressor. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article. TEST the
K9 CHECK CIRCUIT CH401 (VT/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: A/C Clutch Relay
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

YES : REPAIR circuit CH401 (VT/WH) for a short to voltage. TEST the system for normal
operation.
NO : INSTALL a new A/C clutch relay. Check the A/C clutch diode. INSTALL a new diode if
necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.
K10 CHECK THE MODULE CONNECTION
Carry out the HVAC Module - Dual Automatic Temperature Control (DATC) On-Demand Self

Test.
operation.
K11 CHECK THE PCM CONNECTION
 Clear the DTCs.
 Check for:
 corrosion.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Connect and correctly seat all the PCM connectors.

YES : INSTALL a new PCM. TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test L: The Blower Motor is Inoperative - EMTC
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, the blower motor relay coil receives ignition voltage through circuit CBP45 (YE). The
coil receives ground from the HVAC module - electronic manual temperature control (EMTC) through circuit
CH123 (VT/GN) if any function selector position but OFF is selected. Voltage is supplied to the relay switch
contact through circuit CH402 (YE/GN). When the relay coil is energized, voltage is delivered to the blower
motor through circuit CH402 (YE/GN)/(BK). Ground for the blower motor is provided through circuit CH430
(VT/OG)/(BK/RD) from the blower resistor or the blower switch (HI). The blower resistor and blower switch
are grounded through circuit GD116 (BK/VT).
 Fuse(s)
 Blower motor
 Blower motor switch
PINPOINT TEST L: THE BLOWER MOTOR IS INOPERATIVE - EMTC

L1 CHECK CIRCUIT (BK/RD) FOR GROUND

 Disconnect: Blower Motor C288
 Turn the function selector switch to the PANEL position.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Turn the blower motor switch to the HI position.
Fig. 67: Measuring Resistance Between A/C Blower Motor C288-2, Circuit (BK/RD) &
Ground
Measure the resistance between A/C blower motor C288-1, circuit (BK/RD), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to L4.
NO : Go to L2.
L2 CHECK CIRCUIT CH430 (VT/OG)/(BK/RD) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: Blower Motor Switch C2357b

Measure the resistance between blower motor switch C2357b-2, circuit CH430 (VT/OG), harness

side and blower motor C288-1, circuit (BK/RD), harness side.
YES : Go to L3.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH430 (VT/OG)/(BK/RD) for an open. TEST the system for normal
operation.
L3 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 69: Measuring Resistance Between Blower Motor Switch C2357B-3, Circuit GD116
(BK/VT) & Ground
Measure the resistance between blower motor switch C2357b-3, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness

side and ground.
YES : INSTALL a new blower motor switch. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD116 (BK/VT) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
L4 CHECK A/C BLOWER MOTOR CIRCUIT (BK) FOR VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage between A/C blower motor connector C288-1, circuit (BK), harness side and

ground.
YES : INSTALL a new blower motor. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to L5.
L5 CHECK CIRCUIT CH402 (YE/GN)/(BK) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: Blower Motor Relay
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 71: Measuring Resistance Between Blower Motor Relay Socket, Circuit CH402 (YE/GN)
& Blower Motor C288-1
Measure the resistance between blower motor relay socket, circuit CH402 (YE/GN) and blower

motor C288-1, circuit (BK), harness side.
YES : Go to L6.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH402 (YE/GN)/(BK) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
L6 CHECK THE BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
 Connect: Blower Motor C288
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 72: Connecting Fused Jumper Lead Between Blower Motor Relay Socket, Circuit CH402
(YE/GN)
Connect a fused jumper lead between blower motor relay socket, circuit CH402 (YE/GN) and

circuit CH402 (YE/GN).
 Does the blower motor operate?
YES : Go to L7.
NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 66 (40A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR circuit CH402
(YE/GN) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
L7 CHECK THE RELAY COIL SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between blower motor relay socket, circuit CBP45 (YE) and ground.

YES : Go to L8.
NO : VERIFY smart junction box (SJB) fuse 45 (5A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR circuit CBP45 (YE)
for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
L8 CHECK THE BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between blower motor relay socket, circuit CH123 (VT/GN) and circuit

CBP45 (YE).
YES : INSTALL a new blower motor relay. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to L9.
L9 CHECK CIRCUIT CH123 (VT/GN) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: HVAC - Module EMTC C2357a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 75: Measuring Resistance Between & Blower Motor Relay Socket, Circuit CH123
(VT/GN) EATC Module C228A-24
Measure the resistance between and blower motor relay socket, circuit CH123 (VT/GN) HVAC

module - EMTC C2357a-24, circuit CH123 (VT/GN), harness side.
YES : Go to L10.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH123 (VT/GN) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
L10 CHECK THE MODULE CONNECTION
YES : INSTALL a new HVAC module - EMTC. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
or corroded connector. TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test M: The Blower Motor Does Not Operate Correctly - EMTC
Normal Operation
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Under normal operation, the blower motor is provided a ground from the blower resistor through circuit CH430
(VT/OG)/(BK/RD). The resistor gets a ground from circuit GD116 (BK/VT) in the lowest blower setting. In
MED-LO and MED-HI the resistor gets a ground from the blower motor switch through circuit CH428
(GN/WH)/(RD) or CH429 (GY/BN)/(BN), depending on selected speed. In HI, the blower motor is grounded
directly through the blower motor switch from circuit CH430 (VT/OG)/(BK/RD) to circuit GD116 (BK/VT).
The blower switch receives its ground from circuit GD116 (BK/VT)/(GN).

 Blower motor resistor
 Blower motor switch
PINPOINT TEST M: THE BLOWER MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - EMTC
M1 CHECK THE BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION

 Turn the function selector switch to the PANEL position.
 Select all blower speed positions.
 Does the blower motor operate in any position?
YES : If the blower motor does not operate in HI, go to M2.
If the blower motor does not operate in MED-HI, go to M3.
If the blower motor does not operate in MED-LO, go to M4.
If the blower motor does not operate in LO, go to M5.
For all other symptoms, go to M8.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test L .
M2 CHECK CIRCUIT CH430 (VT/OG)/(BK/RD) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: Blower Motor Resistor C2185
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the resistance between blower motor switch C2357b-2, circuit CH430 (VT/OG), harness

side and blower motor C288-1, circuit (BK/RD), harness side.
YES : Go to M6.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH430 (VT/OG)/(BK/RD) for an open. TEST the system for normal
operation.
M3 CHECK CIRCUIT CH429 (GY/BN)/(BN) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 77: Measuring Resistance Between Blower Motor Switch C2357B-1 & C2185-2, Circuit
CH429 (GY/BN) & Circuit (BN)
Measure the resistance between blower motor switch C2357b-1, circuit CH429 (GY/BN), harness

side and blower motor resistor C2185-2, circuit (BN), harness side.
YES : Go to M6.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH429 (GY/BN)/(BN) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
M4 CHECK CIRCUIT CH428 (GN/WH)/(RD) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Fig. 78: Measuring Resistance Between Blower Motor Switch C2357B-4 & C2185-3, Circuit
CH428 (GN/WH) & Circuit (RD)
Measure the resistance between blower motor switch C2357b-4, circuit CH428 (GN/WH), harness

side and blower motor resistor C2185-3, circuit (RD), harness side.
YES : Go to M6.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH428 (GN/WH)/(RD) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
M5 CHECK BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR GROUND CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT)/(GN) FOR
AN OPEN
Fig. 79: Measuring Resistance Between Blower Motor Resistor C2185-1, Circuit GD116
(BK/VT)/(GN) & Ground
 Measure the resistance between blower motor resistor C2185-1, circuit GD116 (BK/VT)/(GN),
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : Go to M6.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD116 (BK/VT)/(GN) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
M6 CHECK BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR CIRCUIT (BK/RD) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 80: Measuring Resistance Between Blower Motor Resistor C2185-4, Circuit (BK/RD) &
Blower Motor C288-2
Measure the resistance between blower motor resistor C2185-4, circuit (BK/RD), harness side and

blower motor C288-1, circuit (BK/RD), harness side.
YES : CARRY OUT the blower motor resistor component test in this service information. If the
resistor tests OK, go to M7.
NO : REPAIR circuit (BK/RD) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
M7 CHECK BLOWER MOTOR SWITCH CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 81: Measuring Resistance Between Blower Motor Switch C2357B-3, Circuit GD116
(BK/VT) & Ground
 Measure the resistance between blower motor switch C2357b-3, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness
side and ground.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD116 (BK/VT) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
M8 CHECK CIRCUITS CH430 (VT/OG)/(BK/RD), CH428 (GN/WH)/(RD) AND CH429 (GY/BN)/

(BN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
 Place the blower switch in the lowest setting.
Fig. 82: Measuring Resistance Between Ground & Blower Motor Resistor, C2185-3, C2185-2
& C2185-4
Measure the resistance between ground and blower motor resistor:


 C2185-3, circuit (RD), harness side.
 C2185-2, circuit (BN), harness side.
 C2185-4, circuit (BK/RD), harness side.
YES : Go to M9.
NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
M9 CHECK THE BLOWER MOTOR CIRCUITS FOR SHORTS TOGETHER
Fig. 83: Measuring Resistance Between Blower Motor Resistor C2185-2, C2185-4 & C2185-4
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Measure the resistance between blower motor resistor:

 C2185-3, circuit (RD), harness side and C2185-2, circuit (BN), harness side.
 C2185-3, circuit (RD), harness side and C2185-4, circuit (BK/RD), harness side.
 C2185-2, circuit (BN), harness side and C2185-4, circuit (BK/RD), harness side.

NO : REPAIR the affected circuits. TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test N: The Blower Motor is Inoperative - DATC
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, the blower motor relay coil receives a ground from the HVAC module - dual
automatic temperature control (DATC) through circuit CH123 (VT/GN). The coil receives ignition voltage
through circuit CBP45 (YE). Voltage is supplied to the relay switch contact through circuit CH402 (YE/GN).
When the relay coil is energized, voltage is delivered to the blower motor control module through circuit
CH402 (YE/GN)/(BK). Ground for the blower motor speed control is provided by circuit GD116 (BK/VT)/
(BK/RD). The HVAC module - DATC provides a blower target speed signal to the blower motor speed control
through circuit VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) to control the blower speed. The actual blower speed signal is provided
to the HVAC module - DATC through circuit CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) from the blower motor speed control.
Ground for the motor is provided through circuit (BU) from the blower motor speed control.
 Fuse(s)
 Blower motor speed control
 Blower motor
PINPOINT TEST N: THE BLOWER MOTOR IS INOPERATIVE - DATC

N1 VERIFY THE BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Key in ON position.

 Press the PANEL button on the HVAC module - DATC. Adjust the blower motor setting to LO and
then to HI.
 Is the blower motor inoperative in all settings?
YES : Go to N2.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test O .
N2 CHECK THE BLOWER MOTOR SPEED TARGET POSITION (BLWR_T#) HVAC PID
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: BLWR_T# HVAC PID
 Observe the BLWR_T# HVAC PID while increasing and decreasing the blower speed.
 Does the BLWR_T# HVAC PID reading change in all speeds between 0% and 100%?
YES : Go to N3.
NO : Go to N16.
N3 CHECK FOR VOLTAGE TO THE BLOWER MOTOR

Measure the voltage between ground and blower motor C288-2, circuit (BK), harness side.

YES : Go to N9.
NO : CARRY OUT the blower motor relay component test. Refer to appropriate COMPONENT
TESTING article. If the relay tests OK, go to N4.
N4 CHECK THE RELAY SWITCH POWER CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 85: Measuring Voltage Between Ground & Blower Motor Relay Socket, Circuit CH402
(YE/GN)
Measure the voltage between ground and blower motor relay socket, circuit CH402 (YE/GN).

YES : Go to N5.
NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 66 (40A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR circuit CH402
(YE/GN) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
N5 CHECK THE RELAY COIL SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between ground and blower motor relay socket, circuit CBP45 (YE).

YES : Go to N6.
NO : VERIFY smart junction box (SJB) fuse 45 (5A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR circuit CBP45 (YE)
for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
N6 CHECK THE HVAC - DATC MODULE OUTPUT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Measure the voltage between blower motor relay socket, circuit CBP45 (YE) and blower motor

relay socket, circuit CH123 (VT/GN).
YES : REPAIR circuit CH402 (YE/GN)/(BK) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to N7.
N7 CHECK CIRCUIT CH123 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 88: Measuring Voltage Between Ground & Blower Motor Relay Socket, Circuit CH123
(VT/GN) & Ground
Measure the voltage between ground and blower motor relay socket, circuit CH123 (VT/GN) and

ground.
YES : REPAIR circuit CH123 (VT/GN) for a short to voltage. TEST the system for normal
operation.
NO : Go to N8.
N8 CHECK CIRCUIT CH123 (VT/GN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 89: Measuring Resistance Between & Blower Motor Relay Socket, Circuit CH123
(VT/GN) EATC Module C228A-24
Measure the resistance between and blower motor relay socket, circuit CH123 (VT/GN) HVAC

module - DATC C228a-24, circuit CH123 (VT/GN), harness side.
YES : Go to N16.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH123 (VT/GN) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
N9 CHECK FOR GROUND TO THE BLOWER MOTOR
 Select the highest blower speed setting.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 90: Measuring Voltage Between Blower Motor C288-1 & C288-2, Circuit (BK) & Circuit
(BU)
Measure the voltage between blower motor C288-2, circuit (BK), harness side and blower motor

C288-1, circuit (BU), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new blower motor. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article. TEST the
NO : Go to N10.
N10 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT)/(BK/RD) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: Blower Motor Speed Control C271
Fig. 91: Measuring Resistance Between Blower Motor Speed Control Module C271-4, Circuit
(BK/RD) & Ground
Measure the resistance between blower motor speed control C271-4, circuit (BK/RD), harness side

and ground.
YES : Go to N11.
NO : REPAIR circuit GD116 (BK/VT)/(BK/RD) for an open. TEST the system for normal
operation.
N11 CHECK CIRCUITS VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) AND CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) FOR A SHORT TO
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
GROUND
 Disconnect: HVAC Module - DATC C228b
Fig. 92: Measuring Resistance Between Blower Motor Speed Control Module C271-1 &
C271-3


 blower motor speed control C271-1, circuit (RD), harness side.
 blower motor speed control C271-3, circuit (BN), harness side.
YES : Go to N12.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) or CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) for a short to ground.
N12 CHECK CIRCUITS (BU), VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) AND CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) FOR A SHORT
TO VOLTAGE


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
blower motor speed control C271-5, circuit (BU), harness side.


YES : REPAIR circuit VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD), CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) or (BU) for a short to
voltage. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to N13.
N13 CHECK CIRCUITS VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) AND CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) FOR A SHORT
TOGETHER
C271-3, Circuit (RD) & Circuit (BN)
Measure the resistance between blower motor speed control C271-1, circuit (RD), harness side and

blower motor speed control module C271-3, circuit (BN), harness side.
YES : Go to N14.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) or CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) for a short together. TEST
N14 CHECK CIRCUIT (BU) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 95: Measuring Resistance Between Blower Motor C288-2 & C271-5, Circuit (BU)
 Measure the resistance between blower motor C288-1, circuit (BU), harness side and blower motor
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
speed control C271-5, circuit (BU), harness side.

YES : Go to N15.
NO : REPAIR circuit (BU) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
N15 CHECK CIRCUITS VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) AND CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) FOR AN OPEN
C271-3, EATC Module C228B-16 & C228B-15


 blower motor speed control C271-1, circuit (RD), harness side and HVAC module - DATC
C228b-16, circuit VH101 (WH/VT), harness side.
 blower motor speed control C271-3, circuit (BN), harness side and HVAC module - DATC
C228b-15, circuit CH102 (YE/BU), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new blower motor speed control. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
TEST the system for normal operation. If the condition returns, INSTALL a new HVAC module -
DATC. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) or CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) for an open. TEST the
N16 CHECK THE MODULE CONNECTION
Test.
operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Pinpoint Test O: The Blower Motor Does Not Operate Correctly - DATC
Normal Operation
Under normal operation, the blower motor relay coil receives a ground from the HVAC module - dual
automatic temperature control (DATC) through circuit CH123 (VT/GN). The coil receives ignition voltage
through circuit CBP45 (YE). Voltage is supplied to the relay switch contact through circuit CH402 (YE/GN)/
(BK). When the relay coil is energized, voltage is delivered to the blower motor speed control through circuit
CH402 (YE/GN)/(BK). Ground for the blower motor speed control is provided by circuit GD116 (BK/VT)/
(BK/RD). The HVAC module - DATC provides a blower target speed signal to the blower motor speed control
through circuit VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) to control the blower speed. The actual blower speed signal is provided
to the HVAC module - DATC through circuit CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) from the blower motor speed control.
Ground for the motor is provided through circuit (BU) from the blower motor speed control.

 Blower motor speed control
PINPOINT TEST O: THE BLOWER MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY - HVAC - DATC

O1 VERIFY THE BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION

 Press the panel button on the HVAC module - DATC. Adjust the blower motor setting to LO and
then to HI.
 Does the blower motor operate at any setting?
YES : Go to O2.
NO : Go to Pinpoint Test N .
O2 CHECK THE BLOWER MOTOR SPEED TARGET POSITION (BLWR_T#) HVAC PID
 Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: BLWR_T# HVAC PID
 Observe the BLWR_T# HVAC PID while increasing and decreasing the blower speed.
 Does the BLWR_T# HVAC PID reading change in all speeds between 0% and 100%?
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YES : If the blower motor is always on, CARRY OUT the blower motor relay component test.
Refer to appropriate COMPONENT TESTING article. If the relay tests OK, go to O7.
All other symptoms, go to O3.
NO : Go to O9.
O3 CHECK CIRCUITS (BU), VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) AND CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) FOR A SHORT
TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Blower Motor Speed Control C271

Measure the voltage between ground and:


 blower motor speed control C271-5, circuit (BU), harness side.
YES : REPAIR circuit VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD), CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) or (BU) for a short to
voltage. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : Go to O4.
O4 CHECK CIRCUITS (BU) AND CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
C271-3


 blower motor speed control C271-5, circuit (BU), harness side.
YES : Go to O5.
NO : REPAIR circuit (BU) or CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) for a short to ground. TEST the system for
normal operation.
O5 CHECK CIRCUITS VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) AND CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) FOR A SHORT
TOGETHER
C271-3, Circuit (RD) & Circuit (BN)
Measure the resistance between blower motor speed control C271-1, circuit (RD), harness side and

blower motor speed control C271-3, circuit (BN), harness side.
YES : Go to O6.
NO : REPAIR circuit VH101 (WH/VT)/(RD) or CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) for a short together. TEST
O6 CHECK CIRCUIT CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) FOR AN OPEN
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
C228B-15, Circuit (BN) & CH102 (YE/BU)
Measure the resistance between blower motor speed control C271-3, circuit (BN), harness side and

HVAC module - DATC C228b-15, circuit CH102 (YE/BU), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new blower motor speed control. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
TEST the system for normal operation. If the condition returns, INSTALL a new HVAC module -
DATC. REFER to CLIMATE CONTROL article. TEST the system for normal operation.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH102 (YE/BU)/(BN) for an open. TEST the system for normal operation.
O7 CHECK CIRCUIT CH402 (YE/GN)/(BK) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

 Measure the voltage between ground and blower motor C288-2, circuit (BK), harness side.
YES : REPAIR circuit CH402 (YE/GN)/(BK) for a short to voltage. TEST the system for normal
operation.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : Go to O8.
O8 CHECK CIRCUIT CH123 (VT/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 102: Measuring Resistance Between Ground & Blower Motor Relay Socket, Circuit
CH123 (VT/GN) & Ground
Measure the resistance between ground and blower motor relay socket, circuit CH123 (VT/GN)

and ground.
YES : Go to O9.
NO : REPAIR circuit CH123 (VT/GN) for a short to ground. TEST the system for normal
operation.
O9 CHECK MODULE CONNECTION
Test.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
operation.
Component Tests
Temperature Sensor - Evaporator Discharge
Fig. 103: Temperature Sensor - Evaporator Discharge

Ambient Temperature Approximate Resistance

-10°C (14°F) 8,255 ohms
-5°C (23°F) 6,298 ohms
0°C (32°F) 4,852 ohms
5°C (41°F) 3,773 ohms
10°C (50°F) 2,961 ohms
15°C (59°F) 2,343 ohms
20°C (68°F) 1,869 ohms
25°C (77°F) 1,502 ohms
30°C (86°F) 1,216 ohms
35°C (95°F) 991 ohms
40°C (104°F) 813 ohms
45°C (113°F) 671 ohms
50°C (122°F) 557 ohms
55°C (131°F) 466 ohms
60°C (140°F) 391 ohms
In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 104: In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor


-10°C (14°F) 9,683 ohms
-5°C (23°F) 7,345 ohms
0°C (32°F) 5,628 ohms
5°C (41°F) 4,354 ohms
10°C (50°F) 3,399 ohms
15°C (59°F) 2,677 ohms
20°C (68°F) 2,125 ohms
25°C (77°F) 1,700 ohms
30°C (86°F) 1,370 ohms
35°C (95°F) 1,112 ohms
40°C (104°F) 909 ohms
45°C (113°F) 747 ohms
50°C (122°F) 618 ohms
55°C (131°F) 514 ohms
60°C (140°F) 430 ohms
Ambient Temperature Sensor
Fig. 105: Ambient Temperature Sensor

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

-50°C (-58°F) 19,336 ohms
-40°C (-40°F) 10,732 ohms
-30°C (-22°F) 6,177 ohms
-20°C (-4°F) 3,672 ohms
-10°C (14°F) 2,248 ohms
0°C (32°F) 1,413 ohms
10°C (50°F) 915 ohms
20°C (68°F) 608 ohms
25°C (77°F) 500 ohms
30°C (86°F) 413 ohms
40°C (104°F) 287 ohms
50°C (122°F) 203 ohms
60°C (140°F) 147 ohms
70°C (158°F) 108 ohms
80°C (176°F) 80 ohms
90°C (194°F) 61 ohms
100°C (212°F) 47 ohms
110°C (231°F) 36 ohms
120°C (248°F) 28 ohms
Defrost/Panel/Floor Door and Blend Door Mode Actuator
Fig. 106: Defrost/Panel/Floor Door and Blend Door Mode Actuator

Actuator Pins Approx. Resistance

3 and 5 1.2K-4.8K ohms
1 and 5 1.2K-4.8K ohms
1 and 3 6K ohms
Blower Motor Resistor
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 107: Blower Motor Resistor

Blower Motor Resistor Pins Approx. Resistance

4 and 3 0.25-0.29 ohm
4 and 2 0.88-1.02 ohm
4 and 1 2.0-2.30 ohms
Blower Motor Switch - HVAC - Electronic Manual Temperature Control (EMTC)
Fig. 108: Blower Motor Switch - EMTC

Blower Motor Switch Position Continuity Between Pins

LOW None
MED-LO 3 and 4
MED-HI 3 and 1
HI 3 and 2
Heater Core
NOTE: Testing of returned heater cores reveals that a large percentage of heater
cores are good and did not require the installation of a new heater core. If
a heater core leak is suspected, the heater core must be tested by
following the plugged heater core component test before the heater core
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
pressure test. Carry out a system inspection by checking the heater

system thoroughly as follows:
1. Inspect for evidence of coolant leakage at the heater hose to heater core attachments. A coolant leak in the
heater hose could follow the heater core tube to the heater core and appear as a leak in the heater core.
NOTE: Spring-type clamps are installed as original equipment. Installation and

overtightening of non-specified clamps can cause leakage at the heater
hose connection and damage the heater core.
2. Check the integrity of the heater hose clamps.
Heater Core - Plugged
1. Check to see that the engine coolant is at the correct level.

2. Start the engine and turn on the heater.
3. When the engine coolant reaches operating temperature, feel the heater core inlet and outlet hoses to see
if they are hot.
4. If the outlet only is not hot:
 the heater core may have an air pocket.
 the heater core may be plugged.
5. If the inlet only is not hot:

 the thermostat may not be working correctly.
Heater Core - Pressure Test
Use the Pressure Test Kit to carry out the pressure test.
NOTE: Due to space limitations, a bench test may be necessary for pressure
testing.
1. Drain the coolant from the cooling system.

2. Disconnect the heater hoses from the heater core.
3. Install a short piece of heater hose, approximately 101 mm (4 in) long on each heater core tube.
4. Fill the heater core and heater hoses with water and install the 2 plugs BT-7422-B and the adapter BT-
7422-A from the Pressure Test Kit. Secure the heater hoses, plug and adapter with hose clamps.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 109: Heater Core With Adapter & Plug

5. Attach the pump and gauge assembly from the Pressure Test Kit to the adapter.
6. Close the bleed valve at the base of the gauge. Pump 138 kPa (20 psi) of air pressure into the heater core.
7. Observe the pressure gauge for a minimum of 3 minutes.
8. If the pressure drops, check the heater hose connections to the core tubes for leaks. If the heater hoses do
not leak, remove the heater core from the vehicle and carry out the bench test.
Heater Core - Bench Test
1. Remove the heater core from the vehicle.

2. Drain all of the coolant from the heater core.
3. Connect the 101 mm (4 in) test heater hoses with plug and adapter to the core tubes. Then connect the
Pressure Test Kit to the adapter.
4. Apply 138 kPa (20 psi) of air pressure to the heater core. Submerge the heater core in water.
5. If a leak is observed, install a new heater core.
Fig. 110: Bench Testing Heater Core

Evaporator/Condenser Core - On-Vehicle Leak Test
1. Recover the refrigerant. Refer to Air Conditioning (A/C) System Recovery, Evacuation and
Charging.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: For evaporator core testing only.
2. Remove the thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) from the evaporator core.
NOTE: For condenser core testing only.
3. Disconnect the condenser-to-evaporator line spring lock coupling and the compressor-to-condenser
discharge line middle fitting.
4. Connect the appropriate test fitting to the evaporator core TXV connection.
5. Connect the appropriate test fittings to the condenser-to-evaporator line spring lock coupling, condenser
side and the compressor-to-condenser discharge line middle fitting, condenser side.
NOTE: The automatic shut-off valves on some gauge set hoses do not open when
connected to the test fittings. If available, use hoses without shut-off
valves. If hoses with shut-off valves are used, make sure the valve opens
when attached to the test fittings or install an adapter that will activate the
valve. The test is not valid if the shut-off valve does not open.
6. Connect the red and blue hoses from the R-134a Manifold Gauge Set to the test fittings on the evaporator
core or condenser core. Connect the yellow hose to a known good vacuum pump.
7. Open both gauge set valves and start the vacuum pump. Allow the vacuum pump to operate for a
minimum of 45 minutes after the gauge set low pressure gauge indicates 101 kPa (30 in-Hg). The 45-
minute evacuation is necessary to remove any refrigerant from oil left in the evaporator core or condenser
core. If the refrigerant is not completely removed from the oil, outgassing will degrade the vacuum and
appear as a refrigerant leak.
8. If the low pressure gauge reading will not drop to 101 kPa (30 in-Hg) when the valves on the gauge and
manifold set are open and the vacuum pump is operating, close the gauge set valves and observe the low
pressure gauge. If the pressure rises rapidly to zero, a large leak is indicated. Recheck the test fitting
connections and gauge set connections before installing a new evaporator core or condenser core.
9. After evacuating for 45 minutes, close the gauge set valves and stop the vacuum pump. Observe the low
pressure gauge; it should remain at the 101 kPa (30 in-Hg) mark.
 If the low pressure gauge reading rises 34 or more kPa (10 or more in-Hg) of vacuum from the 101
kPa (30 in-Hg) position in 10 minutes, a leak is indicated.
 If a very small leak is suspected, wait 30 minutes and observe the vacuum gauge.
 If a small amount of vacuum is lost, operate the vacuum pump with gauge valves open for an
additional 30 minutes to remove any remaining refrigerant from the oil in the evaporator core or
condenser core. Then recheck for loss of vacuum.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 If a very small leak is suspected, allow the system to sit overnight with vacuum applied and check
for vacuum loss.
10. If the evaporator core does leak, as verified by the above procedure, install a new evaporator core.
11. If the test indicates a leak, as verified by the above procedure, inspect and install new O-rings at the
condenser line fittings as necessary. Retest the system. If the test again indicates a leak, install a new
condenser core.
A/C Compressor - External Leak Test
1. Disconnect the evaporator outlet line spring lock coupling and the compressor-to-condenser discharge
line middle fitting.
2. Connect the appropriate test fittings to the evaporator outlet line spring lock coupling, compressor side
and the compressor-to-condenser discharge line middle fitting, compressor side.
3. Connect the high and low pressure lines of a manifold gauge set or a refrigerant recovery/recycling
station such as the R-134a A/C service center to the corresponding fittings on the A/C Pressure Test
Adapter.
4. Attach the center hose of a manifold gauge set to a refrigerant container standing in an upright position.
5. Open the low pressure gauge valve, the high pressure gauge valve and the valve on the refrigerant
container to allow the refrigerant vapor to flow into the A/C compressor.
6. Using the Refrigerant Leak Detector, check for external compressor leaks.
7. If an external leak is found, inspect and install new as necessary the O-rings at the compressor line
fittings. Retest the system. If the test again indicates a leak, install a new compressor.
8. When the leak test is complete, recover the refrigerant from the compressor.
GENERAL PROCEDURES
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM TESTS
Special Tools
R-134a Refrigerant Center 176-00002 or equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
R-134a Manifold Gauge Set 023-00047 or equivalent
Procedure 1 - Ambient Temperature at or Below 38°C (100°F)
NOTE: The system performance can be evaluated and diagnosed by analysis of the
compressor suction and discharge pressures. The following procedure is used
to determine if the system is operating at normal pressures.
NOTE: The procedure varies depending on the ambient (shop) temperature. If the
ambient temperature is 38°C (100°F) or lower, follow Procedure 1. If the ambient
temperature is over 38°C (100°F), follow Procedure 2.
NOTE: If the A/C compressor cycles at any time during this test, refer to the diagnostic
table.
1. Drive the vehicle or run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature.
2. Connect a manifold gauge set or refrigerant service center with high-pressure and low-pressure gauges to
the refrigerant system.
3. Set the climate controls.
 If equipped with manual climate control, set the A/C controls for normal A/C-PANEL mode, full
COOL temperature, FRESH air, HI blower. If the vehicle has a fresh air/recirc button, set it to
FRESH. If the vehicle has an A/C switch or compressor on switch, set it to A/C ON.
 If equipped with electronic automatic temperature control (EATC), set temperature to 15°C (60°F)
(lowest possible temp setting) with the dual function disabled (if equipped). Manually set blower
on HI. If the vehicle has a fresh air/recirc button, set it to FRESH. If the vehicle has an A/C switch
or compressor on switch, set it to A/C ON.
4. Open all vehicle windows and leave the hood open for the test. Open the rear doors.
5. Confirm the compressor clutch is engaged and the engine cooling fan(s) are operating or engaged. Allow
the vehicle to idle until the suction (low-side) and discharge (high-side) pressures are stable or fluctuate in
a range that repeats.
6. Record the ambient (shop) temperature.
7. Record the discharge pressure. If the pressure is fluctuating, record the average value.
8. Determine if the discharge pressure falls within the normal operating limits using the Normal Refrigerant
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Discharge Pressures chart.
Fig. 111: Normal Refrigerant Discharge Pressures Chart - Relative Humidity 30-60%
9. Record the suction pressure. If the pressure is fluctuating, record the average value.
10. Determine if the suction pressure falls between normal operating limits using the Normal Refrigerant
Suction Pressures chart.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 112: Normal Refrigerant Suction Pressures Chart - Relative Humidity 30-60%
11. Proceed to the diagnostic table.
Procedure 2 - Ambient Temperature Above 38°C (100°F)
NOTE: The system performance can be evaluated and diagnosed by analysis of the
compressor suction and discharge pressures. The following procedure is used
to determine if the system is operating at normal pressures.
NOTE: The procedure varies depending on the ambient (shop) temperature. If the
ambient temperature is 38°C (100°F) or lower, follow Procedure 1. If the ambient
temperature is over 38°C (100°F), follow Procedure 2.
1. Drive the vehicle or run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature.
2. Connect a manifold gauge set or refrigerant service center with high-pressure and low-pressure gauges to
the refrigerant system.
3. Set the climate controls.
 If equipped with manual climate control, set the A/C controls for normal A/C-PANEL mode, full
COOL temperature, FRESH air, MED LO blower. If the vehicle has a fresh air/recirc button, set it
to FRESH. If the vehicle has an A/C switch or compressor on switch, set it to A/C ON.
 If equipped with EATC, set temperature to 15°C (60°F) (lowest possible temp setting). Manually
set blower to MED LO (3 to 4 bars). If the vehicle has a fresh air/recirc button, set it to FRESH. If
the vehicle has an A/C switch or compressor on switch, set it to A/C ON.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
4. Open all vehicle windows and leave the hood open for the test. Open the rear hatch and/or rear doors (if
equipped).
5. Confirm the compressor clutch is engaged and the engine cooling fan(s) are operating or engaged. Allow
the vehicle to idle until the suction (low-side) and discharge (high-side) pressures are stable or fluctuate in
a range that repeats.
6. Record the ambient (shop) temperature.
7. Record the discharge pressure. If the pressure is fluctuating, record the average value.
8. Determine if the discharge pressure falls within the normal operating limits using the Normal Refrigerant
Discharge Pressures chart.
Fig. 113: Normal Refrigerant Discharge Pressures Chart - Relative Humidity 10-40%
9. Record the suction pressure. If the pressure is fluctuating, record the average value.
10. Determine if the suction pressure falls between normal operating limits using the Normal Refrigerant
Suction Pressures chart.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 114: Normal Refrigerant Suction Pressures Chart - Relative Humidity 10-40%
11. Proceed to the diagnostic table.
Diagnostic Table
NOTE: The following table is used to guide diagnosis of the refrigerant system if
operating pressures are outside normal limits.
1. Refer to the chart below.
High Low
Component
(Discharge) (Suction)
- Causes
Pressure Pressure
High or Condenser -
Clutch High inadequate
Cycling airflow.
Normal Engine -
High
to High overheating.
Refrigerant
Normal to overcharge -
Normal
High air in
refrigerant.
A/C suction
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
line -
Normal to Normal partially
Low to High restricted or
pluggeda .
Low
refrigerant
charge, A/C
suction line -
partially
Low or restricted or
Normal to
Clutch b
Low
Cycling plugged
A/C cycling
switch -
sticking
closed (if
equipped).
Evaporator
discharge air
temperature
sensor or
A/C pressure
transducer -
poor
connection
at A/C clutch
connector.
A/C
Erratic Operation or electrical
Compressor Not circuit
Running erratic - see
A/C
Electrical
Circuit
Wiring
Diagram.
Refer to
appropriate
SYSTEM
WIRING
DIAGRAMS
article.
Compressor
Normal to
High - low
Low
performance.
Additional Possible Cause

Components Associated With
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Inadequate Compressor
Operation
 Compressor Drive Belt -
loose
 Compressor Clutch - slipping
 Clutch Coil Open - shorted,

or loose mounting
 Control Assembly Switch -
dirty contacts or sticking
open
 Clutch Wiring Circuit - high
resistance, open or blown
fuse
 Compressor Operation
Interrupted by Engine
Computer
Additional Possible Cause
Components Associated With a
Damaged Compressor
 Incorrect Clutch Air-gap
 Refrigerant Leaks
a Low pressure reading will be normal to high if pressure is taken at accumulator and if restriction is
downstream of service access valve.
b Low pressure reading will be low if pressure is taken near the compressor and restriction is upstream of
service access valve.
FLUORESCENT DYE LEAK DETECTION
Special Tools
Cordless/Rechargable True UV LED Light

ES
R-134a Leak Detection Dye 164-R6060
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
R-134a Loop/Add On Injector Kit-Set 219-00069 or equivalent
Fluorescent Dye Detection
NOTE: Ford Motor Company vehicles are produced with R-134a fluorescent dye
installed in the refrigerant system from the factory. The location of leaks can be
pinpointed by the bright yellow-green glow of the fluorescent dye under a UV
lamp. Since more than one leak can exist, make sure to inspect each
component, line and fitting in the refrigerant system for a leak.
1. Check for leaks using a Rotunda-approved UV lamp.

 Inspect all components, lines and fittings of the refrigerant system.
2. If a leak is found, recover the refrigerant. For additional information, refer to Air Conditioning (A/C)
System Recovery, Evacuation and Charging.
3. Repair the refrigerant system leak(s).
4. Evacuate and charge the refrigerant system. For additional information, refer to Air Conditioning (A/C)
5. After the leak(s) is/are repaired, remove any traces of fluorescent dye with a general purpose oil solvent.
6. Verify the repair by running the vehicle for a short period of time and rechecking the area of the leak with
a Rotunda-approved UV lamp.
Fluorescent Dye Injection - Using an R-134a Refrigerant Management Center and Dye/Lubricant Injector
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Fluorescent refrigerant system dye is added to the refrigerant system at the
factory to assist in refrigerant system leak diagnosis using a Rotunda-approved
ultraviolet blacklight. It is not necessary to add additional dye to the refrigerant
system before diagnosing leaks, even if a significant amount of refrigerant has
been removed from the system. Additional refrigerant system dye should only
be added if more than 50% of the refrigerant system lubricant capacity has been
lost due to a fitting separation, hose rupture or other damage.
NOTE: Before using the dye/lubricant injector from the R-134a Loop/Add On Injector
Kit-Set for the first time, refer to the manufacturer's instructions on evacuation
of any non-condensable gases from the hoses.
NOTE: Only connect the dye/lubricant injector when fluorescent dye is to be injected.
The injector has a one-way check valve that will prevent refrigerant system
recovery and evacuation.
NOTE: Refrigerant system pressure should be between 413-551 kPa (60-80 psi) at 24°C
(75°F) with the engine off.
1. Connect an R-134a Refrigerant Center or a R-134a Manifold Gauge Set to the refrigerant system service
port valves.
NOTE: The dye/lubricant injector is included as part of the 219-00069 R-134a

Loop/Add On Injector Kit-Set.
2. Verify that the valves on the dye/lubricant injector are closed.
Fig. 115: Verifying Valves On Dye/Lubricant Injector Are Closed

3. Fill the fluorescent dye injector reservoir with 7 ml (0.25 oz) of fluorescent dye.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 116: Filling Fluorescent Dye Injector Reservoir With 7 ml (0.25 oz.) Of Fluorescent Dye
4. Install the dye/lubricant injector between the low-pressure service gauge port valve and the R-134a
Refrigerant Center or R-134a Manifold Gauge Set.
5. Open all valves and inject the fluorescent dye into the refrigerant system.
6. When fluorescent dye injection is complete, close all valves.
7. Recover the refrigerant from the dye/lubricant injector.
8. Remove the dye/lubricant injector from the low-pressure service gauge port valve and the R-134a
Refrigerant Center or R-134a Manifold Gauge Set.
Fluorescent Dye Injection - Using an R-134a Loop/Add On Injector Kit-Set
NOTE: Fluorescent refrigerant system dye is added to the refrigerant system at the
factory to assist in refrigerant system leak diagnosis using a Rotunda-approved
ultraviolet blacklight. It is not necessary to add additional dye to the refrigerant
system before diagnosing leaks, even if a significant amount of refrigerant has
been removed from the system. Additional refrigerant system dye should only
be added if more than 50% of the refrigerant system lubricant capacity has been
lost due to a fitting separation, hose rupture or other damage.
NOTE: Before using the R-134a Loop/Add On Injector Kit-Set for the first time, refer to
the equipment manufacturer's instructions on evacuation of non-condensable
gases from the hoses.
NOTE: Refrigerant system pressure should be between 413-551 kPa (60-80 psi) at 24°C
(75°F).
1. Verify that the valves on the deluxe injector loop kit are closed.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 117: Verifying Valves On Dye/Lubricant Injector Are Closed

2. Fill the R-134a Loop/Add On Injector Kit-Set reservoir with 7 ml (0.25 oz) of fluorescent dye.
Fig. 118: Filling Fluorescent Dye Injector Reservoir With 7 ml (0.25 oz.) Of Fluorescent Dye
3. Install the R-134a Loop/Add On Injector Kit-Set between the high-pressure and low-pressure service
gauge port valves.
NOTE: Make sure all tools and hoses are clear of the engine cooling fan and drive
belt before starting the engine.
4. Start the engine.

5. Open the high-pressure service valve.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 119: Installing R-134A Loop/Add On Injector Kit-Set Between High-Pressure & Low-Pressure
Service Gauge Port Valves
6. Open all valves and inject the fluorescent dye into the refrigerant system.
Fig. 120: Opening All Valves & Inject Fluorescent Dye Into Refrigerant System
7. Close the high-pressure service valve to allow the pressure inside the R-134a Loop/Add On Injector Kit-
Set to equalize with the suction side of the refrigerant system.
Fig. 121: Identifying High-Pressure Service Valve

NOTE: Close the valves on the R-134a Loop/Add On Injector Kit-Set while the A/C
compressor is operating.
8. Close the valves on the R-134a Loop/Add On Injector Kit-Set.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 122: Closing Valves On R-134A Loop/Add On Injector Kit-Set

NOTE: Leave all valves on the R-134a Loop/Add On Injector Kit-Set closed when
not in use.
9. Disconnect the high-pressure and low-pressure service valves and remove the R-134a Loop/Add On
Injector Kit-Set from the vehicle.
ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTION
Special Tools
Heated Pentode Halogen Leak

Detector
NOTE: Good ventilation is necessary in the area where electronic A/C leak testing is to
be carried out. If the surrounding air is contaminated with refrigerant gas, the
Heated Pentode Halogen Leak Detector will indicate this gas all the time. Odors
from other chemicals such as antifreeze, diesel fuel, disc brake cleaner or other
cleaning solvents can cause the same problem. Using a fan to ventilate the area
to be tested before proceeding with the leak detection procedure is helpful in
removing small traces of contamination from the air, but the fan should be
turned off during actual testing.
NOTE: R-134a is heavier than air, and will tend to move downward from the source of
the leak if present. It is possible that a leak may not be detected if the leak
detector tip is held above the leaking fitting, line or component. Always be sure
to thoroughly leak test below the fitting, line or component for the presence of
R-134a as well as leak testing above and around.
NOTE: The system pressure should be between 413-551 kPa (60-80 psi) at 24°C
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
(75°F) with the engine off.
1. Leak test the refrigerant system using the leak detector. Follow the instructions included with the leak
detector for handling and operation techniques.
Fig. 123: Leak Test Refrigerant System Using Leak Detector

2. If a leak is found, recover the refrigerant. For additional information, refer to Air Conditioning (A/C)
 Repair the system.
 Test the system for normal operation.
AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM RECOVERY, EVACUATION AND CHARGING
Special Tools
1.2 CFM Vacuum Pump 023-00162 or equivalent
4.0 CFM Vacuum Pump 023-00163 or equivalent
Automatic Refrigerant Charging

Meter
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
R-134a Refrigerant Management

Machine (SAE J-2788 Compliant)


Material
Item Specification
PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil (R-134a Systems)
WSH-M1C231-B
YN-12-D
Refrigerant System Recovery
NOTE: An air conditioning (A/C) refrigerant analyzer must be used before the recovery
of any vehicle's A/C refrigerant. Failure to do so puts the shop's bulk refrigerant
at risk of contamination. If the vehicle's A/C refrigerant is contaminated, refer
the customer to the service facility that carried out the last A/C service. If the
customer wishes to pay the additional cost, use the A/C recovery equipment
that is designated for recovering contaminated A/C refrigerant. All
contaminated A/C refrigerant must be disposed of as hazardous waste. For all
equipment, follow the equipment manufacturer procedures and instructions.
NOTE: Ford Motor Company recommends use of an R-134a Refrigerant Management

Machine to carry out recovery. If an R-134a Refrigerant Management Machine is
not available, refrigerant system recovery may be accomplished using a
separate recovery station.
NOTE: Leaks in refrigerant system service equipment, hoses or gauges can cause a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
leak in vacuum that may be misinterpreted as a problem with the vehicle's

refrigerant system. It is necessary to leak-test all refrigerant system service
equipment, hoses and gauges on a weekly basis to verify that no leaks are
present.
1. Prior to recovering, the purity of the refrigerant must be verified. For additional information, refer to
Refrigerant Identification Testing.
2. Connect an R-134a Refrigerant Management Machine to the low- and high-pressure service gauge port
valves following the operating instructions provided by the equipment manufacturer.
3. Recover the refrigerant from the system following the operating instructions provided by the equipment
manufacturer. Note the amount of oil removed during the refrigerant recovery (if any). Add that same
amount back into the system once repairs are complete.
4. Once the R-134a Refrigerant Center has recovered the refrigerant, switch OFF the power supply.
5. Allow the system to set for about 2 minutes, and observe the system vacuum reading. If the vacuum is not
lost, disconnect the recovery equipment.
6. If the system does lose vacuum, repeat Steps 3 through 5 until the vacuum level remains stable for 2
minutes.
7. Carry out the required repairs.
Refrigerant System Evacuation Using an R-134a Refrigerant Management Machine

Machine to carry out recovery, evacuation and charging of the refrigerant
system. If an R-134a Refrigerant Management Machine is not available,
evacuation may be accomplished using a separate Vacuum Pump and R-134a
Manifold Gauge Set.
present.
1. Connect an R-134a Refrigerant Management Machine to the low- and high-pressure service gauge port
2. Evacuate the system until the low-pressure gauge reads at least 99.4 kPa (29.5 in-Hg) of vacuum and as
close to 101.1 kPa (30 in-Hg) as possible. Continue to operate the Vacuum Pump for a minimum of 45
minutes.
3. Turn OFF the Vacuum Pump. Observe the low-pressure gauge for 5 minutes to make sure that the system
vacuum is held. If vacuum is not held for 5 minutes, leak test the system, repair the leak and evacuate the
system again.
Refrigerant System Evacuation Using an R-134a Manifold Gauge Set
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Machine to carry out evacuation of the refrigerant system. If an R-134a
Refrigerant Management Machine is not available, refrigerant system
evacuation may be accomplished using a separate Vacuum Pump and R-134a
Manifold Gauge Set.
present.
1. Connect the R-134a Manifold Gauge Set to the low-side and high-side service gauge port valves.
2. Connect the center (yellow) hose from the R-134a Manifold Gauge Set to the suction port on the Vacuum
Pump.
3. Open all valves on the R-134a Manifold Gauge Set and both service gauge port valves.
4. Turn on the Vacuum Pump and evacuate the system until the low-pressure gauge reads at least 99.4 kPa
(29.5 in-Hg) of vacuum and as close to 101.1 kPa (30 in-Hg) as possible. Continue to operate the Vacuum
Pump for a minimum of 45 minutes.
5. Close the high-side and low-side valves on the R-134a Manifold Gauge Set (not the service gauge port
valves) and turn OFF the Vacuum Pump.
6. Observe the low-pressure gauge for 5 minutes to make sure that the system vacuum is held. If vacuum is
not held for 5 minutes, leak test the system, repair the leak and evacuate the system again.
Refrigerant System Charging Using an R-134a Refrigerant Management Machine

Machine to carry out charging of the refrigerant system. If an R-134a Refrigerant
Management Machine is not available, refrigerant system charging may be
accomplished using a separate Automatic Refrigerant Charging Meter and R-
134a Manifold Gauge Set.
leak that may be misinterpreted as a problem with the vehicle's refrigerant
system. It is necessary to leak-test all refrigerant system service equipment,
hoses and gauges on a weekly basis to verify that no leaks are present.
1. Lubricate the refrigerant system with the correct amount of clean PAG oil. For additional information,
refer to Refrigerant Oil Adding.
2. Connect an R-134a Refrigerant Management Machine to the low-side and high-side service gauge port
3. Set the refrigerant charge amount, and charge the refrigerant system following the instructions provided
by the equipment manufacturer.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Refrigerant System Charging Using an R-134a Manifold Gauge Set and Automatic Refrigerant Charging Motor

Machine to carry out charging of the refrigerant system. If an R-134a Refrigerant
Management Machine is not available, refrigerant system charging may be
accomplished using a separate Automatic Refrigerant Charging Meter and R-
134a Manifold Gauge Set.
leak that may be misinterpreted as a problem with the vehicle's refrigerant
system. It is necessary to leak-test all refrigerant system service equipment,
hoses and gauges on a weekly basis to verify that no leaks are present.
2. Assemble the R-134a Manifold Gauge Set, Automatic Refrigerant Charging Meter and R-134a supply
tank following the Automatic Refrigerant Charging Meter operating instructions.
3. Charge the refrigerant system following the Automatic Refrigerant Charging Meter operating
instructions.
4. If the refrigerant flow stops before the refrigerant charge is complete, start the engine, select MAX A/C
operation and allow the refrigerant charge to complete.
AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM FLUSHING
Special Tools
A/C Flush Adapter Kit 219-00074 or equivalent
219-00022 (part of 219-00023) or

A/C Flush and Purge Machine
equivalent
Material
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Item Specification
A/C System Flushing Solvent
-
YN-23
WSH-M1C231-B
YN-12-D
WARNING: Take the following precautions when repairing an air conditioning system
containing R-134a:
 Always wear safety goggles.

 Avoid contact with liquid refrigerant R-134a. R-134a vaporizes at
approximately -25°C (-13°F) under atmospheric pressure and will
freeze skin tissue.
 Never allow refrigerant R-134a gas to escape in quantity in an
occupied space. It will displace the oxygen needed to support life.
 Never use a torch in an atmosphere containing R-134a gas. R-134a is
non-toxic at all normal conditions, but it decomposes when exposed
to high temperatures such as a torch flame. During decomposition it
releases irritating and toxic gasses (as described in the MSDS sheet
from the manufacturer). Decomposition products are hydrofluoric
acid, carbon dioxide and water.
Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury.
CAUTION: An air conditioning (A/C) refrigerant analyzer must be used before the
recovery of any vehicle's A/C refrigerant. Failure to do so puts the shop's
bulk refrigerant at risk of contamination. If the vehicle's A/C refrigerant is
contaminated, refer the customer to the service facility that carried out the
last A/C service. If the customer wishes to pay the additional cost, use the
A/C recovery equipment that is designated for recovering contaminated
A/C refrigerant. All contaminated A/C refrigerant must be disposed of as
hazardous waste. For all equipment, follow the equipment manufacturer
procedures and instructions.
CAUTION: Receiver/drier desiccant bag, thermostatic expansion valve (TXV), and

hoses with mufflers should be removed when flushing the air conditioning
(A/C) system. Internal plumbing of these devices makes it impossible to
correctly remove any residual-flushing agent. These components are
typically discarded after A/C system contamination. Hoses without
mufflers can normally be reused unless they are clogged with foreign
material. The 3.785L (1 gal) of A/C System Flushing Solvent YN-23 and
FL1-A filter used in A/C Flush and Purge Machine 219-00022 are intended
for use on one vehicle only. They may be used to flush both the A/C
condenser core and the A/C evaporator core on an individual vehicle, but
under no circumstances should they be used on more than one vehicle.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CAUTION: Only the A/C Flush and Purge Machine 219-00022 and A/C Systems
Flushing Solvent, is approved for use on Ford vehicles. No other flushing
device or solvent is approved for flushing heat exchangers (air
conditioning [A/C] condenser, A/C evaporator). Use of any other flusher or
solvent may cause damage to the A/C system and the flushing unit.
NOTE: Prior to using the A/C Flush and Purge Machine 219-00022 for the first time,
review the operating instructions.
NOTE: Ford Motor Company has approved a procedure to provide technicians with a
non-CFC method of flushing contaminated A/C system heat exchangers. The
procedure allows the specific components to be cleaned and flushed. The types
of contamination flushed include particle matter that results from A/C
compressor or desiccant failure and gummy residue that can form when
refrigerant oil is overheated during A/C compressor seizure. The flushing
process is a 2-step procedure that involves the use of an A/C Flush and Purge
Machine 219-00022 to:
 circulate the flushing solvent through the heat exchanger in the reverse
direction of normal refrigerant flow (back-flushing). Particulate matter
picked up during flushing is filtered from the returning solvent before the
solvent is returned to the reservoir for continued circulation.
 remove the flushing solvent from the heat exchanger. In this step of the
procedure, pressurized air 621-862 kPa (90-125 psi) is used to push and
evaporate any remaining flush solvent from the heat exchanger.
1. Remove the desiccant bag. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
2. Disconnect the compressor-to-condenser discharge line middle fitting and remove the condenser-side
condenser-to-evaporator line.
3. Disconnect the condenser-to-evaporator line spring lock coupling.
4. Remove the condenser-to-evaporator line bracket bolt and remove the condenser side condenser-to-
evaporator line.
5. With the condenser and lines out of the vehicle, reconnect the A/C lines to the condenser inlet and outlet
fittings.
6. Connect the A/C Flush and Purge Machine to the A/C line fittings using the correct adapters from the
A/C Flush and Purge Fitting Kit.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 124: Identifying A/C line fittings

NOTE: The condenser core must be flushed with the desiccant bag removed. Do
not install a new desiccant bag at this time.
7. With the desiccant bag removed, reinstall the receiver/drier plug into the condenser core.
8. Flush the condenser core for a minimum of 30 minutes.
9. Turn the A/C Flush and Purge machine to the PURGE mode and run for a minimum of 20 minutes.
10. Disconnect the A/C Flush and Purge machine and adapters from the condenser core.
11. Disconnect the A/C lines from the condenser core.
12. Install the condenser-to-evaporator line and the condenser-to-evaporator line bracket bolt.
13. Connect the condenser-to-evaporator line spring lock coupling.
14. Install the compressor-to-condenser discharge line and connect the compressor-to-condenser discharge
line middle fitting.
15. Remove the receiver/drier plug.
NOTE: Do not charge the refrigerant system after the condenser core is installed.
16. Install a new desiccant bag and reinstall the condenser core. For additional information, refer to
CLIMATE CONTROL article.
17. Remove the front thermostatic expansion valve (TXV). For additional information, refer to CLIMATE
CONTROL article.
18. Connect the A/C Flush and Purge Machine to the evaporator core fitting using the correct adapter from
the A/C Flush Adapter Kit.
19. Flush the evaporator core for a minimum of 20 minutes.
20. Turn the A/C Flush and Purge Machine to the PURGE mode and run for a minimum of 20 minutes.
21. Disconnect the A/C Flush and Purge Machine and adapter from the evaporator core fitting.
22. Install a new front TXV. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
NOTE: It is necessary to evacuate the refrigerant system for a minimum of one

hour to evaporate any trace amounts of flush solvent that may remain in
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
the system.
23. Evacuate the refrigerant system for one hour. For additional information, refer toAir Conditioning (A/C)
24. If a new A/C compressor is not to be installed, lubricate the refrigerant system with the correct amount of
clean PAG oil. For additional information, refer to Refrigerant Oil Adding.
25. If a new A/C compressor is not to be installed, evacuate, leak test and charge the refrigerant system. For
additional information, refer to Air Conditioning (A/C) System Recovery, Evacuation and Charging.
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM FILTERING FOLLOWING AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) COMPRESSOR

INSTALLATION
Special Tools
CAUTION: On vehicles being serviced for an internal compressor or desiccant failure,

a new thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) and any hoses containing
mufflers must be installed prior to filtering the air conditioning (A/C)
system. Internal plumbing of these devices makes it impossible to
correctly remove any foreign material/debris. These components are
typically discarded after A/C system contamination. Hoses without
mufflers can normally be reused unless they are clogged with foreign
material. The F8VZ-19E773-AB filter is intended for use on one vehicle
only.
1. Remove the desiccant bag. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
NOTE: The refrigerant system must be filtered with the desiccant bag removed.
Do not install a new desiccant bag at this time.
2. With the desiccant bag removed, reinstall the receiver/drier plug into the condenser core.
NOTE: Do not install the front bumper cover or evacuate and charge the
refrigerant system at this time.
3. Install the condenser core back into the vehicle. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE
CONTROL article.
4. Disconnect the condenser-to-evaporator line spring lock coupling.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Discard the O-ring seals.
NOTE: Use flexible refrigerant hose of 17,238 kPa (2,500 psi) burst rating.
NOTE: Orient the filter inlet toward the A/C condenser core.
5. Using the correct adapters from the A/C Flush and Purge Fitting Kit and suitable A/C service hoses,
install the pancake filter between the two halves of the condenser-to-evaporator line spring lock coupling.
7. Evacuate and charge the refrigerant system. For additional information, refer to Air Conditioning (A/C)
8. Provide adequate airflow to the front of the vehicle (with a fan, if necessary). Start the engine and allow it
to idle briefly. Select A/C operation and set the blower speed to HI. Verify that the A/C is operating
correctly.
9. Gradually bring the engine up to 1,200 RPM by running it at lower RPM for short periods (first at 800
RPM, then at 1,000 RPM). Set the engine at 1,200 RPM and run it for one hour with the A/C system
operating.
10. Stop the engine.
11. Recover the refrigerant. For additional information, refer to Air Conditioning (A/C) System Recovery,
Evacuation and Charging.
12. Remove the pancake filter, hoses and adapters from the vehicle.
13. Install new O-ring seals and connect the condenser-to-evaporator line spring lock coupling.
14. Remove the condenser core. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
15. Remove the receiver/drier plug and install a new desiccant bag.
NOTE: Lubricate the receiver/drier plug O-ring seal using residual PAG oil from
inside the integrated receiver/drier.
16. Install the new receiver/drier plug included in the desiccant bag service kit.
17. Install the condenser core. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL article.
18. Evacuate, leak test and charge the refrigerant system. For additional information refer to Air
Conditioning (A/C) System Recovery, Evacuation and Charging.
REFRIGERANT OIL ADDING
Special Tools
Dye/Lubricant Injector 164-R0775
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Add-On Module Kit 219-00069
Material
Item Specification
WSH-M1C231-B
YN-12-D
Refrigerant Oil Adding
CAUTION: During normal air conditioning (A/C) operation, oil is circulated through
the system with the refrigerant, and a small amount is retained in each
component. If certain components of the system are removed, some of the
refrigerant oil will go with the component. To maintain the original total oil
charge, it is necessary to compensate for the oil lost by adding oil to the
system with the new part.
1. Refer to the chart below for refrigerant oil adding amounts and methods of installation.
PAG Oil Method of

Component
Amount Adding
Add
directly to
See
A/C A/C
heading
Compressor compressor
below
before
installation
60 ml (2
fl oz)
Inject to
added to
low-side
Receiver/Drier the
service
Desiccant amount
port during
Cartridge collected
system
during
charging
refrigerant
recovery
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Add
45 ml (1.5 directly to
fl oz) evaporator
added to core inlet
the tube or
Evaporator
amount inject to
Core
collected low-side
during service
refrigerant port during
recovery system
charging
Add
60 ml (2
directly to
fl oz)
condenser
added to
core inlet
the
Condenser or inject to
amount
Core low-side
collected
service
during
port during
refrigerant
system
recovery
charging
Evaporator The Inject to
Core Orifice amount low-side
or collected service
Thermostatic during port during
Expansion refrigerant system
Valve recovery charging
60 ml (2
fl oz)
Inject to
added to
low-side
the
A/C Pressure service
amount
Relief Valve port during
collected
system
during
charging
refrigerant
recovery
60 ml (2
fl oz)
added to Inject to
the low-side
Refrigerant amount service
Hose/Line collected port during
during system
refrigerant charging
recoverya
60 ml (2
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
fl oz)
added to Inject to
the low-side
O-ring Leak amount service
Repair collected port during
during system
refrigerant charging
recoveryb
60 ml (2
fl oz)
Inject to
added to
low-side
the
Service Port service
amount
Leak Repair port during
collected
system
during
charging
refrigerant
recovery
a If an excessive amount of refrigerant oil is lost due to a hose rupture/separation or other damage, the
total system refrigerant oil capacity must be added.
b The amount specified may be used for one or multiple O-ring leak repairs. Do not multiply the
refrigerant oil amount by the number of O-ring leaks being repaired.
Refrigerant Oil Adding for New A/C Compressor Installation
NOTE: The service A/C compressor for this vehicle is shipped from the factory with
PAG oil installed. The refrigerant oil adding procedure specified for this vehicle
must be followed to avoid installing excessive PAG oil in the refrigerant system.
1. Rotate the new A/C compressor shaft 8 to 10 revolutions while collecting the PAG oil in a clean
measuring cup.
2. Rotate the oil A/C compressor shaft 8 to 10 revolutions while collecting the PAG oil in a separate clean
measuring cup.
3. Remove enough PAG oil from the new compressor measuring cup to make the remaining amount of oil
in the cup match the amount remove from the oil A/C compressor.
4. Add the PAG oil from the new A/C compressor measuring cup to the suction side of the A/C compressor.
Oil Injection Using a Dye/Lubricant Injector
NOTE: If fluorescent leak detection dye is also to be added during A/C charging, the
dye may be added to the dye/lubricant injector along with the refrigerant oil.
1. Evacuate the refrigerant system. For additional information, refer to Air Conditioning (A/C) System
Recovery, Evacuation and Charging.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Assemble the dye/lubricant injector using the correct adapters to match the amount of refrigerant
compressor oil to be injected.
3. Verify that all the valves on the dye/lubricant injector are closed.
Fig. 125: Identifying Valves On Fluorescent Dye/Lubricant Injector

4. Fill the dye/lubricant injector with the correct amount of new refrigerant compressor oil.
Fig. 126: Identifying Deluxe Injector Loop Kit Reservoir

5. Install the dye/lubricant injector between the low-side service gauge port valve and the refrigerant service
station or manifold gauge set.
6. Open all valves and charge the refrigerant system. For additional information, refer to Air Conditioning
(A/C) System Recovery, Evacuation and Charging.
REFRIGERANT IDENTIFICATION TESTING
Special Tools
Refrigerant Identifier with Air-

Radiator
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Refrigerant Identification
NOTE: A Refrigerant Identifier with Air-Radiator must be used to identify gas

samples taken directly from the refrigeration system or storage containers
prior to recovering or charging the refrigerant system.
1. Follow the instructions included with the Refrigerant Identifier with Air-Radiator to obtain the sample for
testing.
2. The Refrigerant Identifier with Air-Radiator will display one of the following:
 If the purity level of R-134a is 98% or greater by weight, the green PASS LED will light. The
weight concentrations of R-134a, R-12, R-22, hydrocarbons and air will be displayed on the digital
display.
 If refrigerant R-134a does not meet the 98% purity level, the red FAIL LED will light and an alarm
will sound alerting the user of potential hazards. The weight concentrations of R-134a, R-12, R-22
and hydrocarbons will be displayed on the digital display.
 If hydrocarbon concentrations are 2% or greater by weight, the red FAIL LED will light,
"Hydrocarbon High" will be displayed on the digital display, and an alarm will sound alerting the
user of potential hazards. The weight concentrations of R-134a, R-12, R-22 and hydrocarbons will
also be displayed on the digital display.
3. The percentage of air contained in the sample will be displayed if the R-134a content is 98% or greater.
The scan tool eliminates the effect of air when determining the refrigerant sample content because air is
not considered a contaminant, although air can affect A/C system performance. When the scan tool has
determined that a refrigerant source is pure (R-134a is 98% or greater by weight) and air concentration
levels are 2% or greater by weight, the scan tool will prompt the user if an air purge is desired.
4. If contaminated refrigerant is detected, repeat the refrigerant identification test to verify that the
refrigerant is indeed contaminated.
Contaminated Refrigerant Handling
NOTE: If contaminated refrigerant is detected, DO NOT recover the refrigerant into R-

134a recovery/recycling equipment. Recovery of contaminated refrigerant will
contaminate the recovered refrigerant supply and may damage the
recovery/recycling equipment.
NOTE: A new suction accumulator or receiver/drier must be installed as directed by the

A/C system flushing procedure.
1. Recover the contaminated refrigerant using suitable recovery-only equipment designed for capturing and
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
storing contaminated refrigerant only.

 If this equipment is not available, contact an A/C service facility in the area with the correct
equipment to carry out this service.
2. Determine and correct the cause of the customers initial concern.
3. Flush the A/C system.
4. Dispose of the contaminated refrigerant in accordance with all federal, state and local regulations.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 HVAC Climate Control - Edge & MKX
2008 HVAC
Climate Control - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL
PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil WSH-M1C231-B 118 ml
(R-134a Systems) (4 fl oz)
YN-12-D
R-134a Refrigerant WSH-M17B19-A 0.60 kg
YN-19 (US); CYN-16-P or CYN- (21 oz)
16-R (Canada)
A/C compressor bolt 25 18 -
A/C compressor discharge fitting bolt 9 - 80
A/C compressor nut 25 18 -
A/C compressor stud 9 - 80
A/C compressor suction fitting bolt 9 - 80
Compressor-to-condenser discharge line bracket bolt 7 - 62
Compressor-to-condenser discharge line fitting nut 8 - 71
Condenser bolt 6 - 53
Condenser inlet fitting bolt 6 - 53
Condenser outlet fitting bolt 6 - 53
Condenser-to-evaporator line bracket bolt 9 - 80
Evaporator outlet line bracket stud bolt 11 8 -
Heater core and evaporator core housing nuts 8 - 71
High-pressure Schrader-type valve 3.4 - 30
High-pressure service gauge port valve cap 0.8 - 7
Low-pressure Schrader-type valve 2.26 - 20
Low-pressure service gauge port valve cap 0.8 - 7
Receiver/drier plug 3 - 27
Thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) fitting nut 8 - 71

AIR CONDITIONING
The refrigerant system components include the following:
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 A/C compressor and clutch assembly

 A/C condenser core
 A/C evaporator core
 Receiver/drier desiccant bag
 Connecting refrigerant lines
 Thermostatic expansion valve (TXV)
The refrigerant system incorporates an A/C compressor controlled by the PCM through an A/C clutch relay.
The HVAC module sends an A/C request signal to the instrument cluster, which relays the request to the PCM.
An evaporator temperature sensor is used to cycle the A/C compressor off when the evaporator core
temperature falls below an acceptable temperature.
The HVAC module will send an A/C request signal to the instrument cluster if the following conditions are met:
 A mode which requires A/C operation has been manually selected by the driver or automatically selected
by the HVAC module in AUTO mode.
 The A/C evaporator temperature sensor is reading an acceptable evaporator core temperature.
When an A/C request is received, the A/C compressor clutch will only be engaged by the PCM through the A/C
clutch relay if all of the following conditions are met:
 The engine has been running for more than 5 seconds.

 Engine speed is above 425 RPM and below 5,800 RPM.
 The A/C pressure transducer is reading an acceptable pressure in the high side of the refrigerant system.
 The engine coolant temperature is not excessively high.
 The PCM has not detected a wide open throttle (WOT) condition.
An A/C pressure relief valve is installed in the A/C compressor to protect the refrigerant system against
excessively high refrigerant pressures.
Refrigerant flow into the evaporator core is metered by a TXV.
A/C Compressor and Clutch Assembly
NOTE: A/C compressor components are not serviced separately. The A/C compressor
is serviced only as an assembly.
The A/C compressor has the following characteristics:
 A non-serviceable shaft seal.

 A pressure relief valve is installed in the rear of the compressor to protect the refrigerant system against
excessively high refrigerant pressures.
 The A/C compressor uses PAG oil or equivalent. This oil contains special additives required for the A/C
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
compressor.
 The A/C compressor oil may have some slightly dark-colored streaks while maintaining normal oil
viscosity. This is normal for this A/C compressor because of break-in wear that can discolor the oil.
 Use the oil matching procedure specified for this vehicle when installing a new A/C compressor.
When battery voltage is applied to the A/C compressor clutch field coil, the clutch disc and hub assembly is
drawn toward the A/C clutch pulley. The magnetic force locks the clutch plate and hub assembly and the A/C
clutch pulley together as one unit, causing the compressor shaft to rotate. When battery voltage is removed from
the A/C compressor clutch field coil, springs in the clutch plate and hub assembly move the clutch plate away
from the A/C clutch pulley.
A/C Condenser
NOTE: The A/C condenser for this vehicle is produced from the factory with a
receiver/drier desiccant bag installed in the integrated receiver/drier. This
receiver/drier desiccant bag may become contaminated with moisture if the A/C
condenser is not installed for an extended period of time. Since it cannot be
determined how much time has elapsed between production and installation of
the unit as a service part, the receiver/drier desiccant bag must be removed and
replaced with the separate receiver/drier desiccant bag, which is supplied
together with the A/C condenser service part kit.
The A/C condenser is an aluminum fin-and-tube design heat exchanger located in front of the vehicle radiator.
It cools compressed refrigerant gas by allowing air to pass over fins and tubes to extract heat and by condensing
gas to liquid refrigerant as it is cooled.
The receiver/drier is incorporated onto the LH side of the A/C condenser. The receiver/drier desiccant bag is a
separate component and can be separately removed and installed with the A/C condenser removed from the
vehicle.
Evaporator Core
The evaporator core is an aluminum plate/fin type and is located in the heater core and evaporator core housing.
A mixture of liquid refrigerant and oil enters the bottom of the evaporator core through the evaporator core inlet
tube and continues out of the evaporator core through the evaporator core outlet tube as a vapor. During A/C
compressor operation, airflow from the blower motor is cooled and dehumidified as it flows through the
evaporator core fins.
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV)
The thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) is located at the evaporator core inlet and outlet tubes at the center rear
of the engine compartment. The TXV provides a restriction to the flow of refrigerant from the high-pressure
side of the refrigerant system and separates the low-pressure and high-pressure sides of the refrigerant system.
Refrigerant entering and exiting the evaporator core passes through the TXV through 2 separate flow paths. An
internal temperature sensing bulb senses the temperature of the refrigerant flowing out of the evaporator core
and adjusts an internal pin-type valve to meter the refrigerant flow into the evaporator core. The internal pin-
type valve decreases the amount of refrigerant entering the evaporator core at lower temperatures and increases
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
the amount of refrigerant entering the evaporator core at higher temperatures.
Receiver/Drier
NOTE: Installation of a new receiver/drier desiccant bag is not required when repairing
the A/C system, except when there is physical evidence of contamination from a
failed A/C compressor or damage to the receiver/drier desiccant bag. Damage
to the receiver/drier desiccant bag includes physical damage to the
receiver/drier desiccant bag or moisture contamination. Moisture contamination
results only from a complete loss of refrigerant and equalization of the
refrigerant system pressure with atmospheric pressure for a period longer than
one hour. If even a slight amount of positive refrigerant pressure is present in
the system before repairs are carried out, the receiver/drier desiccant bag
should not be replaced.
The receiver/drier is integral to the A/C condenser. It stores high-pressure liquid refrigerant after it leaves the
condenser core. A receiver/drier desiccant bag installed inside the receiver/drier removes any retained moisture
from the refrigerant. The receiver/drier desiccant bag is a separate component and can be separately removed
and installed with the A/C condenser removed from the vehicle.
Evaporator Temperature Sensor
The evaporator temperature sensor contains a thermistor which receives a reference voltage from the HVAC
module. The thermistor then varies the resistance to the reference voltage based on the evaporator fin
temperature. The resulting voltage is returned to the HVAC module where it is interpreted as an evaporator fin
temperature reading.
The HVAC module maintains evaporator core temperature and prevents icing of the evaporator core. It does
this by switching off the A/C request signal to the instrument cluster when the evaporator temperature sensor
reading falls below acceptable levels, and by switching on the A/C request when the evaporator temperature
rises above acceptable levels.
The evaporator temperature sensor electrical connector is located outside of the heater core and evaporator core
housing near the accelerator pedal, with the sensor pigtail leading into the housing to the sensor probe which is
inserted between the evaporator core fins.
The evaporator temperature sensor is not available as a separate component. To install a new evaporator
temperature sensor, a new heater core and evaporator core housing must be installed.
A/C Pressure Transducer
The A/C pressure transducer monitors the compressor discharge pressure and communicates with the PCM. The
PCM will interrupt A/C compressor operation in the event that the A/C pressure transducer indicates high
system discharge pressures. It is also used to sense low charge conditions. If the pressure is below a
predetermined value for a given ambient temperature, the PCM will not allow the clutch to engage. It is not
necessary to recover the refrigerant before removing the A/C pressure transducer.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Service Gauge Port Valves
The high-pressure service gauge port valve is located on the compressor-to-condenser discharge line.
The low-pressure service gauge port valve is located on the compressor suction line.
Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Service Gauge Port Valves With Torque Specifications

1 19D702 Low-pressure service gauge port valve
cap
2 - Low-pressure service gauge port valve
3 19D701 Low-pressure Schrader-type valve
4 19D701 High-pressure Schrader-type valve
5 - High-pressure service gauge port valve
6 19D702 High-pressure service gauge port valve
cap
The fitting is an integral part of the refrigerant line or component.
 Special couplings are required for both the high-side and low-side service gauge ports.
 A very small amount of leakage will always be detectable around the Schrader-type valve with the service
gauge port valve cap removed, and is considered normal. A new Schrader-type valve core can be installed
if the seal leaks excessively.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 The service gauge port valve caps are used as primary seals in the refrigerant system to prevent leakage
through the Schrader-type valves from reaching the atmosphere. Always install and tighten the A/C
service gauge port valve caps to the correct torque after they are removed.
Refrigerant System Dye
A fluorescent refrigerant system dye "wafer" is added to the receiver/drier desiccant bag to assist in refrigerant
system leak diagnosis using a Rotunda-approved ultraviolet blacklight. This fluorescent dye "wafer" will
dissolve after about 30 minutes of continued A/C operation. It is not necessary to add additional dye to the
refrigerant system before diagnosing leaks, even if a significant amount of refrigerant has been removed from
the system. Additional refrigerant system dye should only be added if more than 50% of the refrigerant system
lubricant capacity has been lost due to a fitting separation or hose rupture. Refer to CLIMATE CONTROL
SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION AND DIAGNOSTICS article.
AIR DISTRIBUTION AND FILTERING
Air Distribution
There are 2 sources of air available to the air distribution system:
 Outside air
 Recirculated air
Recirculated air is always used when the climate control assembly is set to the MAX A/C mode on vehicles
equipped with electronic manual temperature control (EMTC) and can be selected in any mode except
DEFROST. Vehicles equipped with dual-zone electronic automatic temperature control (EATC) use
recirculated air only when the RECIRC function is selected in any mode other than DEFROST, or when
required by the HVAC module in the AUTOMATIC mode.
RECIRC is a timed function when selected while operating in FLOOR or FLOOR/DEFROST mode, and will
automatically default back to fresh air inlet in 5 minutes if operating with A/C ON at an ambient temperature
below 10°C (50°F). When operating with A/C OFF, the RECIRC function will always default back to fresh air
inlet in 5 minutes regardless of ambient temperature.
Air distribution within the vehicle is determined by the airflow mode selected, or by the dual-zone EATC
system in the AUTOMATIC mode. The air distribution mode on vehicles equipped with dual-zone EATC can
be overridden by the driver if desired. Airflow mode control doors are used to direct airflow within the heater
core and evaporator core housing. Electric mode door actuators are used to position these airflow mode doors.
Vehicles equipped with dual-zone EATC use 2 separate temperature blend doors. This allows individual
temperature settings to be selected for the RH and LH air outlets. The airflow mode doors are not partitioned for
separate RH and LH airflow positions. Therefore, the airflow mode will always remain similar for the RH and
LH sides of the vehicle regardless of the temperatures selected.
Air enters the passenger compartment from the following outlets:
 Instrument panel registers

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Floor duct outlets

 Windshield defroster
 Side window demisters
 Rear footwell duct
 Center console registers
Passenger compartment air is exhausted from the vehicle through open windows or body air vents.
Cabin Air Filter
A cabin air filter is available as standard equipment on dual-zone EATC vehicles. EMTC vehicles are not
equipped from the factory with a cabin air filter, but are equipped with a screen in place of the filter to prevent
any large foreign material from entering the heater core and evaporator core housing. The cabin air filter or
screen can be accessed by removing the glove compartment and removing the cabin air filter access cover.
A cabin air filter can be installed as a dealer accessory on vehicles not originally equipped with a filter, but only
a screen or a filter should be installed, never both.
CONTROL COMPONENTS
Electronic Manual Temperature Control (EMTC)
The electronic manual temperature control (EMTC) components are used to select the following:
 Air inlet source (outside or recirculated)

 Blower motor speed
 Discharge air temperature (temperature blend)
 Discharge air location (defrost, panel, floor)
 A/C compressor operation
Control System Inputs
The EMTC system has 2 system control inputs.
HVAC Module
The HVAC module integrates the temperature control, airflow mode selection, A/C request button, recirculated
air request button and rear defog switch into a single unit.
The temperature control selector setting determines air temperature. Movement of the temperature display from
COOL (blue) to WARM (red) causes a corresponding movement of the temperature blend door and determines
the discharge air temperature that the air distribution system will maintain. The temperature control selector is
an integral part of the HVAC module and cannot be installed separately. The temperature selector knob is
removable and can be separately replaced.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
The airflow mode setting determines air discharge location. Movement of the airflow mode selector causes a
corresponding movement of the airflow mode doors and determines the air discharge location. The airflow
mode selector is an integral part of the HVAC module and cannot be installed separately. The airflow mode
selector knob is removable and can be separately replaced.
The A/C request button determines A/C compressor operation, except when the airflow mode selector is in the
OFF, MAX A/C or DEFROST mode. The A/C request button is an integral part of the HVAC module and
cannot be installed separately.
The recirculated air request button can select recirculated air in any mode except DEFROST, and fresh air in
any mode except MAX A/C or OFF. The recirculated air request button is an integral part of the HVAC module
and cannot be installed separately.
The rear defog button signals activation of the heated backlight. The rear defog button is an integral part of the
HVAC module and cannot be installed separately.
Blower Motor Switch
The blower motor switch is mounted in the HVAC module and controls blower motor speed by adding or
bypassing resistors in the blower motor resistor in all modes except OFF. The blower motor switch knob is
removable and can be separately replaced.
Control System Outputs
The EMTC system has 4 system outputs.
Blower Motor Resistor
The blower motor switch varies the blower motor ground circuit resistance by adding or bypassing series
resistance in the blower motor resistor. Increased resistance will lower the blower motor speed, and lowered
resistance will increase blower motor speed. When the blower motor is in the HI position, the blower motor
resistor is bypassed.
The blower motor resistor is located on the heater core and evaporator core housing.
Temperature Blend Door Actuator
The temperature blend door actuator moves the temperature blend door on command from the HVAC module.
The temperature blend door actuator contains a reversible electric motor and a potentiometer. The potentiometer
circuit consists of a 5-volt reference signal connected to one end of a variable resistor, and a signal ground
connected to the other. A signal return circuit is connected to a contact wiper, which is driven along the variable
resistor by the actuator shaft. The signal returned to the HVAC module from the contact wiper indicates the
position of the temperature blend door. The HVAC module drives the actuator motor in whichever direction is
necessary to make the actuator contact wiper voltage agree with the expected HVAC module contact wiper
voltage value.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Airflow Mode Door Actuator
The airflow mode door actuator uses a cam and lever assembly to position the airflow mode doors on command
from the HVAC module. The mode door actuator contains a reversible electric motor and potentiometer. The
potentiometer allows the HVAC module to monitor the position of the airflow mode doors. The potentiometer
position of the airflow mode doors.
Air Inlet Mode Door Actuator
The air inlet mode door actuator moves the air inlet door between the fresh and RECIRC positions on command
from the HVAC module. The air inlet mode door actuator is driven to, and will automatically stop at, the full
RECIRC or full fresh air inlet position and does not require a potentiometer circuit to monitor its position.
Electronic Automatic Temperature Control (EATC)
The dual-zone electronic automatic temperature control HVAC module analyzes input from the following major
sources:
 Temperature, airflow mode, blower, A/C and RECIRC selection (made by the vehicle occupants)
 In-vehicle temperature sensor
 Ambient temperature sensor
 Vehicle speed
 Engine coolant temperature
Using these inputs, the dual-zone HVAC module determines the correct conditions for the following outputs:
 A/C compressor operation

 Blower speed
 Temperature blend door position
 Airflow mode door position
 Air inlet door position
Control System Inputs
The dual-zone EATC system has 4 control system inputs.
HVAC Module
The HVAC module provides an interface for the vehicle occupants to control the climate control system, or
automatically controls the climate control system in the AUTO mode. The HVAC module has a vacuum
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
fluorescent display for displaying set temperature, airflow direction, blower speed and DTCs. An on-board
diagnostic (OBD) feature is incorporated to supply the technician with DTCs. These DTCs help direct the
technician to the inoperative component.
In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor
The in-vehicle temperature sensor contains a thermistor, which measures the in-vehicle air temperature and
sends that reading to the HVAC module. An aspirator hose is connected between the heater core and evaporator
core housing and the in-vehicle temperature sensor. The aspirator hose uses airflow through the heater core and
evaporator core housing to create a venturi-type suction to draw in-vehicle air through the in-vehicle
temperature sensor (across the thermistor).
Solar Radiation Sensor (Sunload Sensor)
The solar radiation sensor supplies information to the HVAC module indicating sunload.
Ambient Temperature Sensor
The ambient temperature sensor signal is received by the HVAC module and indicates the outside air
temperature. The ambient temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator on the radiator support bolster.
The ambient temperature sensor signal is not the sole factor considered by the HVAC module for the outside air
temperature display. Therefore, the ambient temperature PID monitored with a scan tool may not exactly match
the HVAC module display. For information regarding the HVAC module outside air temperature display, refer
to CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION AND DIAGNOSTICS article.
Control System Outputs
The EATC system has 4 control system outputs.
Blower Motor Speed Control
The blower motor speed control controls the blower motor speed by converting low power signals from the
HVAC module to a high current, variable ground feed for the blower motor. A delay function is used to provide
a gradual increase or decrease in blower motor speed under all conditions.
Temperature Blend Door Actuators
The dual-zone EATC system uses 2 temperature blend door actuators to control 2 separate temperature blend
doors. The temperature blend doors independently vary the LH side and RH side temperature settings, as
desired. The temperature blend door actuators each contain a reversible electric motor and a potentiometer. The
potentiometer circuit consists of a 5-volt reference signal connected to one end of a variable resistor, and a
signal ground connected to the other. A signal return circuit is connected to a contact wiper, which is driven
along the variable resistor by the actuator shaft. The signal returned to the HVAC module from the contact
wiper indicates the position of the temperature blend door. The HVAC module drives the actuator motor in
whichever direction is necessary to make the actuator contact wiper voltage agree with the expected HVAC
module contact wiper voltage value.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Airflow Mode Door Actuator
The airflow mode door actuator uses a cam and lever assembly to position the airflow mode doors on command
from the HVAC module. The mode door actuator contains a reversible electric motor and potentiometer. The
potentiometer allows the HVAC module to monitor the position of the airflow mode doors. The potentiometer
position of the airflow mode doors.
Air Inlet Mode Door Actuator
The air inlet mode door actuator moves the air inlet door between the fresh and RECIRC positions on command
from the HVAC module. The air inlet mode door actuator is driven to, and will automatically stop at, the full
RECIRC or full fresh air inlet position and does not require a potentiometer circuit to monitor its position.
HEATING AND VENTILATION
The heating and ventilation system has the following features:
 Controls the temperature and, during A/C operation, reduces the relative humidity of the air inside the
vehicle.
 Delivers heated or cooled air to maintain the vehicle interior temperature and comfort level.
 Cooling or heating can be adjusted to maintain the desired temperature.
 Uses a reheat method to provide conditioned air to the passenger compartment.
 All airflow from the blower motor passes through the A/C evaporator core.
 Temperature blending is controlled by the temperature blend door(s), which regulate(s) the amount of air
that flows through and around the heater core, where it is then mixed and distributed.
Heater Core
The heater core consists of fins and tubes arranged to extract heat from the engine coolant and transfer the heat
to air passing through the heater core.
Blower Motor
The blower motor pulls air from the air inlet and forces it into the heater core and evaporator core housing
where it is mixed and distributed.
Heater Core and Evaporator Core Housing
The heater core and evaporator core housing directs airflow from the blower motor through the evaporator core
and heater core. All airflow from the blower motor passes through the evaporator core. The airflow is then
directed through or around the heater core by the temperature blend door(s). Vehicles equipped with dual-zone
electronic automatic temperature control (EATC) use a partitioned heater core and evaporator core housing with
2 electric actuator-positioned temperature blend doors. This allows for separate temperatures to be selected for
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
the driver and passenger sides of the passenger compartment. Manual systems use a single electric actuator-
positioned temperature blend door to direct airflow through or around the heater core.

AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) COMPRESSOR
MATERIAL
Item Specification
PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil (R-134a Systems) WSH-M1C231-B
YN-12-D
Fig. 2: Exploded View Of Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor With Torque Specifications

1 W520413 A/C compressor nut
2 W712610 A/C compressor stud
3 W712611 A/C compressor bolt (2 required)
4 12B637 Clutch field coil electrical connector
5 W500215 A/C compressor suction fitting bolt
6 W500215 A/C compressor discharge fitting bolt
7 19703 A/C compressor
8 19E889 Compressor suction fitting O-ring seal
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
9 19E889 Compressor discharge fitting O-ring seal
REMOVAL
CAUTION: If installing a new air conditioning (A/C) compressor due to an internal

failure of the old unit, you must carry out the following procedures to
remove contamination from the A/C system.
 If A/C flushing equipment is available, carry out flushing of the A/C

system prior to installing a new A/C compressor. For additional
information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL
INFORMATION AND DIAGNOSTICS article.
 If A/C flushing equipment is not available, carry out filtering of the
A/C system after a new A/C compressor has been installed. For
additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM -
GENERAL INFORMATION AND DIAGNOSTICS article.
 Install a new thermostatic expansion valve (TXV), as directed by the
A/C flushing or filtering procedure.
 Install a new receiver/drier desiccant bag as directed by the A/C
flushing or filtering procedure.
NOTE: The O-ring seals used on this vehicle are not interchangeable with all similarly
sized O-ring seals used on other Ford products. Use only the O-ring seals
specified for this vehicle in the Ford master parts catalog.
1. If flushing of the A/C system has not been carried out, recover the refrigerant. For additional information,
refer to CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION AND DIAGNOSTICS
article.
3. Remove the drive belt from the A/C compressor pulley.
4. Remove the RH fender splash shield. For additional information, refer to FRONT END BODY
PANELS article.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5. Remove the A/C compressor nut and stud.

6. Remove the lower A/C compressor bolt.
7. Disconnect the field coil electrical connector.
8. Remove the upper A/C compressor bolt and reposition the A/C compressor to allow access to the
compressor discharge and suction fittings.
9. Remove the A/C compressor suction fitting bolt and disconnect the fitting.
10. Remove the A/C compressor discharge fitting bolt and disconnect the fitting.
11. Remove the A/C compressor.
INSTALLATION
NOTE: The service A/C compressor for this vehicle is shipped from the factory
with PAG oil installed. The refrigerant oil adding procedure specified for
this vehicle must be followed to avoid installing excessive PAG oil in the
refrigerant system.
1. If filtering of the A/C system is not to be carried out, lubricate the refrigerant system with the correct
amount of clean PAG oil. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM -
2. Connect the A/C compressor discharge fitting and install the A/C compressor discharge fitting bolt.
 Install a new O-ring seal lubricated in clean PAG oil.
3. Connect the A/C compressor suction fitting and install the A/C compressor suction fitting bolt.
 Install a new O-ring seal lubricated in clean PAG oil.
4. Install, but do not tighten the upper A/C compressor bolt.

5. Install, but do not tighten the lower A/C compressor bolt.
6. Install the A/C compressor stud.
7. Position the compressor-to-condenser discharge line and install, but do not tighten the A/C compressor
nut.
8. Tighten the A/C compressor bolts and nut in the sequence shown in illustration.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Tightening A/C Compressor Bolts & Nut In Sequence

9. Connect the field coil electrical connector.

10. Install the RH fender splash shield. For additional information, refer to FRONT END BODY PANELS
article.
11. Install the drive belt.
12. If filtering of the A/C system is not to be carried out, evacuate, leak test and charge the refrigerant system.
For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION
AND DIAGNOSTICS article.
AIR INLET DUCT
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Air Inlet Duct


1 - Fresh air inlet duct screw (5 required)
2 - Fresh air inlet duct (part of 19B555)
3 - Air inlet duct screw (7 required)
4 - Air inlet duct (part of 19B555)
5 19C603 Air inlet mode door actuator electrical
connector
6 19N619 Cabin air filter
7 19B735 Cabin air filter cover
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the heater core and evaporator core housing. For additional information, refer to HEATER
CORE AND EVAPORATOR CORE HOUSING.
2. Disconnect the air inlet mode door actuator electrical connector.
3. Remove the cabin air filter cover and the cabin air filter (if equipped) or air inlet screen (if equipped).
4. Remove the 5 fresh air inlet duct screws.
5. Detach the 4 fresh air inlet duct clips and remove the fresh air inlet duct.
6. Remove the 7 air inlet duct screws.
7. Remove the air inlet duct.
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Fig. 5: Identifying Ambient Air Temperature Sensor


1 12A647 Ambient air temperature sensor
2. Disconnect the ambient air temperature sensor electrical connector and remove the ambient air
temperature sensor.
BLOWER MOTOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 6: Exploded View Of Blower Motor


1 19C603 Blower motor electrical connector
2 - Blower motor screw (3 required)
3 19805 Blower motor
1. Remove the RH lower instrument panel insulator.

2. Disconnect the blower motor electrical connector.
3. Remove the 3 blower motor screws.
4. Remove the blower motor.
BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR
1. For additional information, refer to BLOWER MOTOR SPEED CONTROL.
BLOWER MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: Blower motor speed control shown in illustration, blower motor resistor similar.
Fig. 7: Identifying Blower Motor Speed Control


1 7806200 Glove compartment damper
2 7806024 Glove compartment
3 - Blower motor speed control screw (2
required)
4 19C603 Blower motor speed control electrical
connector
5 19E624 Blower motor speed control (dual-zone
electronic automatic temperature control
[EATC] vehicles)
5 19A706 Blower motor resistor (electronic manual
temperature control [EMTC] vehicles)
1. Detach the glove compartment damper from the glove compartment.

2. Remove the glove compartment.
3. Disconnect the blower motor speed control electrical connector.
4. Remove the 2 blower motor speed control screws.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5. Remove the blower motor speed control.

BLOWER MOTOR SWITCH
Fig. 8: Exploded View Of Blower Motor Switch


1 18519 Blower motor switch knob
2 - Blower motor switch nut (part of 18578)
3 18578 Blower motor switch
1. Remove the climate control module. For additional information, refer to HEATING VENTILATION
AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) MODULE - EDGE.
2. Pull to remove the blower motor switch knob.
3. Remove the blower motor switch nut.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 9: Identifying Blower Motor Switch Knob

4. Release the 2 retaining tabs with the index finger on each hand, while depressing the blower motor switch
shaft with the thumbs to remove the blower motor switch.
Fig. 10: Identifying Blower Motor Switch Shaft

COMPRESSOR TO CONDENSER DISCHARGE LINE
MATERIAL
Item Specification
YN-12-D
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 11: Identifying Compressor To Condenser Discharge Line With Torque Specifications

1 - Upper radiator hose clamp
bracket bolt
fitting nut
4 12B637 A/C pressure transducer electrical
connector
5 19D594 A/C pressure transducer
6 8A193 Radiator bracket
7 W500215 Condenser inlet fitting bolt
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
8 W704005 Compressor-to-condenser discharge line-

to-radiator clip
9 19972 Compressor-to-condenser discharge line
(condenser side)
10 19E889 O-ring seal (3 required)
12 12A581 Clutch field coil electrical connector
bracket nut
14 W500215 A/C compressor discharge fitting bolt
15 19972 Compressor-to-condenser discharge line
(compressor side)
NOTE: The compressor-to-condenser discharge line consists of 2 separately

serviceable lines. If only one line is to be removed, only carry out the steps
qualified for that line.
Both compressor-to-condenser discharge lines
1. Recover the refrigerant. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM -
3. Remove the compressor-to-condenser discharge line fitting nut and disconnect the fitting.
Condenser side compressor-to-condenser discharge line
5. Drain the engine coolant. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
6. Release the upper radiator hose clamp and disconnect the upper radiator hose from the radiator.
7. Remove the engine cooling fan. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
8. Remove the compressor-to-condenser discharge line bracket bolt.
9. Disconnect the A/C pressure transducer electrical connector.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
10. Detach the 2 radiator brackets from the core support and position the radiator rearward.
11. Remove the condenser inlet fitting bolt and disconnect the fitting.
12. Detach the compressor-to-condenser discharge line-to-radiator clip.

13. Remove the condenser side compressor-to-condenser discharge line.
Compressor side compressor-to-condenser discharge line
14. Remove the drive belt from the A/C compressor pulley.
15. Remove the RH inner fender splash shield.
16. Disconnect the clutch field coil electrical connector.
17. Remove the compressor-to-condenser discharge line bracket nut.
18. Remove the A/C compressor discharge fitting bolt and disconnect the fitting.
19. Remove the compressor-to-condenser discharge line.
Both compressor-to-condenser discharge lines

 Install new O-ring seals lubricated in clean PAG oil.
 Lubricate the refrigerant system with the correct amount of clean PAG oil. For additional
information, refer to CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION AND
DIAGNOSTICS article.
21. Evacuate, leak test and charge the refrigerant system. For additional information, refer to CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION AND DIAGNOSTICS article.
CONDENSER CORE
MATERIAL
Item Specification
YN-12-D
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 12: Exploded View Of Condenser Core With Torque Specifications


1 - Upper radiator hose clamp
2 8A193 Radiator bracket (2 required)
3 W500215 Condenser fitting bolt (2 required)
4 W704652 Condenser bolt (2 required)
5 19710 Condenser core
NOTE: The A/C condenser for this vehicle is produced from the factory with a
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
receiver/drier desiccant bag installed in the integrated receiver/drier. This

receiver/drier desiccant bag may become contaminated with moisture if the A/C
condenser is not installed for an extended period of time. Since it cannot be
determined how much time has elapsed between production and installation of
the unit as a service part, the receiver/drier desiccant bag must be removed and
replaced with the separate receiver/drier desiccant bag, which is supplied
together with the A/C condenser service part kit. For additional information,
refer to DESICCANT BAG.
2. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL position it on a hoist. For additional information, refer to JACKING
5. Remove the cooling fan. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
6. Release the upper radiator hose clamp at the radiator and disconnect the hose.
7. Release the 2 radiator bracket clips from the radiator support and position the radiator rearward.
8. Release the 2 condenser lines from the clips at the radiator.
9. Remove the condenser outlet and inlet fitting bolts and disconnect the fittings.
10. Remove the 2 condenser bolts.

NOTE: The condenser core must be removed from above the vehicle.
11. Remove the condenser core.

13. Fill the engine cooling system. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
DESICCANT BAG
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
MATERIAL
Item Specification
YN-12-D
Fig. 13: Exploded View Of Desiccant Bag With Torque Specification


1 - Receiver/drier plug (part of 19E989 kit)
2 19C836 Receiver/drier desiccant bag
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the A/C condenser core. For additional information, refer to CONDENSER CORE.
2. Remove the receiver/drier plug.
3. Using a suitable tool. Grasp and remove the receiver/drier desiccant bag.
 Lubricate the O-ring seal on the new receiver/drier plug with clean PAG oil.
EVAPORATOR OUTLET LINE
MATERIAL
Item Specification
YN-12-D
Fig. 14: Exploded View Of Evaporator Outlet Line With Torque Specifications

1 W520413 Ground strap nut
2 N806925 Evaporator outlet line bracket stud bolt
3 - Evaporator outlet line spring lock
coupling (part of 19835)
4 W707142 Thermostatic expansion valve (TXV)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
fitting nut
5 19835 Evaporator outlet line
2. Remove the ground strap nut at the RH shock tower.
3. Remove the evaporator outlet line bracket stud bolt.
4. Disconnect the evaporator outlet line spring lock coupling.

5. Remove the thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) fitting nut and disconnect the fitting.
6. Remove the evaporator outlet line.

FOOTWELL DUCT - REAR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 15: Exploded View Of Rear Footwell Duct


1 N806113 LH rear footwell duct pin-type retainer (5
required)
2 18C420 LH rear footwell duct
3 N806113 RH rear footwell duct pin-type retainer (4
required)
4 18C420 RH rear footwell duct
LH rear footwell duct only
1. Remove the LH front seat. For additional information, refer to SEATING article.
CONSOLE article.
3. Remove the LH front door sill plate.
4. Remove the driver floor carpet pin-type retainers and position the carpet away from the LH rear footwell
duct.
5. Remove the 5 LH rear footwell duct pin-type retainers.
6. Remove the 7 floor console support bracket bolts.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 16: Identifying Floor Console Support Bracket Bolts

NOTE: The floor console support bracket will have to be repositioned to remove
the LH rear footwell duct.
7. Remove the LH rear footwell duct.
RH rear footwell duct only
8. Remove the RH floor console side finish panel.

9. Remove the RH front seat. For additional information, refer to SEATING article.
10. Remove the RH front door sill plate.
11. Remove the passenger front floor carpet pin-type retainers and position the carpet away from the RH rear
footwell duct.
12. Remove the 5 RH rear footwell duct pin-type retainers.
13. Remove the RH rear footwell duct.
Both rear footwell ducts
HEATER CORE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 17: Exploded View Of Heater Core (1 Of 2)


1 - Floor duct screw (6 required)
2 - Floor duct (part of 19B555)
3 - Dash panel seal (part of 18529 kit)
4 - Fresh air inlet duct screw (5 required)
5 - Fresh air inlet duct (part of 19B555)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 18: Exploded View Of Heater Core (2 Of 2)


6 19C603 Plenum chamber wire harness
7 - Heater core tube bracket screw
8 - Heater core tube bracket (part of 19B555)
9 - Plenum chamber screw (8 required)
10 - Plenum chamber clip (2 required)
11 - Plenum chamber
12 18476 Heater core
NOTE: If a heater core leak is suspected, the heater core must be pressure leak tested
before it is removed from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION AND DIAGNOSTICS
article.
1. Remove the heater core and evaporator core housing. For additional information, refer to HEATER
CORE AND EVAPORATOR CORE HOUSING.
2. Remove the 6 floor duct screws and the floor duct.
3. Remove the heater core tube dash panel seal.
4. Remove the heater tube bracket screw and the heater tube bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
5. Remove the 5 fresh air inlet duct screws and the fresh air inlet duct.
6. Disconnect the wire harness from the plenum chamber.
7. Remove the 7 lower facing plenum chamber screws.
8. Orient the heater core and evaporator core housing with the plenum chamber upright.
9. Remove the upper facing plenum chamber screw.
10. Remove the 2 plenum chamber clips and remove the plenum chamber being careful not to allow the
evaporator core to become dislodged from the installed position.
CAUTION: Do not handle the heater core by the inlet and/or outlet tube to
remove. Handling the heater core by the tubes may damage the joints
and lead to failure of the heater core.
11. Remove the heater core in the following sequence.

1. Grasp the heater core by the core-side of the heater tube connections and partially remove it from
the plenum chamber.
2. Grasp the heater core by the top of the core and remove it from the plenum chamber.
NOTE: It is not necessary to carry out this step if the evaporator core has not
become dislodged from the installed position during this procedure.
12. If the evaporator core has been moved at any point during heater core removal, remove the evaporator
core, verify that the drain seal is installed in the correct position and install the evaporator core in the
correct position.
Fig. 19: Identifying Heater Core

HEATER CORE AND EVAPORATOR CORE HOUSING
MATERIAL
Item Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
YN-12-D
Fig. 20: Exploded View Of Heater Core & Evaporator Core Housing (1 Of 2)

1 N806113 LH rear footwell duct pin-type retainer (5
required)
2 18C420 LH rear footwell duct
3 N806113 RH rear footwell duct front pin-type
retainer (2 required)
4 19728 Evaporator drain tube
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 21: Identifying Heater Core And Evaporator Core Housing With Torque Specifications

5 W525859 Heater hose clamp (2 required)
fitting nut
8 W709450 Heater core and evaporator core housing
nut (5 required)
9 19B555 Heater core and evaporator core housing
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3. Remove the instrument panel. For additional information, refer to INSTRUMENT PANEL AND
CONSOLE article.
4. Remove the 3 driver side carpet pin-type retainers and position the driver side front carpet aside.
5. Remove the 4 LH rear footwell duct pin-type retainers and the LH rear footwell duct.
6. Remove the 2 passenger front carpet pin-type retainers and position the passenger front carpet aside
enough to access the 2 front pin-type retainers on the RH rear footwell duct.
7. Remove the 2 front pin-type retainers on the RH rear footwell duct and detach the RH rear footwell duct
from the heater core and evaporator core housing.
8. Release the 2 heater hose clamps at the heater core and disconnect the heater hoses.
9. Remove the thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) fitting nut and detach the A/C lines from the TXV.
CAUTION: The retaining clips on the plastic evaporator drain tube elbow will
break if the elbow is removed from inside the vehicle. If the
evaporator drain tube elbow must be removed, the retaining clips
must be detached from below the vehicle. If the plastic evaporator
drain tube elbow does not need to be removed, only detach the
evaporator drain tube from the elbow.
10. Disconnect the evaporator drain tube from the elbow at the floorpan.
11. Remove the 5 heater core and evaporator core housing nuts.
12. Remove the heater core and evaporator core housing.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

14. Fill the engine coolant level. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLING article.
HEATING VENTILATION AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) MODULE - EDGE
Fig. 22: Exploded View Of Climate Control Module - Edge


1 04302 Upper center instrument panel finish
panel
2 W505945 HVAC module screw (4 required)
3 19980 HVAC module
4 78042K50 HVAC module spacer (2 required)
1. Using a suitable tool, gently pry out the upper center instrument panel finish panel to disengage the clips
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
and remove the panel.

2. Remove the 4 HVAC module screws.

3. Remove the HVAC module.
NOTE: Be sure the HVAC module spacers are correctly positioned before
installing the HVAC module.
HEATING VENTILATION AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) MODULE - MKX
Fig. 23: Exploded View Of Climate Control Module - MKX


1 W505945 HVAC module screw (4 required)
2 19980 HVAC module
3 78042K50 HVAC module spacer (2 required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Remove the 4 HVAC module screws.

3. Remove the HVAC module.
NOTE: Be sure the HVAC module spacers are correctly positioned before
installing the HVAC module.
IN-VEHICLE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Fig. 24: Exploded View Of In-Vehicle Temperature Sensor


1 W708268 Lower steering column opening cover
bolt (2 required)
2 7804459 Lower steering column opening cover
3 14401 In-vehicle temperature sensor electrical
connector
4 - In-vehicle temperature hose and venturi
assembly (part of 19C734 kit)
5 19C734 In-vehicle temperature sensor
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the 2 lower steering column opening cover bolts.

2. Detach the lower steering column opening cover.
3. Disconnect the in-vehicle temperature sensor aspirator hose.
4. Disconnect the in-vehicle temperature sensor electrical connector.
5. Release the 2 in-vehicle temperature sensor clips and remove the in-vehicle temperature sensor.
NOTE: The in-vehicle temperature sensor hose and venturi assembly can be
accessed from below the driver side of the instrument panel.
6. Remove the in-vehicle temperature sensor hose and venturi assembly.

MODE DOOR ACTUATOR - AIR INLET DOOR
Fig. 25: Air Inlet Mode Door Actuator


3 19C603 Air inlet mode door actuator electrical
connector
4 - Air inlet mode door actuator screw (2
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
required)
5 19E616 Air inlet mode door actuator
Fig. 26: Air Inlet Mode Door Actuator Linkage


6 - Air inlet duct grille (part of 19B555)
7 - Air inlet mode door intermediate lever
screw (part of 19E616 kit)
8 - Air inlet mode door intermediate lever
(part of 19E616 kit)
9 - Air inlet mode door lever (part of 19E616
kit)
NOTE: It is not required to install the new air inlet door linkage parts included in the air
inlet mode door actuator service part kit if only the mode door actuator requires
replacement and the linkage parts are not broken or binding.
Air inlet mode door actuator and linkage
1. Disconnect the glove compartment damper from the glove compartment.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

3. Remove the 3 air inlet mode door actuator screws.
4. Disconnect the air inlet mode door actuator electrical connector.
5. Remove the air inlet mode door actuator.
6. Manually operate and inspect the air inlet mode door and air inlet mode door linkage for incorrect
placement or damage.
Air inlet mode door linkage only
7. Remove the air inlet mode door intermediate lever screw.

8. Remove the air inlet mode door intermediate lever.
9. Working through the air inlet duct grille opening, depress the clip and detach the air inlet mode door lever
from the air inlet mode door.
Fig. 27: Depressing Clip & Detaching Air Inlet Mode Door Lever From Air Inlet Mode Door
Air inlet mode door actuator and linkage
NOTE: The air inlet mode door must be fully seated in the correct position during
installation. If the air inlet mode door is not fully seated, excessive noise
will result when the climate control system is operated.
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR - DEFROST/PANEL/FLOOR DOOR
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 28: Exploded View Of Mode Door Actuator - Defrost/Panel/Floor Door


1 19C603 Defrost/panel/floor mode door actuator
2 - Defrost/panel/floor mode door actuator
screw (3 required)
3 19C772 Defrost/panel/floor mode door actuator
NOTE: The defrost/panel/floor mode door actuator can be accessed from below the
driver side of the instrument panel.
NOTE: It is not required to install the new defrost/panel/floor mode door linkage parts
included in the defrost/panel/floor mode door actuator service part kit if only the
mode door actuator requires replacement and the linkage parts are not broken
or binding.
Mode door actuator and linkage
1. Remove the 3 defrost/panel/floor mode door actuator screws.

2. Disconnect the defrost/panel/floor mode door actuator electrical connector.
3. Remove the defrost/panel/floor mode door actuator.
4. Manually operate, and inspect the defrost/panel/floor mode door linkage for incorrect placement or
damage.
Mode door actuator linkage only
5. Remove the mode door linkage.

1. Depress the tab and remove the panel door lever.
2. Remove the floor/defrost door intermediate lever screw and floor/defrost door intermediate lever.
3. Pull straight outward to remove the floor/defrost door lever.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 29: Identifying Floor/Defrost Door Intermediate Lever

Mode door actuator and linkage
NOTE: When installing the mode door actuator, make sure that the panel door
lever and floor/defrost intermediate lever are correctly aligned with the
mode door actuator cam.
REGISTER - CENTER, EDGE
Fig. 30: Exploded View Of Register - Center, Edge

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

1 - Center register screw (8 required)
2 19893 RH center register
3 19893 LH center register
2. Remove the 8 center register screws.
3. Remove the center registers.
REGISTER - CENTER, MKX
Fig. 31: Exploded View Of Register - Center, MKX


1 19893 Center register
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

2. Release the 8 center register clips and remove the center register assembly.
REGISTER - DRIVER AND PASSENGER SIDE, EDGE
Fig. 32: Exploded View Of Register - Driver and Passenger Side, Edge

1 19893 Register
NOTE: Passenger side register shown in illustration, driver side similar.
CAUTION: Do not pry on the outer register trim bezel. The clips on the outer
register trim bezel break if pried on to remove the register.
1. Working through the register vein openings, insert a suitable hook shaped pick behind each of the 4
register clips while gently pulling the register rearward with the hook to disengage the clip.
2. Remove the driver or passenger side instrument panel register.
REGISTER - DRIVER SIDE, MKX
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 33: Exploded View Of Register - Driver Side, MKX


1 W701679 Driver side register screw (4 required)
2 19893 Driver side register
1. Remove the instrument cluster finish panel. For additional information, refer to INSTRUMENT PANEL
AND CONSOLE article.
2. Remove the 4 driver side register screws and the driver side register.
REGISTER - PASSENGER SIDE, MKX
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 34: Exploded View Of Register - Passenger Side, MKX


1 7804338 RH instrument panel finish panel
2 W701679 Passenger side register screw (4 required)
3 19893 Passenger side register
1. Disengage the 6 clips and remove the RH instrument panel finish panel.
2. Remove the 4 passenger side register screws and the passenger side register.
TEMPERATURE BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR - LH
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 35: Exploded View Of Temperature Blend Door Actuator - LH


1 W708268 Lower steering column opening cover
bolt (2 required)
2 7804459 Lower steering column opening cover
3 14401 In-vehicle temperature sensor electrical
connector
4 19C739 In-vehicle temperature sensor aspirator
hose
5 - LH temperature blend door actuator
screw (3 required)
6 19C603 LH temperature blend door actuator
7 19E616 LH temperature blend door actuator
NOTE: It is not required to install the new LH temperature blend door linkage parts
included in the LH temperature blend door actuator service part kit if only the
temperature blend door actuator requires replacement and the linkage parts are
not broken or binding.
LH temperature blend door actuator and linkage

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the 2 lower steering column opening cover bolts.

2. Detach the lower steering column opening cover.
3. Disconnect the in-vehicle temperature sensor aspirator hose and electrical connector.
4. Position the instrument panel wire harness away from the LH temperature blend door actuator.
5. Remove the 3 LH temperature blend door actuator screws.
6. Disconnect the LH temperature blend door actuator electrical connector.
7. Remove the LH temperature blend door actuator.
8. Manually operate, and inspect the LH temperature blend door linkage for incorrect placement, binding or
damage.
LH temperature blend door linkage only
9. Detach the 2 retaining tabs and remove the LH temperature blend door linkage.
Fig. 36: Locating Retaining Tabs

LH temperature blend door actuator and linkage
TEMPERATURE BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR - RH, DUAL-ZONE EATC
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 37: Exploded View Of Temperature Blend Door Actuator - RH, Dual-Zone EATC

3 - RH lower instrument panel insulator pin-
type retainer (2 required)
4 - RH lower instrument panel insulator
5 7804608 RH lower floor console trim panel
6 - RH temperature blend door actuator
screw (3 required)
7 19C603 RH temperature blend door actuator
8 19E616 RH temperature blend door actuator
NOTE: It is not required to install the new RH temperature blend door linkage parts
included in the RH temperature blend door actuator service part kit if only the
temperature blend door actuator requires replacement and the linkage parts are
not broken or binding.
RH temperature blend door actuator and linkage
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Disconnect the glove compartment damper from the glove compartment.

3. Remove the RH lower instrument panel insulator.
4. Remove the RH lower floor console trim panel.
5. Remove the 3 RH temperature blend door actuator screws.
6. Disconnect the RH temperature blend door actuator electrical connector.
7. Remove the RH temperature blend door actuator.
8. Manually operate, and inspect the RH temperature blend door linkage for incorrect placement, binding or
damage.
RH temperature blend door actuator linkage only
9. Detach the 2 retaining tabs and remove the RH temperature blend door linkage.
Fig. 38: Locating Retaining Tabs

All vehicles
THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE
MATERIAL
Item Specification
YN-12-D
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 39:

fitting nut
2 - TXV bolt (2 required) (part of 19849
service kit)
3 19849 TXV
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2. Remove the thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) fitting nut and disconnect the fitting.
3. Remove the 2 TXV bolts.

4. Remove the TXV.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 BRAKES Hydraulic Brake Actuation - Edge & MKX
2008 BRAKES
Hydraulic Brake Actuation - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Material
A1
Brake master cylinder nuts 25 18
Brake pedal bracket nuts 22 16
Master cylinder brake tube fittings 28 21

HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATION
The hydraulic brake actuation system consists of the following components:
 Brake master cylinder

 Brake fluid reservoir
 Brake pedal and bracket assembly
 Brake tubes and hoses
 Hydraulic control unit (HCU)
Hydraulic Brake Actuation - The brake pedal is connected to the power brake booster, which is connected to
the brake master cylinder. When the brake pedal is pressed, brake fluid is forced from the master cylinder
through the steel tubing and flexible hoses to the front disc brake calipers and the rear disc brake calipers. The
front disc brake caliper pistons are forced outward against the brake pads, which contact the braking surface of
the brake discs. The brake fluid calipers are pressurized by the master cylinder, forcing the disc brake caliper
pistons outward against the brake pads. The brake pads press against the braking surface on the brake discs.
When the brake pedal is released, the pressure is relieved, returning the brake caliper pistons and the brake pads
to the at-rest position.
The dual brake system is split front and rear with the front wheel brakes comprising one circuit and the rear
wheel brakes the other circuit.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATION

BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET
Fig. 1: Identifying Brake Pedal and Bracket


1 2455 Brake pedal and bracket
2 W707144 Brake pedal bracket nut (4 required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
3 7B096 Brake booster push rod pin clip

4 2N513 Brake booster push rod pin
CAUTION: Do not remove or loosen the fasteners that hold the 2 brake pedal bracket
halves together. Failure to follow these instructions may result in damage
to the brake pedal bracket.
Fig. 2: Locating Fasteners On Brake Pedal Bracket Halves
CAUTION: Do not service the brake pedal or brake booster without first
removing the stoplamp switch and speed control deactivator switch.
These switches must be removed with the brake pedal in the at-rest
position. Switch plungers must be compressed for the switch to
rotate in the bracket. Attempting to remove the switch when the
plunger is extended (during pedal apply) will result in damage to the
switch.
1. Remove the stoplamp switch. For additional information, refer to EXTERIOR LIGHTING article.
2. Remove the instrument panel. For additional information, refer to INSTRUMENT PANEL AND
CONSOLE article.
3. Remove the brake booster push rod pin clip and pin, then disconnect the push rod from the brake pedal
arm.
4. Remove the 4 brake pedal bracket nuts.
5. Lift the brake pedal and bracket off of the hangers and remove the brake pedal and bracket.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 3: Lifting Brake Pedal & Bracket Off Of Hangers & Removing Brake Pedal & Bracket
CAUTION: Do not press, pull or otherwise move the brake pedal while installing
the stoplamp switch or the speed control deactivator switch. These
switches must be installed with the booster push rod attached to the
brake pedal and with the brake pedal in the at-rest position. Installing
these switches with the brake pedal in any other position will result
in incorrect adjustment and may damage the switches.

BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
Material
Item Specification
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Brake Master Cylinder With Torque Specifications


Brake master cylinder and reservoir
1 2B195
assembly
2 W520011 Brake master cylinder nut (2 required)
Brake fluid level switch electrical
3 -
4 2A335 RH/ 2286 LH Master cylinder brake tube fittings
injury.

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Remove the air cleaner and air cleaner outlet tube. For additional information, refer to INTAKE AIR
DISTRIBUTION AND FILTERING article.
2. Remove the battery and battery tray. For additional information, refer to BATTERY, MOUNTING
AND CABLES article.
3. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch electrical connector.
4. Using a suitable suction device, remove the brake fluid from the brake master cylinder reservoir.
5. Disconnect the master cylinder brake tube fittings, plug the brake tubes and the brake master cylinder
ports.
6. Remove the 2 brake master cylinder nuts.

7. Remove the brake master cylinder and reservoir.

 Bleed the master cylinder and brake system. For additional information, refer to BRAKE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ENGINE Engine Ignition - 3.5L - Edge & MKX
2008 ENGINE
Engine Ignition - 3.5L - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Silicone Brake Caliper Grease and
Dielectric Compound ESE-M1C171-A -
XG-3-A
Item Specification
Engine Ignition
Spark plug AYFS-22FM
Spark plug gap 1.29-1.45 mm (0.051-0.057 in)
Ignition coil-on-plug bolts 7 62
Spark plugs 15 133

ENGINE IGNITION
The Electronic Ignition (EI) system is a coil-on-plug ignition system. The coil-on-plug ignition system consists
of:
 Camshaft Position (CMP) sensors.

 a Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor.
 ignition coil-on-plugs.
 spark plugs.
The CMP sensors:
 are variable reluctance sensors.

 are mounted in the rear of the cylinder head.
 are triggered by a 3-plus-1 timing wheel on each intake camshaft.
 provides camshaft rotational location information to the PCM.
The CKP sensor:

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 is a variable reluctance sensor.

 is triggered by a 36-minus-1 tooth trigger wheel mounted on the crankshaft, at the rear of the engine.
 provides base timing and crankshaft speed (RPM) to the PCM.
The ignition coil-on-plugs:
 change low voltage signals from the PCM to high voltage pulses.
 produce the high voltage pulses to the spark plugs.
 are connected directly to each spark plug.
 have replaceable coil seals.
The spark plugs:
 change high voltage pulses into a spark which ignites the fuel and air mixture.
 originally equipped on the vehicle have a platinum-enhanced fine wire electrode for long life.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
ENGINE IGNITION

ENGINE IGNITION COMPONENTS - EXPLODED VIEW
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Identifying LH Side Engine Ignition Components (With Torque Specifications)


Crankcase vent tube-to-valve cover
1 6758
fitting quick connect coupling
Ignition coil-on-plug electrical connector
2 -
(3 required) (part of 12A581)
3 W708833 Ignition coil-on-plug bolt (3 required)
4 12A375 Ignition coil-on-plug (3 required)
6 12A384 Coil seal (3 required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 2: Identifying RH Side Engine Ignition Components (With Torque Specifications)


Ignition coil-on-plug electrical connector
1 -
(3 required) (part of 12A581)
2 W708833 Ignition coil-on-plug bolt (3 required)
3 12A375 Ignition coil-on-plug (3 required)
5 12A384 Coil seal (3 required)
IGNITION COIL-ON-PLUG
Material
Item Specification
Silicone Brake Caliper Grease and Dielectric
Compound ESE-M1C171-A
XG-3-A
LH side
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1. Disconnect the crankcase vent tube quick connect coupling from the valve cover fitting and position
aside. For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
RH side
NOTE: The upper intake manifold must be removed to access the RH ignition coil-
on-plugs.
Both sides
3. Disconnect the 6 ignition coil-on-plug electrical connectors.
NOTE: When removing the ignition coil-on-plugs, a slight twisting motion will
break the seal and ease removal.
4. Remove the 6 bolts and the 6 ignition coil-on-plugs.

5. Inspect the coil seals for rips, nicks or tears. Remove and discard any damaged coil seals.
 To install, slide the new coil seal onto the coil until it is fully seated at the top of the coil.
Fig. 3: Identifying Coil Seal On Coil


 Apply a small amount of dielectric grease to the inside of the ignition coil-on-plug boots before
attaching to the spark plugs.
SPARK PLUGS
Material
Item Specification
Silicone Brake Caliper Grease and Dielectric

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Compound
ESE-M1C171-A
XG-3-A
REMOVAL
LH side
1. Disconnect the crankcase vent tube quick connect coupling from the valve cover fitting and position
aside. For additional information, refer to FUEL SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
RH side
NOTE: The upper intake manifold must be removed to access the RH spark plugs
only.
Both sides
3. Disconnect the 6 ignition coil-on-plug electrical connectors.
NOTE: When removing the ignition coil-on-plugs, a slight twisting motion will
break the seal and ease removal.
4. Remove the 6 bolts and the 6 ignition coil-on-plugs.
CAUTION: Only use hand tools when removing or installing the spark plugs or
damage can occur to the cylinder head or spark plug.
NOTE: Use compressed air to remove any foreign material in the spark plug well
before removing the spark plugs.
5. Remove the 6 spark plugs.
INSTALLATION
Both sides
1. Inspect the 6 spark plugs.

Deposits
1 - bridging spark
plug gap
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Wet black
2 - deposits (oil
fouling)
Dry black
deposits
3 -
(carbon
fouling)
Normal spark
4 -
plug
5 - Pre-ignition
6 - Overheating
Fused spot
7 -
deposits
Fig. 4: Identifying Spark Plugs Condition

2. Adjust the spark plug gap as necessary.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 5: Identifying Spark Plug Gap (With Specifications)

CAUTION: Only use hand tools when removing or installing the spark plugs, or
damage can occur to the cylinder head or spark plug.
3. Install the 6 spark plugs.

NOTE: Apply a small amount of dielectric grease to the inside of the ignition coil-
on-plug boots before attaching to the spark plugs.
4. Install the 6 ignition coil-on-plugs and the 6 bolts.

5. Connect the 6 ignition coil-on-plug electrical connectors.
RH side
LH side
7. Position and connect the crankcase vent tube quick connect coupling to the valve cover fitting. For
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrument Cluster And Panel Illumination - Edge & MKX
Instrument Cluster And Panel Illumination - Edge & MKX

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND PANEL ILLUMINATION
The instrument cluster (IC) and panel illumination is used to provide backlighting to the dimmable and non-
dimmable switches and control components.
For Edge vehicles equipped with autolamps, if the exterior lamps are activated during daytime sunload
conditions, the message center illumination remains at full intensity and does not dim from the instrument panel
dimmer switch during this condition. If the vehicle travels under a bridge or a tunnel, the low level of ambient
light causes the illumination level of the message center to change to the level set by the instrument panel
dimmer switch. The message center illumination changes back to full intensity when the intense ambient light is
restored.
For MKX vehicles equipped with autolamps, if the exterior lamps are activated during daytime sunload
conditions, the message center, audio control module (ACM), heating ventilation air conditioning (HVAC)
module and switch illumination remain at full intensity and do not dim from the instrument panel dimmer
switch during this condition. If the vehicle travels under a bridge or a tunnel, the low level of ambient light
causes the illumination level of the message center, ACM, HVAC module and switch to change to the level set
by the instrument panel dimmer switch. The message center, ACM, HVAC module and switch illumination
change back to full intensity when the intense ambient light is restored.
Dimmable Backlighting
NOTE: If the battery is disconnected or discharged, the instrument panel dimmer

switch requires re-calibration. Rotate the instrument panel dimmer switch from
the full dim position to the dome ON position. This will make sure that all
displays are visible under all lighting conditions.
The dimmable switches and components are illuminated when the headlamp switch is in either the PARKING
LAMPS ON or HEADLAMPS ON position. The level of intensity is adjustable by rotating the instrument panel
dimmer switch either up to increase intensity or down to decrease intensity.
The dimmable switches and components consist of:
 HVAC module - EATC (if equipped)

 HVAC module - EMTC (if equipped)
 Floor shifter
 Heated driver seat switch (if equipped)
 Heated passenger seat switch (if equipped)
 LH rear heated seat switch (if equipped)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 RH rear heated seat switch (if equipped)

 Message center switch (if equipped)
 Memory set switch (MKX)
 Window adjust switches (MKX)
 Door lock control switches (MKX)
 Headlamp switch
 Instrument panel dimmer switch
 IC
 Speed control switches
 Steering wheel audio control switches
 Hazard/passenger air bag disable/traction control switch
 Audio control module (ACM)
 Power liftgate release switch
 Roof opening panel switch (if equipped)
 Rear entertainment module (RETM) (if equipped)
Non-Dimmable Backlighting
The non-dimmable (fixed) lighting switches and components are illuminated when the delayed accessory relay
is energized. The non-dimmable switches and components are illuminated at full lamp intensity.
The non-dimmable lighting switches and components consist of:
 Door lock control switches (Edge)

 Window adjust switches (Edge)
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND PANEL ILLUMINATION
SPECIAL TOOLS
Vehicle Communications Module

(VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic -
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
scan tool
Dimmable Backlighting
(GEM).
When the parking lamps are on, the SJB monitors the input from the instrument panel dimmer switch. The SJB
sends a pulse-width modulated (PWM) voltage to the dimmable components and switches based on input
received from the instrument panel dimmer switch.
The SJB also sends a message over the network to the audio control module (ACM), the rear entertainment
module (RETM), the HVAC module - EATC, and the instrument cluster (IC) to indicate the backlighting
intensity level. If the receiving module receives invalid backlighting data from the SJB for 5 seconds or less, the
receiving module defaults the backlighting to the last setting.
If the receiving module does not receive the backlighting status message from the SJB or if the data received is
deemed invalid for more than 5 seconds, the receiving module sets DTC U0140 in continuous memory (except
the HVAC module - EATC) and defaults the backlighting to full intensity.
Fixed Backlighting
For Edge, when the accessory delay relay is energized, switched voltage is supplied to the window control and
door lock switches.
The MKX is not equipped with any fixed backlighting components.
The SJB utilizes a FET protective circuit strategy for many of its outputs (for example, the LED backlighting
output circuit). Output loads (current level) are monitored for excessive current (typically short circuits) and are
shut down (turns off the voltage or ground provided by the module) when a fault is detected. A continuous DTC
is stored at that time for the fault. The circuit will then reset after a customer demand of the function (switching
the component on, battery saver being energized). When an excessive circuit load occurs several times, the
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
module shuts down the output until a repair procedure is carried out. At the same time, the continuous DTC that
was stored on the first failure will not clear by a command to clear the continuous DTCs. The module will not
allow this code to be cleared or the circuit restored to normal until a successful on-demand self-test proves that
the fault has been repaired. After the on-demand self-test has successfully completed (no on-demand DTCs
present), the continuous DTC will have been cleared and the circuit function will return.
B1342 set along with the associated continuous DTC. These DTCs cannot be cleared and the module must be
replaced.
The SJB FET protected output circuits for the instrument panel illumination system are for the white lighting
(MKX) and LED backlighting (Edge) output circuits.
Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Calibration
If the battery is disconnected or discharged, the instrument panel dimmer switch requires re-calibration. Rotate
the instrument panel dimmer switch from the full dim position to the dome ON position. This will make sure
that all displays are visible under all lighting conditions.


Electrical
 Smart junction box (SJB) fuse(s):
 10 (15A) (dimmable illumination)
 41 (15A) (non-dimmable illumination)

 Illuminated components
 SJB
NOTE: Make sure to use the latest scan tool release software.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE



PCM.
 If the scan tool responds with no communication with the SJB, refer to MODULE
10. If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, go to SYMPTOM CHART table.
DTC Charts

B2212 Panel Dim Switch Out of Range Go to Pinpoint Test C .
If the backlighting components are inoperative, go to
LED Backlighting Output Pinpoint Test A .
B2A32
Circuit Open If the backlighting components are always on, go to
Pinpoint Test B .
LED Backlighting Output
B2A33 Go to Pinpoint Test A .
If the backlighting components are inoperative, go to
White Lighting Output Circuit Pinpoint Test A .
B29B7
Open If the backlighting components are always on, go to
Pinpoint Test B .
White Lighting Output Circuit
B29B8 Go to Pinpoint Test A .
Short to Ground
All other DTCs -
MODULES article.
Symptom Chart
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
SYMPTOM CHART
 Fuse(s)
 No communication  REFER to MODULE
with the smart COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
connectors
junction box (SJB) article.
 SJB
 The control  Fuse
illumination is
inoperative - all  Go to Pinpoint Test a .
connectors
hardwired
illumination  SJB
 The control
illumination is  Wiring, terminals or
always on - all connectors  Go to Pinpoint Test B .
hardwired  SJB
illumination
 All instrument panel connectors
illumination does not  Instrument panel  Go to Pinpoint Test C .
dim dimmer switch
 SJB
connectors
 The steering wheel  Steering wheel control
control illumination switch(es)  Go to Pinpoint Test D .
is inoperative  Steering wheel control
switch harness
 Clockspring
 For MKX, go to Pinpoint Test E .
 For Edge, CHECK the operation of the
power windows.
 If the power windows operate
 The window control  Wiring, terminals or window control switch. REFER
switch illumination connectors to GLASS, FRAMES AND
is inoperative  Window control switch MECHANISMS article. TEST
 If the power windows do not
operate correctly, REFER to
GLASS, FRAMES AND
MECHANISMS article.
 CARRY OUT the network test.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 If the scan tool responds with no

communication to any module on
the MS-CAN, REFER to
MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS
 All network-  Medium speed
NETWORK article.
controlled controller area network
illumination does not (MS-CAN)  If the scan tool communicates
dim with the modules on the MS-
 SJB
CAN, INSTALL a new SJB.
ELECTRONIC MODULES
normal operation.
 CHECK the audio control module
(ACM) illumination for correct
operation.
 If the ACM illumination operates
correctly, INSTALL a new IC.
REFER to INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE
 The instrument
CENTER, AND WARNING
cluster (IC)
 IC CHIMES article. TEST the
illumination is
inoperative
 If the ACM illumination does not
MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS
NETWORK article to continue
diagnosis of the communications
network.
 CHECK the IC illumination for correct
operation.
 If the IC illumination operates
correctly, REMOVE the ACM.
REFER to INFORMATION
 The audio control AND ENTERTAINMENT
module (ACM) SYSTEMS article. SEND it to an
 ACM authorized repair facility. TEST
illumination is
inoperative the system for normal operation
after the repair.
 If the IC illumination does not
MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

network.
 REMOVE the RETM. REFER to
 The rear
INFORMATION AND
entertainment
ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMS
module (RETM)  RETM
article. SEND it to an authorized repair
illumination is
facility. TEST the system for normal
inoperative
operation.
 CHECK the IC illumination for correct
operation.
 If the IC illumination operates
HVAC module. REFER to
CLIMATE CONTROL article.
 The HVAC module - TEST the system for normal
EATC illumination  HVAC module operation.
is inoperative  If the IC illumination does not
MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS
network.
connectors
 Floor shifter
 LH rear heated seat
switch (if equipped)
 RH rear heated seat
 Manual temperature
 The individual control (if equipped)
component Message center switch
  Go to Pinpoint Test E .
illumination is (if equipped)
inoperative
 Memory set switch
(MKX)
 Window adjust
switches (MKX)
 Headlamp switch
 Hazard/passenger air
bag disable/traction
control switch (if
equipped)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Door lock control

switches
 Power liftgate release
switch
 Roof opening panel
Pinpoint Tests
Pinpoint Test A: The Control Illumination Is Inoperative - All Hardwired Illumination
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM article for Cluster and Panel Illumination schematic and
Normal Operation
Based on input received from the instrument panel dimmer switch, the smart junction box (SJB) sends a pulse-
width modulated (PWM) voltage to the hardwired dimmable illumination sources through circuit VLN37
(BU/WH) (MKX) or circuit VLN04 (VT/GY) (Edge).

B2A32 - LED Backlighting Output Circuit Open
an open on the LED backlighting output circuit.
B2A33 - LED Backlighting Output Circuit Short to the SJB detects a short to ground on the LED
Ground backlighting output circuit. This DTC also sets
when fuse 10 (15A) has failed or is removed.
B29B7 - White Lighting Output Circuit Open
an open on the white lighting output circuit.
B29B8 - White Lighting Output Circuit Short to the SJB detects a short to ground on the white
Ground lighting output circuit. This DTC also sets when
fuse 10 (15A) has failed or is removed.
 Fuse
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST A: THE CONTROL ILLUMINATION IS INOPERATIVE - ALL HARDWIRED

ILLUMINATION
A1 CHECK FOR RECORDED SJB DTCs FROM THE ON-DEMAND SELF-TEST
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Use the recorded results from the SJB self-test.


YES : For DTC B2A33, B2A32, B29B7 or B29B8, go to A3.

NO : Go to A2.
A2 CHECK THE INSTRUMENT PANEL DIMMER SWITCH
 Monitor the SJB PID (DIM_SW_3) while rotating the instrument panel dimmer switch from the
lowest setting to the highest setting.
 Does the PID indicate the switch is operating correctly?
YES : Go to A4.
NO : INSTALL a new instrument panel dimmer switch. REFER to INSTRUMENT PANEL
DIMMER SWITCH. TEST the system for normal operation.
A3 CHECK CIRCUIT VLN37 (BU/WH) OR CIRCUIT VLN04 (VT/GY) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 1: Connecting Fused (5A) Jumper Wire Between SJB C2280B-39, Circuit VLN04
(VT/GY) & Battery Positive
NOTE: If the jumper wire fails, repair circuit VLN04 (VT/GY) for a short to
ground.
 For Edge, connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the SJB C2280b-39, circuit VLN04 (VT/GY)
and battery positive.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 2: Connecting Fused (5A) Jumper Wire Between SJB C2280B-52, Circuit VLN37
(BU/WH) & Battery Positive
NOTE: If the jumper wire fails, repair circuit VLN37 (BU/WH) for a short to
ground.
For MKX, connect a fused (5A) jumper wire between the SJB C2280b-52, circuit VLN37

(BU/WH) and battery positive.
 Do the backlighting components illuminate?
YES : REMOVE the jumper wire. Go to A4.

NO : REMOVE the jumper wire. VERIFY the BJB fuse 10 (15A) is OK. REPAIR the circuit in
question for a short to ground. RUN the on-demand self-test (required to clear certain DTCs).
CORRECT any unresolved DTCs. CLEAR all DTCs. TEST the system for normal operation.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins

or corroded connector. RUN the on-demand self-test (required to clear certain DTCs). CORRECT
any unresolved DTCs. CLEAR all DTCs. TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test B: The Control Illumination Is Always On - All Hardwired Illumination
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) supplies a pulse-width modulated (PWM) voltage signal to the dimmable
illumination sources on circuit VLN04 (VT/GY) (Edge) and VLN37 (BU/WH) (MKX).
 DTC B2A32 (LED Backlighting Output Circuit Open) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB
detects a short to voltage on the LED backlighting output circuit.
 DTC B29B7 (White Lighting Output Circuit Open) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB
detects a short to voltage on the white lighting output circuit.

 SJB
PINPOINT TEST B: THE CONTROL ILLUMINATION IS ALWAYS ON - ALL HARDWIRED

ILLUMINATION
B1 CHECK THE EXTERIOR LIGHTING

 Observe the exterior lighting components.
 Are any exterior lighting components illuminated?
YES : REFER to EXTERIOR LIGHTING article.

NO : Go to B2.
B2 CHECK CIRCUITS VLN04 (VT/GY) (EDGE) AND VLN37 (BU/WH) (MKX) FOR A SHORT
TO VOLTAGE
 Do the dimmable backlighted components continue to illuminate?
NO : Go to B3.
 Check for:
 corrosion
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

Pinpoint Test C: All Instrument Panel Illumination Does Not Dim
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) monitors the input from the instrument panel dimmer switch by sending a voltage
reference signal through circuit VLN18 (BU/WH) to the instrument panel dimmer switch. The return signal is
sent through circuit CLN27 (WH/BN) back to the SJB. Based on the input from the instrument panel dimmer
switch, the SJB sends a pulse-width modulated (PWM) voltage signal to the dimmable illumination sources. If
the SJB detects a concern with the circuitry to the instrument panel dimmer switch, the SJB defaults the
backlighting to a full intensity level.
The SJB also sends a message over the network to the audio control module (ACM), the rear entertainment
module (RETM), the HVAC module - EATC, and the instrument cluster (IC) to indicate the backlighting
intensity level. If the receiving module receives invalid backlighting data from the SJB for 5 seconds or less, the
receiving module defaults the backlighting to the last setting.
If the receiving module does not receive the backlighting status message from the SJB or if the data received is
deemed invalid for more than 5 seconds, the receiving module sets DTC U0140 in continuous memory (except
the climate control module) and defaults the backlighting to full intensity.
 DTC B2212 (Panel Dim Switch Out Of Range) - is an on-demand DTC that sets when the SJB detects an
out of range condition on the dimmer input switch circuit.
 Wiring, terminals, or connectors

 Instrument panel dimmer switch
 SJB
PINPOINT TEST C: ALL INSTRUMENT PANEL ILLUMINATION DOES NOT DIM
NOTE: Calibrate the instrument panel dimmer switch by rotating the dimmer switch
from the full dim position to the dome ON position before continuing
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
diagnostics.
C1 CHECK THE EXTERIOR LIGHTING OPERATION

 Place the headlamp switch in each of its positions while observing the exterior lamps.
 Do the exterior lamps operate correctly?
YES : Go to C2.
C2 CHECK THE RECORDED RESULTS FROM BOTH CONTINUOUS AND ON-DEMAND
SELF-TESTS
 Check for recorded DTCs from the continuous and on-demand self-tests.
YES : If DTC B2212 is retrieved, go to C4.
For all other DTCs, REFER to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article.
NO : Go to C3.
C3 CHECK THE INSTRUMENT PANEL DIMMER SWITCH INPUT
 Monitor the SJB PID (DIM_SW_3) while rotating the instrument panel dimmer switch from the
lowest setting to the highest setting.
 Does the PID indicate the switch is operating correctly?
YES : Go to C9.
DIMMER SWITCH.
C4 CHECK CIRCUIT CLN27 (WH/BN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
 Disconnect: Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch C2298
Fig. 3: Measuring Voltage Between Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch C2298-4, Circuit
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
CLN27 (WH/BN) & Ground

Measure the voltage between the instrument panel dimmer switch C2298-4, circuit CLN27

(WH/BN), harness side and ground.
 Is any voltage indicated?
NO : Go to C5.
C5 CHECK CIRCUIT VLN18 (BU/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Fig. 4: Measuring Voltage Between Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch C2298-6, Circuit
VLN18 (BU/WH) & Ground
Measure the voltage between the instrument panel dimmer switch C2298-6, circuit VLN18

(BU/WH), harness side and ground.
 Is any voltage indicated?
NO : Go to C6.
C6 CHECK CIRCUIT CLN27 (WH/BN) FOR AN OPEN OR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 5: Measuring Resistance Between Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch C2298-4, Circuit
CLN27 (WH/BN) & SJB C2280B-33
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between the instrument panel dimmer switch C2298-4, circuit CLN27

(WH/BN), harness side and the SJB C2280b-33, circuit CLN27 (WH/BN), harness side; and
between the instrument panel dimmer switch C2298-4, circuit CLN27 (WH/BN), harness side and
ground.
 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the instrument panel dimmer switch and the SJB,
and greater than 10,000 ohms between the instrument panel dimmer switch and ground?
YES : Go to C7.
C7 CHECK CIRCUIT VLN18 (BU/WH) FOR AN OPEN OR A SHORT TO GROUND
Fig. 6: Measuring Resistance Between Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch C2298-6, Circuit
VLN18 (BU/WH) & SJB C2280B-34
Measure the resistance between the instrument panel dimmer switch C2298-6, circuit VLN18

(BU/WH), harness side and the SJB C2280b-34, circuit VLN18 (BU/WH), harness side; and
between the instrument panel dimmer switch C2298-6, circuit VLN18 (BU/WH), harness side and
ground.
 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the instrument panel dimmer switch and the SJB,
and greater than 10,000 ohms between the instrument panel dimmer switch and ground?
YES : Go to C8.
C8 CHECK THE INSTRUMENT PANEL DIMMER SWITCH
 Carry out the component test for the instrument panel dimmer switch. Refer to COMPONENT
TESTING.
 Is the instrument panel dimmer switch OK?
YES : Go to C9.
DIMMER SWITCH. TEST the system for normal operation.
C9 CHECK FOR CORRECT SJB OPERATION
 Check for:
 corrosion
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 damaged pins
 pushed-out pins
Pinpoint Test D: The Steering Wheel Control Illumination Is Inoperative
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) sends a pulse width modulated (PWM) voltage to the steering wheel controls
through circuit VLN04 (VT/GY) (Edge) or circuit VLN37 (BU/WH) (MKX) to the clockspring. The voltage
passes through the clockspring to the steering wheel control switches. Ground to the clockspring is supplied
through circuit GD116 (BK/VT).

 Steering wheel control switch(es)
 Steering wheel control switch harness
 Clockspring
PINPOINT TEST D: THE STEERING WHEEL CONTROL ILLUMINATION IS INOPERATIVE
D1 CHECK THE OTHER DIMMABLE LIGHTING SWITCHES

 Rotate the instrument panel dimmer switch to the full illumination position and observe other
dimmable switches (door lock switches, hazard lamp switch, headlamp switch for example).
 Are all the dimmable switches inoperative?
YES : Go to Pinpoint Test A .

NO : Go to D2.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
D2 CHECK CIRCUIT VLN04 (VT/GY) (EDGE) OR CIRCUIT VLN37 (BU/WH) (MKX) FOR AN
OPEN
 Depower the supplemental restraint system (SRS). Refer to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT

SYSTEM article.
 Connect the battery ground cable.
 Rotate the instrument panel dimmer switch to the full illumination position.
Fig. 7: Measuring Voltage Between Clockspring C218A-16, Circuit VLN04 (VT/GY) (Edge)
Or Circuit VLN37 (BU/WH) (MKX)
Measure the voltage between the clockspring C218a-16, circuit VLN04 (VT/GY) (Edge) or circuit

VLN37 (BU/WH) (MKX), harness side and ground.
YES : TURN the parking lamps off. Go to D3.

D3 CHECK CIRCUIT GD116 (BK/VT) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 8: Measuring Resistance Between Clockspring C218A-7, Circuit GD116 (BK/VT) &
Ground
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Measure the resistance between the clockspring C218a-7, circuit GD116 (BK/VT), harness side and

ground.
YES : Go to D4.
D4 CHECK THE CLOCKSPRING FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: Upper Clockspring Connector C218b
Fig. 9: Measuring Resistance Between Clockspring C218A Pin 16 And Upper Clockspring
C218B Pin 7
Fig. 10: Measuring Resistance Between Clockspring C218A Pin 7 And Upper Clockspring
C218B Pin 2
YES : Go to D5.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NO : INSTALL a new clockspring. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

D5 CHECK THE STEERING WHEEL HARNESS CIRCUIT VLN04 (VT/GY) (EDGE) OR
CIRCUIT VLN37 (BU/WH) (MKX) FOR AN OPEN
 Disconnect: LH Steering Wheel Switches C2998
 Disconnect: RH Steering Wheel Switches C2999
Fig. 11: Measuring Resistance Between Upper Clockspring Connector C218B-7, Circuit
VLN04 (VT/GY) & LH Steering Wheel Switches C2998-2
Measure the resistance between the upper clockspring connector C218b-7, circuit VLN04

(VT/GY), harness side and the LH steering wheel switches C2998-2, circuit VLN04 (VT/GY),
harness side; and between the upper clockspring connector C218b-7, circuit VLN04 (VT/GY),
harness side and the RH steering wheel switches C2999-1, circuit VLN04 (VT/GY), harness side.
YES : Go to D6.
NO : REPAIR the circuit in question. INSTALL the driver air bag module. REFER to
D6 CHECK CIRCUIT GD165 (BK) FOR AN OPEN
Fig. 12: Measuring Resistance Between Clockspring C218B-2, Circuit GD165 (BK) & LH
Steering Wheel Switch C2998-4
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Measure the resistance between the clockspring C218b-2, circuit GD165 (BK), harness side, and
the LH steering wheel switch C2998-4, circuit GD165 (BK), harness side; and between the
clockspring C218b-2, circuit GD165 (BK), harness side, and the RH steering wheel switch C2999-
3, circuit GD165 (BK), harness side.
YES : INSTALL a new speed control switch or steering wheel controls as necessary. REFER to
SPEED CONTROL article or INFORMATION AND ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMS article.
INSTALL the driver air bag module. REFER to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Pinpoint Test E: The Individual Component Illumination Is Inoperative
Normal Operation
The smart junction box (SJB) sends a pulse-width modulated (PWM) voltage to the dimmable components
through circuit VLN04 (VT/GY) (Edge) or circuit VLN37 (BU/WH) (MKX). Ground is provided through
circuits GD116 (BK/VT), GD126 (BK/WH) and GD139 (BK/YE).

 Floor shifter
 LH rear heated seat switch (if equipped)
 RH rear heated seat switch (if equipped)
 Manual temperature control (if equipped)
 Message center switch (if equipped)
 Memory set switch (MKX)
 Window adjust switches (MKX)
 Door lock control switches
 Headlamp switch
 Hazard/passenger air bag disable/traction control switch (if equipped)
 Power liftgate release switch
 Roof opening panel switch (if equipped)
PINPOINT TEST E: THE INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT ILLUMINATION IS INOPERATIVE
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
E1 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE SINGLE ILLUMINATION SOURCE

 Disconnect: Inoperative Illumination Source
 With the parking lamps on, rotate the instrument panel dimmer switch to the full illumination
position.
 Measure the voltage between the inoperative illumination source, harness side and ground as
follows:
EDGE
Connector-
Component Circuit
Pin
VLN04
Floor shifter C3245-3
(VT/GY)
Manual climate VLN04
C2357a-4
control (VT/GY)
VLN04
Headlamp switch C205-5
(VT/GY)
Message center VLN04
C253-1
switch (VT/GY)
Hazard/passenger
air bag VLN04
C2355-6
disable/traction (VT/GY)
control switch
LH door lock CBP41
C505-2
control switch (BU)
RH door lock CBP41
C605-2
control switch (BU)
Power liftgate VLN04
C2269-3
release switch (VT/GY)
MKX
Connector-
Component Circuit
Pin
VLN37
(BU/WH)
Memory set VLN37
C503-3
switch (BU/WH)
VLN37
(BU/WH)
Message center C253-1 VLN37
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
switch (BU/WH)
Hazard/passenger
air bag VLN37
C2355-6
disable/traction (BU/WH)
control switch
Power liftgate VLN37
C2269-3
release switch (BU/WH)
Roof opening VLN37
C912-2
panel switch (BU/WH)
LH front window VLN37
C535a-6
control switch (BU/WH)
RH front window VLN37
C648-1
LH rear window VLN37
C701-4
RH rear window VLN37
C801-4
LH door lock VLN37
C505-2
RH door lock VLN37
C605-2
LH rear heated VLN37
C722-5
seat switch (BU/WH)
RH rear heated VLN37
C822-5
seat switch (BU/WH)

YES : For LH or RH rear window switches, INSTALL a new switch for the switch in question.
REFER to GLASS, FRAMES AND MECHANISMS article.
For all other components, go to E2.
E2 CHECK ILLUMINATION SOURCE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN
 Measure the resistance between the inoperative illumination source, harness side and ground as
follows:
EDGE
Connector-
Component Circuit
Pin
GD140
(BK/GN)
Manual climate GD115
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
control C2357a-23 (BK/GY)

GD116
(BK/VT)
Message center GD116
C253-4
switch (BK/VT)
Hazard/passenger
air bag GD116
C2355-1
disable/traction (BK/VT)
control switch
LH door lock GD133
C505-4
control switch (BK)
RH door lock GD140
C605-4
control switch (BK/GN)
Power liftgate GD116
C2269-2
release switch (BK/VT)
MKX
Connector-
Component Circuit
Pin
GD140
(BK/GN)
GD133
Memory set switch C503-7
(BK)
GD116
(BK/VT)
Message center GD116
C253-4
switch (BK/VT)
Hazard/pad/traction GD116
C2355-1
control switch (BK/VT)
Power liftgate GD116
C2269-2
release switch (BK/VT)
Roof opening panel GD133
C912-1
switch (BK)
LH front window GD133
C535b-6
control switch (BK)
RH front window GD140
C648-6
LH door lock GD133
C505- 4
control switch (BK)
RH door lock GD140
C605-4
LH rear heated seat GD126
C722-1
switch (BK/WH)
RH rear heated seat GD145
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
switch C822-1 (BK/BU)

YES : INSTALL a new component in question. TEST the system for normal operation.

INSTRUMENT PANEL DIMMER SWITCH
Fig. 13: Exploded View Of Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch


1 5404481 Instrument panel side finish panel
2 14K147 Headlamp switch assembly
Headlamp switch assembly electrical
3 -
connectors (part of 14401)
4 11691 Instrument panel dimmer switch
1. Remove the instrument panel side finish panel.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
NOTE: The switch is removed by pushing from behind.
2. Release the tabs and remove the headlamp switch assembly.

3. Release the 4 tabs and remove the instrument panel dimmer switch.
Fig. 14: Releasing Tabs & Removing Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Instrument Panel & Console - Edge & MKX
Instrument Panel & Console - Edge & MKX
SPECIFICATIONS
Floor console center bolts 6 - 53
Floor console front side bolts 6 - 53
Floor console rear bolts 6 - 53
Floor console-to-instrument panel bolts 6 - 53
Front of dash bolt 20 15 -
Instrument panel-to-steering column bracket bolts 22 16 -
LH instrument panel bolts 20 15 -
LH instrument panel-to-body bolt 7 - 62
LH instrument panel-to-floor bolts 22 16 -
RH instrument panel bolt 22 16 -
RH instrument panel-to-body bolt 7 - 62
RH instrument panel-to-floor bolt 22 16 -
Steering column pinch bolt 23 17 -
Torx head bolt 30 22 -

INSTRUMENT PANEL - EXPLODED VIEW
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 1: Identifying Edge Instrument Panel (1 Of 2)


1 W505002 Steering column cover screw (2 required)
2 04459 Steering column opening cover
Instrument panel cluster finish panel
3 W707628
screw (2 required)
4 044D70 Instrument panel cluster finish panel
Instrument panel lower center finish
5 04608
panel
Instrument panel upper center finish
6 04302
panel
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
8 061A58 Glove compartment dampener

9 04480 RH instrument panel end trim panel
10 04481 LH instrument panel end trim panel
Fig. 2: Identifying Edge Instrument Panel (2 Of 2) With Torque Specifications


11 W712386 LH instrument panel bolt (2 required)
12 W712387 Torx head bolt
Instrument panel-to-steering column
13 W711648
bracket bolt (2 required)
14 W706246 RH instrument panel bolt
15 W710309 Instrument panel-to-front of dash bolt
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
16 W712403 LH instrument panel-to-body bolt

17 3RA27 Steering column pinch bolt
Instrument panel-to-floor bolt (3
18 W706246
required)
19 W706246 RH instrument panel-to-body bolt
LH instrument panel electrical
20 14401
connectors
Restraints control module (RCM)
21 14401
22 - Antenna lead-in
23 14401 RH instrument panel electrical connector
24 04320 Instrument panel
Fig. 3: Identifying MKX Instrument Panel (1 Of 2)

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE

1 W505002 Steering column cover screw (2 required)
2 04459 Steering column opening cover
Instrument panel cluster finish panel
3 W707628
screw (2 required)
4 044D70 Instrument panel cluster finish panel
Instrument panel storage bin screw (2
5 N811283
required)
6 047A04 Instrument panel storage bin
Instrument panel lower center finish
7 04302
panel
Instrument panel upper center finish
8 042A82
panel
10 061A58 Glove compartment dampener
11 04480 RH instrument panel end trim panel
12 04481 LH instrument panel end trim panel
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 4: Identifying MKX Instrument Panel (2 Of 2) With Torque Specifications


13 W712386 LH instrument panel bolt (2 required)
14 W712387 Torx head bolt
Instrument panel-to-steering column
15 W711648
bracket bolt (2 required)
16 W706246 RH instrument panel bolt
17 W712403 Instrument panel-to-front of dash bolt
18 W703845 LH instrument panel-to-body bolt
19 3RA27 Steering column pinch bolt
Instrument panel-to-floor bolt (3
20 W706246
required)
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
21 W703845 RH instrument panel-to-body bolt

LH instrument panel electrical
22 14401
connectors
Restraints control module (RCM)
23 14401
24 - Antenna lead-in
25 14401 RH instrument panel electrical connector
26 04320 Instrument panel
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER FINISH PANEL
All vehicles
1. Place the vehicle in NEUTRAL.
MKX only
2. Remove the floor console trim ring.
Fig. 5: Identifying Floor Console Trim Ring

All vehicles
3. Remove the floor console finish panel.

 Open the storage compartment door.
 Remove the console finish panel.
MKX only
4. Remove the storage bin.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Remove the 2 scrivets.

 Disconnect the power point electrical connector.
NOTE: The upper and lower center instrument panel finish panels are removed as
one assembly.
5. Using a suitable tool, gently pry out the upper instrument panel center finish panel to disengage the clips.
6. Using a suitable tool, gently pry out the lower instrument panel center finish panel to disengage the clips.
7. Separate the upper instrument panel finish panel from the lower instrument panel finish panel.
Edge only
NOTE: The upper and lower instrument panel center finish panels are removed
separately.
8. Using a suitable tool, gently pry out the upper instrument panel center finish panel to disengage the clips
9. Using a suitable tool, gently pry out the lower instrument panel center finish panel to disengage the clips
All vehicles
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FINISH PANEL
Edge only
1. Remove the upper instrument panel center finish panel.

 Using a suitable tool, gently pry out the upper center finish panel to disengage the clips.
 Remove the upper instrument panel center finish panel.
All vehicles
2. Lower the steering column to the full down position.

3. Remove the steering column opening cover.
 Remove the 2 steering column opening cover screws.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
 Disengage the steering column opening cover from the retainers.

 Disconnect the electrical connector and tube, if equipped.
Fig. 6: Locating Electrical Connector, Tube & Steering Column Opening Cover
4. Remove the 2 cluster finish panel screws.
Fig. 7: Locating Cluster Finish Panel Screws

5. Disengage the instrument cluster finish panel from the retaining clips and remove the panel.
 Disconnect the electrical connectors, if equipped.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
1. Remove the floor console. For additional information, refer to Console - Floor.
2. Depower the supplemental restraint system (SRS). For additional information, refer to
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM .
3. Remove the weatherstripping from the front door openings near the instrument panel.
4. Remove the LH and RH instrument panel end trim panels.
5. Remove the LH and RH A-pillar trim panels. For additional information, refer to INTERIOR TRIM
AND ORNAMENTATION .
6. Remove the LH and RH cowl panels.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
7. Remove the steering column opening cover.

 Remove the 2 steering column opening cover screws.
 Disengage the steering column opening cover from the retaining clips.
 Disconnect the electrical connector and hose, if equipped.
Fig. 8: Locating Electrical Connector, Tube & Steering Column Opening Cover
8. Remove the bolt and the hood opening handle.

 Position the handle aside.
Fig. 9: Identifying Hood Opening Handle & Bolt

9. Disconnect the LH bulkhead electrical connector from under the steering column.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 10: Identifying LH Bulkhead Electrical Connector

10. Disconnect the RH bulkhead electrical connector from under the steering column.
Fig. 11: Identifying RH Bulkhead Electrical Connector

11. Disconnect the 2 electrical connectors from the left cowl panel side.
Fig. 12: Locating Electrical Connectors From Left Cowl Panel Side
12. Disconnect the electrical connectors and the antenna lead-in cable from the right cowl panel side.
 Remove the harness from the retainers.
Fig. 13: Locating Electrical Connectors & Antenna Lead-In Cable From Right Cowl Panel Side
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
13. Disconnect the 2 A/C electrical connectors from inside the glove compartment.
Fig. 14: Locating A/C Electrical Connectors From Inside Glove Compartment
14. Disconnect the electrical connector from the top of the heater core and evaporator core housing.
Fig. 15: Locating Blower Motor Resistor Or Blower Motor Speed Control Electrical Connector
15. Disconnect the selector lever cable from the ball stud on the selector lever.
Fig. 16: Locating Shift Cable From Ball Stud On Shifter

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
16. Remove the selector lever cable from the retaining clips.
Fig. 17: Locating Shift Cable From Retaining Clips

17. Remove the 4 screws (2 each side) from the inner floor console support.
Fig. 18: Locating Screws From Inner Floor Console Support

18. Remove the screws from the front inner floor console support-to-instrument panel.
Fig. 19: Locating Screws From Front Inner Floor Console Support-To-Instrument Panel
19. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the front inner floor console.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 20: Locating Electrical Connectors From Front Inner Floor Console
20. Remove the inner floor console support.

21. Disconnect the small restraints control module (RCM) electrical connector.
Fig. 21: Locating Restraints Control Module (RCM) Small Electrical Connector
22. Remove the LH pushpin retainer and position the carpet aside.
Fig. 22: Locating LH Push Pin Retainer & Position Carpet Aside
23. Remove the LH pushpin retainer from the instrument panel-to-A/C duct.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 23: Locating LH Push Pin Retainer From Instrument Panel-To-A/C Duct
24. Remove the 2 LH instrument panel-to-floor bolts.

25. Remove the RH pushpin retainer and position the carpet aside.
Fig. 24: Locating LH Instrument Panel-To-Floor Bolts

26. Remove the screw from the RH instrument panel brace-to-A/C duct.
Fig. 25: Locating Screw From RH Instrument Panel Brace-To-A/C Duct

27. Remove the RH instrument panel-to-floor bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
To install, tighten to 22 N.m (16 lb-ft).


28. Remove the 2 nuts and the LH instrument panel brace-to-A/C duct.
Fig. 26: Locating LH Instrument Panel Brace-To-A/C Duct Nuts

29. Remove and discard the steering column pinch bolt.

 To install, use a new steering column pinch bolt and tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
30. Rotate the steering wheel until the front wheels are in the straight-ahead position.
 Remove the ignition key.
CAUTION: Do not allow the steering column shaft to rotate while the
intermediate shaft is disconnected or damage to the clockspring may
result. If there is evidence that the shaft has rotated, the clockspring
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM .
31. Detach the steering column shaft from the intermediate shaft.
32. Remove the upper cowl panel grille. For additional information, refer to FRONT END BODY
PANELS .
33. Remove the bolt from the front of dash.
Fig. 27: Locating Bolt From Front Of Dash

Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
34. Remove the driver seat. For additional information, refer to SEATING .
NOTE: The Torx head bolt is not completely removed. The bolt is pulled outward
far enough to allow for clearance when removing the instrument panel.
35. Remove the Torx head bolt from inside the LH door.
Fig. 28: Locating Torx(R) Head Bolt From Inside LH Door

36. Remove the 2 LH instrument panel bolts from inside the LH door.
Fig. 29: Locating Bolts From Inside LH Door

37. Remove the 2 instrument panel-to-steering column bracket bolts from the bracket under the steering
column.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 30: Identifying Bolts From Bracket Under Steering Column

38. Remove the LH instrument panel-to-body bolt.

Fig. 31: Identifying LH Instrument Panel-To-Body Bolt

39. Remove the bolt from the RH instrument panel.

Fig. 32: Locating Bolt From RH Instrument Panel Cowl Side Panel
40. Remove the RH instrument panel-to-body bolt.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 33: Identifying RH Instrument Panel-To-Body Bolt

41. Remove the bolt and the hood opening handle.

 Position the handle aside.
Fig. 34: Identifying Hood Opening Handle & Bolt

CAUTION: To avoid damage to the instrument panel, this next step requires the
help of an assistant.
42. Remove the instrument panel.

POWER POINT
Special Tools
Remover, Power Point Socket 501-039 or equivalent
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
REMOVAL
NOTE: Power point cover may differ depending on location.
1. Open the power point cover.

2. Install the Power Point Socket Remover in one of the power point socket slots.
Fig. 35: Installing Special Tool In Power Point Socket Slot

3. Position the Power Point Socket Remover so that it engages in the adjacent slot.
Fig. 36: Positioning Special Tool To Engage In Adjacent Slot

4. Using the Power Point Socket Remover, pull the power point socket out of the retainer.
Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
Fig. 37: Pulling Power Point Socket Out Of Retainer

5. Disconnect the electrical connector.
INSTALLATION

2. Slide the power point socket into the retainer.
CONSOLE - FLOOR
Fig. 38: Identifying Edge Floor Console With Torque Specifications


Microsoft
2008 Ford Edge SE
1 045A76 Floor console finish panel

Floor console-to-instrument panel bolt (2
2 W706862
required)
3 04608 Floor console RH side panel
4 04609 Floor console LH side panel
5 W706862 Floor console center bolt (2 required)
6 W706862 Floor console rear bolt (2 required)
7 045A36 Floor console
Fig. 39: Identifying MKX Floor Console With Torque Specifications


1 045A76 Floor console finish panel
Floor console-to-instrument panel bolt (2
2 W706862
required)
3 04608 Floor console RH side panel
4

Ford Edge Service and Repair Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ford Edge Service and Repair Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ford Edge Service and Repair Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008 Ford Edge SE

Four Wheel Drive (4WD) Systems - Edge & MKX

a Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

b Rear Drive Unit (RDU)

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

The All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system consists of the following:

 Power Transfer Unit (PTU)

Flex Probe Kit 105-R025C

Vehicle Communication Module software with appropriate

4X4 control module outputs are:

 Solid-state clutch (pulse-width modulated signal) to the ATCC solenoid

Inspection and Verification

1. Verify the customer concern.

VISUAL INSPECTION CHART

 Active torque control  Smart junction box

5. If the scan tool does not communicate with the VCM:

 check the scan tool connection to the VCM.

 refer to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article, No Power To The Scan Tool, to

 refer to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose no response from the

4X4 CONTROL MODULE DTC CHART

ECM/PCM A received from GASOLINE ENGINES

Symptom Chart - Four Wheel Drive (4WD) System

SYMPTOM CHART - FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) SYSTEM

area network (HS-  PCM fault

(part of rear axle)

Pinpoint Test A: All Wheel Drive (AWD) System Functional Test

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following:

 An AWD system concern without on-demand or continuous DTCs present.

PINPOINT TEST A: AWD SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST

A1 CHECK FOR WRENCH LIGHT PROVE-OUT

Is driveline wind-up present in turns?

 Monitor the AP PID while pressing the accelerator pedal.

 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor (LF_WSPD)

 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor (LR_WSPD)

 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor (RF_WSPD)

 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor (RR_WSPD)

YES : Go to Pinpoint Test F .

 Does the vehicle bind in the turn or resist turning?

YES : Go to Pinpoint Test F .

Pinpoint Test B: 4X4 Control Module Battery Voltage is High or Low

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following:

PINPOINT TEST B: 4X4 CONTROL MODULE BATTERY VOLTAGE IS HIGH OR LOW

B1 CHECK FOR HIGH BATTERY VOLTAGE MONITORING THE MODULE SUPPLY

 Monitor the battery voltage VBAT_4X4 PID.

 Is the battery voltage greater than 16 volts?

YES : REFER to CHARGING SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article for diagnosis of

 Monitor the battery voltage VBAT_4X4 PID.

 Is the battery voltage less than 9 volts?

 Are the fuses open?

 Is the voltage greater than 10 volts?

 Disconnect: 4X4 Control Module C281

Fig. 1: Checking Circuit GD126 (BK/WH) For An Open

Repeat this measurement while wiggling the harness.

 Is the resistance less than 5 ohms?

Fig. 2: Checking 4X4 Control Module Power Circuits

 Check the harness and component side connectors for:

 Operate the system and determine if the concern is still present.

 Is the concern still present?

This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following:

C1 CHECK FOR ABS MODULE DTCs